2010 11catalog
Uploaded by
Justin Penn2010 11catalog
Uploaded by
Justin PennCatalogCover10_11:Layout 1 6/7/10 11:21 AM Page 1
2010-2011
PALOMAR COLLEGE
Palomar College Catalog
2010-2011
Catalog
Palomar College
1140 W. Mission Road
San Marcos, California 92069
www.palomar.edu
Welcome to Palomar College
Welcome to Palomar College, a fully-accredited community college committed to educational excellence. We are honored that you have en-
trusted your college experience to us. At Palomar you will find outstanding academic and vocational programs, comprehensive student support
services, and superb faculty and staff.
Whether you plan to earn a degree or certificate, transfer to a four-year university, or take classes for personal or professional enrichment, you
will find a wide range of programs and services to assist you on your path.To provide you with convenient and innovative learning opportunities,
courses are offered at our San Marcos campus, the Escondido Center, and five educational sites.
The information in this catalog is here to assist you with your educational goals. We encourage you to read this important publication and to
refer to it throughout the academic year.
On behalf of everyone here at Palomar College, I welcome you.Your college experience is important to us and we are committed to our vision,
“Learning for Success.”
To your success!
Robert P. Deegan
Superintendent/President
Palomar College
1
PALOMAR COLLEGE ®
Learning for Success
2010 - 2011 CATALOG Vol. LIX
Palomar Community College District
1140 West Mission Road
San Marcos, California 92069-1487
(760) 744-1150
TDD (Hearing impaired) (760) 471-8506
http://www.palomar.edu
Palomar College is accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges of the Western Association of Schools and
Colleges, (10 Commercial Boulevard, Suite 204, Novato, CA 94949 (415) 506-0234), an institutional accrediting body recognized by the Council
for Higher Education Accreditation and the U.S. Department of Education. Full credit is given by the University of California, the California State
Universities, and other major colleges and universities. Palomar College is also officially accredited by the American Dental Association, the Board
of Registered Nursing, and the National League for Nursing, the committee on Accreditation of Educational Programs for the Emergency Medical
Services Profession, and the California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training.
Palomar College holds membership in the Community College League of California (CCLC), the American Council on Education (ACE) the
American Association of Community Colleges (AACC) and the Hispanic Association of Colleges and Universities (HACU). The College is ap-
proved for training of veterans and service members and is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant alien students. Accreditation
information is available in the office of the Superintendent/ President.
Palomar College endeavors to present itself and its programs to the public accurately and fairly. To this end, the College subscribes to a policy of
truth in advertising.Those responsible for the preparation of this catalog, the class schedule, and all other announcements for public consumption
make every effort to assure that the information presented is correct and up to date. However, the College reserves the right to add, amend,
or repeal any rules, regulations, policies, and procedures. The College assumes no responsibility for program changes and/or publication errors
beyond its control.
Requirements and courses in this catalog are effective with the Fall 2010 semester.
3
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Veterans’ Services..................................................................................... 28
Table of Contents Food Services............................................................................................ 29
GEAR UP.................................................................................................... 29
Palomar College Locations and District Map........................................ 8
Health Services......................................................................................... 29
College Calendar 2010-2011.................................................................. 10
International Education........................................................................... 30
District Governing Board and College Organization........................ 11
Library Services........................................................................................ 30
School Relations....................................................................................... 30
Section 1 Student Affairs........................................................................................... 30
Teaching and Learning Center (TLC) .................................................. 31
General Information
Transfer Center......................................................................................... 31
History of the College............................................................................. 13 TRIO Programs......................................................................................... 31
Vision.......................................................................................................... 13 Tutorial Services....................................................................................... 32
Mission Statement.................................................................................... 13
Values.......................................................................................................... 13
Educational Philosophy............................................................................ 13 Section 4
Academic Freedom ................................................................................. 14 Student Rights and Responsibilities
Governing Board and District Policy.................................................... 14
Academic Integrity.................................................................................... 34
Palomar College Foundation.................................................................. 14
Debts Owed to the College................................................................... 34
Policy on Diversity................................................................................... 14
Drugs and Alcohol Policy........................................................................ 34
Title IX Coordinator................................................................................ 15
Parking and Traffic Regulations............................................................... 34
Police Department................................................................................... 35
Section 2 Sexual Harassment Policy....................................................................... 35
Smoking Policy........................................................................................... 36
Admission and Registration
Student Behavior Rules and Regulations.............................................. 36
Admissions Policy..................................................................................... 18 Student Conduct Code........................................................................... 36
Policy of Nondiscrimination................................................................... 18 Student Grade Disputes.......................................................................... 36
Application for Admission....................................................................... 18 Student Grievance Policy........................................................................ 36
Admission to Special Programs.............................................................. 18 Students’ Rights and Privacy of Student ............................................. 36
Special Admission for Accelerated Students........................................ 18 Records....................................................................................................... 36
Residency................................................................................................... 18 Student Right To Know............................................................................ 37
Residency Status....................................................................................... 18
International Students (F-1 and M-1 Visas).......................................... 19
Matriculation Rights and Responsibilities............................................. 19 Section 5
Assessment, Advisement and Orientation ........................................ 19 Academic Regulations and Standards
Transcripts/Advanced Standing.............................................................. 21
Academic Renewal................................................................................... 40
Student Classification............................................................................... 21
Attendance................................................................................................. 40
Financial Aid Application and Enrollment Fee Waiver........................ 21
Auditing a Class........................................................................................ 40
Enrollment Options.................................................................................. 21
Basic Skills Course Limitations.............................................................. 41
Enrollment Procedures............................................................................ 22
Correct Use of English............................................................................ 41
Procedure for Adding and Dropping Classes...................................... 22
Course Repetition.................................................................................... 41
Class Cancellations/Changes.................................................................. 23
Credit by Examination............................................................................. 42
Fees and Expenses.................................................................................... 23
Critical Thinking Statement.................................................................... 43
Refunds....................................................................................................... 24
Pass/No Pass (Credit/No-Credit) Grading.......................................... 43
Grading and Transcripts........................................................................... 43
Section 3 Grade Changes.......................................................................................... 44
Grades........................................................................................................ 45
Student Services
Academic Achievement............................................................................ 45
Admissions and Records......................................................................... 26 Probation, Dismissal, and Reinstatement.............................................. 45
Articulation Services................................................................................ 26 Financial Aid Disqualification/Ineligibility.............................................. 46
Athletics...................................................................................................... 26 Veteran Disqualification........................................................................... 46
Bookstore Services.................................................................................. 26 Official Transcript and Verification of . ................................................. 46
Career Services......................................................................................... 26 Enrollment.................................................................................................. 46
Cashier Services....................................................................................... 26 Transfer Credits from Other Sources.................................................. 47
Children’s Center..................................................................................... 26
Counseling Services................................................................................. 27
Disability Resource Center (DRC)....................................................... 27
Extended Opportunity Programs ........................................................ 27
and Services EOPS/CARE . .................................................................... 27
Financial Aid, Veterans, and Scholarship Services................................ 27
5
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Section 6 Section 7
Graduation and Transfer Information Disciplines and Program Offerings
General Education/Institutional Credit Courses and Programs .............................................................. 66
Student Learning Outcomes............................................................ 52 Course Numbering System.................................................................... 70
Associate Degrees ................................................................................. 52 Transfer Identification.............................................................................. 70
Associate in Arts (AA) Degree Requirements .................................. 52 Courses and Programs............................................................................ 71
Minimum Units.......................................................................................... 52 Regional Occupational Program..........................................................277
Grade Point Average (GPA) .................................................................. 52
Residency .................................................................................................. 52 Section 8
Major ......................................................................................................... 52
Option 1 – University Studies................................................................ 52 Noncredit Courses and Certificates
Option 2 – General Studies.................................................................... 52 Noncredit Courses and Certificates .................................................284
Option 3 – Specified Palomar Major.................................................... 53
District Requirements............................................................................. 53 Section 9
General Education Requirements.......................................................... 54
Associate in Science (AS) Degree Requirements ............................. 55
Faculty
Distinguished Faculty.............................................................................287
Additional Degree Information.............................................................. 55
Academic Assignments...........................................................................288
Certificate of Achievement (CA) Requirements ............................... 56
Administrative Emeriti...........................................................................298
Certificate of Proficiency (CP) Requirements ................................... 56
Faculty Emeriti.........................................................................................298
Noncredit Certificate of Completion (CN) Requirements ............ 56
Transfer Planning ..................................................................................... 57
The California State University (CSU) System................................... 57 Section 10
Upper Division Transfer Admission ..................................................... 57 Glossary and Index
Requirements............................................................................................ 57
Glossary of Terms...................................................................................304
General Education/Breadth Options.................................................... 57
Index..........................................................................................................306
General Education Certification............................................................ 58
California State University General Education (CSU GE)
Requirements ...................................................................................... 58
University of California (UC) System . ............................................... 60
Transfer Admission Guarantee Programs............................................ 61
Intersegmental General Education Transfer
Curriculum (IGETC) .......................................................................... 61
Independent California Colleges and Universities ........................... 64
Private and Out-of-State Universities ................................................ 64
6
Section 1 - General Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Section 1 Palomar College at Fallbrook
(760) 723-1058; (760) 744-1150, ext. 7805
General Information Location: Fallbrook High School
2400 S. Stage Coach Lane, Room 117
Fallbrook, CA 92028
Palomar College Locations Palomar College at Fallbrook is open Monday through Thursday, 5:00
p.m. to 9:00 p.m. There is no smoking on campus.
Committed to serving the entire district, the college literally takes
Course Offerings: General education classes required for an
learning to its communities via the Escondido Center and five strate-
associate degree and/or transfer, and non-credit classes. ESL credit
gically located sites. At the Center and sites, students may take credit
and non-credit classes are offered.
courses leading to an associate degree or certificate, or they may
Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, and book-
complete transfer requirements for further study at a four-year in-
store.
stitution. Many students also enroll in vocational programs, noncredit
courses or seminars to upgrade career skills or to continue their
lifelong journey of learning. Palomar College at Mt. Carmel
(858) 484-3890
Palomar College at Camp Pendleton Location: Mt. Carmel High School
(760) 725-6626;(760) 744-1150, ext. 7818 9550 Carmel Mountain Road
Location: Building 1331 San Diego, CA 92129
Camp Pendleton, CA 92055 (Z-4 portable building, opposite the high school administration building
Palomar College at Camp Pendleton is open Monday through and flagpole)
Thursday, 8:00 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. and Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
Course Offerings: Programs are available in Administration of Palomar College at Mt. Carmel is open 2:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m.,
Justice/Law Enforcement, Business Management, General Business, Monday through Thursday. There is no smoking on campus.
and General Studies. Course Offerings: General education classes required for an
Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, counseling associate degree and/or transfer, non-credit classes, and Community
and bookstore. Development fee-based seminars.
Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, assessment,
bookstore, and food services.
Palomar College Escondido Center
(760) 744-1150, ext. 8134
1951 East Valley Parkway Palomar College at Pauma
Escondido, CA 92027 (760) 742-1121
Palomar College Escondido Center Admissions Office is open 1010 Pauma Reservation Road
Monday through Thursday, 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and Friday, 7:30 a.m. Pauma Valley, CA 92061
to 2:00 p.m. Parking permits are required at the Escondido Center. Palomar College at Pauma is open 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday
Course Offerings: General education classes required for an through Thursday.
associate degree and/or transfer, non-credit classes, and Community Course Offerings: General education classes required for an
Development fee-based seminars. Vocational programs include Emer- associate degree and/or transfer. The site has a basic skills computer
gency Medical Education, and Wastewater/Water Technology. ESL laboratory.
credit and non-credit classes are offered. Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, counseling
Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, counseling and assessment, tutoring and an on-site library.
and assessment, tutoring, health services, food services, bookstore,
and library with internet access. The Center also has a basic skills Palomar College at Ramona
computer laboratory. (760) 788-1371
Location: Ramona High School
1401 Hanson Lane
Ramona, CA 92065
Palomar College at Ramona is open Monday through Thursday, 5:00
p.m. to 9:00 p.m. There is no smoking on campus.
Course Offerings: General education classes required for an as-
sociate degree and/or transfer and non-credit classes. ESL credit and
non-credit classes are offered.
Support Services: Admission and enrollment services, and assess-
ment.
8
PALOMAR COLLEGE ®
Learning for Success
Location of San Marcos Campus, Escondido Center and Five Sites
4 FALLBROOK
3 CAMP PENDLETON 5 PAUMA VALLEY
2 ESCONDIDO
1
6 RAMONA
Poway
MT. CARMEL
Section 1 - General Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
College Calendar 2010-2011
Summer Session 2010
Residence determination date.................................................................................................................................................................................................. June 20
6 and 8 week classes begin........................................................................................................................................................................................................ June 21
Last day to apply for an Associate degree, Certificate of Achievement, or Certificate of Proficiency........................................................................ June 30
Independence Day........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... July 5
6 week TTH classes end.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. July 29
6 week MW classes end........................................................................................................................................................................................................... August 2
6 week MTWTH classes end.................................................................................................................................................................................................. August 2
8 week TTH classes end......................................................................................................................................................................................................... August 12
8 week MW classes end......................................................................................................................................................................................................... August 16
8 week MTWTH classes end............................................................................................................................................................................................... August 16
Fall Semester 2010
First day applications accepted............................................................................................................................................................................................... January 4
Registration begins.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... July 6
Faculty Convocation day........................................................................................................................................................................................................ August 20
Residence determination date.............................................................................................................................................................................................. August 22
Classes begin............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ August 23
Labor Day............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ September 6
Last day to drop full semester-length classes with no grade placed on permanent record.............................................................................. September 22
Last day to apply for an Associate degree, Certificate of Achievement, or Certificate of Proficiency............................................................ September 30
Last day to drop full semester-length classes with ‘W’................................................................................................................................................ October 16
Veterans’ Day.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... November 12
Thanksgiving Holidays............................................................................................................................................................................................... November 25-27
Final examinations begin.................................................................................................................................................................................................. December 13
Fall semester ends............................................................................................................................................................................................................ December 18
Semester break/Professional development........................................................................................................................................... December 19 - January 15
Spring Semester 2011 (Tentative)
First day applications accepted...................................................................................................................................................................................... September 30
Registration begins.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... November 15
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day................................................................................................................................................................................................... January 17
Residence determination date............................................................................................................................................................................................ January 17
Classes begin.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... January 18
Last day to drop full semester-length classes with no grade placed on permanent record.................................................................................. February 16
Lincoln’s Day......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... February 18
Washington’s Day................................................................................................................................................................................................................ February 21
Last day to apply for an Associate degree, Certificate of Achievement, or Certificate of Proficiency................................................................ February 28
Last day to drop full semester-length classes with ‘W’.................................................................................................................................................... March 12
Spring recess........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ March 21-27
Final examinations begin.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. May 14
Spring semester ends................................................................................................................................................................................................................... May 20
Evening commencement.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. May 20
Memorial Day................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ May 30
Summer Session 2011 (Tentative)
4 week classes begin May 23 and end...................................................................................................................................................................................... June 18
Residence determination date.................................................................................................................................................................................................. June 19
6 and 8 week classes begin........................................................................................................................................................................................................ June 20
Last day to apply for an Associate degree, Certificate of Achievement, or Certificate of Proficiency........................................................................ June 30
Independence Day........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... July 4
6 week TTH classes end.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. July 28
6 week MW classes end........................................................................................................................................................................................................... August 1
6 week MTWTH classes end.................................................................................................................................................................................................. August 1
8 week TTH night classes end............................................................................................................................................................................................... August 11
8 week MW classes end......................................................................................................................................................................................................... August 15
8 week MTWTH classes end................................................................................................................................................................................................ August 15
10
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 1 - General Information
College Organization Palomar College Locations
Extended Education
Director .....................................................................Ext. 8102
District Governing Board Escondido Center, and Mt. Carmel, and Ramona Sites
Nancy C. Chadwick, M.S.W., M.P.A. Manager . ...................................................................Ext. 8103
Rose Marie Dishman, Ph.D. Camp Pendleton, Fallbrook, and Pauma Sites
Mark R. Evilsizer, M.A. Janet Hoffman, Manager ................................ (760) 385-0498
Darrell L. McMullen, M.B.A.
Michele T. Nelson, Ph.D. Division of Languages and Literature
A.S.G. President Stephen McDonald, Dean . .......................................Ext. 2251
English Department ....................................................................Ext. 2392
English as a Second Language Department ............................Ext. 2261
Superintendent/President Reading Services ..........................................................................Ext. 2568
Superintendent/President Speech Communication/Forensics/ASL Department ...........Ext. 2405
Robert P. Deegan ......................................................Ext. 2105 World Languages Department .................................................Ext. 2390
Communications, Marketing and Public Affairs
Laura Gropen, Interim Director . ............................Ext. 2152 Division of Mathematics and the Natural
Foundation and Health Sciences
Richard Talmo, Executive Director ..........................Ext. 2732 Dr. Candi Francis, Dean ............................................Ext. 2253
Chemistry Department .............................................................Ext. 2505
Institutional Research and Planning Dental Assisting Program . .........................................................Ext. 2571
Michelle Barton, Director ........................................Ext. 2360 Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department ..................Ext. 2512
Life Sciences Department . ........................................................Ext. 2275
Mathematics Department ..........................................................Ext. 2535
Instructional Services Nursing Education Department ...............................................Ext. 2580
Assistant Superintendent/Vice President Physics and Engineering Department ......................................Ext. 2505
Berta Cuaron ............................................................Ext. 2246
Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences
Division of Arts, Media, Business, Judy Cater, Interim Dean .........................................Ext. 2759
and Computer Science American Indian Studies Department .....................................Ext. 2425
Norma Miyamoto, Dean . .........................................Ext. 2154 Behavioral Sciences Department .............................................Ext. 2329
Art Department ..........................................................................Ext. 2302 Child Development Department .............................................Ext. 2206
Business Administration Department .....................................Ext. 2488 Children’s Center ........................................................................Ext. 2578
Communications Department ..................................................Ext. 2440 Economics, History, and Political Science Department . ......Ext. 2412
Computer Science and Information Systems Department .Ext. 2387 Library Technology ......................................................................Ext. 2666
Graphic Communications Department ..................................Ext. 2452 Multicultural Studies Department ...........................................Ext. 2206
Performing Arts Department ....................................................Ext. 2316 Physical Education Department ...............................................Ext. 2459
Tutoring Services Program ........................................................Ext. 2238
Division of Career,Technical,
and Extended Education
Wilma Owens, Dean . ...............................................Ext. 2276
Cooperative Education Department .......................................Ext. 2354
Design and Consumer Education Department .....................Ext. 2349
Emergency Medical Education ..................................................Ext. 8150
Occupational and Noncredit Programs ..................................Ext. 2284
Public Safety Programs ...............................................................Ext. 1722
Regional Occupational Programs ............................................ Ext. 2301
Trade and Industry Department .............................................Ext. 2545
Workforce and Community Development ............................Ext. 2826
11
Section 1 - General Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
STUDENT SERVICES FINANCE AND
Dr. Mark Vernoy..........................................................Ext. 2158
Interim Assistant Superintendent/Vice President
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
Dr. Bonnie Ann Dowd ...............................................Ext. 2109
Assistant Superintendent/Vice President
Athletics Business Services . .......................................................................Ext. 2122
Scott Cathcart, Director . ..........................................................Ext. 2460 Facilities . .......................................................................................Ext. 2629
Fiscal Services ..............................................................................Ext. 2215
Campus Police Information Services . .................................................................Ext. 2140
........................................................................................................Ext. 2289 Payroll Services ............................................................................Ext. 2937
Counseling Services HUMAN RESOURCE SERVICES
Lynda Halttunen, Dean ............................................Ext. 2184 John S. Tortarolo .......................................................Ext. 2531
Articulation Services ..................................................................Ext. 2528 Assistant Superintendent/Vice President
Career Center .............................................................................Ext. 2194 Human Resource Services . .......................................................Ext. 2609
Counseling Center ......................................................................Ext. 2680
Disability Resource Center .......................................................Ext. 2375
Extended Opportunity Programs and Services .....................Ext. 2449
Grant Funded Programs ............................................................Ext. 3678
Transfer Center ...........................................................................Ext. 2552
Enrollment Services
Herman Lee, Director . ............................................Ext. 2171
Admissions and Enrollment .......................................................Ext. 2164
Admissions and Enrollment, Escondido ..................................Ext. 8134
Evaluations and Records ............................................................Ext. 2165
Financial Aid and Scholarships ..................................................Ext. 2367
International Education ..............................................................Ext. 2167
Veterans’ Services .......................................................................Ext. 2173
Health Services
Jayne Conway, Director ............................................Ext. 2380
Student Affairs
Sherry Titus, Director ..............................................Ext. 2595
12
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 1 - General Information
History of the College Vision
The history of Palomar College is rich in tradition and educational Learning for Success
achievements. On January 15, 1946, registered voters in the Vista Uni-
fied School District, the Fallbrook Union School District, and the Es-
condido Union High School District voted 714 to 417 in favor of
Mission
Palomar College is an educational leader committed to quality learn-
establishing a “junior college” in the North San Diego County area.
ing. Our mission is to provide an engaging and supportive learning
Under state law, the San Diego County Superintendent of Schools
environment for students of diverse origins, experiences, needs, abili-
appointed five persons as members of the first Governing Board for
ties, and goals who are pursuing transfer-readiness, general education,
the new college.The Governing Board hired the first college president
basic skills, career and technical training, and lifelong education. We
in 1946, Dr. Daniel C. McNaughton, supported by a director, a dean of
are committed to promoting the learning outcomes necessary for our
students, and nine faculty members. Located on the Vista High School
students to live responsibly, effectively, and creatively in an interdepen-
campus, Palomar College opened its classroom doors on Septem-
dent and changing world.
ber 23, 1946, with exactly 100 persons enrolled in classes in science,
mathematics, music, art, social sciences, commerce, English, physical
education, and foreign languages. Values
Palomar College is a community dedicated to achieving student suc-
Today, Palomar College is a public, two-year community college in San cess and cultivating a love of learning. We strive continually to im-
Diego County with its San Marcos campus located approximately 30 prove our community’s performance and outcomes. To create the
miles north of San Diego at 1140 West Mission Road, San Marcos, CA highest quality learning and cultural experiences, we are guided by
92069. The 200-acre campus, the education center in Escondido, and our core values of
five sites serve a district covering 2,555 square miles in North San • achieving excellence in teaching, learning, and service
Diego County.The five education sites are located in Camp Pendleton, • fostering integrity as the foundation for all we do
Fallbrook, Mt. Carmel, Pauma Valley, and Ramona. The Escondido Cen- • providing access to our programs and services
ter is located on eight acres owned by the District, and the proposed • ensuring equity and the fair treatment of all in our policies,
North Education Center in Fallbrook will be located on a newly ac- processes, and procedures
quired 82 acre property. Palomar College constitutes a single-college • celebrating diversity in learning environments, philosophies,
district, and it is the largest community college in San Diego County. cultures, beliefs, and people
• supporting inclusiveness of individual and community view-
Palomar College borders seven other community college districts: points in collaborative decision-making processes
South Orange County, Mount San Jacinto, Desert, Imperial Valley, • promoting mutual respect and trust through open communi-
Grossmont-Cuyamaca, San Diego, and MiraCosta. However, only cations and actions
Mount San Jacinto, Grossmont-Cuyamaca, San Diego, and MiraCosta • supporting innovation to enhance and enrich learning environ-
have significant service overlap with the Palomar Community Col- ments and services.
lege District. The others adjoin the most lightly populated areas of
the district, and their campuses are distant from any of the Palomar
permanent facilities. Educational Philosophy
The educational philosophy of Palomar College is based upon belief
Palomar College has five academic divisions: (1) Arts, Media, Business, in the value of the individual and belief in the individual’s potential for
and Computing Systems; (2) Career, Technical, and Extended Educa- intellectual, ethical, personal, and social growth. Only through growth
tion; (3) Languages and Literature; (4) Mathematics and the Natural in these areas can a citizen come to understand personal rights.
and Health Sciences; and (5) Social and Behavioral Sciences. The Col-
lege offers more than 300 credit degree and certificate programs The fundamental assumption of the democratic way of life is the
within those five divisions and noncredit courses. intrinsic worth of the individual. This assumption thus becomes the
main principle of public education.
In the November 2006 General Election, voters approved an educa-
tional facilities improvement measure (Proposition M), which provides In order to become an effective member of a democratic society, an
the majority of the funding for the College’s $1 billion construction individual should participate in a free exchange of ideas. Only within a
and remodel plan. The first major step in the implementation of this democracy is the individual assured the freedom for such an exchange
plan was realized with the completion of the Natural Sciences Build- and for self-realization consistent with the freedoms and opportuni-
ing, which opened for the Fall 2007 semester. This is an exciting time ties of others.
for students, faculty, staff, and administration at Palomar College. The
vision in the Master Plan 2022 has moved to reality as the planning, By providing equal opportunities for all, the community college helps
design, and construction of several instructional and support facilities its students to realize their potential. Thus their talents become more
take shape. Master Plan 2022 is transitioning Palomar College into readily available to the community, and their participation in society
its next generation as an outstanding institution in higher education becomes more effective.
committed to the learning success of its students and responsive to
the changing needs of its diverse community.
13
Section 1 - General Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Academic Freedom Governing Board and District Policy
The instructional program at Palomar College shall be conducted in In accordance with its designated function as a policy-making body, the
accordance with principles of academic freedom of inquiry. The edu- Governing Board of the Palomar Community College District creates
cational program must encourage freedom of expression and free- the policies by which the district operates, subject to the Education
dom of inquiry within the framework of responsibility. Code of the State of California, all rules prescribed by the Board of
Governors of the California Community Colleges, and all federal stat-
Palomar College considers academic freedom, defined by its atten- utes. Board policy may be changed, subject to the Education Code of
dant rights and responsibilities, as a vital, primary force in the achieve- the State of California, only by action of the Governing Board through
ment of the aims and objectives of the institution. Academic freedom a majority vote of its members.
involves inherently the following rights and responsibilities:
The Governing Board schedules its regular open meetings in the
• To research to the limit of competence and training, the as-
Board Room on campus at 5:00 p.m. on the 2nd Tuesday of the month.
signed teaching area and its references
Meetings are open to the public.
• To survey, probe, and question the relationship of humans to
their environment within the guidelines of research techniques
and intelligent discussion Palomar College Foundation
• To question and challenge, without fear of censorship or Since the 1950s, the Palomar College Foundation has helped provide
discipline, those actions originating from within the institution supplement public funding for college programs and activities. Over
which seriously affect the total academic environment the years, the Foundation has provided funding for the swimming pool,
• To introduce, within the assigned teaching area, controversial a harpsichord for the Performing Arts Department, a trailer for tuto-
concepts, issues, and systems, subjecting these ideas to the rial groups, facilities for the Child Development Center, furniture for
test of objective reasoning the Student Center, renovation for the Library, curtains for the The-
• To create an unhampered and clear intellectual atmosphere atre, and many, many scholarships for deserving students.
democratically maintained, encouraged, and supported by
students, staff, administration, and members of the Governing With the support and generosity of the community, the Palomar
Board College Foundation has secured over $15 million in designated and
• To associate with those individuals or groups of one’s choice undesignated funds which are support student learning, educational
without fear of censorship or discipline, unless such associa- programs, scholarships and capital equipment. Yet, every year as state
tion is forbidden by law budgets shrink, the needs of our community grow.
At no time will the inherent right of staff to use any of the normal Won’t you consider making a contribution? We welcome the support
channels of campus communication be abridged, nor will individual of individuals, families, and businesses who want to help fulfill the mis-
staff members be singled out for special prior censorship of their sion of Palomar College, the vision of our community and the hopes
use of such channels of communication. It is understood that staff of thousands of students and families who need our help. For more
members exercising this right will accept responsibility for both the information or to be added to our newsletter mailing list, please call
substance and the manner of their messages. the Advancement Office, (760) 744-1150, ext. 2733.
The college or university teacher is a citizen, a member of a learned Policy on Diversity
profession, and an officer of an educational institution. When he/she Palomar College recognizes and appreciates the benefits of a diverse
speaks or writes as a citizen, he/she should be free from institutional campus community and values the individual distinctions of its staff
censorship or discipline, but his/her special position in the community and students. In support of its goal to encourage students to exam-
imposes special obligations. As a person of learning and an educa- ine their own and other heritages through multicultural and interdis-
tional officer, he/she should remember that the public may judge his/ ciplinary programs, Palomar College seeks to provide positive role
her profession and institution by his/her utterances. Therefore, he/ models for all students and recognizes that diversity in the academic
she should at all times be accurate, show respect for the opinions of and vocational environment fosters cultural awareness, mutual under-
others, and make every effort to indicate that he/she is not an institu- standing and respect, harmony and creativity.
tional spokesperson.
Palomar College offers equal educational and employment opportuni-
Palomar College encourages freedom of expression and the free flow ties regardless of group identification, national origin, religion, age, sex,
and exchange of information and ideas. The College seeks to protect race, color, ancestry, sexual orientation, or physical or mental disability.
academic freedom and supports free and unfettered scholarly inquiry. It is the policy of the College that, unless exempted by statute, every
In compliance with these requirements, the College encourages facul- course offered and maintained by the District shall be fully open to
ty, staff, and student involvement with others in support of candidates enrollment and participation by any person who has been admitted to
for offices or in the furtherance of other political activities. the College and who meets the stated prerequisites for the course.
14
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 1 - General Information
The District’s policy of non-discrimination covers admission, out-
reach, educational programs and activities, facilities, access to course
offerings, counseling, financial assistance, employment assistance to
students, health and insurance benefits and services, athletics, text-
books and curricular material, and employment.
Limited English speaking students who are otherwise eligible will not
be excluded from any vocational education program.
Spanish Translation
Los estudiantes elegibles para entrar en el programa de educacion
vocacional no pueden ser excluidos debido a su ingles limitado.
Vietnamese Translation
Nhung hoc-sinh neu hoi du cac dieu-kien phu-hop vao nhung chuong-
trinh giao-duc huan-nghe se khong bi tu khuoc boi ly do trinh-do
Anh-van kem.
Designation of Responsible Employee as Title
IX Coordinator
The Assistant Superintendent/Vice President, Human Resource Ser-
vices, Administrative Services Building, room A-1, (760) 744-1150, ext.
2531.
15
Section 2 - Admission and Registration Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Section 2 Residency
Information in the following paragraphs summarizes the rules and reg-
Admission and Registration ulations related to student residency for educational purposes. Details
are found in Education Code Section 68090, Title 3, Part 41, Chapter
1, and may be found in the College Library.
Admissions Policy Residency is determined when a student applies for admission to the
Any person who meets one of the following requirements is eligible to College. The Admissions Office will help with questions and interpre-
attend Palomar College: tation of the regulations.
• Has graduated from an accredited high school
• Is a non-high school graduate 18 years of age or older Definition of Residence
• Has passed the California High School Proficiency In law, every person has a residence. There can be one and only one
Examination (CHSPE), or Certificate of Equivalency (G.E.D.) residence. A residence cannot be lost until another is gained. It is
• Is a minor who may profit from instruction and has the place where one lives when not on vacation or leave. It can be
permission of thelocal high school district changed only by a combination of act and intent.
• Has petitioned for special admission and obtained approval Every person who is married or is 18 or older and under no legal re-
from parent/guardian, representative of the school district striction may establish a residence. Certain minors may also establish
of residence and Palomar College Director of Enrollment residence.
Services (admitted on a permission and space available basis).
Residency Status
Policy of Nondiscrimination A California “resident” is a person who has resided in the state for
Palomar College offers educational opportunities regardless of group more than one year prior to the residence determination date and
identification, national origin, religion, age, sex, race, color, ancestry, shows “intent” to the state of California.
sexual orientation, or physical or mental disability. It is the policy of A “nonresident” is a person who has not resided in California for
the College that, unless exempted by statute, every course offered the full one-year period before the residence determination date. A
and maintained by the District shall be fully open to enrollment and nonresident must pay nonresident tuition in addition to other fees for
participation by any person who has been admitted to the College credit classes. Tuition must be paid in full at registration.
and who meets the stated prerequisites for the course.
Residence Determination Date
The District’s policy of nondiscrimination covers admission, outreach, The residence determination date is that day immediately preceding
educational programs and activities, facilities, access to course offer- the first day of instruction.
ings, counseling, financial assistance, employment assistance to stu-
dents, health and insurance benefits and services, athletics, textbooks Factors Considered to Determine Residency
and curricular material, and employment. The following factors are called “indices of intent.” They, along with
a person’s presence in California, are considered in determining Cal-
Application for Admission ifornia residency. No one factor decides residency. All evidence is
Anyone who wishes to attend Palomar College must submit a com- weighed. If any one of the “indices of intent” shows intent only for
pleted application for admission. Students may apply online at http:// another state during the one-year period, it may show lack of intent
www.palomar.edu. for California:
• Own residential property in California for personal use
Admission to Special Programs • Are licensed to practice a profession in California
Admission to the Dental Assisting Program and the Nursing Program • Vote in California
is by special application. For information contact the Health Programs • Pay California State Income Taxes
Coordinator, room NO-2, ext. 2279. • Possess a California driver’s license and a vehicle registered in
California
Special Admission for Accelerated Students • Have an active checking and/or savings account in a
To be considered for admission, minors must have completed the California bank
eighth grade or reached the age of 15, and have permission of the • Show a California address on military records
local school district. Home-schooled minors may enroll with permis- • Possess a marriage license or a divorce decree issued in
sion of the local school district. Minors, under 15 years of age, with California
permission from a public or private school, and the Palomar College • Have been paying nonresident tuition in another state
instructor, may enroll only in courses specified by the local school dis-
Exception to Residency Requirements
trict or private school. Otherwise, minors under 15 years of age are
There are exceptions to the residency rules. They may include the
limited to enrolling in special classes devoted to children, such as child
following:
development lab classes or youth orchestra. Credit earned is college
credit and may also be used as high school credit with consent of the • Active duty military personnel stationed in California
high school. See the Admissions Office for details. • Dependents of active duty military personnel stationed in
California
• Certain minors who stayed in California when parents moved
• Self-supporting minors
18
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 2 - Admission and Registration
• Full-time employees of Palomar College or a child or spouse Matriculation Rights and Responsibilities
of the full-time employee Matriculation is a process that assists you in choosing, planning, and
• Those who attended a California high school for 3 or more achieving your educational and career goals. It is Palomar’s way of sup-
years AND graduated from a California high school or attained porting your right to succeed in college. Matriculation is a partnership
an equivalent (GEDor CHSPE). This exception does not grant between you and Palomar College.
California residency or eligibility for any state financial aid.
Palomar College agrees to:
International Students (F-1 and M-1 Visas) • Evaluate your English, math, and reading skills
Palomar College is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant
• Help you register for appropriate classes
alien students. The following is required for admission to the regular
• Provide you with an orientation, and information on services
College program:
available, and possible majors and/or careers
• International student application with passport-size • Provide access to counselors and instruction
photograph
You agree to:
• Confidential financial statement certified by bank official
• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 470 • Decide upon your major and goal
(PBT)/150 (CBT) or more • Attend an orientation and assessment session
• High School graduate (official transcripts of all secondary and • Work with us to develop an educational plan by the time
college work must be provided with certified English transla- you have completed 15 units
tion) • Attend and complete courses to make the best use of the
• Satisfactory report if attending a language school or another time you spend at Palomar
college in the U.S.A.
The College may suspend or terminate services to any student who
• Letter of reference
fails to fulfill his/her responsibilities. However, the College may never
• Doctor’s health certification (TB skin test)
suspend or terminate any service for which a student is otherwise
Application Deadlines: entitled under any other provision of law. In addition, students may
challenge any matriculation requirement or regulation using the peti-
For Fall 2010/Overseas applicants June 1, 2010
tion process.
Applicants within the USA June 15, 2010
For Spring 2011/Overseas applicants Oct. 15, 2010
Prior to registration, all non-exempt students must complete the fol-
Applicants within the USA Nov. 1, 2010
lowing steps that apply:
For Summer 2011/Overseas applicants March 1, 2011
Applicants within the USA March 15, 2011 • Submit an application for admission
For Fall 2011/Overseas applicants June 1, 2011 • Send in all transcripts or previous assessment scores for consid-
Applicants within the USA June 15, 2011 eration
• Sign up for, and attend, an assessment and orientation session
International students are required to pay nonresident tuition. For
at the Assessment Center, SU-1, or at the Escondido Center.
informational brochure and/or application forms, contact:
New, returning, or transfer students who may be exempted from the
Office of International Education Palomar College matriculation process are students who:
1140 W. Mission Road
• Already have an associate’s or bachelor’s degree
San Marcos, California 92069-1487 USA
• Are attending Palomar for personal enrichment
(760) 744-1150, Ext. 2167
• Are enrolled only in noncredit community education courses
FAX (760) 761-3592
• Are taking classes only to upgrade job skills
http://www.palomar.edu
• Are enrolled in apprenticeship or other special vocational
intladm@palomar.edu
education programs
• Are concurrently enrolled in another college or university
International students who do not meet the requirements for regular
College admission may attend the intensive English language program. Exempt students are not required to participate in the matriculation
For an informational brochure and/or application forms, contact: process, but are encouraged to see a counselor at any time.
California English School
Palomar College
1140 West Mission Road Assessment, Advisement and Orientation
San Marcos, California 92069-1487 USA
(760) 591-4930 What is Assessment?
FAX (760) 591-4932 Assessment is the process the College uses to evaluate your skills in areas
ces@palomar.edu such as:
• Reading
• Writing
• Math
• English as a Second Language (ESL)
19
Section 2 - Admission and Registration Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Assessment (the placement process includes multiple measures), • Students with disabilities
advisement, and orientation are given several times throughout the • English as a Second Language students
year for the convenience of new, continuing, returning, and transfer • International students
students.
Contact the Student Access/Assessment Center, see the current class
Assessment gives students knowledge of present levels of skills in schedule, or visit the Website, http://www.palomar.edu/counseling/
math, English, and reading. Assessment, along with advisement and ori- ASSM.html.
entation, using COMPASS, takes approximately 3 hours, and includes
receiving the results. What is Educational Planning?
Educational Planning is the process of mapping your courses semester
All students must submit an application for admission before making by semester. A counselor will assist you in choosing the appropriate
an appointment for the placement test. Non-exempt students must course sequence that best fits your educational goal.
contact the Student Access/Assessment Center for a reservation tick- English, math, reading, and study skills are the foundation for success
et. Reservation tickets are issued on a first-come, first-served basis. in other college level courses.
Seating is limited. Students may also schedule an appointment by e-
mail to Assessment@palomar.edu. Students should find the location Complaints
prior to their appointment since no one will be admitted after the If you feel that assessment, orientation, counseling, or any other ma-
assessment has begun. All three subjects (English, math and reading) triculation procedure is being applied in a discriminatory manner, you
will be covered. Students are permitted to be assessed only once per may file a complaint to the Dean of Counseling Services, ext. 2184.
year. Placement is valid for two years.
Enrollment Conditions
In addition to taking Palomar’s placement test, the following options Many courses and education programs of study have enrollment con-
are also available to students: ditions such as prerequisites, corequisites, or advisories on recom-
mended preparation. These faculty-approved conditions are consid-
1. Students may submit documentation of previous college
ered necessary and appropriate to ensure that you are adequately
course work and/or assessment scores from another
prepared to succeed in the course or educational program.
college. Scores expire after two years; course work does not
Enrollment restrictions are defined below. It is your responsibility to
expire.
meet any and all enrollment conditions.
2. Non-native English speakers may participate in a specialized
placement process. Contact the ESL Department.
What is a Prerequisite?
3. Special testing conditions are offered for disabled students
A prerequisite is a condition of enrollment that you are required to
through the DSP&S Department.
successfully (‘C’ or better) meet in order to demonstrate current
4. Students may place themselves in entry-level classes and
readiness in a course or educational program. You may be required
progress through the curriculum without taking the
to show proof of meeting the prerequisite. Failure to meet the stated
assessment.
prerequisite may result in you being administratively dropped from
The decision to challenge assessment placement will be made on an the course.
individual basis. Please contact the Assessment Office located in the
Student Access/Assessment Center, SU-1. What is a Corequisite?
A corequisite is a condition of enrollment consisting of a course that
What is Orientation? you are required to simultaneously take in order to enroll in another
Orientation is a process that provides students with information course. Failure to enroll in the stated corequisite will result in you
about the College’s programs, services, academic expectations, pro- being administratively dropped from the course.
cedures, advising and registration. Orientation follows all areas of as-
sessment. Assessment results will be distributed at the conclusion of What is an Advisory on Recommended Preparation?
the orientation. Students will: Recommended preparation is a condition of enrollment that you are
advised, but not required, to meet before or in conjunction with en-
• Receive information about college requirements
rollment in a course or educational program. If you believe that you
• Learn about the requirements for Certificates, Associate
have satisfied the advisory by means other than the stated advisory,
and Bachelor’s degrees, specific major requirements and
you are urged to consult with the appropriate department to deter-
general information
mine your readiness to enroll in the course or educational program.
• Receive information about assessment recommendations and
basic skill levels
Are there other limitations on enrollment?
• Available immediately after scheduled assessment online
Yes. Enrollment in certain courses or educational programs of study
When do I need Assessment, Advisement and Orientation? may require try-outs, auditions, or may be limited by health and safety
New students must complete assessment, advisement and orienta- considerations, facility limitations, faculty workload, the availability of
tion before qualifying to register for classes. Students who meet this qualified instructors, funding limitations, or legal requirements im-
requirement before the registration period for the next semester will posed by statutes, regulations or contracts. All such limitations are
receive an earlier registration appointment. in conformity with the provisions of Title 5, Section 58106, California
Community Colleges Board of Governors.
There are several other options for completing assessment, advise-
ment, and orientation. These include special sessions for:
20
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 2 - Admission and Registration
What if I don’t have the necessary prerequisites or Transcripts received become the property of Palomar College and
corequisites? cannot be returned to the student or forwarded to other schools. If
You may not be permitted to enroll in a class for which you cannot a student has submitted transcripts from another institution, and has
demonstrate you have met the prerequisite, or are enrolled in the not attended within two years or has not applied for graduation, tran-
corequisite. If it is determined after a course begins that you have not scripts may be destroyed and must be re-submitted by the student.
met the prerequisite, you may be dropped from the course.
Courses, units, and grades from other regionally accredited colleges
and universities that are accepted will be applied toward the comple-
What if I am currently enrolled in the prerequisite when it
tion of academic degrees or certificates of achievement at Palomar
is time to register for my class? Will I be prevented from
College. Units accepted may also be applied toward transfer patterns
enrolling in the next level course?
to four-year institutions.
No. If you are currently enrolled in the prerequisite course at Palomar
College, and it is assumed that you will pass the course with a ‘C’ or Transcripts from foreign schools or universities must be evaluated by
better, you will be permitted to enroll in the next level course. If you an approved credentials evaluation service.
do not successfully pass the course (D, F, FW, NC, Inc, or W), you will Refer to the Academic Regulations and Standards section of the cata-
be dropped from the class before the opening day. log regarding acceptance of non-traditional credit.
Can I challenge a prerequisite or corequisite?
Yes, under certain conditions. Refer to the information on challenges Student Classification
below. Freshman
A credit student who has completed less than 30 semester units.
Challenging Prerequisites Sophomore
You have the right to challenge any prerequisite. A prerequisite or A credit student who has completed 30 or more semester units, but
corequisite challenge requires written documentation, explanation does not have an A.A. degree.
of alternative course work, background, abilities, or other evidence Unclassified
which has adequately prepared you for the target course. A Prereq- A registered credit student who, by definition, is neither a freshman
uisite or Corequisite Challenge Petition can be obtained from the nor a sophomore.
Admissions & Records Office, the Counseling Center, or an Education
Center or Site. Reasons for seeking a Prerequisite and Corequisite Financial Aid Application and Enrollment Fee
Challenge Petition may include one or more of the following:
Waiver
1. A prerequisite or corequisite has not been made reasonably Students are encouraged to apply online for financial aid as early as
available. possible. Sign-in to Student eServices after you complete the on-
2. A prerequisite or corequisite has not been established in line application at www.palomar.edu. You may apply for the Board of
accordance with the District’s process for establishing Governor’s Fee Waiver through the Palomar Financial Aid web page
prerequisites and corequisites. (www.palomar.edu/fa) and expect confirmation within three working
3.You can provide evidence of having the knowledge or ability days. You may also apply for the fee waiver as part of your FAFSA
needed to succeed in the course despite not meeting the (Free Application for Federal Student Aid) and confirmation could
prerequisite or corequisite. take up to two weeks.
4. You may challenge other limitations on enrollment.
5. You may challenge a prerequisite or corequisite established Current and potential financial aid students are advised to only take
to protect the health and safety of himself, herself, and/or courses that are required for their declared program of study at Palo-
others. mar College.
6. A prerequisite, corequisite, or limitation on enrollment is
discriminatory or applied in a discriminatory manner. Enrollment Options
7. A prerequisite or corequisite is in violation of Title 5. Community Education Classes
If space is available in the target course when you file a challenge to Not for credit courses which support life-long learning. May be either
the prerequisite or corequisite, the College shall reserve a seat for full term or short term.
you and resolve the challenge within five working days. If the challenge
is upheld or the College fails to resolve the challenge within the five Community Development Seminars
working day period, you shall be allowed to enroll in the course. If no Noncredit workshops, classes, seminars, activities, and events to help
space is available in the course when a challenge is filed, the challenge you continue learning throughout your life. Usually taught as evening
shall be resolved prior to the beginning of registration for the next or weekend courses.
term, and if the challenge is upheld, you shall be permitted to enroll if
space is available when you register for that subsequent term. Fast Track
Fast-track courses, which are eight weeks in duration, are offered
throughout the calendar year. The work that students complete in a
Transcripts/Advanced Standing semester-length class is compressed into eight weeks. These classes
Transcripts from other colleges and universities must be received by
are intensive, but they allow students to move quickly to advanced
the Admissions and Records Office no later than the end of the first
study or to a career.
semester of attendance.
21
Section 2 - Admission and Registration Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Full Term Classes DVD checkout at the Palomar College San Marcos campus library and
A regular semester course of 17 weeks. some Palomar College sites. Video courses are academically equiva-
lent to traditional campus courses, and satisfy pre-collegiate, elective,
Intersession Classes or general education requirements toward certificate or A.A. degree
Courses offered between regular terms. programs. For more information, visit www.palomar-tv.com.
Late Start Classes Weekend College
Accelerated courses which are less than 16 weeks, but which must be Attend classes offered on Friday evening, Saturday and Sunday.
completed within a semester/session.
Enrollment Procedures
Learning Communities All new and returning students should submit their application for ad-
An enriched learning experience linking different courses around a mission as soon as possible after the date applications are first accepted.
central theme or question. Students must enroll in the whole block of Early applications secure earlier enrollment appointments. Check the
courses, and progress through the semester as a group. 2010-2011 college calendar in the front pages of this catalog for the dates
applications are accepted or check our web page at www.palomar.edu/
Online Classes admissions for the most current information.
Online classes offer convenience for students with busy schedules.
Students must have reliable access to e-mail and the Internet.You can The Class Schedule
“attend class” at any hour of the day or night, and communicate with Students are informed of the enrollment procedure to be followed in
your instructor via e-mail or electronic discussion boards as your the official Class Schedule for each semester.
schedule allows. Attendance at some on campus activities may be
required for some on-line classes. Student financial awards may be Online Enrollment
impacted in certain cases. Please check with the Financial Aid Office All students may use Student eServices to enroll. Continuing students
for more information. Online classes are academically equivalent to have automatic eligibility to enroll. New and returning students are
traditional face-to-face classes. For more information, visit our web also eligible after submitting an Application for Admission at the main
site at http://www.palomar.edu/blackboard. campus or at a College Center or online at www.palomar.edu. All
students are issued a unique Palomar user ID number, which will be
Regional Occupational Programs (ROP) used for enrolling and all other transactions with Palomar. See the
ROP offers tuition-free courses, regardless of income, and serves all Class Schedule for more information.
residents of San Diego County 16 years of age and older. Classes pro-
vide entry-level, upgrade, and advanced job skills training. Procedure for Adding and Dropping Classes
Adds and drops are processed online through Student eServices until
Saturday Classes the semester deadline date (see Class Schedule).You may be required
Academic or vocational courses taught on Saturdays, generally in the to obtain a permission number from the instructor to add a class.
mornings. May be either full term or short term.
All additions to a student’s program must be processed
Self-Paced Classes (Open Entry) within the first two weeks of classes. Exceptions to this
Courses which allow flexibility in scheduling, where a student may deadline include late-start and open-entry classes.
enroll at any time up to a designated date in the semester/session.
Hours of attendance are arranged with the instructor. Depending
Official Withdrawal
upon unit value, a specified number of hours must be completed to
Students must drop classes by using Student eServices. Refer to
receive credit.
“Dates and Penalties” below for any penalties which may be imposed.
Short Term Classes Unofficial Withdrawal
Any course which is less than 17 weeks. Students who simply stop attending class and do not drop through
Student eServices have unofficially withdrawn.These students may re-
Summer Session ceive an “F” or “FW” grade in every class they stop attending.
Mini sessions offered during the summer, generally either 6 weeks or
8 weeks in length. Administrative Withdrawal
Administrative withdrawals may occur for academic or disciplinary
Video Classes reasons, or for non-payment of fees. If the administrative withdrawal
A video class is a college credit course which uses cable television, occurs after the refund period, the student will not be entitled to a
streaming video, DVDs, and 5-7 campus meetings to deliver instruc- refund or waiver of registration fees.
tion. Video classes include video programs, textbooks, assignments,
examinations, and class discussion. This type of class allows students Dates and Penalties
to study and complete course work when and where it is convenient If a student processes a drop during the first four weeks of a full
for them to do so. Student/Instructor interaction occurs online and semester course, or first 30% of a short-term course, no grade will
at scheduled campus meetings.The course syllabus, other instruction- be assigned and no notation will appear on the student’s permanent
al materials, and the streaming video are accessed through the Black- record.
board online system. Video is also available on cable television and via
22
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 2 - Admission and Registration
Between the fourth week and the eighth week of a full semester Classroom Expenses
course, or between 30% and 50% of a short-term course, a student Students will incur a reasonable amount of general classroom expens-
may process a drop at his or her discretion and receive a withdrawal es (for example: supplies, materials for homework projects, printing
(W grade). or copying costs). Some classes may require additional expenditures,
such as for field trips, admission fees to public attractions or perfor-
After the eighth week of a full semester course, or 50% of a short- mances. When required, such expenses are generally noted with the
term course, only evaluative (A, B, C, D, F, FW) or Incomplete (I) respective class in the Class Schedule or class syllabi.
grades shall be assigned.
Enrollment Fee
All students are expected to attend classes. Failure to attend classes $26 per unit - This mandatory fee is subject to change.
can result in an “F” or “FW” grade, unless the student executes a drop
within the time periods indicated above. Refer to the 2010-2011col- Health Fee
lege calendar for specific dates or check our web page at www.palo- A state-mandated student health fee is charged for operation of the
mar.edu/admissions for the most current information. Health Center or Centers as authorized in Education Code 76355.
The maximum student health fee allowable will be charged to all
Petition Appeal Procedure part-time and full-time students enrolled in the credit and noncredit
Students who have verifiable extenuating circumstances may petition classes offered through Palomar College, except the following:
to withdraw from a class after the eighth week of a full semester
course, or 50% of a short-term course. See “Conditions for Petition Exempt by law:
to Withdraw” listed under the Grading System in Section 5 of the • Students taking only apprenticeship classes.
catalog. • Students who depend exclusively upon prayer for healing in
accordance with the teachings of a bona fide religious sect,
Class Cancellations/Changes denomination or organization.
Palomar College reserves the right to cancel any class for which the • Dependent children and surviving spouses of members of
enrollment is not sufficient to warrant continuation, and to change the California National Guard who are killed or permanently
the class hours and/or days as necessity demands. Students enrolled disabled while in active service.
in classes that are cancelled by the College are entitled to a refund of Other exemptions:
fees, with no processing charge.
• Active military students taking classes only at Camp
Fees and Expenses Pendleton
Palomar College is a public California Community College. All stu- • Students in Community Development Seminars
dents must pay enrollment and health fees; California non-residents • Worksite Education training for company employees only
and international students must pay non-resident tuition. • Noncredit classes at sites other than at the San Marcos Cam-
pus and the Escondido Center
Fee Payment Procedure The current Health Fee is $17 for the Fall and Spring semesters and
Students are responsible for paying all mandatory fees. All fees are due $14 per Summer session. The fee is subject to change.
at registration. Students who do not pay for their classes may not be
dropped, and will still owe enrollment fees. The college will waive or International Student Capital Outlay Fee
refund enrollmnent fees only when a drop is processed within the first $3 per unit - This is an additional fee for international students only.
two weeks of a class. Failure to make payments of any amounts owed This fee is subject to change. Please refer to the current class sched-
to the College when they become due is considered sufficient cause ule.
to withhold future enrollment, grades, transcripts, diplomas, certifi-
cates, and/or degrees. Unpaid fees are subject to collection penalties. Materials Fee
Students may need to provide materials required for a credit or non-
Fees are subject to change; please check the current class credit class. Such materials must be of a continuing value to the stu-
schedule for a complete, up-to-date list. All required fees dent outside of the classroom setting. The materials may be available
must be paid at the time of registration. through the District or may be purchased elsewhere.
For information on exemptions from fees, please refer to the cur- Non-Resident Tuition
rent class schedule or check with the Financial Aid Office. Active duty $185 per unit. California non-residents and international students
military members should contact their Base Education Office for in- must also pay all other applicable fees. Please refer to the current
formation on tuition assistance. class schedule.
Auditing Fee Nonsufficient Funds Fee
$15 per unit - Refer to Section 5,Auditing a Class, for specific informa- $20 for each check returned to the College.
tion on selecting audit status. Not considered for BOGW or Financial
Aid eligibility.
23
Section 2 - Admission and Registration Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Palomar Identification Card Refunds
$15 per semester. This card will serve as a picture identification card, Refund Policy for Resident Student Fees
and is imprinted with your student identification number which is Please see the current class schedule for policy and appropriate
required for all transactions with Palomar. dates/deadlines.
Parking Fee Non-Resident and International Student Tuition
$40 per semester, $20 for students receiving BOGW - Please refer to Refunds are made only to students who officially withdraw from a
the current class schedule. class or from the College by the refund deadline. Please see the cur-
rent class schedule for the appropriate deadline date.
Student Center Fee
$1 per unit up to a maximum of $10 per year - This fee is charged Parking and Materials Fees
for classes taken at the San Marcos campus only. The funds generated Please see the current class schedule for information.
from this fee will finance the construction, enlargement, refurbish-
ing, and operation of a student body center, also known as a Student Appeal Procedure
Union (beginning Spring 1999). Any appeal of the rules for obtaining a refund of fees above must
be made in writing (Petition for Refund) to the Director of Enroll-
Student Representation Fee ment Services. The appeal must include the reason(s) for requesting
$1 per semester - This fee provides for the support of student rep- an exception, and any available background material to support the
resentatives who state positions and viewpoints before city, county, reason(s).
and district governments, and before offices and agencies of the state
government. A student may refuse to pay the Student Representation
Fee for religious, political, financial or moral reasons.
Transcript and/or Verification of Enrollment Fee
Transcript and/or Verification for Past Semester Enrollment
First 2 requests ever: Free
3rd request and up: $5.00 each
Rush service: Additional $5.00 each
Online request: $13.00 each
Non-fee requests include verification of major, degree, and non-en-
rollment.
Verification for Current Semester Enrollment
Fee requests include verifcation of semester units, overall units, and
Military ID.
$5.00 each
Rush service: Additional $5.00 each
Non-fee requests include federal loan deferments.
Refer to Section 5, Official Transcript and Verification of Enrollment,
for specific information on requesting transcripts and verifications.
24
Section 3 - Student Services Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
tion and is responsible for its own income and expenses. Hours of
Section 3 operation for the San Marcos campus during regular semesters are
Student Services Monday through Thursday 7:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. and Fridays 7:30 a.m.
to 1:30 p.m. Hours will change during registration; please check the
Class Schedule.
Admissions and Records
SSC-49, Ext. 2164
All students must submit an application for admission in order to
Career Services
SSC-24, Ext. 2194
attend Palomar College. The admission application permits a student
Career Services provides guidance in career selection and goal setting.
to enroll, and sets up a history for each student. The Admissions and
Resources include an up-to-date computer lab with internet access,
Enrollment area also processes adds, drops, reinstatements, refund
a career reference library, job search and training information. Com-
petitions, petitions for audit and Pass/No Pass (Credit/No Credit) and
puterized career assessments/inventories are available free-of-charge.
accepts requests for transcripts and verifications of enrollment.
The Career Center offers a one-unit, short-term class each semester,
The Student Records and Evaluations area is responsible for process-
Career Search (Counseling 165). This class consists of four sessions.
ing grades and maintaining academic records; maintaining student his-
Students receive one unit of credit after completion.
tory information, such as name and social security number changes;
processing requests for transcripts; receiving transcripts, test results,
The Career Center helps with job assistance on an appointment or
etc. from other institutions; processing Petitions for Academic Renew-
drop-in basis and career fairs are hosted semi-annually.
al, Credit by Examination, and Course Repetition; evaluating records
and transcripts for graduation and transfer; and enforcing academic
The Career Center services are available to Palomar College stu-
regulations.
dents, staff and to the community. The Career Center is located in
the Student Services Center (SSC) on the San Marcos campus. For
Articulation Services more information call (760) 744-1150, ext. 2194 or visit our website
SSC-13, Ext. 2528 at www.palomar.edu/counseling/careercenter.
The Palomar Articulation Officer secures course articulation agree-
ments with colleges and universities throughout California and out-
of-state. Students use these agreements to plan their educational pro-
Cashier Services
A-2, Ext. 2114 & Escondido Center
grams in preparation for transfer to a four year college or university.
The Cashier Services Office processes student payments for enroll-
Agreements and course requirements are available in the Counseling
ment, tuition, parking permits, optional fees, holds, and fines. Student
offices, online at http://www.assist.org , and on the Articulation web-
discount Sprinter/Breeze passes are available for purchase in the Ca-
site at http://www.palomar.edu/articulation/.
shier’s Office. For more information about Cashier Services, visit the
web site at http://www.palomar.edu/fiscal_services/CashierServices.
Athletics html.
O-10, Ext. 2460
The intercollegiate athletics program at Palomar College is one of
the most comprehensive and diverse among the California Com-
Children’s Center
CCC-1, Ext. 2575
munity Colleges, featuring 21 varsity sport programs and over 400
The Child Development Instruction and Services Center is a labora-
student participants annually. Palomar fields intercollegiate teams in
tory preschool program.
the following men’s sports: baseball, basketball, cross country, foot-
ball, golf, soccer, swimming and diving, tennis, volleyball, water polo,
The Child Development Instruction and Services Center in San Mar-
and wrestling. The list of women’s sports includes: basketball, cross
cos provides services to approximately 130 children ages 21 months
country, golf, soccer, softball, swimming and diving, tennis, track and
(by June 1st) until they begin kindergarten.The Center receives fund-
field, volleyball, and water polo. Additionally, the Athletic Department
ing from the California Department of Education and from parent
oversees a co-educational cheerleading program. Students must meet
fees. The Center serves children of Palomar College students, faculty,
the eligibility standards of the California Community College Athletic
staff, and community members. The Center also serves as a labora-
Association in order to represent the institution athletically. Please
tory for students who are Child Development majors. Students are
contact the Athletics Department for more information.
trained in proper room environments, appropriate group experiences,
activities, and techniques.
Bookstore Services
SU Bldg., Ext. 2220 The San Marcos Center is open from 7:00 a.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday
The Palomar College Bookstore is a comprehensive operation that through Friday. Children must be enrolled in a minimum of two days.
provides textbooks, supplemental reading materials, and auxiliary sup- Enrollment is not available on a drop-in basis. Subsidized services are
plies for students and staff. provided to the children of income-qualified Palomar College stu-
dents at no or low cost, based on family size and income.
Textbook services are provided by the bookstore at most Educational
Center locations. Check the Class Schedule for exact times and lo- The Escondido Child Development Center has four state preschool
cations. The Bookstore is a lease operation run by Follett Corpora- programs. These programs are three hours long, five days a week, and
are available to 4-year old children of any family within our community
26
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 3 - Student Services
who are low-income and meet the guidelines set forth by the Cali- Extended Opportunity Programs
fornia Department of Education. The programs are funded to provide
preschool experiences to all four year old children the year before
and Services EOPS/CARE
TCA-1, Ext. 2449
beginning kindergarten.
EOPS is a state-funded program designed to provide support ser-
vices and benefits to students who are financially and educationally
Counseling Services disadvantaged. CARE, also a state-funded program, assists single par-
SSC-24, (760) 891-7511 ent recipients of TANF/CalWORKs who would like to attend college.
Academic advisement, career guidance, and personal counseling relat- These programs offer academic and support counseling, priority reg-
ed to academic success are provided in the Counseling Center, locat- istration, four-year college fee waivers, student success workshops,
ed in the Student Services Center. Counseling services are provided financial aid and other support services. The EOPS/CARE office is
according to the needs of each student as described below. located on the San Marcos campus, TCA building. The office is open
Monday through Thursday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and Friday, 8:00 a.m.
Academic advisement is available to students seeking assistance with to 3:00 p.m. Phone: (760) 744-1150 ext. 2449; website www.palomar.
scheduling or clarification of requirements for certificates, graduation, edu/eops/.
or transfer. Inasmuch as careful course selection is a key to a success-
ful college ex-perience and is subject to change, it is wise for students REACH is Palomar’s support program for CalWORKs students. The
to consult with a counselor each semester. REACH program serves parents who are attending school as part of
their welfare-to-work plan with the county.To be eligible, the student
Career guidance is available in the Career Center, through career must be a current CalWORKs recipient or have received aid within
classes, and with individual appointments. the last two years. The student must also be working toward a cer-
tificate, AA degree, transfer to a four-year university, or to improve
Personal counseling is available to students who may seek the as- work skills.
sistance of a professional counselor in finding solutions to problems
that may be affecting their academic progress. A counselor may also Benefits include: academic and support counseling, priority registra-
provide further assistance in helping students understand their atti- tion, student success workshops and work study jobs. The student
tudes, feelings, and academic potential, thereby enabling them to make does not have to be a full-time student to receive benefits. Phone
realistic decisions. Appropriate referrals may also be given. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2449.
Assessment and orientation provides students with eligibilities in
math, English, and reading. A general overview of the College, its pro-
Financial Aid,Veterans,
grams and services, and preparation for registration are included. and Scholarship Services
Disability Resource Center (DRC) Financial Aid & Scholarship Services
DSP&S Bldg., Ext. 2375 SSC-50, (760) 891-7510
DRC provides special counseling, services and instruction for those Information on options for financial assistance to help minimize the
with physical, learning, vision, hearing, communication, and psychologi- student’s financial burden of a college education is available at the
cal disabilities. Financial Aid & Scholarships Office, or log on to our website at http://
www.palomar.edu/fa/. Financial assistance comes in the form of waiv-
The following is available to qualified students: orientation, on-campus ers, grants, part-time employment, student loans, and scholarships.
transportation, special parking, priority registration, counseling, test-
ing, supportive instruction in English, math, speech/language, reading, The following is a brief summary of the aid programs available at
and adapted physical education.An adapted computer instruction pro- Palomar College.
gram provides varied instruction for those with specific disabilities.
Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG)
Interpreters for the deaf, real-time captioning, readers, notetaking as- This grant is an entitlement awarded to full-time students eligible
sistance, testing accommodations, mobility assistance, and access to to receive a Pell Grant. Students must have completed a rigorous
alternative media are also offered. academic program.
Special equipment including power wheelchairs, computers, tape re- Board of Governor’s Waiver (BOGW)
corders, and other equipment are part of the support services offered This program waives the enrollment fee for all eligible California resi-
to students with disabilities. dent students. Application forms are available online at www.palo-
mar.edu/fa. Applications may also be found online through Student
The DRC program acts as an advocate for students with disabilities eServices.
representing their interests on campus as well as with various state
and local agencies including the State Department of Rehabilitation. Cal Grant (Cal B, C)
This is a state-funded program and is awarded to students based
Call the DRC for further information at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2375, or on a formula determined by the California Student Aid Commission.
visit our website at www.palomar.edu/dsps. The formula includes factors such as income/assets and grade point
average. Students must have a minimum enrollment of six (6) units.
27
Section 3 - Student Services Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Federal Pell Grant New students are required to:
This grant is an entitlement award and usually awarded to low-income
students. Students with a Bachelor’s Degree are not eligible. 1. Complete the Palomar College Application for
Admissions.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 2. Select a major and make a counseling appointment with the
(FSEOG) Financial Aid/Veterans’ Academic Counselor to obtain an
This grant is usually awarded to students who have already been education plan.
awarded the Pell Grant and have demonstrated high unmet financial 3. Register for classes. Students are responsible for paying their
need. Students must have a minimum enrollment of six (6) units. registration fees.
4. Pick up a Veterans’ Services benefit package from the
Federal Work Study (FWS) Veterans’ Office.
This program provides part-time employment on campus. The award New students will submit the completed package, along with a copy
does not have to be repaid BUT must be earned through employment of their education plan, to the Veterans’ Services office after they
on campus. Students must have a minimum enrollment of six (6) units. have registered in their classes.
Institutional Emergency Loans Continuing students should contact the Veterans’ Office prior to the
Short-term emergency student loans are available for students en- start of each semester to keep their VA payment coming for the next
rolled during the current semester who are receiving Financial Aid semester. It takes about eight to twelve (8 to 12) weeks for process-
(grants, scholarships, etc.) or are student employees and who dem- ing of VA Educational claims.
onstrate an unexpected emergency need for funds to continue their
education at Palomar College. Students must have a minimum enroll- Students are paid VA benefits based on their attendance in classes,
ment of six (6) units. and must reapply to Veterans’ Services each semester if they wish to
receive benefits. Students are required to choose a major and enroll
Out-of-State Deferment in classes required for that major. Official transcripts from all previous
Out-of-state students may be eligible for a fee deferment that will schools, colleges, military training and CLEP tests must be submitted
insure that they will not be dropped from classes for non-payment of to the College for evaluation before the end of the students first
fees. If approved, the deferment will be in place until the 8th week of semester of attendance.
the semester, allowing non-resident students additional time to pay
their fees. Students are encouraged to complete their financial aid file Because all courses are not VA approved or payable, students should,
as soon as possible to avoid being dropped. If the financial aid file is not prior to registering, contact the Veterans’ Advisor for review of their
complete, an Out-of-State Deferment will not be processed. classes. Students cannot repeat courses for VA pay, and must report
all changes in their classes and units, including adds and drops both to
Scholarships the Admissions and Veterans’ Office.
Private scholarships sponsored by individuals and organizations are
available. Selection criteria and amounts are determined by the donors California Veteran Dependent Exemption
and vary. (Enrollment Fee Waiver)
Students are encouraged to call for more information at (760) 744- The children and spouses of U.S. veterans with service connected
1150, ext. 7511, log on to our web site at http://www.palomar.edu/ disabilities or veterans who have died in service or from service con-
fa/scholarships.htm, or stop by our office. Students can apply for a nected disabilities may be eligible for waiver of College fees. The stu-
scholarship online by signing in to eServices and selecting “Apply for dent must complete the BOGW enrollment fee waiver application,
Scholarship”. The Financial Aid,Veterans, and Scholarship Services Of- attach the VA letter of eligibility and submit it to the Financial Aid,
fice is located in the Student Services Center, Veterans, and Scholarship Services Office.The Enrollment Fee Waiver
covers the school year semesters as follows: fall, spring, and summer.
Subsidized William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan For more information see the Veterans’ Services office.
This is a federal student loan program in which the government makes
loans available to students to be used for direct educational expenses. ConAP Program
The interest rate is variable. Repayment begins six (6) months after the ConAP, a joint program between the Army and Palomar College, ad-
student is no longer enrolled in college or drops below six (6) units mits new soldiers to the College at the same time they enlist in the
of enrollment. The government does not charge interest on the loan Army or Army Reserve. Army recruiters refer new soldiers to the
while the student is in school. College. Eligible soldiers are admitted, either on a full or provisional
basis with enrollment deferred until completion of active military
Veterans’ Services services. For more information contact the VSO or your local Army
SSC-48, Ext. 2173 recruiter.
The Veterans’ Services Office, located in the Student Services Cen-
ter, provides information on veterans’ education benefits and services; Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges Consortium
helps veterans, dependents and active duty military with applications Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC), established in 1972,
and forms needed to collect their G.I. Bill benefits. is a consortium of national higher education associations and more
than 1,700 institutional members subscribe to principles and criteria
28
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 3 - Student Services
to ensure that quality academic programs are available to military stu- GEAR UP
dents, their family members, civilian employees of the Department of (760) 290-2785
Defense (DoD) and Coast Guard, and veterans. A list of current SOC GEAR UP (Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergradu-
Consortium member institutions may be found on the SOC web site ate Programs) is a Palomar College educational partnership grant
at www.soc.aascu.org/. program with the San Marcos Unified School District (SMUSD) and
Vista Unified School District (VUSD) and includes:The Boys and Girls
Palomar College provides academic assistance to active-duty person- Club of San Marcos, San Marcos Chamber of Commerce, Cox Com-
nel which includes program planning and guidance in understanding munications, Imagine San Marcos, Padres Unidos, San Marcos Middle
educational options, acceptance of traditional and nontraditional learn- School, San Marcos High School, Mission Hills High School, Washing-
ing experiences, tutoring, or similar learning opportunities. Courses ton Middle School, Rancho Minerva Middle School,Vista High School,
are offered in the evening, on weekends or other nontraditional time Rancho Buena Vista High School, DreamBuilders, Encuentros, CSUSM,
frames, and at the Camp Pendleton Marine Corps base. The Kids College, Parent Institute for Quality Education, YMCA, and
Vista Chamber of Commerce.
SOC Degree Network System
The SOC Degree Network System (DNS) consists of a subset of SOC GEAR UP staff work with SMUSD and VUSD students in the classes
Consortium member institutions selected by the military Services to of 2011 and 2012, parents, teachers, and administration to offer a
deliver specific Associate and Bachelor’s degree programs to service- variety of early academic intervention programs and services, while
members and their families. Institutional members of the SOC DNS creating a college-going school culture and helping ALL students to
agree to special requirements and obligations that provide military succeed and make plans to pursue higher education.
students, their spouses and college-age children with opportunities to
complete college degrees without suffering loss of academic credit due GEAR UP provides a wide network of support with the involvement
to changes of duty station. of community based organizations, businesses, local colleges and
universities, Palomar College students, faculty, and staff. GEAR UP
SOC operates the 2- and 4-year Degree Network System for the Army creates innovative programs that help all students within an entire
(SOCAD), Navy (SOCNAV), Marine Corps (SOCMAR), and Coast grade level while creating positive changes for student success. Fund-
Guard (SOCCOAST). Palomar College offers SOCNAV and SOCMAR ed through the United States Department of Education, GEAR UP
programs. For more information, contact the the Palomar College is mandated to create a dollar-for-dollar match through community
Camp Pendleton Center at (760) 725-6626. contributions, college involvement, and in-kind support. The primary
objective is to create a seamless education from K-College for stu-
Social Security Number and Name Match dents and their parents, and to promote college knowledge early so
A Social Security Number is required when applying for federal financial more students are better prepared for postsecondary education.
aid (i.e. FAFSA) and an enrollment fee waiver (i.e. BOGW). A student’s
financial aid record is maintained according to the student’s social se- GEAR UP has opportunities for student employees (tutors/mentors),
curity number and legal name. All financial aid applicants are required volunteers, federal work study students, faculty/staff, and community
to make sure that their social security number and legal name not only service learning students to get involved in K-12 education as part of
matches with legal documentation but also matches with their student the school day, after school, or with our evening and weekend pro-
academic records. Mismatches will void your financial aid application. grams, events, or field trips. Anyone interested should contact Grant
Funded Student Programs/GEAR UP at (760) 290-2785, or visit our
Food Services web site at www.palomar.edu/gearup.
SU Bldg., Ext. 2233
Dining Services offers a variety of options for both students and staff Health Services
on the Palomar Campus.The Comet Café located across from the Stu- SHS Bldg., Ext. 2380
dent Union, offers a variety of venues for customers to choose from. Health Services provides easy access to initial primary care, health
Bene Pizza offers freshly baked pizza and Italian specialties, or you can education, and wellness programs at the San Marcos campus and the
enjoy a fresh sandwich from Subway. The Grille Works provides a se- Escondido Center. Physicians, Nurse Practitioners, and Registered
lection of favorites, from burgers to Philly Cheese Steaks. World’s Fare Nurses are available daily for students.
offers a selection of international favorites and Kettle Classics provides
a daily selection of homemade soups and chili.The Comet Café also has Services provided through office visits include physical exams and
an extensive selection of grab-and-go beverages, snacks, and entrees. treatment for non-chronic diseases. Areas of service include respi-
ratory, dermatology, gynecology, family planning, and on-campus ac-
Java City located in the Student Union provides our customers with cidents or emergencies. Immunizations, TB, vision, hearing, and preg-
a full service espresso and smoothie bar where you can enjoy your nancy screenings are also provided. Treatment includes prescription
morning coffee or your favorite smoothie. Java City provides extensive and over-the-counter medications and lab tests ordered by the Physi-
grab-and-go selections including salads, sandwiches, and a variety of cian or Nurse Practitioner. Community Referrals are provided for
pastries. Java City also offers a selection of pizza and fresh soup during services not available at the clinic.
lunch and dinner hours.
Health education and wellness programs are offered to promote and
The Snack Shack offers a variety of bottled beverages, coffee, and enhance healthy lifestyle choices and well being. Wellness Programs
snacks for both students and staff at both San Marcos and Escondido. occurring throughout the semesters include Sexual Responsibility
29
Section 3 - Student Services Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Awareness, Breast Cancer Awareness Month, Great American Smoke- reserves and Interlibrary Loan items are available at this desk. Patrons
Out, Skin Cancer Awareness, Flu Shots, Substance Abuse Awareness, can also check out videos or DVDs for class assignments. Self-serve
Healthy Heart Month, and Infectious Disease Awareness. Appoint- photocopiers and equipment for use with audiocassettes, CDs, videos
ments are required for the Physician and Nurse Practitioners, and are and DVDs are located next to the Circulation Desk.
preferred for the RN visits.
Audio Visual Services provides portable media and computer equip-
All currently enrolled students who have paid the Health Center Fee ment for the entire campus as well as sound equipment for special
(see GB Policy 5030.3 under Tuition and Fees Schedule) qualify for low- events. A-V staff also offers training and assistance with equipment
cost or free health services. For San Marcos Campus Health Services, needs.
call 760-744-1150 extension 2380; and for Escondido Center Health
Services, call 760-432-0624, extension 8105. Health Services web site: Also housed in the library building on the 1st floor are:
www.palomar.edu/healthservices. Academic Technology .................................................................ext. 2657
DRC Adaptive Computer Training Center .............................ext. 3081
International Education Tutoring Center............................................................................ext. 2448
SU-103, Ext. 2167
The Ernest J. Allen Library in the Escondido Center offers a full range
The Office of International Education specializes in admitting and as-
of academic library services. This branch of the Palomar College Li-
sisting international students on F-1 and M-1 visas. Palomar College
brary provides an area for students to read, browse, use computers
has approximately 200 international students enrolled each year, rep-
for research, check out library and ETV class programs, and to pho-
resenting over 30 countries. The Office of International Education
tocopy materials. Library instruction classes , Interlibrary Loan, text-
administers specialized orientation and assessment sessions for their
books, and instructor reserve services are available. Intra-library loan
students, as well as offering assistance with class selection and registra-
provides access to material from the San Marcos campus library. For
tion. The office also assists students with immigration advising, housing
additional information please call (760) 744-1150, ext. 8113.
needs when possible, and a variety of academic and personal issues
that may arise during their stay at Palomar.
The Library also supports a shared-use facility on the Pauma Reserva-
tion, the AA’Alvikat Library, (760) 742-1289.
The office maintains information on TOEFL exams, medical insurance
requirements, and foreign credentials evaluation services. For detailed
information on international student admission, please refer to Section School Relations
2. Admissions and Registration, call the Office of International Educa- SU-1, Ext. 2182
tion at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2167, or visit our web site at http://www. School Relations is coordinated through the Counseling Department.
palomar.edu/internationalstudents. Activities with local high schools and middle schools are planned and
conducted on an individual basis to initiate and maintain positive rela-
In addition to services provided to international students, the office is tions. For more information please contact: the Assessment Coordi-
responsible for the membership in the Southern California Foothills nator/School Relations, (760) 744-1150, ext. 2182, or e-mail Assess-
Consortium, which offers semester-length study abroad programs in ment@palomar. edu.
London and Salamanca, Spain. For detailed information on these pro-
grams, call the Office of International Education, (760) 744-1150, ext. PEER Ambassador Program
2167 or visit our web site at http://www.palomar.edu/studyabroad. The Peer Ambassador Program places Palomar students at local high
schools and community events to promote Palomar College. Peer
Library Services Ambassadors also serve as mentors on campus. For more information
LL Bldg., Ext. 2612 please contact: the Assessment Coordinator/School Relations, (760)
The Palomar College Library collection of over 110,000 titles includes 744-1150, ext. 2182, or e-mail Assessment@palomar. edu.
books, periodicals, videos, CDs, DVDs and audiocassettes. Patrons have
access to a variety of reference material in different formats including Student Affairs
microfilm, Internet databases, and printed material. In the Academic SU-201, Ext. 2594
Research Lab, located on the 2nd floor, computer access is available The Office of Student Affairs is a very valuable resource for students.
to online full-text journal articles and e-books which complement the The Director of Student Affairs is responsible for student co-cur-
Library’s extensive print magazine, newspaper, and journal holdings. ricular activities, the Associated Student Government, clubs, student
Palomar College students and staff may access these databases from discipline, administration of the District’s free speech policy, Student
off-campus. Research assistance is available at the Reference Desk for Union usage, and commencement. Students and members of the com-
individuals as well as groups. Librarians teach library instruction classes munity can access and post on the Office e-classified ads. The Office
throughout the semester. The Library’s online catalog may be searched of Student Affairs also administers the Gene Jackson Emergency Loan
in-house or off-campus over the Internet. The Library web site is lo- Program and the Textbook Purchase Loan Program for students. All
cated at http://www.palomar.edu/library/. vendors desiring access to the college community must have approval
from this office. This office also handles student initiated grievances
At the Circulation Desk on the 2nd floor, services include checkout and enforces the College smoking policy.
and return of library material, assistance with fees and holds, missing
book searches, and renewals. Information about textbooks, instructor
30
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 3 - Student Services
Associated Student Government (ASG) date technologies: an overhead projector, an Intelliboard, and universal
SU-102, Ext. 2689; SU-104, Ext. 3765 access services for students with disabilities.
The ASG is elected by students taking credit courses. Members of
student government represent all students in the shared governance Students who have used the TLC describe it as pleasant and comfort-
process of the College. ASG is the official means of communication able place to study and to receive any assistance they need.
between the students and other organizations of the College.
Transfer Center
Inter-Club Council (ICC) SSC-24A, Ext. 2552
SU-201, Ext. 2594 The Transfer Center provides up-to-date information regarding suc-
The ICC is comprised of club representatives from all campus clubs cessful transfer to all four-year universities. Palomar College offers a
and organizations. Students interested in starting their own club Transfer Agreement Guarantee (TAG) with 7 of the 9 University of
should contact the Office of Student Affairs located in SU-201. “How California campuses. For requirements, deadlines, and forms, contact
to Start a Club” information can be found on our website at www. the Transfer Center.
palomar.edu/studentactivities/ and copies are available in SU-201.
Cross-enrollment processing, applications assistance, and the oppor-
Student Activities Office (SAO) tunity to schedule appointments with visiting four-year representa-
SU-202, Ext. 7509 tives are some of the services available to assist students.
The SAO provides many valuable services to the students of Palomar
College. This is an excellent source of information about the College, Students interested in transferring should plan in advance to under-
student life, and student activities. The SAO produces and renews the stand the critical transfer and application procedures and filing peri-
Student Activity Card. The Activity Card has many benefits, including, ods. For information on transferring visit the Transfer Center website
serving as an Identification Card, which is used throughout the cam- at www.palomar.edu/counseling/transfercenter.
pus. The ID card is necessary when using the services of Admissions,
Bookstore, Counseling, English Lab, Math Center, Library, Tutoring,
Health Services and other Student Service areas. The ID card is also TRIO Programs
used to track student hours in lab-type classes, and to monitor access Since 1965, America’s federally funded TRIO programs have been
to college services. The Student Activity Card/ID is a worthwhile card helping students from low-income families and first generation back-
to have, not only for easy access to Palomar services, including free grounds to finish high school, succeed in college, and successfully
lock and locker usage, monthly Sprinter Pass discount, food giveaways, graduate and/or transfer. These programs help assure that students
discounted movie tickets, but also for great student discounts offered from disadvantaged backgrounds have the support necessary to enter
by many of our local businesses.The SAO also assists with information college and graduate and/or transfer to a four-year postsecondary
related to alcohol and drug abuse prevention programs and referral institution.
services.
There are eight federally-funded TRIO programs nationally, and
Student Participation in Governance three are hosted at Palomar College under Grant Funded Student
The Palomar College governance structure provides for representa- Programs. These are Upward Bound, Student Support Services, and
tion of students. Students are appointed to College committees by NCEOC (North County Educational Opportunity Center). Visit our
the Associated Student Government. For further information call web site at www.palomar.edu/grants.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2594.
TRIO/Student Support Services
TCB-1, Ext. 2761
Teaching and Learning Center (TLC) TRIO/Student Support Services at Palomar College is designed to
Escondido Center, ESC-500, Ext. 8171 provide support services to potential transfer college students and
The Teaching and Learning Center (TLC) opened in Palomar College’s enhance their chances for successful completion as they pursue their
Escondido Center in August 2009. It provides a place for students baccalaureate degree.
to receive tutoring, work on their own, meet with other students
or instructors, receive answers to questions, speak to a counselor, In order to receive assistance through TRIO/Student Support Ser-
or attend workshops. The TLC is designed to be a pleasant working vices, students must be enrolled at Palomar College, need the services
space for students.The TLC has several desktop PCs and Macs as well of the program, and meet eligibility requirements. Program services
as laptop PCs and MacBook Pros for students to check out and use include academic advising, tutoring, priority registration, personal,
in the center. career and transfer counseling, college/university visits, student suc-
cess workshops, financial aid information, and cultural events. All par-
The TLC is a multi-functional space. The large central area provides ticipants must be either low-income, first generation college, and/or
students with tables and chairs where they may complete homework disabled.
or receive tutoring.The central reception area provides visitors with a
place to ask questions, make appointments for tutoring or workshops, For further information call TRIO/SSS at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2761, or
and check in.Three small offices provide students with a private space email at triosss@palomar.edu or visit our web site at www.palomar.
to study or to meet with a counselor or instructor. A 30-seat instruc- edu/triosss.
tional classroom provides instructors a space to conduct workshops
for students and/or faculty. The Instructional Classroom has up-to-
31
Section 3 - Student Services Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
TRIO/North County Educational Opportunity Center
ST-26, Ext. 2434 or Escondido Center-6, Ext. 8110
The Palomar College North County Educational Opportunity Center
(NCEOC) is a program funded by the U.S. Department of Education.
NCEOC staff provides information and advising to qualified adults
(low-income and or first generation college) who want to enter or
continue attending an adult school (GED program), community col-
lege (including ESL, vocational, certificate and degree programs), or
other educational institutions (after high school).
The program staff provide academic advisement, career advisement,
financial aid information, access to postsecondary tutoring, test prepa-
ration, and workshops designed to support student success.
For more information about NCEOC eligibility or to volunteer or do
an internship with the program, call (760) 744-1150, ext. 8110, or visit
us at: www.palomar.edu/nceoc.
TRIO/Upward Bound
Escondido Center-4, Ext. 8118
TRIO/Upward Bound at Palomar College helps 55 local area high
school students be more academically successful in school, while
preparing for higher education choices. Participants receive supple-
mental instruction and tutoring/mentoring in literature, composition,
foreign language, mathematics, and science at Palomar College and
after school, on Saturdays, and during the summer.
In order to participate in TRIO/Upward Bound, students must be en-
rolled in the following high schools: San Marcos, Oceanside, El Camino,
Escondido, Orange Glen, or San Pasqual. Program services include ac-
ademic/career advising, tutorial program, college admission assistance,
financial aid information, study skills workshops, PSAT/SAT/ACT prep-
aration, college campus visitations, educational/cultural trips, parent
workshops, and a summer residential program.
The Upward Bound program hires Palomar College students and
staff/faculty to serve as tutors, mentors, and Saturday instructors.
Anyone interested should contact the UB office, (760) 744-1150, ext.
8158, or visit us at www.palomar.edu/upwardbound.
Tutorial Services
LL-105, Ext. 2448
The Tutorial Center, located in the Library, first floor, provides help
in many academic subjects offered by Palomar College. Students are
served on a walk-in basis and must be registered in the course(s) for
which they are seeking assistance. Tutors hired to work for the Cen-
ter are trained in tutoring methods and learning strategies. For more
information about this service, contact the Tutorial Center. Refer to
www.palomar.edu/tutoring for office hours or call (760) 744-1150,
ext. 2448 or email gthomas@palomar.edu.
32
Section 4 - Student Rights and Responsibilities Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Section 4 Debts Owed to the College
Debts occur when a student fails to repay money borrowed from the
Student Rights and Responsibilities College, violates a student financial aid contract, fails to pay tuition
and/or enrollment fees, library fines, or bookstore charges. Debts also
Each student is responsible for following the rules and regulations in occur when the student fails to reimburse the College for a returned
this catalog. Furthermore, each student is responsible for his/her en- check, does not return or account for athletic equipment/uniforms, or
rollment in classes and for attending classes. The College is not liable fails to pay scheduled fees for other services provided by the College.
if the student fails to read and understand the rules. This list of debts is not all inclusive and may include others not specifi-
cally listed. If a delinquent debt is sent to the Chancellor’s Office Tax
Academic Integrity Offset Program or another collection agency, a 33% penalty charge
The Center for Academic Integrity at Duke University* defines aca- will be added to the balance owed.
demic integrity as a commitment, even in the face of adversity, to five Palomar College reserves the right to withhold all further services
fundamental values: honesty, trust, fairness, respect, and responsibility. until the debt is paid in full. Grades and transcripts may be withheld
From these values flow principles of behavior that enable academic until all financial obligations are cleared.
communities to translate ideals into action.
Drugs and Alcohol Policy
Palomar College is wholly committed to the idea and ideals of ac- It is the policy of the Palomar Community College District to provide,
ademic integrity. We embrace and adopt the definition and related maintain, encourage, and support a drug-free and alcohol-free campus.
principles of academic integrity provided by the Center for Academic The commitment of this policy is to education, prevention, rehabilita-
Integrity stated in the paragraph above. Following are the explanations tion, and recovery. An alcohol-free and drug-free campus will promote
of the five principles as provided by the Center for Academic Integrity the safety and health of students, employees, and the public.
and adopted by Palomar College.
All employees and students are clearly and expressly prohibited from
1. Honesty: Begins with oneself and extends to others. In the
the possession, being under the influence, or consumption of alcohol,
quest for knowledge, we must be honest with ourselves and
illegal drugs, or controlled substances on campus, at any school-spon-
with each other, whether in the classroom, laboratory,
sored event, or while acting within the scope of employment.
meeting, library, or on the playing field.
2. Trust: Only with trust can we believe in the research and
The complete Code of Conduct may be found on the Student Affairs
efforts of others and move forward with new work. Only
web page at www.palomar.edu/studentactivities/, and is also available
with trust can we collaborate with individuals, sharing
in the Office of Student Affairs, SU-201.
information and ideas without concern that our work will be
misappropriated or misused, our reputations diminished, or
our academic careers harmed. Only with trust can our Parking and Traffic Regulations
communities believe in the social and economic value and
meaning of an institution’s scholarship and degrees.
Parking Permits
3. Fairness: Important components of fairness are predict A permit from the College is required for all vehicles on District
ability, clear expectations, and a consistent and just response
property. The permit must be placed on the rear-view mirror when
to dishonesty. All campus constituencies have a role in
parked or, if you have a convertible, a decal may be affixed to the
ensuring fairness and a lapse by one member of the
right rear bumper or right rear window and on the left front fork of
community does not excuse misconduct by another.
motorcycles.
4. Respect: Demonstrated by attending class, being on time,
paying attention, following instructions, listening to other
Permits may be purchased at the Cashier’s Office on the San Marcos
points of view, being prepared and contributing to
campus and at the Palomar College Escondido Center. They may also
discussions, meeting academic deadlines, and performing to
be purchased online with a credit card via eServices at www.palomar.
the best of our ability. Being rude, demeaning, or disruptive is
edu up to two weeks prior to the beginning of the semester. Once
the antithesis of respectful conduct. We show respect for the
payment has been received and the mailing address confirmed, the
work of others by acknowledging our intellectual debts
permit will be mailed to the student. Semester permits are only valid
through proper identification of sources.
from the date of purchase through the expiration date printed on the
5. Responsibility: Shared responsibility distributes the permits. Refunds for parking permits are granted during the first two
power to effect change, helps overcome apathy, and stimulates
weeks of each semester, and thereafter in cases of unusual circum-
personal investment in upholding academic integrity standards.
stances which can be confirmed through appropriate documentation.
Being responsible means taking action against wrongdoing,
despite peer pressure, fear, loyalty, or compassion. At a
BOGW-eligible students may purchase a parking permit at a reduced
minimum, individuals should take responsibility for their own
rate. *Only one discounted permit is allowed per semester. If a regu-
honesty and should discourage and seek to prevent mis
lar permit is purchased and the student becomes BOGW eligible at a
conduct by others. Whatever the circumstances, members of
later date, there will be no refund issued.
an academic community must not tolerate or ignore
dishonesty on the part of others.
Students should only purchase a parking permit through authorized
* The Center for Academic Integrity is affiliated with the Kenan Ethics sales channels, and the re-sale of parking permits is prohibited. Stu-
Program at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina. dents who purchase permits from unauthorized sellers may find
34
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 4 - Student Rights and Responsibilities
themselves liable for possessing a stolen or counterfeit parking per- power to issue official citations for violations of the law, and in situa-
mit. Citations for using lost/stolen or counterfeit permits will be sub- tions requiring it, may arrest violators, taking them into custody and
ject to a fine, and the offender may also be referred to the Office of booking them into San Diego County Jail located in Vista. Students
Student Affairs for violation of the Student Conduct Code. and staff are advised to give all members of the Police Department
their full cooperation and respect as they carry out their important
One-day permits may be purchased for $4 (fee is subject to change duties to protect students, faculty and staff while seeking to provide a
without further notice) from machines located in lots 3, 5, 9, 12 and safe and secure environment on and near District property.
the Escondido Center. Permits will be honored in student lots only. A
two-hour visitor permit and an emergency/temporary one-day (limited The Clery Act: Right to Know
to one per semester) student permit may be obtained from the Cam- The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus
pus Police Office and the Escondido Center’s Police Storefront.These Crime Statistics Act, or Clery Act requires higher education institu-
permits are valid for the designated time period, in designated spaces/ tions to give timely warnings of crimes that represent a threat to the
lots only, and along the roadway where parking is authorized. Over- safety of students or employees, and to make public their campus se-
night parking is not allowed without prior approval from the College curity policies. It also requires that crime data be collected, reported
Police Department. Violators will be towed at owner’s expense and/ and disseminated to the campus community and is also submitted
or cited. to the Department of Education. The act is intended to provide stu-
dents and their families, as higher education consumers, with accu-
Citations rate, complete and timely information about safety on campus so that
The Police Department will issue citations to cars that do not display they can make informed decisions by providing:
the appropriate parking permits if the cars are parked in spaces des-
ignated for handicapped, disabled students, Wellness Center, staff or 1. Policy Disclosure
visitors—this applies to all College parking lots at all times. 2. Records Collection and Retention
3. Information Dissemination
Vehicles receiving Palomar College citations have the same legal status Hard copies of the Clery Act are available at the Police Department
as parking citations issued by any other law enforcement agency in offices located on the San Marcos campus and the Escondido Center.,
California. C.V.C. (California Vehicle Code) and parking permit viola- and are also available on the Police Department website at www.
tions are enforced 24 hours a day/7 days a week. Citations may be sat- palomar.edu/police. The Clery Act Report is available to all prospec-
isfied by paying the fine (bail) within 21 days at the San Marcos campus tive students and employees upon request. For further information
Cashier’s Office. Bail will also be accepted by check or money order on the Clery Act, please contact the Records Division of the Campus
via U.S. mail (the citation must accompany the bail deposit). Credit Police Department at (760) 744-1150 Ext. 3977.
card payments may also be made at PayMyCite.com once the citation
has been forwarded to the processing center. After 21 calendar days,
unpaid citations become delinquent and a late fee equal to the amount
Sexual Harassment Policy
It is the policy of Palomar College in keeping with efforts to estab-
of the fine may be assessed. All registered owners are responsible for
lish and maintain an environment in which the dignity and worth of
the citations issued to their vehicle.
all members of the College community are respected, that sexual
harassment of students and employees is unacceptable conduct and
Palomar College Police Officers are not authorized to dismiss cita-
will not be tolerated.
tions. A formal “Appeals Process” is in place. If you wish to appeal a
citation, the forms are available on line at the Police/Parking web page
This policy applies to the unlawful harassment of any student on the
at www.palomar.edu or at the Police Department. The violator shall
basis of sex by any employee of the District including, but not lim-
request the appeal within 21 calendar days of the date of issuance.
ited to, classroom conditions, grades, academic standing, scholarships,
recommendations, employment opportunities, disciplinary action, or
Administrative Dismissal of one violation per calendar year may be
any other aspect of College life within the control of the District or
granted for a “failure to display a valid parking permit” violation. You
its employees.
must show proof of purchase prior to issuance (date and time) of the
citation. This request will be reviewed by Police Department staff and
This policy also applies to the unlawful sexual harassment of any em-
may be granted at that time. Administrative Dismissals apply equally
ployee with respect to all terms and conditions of employment with
to all students, faculty and staff members of the Palomar Community
the District, including but not limited to hiring, placement, evaluation,
College District, and it applies to permit violations only.
promotion, disciplinary action, layoff, recall, transfer, leaves of absence,
training opportunities, compensation, work assignments, and hours of
For further information regarding citations or regulations, contact the
work, shifts, or workload.
College Police Department at (760) 744 1150, ext. 2289 or view the
department web page at www.palomar.edu/police.
Employees who violate this policy may be subject to corrective mea-
sures and to disciplinary action up to and including termination of
Police Department employment. Students who violate this policy may be subject to cor-
The Palomar Community College District Police Department was es- rective measure, including discipline, up to and including expulsion.
tablished by the Governing Board of the District effective August 28,
1998.The Palomar College Police Department is a fully accredited and Sexual harassment is a violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act
California POST certified police agency. The Police Department em- of 1964, Title IX of the Education Act Amendments of 1972, and
ploys trained police officers whose authority is the same as all sworn California Education Code Sections 210 through 214, inclusive.
peace officers in California. The Police Department will exercise the
35
Section 4 - Student Rights and Responsibilities Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
The Assistant Superintendent/Vice President for Human Resource Student Grievance Policy
Services is responsible for administering this policy. All questions, It is the policy of the Palomar Community College District to autho-
concerns, and complaints regarding sexual harassment should be ad- rize students to start grievance procedures when the student believes
dressed to this position. that he/she has been subject to unjust action, or the denial of rights
as published in District regulations, state law, or federal laws. Copies
Smoking Policy of the Student Grievance Policy and Procedures may be found on
According to BP-3570, there shall be no smoking permitted in build- the Student Affairs web page at www.palomar.edu/studentactivities/,
ings or outside of designated smoking areas which shall be placed at and are also available in the Office of Student Affairs, SU-201. Grade
least 20 feet away from buildings at Palomar College.This policy is not disputes are not a part of the Student Grievance Policy. Please see
intended to affect the working conditions of any Palomar employee. Student Grade Disputes.
Any questions or concerns related to this policy or enforcement
should be directed to the Director of Student Affairs. The existing Students’ Rights and Privacy of Student
Student Conduct Code is available online through the Student Affairs
web page at www.palomar.edu/studentactivities/, and is also available Records
in the Office of Student Affairs, room SU-201, or call (760) 744-1150, Pursuant to CAC Title 5, Section 54606 and subsequent sections, you
Ext. 2595. may request an opportunity to inspect any and all official school re-
cords, files, and data related to the student. If information in the file
is inaccurate, misleading, or inappropriate, the student may request
Student Behavior Rules and Regulations removal of the information, or include a statement disputing the ma-
Students at Palomar College are responsible for regulating their own terial that he/she challenges.
conduct and for respecting the rights and privileges of others. Palomar
students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner compatible Other provisions of the law restrict the people who have access to
with the function of the College as an educational institution, and re- the information in student records. School personnel with legitimate
spect and obey all civil and criminal laws. Failure to abide by the stan- educational interests, schools of intended enrollment, specified fed-
dards as set forth by Palomar College is cause for disciplinary action. eral and state educational administrators, or those who provide finan-
cial aid are entitled to access without the student’s consent. Access
Guidelines for student conduct are set forth in the California Edu- may also be obtained without your consent pursuant to court order.
cation Code, California Administrative Code Title 5, policies of the Parents of minors do have access. Parents of non-minor students do
Board of Trustees, and all civil and criminal codes. not have access, except when written permission is received from the
student.
In compliance with California Education Code Section 66300, 72282,
and 72292, and in keeping with the above, regulations have been es- De conformidad con las leyes federales, cualquier estudiante puede
tablished to effectively and efficiently provide for the approved educa- pedir toda copia de su informacion personal (records). Si hay errores
tional programs, approved student activities, and community services. en esta informacion, el estudiante puede pedir que estos errores sean
For further information, contact the Office of Student Affairs, room corregidos o que la informacion sea removida. El estudiante tambien
SU-201, or call (760) 744-1150, Ext. 2594. puede incluir una explicacion disputando la informacion incorrecta.
Otras provisiones de la ley ponen limites a personas que tengan ac-
Student Conduct Code ceso a esta informacion personal del estudiante. En ciertos casos, hay
At the time of publication, the Student Conduct Code was under re- personas en instituciones educativas (colegios, universidades, escuelas,
vision. The existing policies and procedures will remain in effect until etc.) que tienen el derecho legal de inspeccionar esta informacion
such time as the revisions have been adopted. The existing Student personal del estudiante. Cuando hay una orden legal de la corte, esta
Conduct Code may be found on the Student Affairs web page at www. informacion personal del estudiante puede ser inspeccionada. Los
palomar.edu/studentactivities/, and is also available in the Office of padres de personas menores de edad tambien pueden inspeccionar
Student Affairs, room SU-201. Upon completion of the revisions and esta informacion. Los padres de personas mayores de edad necesitan
adoption, the new Student Conduct Code will be available in its en- tener permiso escrito del estudiante para poder inspeccionar esta
tirety on the Office of Student Affairs web page, in the Class Schedule, informacion confidencial.
and in the online Student Handbook.
Directory information is maintained which includes name, address,
Student Grade Disputes telephone number, date of birth, email address, and class schedule
According to Title 5, Section 55025, “The determination of the stu- information. The College will provide information to:
dent’s grade by the instructor shall be final in the absence of mistake, 1. The National Student Clearinghouse for purposes of
fraud, bad faith, or incompetency.” Students who wish to dispute a enrollment verification, degree verifications, and data matching
final course grade under the criteria listed above must follow the services (for transfer follow-up research)
Student Grade Dispute Policy and Procedures, which can be found on 2. Colleges, universities, or government agencies to promote
the Office of Instruction website at www.palomar.edu/instruction/. All outreach to students and to enhance transfer
grade disputes must be initiated within one semester of the grade in 3. The California Student Aid Commission to facilitate the award
question being issued. of financial aid
36
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 4 - Student Rights and Responsibilities
4. The California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Office for
research and analysis purposes
5. Prospective employers upon your request. Dates of
attendance, program of study, and the degree granted will be
provided to an employer only upon request.
6. For law enforcement purposes.
Directory information will not be sold, used for commercial purposes,
disclosed to the public, or given to government agencies for the pur-
pose of making benefits determinations (other than for financial aid).
If you do not want the College to provide any directory information
without your written consent, please notify the Records Office, in
writing within thirty (30) days of the start of each semester. If you
activate your student email account, it will be displayed in a public
electronic address book.
Students who are applying for or receiving student financial aid must
disclose their social security number. Also, any student who wants a
tuition tax credit form - 1098T to claim income tax credit for tuition
and fees on their federal income tax return must provide the social
security number.
Todo estudiante que someta una solicitud para recibir ayuda finan-
ciera del gobierno federal tiene que usar su numero de seguro social.
Tambien, cada estudiante que quiera credito por los gastos de ense-
nanza en sus impuestos federales tiene que someter al colegio su
numero de seguro social.
All health information is confidential, and is not revealed to any per-
son or persons, except those persons in Health Services directly con-
nected with treatment of the student. Instructors, however, will be
notified if a student has a health condition that may result in losing
consciousness.
Regulations and procedures regarding student records are available in
the Records Office, room SSC-54.
Student Right To Know
As a consumer, you have a right to know about your chances of col-
lege success. “Student Right-To-Know” (SRTK) refers to a Federally-
mandated public disclosure of a college’s Completion Rate and Trans-
fer Rate. The intent of SRTK is to provide to the consumer, a statistic
of comparable effectiveness that they can use in the determination of
college choice.
SRTK is a “cohort” study; that is, a group of students who are first-
time freshmen who are enrolled full-time and are degree-seeking is
identified in a fall term and their outcomes are measured over a pe-
riod of time. The outcomes that the two SRTK rates measure are
Completion (the total number of students in the cohort who earn
either a degree, a certificate, or who successfully completed a two-
year-equivalent transfer-preparatory program) and Transfer (the total
number of cohort non-completers who were identified as having en-
rolled in another institution). The tracking period of the cohorts is
three (3) years, at which time the SRTK rates are calculated and made
public. See http://srtk.cccco.edu/index.asp for further information, as
well as for specific college data.
37
Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Annotation of Permanent Record
Section 5 It is important to understand that the student’s permanent record
Academic Regulations and Standards (transcript), will be annotated in such a manner that all course work
will remain legible, insuring a true and complete academic history.
Academic Renewal actions are irreversible.
Academic Policies
Academic Renewal Attendance
Palomar College is committed to meeting the educational needs of all
its District citizens. Open entry encourages students of varied edu- Student Responsibilities
cational backgrounds to pursue their individual goals. Palomar’s com- The primary responsibility for class attendance and maintaining an ac-
mitment to all students increases the likelihood of enrolling those curate registration record rests with the student. Consequently, each
who have failed in the past but who have shown their readiness to try student must process all adds or drops to their class schedule and
again. To reduce the negative impact of past academic failure and to is held responsible for the updating of their Official Study Schedule.
facilitate fair and equitable treatment of all students in pursuit of their To be officially recorded, adds and drops must be submitted by the
academic goals, Palomar College supports Academic Renewal. appropriate deadlines (check deadline dates in the Class Schedule).
A student may petition for up to thirty (30) units of previous substan- Students are expected to attend all sessions of a class in which they
dard (D, F, FW, NP/NC) course work attempted at Palomar College are enrolled. Anticipated absences should be reported to instruc-
or any other institution to be disregarded when computing the grade tors in advance in order to complete assigned work by due dates. All
point average (GPA). Academic Renewal is not allowed if course work other absences should be reported to instructors immediately upon
to be disregarded has previously been used to fulfill degree, certificate, returning to class and any missed course work should be made up. If
or transfer certification requirements. an emergency requires a long absence and the instructor cannot be
reached, students should contact the instructor’s department/office.
Current and potential financial aid students are advised that all units
attempted will count in the “total units attempted” limit for financial Faculty Responsibilities
aid eligibility. Academic renewal does not eliminate units for financial Each faculty member is responsible for informing students in writing
aid purposes. of the course content and grading system for each class within the
first two class meetings.The instructor has the responsibility for main-
Procedures taining accurate attendance records in accordance with established
procedures.
• The student completes a Petition for Academic Renewal with a
counselor’s assistance. Forms are available from the Counsel-
Prior to the first census, instructors must drop any student identified
ing or Records Offices. Petitions are submitted to the Records
as a no show (students who registered, but never attended class). An
Office.
instructor may elect to drop a student for the following reasons: 1)
• The majority of course work in the term(s) under consider-
excessive absences, normally defined as more than the number of
ation must be substandard, the total GPA of which is less than
times the class meets per week; 2) failure to take examinations; 3)
2.0; and must no longer reflect the student’s current level of
failure to complete class assignments.
performance and capabilities.
• Two years must have passed since attempting the course
work to be excluded from GPA calculation. Auditing a Class
• The student must have successfully completed 24 semester • Permission to audit a class is granted at the discretion of the
units since the term(s) to be disregarded, either at Palomar or instructor and with the instructor’s and Dean’s signed
another regionally accredited college or university. permission.
• The student must have a minimum 2.0 GPA since the time of • An audit student shall not be permitted to change his/her
attempting the course work to be disregarded. enrollment in the course to receive credit.
• The petition will be reviewed by Records Office personnel for • With the instructor’s and Dean’s signed permission, a credit
compliance with policy and procedures. The student will be student may switch his/her enrollment to audit status provided
notified by mail and/or email of the approval or denial of the the change is completed prior to the end of the fourth week
request. of class for a full semester course or prior to 30% of a short-
term course.
Academic renewal does not guarantee that other institutions will • With the instructor’s and Dean’s signed permission, a student
approve such action. This determination will be made by the respec- may enroll in a course for audit at any time during a semester
tive transfer institution. if he/she has not enrolled in that course for credit during the
same semester.
Students who have attempted more than thirty (30) units in the • No student will be allowed to register in audit status prior to
terms to be disregarded may submit a Student Petition to the Aca- the first day of class. The first day of class refers to the actual
demic Review Committee for consideration. first class meeting.
• Credit students have priority over auditors. If a class closes
after an auditor has been admitted, the auditor may be asked
to leave to make room for the credit student. Instructor dis-
cretion is strongly recommended.
40
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards
• If a student taking 10 or more units for credit is auditing a D. The course is being repeated due to extenuating
class and drops below the 10 unit level, the $15.00 per unit circumstances, defined as verified cases of accident, illness,
audit fee will be assessed. or other circumstance beyond the control of the student, by
approved petition. Repetitions of courses completed with
Basic Skills Course Limitations passing or substandard course work are included in this
Basic skills or pre-collegiate courses are designed to prepare students category.
for college-level work. Students may be required to enroll in certain E. The course is being repeated as a disability-related
basic skills courses if the assessment process indicates they will ben- accommodation as verified through the Palomar College
efit by this special preparation for college-level courses. A total of 30 Disability Resource Center (DRC).
units of courses numbered from 1 - 49 are allowed.
Petitions for Course Repetition are available in the Evaluations Of-
Any student who completes a total of 30 units in any combination fice, located in the Student Services Center. Petitions must be ap-
will be notified and referred to a counselor for educational planning proved by the Director of Enrollment Services prior to enrolling in
or exceptions to the limits. Basic skills courses may not be used to the course to be repeated.
satisfy general education requirements for an associate degree.
A student, when appropriate, will be blocked from a repetition at-
Students who are financial aid recipients are reminded that only 30 tempt at enrollment or administratively dropped from a repeated
units of remedial course work are excluded from the established unit course.
limit for financial aid eligibility.
Annotations on the Student Record
The following is a list of basic skills courses that are excluded from the The student’s permanent record (transcript) will be annotated in
established unit limit for financial aid eligibility: English 10; Mathemat- such a manner that all course work will remain legible insuring a true
ics 10, 15; Reading 5, 10, 11. and complete academic history.
A. Repeatable Course
Correct Use of English A maximum of four enrollments are allowed within all levels
Clear and correct use of English, both on tests and on written assign- of a course that involve a similar primary educational activity
ments, is expected of all students. (may be multiple enrollments in a single course or multiple
courses involving the same primary activity). Legally man-
All students, especially those planning to transfer to a four-year insti- dated courses have no enrollment limitation.
tution, are urged to take a course in English composition as soon as
possible. Course Grade Units Grd Pts Units/GPA
ART 135, 136, and 250 may be combined for a total
Course Repetition of 4 attempts
Through the petition process, students may repeat courses under the ART 135 B 3.0 9.0 Included
following conditions: ART 136 B 3.0 9.0 Included
ART 136 A 3.0 12.0 Included
A. The course has been identified in the Catalog as repeatable,
ART 250 A 3.0 12.0 Included
and the student has not attempted a course more times than
allowed. State law will allow a student to repeat certain
ART 135 F 3.0 0.0 Excluded
activity, performance, and skills courses. Refer to the course
ART 135 D 3.0 3.0 Excluded
description for limitations.
ART 135 C 3.0 6.0 Included
• Legally mandated training requirement: A condition of
ART 135 A 3.0 12.0 Included
continued paid or volunteer employment
ART 135 Not allowed to enroll
• Repeatable courses: Content differs each time it is
ART 136 Not allowed to enroll
offered
ART 250 Not allowed to enroll
• Activity courses: Qualified courses include physical
education courses, or visual or performing arts courses in
CSIT 131 may be attempted 2 times
music, fine arts, theatre, or dance
CSIT 131 D 1.0 1.0 Excluded
B. The course is being repeated to alleviate substandard (D, F, FW,
CSIT 131 B 1.0 3.0 Included
or NP/NC) academic work.
C. The course is being repeated due to a significant lapse of
PE 128 may be attempted 4 times
time (at least 2 years) or to meet a recency requirement or
PE 128 NP/NC 1.0 0.0 Excluded
prerequisite, by approved petition. Repetitions of courses
PE 128 NP/NC 1.5 0.0 Excluded
completed with a passing (A,B,C,P/CR) grade are included in
PE 128 P/CR 1.5 0.0 Included
this category.
PE 128 NP/NC 1.0 0.0 Included
• Lapse of time may include a student’s acceptable level of
PE 128 Not allowed to enroll
knowledge in sequentially-based courses such as math,
science, or foreign language
PE 129 may be attempted 4 times
• Recency may include course or program requirements, or
PE 129 F 1.0 0.0 Excluded
another institution’s requirements for transfer course work
PE 129 P/CR 1.5 0.0 Included
41
Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PE 129 NP/NC 1.0 0.0 Excluded When a student repeats a course to alleviate substandard academic
PE 129 C 1.0 2.0 Included work, the previous grade and credit shall be disregarded in the com-
PE 129 Not allowed to enroll putation of the grade point average.
PE 150 B 1.0 3.0 Included When a student with a disability repeats a course, the previous grade
PE 150 A 1.0 4.0 Included and credit shall be disregarded in the computation of the grade point
PE 150 P/CR 1.0 0.0 Included average.
PE 151 A 1.0 4.0 Included
PE 151 Not allowed to enroll Courses that are repeated shall be recorded on the student’s perma-
nent academic record using an appropriate symbol.
B. Alleviate Substandard Academic Work
A maximum of two repetitions are allowed for a total of three Nothing can conflict with Education Code Section 76224 pertaining
enrollments. to the finality of grades assigned by instructors or with Title 5 or
Course Grade Units Grd Pts Units/GPA District procedures relating to retention and destruction of records.
MATH 60 D 4.0 4.0 Excluded
MATH 60 B 4.0 12.0 Included Credit by Examination
In order to permit students to demonstrate that they have met the
MATH 60 D 4.0 4.0 Excluded objectives of a course through experience in the work place, foreign
MATH 60 FW 4.0 0.0 Excluded language proficiency, or some other process outside the convention-
MATH 60 F 4.0 0.0 Included al academic setting, students may earn credit by receiving a passing
MATH 60 Not allowed to enroll grade on an examination administered by the appropriate instruc-
tional department/program. The completion of Credit by Examina-
C. Significant Lapse of Time/Recency Requirement tion may require the demonstration of other skills or the completion
A maximum of one repetition is allowed for a total of two of assignments in addition to an examination.
enrollments.
Course Grd Units Grd Pts Units/GPA Not all courses listed in the catalog may be eligible for Credit by
MATH 50 C 4.0 8.0 Excluded Examination. The determination of which courses in a discipline may
MATH 50 B 4.0 12.0 Included be taken by examination is made by that department/program. The
Department Chair/Director will determine whether or not a student
MATH 50 C 4.0 8.0 Excluded requesting Credit by Examination is sufficiently well prepared to war-
MATH 50 D 4.0 4.0 Included rant being given this opportunity. This determination is based upon a
MATH 50 Not allowed to enroll review of previous course work or experience.
D. Extenuating Circumstances Students wishing to take a course through Credit by Examination are
A maximum of two repetitions are allowed for a total of three encouraged to informally discuss the matter with the Department
enrollments. Chair/Director and instructor prior to initiating the formal process.
Course Grade Units Grd Pts Units/GPA
MICR 200 D 5.0 5.0 Excluded All steps must be completed in the order listed or the Petition for
MICR 200 C 5.0 10.0 Excluded Credit by Examination shall not be processed. The Petition for Credit
MICR 200 B 5.0 15.0 Included by Examination must be completed prior to the end of the current
semester or session.
MICR 200 D 5.0 5.0 Excluded
MICR 200 C 5.0 10.0 Excluded Determination of Eligibility to Take the Examination:
MICR 200 FW 0.0 0.0 Included • The student must be currently registered in the District and in
MICR 200 Not allowed to enroll good standing
• The course is listed in the Palomar College Catalog
E. Disability-Related Accommodation • No more than 15 units have been earned through Credit by
No limitation on enrollment as long as it facilitates measurable Examination
progress in special education courses (the student’s • Not currently enrolled in the course to be challenged
disability must be verified through the Palomar College DRC). • Not currently enrolled in, nor received credit for, a more
advanced course in the same subject (may be waived by
Once a course is repeated, a Grade Adjustment form should be sub- department)
mitted to the Records Office (located in the Student Services Center)
to update the student’s records and grade point average. Credits acquired by examination are not applicable to meeting such
unit load requirements as Selective Service deferment,Veteran’s Ben-
For student financial aid eligibility, any course repeated will be counted efits, or Social Security Benefits.
as “total units attempted.”
Credits acquired by examination shall not be counted in determining
the 12 semester hours of credit in residence required for an Associ-
ate degree.
42
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards
Procedures: A student evaluated on the pass/no pass grading basis will receive
both course credit and unit credit upon satisfactory completion of
• The student obtains a Petition for Credit by Examination from
the course. Units attempted for which NP is recorded shall be con-
the Records Office.
sidered in progress probation and dismissal procedures. P/NP grades
• The Records Office verifies eligibility and grade basis selec-
are omitted in computing a student’s grade point average. Students
tion, calculates the enrollment and/or non-resident fees, and
may repeat a course previously taken for an evaluative grade on a
places the petition in the pick-up box for the student. This
pass/no pass grading basis.
process may take from 2-5 business days depending upon the
time of the year.
A grade of P is granted for performance that is equivalent to the
• The student meets with the Department Chair/Director to
letter grade of ‘C’ or better. A student who fails to perform satisfac-
receive approval for the petition. If approved, an instructor
torily will be assigned an NP grade. The student is held responsible
is assigned to administer the exam and the student makes
for all assignments and examinations required in the course. The
arrangements to take the exam.
standards for evaluation are identical for all students in the course.
• The student takes the approved petition to the Cashier’s Of-
fice for payment of fees and receipt. Fees are non-refundable,
A student may reverse his/her enrollment from Pass/No Pass status
regardless of the outcome of the exam. BOGW cannot be
to receive an evaluative grade, provided the reversal is completed
used for payment of credit by exam fees. Fees must be paid
prior to the end of the fourth week of a full semester course, or prior
after department approval is granted and before the examina-
to 30% of a short-term course.
tion is administered.
• The student submits the approved petition to the instructor
English 100, 202, and 203 may not be taken on a P/NP basis. Students
administering the exam. The instructor shall record the date
are advised that four-year institutions may limit the number of pass
of the exam and the grade received, attach the examination
units acceptable for transfer, and with few exceptions do not allow
materials, and forward the completed petition to the Depart-
pass/no pass grading for major prep.
ment Chair/Director.
• The Department Chair/Director shall review and sign the
petition and forward it to Instructional Services. Completed Grading and Transcripts
examination materials must remain on file in the department/ Student Responsibility
program for three years. Each student is responsible for his/her registration of classes and for
• Instructional Services shall assign a class number for the attending classes. Furthermore, each student is responsible for fol-
exam and forward the petition to the Records Office to be lowing the rules and regulations in this catalog. The College is not
processed. liable if the student fails to read and understand the rules.
• The Records Office shall post the course and assigned grade
to the student’s record. The petition shall be retained in the Grading System
Records Office. Grades are assigned by instructors based on class work and tests.The
grades assigned are as follows:
Critical Thinking Statement Evaluative Grades
The major role of education in America is to produce an individu- Symbol Definition Grade Point Value
al who can contribute to society as a well-informed member of a A Excellent 4
democracy. Competence in critical thinking empowers the college B Good 3
student with the ability to distinguish opinion from fact and belief C Satisfactory 2
from knowledge. Evaluative skills learned through elementary induc- D Less than satisfactory 1
tive and deductive reasoning have applications in problem solving in F Failing 0
all aspects of everyday existence. Therefore, all examinations, assign- FW *Failing for unofficial withdrawal 0
ments and activities at Palomar College should reflect academic rigor P Passing (At least satisfactory - A, B, C grades.
by requiring critical thinking on the part of the student. Units awarded not counted in GPA)
NP No Pass (Less than satisfactory, or failing -
Pass/No Pass (Credit/No-Credit) Grading D or F grades. Units not counted in GPA.)
Pass/No Pass (P/NP) grading is available in the following options:
• Courses in which all students are evaluated on a pass/no pass *For a student who has ceased to participate in a course after the
grading basis last day to officially drop or withdraw without having achieved a
• Courses in which each student may elect to take the course passing grade. The FW grade shall be used in determining academic
on a pass/no pass grading basis standing.
The decision to change to pass/no pass grading must be made by the Non-evaluative Grades
end of the fourth week of a full semester course or by the first 30% Symbol Definition
of a short-term course, after which no other evaluative grade may I Incomplete: Incomplete academic work for unforeseeable,
be given. Application forms are available online or in the Admissions emergency and justifiable reasons at the end of the term.
Office. The student must submit the form to the Admissions Office. The condition for the removal of the ‘I’ is stated on the
Record of Incomplete (‘I’) Grade form. The ‘I’ is not used in
calculating units attempted or for grade points. A final grade
43
Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
shall be assigned when the stipulated work has been MW Military Withdrawal: Members of an active or reserve
completed and evaluated, or when the time limit for military service who receive orders compelling a withdrawal
completing the work has expired. from courses will be permitted withdrawal at any time during
the semester. Upon verification of such orders, the grade symbol
The ‘I’ must be made up no later than one year following the
MW will be assigned after the “no notation” period. The MW
end of the term in which it was assigned.
will not be counted in progress probation or dismissal
calculations and will not have any adverse effect on the student
IP In Progress: The IP is used only in those courses which
academic record or enrollment status. Upon petition, the
extend beyond the normal end of an academic term. It indicates
student will also receive a refund of the entire enrollment fee.
that work is “in progress,” but that assignment of an evaluative
grade must await its completion.
Conditions for Petition to Withdraw
The IP symbol remains on the student record in order to satisfy Students who have verifiable extenuating circumstances may petition
enrollment documentation. The appropriate evaluative grade and for an exception to withdraw from a class after the eighth week of
unit credit shall be assigned and will appear in the student’s a full semester course, or 50% of a short-term course. The student
record for the term in which the course is completed. If a student may petition the Director of Enrollment Services for authorization to
receives an IP in an open-entry, open-exit course and does not receive a withdrawal (W) in the following manner:
re-enroll in the course, or fails to complete the course in the
subsequent term, an evaluative grade must be assigned. • A formal petition must be submitted to the Director of
Enrollment Services by the student, or the student’s
RD Report Delayed: The RD symbol may be assigned only by the representative.
Records Office. It is to be used when there is a delay in reporting • Proof of the extenuating circumstances being cited as reasons
the grade of a student due to circumstances beyond the control for withdrawal, or unsuccessful course completion, must be
of either the student or the Records Office. It is a temporary submitted.
notation which will be replaced by a permanent symbol as soon • The instructor of each course in question must be consulted.
as possible. An RD is not used in calculating the grade point In the event the instructor of record cannot be contacted, or
average. is unavailable, the department chair will act on his/her behalf.
Palomar College defines extenuating circumstances as serious and
W Withdrawal: The W will not be used in calculating grade point compelling reasons which are limited to the following:
averages, but excessive W’s will be used as factors in probation,
dismissal, and re-enrollment. Students may not re-enroll in a • Illness, hospitalization, or medical reasons
course in which four W symbols have been recorded on their • Employment
transcript. Withdrawals during the “no notation” period (see • Relocation
below) will not appear on a transcript. • Illness or death of a family member or loved one
• Incarceration
Full Semester Courses: No notation (W or any other grade) is
made on the student record for withdrawals during the first four Grade Changes
weeks of a course. The Palomar College Governing Board is currently review-
Withdrawal between the fourth and eighth weeks is at the ing and revising Board Policy and Administrative Procedures.
student’s discretion, and will result in a W grade recorded on the The Grade Change policy is subject to change through this
student’s permanent record. process.
Withdrawal after the eighth week is not permitted. An evaluative The instructor of the course shall determine the grade to be awarded
(A, B, C, D, F, FW) or Incomplete (I) grade will be assigned. to each student. The determination of the student’s grade by the
Students who have verifiable extenuating circumstances may instructor shall be final in the absence of mistake, fraud, bad faith, or
petition to withdraw. incompetence (Title 5, 55025). Mistake may include, but is not limited
to, errots made by an instructor in calculating a student’s grade and
Short Term (less than 17 weeks) Courses:
clerical errors. “Fraud” may include, but is not limited to, inaccurate
No notation (W or any other grade) is made on the student recording or change of a grade by any person who gains access to
record for withdrawals during the first 30% of the course. student records without authorization.
Withdrawal between 30% and 50% of a course is at the
The removal or change of an incorrect grade from a student’s record
student’s discretion, and will result in a W grade recorded on
shall only be done pursuant to Education Code 76232 or by an alter-
the student’s permanent record.
native method which ensures that each student shall be afforded an
Withdrawal after 50% of a course is not permitted. An objective and reasonable review of the requested grade change.
evaluative (A, B, C, D, F, FW) or Incomplete (I) grade will be
assigned. Students who have extenuating circumstances may Students who wish to dispute a final course grade under the criteria
petition to withdraw. listed above must follow the Student Grade Dispute Policy and Proce-
dures, available on the Instructional Services web page under Student
Forms at www.palomar.edu/instruction/forms2.
44
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards
No grade placed in a student’s academic record may be changed un- Academic Warning
less the instructor submits a Grade Change form to the Records Of- Students will be placed on academic warning when they have:
fice stating the reason for the change as listed above. All changes or
modifications to a student’s record must be requested no later than • Attempted at least 12 graded units; and their
one year from the semester in question. • Cumulative (overall) GPA falls below 2.0
Academic Warning Continued
Grades Students will be continued on academic warning when:
Final grades are recorded on the student’s permanent record at the
• Cumulative (overall) GPA is below 2.0, and
end of each academic term. Grades are available as soon as the in-
• Semester (term) GPA is at least 2.0
structor submits the roster and the Records Office posts it, usually
about two weeks after the end of the class. Grades may be accessed Progress Warning
online through Student eServices. The College web address is http:// Students will be placed on progress warning when they have:
www.palomar.edu.
• Attempted at least 12 units; and their
• Cumulative (overall) units with grades of W, I, NP, or NC
Academic Achievement reaches or exceeds 50% of all units attempted
Dean’s List Progress Warning Continued
A student’s name may be placed on the Dean’s List if the student Students will be continued on progress warning when:
completes in one semester at Palomar College a total of twelve (12)
units with a GPA of at least 3.5 with no grade of D, F, or FW. Pass/No • Cumulative (overall) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC
Pass classes are not considered as a part of the 12 units. grades continue to be 50% or more of all attempted units; and
• Semester (term) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC grades
Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society are below 50%
Phi Theta Kappa is an international honor society for two-year institu- Academic Probation
tions, and the sister to the four-year institution’s Phi Beta Kappa. The Students will move to academic probation if:
goal of Phi Theta Kappa is to recognize individual talents, needs, and
goals. • Cumulative (overall) GPA is below 2.0, and
• Semester (term) GPA is below 2.0
Initial membership is awarded to those students who have com-
Academic Probation Continued
pleted a minimum of twelve (12) semester units at Palomar College
Students will be continued on academic probation when:
with a grade point average of 3.5 or better. To sustain membership
each student must maintain standards described in the Phi Theta • Cumulative (overall) GPA is below 2.0, and
Kappa Omega Rho Chapter Constitution and Bylaws, available in the • Semester (term) GPA is at least 2.0
Student Affairs Office, SU-201.
Progress Probation
Students interested in becoming a member of Phi Theta Kappa should Students will move to progress probation if:
contact the Student Affairs Office, SU-201. • Cumulative (overall) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC
grades continue to be 50% or more of all attempted units; and
Probation, Dismissal, and Reinstatement • Semester (term) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC grades
It is the intention of the Palomar Community College District to en- are also at 50% or more of all attempted units
courage matriculating students to make satisfactory academic prog- Progress Probation Continued
ress toward their individual educational goals. Students taking courses Students will be continued on progress probation when:
for credit should do so with the intention of completing the course or
courses with a passing grade. Students who do not make satisfactory • Cumulative (overall) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC
progress are subject to probation or dismissal in accordance with grades continue to be 50% or more of all attempted units; and
established District procedures. • Semester (term) attempted units with W, I, NP, or NC grades
are below 50%
Standards for Probation
Students on Probation are required to meet with a counselor to
Academic and Progress Warning and Probation are calculated for the
complete an educational plan, and are expected to participate in pre-
fall and spring semesters on the basis of the student’s enrollment.
scribed strategies and/or support services. An enrollment hold will be
Summer grades are included in overall calculations for the fall and
placed on the student’s records blocking registration until they have
spring semesters.
met with a counselor.
Warning and Probation are posted on the student’s permanent re-
Removal from Probation
cord. To remain in good standing at Palomar College, students must
A student on Academic or Progress Probation shall be removed from
maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (C),
probation when the student’s overall grade point average at Palomar
and must complete more than 50% of the units in which they have
College has improved to 2.0 or higher and their number of completed
enrolled.
units reaches more than 50% of all attempted units.
45
Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Standards for Dismissal Potential financial aid students who are placed on Academic or Prog-
For the purpose of dismissal, semesters shall be considered consecu- ress Probation by the College will be automatically ineligible for fi-
tive on the basis of the student’s enrollment, so long as a break in the nancial aid.
student’s enrollment does not exceed one full primary term.
A student on dismissal status is ineligible to participate in any Palo- Students are advised that they may submit a Petition for Financial Aid
mar College classes or student activities until the requirements for to the Financial Aid, Veterans, and Scholarship Services Office. More
dismissal have been fulfilled. Dismissal is posted on the student’s per- detailed information on the Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Prog-
manent record. ress Policy is also available on our web page, http://www.palomar.edu/
fa/.
Academic Dismissal
A student who is on academic probation shall be subject to dismissal Veteran Disqualification
if the student earned a cumulative and semester GPA below 2.0 in all For a veteran student, if the cause for probation has not been re-
units attempted in each of three consecutive semesters. moved at the end of two consecutive semesters on academic or lack-
of-progress probation, the Veterans’ Services Office is required to
Students who begin the spring semester on academic probation will notify the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA). Please check with
be dismissed if they fail to achieve a minimum semester GPA of 2.0 at the Veterans’ Services Office for details, or see our web page at http://
the end of the spring term. www.palomar.edu/veterans/.
Progress Dismissal
A student who is on progress probation shall be subject to dismissal if Official Transcript and Verification of
the student’s cumulative and semester percentage of all enrolled units Enrollment
with W, I, or NP/NC grades reaches or exceeds 50% percent in each In the interest of the student who desires to continue studies else-
of three consecutive semesters. where, upon request the College issues an official transcript.The tran-
script is a duly certified record of all work completed or undertaken
Students who begin the spring semester on progress probation will by the student at Palomar College, which is forwarded directly to
be dismissed if they fail to complete more than 50% or their spring another institution designated by the student.
semester course work with grades other than W, I, NP, or NC at the
end of the spring term. Official transcripts may be requested through eServices, the Internet,
in person, or by mail. Verifications of enrollment may be requested
Notification of Probation and Dismissal through the Transcript Office.The first two transcripts and/or verifica-
The Admissions and Records Office shall make every reasonable ef- tions of past semester enrollment ever issued to/for the student are
fort to notify a student of probation or dismissal at or near the be- furnished free of charge upon request. Rush requests are processed
ginning of the semester in which it will take effect, but in any case, within two (2) business days upon receipt of written request for both
no later than the start of the next fall semester. A student removed pick-up and mail service. If requesting rush transcripts and/or verifi-
from probation or reinstated after dismissal shall be notified as soon cations by mail, please write “Rush” on the outside of the envelope.
as possible. Refer to Section 2, Fees and Expenses,Transcript and/or Verification of
Enrollment Fee, or see the Enrollment Services web page, http://www.
Reinstatement after Dismissal palomar.edu/admissions/transcript.htm, for more information.
Students who have been dismissed for academic and/or progress rea-
sons are eligible to return after one semester by petition to the Aca- High school and college transcripts which are submitted by other
demic Review Committee. For further information, please stop by institutions to the Records Office become the property of Palomar
the Evaluations Office in the Student Services Center. Students who College and are not forwarded to other institutions.
are dismissed lose their continuing student status and must re-apply
to the College. Transcripts are sent only upon the written request of the student.
Seven to ten (7-10) business days are generally required for normal
Students who believe their dismissal should be put aside after being processing of transcripts. We cannot insure delivery of transcripts to
notified must immediately petition the Academic Review Committee. the recipient. You will be charged for each transcript processed ac-
Students must meet with a counselor to initiate the petition process. cording to our records.
Petitions may be approved due to extenuating circumstances such as
verified cases of accident, illness, or other circumstance beyond the Transfer Credits from Other Sources
control of the student. Palomar College is not the custodian of transcripts/test scores from
other institutions. If you have not attended Palomar for one year, any
Financial Aid Disqualification/Ineligibility records sent from other institutions may be destroyed.
Current financial aid students will be disqualified from receiving fi-
nancial aid if they fail to meet the Financial Aid Satisfactory Academic Credit from Other Colleges
Progress Policy established by the Financial Aid,Veterans, and Scholar- It is the policy of Palomar College to grant credit for most courses
ship Services Office in compliance with federal regulations. In addition, taken at regionally accredited (Associations of Colleges and Schools)
financial aid students will be disqualified automatically from receiving institutions of higher learning. Credit earned at a time when an in-
further financial aid when placed on Academic or Progress Probation stitution was a candidate for accreditation may be accepted. Official
by the College. transcripts must be on file with the Records Office. Hand-carried
46
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards
official copies of transcripts are accepted provided they are received Physics B 3 PHYS 101 B1, B3 5A w/lab
in sealed envelopes. Physics C (Mech) 3 PHYS 120 B1, B3 5A w/lab
Physics C (Elec/Mag) 3 PHYS 121 B1, B3 5A w/lab
Transfer credits from institutions using the quarter system shall be Psychology 3 PSYC 100 D9 4I
evaluated as follows: each unit of work at a quarter system is equiva- Spanish Language 3 SPAN 201 C2 3B & 6A
lent to two-thirds of a semester unit (i.e., 3 quarter units equals 2 Spanish Literature 3 SPAN 202 C2 3B & 6A
semester units). Statistics 3 MATH 120 B4 2A
Non-Traditional Credit NE No Equivalent
Non-traditional credit may be used to satisfy general education re- * A maximum of one course may be used for each AP exam on
quirements, elective requirements, or major course requirements. A the IGETC
maximum combined total of 48 non-traditional units will be granted.
Palomar College will not grant non-traditional credit for non-degree + Must also satisfactorily complete HIST 102 in order to fulfill the
applicable course work. American History and Institutions Requirement
Advanced Placement Examinations (AP) # Must also satisfactorily complete POSC 102 in order to fulfill the
Palomar College grants Advanced Placement (AP) credit toward its American History and Institutions Requirement
Associate in Arts degree, and CSU and IGETC certification patterns to
high school students who attain scores of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Note: Please see a counselor for specific information regarding AP
Placement Examinations of the College Board. exam placement and credit awarded.
Students may earn a minimum of 3 semester units of credit for each College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
exam satisfactorily passed. See a counselor for specific information Palomar College grants credit for successful completion of certain
regarding the awarding of credit. Students intending to transfer to College Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations to students
a four-year institution should consult a counselor or the individual who attain satisfactory scores. Credit is applied only toward the As-
university regarding its AP credit policy. sociate in Arts degree.
To receive credit, students must submit an official AP transcript to Students may earn a minimum of 3 semester units of credit for each
the Records Office. For information on obtaining a transcript, contact exam satisfactorily passed. See a counselor for specific information
the College Board. Information is available on the web at http://www. regarding the awarding of credit. Students intending to transfer to
collegeboard.com. a four-year institution should consult a counselor or the individual
university regarding its CLEP credit policy.
AP Exam Min. Palomar CSUGE IGETC
Score Equivalent Area Area* To receive credit, students must submit an official CLEP transcript
Art History 3 ART 165, 166 C1 or C2 3A or 3B to the Records Office. For information on obtaining a transcript,
Biology 3 BIOL 100 B2, B3 5B w/lab contact the College Board. Information is available at http://www.
Calculus AB 3 MATH 140 B4 2A collegeboard.com.
Calculus BC 3 MATH 140, 141 B4 2A
Chemistry 3 CHEM 110/110L B1, B3 5A w/lab CLEP Exam Min. Palomar Credit AA GE
Chinese Lang/Culture 3 NE, Area C C2 3B & 6A Score Equivalent Area
Computer Sci A 3 CSCI 110 N/A N/A American Government @ 50 NE 3 Area D
Computer Sci AB 3 CSCI 210 N/A N/A American Literature 50 ENG 225, 226 6 Area C
Economics, Macro 3 ECON 101 D2 4B Analyzing/Interpreting Literature 50 ENG 205 3 Area C
Economics, Micro 3 ECON 102 D2 4B Biology (without lab) 50 BIOL 101 3 Area B
English Lang/Comp 3 ENG 100 A2 1A Calculus 50 MATH 140 5 Area A2
English Lit/Comp 3 ENG 100, 205 A2 & C2 1A or 3B Chemistry (without lab) 50 CHEM 110, 115 6 Area B
Environmental Sci 3 NE, Area B B1, B3 5A w/lab College Algebra 50 MATH 110 4 Area A2
French Language 3 FREN 201 C2 3B & 6A College Composition 50 ENG 100 4 Area A1
French Literature 3 FREN 202 C2 3B & 6A College Mathematics 50 MATH 100 3 Area A2
Geography, Human 3 GEOG 105 D5 4E English Literature 50 ENG 210, 211 6 Area C
German Language 3 GERM 201 C2 3B & 6A Financial Accounting + 50 ACCT 103 4 N/A
Gov’t & Politics, Comp 3 POSC 110 D8 4H French Lang, Level 1 50 FREN 101 5 Area C
Gov’t & Politics, U.S.+ 3 NE, Area D D8 4H French Lang, Level 2 59 FREN 101, 102 10 Area C
History, European 3 HIST 105, 106 C2 or D6 3B or 4F German Lang, Level 1 50 GERM 101 5 Area C
History, U.S.# 3 HIST 101, 102 D6 3B or 4F German Lang, Level 2 60 GERM 101, 102 10 Area C
History, World 3 HIST 107, 108 C2 or D6 3B or 4F Human Growth/Development 50 PSYC 110 3 Area D
Italian Lang/Culture 3 ITAL 201 C2 3B & 6A Humanities 50 HUM 100, 101 6 Area C
Japanese Lang/Culture 3 JAPN 201 C2 3B & 6A Info Systems/Computer Appl 50 CSIT 105 3 Area A2
Latin Literature 3 NE, Area C C2 3B & 6A or E
Latin:Vergil 3 NE, Area C C2 3B & 6A Introductory Business Law + 50 BUS 115 3 N/A
Music Theory 3 MUS 105 C1 N/A Intro to Educational Psychology + 50 NE 3 N/A
47
Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Introductory Psychology 50 PSYC 100 3 Area D Human Resource Management 46 3 N/A
Introductory Sociology 50 SOC 100 3 Area D Intro to Business 400/46 3 Area E
Natural Sciences 50 NE 6 Area B Intro to Computing 400/45 3 N/A
Precalculus 50 MATH 135 5 Area A2 Intro to Law Enforcement 45 3 Area D
Principles of Macroeconomics 50 ECON 101 3 Area D Intro to the Modern Middle East 47 3 Area D
Principles of Management + 50 BMGT 101 3 N/A Intro to World Religions 400/48 3 Area C
Principles of Marketing + 50 BUS 155 3 N/A Lifespan Developmental Psyc 46 3 Area D
Principles of Microeconomics 50 ECON 102 3 Area D Organizational Behavior 48 3 N/A
Social Sciences/History 50 NE 6 Area D Personal Finance 400/46 3 Area E
Spanish Lang, Level 1 50 SPAN 101 5 Area C Physical Geology 46 3 Area B
Spanish Lang, Level 2 63 SPAN 101, 102 10 Area C Principles of Financial Accounting 47 3 N/A
U.S. History I # 50 HIST 101 3 Area D Principles of Physical Science I 47 3 Area B
U.S. History II ^ 50 HIST 102 3 Area D Principles of Public Speaking 47 3 N/A
Western Civilization I 50 HIST 105 3 Area C Principles of Statistics 400/48 3 Area A2
Western Civilization II 50 HIST 106 3 Area C Principles of Supervision 400/46 3 N/A
Substance Abuse 400/49 3 Area E
NE No Equivalent
Technical Writing 46 3 N/A
Western Europe Since 1945 45 3 Area D
@ Combined with HIST 101 and POSC 120 or HIST 102 will
meet the AH&I requirement (grades of ‘C’ or better)
*Beginning in 2008, new score scales were introduced with a mini-
mum cut score set at 400 for all updated and new exams.
# Combined with POSC 102 or POSC 101 and 120 will meet the
AH&I requirement
Any DSST exam listed as an elective may be used for major course
work with department approval on a Course Subsitution/Waiver
^ Combined with POSC 102 will meet the AH&I requirement
Form.
+ Elective credit articulated with Palomar course work may be Note: Please see a counselor for specific information regarding DSST
used for Palomar majors exam placement and credit awarded.
Note: Please see a counselor for specific information regarding CLEP
Foreign Course Work
test placement and credit awarded.
Students who have satisfactorily completed course work from a for-
eign nation’s appropriately accredited university may be able to apply
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support
those course credits toward an Associate in Arts degree at Palomar
(DANTES)
College. Course work must first be evaluated by an approved cre-
Palomar College may award credit for successful completion of cer-
dentials evaluation agency and then reviewed by Palomar’s Evaluations
tain DSST exams to students who attain satisfactory scores. Credit is
Office. Some course work may also require approval by the Depart-
applied only toward the Associate in Arts degree.
ment Chair.
The College is guided by the credit recommendations of the Ameri-
To have foreign course work credits evaluated, students should con-
can Council on Education (ACE). To receive credit, students must
tact one of the approved credentials evaluation agencies. A list is avail-
submit an official DANTES transcript to the Records Office. For
able in the Evaluations Office. Request a detailed equivalency report
information on obtaining a transcript, visit the DANTES website. In-
that indicates - for each course - whether it is an upper- or lower-di-
formation may be found at http://www.dantes.doded.mil under Ex-
vision course, it’s U.S. semester equivalency, and the grade the student
amination Programs.
earned. The Evaluations Office will determine how course work will
DSST Exam Min. Credit AA GE be applied to requirements.
Score* Area
Art of the Western World 48 3 Area C Please note foreign course work will NOT satisfy general educa-
Astronomy 48 3 Area B tion requirements for English composition and oral communication
Business Mathematics 400/48 3 Area A2 courses.
Criminal Justice 400/49 3 N/A
Environment and Humanity: International Baccalaureate Examinations (IB)
The Race to Save the Planet 46 3 Area B Palomar College may award International Baccalaureate Examination
Ethics in America 400/46 3 N/A (IB) credit toward the Associate in Arts degree, or for CSU GE or
Foundations of Education 46 3 N/A IGETC transfer certification, to high school students who attain an
Fundamentals of College Algebra 400/47 3 Area A2 appropriate score on Higher Level exams. Students intending to trans-
Fundamentals of Counseling 45 3 N/A fer to a four-year institution should consult a counselor or the indi-
General Anthropology 47 3 Area D vidual university regarding its IB credit policy for major course work.
Here’s to Your Health 400/48 3 Area E
History of the Vietnam War 44 3 Area D To receive credit, students must submit an official IB transcript to the
Human/Cultural Geography 48 3 Area D Records Office.
48
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 5 - Academic Regulations and Standards
IB Exam Min. AAGE CSUGE IGETC Tech Prep
Score Area Area Area The Tech Prep program awards college credit to high school students
Biology HL 5 B B2 5B w/o lab who earn an A or B in career-related, “articulated” high school cours-
Chemistry HL 5 B B1 5A w/o lab es. An articulated course is one in which the high school teacher and
Economics HL 5 D D2 4B Palomar College faculty have formally agreed that the high school’s
Geography HL 5 D D5 4E course outline, syllabus, textbook, and final exam are comparable to
History HL (any region) 5 C or D C2 or D6 3B or 4F those in a course of the same major at Palomar College.
Language A1 HL
(any language except English) 5 N/A N/A 3B or 6A A Tech Prep student may earn a certificate or associate degree. Tech
Language A2 HL Prep programs also prepare students for further education leading to
(any language except English) 5 N/A N/A 3B or 6A baccalaureate and advanced degrees, as well as for direct entry into
Language A1 HL (any language) 4, 5* C C2 3B the workplace as technically skilled employees.
Language A2 HL (any language) 4, 5* C C2 3B
Language B HL (any language) 5 N/A N/A 6A For more information about Tech Prep and 2 + 2 high school course
Mathematics HL 4, 5* A2 B4 2A articulation programs contact the Palomar College Tech Prep Coordi-
Physics HL 5 B B1 5A w/o lab nator at (760) 744-1150, extension 3047, or in the Career and Techni-
Psychology HL 5 D D9 4l cal Education Office in room AA-134.
Theatre HL 4, 5* C C1 3A
*UC requires a minimum score of 5 in order for these examinations to be ac-
cepted for credit.
Note: Please see a counselor for specific information regarding IB
exam placement and credit awarded.
Military Service Schools
Palomar College may award credit for schools and training completed
while in the military. Upon completion of 6 units at Palomar Col-
lege, students may submit a “Request for Evaluation of Military Service
Schools” form to the Evaluations Office in SSC-40. Credit awarded
is applied only toward the Associate in Arts degree, usually as elective
units. Completion of Basic Training (with a minimum of 181 days of
continuous active duty) will meet the Health and Physical Education
requirement for the AA degree.
Students may earn up to 48 semester units for military schooling and
training. Credit is awarded for work satisfactorily completed at the
lower-division baccalaureate and associate degree levels only. Students
intending to transfer to a four-year institution should consult with the
individual university regarding its military credit policy.
To receive credit, students must submit an official transcript to the
Records Office. These may include the following: Sailor/Marine Amer-
ican Council on Education Registry Transcript (SMART); Army and
American Council on Education Registry Transcript Service (AARTS);
Community College of the Air Force (CCAF) transcript; official tran-
scripts from DANTES/USAFI; or verified copies of DD214 or DD295
military records.
Religious Course Work
Palomar College will not accept any course, even from a regionally
accredited institution, that promotes a specific religious doctrine.
Courses with a broad philosophical perspective will be accepted. Ex-
amples of courses which may be appropriate for general education
include The Bible, The New Testament, The Koran, and The Torah, as
long as the treatment of these topics is academic and stresses these
books as literary works in an historic or philosophic way. We will not
accept courses such as Preparing for a Mission, The Baptist Ministry,
and Living as a Christian as appropriate for general education or elec-
tive units.
49
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Section 6 Associate Degrees
Palomar College offers two types of Associate degrees. Students may
Graduation and Transfer Information earn an Associate in Arts (AA) degree in University Studies, General
Studies, or with a major in a career or technical discipline (such as
Palomar College provides occupational as well as general education Accounting, Automotive Technology, or Computer and Informa-
for the student who plans to complete formal education at the com- tion Systems,) or an Associate in Science (AS) degree in Registered
munity college level. In addition, the College provides the lower divi- Nursing.
sion requirements in general education and in preprofessional majors
for those students who plan to transfer to upper division colleges and
universities.
Associate in Arts (AA) Degree
Requirements
To assist the student in educational planning, this section of the cata-
log describes the graduation requirements for the Associate in Arts I. Minimum Units
degree, the requirements for certificate programs, and information on The Associate in Arts degree requires completion of a minimum of
transfer requirements. sixty (60) degree-applicable semester units. Courses numbered 1-49
do not count in the sixty (60) units toward the degree. (See the
General Education/Institutional Course Numbering System and Transfer Identification listing.)
Student Learning Outcomes II. Grade Point Average (GPA)
The General Education Program at Palomar College promotes com-
petence in various fields of knowledge, provides an academic founda- Maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (‘C’ average) or
tion for lifelong learning, and enriches students’ lives. As a result of the higher for all degree-applicable course work attempted. Some spe-
general education experience, students will demonstrate: cific programs may require a higher grade point average. Refer to the
Knowledge of Human Cultures and the Physical and individual Programs of Study for further information. In calculating
Natural World through a student’s degree applicable grade point average, grades earned in
• Study in the sciences and mathematics, social sciences, human- non-degree applicable courses, numbered 1 – 49, will not be included.
ities, histories, languages, and the arts
Focused by engagement with big questions, both III. Residency
contemporary and enduring Complete a minimum of twelve (12) semester units in residence as an
officially enrolled student at Palomar College.
Intellectual and Practical Skills, including
• Inquiry and analysis IV. Major
• Critical and creative thinking There are three Associate in Arts degree options, University Studies,
• Written and oral communication General Studies, and Specified Palomar Major. The District and Gen-
• Artistic perception eral Education Requirements listed below apply to all options.
• Quantitative literacy
• Information literacy
• Digital literacy
Option 1 – University Studies
An Associate in Arts degree that provides completion of a general
• Teamwork and problem solving
education transfer pattern inlcuding many, if not all, lower-division
Practiced extensively, across the curriculum, in the context
major preparation requirements for students transferrring to either
of progressively more challenging problems, projects, and
the California State University or University of California System. Stu-
standards for performance
dents may select from ten emphases based on their transfer major.
Personal and Social Responsibility, including Requirements
• Civic knowledge and engagement—local and global
• Intercultural knowledge and competence 1. Complete the AA Degree District Requirements.
• Ethical reasoning and action 2. Complete the AA Degree General Education Requirements.
• Foundations and skills for lifelong learning 3. Complete one University Studies Emphasis selected from the
Anchored through active involvement with diverse com- ten options listed on page 267. All courses within the major
munities and real-world challenges must be completed with a ‘C’ or better.
4. Complete electives, if needed, to obtain a minimum of 60
Integrative Learning, including degree-applicable units.
• Synthesis and advanced accomplishment across general and
specialized studies
Option 2 – General Studies
Study in general education providing maximum flexibility in program
Demonstrated through the application of knowledge,
design leading to an Associate in Arts Degree. Students planning to
skills, and responsibilities to new settings and complex
transfer to a four-year institution are cautioned that this curriculum
problems
may not provide for completion of the lower division requirements
for transfer to a four-year institution.
52
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
Requirements Course Completion:
Complete one of the following pairs of courses with grades of
1. Complete the AA Degree District Requirements.
‘C’ or better.
2. Complete the AA Degree General Education Requirements.
Africana Studies 101 and 102
3. Complete one General Studies Emphasis selected from the
American Indian Studies 101 and 102
three options listed on page 191. All courses within the major
Chicano Studies 101 and 102
must be completed with a ‘C’ or better.
History 101 and 102
4. Complete electives, if needed, to obtain a minimum of 60
History 140 and 141
degree-applicable units.
Political Science 101 and 102
Option 3 – Specified Palomar Major
Provides study in general education and an AA degree major designed Course Completion (Out-of-State/Private Colleges):
as preparation for the workplace. Students planning to transfer to a Students who have completed course work outside
four-year institution may need to meet additional requirements. California should consult with a counselor to ensure
completion of the three required components.
Requirements Examination (acceptable tests and scores listed below):
1. Complete the AA Degree District Requirements. Palomar College Departmental Exam
2. Complete the AA Degree General Education Requirements. Successfully pass the competency test administered by
3. Complete the Major Requirements as outlined in the program the Economics, History, and Political Science
offerings. All courses within the major must be completed Department.
with a ‘C’ or better. National Exams
4. Complete electives, if needed, to obtain a minimum of 60 AP: Minimum score of 3 on the American History exam,
degree-applicable units. combined with a ‘C’ or better in POSC 102.
Contact the Counseling Center at (760) 891-7511, to request an ap- CLEP: Minimum score of 50 on either of the U.S. History
pointment with a counselor for further information about any of the I and II courses combined with a ‘C’ or better in POSC
three AA degree options. Official transcripts from all institutions pre- 102.
viously or concurrently attended must be on file with the Records SAT II: Minimum score of 550 on the United States
Office. History exam combined with a ‘C’ or better in POSC
102.
V. District Requirements 4. Competence in Health and Physical Education
Competence may be demonstrated by course completion,
1. Competence in Reading and Written Expression examination, or military service.
Complete English 100 with a grade of ‘C’ or better.
2. Competence in Mathematics Option I
Competence may be demonstrated by course completion or Course Completion:
examination. A. Complete Health 100 and 100L with grades of ‘C’ or
Course Completion: better, or
Complete Mathematics 56 or 60 with a grade of ‘C’ or better. B. Complete equivalent lecture and laboratory course work
with grades of ‘C’ or better. See approved courses below.
Examination (acceptable tests and scores listed below): Approved lecture courses (minimum of 9 units):
Palomar College Assessment Tests Health/Family & Consumer Sciences 165, or
COMPASS: Minimum score of 57 on the college algebra Biology/Family & Consumer Sciences 185, and
section Psychology 100 and
CPT: Minimum score of 86 on the college-level mathematics Biology 100 or 101 or 102 or 105 or 106, or Zoology
section 145 or 200 or 203
Approved laboratory courses (minimum of 1 unit):
National Exams Physical Education 125, 127, 128, 129, 130, 135, 136, 150, 151,
ACT: Minimum score of 19 on the mathematics section or
AP: Minimum score of 3 on the Calculus AB or BC exam Any Athletics and Competitive Sports (ACS) course,
CLEP: Minimum score of 50 on an approved CLEP excluding ACS 50, 55, and 197
mathematics examination. See a counselor for a list of
approved examinations. Option II
SAT I: Minimum score of 550 on the mathematics section
Competence Examination (acceptable tests and scores listed
3. Competence in American History and Institutions/ below):
California Government
Competence may be demonstrated by course completion or Lecture:
examintion. Achieve a minimum score of 70% (currently 179 out of 225)
on the Palomar College written test covering principles of
53
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
nutrition, first aid, cardio-vascular fitness, flexibility, anatomy Students must be sure that the course is on the approved list
and physiology, substance abuse, sexually transmitted during the academic year in which it is taken. The courses list-
diseases, and other health-related topics as listed in the ed below meet the requirement effective fall 1997, or with the
Course Outline of Record. This test may be taken only one semester noted in brackets. Courses taken prior to fall 1997
time in a 3-year period. Contact the PE Department for the may not be used to meet this requirement. These courses may
testing schedule. or may not satisfy another institution’s multicultural
Laboratory: requirement.
Participate in a 12-minute run, 20-minute swim, or 30-minute
stationary bike test. Students with physical limitations may Administration of Justice 103
be required to obtain a physician’s approval to take the test. Africana Studies 120 [F98]
American Indian Studies 100, 101, 104 [F09], 105 [F99], 110
Jogging (12 minutes) [F98], 115, 120, 125, 140, 145, 150, 165 [F99]
Age Men Women American Studies 100, 105 [F07], 200
Under 30 61/2laps 51/2 laps Anthropology 105, 137 [F08], 140
30 – 39 53/4laps 43/4 laps Architecture 121
40 – 49 41/4 laps 3 laps Chicano Studies 105 [F98]
50 and over 33/4 laps 23/4 laps Child Development 172 [F08]
Cinema 122 [F08]
Swimming (20 minutes)
Communications 105 [F98]
Age Men and Women
Counseling 110 [F01]; 120 [F01]
Under 40 1/2 mile
Dance 101 [F98], 102 [F06], 105 [F99]
40 and over 1/2 mile (no time limit)
Economics 115
Stationary Bike Test (30 minutes) English 280 [F02]
Warm-up 5 minutes at 100 watts*, test 20 minutes at Family and Consumer Sciences 150 [F98]
required watt output, cool down 5 minutes at 100 watts. Fashion 132 [F98]
Age Men Women History 121 [F99], 130, 140 [F03], 141 [F03], 150 [F06], 151
Under 40 175 watts 150 watts [F06]
40 and over 150 watts 125 watts International Business 110 [F05]
*Watt = energy output by cadence of pedaling Legal Studies 240 [F99]
(faster pedaling = increased watts) Multicultural Studies 100 [F98], 165 [F98], 200
Music 102 [F10], 171 [F98]
Option III Nursing 103 plus Nursing 217 [F01]
Nursing 110 plus Nursing 217 [F01]
Military Service:
Paralegal Studies 240 [F99]
United States military personnel and veterans may be
Religious Studies 102 [F08], 103 [F08],110
awarded four units of credit with proof of 181 days of
Sociology 115 [F04], 130 [F08], 200,
continuous active duty. Submit copy of forms DD214 or
Speech 131
DD295 to the Records Office.
5. Multicultural Requirement VI. General Education Requirements
The overall goal of the Palomar College multicultural course Because changes may occur in the GE requirements for the AA de-
requirement is to promote intercultural understanding and gree, please check with the Counseling Office for an updated list of
communication in local, national, and global contexts. acceptable courses. No course may be used to satisfy more than one
Students may satisfy this requirement by completing a general education requirement.
minimum of 3 units from the approved courses listed below.
A. LANGUAGE AND RATIONALITY
Course equivalencies from other institutions may be (Complete a minimum of 3 units each from sections 1 and 2)
accepted if the course meets the spirit of the Palomar Multi- A1. English Composition
cultural Course Requirement and accurately portrays the English 100
cultural and racial diversity of our society. Such courses must A2. Communication and Analytical Thinking
focus on a study of multiple cultures and include an emphasis Biology 215
on: Business 110
Computer Science and Information Technology 105
• One or more of the following four American subcultures: English 202, 203
African-American, Latino/Latina, Asian or Pacific Islander, and Mathematics 56, 60, 100, 105, 106, 110, 115, 120, 130, 135,
Native American, and at least one additional culture from 140, 141, 200, 205, 206, 245
inside or outside of the United States if only one American Philosophy 102, 115, 120
subculture was included. Psychology 205
• One or more of the following: socio-economic class, age, Reading 120
sexual orientation, different abilities/ableism Sociology 205
• Gender Speech 100, 105
54
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
B. NATURAL SCIENCES D. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
(Complete 3 units from courses listed below) (Complete 3 units from courses listed below)
Anthropology 100, 101 Administration of Justice 100
Astronomy 100, 120 Africana Studies 100, 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 126
Biology 100, 101, 102, 105, 106, 110, 114, 118, 130, 131, 135 American Indian Studies 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, 165
185, 200, 201 American Studies 110, 200
Botany 100, 101, 110, 115 Anthropology 105, 107, 110, 115, 125, 126, 130, 137, 140, 150
Chemistry 100, 104, 105, 110, 115, 205, 210, 220, 221 Chicano Studies 101, 102, 120, 125
Earth Sciences 100, 115 Child Development 100, 110, 115
Engineering 210 Communications 100, 105
Family and Consumer Sciences 185 Economics 100, 101, 102, 110, 115
Geography 100, 110, 115, 125 English 150
Geology 100, 110, 120, 125, 150 Family and Consumer Sciences 101
Microbiology 200 Fashion 132
Oceanography 100, 101 Geography 103, 105
Physical Science 100, 101 Graphic Communications-Multimedia and Web 100
Physics 101, 102, 120, 121, 200, 201, 230, 231, 232 History 101, 102, 107, 108, 110, 121 130, 140, 141, 150, 151,
Psychology 210 152
Zoology 100, 101, 115, 116, 120, 135, 145, 200, 203 Judaic Studies 107
Legal Studies 121, 240
C. HUMANITIES Multicultural Studies 100, 110, 165, 200
(Complete 3 units from courses listed below) Paralegal Studies 121, 240
Africana Studies 115, 116 Political Science 100, 101, 102, 110
American Indian Studies 100, 104, 105, 108A, 108B, 135, Psychology 100, 105, 110, 120, 130, 225, 235
145, 150, 153, 154, 207A, 207B Religious Studies 102, 103, 107, 108
American Sign Language 100, 101, 110, 205, 206 Sociology 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 130, 200
American Studies 100, 105 Speech 120, 131
Anthropology 135, 155
Arabic 101A, 101B, 102A, 102B, 201A, 201B E. LIFELONG LEARNING AND SELF-DEVELOPMENT
Architecture 120, 121, 155 (Complete 3 units from courses listed below)
Art 100, 102, 104, 105, 165, 166, 167, 168 Alchol and Other Drug Studies 150
Chicano Studies 100, 105, 110, 115, 130, 135, 155 Business 100, 136
Chinese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 130, 201, 201A, Child Development 100
201B Computer Science and Information Technology 105
Cinema 100, 102, 103, 110, 120, 122 Counseling 100, 110, 115, 120
Dance 100, 101, 102, 105 Family and Consumer Sciences 105, 136, 150, 165
English 205, 210, 211, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 230, 240, 245, Health 100, 165
250, 255, 260, 265, 270, 280, 290 Library Technology 120, 154
English as a Second Language 101, 102, 103 Psychology 105, 115, 125, 145, 150
Fashion 130 Reading 110
Foreign Language 108A, 108B, 207A, 207B Sociology 105, 125, 130, 145, 150
French 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 202 Speech 115
German 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 202
Graphic Communications 101, 102 Associate in Science (AS) Degree
History 105, 106
Humanities 100, 101 Requirements
Interior Design 115, 120 Palomar College currently only offers an Associate in Science degree
Italian 101, 102, 201, 201A, 201B in Nursing. Please refer to the Nursing Education discipline for spe-
Japanese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 201, 202 cific information and degree requirements.
Judaic Studies 106
Multicultural Studies 120, 122, 124, 157 Additional Degree Information
Music 100, 101, 102, 103, 170, 171 Catalog Rights and Continuous Enrollment Criteria
Philosophy 100, 101, 103, 105, 110, 250 Eligibilty for graduation is determined by catalog rights and continu-
Photography 100, 125 ous enrollment. Students who do not wish to use the catalog in effect
Radio and Television 100 at the time they began continuous enrollment should indicate which
Religious Studies 101, 105, 106, 108, 110, 120, 124 catalog they wish to use; otherwise, the catalog under which they be-
Spanish 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 201A, gan continuous enrollment, or the current catalog, will be used.
201B, 202
Tagalog 101, 102, 201
Theatre Arts 100, 140, 141, 150, 157
55
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Continuous enrollment is defined as attendance in one semester or calendar year (January through December) in the CSU, UC, or
two quarters (excluding summer) within a calendar year (January California Community Colleges system following initial
through December) in the CSU, UC, or California Community Colleg- enrollment at Palomar. If a student does not maintain
es system following initial enrollment at Palomar. A student must have continuous enrollment, the evaluation will be based on the
received a letter grade (including “W”) in the semesters of attendance requirements in effect at the time of return to Palomar
to maintain continuous enrollment. College, or the current catalog.
Notice of Intent to Graduate 5. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure satisfactory
When all District and General Education Requirements are completed completion of the certificate requirements. When all
or in progress, students should submit a Petition for Graduation to requirements are completed or in-progress, students should
the Evaluations Office in the Student Services Center, room SSC-40. submit a Petition for Graduation to the Evaluations Office
Petitions are available in the Counseling or Transfer Centers, the Evalu- in the Student Services Center, room SSC-40. Petitions are
ations Office, or online. Deadlines are strictly adhered to; petitions available in the Counseling or Transfer Centers, the
must be submitted no later than the dates listed below. Evaluations Office, or online. Deadlines are strictly adhered
to; petitions must be submitted no later than the dates
Spring graduation – February 28th listed below:
Summer graduation – June 30th
Fall graduation – September 30th Spring graduation – February 28th
Summer graduation – June 30th
Second Associate in Arts Degree Fall graduation – September 30th
1. A student who has received an AA degree, and maintained
continuous enrollment, may pursue subsequent AA degrees Conferring of Degrees and Certificates of Achievement
by fulfilling the major requirements. Associate in Arts degrees, Associate in Science degrees, and Certifi-
2. A student who has received an AA degree, but did not cates of Achievement will be conferred formally at the Commence-
maintain continuous enrollment, may pursue a new program ment Ceremony held in May at the end of each spring semester. How-
under the catalog of readmission. ever, students will receive their degree or certificate following the
3. A student who has received an AA degree, but did not close of the semester in which they apply for graduation.
maintain continuous enrollment, may pursue subsequent AA
degrees by fulfilling the major, GE, and District requirements Certificate of Proficiency (CP)
under the catalog of readmission. Requirements
4. A student with an AA degree from another college must Certificates of Proficiency are designed to certify basic workplace
pursue subsequent AA degrees at Palomar by fulfilling the competencies and job readiness for students who are entering the
major, GE, and district requirements under the catalog of workforce. In addition to course and certificate requirements, stu-
readmission. dents should be aware of the following:
Certificate of Achievement (CA) 1. All courses required for each certificate must be taken in
residence at Palomar College.
Requirements 2. A grade of ‘C’ or higher must be achieved in all certificate
Official transcripts from all previous institutions attended must be on courses except where other grade requirements are specified
file with the Records Office. Students will be eligible to receive a Cer- by law.
tificate of Achievement if they complete the specific course require- 3. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure satisfactory
ments as listed under the majors in the next section of the catalog. In completion of the certificate requirements. When all
addition to the course requirements, students should be aware of the requirements are completed or in-progress, students should
following guidelines. submit a Petition for Certificate of Proficiency form to the
1. Fifty percent (50%) of a certificate program must be taken in Evaluations Office. Petitions are available in the
residence at Palomar College. The remaining courses may Counseling Center, Transfer Center, Evaluations Office,
be completed at other accredited institutions. Substitutions or online.
or waivers must be approved by the appropriate Department 4. Petitions must be submitted no later than:
Chair/Director. Spring deadline – February 28th
2. A grade of ‘C’ or higher must be achieved in all certificate Summer deadline – June 30th
courses except where other grade requirements are specified Fall deadline – September 30th
by law. A Department Chair/Director may waive one (1) ‘D’ 5. Certificates of Proficiency are not awarded at the Palomar
grade with written justification. College Commencement Ceremony. Certificates will be
3. Equivalent courses from other institutions may be mailed to students following the close of the semester in
determined by the Evaluations Office with the exception which they apply.
of Water/Wastewater Technology Education. Certificate
credits or courses may be substituted or further Noncredit Certificate of Completion
equivalencies determined with written justification and (CN) Requirements
approval of the Department Chair/Director. Noncredit Certificates of Completion are designed to lead to improved
4. Continuous enrollment is defined as attendance in one employability or job opportunities that prepare a student to progress in
semester or two quarters (excluding summer) within a a career path or to undertake credit courses. In addition to course and
certificate requirements, students should be aware of the following:
56
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
1. All courses required for each certificate must be taken in
residence at Palomar College.
The California State University
2. A satisfactory grade must be achieved in all certificate course (CSU) System
work. The California System of State Universities and Colleges provides
3. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure satisfactory upper-division educational programs for California Community Col-
completion of the certificate requirements. When all lege transfer students.
requirements are completed or in-progress, students should Palomar College students wishing to transfer to a California State
submit an application for the certificate to the Evaluations University may choose from the following campuses:
Office. Applications are available in the Counseling Center,
Transfer Center, Evaluations Office, or online. Bakersfield (Q) California Maritime Academy (S)
4. Petitions must be submitted no later than: Cal Poly, Pomona (Q) Cal Poly, San Luis Obispo (Q)
Spring deadline – February 28th Channel Islands (S) Chico (S)
Summer deadline – June 30th Dominguez Hills (Q) Fresno (S)
Fall deadline – September 30th Fullerton (S) East Bay (Q)
5. Certificates of Completion are not awarded at the Palomar Humboldt (S) Long Beach (S)
College Commencement Ceremony. Certificates will be Los Angeles (Q) Monterey Bay (S)
mailed to students following the close of the semester in Northridge (S) Sacramento (S)
which they apply. San Bernardino (Q) San Diego (S)
San Francisco (S) San Jose (S)
Transfer Planning San Marcos (S) Sonoma (S)
Students planning to transfer to a four-year university have a wide Stanislaus (4-1-4)
variety of options. The California State University (CSU) with 23 S = Semester system; Q = Quarter system
campuses, the University of California (UC) with 9 campuses, and 77
Students planning to transfer to a California State University should
private, independent colleges in California provide a wide range of
plan a program to meet the admissions and graduation requirements
academic programs, physical and academic environments, and social
of the specific institution that they plan to attend. Due to budget
climates. Palomar College offers the equivalent of the first two years
constraints, the CSU System will have reduced enrollment
of these four-year college and university degrees. Students wishing to
spaces for new students. See a counselor to inquire about
pursue any of these educational alternatives should meet with a coun-
individual campus requirements.
selor as early as possible to discuss their educational plan.
Successful transfer planning requires the following steps: Upper Division Transfer Admission
• Selecting an academic/career goal Requirements
• Selecting an appropriate major to meet your goal Minimum eligibility requirements for admission include the
• Selecting the most suitable college or university following, but may not be competitive for all campuses and/
• Developing and completing a course of study in preparation for or majors:
transfer
1. Have a college grade point average of 2.0 or better (2.4 for
• Completing the application process, it is advisable to apply
non-California residents) in all transferable college units
to more than one university
completed.
Students are encouraged to take advantage of the resources and as- 2. Are in good standing at the last college or university attended,
sistance available in the Transfer Center to successfully complete the i.e., you are eligible to re-enroll.
steps listed above. 3. Have completed or will complete prior to transfer at least 30
semester units (45 quarter units) of courses which include
To prepare for transfer, students must decide which campus they will English Composition, Oral Communication, Critical Thinking,
attend through research in the Transfer Center, located in the SSC and Mathematics, with grades of ‘C’ or better in each course.
Building, and consult a counselor for the specific requirements for 4. Have a total of 60 CSU transferable units.
that particular campus and to create a written educational plan. All
Please be advised that these are minimum entrance requirements, and
colleges and universities have specific admission requirements, and
that they do not guarantee admission to any of the 23 CSU cam-
may have course and unit requirements as well as minimum grade
puses. Many CSU campuses are currently requiring completion of all
point averages that must be met prior to transfer. Four-year colleges
general education courses, as well as completion of all lower division
and universities require students to complete specific general edu-
major preparatory course work offered at the community college
cation requirements and major preparation requirements. Students
you are attending. GPA requirements will vary with the applicant pool.
should complete as many of these requirements as possible before
Prospective transfer students are urged to make an appoint-
they transfer. Palomar College maintains articulation agreements with
ment with a counselor to begin their transfer planning early.
many colleges and universities which list courses that satisfy general
education requirements and lower division major preparation for
Application Filing Periods
transfer.
All California State Universities use a common admission process.
Some campuses require supplemental application materials. Students
must apply online at www.csumentor.edu. Most campuses will ac-
knowledge receiving your application within two to four weeks.
57
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Fall Semester or Quarter 2011 October 1, 2010 Foreign, Military, CLEP Information
Summer Semester or Quarter 2011 February 1, 2011 Palomar College will not include foreign course work, military
Winter Quarter 2012 June 1, 2011 training, or CLEP tests on the GE certification. Due to the varying
policies in the acceptance of foreign transcripts, military schooling,
Spring Semester or Quarter 2012 August 1, 2011 and CLEP scores, the determination regarding their use is left to the
NOTE: Filing an application on time, correctly, and completing transfer institution.
the required follow-up steps can make the difference between
being accepted or not. Petition for Certification
Upon enrollment in final requirements, students should submit a Pe-
General Education/Breadth Options tition for Graduation/Transfer Certification form to the Evaluations
All campuses of the CSU system require a minimum of 48 semester Office in the Student Services Center, room SSC-40. To be eligible for
units of general education. Thirty-nine of these units may be taken certification, 12 of the required 39 semester units must be completed
at community colleges. Students may fulfill the lower division general at Palomar College.
education requirements prior to transfer by completing one of the
following three options:
AREA A: ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMU-
1. The California State University General Education NICATION AND CRITICAL THINKING
Certification pattern which will fulfill the lower division 9 units – one course required from each group below.
general education/breadth requirements for all CSU Minimum grade of ‘C’ required.
campuses. A1. Oral Communication
2. The Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum Speech 100
which will fulfill the lower division general education/ breadth A2. Written Communication
requirements for all CSU and most UC campuses. English 100
3. The specific lower division general education/breadth A3. Critical Thinking
requirements of the campus to which they intend to transfer. English 202, 203
The California State University General Education Certification Philosophy 102, 115, 120
pattern is listed below, and the Intersegmental General Education Reading 120
Transfer Curriculum pattern is listed on page 61. Students should Speech 105
consult a Palomar College counselor to determine which option is
best suited for their educational objective. AREA B: SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY AND
QUANTITATIVE REASONING
General Education Certification
9 units – one course required from each group below. A lab
Certification is a legal agreement between CSU and community col-
course must be taken in either group 1 or 2.
leges in California to assure that CSU lower division general educa-
tion requirements have been satisfied. B1. Physical Science
Astronomy 100, 105L, 120
Upon student request the Evaluations Office at Palomar College will Chemistry 100, 104, 105, 110, 110L, 115, 115L, 205,
provide certification of appropriate general education course work. 210, 220, 221
Official transcripts from other colleges and universities, Advanced Earth Sciences 100, 115
Placement exams, and International Baccalaureate exams must be on Geography 100, 100L, 110, 115, 125
file before submitting the petition, and will be reviewed for inclusion Geology 100, 100L, 110, 120, 125, 150, 150L
in the certification process. Oceanography 100, 100L, 101
Physical Science 100, 100L, 101, 101L
California State University General Physics 101, 102, 120, 121, 200, 201, 230, 231, 232
Education (CSUGE) Requirements B2. Life Science
The following is a General Education pattern which will meet all low- Anthropology 100, 100L, 101
er-division General Education requirements at any CSU campus. Biology 100, 101, 101L, 102, 105, 106, 106L, 110, 114,
114L, 118, 118L, 130, 131, 131L, 135, 200, 201
Minimum Units Botany 100, 101, 101L, 110, 115
A minimum of 39 semester units is required for full certification of Microbiology 200
lower-division general education requirements. Psychology 210
Grade Point Average Zoology 100, 101, 101L, 115, 116, 116L, 120, 135,
A minimum of 2.00 (‘C’ average) is required. 145, 145L, 200, 203
B3. Laboratory Activity
Advanced Placement Examinations This requirement may be met by the completion of any
Palomar College will accept AP exams toward fulfillment of CSU GE lab course above in B-1 or B-2. The lab and lecture
requirements. Please refer to the AP Exam Chart in Section 5 of the courses must be related subjects. Lab only courses
catalog for acceptable general education scores and placement. Please are identified with an ‘L’ and courses with labs included
see a counselor for AP acceptance toward major preparation and are underlined.
units toward transfer.
58
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
B4. Mathematics/Quantitative Reasoning AREA D: SOCIAL SCIENCES
(Minimum grade of ‘C’ required) 9 units – three courses required from at least two
Biology 215 disciplines.
Math 100, 105, 106, 110, 115, 120, 130, 135, 140, 141, 200,
205, 206, 245 D1. Anthropology and Archaeology
Psychology 205 Africana Studies 126
Sociology 205 American Indian Studies 130, 140
Anthropology 105, 107, 110, 115, 125, 126, 130, 137, 140,
150
AREA C: ARTS AND HUMANITIES
English 150
9 units – three courses required, with at least one in Arts
D2. Economics
and one in Humanities.
Economics 100, 101, 102, 110, 115
C1. Arts (Arts, Cinema, Dance, Music, Theatre) D3. Ethnic Studies
American Indian Studies 104, 105, 135 Africana Studies 100, 101, 102, 110, 120, 125
Architecture 120, 121, 155 American Indian Studies 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140,
Art 100, 102, 104, 105, 165, 166, 167, 168 165
Chicano Studies 135 American Studies 110, 200
Cinema 100, 102, 103, 110, 120, 122 Anthropology 105, 115, 130, 140
Dance 100, 101, 102, 105 Chicano Studies 101, 102, 120, 125
Fashion 130 History 150, 151
Graphic Communications 101 Judaic Studies 107
Interior Design 115, 120 Multicultural Studies 100, 110, 165, 200
Multicultural Studies 157 Religious Studies 107
Music 100, 101, 102, 103, 170, 171 Sociology 200
Photography 125 D4. Gender Studies
Radio and Television 100 History 130
Theatre Arts 100, 140, 141, 150, 157 Psychology 130
C2. Humanities (Literature, Philosophy, Languages other than Sociology 115
English) D5. Geography
Africana Studies 115, 116 Geography 103, 105
American Indian Studies 100, 108A, 108B, 145, 150, 153, D6. History
154, 207A, 207B Africana Studies 101, 102
American Sign Language 100, 101, 110, 205, 206 American Indian Studies 101, 110
American Studies 100, 105 Chicano Studies 101, 125
Anthropology 135, 155 History 101, 102, 107, 108, 110, 121, 130, 140, 141, 150,
Arabic 101A, 101B, 102A, 102B, 201A, 201B 151, 152
Chicano Studies 100, 105, 110, 115, 130, 135, 155 Judaic Studies 107
Chinese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 130, 201, Religious Studies 102, 103, 107, 108
201A, 201B D7. Interdisciplinary, Social or Behavioral Science
English 205, 210, 211, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 230, 240, Child Development 100
245, 250, 255, 260, 265, 270, 280, 290 Fashion 132
English as a Second Language 101, 102, 103 Graphic Communicaitons-Multimedia and Web 100
Foreign Language 108A, 108B, 207A, 207B Speech 131
French 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201,202 D8. Political Science, Government and Legal Institutions
German 101, 101A, 101B, 102 102A, 102B, 201, 202 American Indian Studies 102
Graphic Communications 102 Africana Studies 110
History 105, 106 Chicano Studies 102
Humanities 100, 101 Political Science 100, 101, 102, 110
Italian 101, 102, 201, 201A, 201B D9. Psychology
Japanese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 201, 202 Child Development 110
Judaic Studies 106 Family and Consumer Sciences 101
Multicultural Studies 120, 122, 124 Psychology 100, 110, 120, 130, 225, 235
Philosophy 100, 101, 103, 105, 110, 250 Sociology 120
Religious Studies 101, 105, 106, 108, 110, 120, 124 D0. Sociology and Criminology
Spanish 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 201A, Administration of Justice 100
201B, 202 Africana Studies 120
Tagalog 101, 102, 201 American Indian Studies 125
American Studies 200
Chicano Studies 120
Child Development 115
59
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Communications 100, 105 Upper Division Transfer Admission
Multicultural Studies 200
Psychology 105, 120 Requirements
Sociology 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 130, 200 Minimum eligibility requirements for admission include the following,
Speech 120 but may not be competitive for all campuses and/or majors.
1. Complete 60 semester (90 quarter) units of transferable
AREA E: LIFELONG LEARNING AND college credit with a grade point average of at least 2.4 (2.8 or
SELF-DEVELOPMENT higher for non-resident students).
3 units – complete one course. 2. Complete the following course pattern, earning a grade of ‘C’
or better in each course:
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 150
a) Two transferable college courses in English composition
Biology 185
b) One transferable college course in mathematical concepts
Child Development 100
and quantitative reasoning
Computer Science and Information Technology 105
c) Four transferable college courses chosen from at least two
Counseling 110, 115, 120
of the following subject areas: the arts and humanities, the
Family and Consumer Sciences 105, 150, 165, 185
social and behavioral sciences, and the physical and biological
Health 100, 165
sciences.
Library Technology 154
Psychology 105, 115, 125, 145, 150 Application Filing Periods
Reading 110 The University of California system includes nine campuses. All cam-
Sociology 105, 125, 130, 145, 150 puses, except for the San Francisco Medical School, follow similar en-
Speech 115 trance requirements and use a common application form. However,
individual campuses may impose additional entrance criteria for im-
AMERICAN HISTORY AND pacted majors and programs. Consult the university catalog, a mem-
INSTITUTIONS REQUIREMENT ber of the Palomar College counseling staff, or http://www.assist.org
All CSU campuses require completion of American History and In- for specific information. Applications may be accessed at http://www.
stitutions courses. The following courses at Palomar have been ap- universityofcalifornia.edu.
proved to meet this requirement. Complete one pair of courses: Berkeley and Merced:
Africana Studies 101 and 102 Fall Semester 2011 Nov. 1 – 30, 2010
American Indian Studies 101 and 102
Chicano Studies 101 and 102 All other campuses:
History 101 and 102 Fall Quarter 2011 Nov. 1 – 30, 2010
History 140 and 141 Winter Quarter 2012 July 1 – 31, 2011
Political Science 101 and 102 Spring Quarter 2012 Oct. 1 – 31, 2011
NOTE: Courses approved for IGETC will meet these admissions re-
The University of California (UC) quirements for the University of California.
System Students may transfer up to 70 UC transferable community college
The University of California is an integral part of the public education
units to the UC. A minimum 2.4 GPA is required for admission, but
system of California. The campuses of the University of California are
most of the UC campuses use a 2.8 or higher GPA depending upon
located in:
the major.
Berkeley (S) Davis (Q)
Irvine (Q) Los Angeles (Q)
Detailed information on how to make up missing high school subjects
Merced (S) * Riverside (Q)
is available in the Counseling and Transfer Centers. A complete listing
Santa Barbara (Q) Santa Cruz (Q)
of all Palomar courses which transfer to the UC campuses is available
San Diego (Q) San Francisco (Q) +
at http://www.assist.org.
S = Semester system; Q = Quarter system
+ San Francisco is primarily for graduate level medical studies General Education/Breadth Options
Each school and college at every UC campus has its own general
Each campus of the University of California accepts course work education/breadth requirements. Students may fulfill the lower divi-
from the California Community Colleges system designated as UC sion general education/breadth requirements at any UC campus by
transferable at full unit value. Students intending to transfer to the completing one of the following two options:
university will find it advantageous to complete their lower division
requirements at Palomar College. To prepare for transfer, students 1. The Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum
must decide which college they will attend through research in the (IGETC) which will fulfill the lower division general education/
Transfer Center, SSC Building, and consult a counselor for the spe- breadth requirements for all UC and CSU campuses.*
cific requirements for that particular campus and to create a written 2. The specific lower division general education/breadth
educational plan. requirements of the campus to which they intend to transfer.
60
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
The Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum follows UCSD University Link Program
below and is also listed on the Assist website at http://www.assist. Graduating North County high school seniors are eligible for this
org. Students should consult a Palomar College counselor to de- program which promotes preparation for guaranteed admission to
termine which option is best suited for their educational objective. UCSD. This program links Palomar students with counselors from
Palomar and UC San Diego. Contact the Counseling Center for ad-
* Use of the IGETC to satisfy lower-division General Education ditional information.
requirements is either not allowed under some circumstances or
not recommended for some majors. Consult a counselor regard- University of California, Santa Barbara
ing these restrictions.
(UCSB)
General Education Certification Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Santa Bar-
Certification is a legal agreement between UC and community col- bara, which guarantees admission to the university; however, not a
leges in California to assure that UC lower division general education guarantee into the major.
requirements have been satisfied.
University of California, Santa Cruz (UCSC)
The entire pattern must be completed prior to transfer. Upon enroll- Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Santa Cruz,
ment in final requirements, the student should submit a Petition for which guarantees admission to the university; however, not a guaran-
Graduation/Transfer Certification form, along with the Advising Guide tee into the major.
(signed by a Counselor) to the Evaluations Office. Official transcripts
from other colleges and universities, Advanced Placement exams, and Intersegmental General Education
International Baccalaureate exams must be on file before submitting
the petition, and will be reviewed for inclusion in the certification
Transfer Curriculum (IGETC)
process.
Requirements – UC/CSU
Transfer Admission Guarantee Programs Please read before following the IGETC
Palomar College has transfer admission guarantee programs with The IGETC is a general education pattern which will meet all lower-
seven campuses of the University of California. All of these agree- division general education requirements at all CSU or most UC cam-
ments guarantee admission into the university and some guarantee puses.
admission into the major. It should be noted that completion of the IGETC is not a require-
ment for admission to CSU or UC, nor is it the only way to fulfill the
Each Transfer Admission Guarantee program varies in regard to eli- lower-division general education requirements of the CSU or UC prior
gibility, terms of transfer, minimum grade point average (GPA), etc. to transfer. Depending upon a student’s major and field of interest, the
Visit the Transfer Center or the Transfer Center web page at http:// student may find it advantageous to fulfill the CSU general education re-
www.palomar.edu/counseling/transfercenter for additional updated quirements, or those of the UC campus or college to which the student
information. plans to transfer. Some colleges within the UC system will not accept
IGETC. It is strongly recommended that students consult with a
The following is a list of UC campuses with which Palomar College counselor to determine which general education pattern is the
has admission guarantee programs. These Transfer Admission Guaran- most appropriate for them.
tee programs are referred to as TAGs.
Rules for using the IGETC pattern
University of California, Davis (UCD) 1. Upon enrollment in final requirements, the student must
Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Davis, which
submit a Petition for Graduation/Transfer Certification form
guarantees admission to the university and to most majors.
to the Evaluations Office.
University of California, Irvine (UCI) 2. All IGETC courses must be completed with a grade of ‘C’ or
Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Irvine, which better. A ‘C-’ is not acceptable.
guarantees admission to the university and to most majors. 3. UC transfers need not complete the Oral Communication
requirement (Area 1, Group C).
University of California, Merced (UCM) 4. CSU transfers need not complete the Language Other Than
Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Merced, English requirement. It is recommended that CSU
which guarantees admission to the university and to all majors. transfers complete the U.S. History, Constitution, and
American Ideals requirement prior to transfer.
University of California, Riverside (UCR) 5. Some UC transferable courses have credit limitations.
Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC Riverside, Specific limitations are indicated with the course descriptions
which guarantees admission to the university and all majors. in the PC Catalog or available on the assist website at
http://www.assist.org.
University of California, San Diego (UCSD) 6. Some UC campuses may not allow use of the IGETC for
Palomar College participates in a TAG program with UC San Diego, students who were previously enrolled at a UC campus.
which guarantees admission to the university; however, not a guaran- See your counselor for these restrictions.
tee into the major. 7. Palomar can certify coursework completed at other
California Community Colleges provided that it appears on
61
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
their IGETC course list. Coursework completed at other AREA 3: ARTS AND HUMANITIES
colleges and universities may be included with approval from (3 courses, 9 semester units)
PC faculty and the Evaluations Office. CLEP credit or foreign Three courses required, with at least one from Arts and one from
coursework will not be included on the IGETC certification. Humanities.
8. Advanced Placement (AP) exams can be used to satisfy
many course requirements on IGETC. Please refer to the AP 3A. Arts Courses
Exam Chart in Section 5 of the catalog or to the Articulation American Indian Studies 104, 105, 135
web site (www.palomar.edu/articulation/) for acceptable Architecture 120, 121
scores and placement. See a counselor for AP acceptance Art 100, 165, 166, 167, 168
toward major prep and units toward transfer. Credit will be Cinema 100, 102, 103, 110, 120, 122
given for only one course per area. Dance 100, 101, 102,105
9. International Baccalaureate (IB) exams can be used to satisfy Music 100, 101, 102, 170, 171
many course requirements on IGETC. Please refer to the IB Photography 125
Exam Chart in Section 5 of the catalog to the Articulation Theatre Arts 100, 140, 141, 150
web site (www.palomar.edu/articulation/) for acceptable
scores and placement. See a counselor for IB acceptance 3B. Humanities Courses
toward major prep and units toward transfer. Credit will be Africana Studies 115, 116
given for only one course per area. American Indian Studies 100, 145, 150
10. If transferring to a UC, a high school transcript demonstrat- American Studies 100, 105
ing 2 years of the same foreign language with a final grade of Anthropology 135, 155
‘C’ or better will satisfy Area 6. An official high school Arabic 201A, 201B
transcript must be on file with the Records Office. Chicano Studies 100, 105, 110, 115, 130, 135, 155
11. Students wishing to use a course to meet an IGETC Chinese 130, 201, 201A, 201B
requirement must be sure that the course is on the approved English 205, 210, 211, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 230, 240,
list during the academic year in which it is taken. Refer to 245, 250, 255, 260, 265, 270, 280, 290
the statement and semester approval lists following the French 201, 202
IGETC pattern. German 201, 202
12. For partial IGETC certification information, make an Graphic Communications 102
appointment with a counselor through the Counseling Center. History 105, 106
Humanities 100, 101
AREA 1: ENGLISH COMMUNICATION
Italian 201, 201A
CSU: 3 courses, 9 semester units
Japanese 201, 202
UC: 2 courses, 6 semester units
Judaic Studies 106
(1 each from groups A and B)
Multicultural Studies 120, 122, 124
1A: English Composition Philosophy 100, 101, 103, 105, 110, 135, 136
(1 course, 3 semester units) Religious Studies 101, 105, 106, 108, 110, 120, 124
English 100 Spanish 201, 201A, 201B, 202
Tagalog 201
1B: Critical Thinking-English Composition
(1 course, 3 semester units) AREA 4: SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL
English 202, 203
Philosophy 115 SCIENCES
(3 courses, 9 semester units)
1C: Oral Communication – CSU only Three courses required from at least two disciplines. Cross listed
(1 course, 3 semester units) courses, or those which appear in more than one group, may be
Speech 100 counted only once.
4A. Anthropology and Archaeology
AREA 2: MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS Africana Studies 126
AND QUANTITATIVE REASONING American Indian Studies 130, 140, 165
(1 course, 3 semester units) Anthropology 105, 107, 110, 115, 125, 126, 130, 140, 150
English 150
Biology 215
Mathematics 110, 120, 130, 135, 140,141, 200, 205, 206,
4B. Economics
245
Economics 100, 101, 102, 110, 115
Psychology 205
Sociology 205
4C. Ethnic Studies
Africana Studies 100, 101, 102, 110, 120, 125
American Indian Studies 101, 102, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130,
140
62
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information
American Studies 110, 200 210, 220, 221
Anthropology 105, 115, 130, 140 Earth Science 100
Chicano Studies 101, 102, 120, 125 Geography 100, 100L, 110, 115, 125
History 150, 151 Geology 100, 100L, 120, 125, 150, 150L
Judaic Studies 107 Oceanography 100, 100L, 101
Multicultural Studies 100, 110, 165, 200 Physical Science 100, 100L.
Religious Studies 107 Physics 101, 102, 120, 121, 200, 201, 230, 231, 232
Sociology 200
5B. Biological Science Courses
4D. Gender Studies Anthropology 100, 100L, 101
History 130 Biology 100, 101, 101L, 102, 105, 106, 106L, 110, 114,
Psychology 130 114L, 118, 118L, 130, 131, 131L, 135, 200, 201
Sociology 115 Botany 100, 101, 101L, 115
Microbiology 200
4E. Geography Psychology 210
Geography 103, 105 Zoology 100, 101, 101L, 115, 116, 116L, 120, 135,
145, 145L, 200, 203
4F: History
American Indian Studies 101, 102
Chicano Studies 101, 125
Area 6: LANGUAGE OTHER THAN
History 101, 102, 107, 108, 110, 121, 130, 140, 141, 150, ENGLISH – UC ONLY
151, 152 Satisfy one of the following:
Judaic Studies 107 1. Proficiency equivalent to two years of high school study in
Religious Studies 102, 103, 107, 108 the same language with a grade of ‘C’ or better.
2. One of the following courses completed with a grade of ‘C’
4G. Interdisciplinary, Social or Behavioral Science or better: American Sign Language 100, Arabic 101B, Chinese
101, 101B, French 101, 101B, German 101, 101B, Italian 101,
4H. Political Science, Government and Japanese 101, 101B, Spanish 101, 101B, Tagalog 101
Legal Institutions 3. Any Palomar College foreign language course beyond the
Africana Studies 110 elementary level.
American Indian Studies 102, 110
Chicano Studies 102 CSU GRADUATION REQUIREMENT IN
Political Science 100, 101, 102, 110, 125
U.S. HISTORY, CONSTITUTION, AND
4I. Psychology AMERICAN IDEALS
Child Development 100 • Not part of IGETC; may be completed prior to transfer.
Psychology 100, 110, 120, 125, 130, 225, 235 • Complete one of the following pairs of courses:
Sociology 120, 125 Africana Studies 101 and 102; American Indian Studies 101 and 102;
Chicano Studies 101 and 102; History 101 and 102; History 140 and
4J. Sociology and Criminology
141; Political Science 101 and 102
Administration of Justice 100
The IGETC program began in Fall 1991. Course work completed
American Indian Studies 120, 125
prior to that term may be used for IGETC if it appeared on the 1991-
American Studies 200
92 IGETC course list. All courses taken in Fall 1991 or later must be
Chicano Studies 120
on the approved IGETC list at the time they were taken. Courses
Communications 100, 105
added to the IGETC list are listed below with their approval date. It is
Multicultural Studies 200
important for students to have an updated list each year while at the
Psychology 105, 120, 125
Sociology 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 200 community college.
Speech 120 FALL 1992 Additions:
AJ 100; BIOL 131L; BOT 115; CHEM 210; COMM 100, 105; ENG 202,
AREA 5: PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL 203; FREN 220, 225, 230; GEOG 110; MATH 200; MUS 170; PHIL 115;
RUSS 220; ZOO 120, 145
SCIENCES
(2 courses, 7-9 semester units) FALL 1993 Additions:
Two courses required - one Physical Science and one Biological Sci- BIOL 102, 118; CS 125; ENG 270, 280; MATH 150; MCS 165; SPCH 120;
ence course. At least one must include a laboratory. Lab only courses ZOO 145L, 203
are indicated with an L, and courses with a lab included are underlined.
FALL 1994 Additions:
5A. Physical Science Courses No additions
Astronomy 100, 105L, 120
Chemistry 100, 104, 105, 110, 110L, 115, 115L, 205,
63
Section 6 - Graduation and Transfer Information Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
FALL 1995 Additions: A good rule to follow for independent colleges as well as for out-of-
AMS 200; CINE 120; HIST 150, 151; MCS 200; SOC 200 state institutions is to expect full credit for courses which are parallel
in scope and content to courses offered for credit to lower division
FALL 1996 Additions: “native” students at those institutions. Articulation agreements for
AIS 165; AS 126; ANTH 126; ART 163, 164; HIST 107, 108; MUS 171; many independent institutions are available in the Counseling Center.
OCN 101; PSYC 205; SOC 205
FALL 1997 Additions: Independent colleges are flexible in admission policies and in awarding
FREN 201, 210; GERM 201, 210; ITAL 101; JAPN 201, 210; LAT 201, 210; credit. They invite interested students to make an appointment with
RUSS 201, 210; SPAN 201, 210 their Office of Admissions in order to discuss transfer opportunities
on a personal basis.
FALL 1998 Additions:
BIOL 107, 114, 118L; CHEM 102; DNCE 101; GEOG 115; HIST 109, Financial aid may be a primary factor in considering attending an in-
114; PHYS 115 dependent college. Most students cut the cost in half by attending the
community college to complete the lower division course work and
FALL 1999 Additions:
requirements. Information on financial aid and scholarships is available
AMS 110; MCS 110; OCN 115; PHSC 100L; PHYS 110; TAG 101
from the financial aid offices on independent college campuses as well
FALL 2000 Additions: as in the Financial Aid Office at Palomar College.
BIOL 114L
Students are advised to refer to the AICCU’s web site at www.aiccu.
FALL 2001 Additions: edu.
CHIN 130, 201; ITAL 201; TAG 201
FALL 2002 Additions: Private and Out-of-State Universities
ASL 100; CINE 102, 103; PHYS 101, 102, 200, 201 Palomar College offers courses similar to those offered in the lower
division, or the first two years, of four-year colleges and universities.
FALL 2003 Additions: Since course requirements for graduation vary between colleges, it
ANTH 100L; ENG 290 is to the student’s advantage to choose the college or university to
FALL 2004 Additions: which he or she plans to transfer as early as possible.
ENG 265
Students are advised to complete the courses at Palomar College
FALL 2005 Additions: which best satisfy the lower division course requirements at that par-
ANTH 125; GEOG 103: HIST 152; PSYC/SOC 105 ticular college or university to which he or she ultimately transfers.
Lower division course requirements typically include a set of general
FALL 2006 Additions
education courses as well as a sequence of courses in the student’s
ANTH 101; ARAB 101B, 201A, 201B; DNCE 102, MCS 122
chosen major field of study.
FALL 2007 Additions:
AMS 105; CHEM 104; CS 130, 135; MCS 120, 124; TA 150 Students are encouraged to meet with a counselor to develop an aca-
demic program best suited for their transfer institution and intended
FALL 2008 Additions:
major. The Transfer and Counseling Centers maintain materials to as-
BIOL 215; CHEM 205, 205L; CINE 122; DT 120, 121; HIST 121, 135;
sist students in their transfer planning.
JS 106, 107; MATH 245; PHIL 103; PSYC 225, 235; RS 102, 103, 106,
107, 124; SOC 130
FALL 2009 Additions:
AIS 104; ANTH 107, 145; CHIN 201A, 201B; GC 102, GEOG/GEOL
125; ITAL 201A; PSYC 130; RS 108; SPAN 201A, 201B; SPCH 125
FALL 2010 Additions:
BIOL/ZOO 135
Independent California Colleges and
Universities
There are 76 fully-accredited independent colleges and universities cur-
rently affiliated with the Association of Independent California Colleges
and Universities (AICCU) providing a host of options at undergraduate,
graduate, and professional levels for students planning to continue their
education beyond Palomar College.
Admissions policies vary widely from one school to another, and vir-
tually all institutions give full credit for general education courses and
usually for courses designated for transfer by the community college.
64
Section 7 - Programs and Course Offerings Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Three-Dimensional Arts
Section 7 Emphasis in Ceramics (AA)
Discipline and Program Offerings Emphasis in Crafts (AA)
Emphasis in Glass (AA)
AA: Associate in Arts Degree Emphasis in Jewelry and Metalsmithing (AA)
AS: Associate in Science Degree Emphasis in Sculpture (AA)
CA: Certificate of Achievement Art – Design...................................................................................108
CP: Certificate of Proficiency Graphic Design (AA)
Accounting ..................................................................................... 71 Art – Illustration ...........................................................................109
Accounting (AA, CA) Illustration (AA)
Bookkeeping/Accounting Clerk (CP) Astronomy ................................................................................... 110
Administration of Justice .............................................................. 72 Astronomy (AA, CA)
Administration of Justice – General (AA) Athletics and Competitive Sports ............................................. 111
Administration of Justice – Homeland Security (AA)
Administration of Justice – Investigations (AA) Automotive Technology .............................................................. 112
Administration of Justice – Law Enforcement (AA) Auto Collision Repair (AA, CA)
Basic Police Academy (CA) Auto Chassis and Drive Lines (AA, CA)
Electronic Tune-Up and Computer Control Systems (AA, CA)
Africana Studies . ........................................................................... 75 Mechanics – General (AA, CA)
Africana Studies (CP)
Automotive Technology (ROP) . ................................................. 277
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies....................................................76 Auto Collision Repair (AA, CA)
Alcohol and other Drug Studies (AA, CA)
Aviation Sciences . ....................................................................... 114
American Indian Studies . ............................................................. 77 Aviation Operations and Management (AA, CA)
American Indian Studies (CA) Aircraft Commercial Pilot (AA, CA)
American Sign Language .............................................................. 79 Biology . ........................................................................................ 116
ASL/English Interpreter Training Program (AA, CA) Biology – General (AA, CA)
American Studies .......................................................................... 81 Biology – Preprofessional (AA, CA)
Anthropology ................................................................................. 82 Botany .......................................................................................... 119
Archaeological Excavator (CA) Business ........................................................................................ 119
Archaeological Surveyor and Laboratory Assistant (CA) Advertising, Marketing, and Merchandising (AA, CA)
Archaeology (AA) Business Administration (AA)
Apprenticeship Training ................................................................ 84 Business – General (AA)
Acoustical Installer (AA, CA) E-Business (CP)
Carpentry (AA, CA) Entrepreneurship (CP)
Drywall/Lather (AA, CA) Internet
Electrician (AA, CA) Emphasis in Business Education (AA, CA)
Inside Wireman (AA, CA) Retail Management (CA)
Plasterer (AA, CA) Salesperson – Retail (CP)
Residential Wireman (AA, CA) Business Management ................................................................. 124
Sheet Metal (AA, CA) Business Management (AA, CA)
Sound and Communication Systems Installer (AA, CA)
Sound Technician (AA, CA) Cabinet and Furniture Technology ............................................. 125
Cabinetmaking and Furniture Design (AA, CA)
Arabic ..............................................................................................99 Cabinetmaking and Millwork (AA, CA)
Architecture . ................................................................................. 99 Furniture Making (AA, CA)
Architectural Drafting (AA, CA) Chemistry .................................................................................... 130
Architecture (AA) Chemistry (AA, CA)
Eco Building Professional (CA)
Chicano Studies ........................................................................... 131
Art ................................................................................................ 101
Digital Animation, Compositing and Music (CP) Child Development ..................................................................... 132
Graphic Design (AA) Assistant Teacher (CP)
Illustration (AA) Early Childhood Administration (AA, CA)
Interactive Media Design Early Intervention Assistant (AA, CA)
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation (AA, CA) Early Intervention Teacher (AA, CA)
Emphasis in Multimedia Design (AA, CA) Infant/Toddler Teacher (AA, CA)
Pictorial Arts Preschool Teacher (AA, CA)
Emphasis in Painting (AA) School Age Assistant (CP)
Emphasis in Printmaking (AA) Working with Families (AA, CA)
66
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 7 - Programs and Course Offerings
Chinese ......................................................................................... 138 Culinary Arts (ROP)......................................................................279
Cinema ......................................................................................... 139 Culinary Arts (AA, CA)
Cinema (AA, CA) Culinary Skills (CP)
Patisserie and Baking (CP)
Communications ......................................................................... 140
Public Relations (CP) Dance . .......................................................................................... 157
Dance (AA, CA)
Computer Science and Information Systems -- Computer Science .... 141
Computer Science (AA, CA) Dental Assisting ........................................................................... 163
Computer Science with Emphasis in Dental Assisting (Registered Dental Assistant) (AA, CA)
Video Gaming (AA, CA) Diesel Mechanics Technology . .................................................... 164
Java Software Development (CP) Diesel Technology (AA, CA)
Linux (CP)
Disability Resource ................................. …………………………. 165
Mac Programming (CP)
Video Game Artist (CP) Drafting Technology . ................................................................... 166
Video Game Developer (CP) Computer Assisted Drafting (AA, CA)
Drafting Technology – Multimedia (AA, CA)
Computer Science and Information Systems -- Database....... 144 Drafting Technology – Technical (AA, CA)
Microsoft SQL Database Administrator (CP) Electro-Mechanical Drafting and Design (AA, CA)
Oracle Database (CP) Interactive Media Design
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation (AA, CA)
Computer Science and Information Systems --
Emphasis in Multimedia Design (AA, CA)
Information Technology................................................................ 145
Earth Sciences ............................................................................. 170
Information Technology (AA, CA)
Microsoft Office User Specialist (CP) Economics .................................................................................... 170
Visual Basic (CP) Economics (AA, CA)
Web 2.0 (CP) Education ..................................................................................... 171
Computer Science and Information Systems -- Networking . 148 Electrician Trainee ....................................................................... 171
Cisco (CP) Electrician Trainee (CA)
Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Electro-Mechanical Equipment Technician ................................ 172
Cisco and Linux Management (AA, CA) Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic (CA)
Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Maintenance Mechanic (CP)
Cisco and Microsoft Management (AA, CA)
Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Emergency Medical Education ................................................... 172
Microsoft and Linux Management (AA, CA) EMT-Basic (CP)
Desktop Support Specialist - MCSA (CP) Paramedic Training (AA, CA)
Network Engineer - MCSE (CP) Engineering .................................................................................. 176
Computer Science and Information Systems -- Web Technology . 151 Engineering (AA)
Web Developer with Emphasis in English .......................................................................................... 177
Java/Open Source (CP) English (AA)
Web Developer with Emphasis in English as a Second Language .................................................... 180
Windows (CP)
Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in Entertainment Technology............................................................181
Linux (CP) Entertainment Technology (CA)
Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in Family and Consumer Sciences . ................................................ 182
Windows (CP) Family and Consumer Sciences – General (AA, CA)
Fashion ......................................................................................... 183
Computer Science and Information Systems (ROP) .............. 277 Fashion: Buying and Management (AA, CA)
Software Applications Specialist (CP) Fashion Design/Technical (AA)
Construction Inspection ............................................................. 152 Fashion Merchandising (AA)
Construction Inspection (AA, CA) Fire Technology ............................................................................ 186
Cooperative Education ............................................................... 153 Fire Technology – Emergency Management (AA, CA)
Counseling . .................................................................................. 154 Fire Technology – General (AA, CA)
Culinary Arts..................................................................................155 Foreign Languages ....................................................................... 189
Culinary Arts (AA, CA) (See Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish, Tagalog)
Culinary Skills (CP) French . ......................................................................................... 190
Patisserie and Baking (CP) French (AA, CA)
67
Section 7 - Programs and Course Offerings Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
General Studies ........................................................................... 191 Japanese......................................................................................... 214
General Studies Journalism .................................................................................... 214
Arts and Humanities Emphasis (AA) Broadcast Journalism (CP)
Science and Mathematics Emphasis (AA) Journalism (AA, CA)
Social and Behavioral Sciences Emphasis (AA)
Judaic Studies ............................................................................... 215
Geography .................................................................................... 192
Advanced Geographic Information Systems (AA, CA) Legal Studies . .............................................................................. 216
Geographic Information Systems (CP) Legal Studies (AA)
Legal Support Assistant (CP)
Geology ........................................................................................ 193
Geology (AA) Library Technology ...................................................................... 217
Library Technology (AA, CA)
German ........................................................................................ 195
Mathematics ................................................................................ 218
Graphic Communications ........................................................... 195 Mathematics (AA)
Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing..................... 196 Medical Assisting . ........................................................................ 220
Digital Arts (CP) Administrative Medical Assisting (AA, CA)
Digital Imaging (AA, CA) Clinical Medical Assisting (AA, CA)
Digital Prepress Operator (CP)
Digital Publishing (CP) Microbiology ................................................................................ 221
Electronic Publisher (CP) Multicultural Studies ................................................................... 222
Graphic Communications Emphasis in Electronic Publishing (AA, CA) (See also Africana Studies, American Indian Studies, American Studies, Chicano
Graphic Communications Emphasis in Management (AA, CA) Studies, Judaic Studies)
Graphic Communications Emphasis in Production (AA, CA) Music . ........................................................................................... 222
Screen Printer (CP) Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music (CP)
Screen Printing (AA, CA) Music (AA)
Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web......................... 201 Noncredit ......................................................................................284
Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music (CP) Adult Basic Education
Digital Media (CP) Adult Basic Education Certificate of Completion
Digital Video (AA, CA) Basic Education
E-Commerce Design (CP) Career and Technical Education
Interactive Media Design Citizenship
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation (AA, CA) Disability Education
Emphasis in Multimedia Design (AA, CA) English as a Second Language
Interactive Web Multimedia and Audio (AA, CA) English as a Second Language Certificate of Completion
Internet Home Economics Education
Emphasis in Graphic Communication (AA, CA) Health and Safety Education
Internet Publisher (CP) Older Adult Education
New Media Compositing, Authoring, and Distribution (AA, CA)
Video Game Artist (CP) Nursing Education ....................................................................... 228
Web Data Base Design (CP) Nursing (AA)
Web Graphics (CP) Nursing (AS)
Web Motion Graphics (CP) AA in Nursing for LVNs
AS in Nursing for LVNs
Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing (ROP) ........ 280 AA or AS in Nursing for Diploma RNs
Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web (ROP) ............ 281 Non-degree 30 unit option for LVNs
Health ........................................................................................... 208 Oceanography .............................................................................. 231
History . ........................................................................................ 208 Office Information Systems . ...................................................... 232
Humanities . ................................................................................. 209 Administrative Assistant (AA, CA)
Data Entry(CP)
Industrial Technology . ................................................................. 209 International Administrative Assistant (AA, CA)
Insurance ...................................................................................... 210 Legal Secretary (AA, CA)
Commercial and Personal Insurance Services (AA, CA) Medical Office Management (AA, CA)
Insurance Services (CP) Medical Language Specialist (AA, CA)
Interior Design . ........................................................................... 210 Receptionist (CP)
Interior Design (AA, CA) Virtual Assistant (CP)
International Business ................................................................. 212
International Business (AA, CA) Optical Technology (ROP) .......................................................... 281
Italian . .......................................................................................... 213 Philosophy .................................................................................... 236
68
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 7 - Programs and Course Offerings
Photography . ............................................................................... 237 Theatre Arts ................................................................................ 263
Commercial Photography (CP) Entertainment Technology (CA)
Digital Imaging (AA, CA) Theatre Arts (AA)
Fine Art Photography (CP) Theatre Arts - Emphasis in Acting (AA)
Photography (AA, CA) Theatre – Technical (CA)
Physical Education ....................................................................... 240 University Studies . ...................................................................... 267
Adult Fitness/Health Management (CA) California State University General Education Breadth(CA)
Physical Education (AA) Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum (CA)
University Studies - Emphasis in Business (AA)
Physical Science ........................................................................... 245
University Studies - Emphasis in Culture and Society (AA)
Physics .......................................................................................... 245 University Studies - Emphasis in Education (AA)
Political Science ........................................................................... 246 University Studies - Emphasis in Fine and Performing Arts (AA)
Psychology . .................................................................................. 247 University Studies - Emphasis in Health and Fitness (AA)
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies (AA, CA) University Studies - Emphasis in Humanities (AA)
Psychological and Social Services (AA, CA) University Studies - Emphasis in Mathematics and Science (AA)
University Studies - Emphasis in Media and Communication (AA)
Public Administration . ................................................................ 249 University Studies - Emphasis in Social Sciences (AA)
Public Administration (AA, CA) University Studies - Emphasis in World Languages (AA)
Public Works Management ......................................................... 249 Upholstery .................................................................................. 270
Public Works Management - Level I (AA, CA) Upholstery (CP)
Public Works Management - Level II (AA, CA)
Wastewater Technology Education ............................................ 271
Radio and Television . ................................................................... 251 Wastewater Technology Education (AA, CA)
Broadcast Journalism (CP)
Digital Media (CP) Water Technology Education . .................................................... 272
Digital Video (AA, CA) Water Technology Education (AA, CA)
Entertainment Technology (CA) Welding ........................................................................................ 273
Radio and Television (AA, CA) Entry-Level Gas Metal Arc/Flux Cored Arc Welding (CP)
Reading ......................................................................................... 254 Entry-Level Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (CP)
Entry-Level Shielded Metal Arc Welding (CP)
Real Estate ................................................................................... 254 Welding Technology (AA, CA)
Escrow (AA, CA)
Real Estate Appraisal License Preparation (CP) Women’s Studies ......................................................................... 275
Real Estate Broker License Preparation (AA, CA) Women’s Studies (AA)
Real Estate Salesperson License Preparation (CP) Zoology . ....................................................................................... 275
Recreation .................................................................................... 257
Outdoor Leadership (AA, CA)
Recreation Agency Leader (AA, CA)
Regional Occupational Program ................................................ 277
See:
Automotive Technology (ROP)
Computer Science and Information Systems (ROP)
Culinary Arts (ROP)
Graphic Communications (ROP)
Optical Technology (ROP)
Religious Studies . ........................................................................ 258
Sociology ........................................................................................ 258
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies (AA, CA)
Psychological and Social Services (AA, CA)
Spanish ......................................................................................... 261
Speech .......................................................................................... 262
Speech Communication (AA)
Tagalog ......................................................................................... 263
69
Section 7 - Programs and Course Offerings Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Course Information
Students are held responsible for understanding and fulfilling all require-
ments presented herein, and for understanding and fulfilling any changes
in those requirements which may have occurred since the printing of the
catalog. Students are advised to check at the division or department levels
for these changes.
Course Numbering System
Palomar College operates on a semester system.The course numbering system
has meaning with regard to level and transfer. The college numbering system,
effective summer 1990, is as follows:
1 – 49: Remedial or college preparatory courses which do not apply toward
an A.A. degree and which are not intended for transfer to another commu-
nity college or four-year college or university.
50 – 99: Courses which apply toward an AA degree but which are not
intended for transfer to a four-year college or university.
100 – 299: Courses which count toward an AA degree and/or are intended
for transfer to a four-year college or university (refer to Transfer Identification
below). Freshman-level courses are generally given numbers from 100 – 199,
and sophomore-level courses are generally given numbers from 200 – 299.
Courses numbered 100 through 299 are intended as lower division transfer-
able course work. The final decision in regard to transferability rests with
the institution to which the credits are transferred.
Numbers in parentheses indicate the units granted for a course.
Transfer Identification
Courses at Palomar College which transfer to public four-year universities in
California are identified at the beginning of each course description with the
abbreviation CSU and/or UC.
The notation CSU means the course will transfer to the 23 campuses of the
California State University system.
The notation UC means the course will transfer to the 9 campuses of the
University of California system.
70
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Accounting
COURSE OFFERINGS
Accounting (ACCT)
See also Business ACCT 103 Financial Accounting (4)
4 hours lecture
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. Corequisite: ACCT 104
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Office: B-18 Financial accounting theory, principles, and procedures. Application of theory and
practice to the accounting cycle and to systems design. An emphasis on both the
Associate in Arts Degrees - preparer and the information user will be stressed.
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Accounting ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Laboratory (1)
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Certificates of Achievement - Corequisite: ACCT 103
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 Transfer acceptability: CSU
(green pages). Application of fundamental spreadsheet concepts, principles, and commands in
• Accounting working with templates and modeling problems in accounting principles.
Certificates of Proficiency - ACCT 105 Individual Income Taxes (4)
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 4 hours lecture
• Bookkeeping/Accounting Clerk Transfer acceptability: CSU
Tax planning and preparation topics for individuals including filing status, exemp-
PROGRAMS OF STUDY tions, income and exclusions, business expenses, itemized deductions, credits,
capital gains, depreciation tax payments, California Personal Income Tax.
Accounting
The Associate in Arts Degree and/or Certificate of Achievement in Accounting is ACCT 107 Taxation of Business Entities (4)
designed to prepare the graduate for entry into positions in industry, public ac- 4 hours lecture
counting firms, government, and nonprofit organizations. The graduate will have Transfer acceptability: CSU
an understanding of accounting and business concepts. Taxation from a business entities approach including business deductions, loss-
es, property transactions, and tax credits. Topics will include rules related to
A.A. Degree Major or corporations, partnerships, and S corporations.
Certificate of Achievement
ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting (4)
Program Requirements Units 4 hours lecture
ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ACCT 103
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ACCT 105 or Individual Income Taxes Accounting theory, principles, and procedures for financial statement analysis,
ACCT 107 Taxation of Business Entities 4 decentralized operations, cost concepts, cost accounting, budgeting, standard
ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting 4 costing, cost profit volume analysis, accounting control, differential analysis, capi-
ACCT 110 QuickBooks 2 tal budgeting, variable and absorption costing, responsibility accounting, capital
ACCT 115 Sales/Payroll Tax/and Employee Benefits 2 investment analysis, and income taxes.
ACCT 120 Financial Statement Analysis 3
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3 ACCT 110 QuickBooks (2)
BUS 115 Business Law 3 4 hours lecture/laboratory
BUS 125 or Business English Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ACCT 103, or BUS 105
BUS 205 Business Writing 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSIT 105 or Computer Concepts and Applications Applying the computer in the study of accounting principles with emphasis on
CSIT 120/ planning and analysis. Students prepare data and enter accounting transactions,
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3 which are used as input for QuickBooks Pro in order to yield the various ac-
TOTAL UNITS 32 counting statements as output.
Recommended Electives: BUS 100, 116, 140; OIS 101, 115; CE 100 ACCT 115 Sales Tax, Payroll Taxes, and Employee Benefits (2)
2 hours lecture
Bookkeeping/Accounting Clerk Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides a knowledgeable background in all phases and aspects of sales tax and
Provides a program to prepare the student for an entry-level
payroll accounting. Surveys the various tax procedures required by the employer
Bookkeeping/Accounting Clerk position.
and employee in filing the correct forms for social security, and federal and state
income tax returns. Worker’s compensation and state disability benefits will be
Certificate of Proficiency
discussed, as well as pensions, health plans, vacation and sick leave, and other
Program Requirements Units employee benefits.
ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4
ACCT 104 or Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1 ACCT 120 Analysis of Financial Statements (3)
BUS 105 and Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4 3 hours lecture
BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab .5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ACCT 103
ACCT 110 QuickBooks 2 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ACCT 115 Sales Tax, Payroll Taxes, and Employee Benefits 2 Exploration of the characteristics of financial statements and analysis of reported
results from such statements. How to apply ratios to financial statements and to
TOTAL UNITS 8.5 - 9
interpret outcomes in order to draw various inferences and/or conclusions from
the results.
71
Accounting-Administration of Justice Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ACCT 197 Accounting Topics (.5 - 4) *Cooperative Education must be related to this major.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/labora-
tory may be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Administration of Justice - Homeland Security
Transfer acceptability: CSU This program prepares students for a career in the public or private job sector
Note: May be taken 4 times providing security services to institutions, government entities (Department of
Homeland Security and Transportation Security Administration), and the general
ACCT 205 Cost Accounting (3) public. This program will give students general knowledge and skills of Homeland
3 hours lecture Security.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ACCT 108
Transfer acceptability: CSU A.A. Degree Major
A study of the fundamental principles of cost accounting, including the elements
of production costs, cost estimations, byproducts and joint products, spoilage and Program Requirements Units
scrap materials, and systems of cost distribution such as standard cost, job order, AJ 100 Introduction To Criminal Justice 3
and process flow. AJ 101 Criminal Evidence 3
AJ 102 Criminal Procedures 3
AJ 103 Community Relations 3
Administration of Justice (AJ) AJ 104 Criminal Law 3
Contact Public Safety Programs for further information. AJ 106 Police Ethics 3
(760) 744-1150, ext.1722 AJ 151 Introduction to Terrorism 3
Office: PSTC, 182 Santar Place, San Marcos AJ 152 Weapons of Mass Destruction 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. AJ 153 Issues in Homeland Security 3
AJ 180 Criminology 3
Associate in Arts Degrees - AJ 280 Internship – A Service Learning Experience 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). or
• Administration of Justice - General *CE 100 Cooperative Education 3
• Administration of Justice - Homeland Security FIRE 131 Emergency Preparedness 3
• Administration of Justice - Investigations TOTAL UNITS 36
• Administration of Justice - Law Enforcement
*Cooperative Education must be related to this major.
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). It is recommend that a student working towards an associate degree in Home-
• Basic Police Academy land Security take two of the following courses: POSC 110; SOC 110; and/or
PSYC 120.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Administration of Justice – Investigations
Administration of Justice – General
This program prepares students for a career in the public or private sector
This program prepares students for a career in the criminal justice system or providing general knowledge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques of
private security services. The program will give students general knowledge and forensic science and investigation in the criminal justice system.
skills in theory, principles, and techniques of law enforcement agencies and pri-
vate security services. A.A. Degree Major
A.A. Degree Major Program Requirements Units
AJ 100 Introduction To Criminal Justice 3
Program Requirements Units AJ 101 Criminal Evidence 3
AJ 100 Introduction To Criminal Justice 3 AJ 102 Criminal Procedures 3
AJ 101 Criminal Evidence 3 AJ 103 Community Relations 3
AJ 102 Criminal Procedures 3 AJ 104 Criminal Law 3
AJ 103 Community Relations 3 AJ 106 Police Ethics 3
AJ 104 Criminal Law 3 AJ 110 Basic Criminal Investigation 3
AJ 106 Police Ethics 3 AJ 141 Enforcement Psychology 3
AJ 180 Criminology 3 AJ 180 Criminology 3
AJ 280 Internship – A Service Learning Experience 3 AJ 210 Basic Crime Scene Forensic Science 3
or AJ 211 Fingerprint Identification 3
*CE 100 Cooperative Education 3 AJ 280 Internship -- A Service Learning Experience 3
Electives (Select 12 units) or
AJ 50 POST Perishable Skills .5 *CE 100 Cooperative Education 3
AJ 51 First Aid/CPR Update .5 TOTAL UNITS 36
AJ 52 Racial Profiling .5
AJ 53 Instructor Development 2.5 *Cooperative Education must be related to this major.
AJ 65 Preparation for Law Enforcement 3
AJ 72 Police Academy Orientation and Leadership 3
AJ 82 Law Enforcement Career Strategies 3
Administration of Justice–Law Enforcement
AJ 97 Topics In Administration Of Justice .5 - 20 This program prepares students with the general knowledge and skills required
AJ 140 Criminal Justice in the 21ST Century Field Study 1.5 for a career in municipal and county law enforcement as a sworn peace officer.
AJ 175 Narcotics 3
AJ 197 Topics In Administration Of Justice .5 - 6
TOTAL UNITS 36
72 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Administration of Justice
A.A. Degree Major Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
A POST-approved perishable skills course for active full time peace officers or
Program Requirements Units
active reserve peace officers that are currently employed by a law enforcement
AJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3
agency. This course is an overview of emergency medical care terminology and
AJ 101 Criminal Evidence 3
procedures required for peace officers when responding to victims where as-
AJ 102 Criminal Procedures 3
sessment of treatment and possible basic life support maneuvers will be required.
AJ 103 Community Relations 3
AJ 104 Criminal Law 3
AJ 52 Racial Profiling (.5)
AJ 106 Police Ethics 3
½ hour lecture
AJ 110 Basic Criminal Investigation 3
Prerequisite: Must be an active full time peace officer or active reserve peace of-
AJ 115 Patrol Procedures 3
ficer and currently employed by a law enforcement agency
AJ 131 Juvenile Justice 3
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
AJ 141 Enforcement Psychology 3
A POST-approved course for active full time peace officers or active reserve
AJ 180 Criminology 3
peace officers that are currently employed by a law enforcement agency. This
AJ 280 Internship -- A Service Learning Experience 3
course clarifies what constitutes racial profiling, conceptually and legally.
or
*CE 100 Cooperative Education 3
AJ 53 Instructor Development (2.5)
TOTAL UNITS 36 2½ hours lecture
Prerequisite: Must have successfully completed a POST Certified Basic Police Academy,
*Cooperative Education must be related to this major. and/or is a subject matter expert on a topic that is taught in the Basic Course
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
Basic Police Academy A POST-approved course that is designed to develop competency in the follow-
ing areas: role and responsibility of the basic course instructor, adult learning
The Basic Police Academy Certificate of Achievement is a series of courses which principles, lesson planning, presentation skills, facilitation skills, learning resources
when combined satisfy mandated training requirements for a California Basic and evaluation methods. This program consists of 40 hours of instruction and
Peace Officers Standards and Training (P.O.S.T.) certificate. The program is certi- competency demonstration.
fied and prepares the student for work as a law enforcement officer in the State
of California. AJ 65 Preparation for Law Enforcement (3)
Admission to the program is by special application. To be eligible for consider- 3 hours lecture
ation, the applicant must (1) be free of felony conviction or conviction of a misde- Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
meanor which prohibits possession of a firearm, (2) be eligible for English 50, (3) This course will provide an educational overview of the hiring process of law
possess a valid driver’s license, (4) pass written, oral and physical fitness examina- enforcement agencies and prepare the serious candidate for law enforcement
tions, (5) pass a medical examination, (6) be 18 years old, and (7) pass Department employment to successfully complete the pre-employment testing and screening
of Justice clearance. process. It will take the student from the written test all the way through to the
oral interview.
In addition to passing the required college examinations, the student must obtain
passing scores on each P.O.S.T. Learning Domain Examination, and all skills/lab AJ 72 Police Academy Orientation and Leadership (3)
portions of the Academy. 3 hours lecture
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
Each block must be completed in sequential order within the same Academy. The development of critical thinking and physical fitness skills that lead to suc-
cessful completion of the Police Academy program.
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units AJ 75 Spanish for Law Enforcement (3)
AJ 90 Basic Police Academy I 20 3 hours lecture
AJ 91 Basic Police Academy II 18.5 Basic conversational Spanish with emphasis on law enforcement situations.
AJ 92 Basic Police Academy III 19
AJ 83 Law Enforcement Career Strategies (3)
TOTAL UNITS 57.5 3 hours lecture
This course is designed to address student’s expectations and concerns of a law
COURSE OFFERINGS enforcement career. Topics will range from the application and hiring process to
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. realistic techniques and practices for safe operational procedures in a variety of
law enforcement job settings. Students will be given tools and strategies to cope
AJ 50 POST Perishable Skills (.5) with the interpersonal demands and the inherent traumas of the career as well
1½ hours laboratory as information to aid in assessing the risk and rewards of the career. The course
Prerequisite: Must be an active full time peace officer or active duty reserve peace will be taught by instructors who have had long careers or who currently serve
officer and currently employed by a law enforcement agency. as peace officers.
Recommended preparation: Law enforcement field experience
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times AJ 90 Basic Police Academy I (20)
A POST-approved perishable skills course for active full time peace officers or 18½ hours lecture-4½ hours laboratory
active reserve peace officers that are currently employed by a law enforcement Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass Grading; may not be taken as an audit. May
agency. This course covers tactical firearms, driver training/awareness, arrest and be taken 4 times.
control, tactical communications, and interpersonal communication skills. This Block 1 of the Basic Police Academy Certificate of Achievement is a series of
course meets the POST Continuing Professional Training (CPT) requirements. major objectives which when combined satisfy mandated training requirements
for California Basic Peace Officers Standards and Training (P.O.S.T.) certificate.
AJ 51 First Aid/CPR Update (.5) The program is certified and prepares the student for work as a law enforcement
½ hour lecture officer in the State of California.
Prerequisite: Must be an active full time peace officer or active reserve peace of-
ficer and currently employed by a law enforcement agency. AJ 91 Basic Police Academy II (18.5)
15½ hours lecture-9 hours laboratory
73
Administration of Justice Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AJ 90 AJ 110 Basic Criminal Investigation (3)
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass Grading; may not be taken as an audit. 3 hours lecture
May be taken 4 times. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Block 2 of the Basic Police Academy Certificate of Achievement is a continuation Fundamentals of investigation, search, collection and preservation of physical
in a series of major objectives which when combined satisfy mandated training evidence, scientific aids, modus operandi, source of information, interviews and
requirements for California Basic Peace Officers Standards and Training (P.O.S.T.) interrogations, and incident reporting.
certificate. The program is certified and prepares the student for work as a law
enforcement officer in the State of California. AJ 115 Patrol Procedures (3)
AJ 92 Basic Police Academy III (19) 3 hours lecture
16 hours lecture-9 hours laboratory Responsibilities, techniques, and methods of police patrol.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AJ 91
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass Grading; may not be taken as an audit. AJ 131 Juvenile Justice (3)
May be taken 4 times. 3 hours lecture
Block 3 of the Basic Police Academy Certificate of Achievement is the culmination Transfer acceptability: CSU
of a series of major objectives which when combined satisfy mandated training The organization, functions, and jurisdiction of juvenile agencies; the processing
requirements for California Basic Peace Officers Standards and Training (P.O.S.T.) and detention of juveniles; juvenile case disposition; juvenile statutes and court
certificate. The program is certified and prepares the student for work as a law procedures. Includes youth subcultures and delinquency and the varied philoso-
enforcement officer in the State of California. phies underlying their existence.
AJ 97 Topics in Administration of Justice (.5 - 20) AJ 140 Criminal Justice in the 21st Century–
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- Field Study (1.5)
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory or lecture/labora- 4½ hours laboratory
tory may be scheduled by the department. Refer to class schedule. Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass Grading. May be taken 4 times. This course will be a study of local, state and federal courts, correctional institu-
Topics in Administration of Justice. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. tions and law enforcement agencies. Knowledge will be obtained by site visita-
Course title will designate subject covered. tions, personal interviews and tours.
AJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) AJ 141 Enforcement Psychology (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Designed to assist the peace officer’s understanding of the psychological dilemma
A comprehensive overview of the American Criminal Justice System. History, of law enforcement. Victimology, diversity, politics, and the tactical aspect of the
theories, and philosophy of the three parts of the criminal justice system includ- criminal justice system will be evaluated from a psychological perspective.
ing law enforcement, courts, and corrections. Relevant sociological and economic
issues, past and present, will be addressed. AJ 151 Introduction to Terrorism (3)
AJ 101 Criminal Evidence (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture This course is designed to educate the student in the enforcement issues and
Transfer acceptability: CSU future of terrorism around the world. Domestic and international terrorism will
The kinds and degrees of evidence and the rules governing the admissibility of be covered. This course will assist the student in obtaining employment in the
evidence in court. field of Law Enforcement and Homeland Security.
AJ 102 Criminal Procedures (3) AJ 152 Weapons of Mass Destruction (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU A description of actions required in response to a Weapons of Mass Destruction
Review of the criminal justice system; criminal procedures from incident to final (WMD) event. Instructions for all levels of responders. Discussions include early
disposition; principles of constitutional, federal, and state laws as they apply to, and warning systems, intelligence gathering, roles of various law enforcement agencies,
affect the administration of justice. public health threats, and identification of terrorist individuals and groups.
AJ 103 Community Relations (3) AJ 153 Issues in Homeland Security (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC A description of the Homeland Security Agency, its mission, structure and roles.
A study of the role of law enforcement and justice system participants. The ex- Discussions include future planning and strategies that address intelligence gath-
pectations and interrelationships between the various agencies and the public ering and assessment of information from domestic and international threats.
view/role toward establishing positive relationships. An overview of communica-
tion skills and the interaction between the criminal justice system and the mul- AJ 175 Narcotics (3)
ticultural society will be presented. Hate crimes, as well as prejudice, bias, and 3 hours lecture
discrimination will be addressed. A survey of laws and specific characteristics pertaining to hallucinogens, narcotics,
AJ 104 Criminal Law (3) marijuana, alcohol, and poisonous substances. It is designed to give the student
3 hours lecture conceptual insight into contemporary problems of vice, drugs, and legal social
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC issues related to dangerous drugs.
Historical development, philosophy, and constitutional provisions of law. Defini-
tions, classification of crimes, study of case law, and concepts of the law as a social AJ 180 Criminology (3)
force. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
AJ 106 Police Ethics (3) A general study of crime, the science of crime and criminal behavior, the forms of
3 hours lecture criminal behavior and the causes of crime. Crime theories and sociological causes
Transfer acceptability: CSU of crime, types of crime, and issues of criminal behavior will also be addressed.
Designed to enable the student to explore and understand the potential ethi-
cal dilemmas that may confront administration of justice professionals. Morality,
ethics, justice and law will be studied from the perspective of a criminal justice
professional.
74 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Administration of Justice-Africana Studies
AJ 197 Topics in Administration of Justice (.5-6) COURSE OFFERINGS
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be AS 100 Introduction to the Historical Legacy
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. of Africana Peoples (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Topics in Administration of Justice. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. The ancient and modern histories and civilizations of Africana peoples. An empha-
Course title will designate subject covered. sis on the Africana presence and impact on global historical processes.
AJ 210 Basic Crime Scene Forensic Science (3) AS 101 African American History I (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Introduces various specialized disciplines including the crime lab functions, foren- Note: This course plus AS 102 meets the State requirement in American History and
sic instrumentation, forensic photography, crime scene processing, drug analysis, Institutions.
hair and fiber analysis, questioned documents, and fingerprint usage. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - maximum credit for one pair: AS 101-102 or
HIST 101-102
AJ 211 Fingerprint Identification (3) African Americans in the history of the United States from Africa through Recon-
3 hours lecture struction with particular emphasis on the trans Atlantic slave trade; the colonial
This course reviews the history and application of fingerprinting for personal period; the Revolution; constitutional development; development of the plantation
identification including recognition of patterns and classification of fingerprints. system, slavery on and off the plantation; the free Negro in the North and South;
The student will also experience practical problems involving locating, developing, westward expansion and frontier influences; emergence of sectionalism, the anti
lifting and photographing latent prints. Courtroom testimony and exhibits will slavery movement; impact of, and contributions to, the Civil War; Reconstruction
also be covered. and post war adjustments; Black leadership; and the antebellum legacy.
AJ 212 Forensic Photography (3) AS 102 African American History II (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Techniques utilized in police photography are outlined and explored including Note: This course plus AS 101 meets the State requirement in American History and
crime scene and traffic collision photography, macro photography, microphotog- Institutions.
raphy, black/white and color photography, and photography equipment. Also dis- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - maximum credit for one pair: AS 101-102 or
cussed are topics such as low light or existing light photography, high speed film HIST 101-102
shooting, use of alternative light sources in photography, aerial photography, video Cultural, economic, and political development of African Americans in the United
recording, and presentation of photographic exemplars in court or trial. States since Reconstruction. Emphases on post Civil War difficulties; the West-
ward Movement; expressions of cultural identity; industrial development; impact
AJ 280 Internship - A Service Learning Experience (3) of World Wars I and II on urbanization and social mobility; expansion of govern-
9 hours laboratory ment activity; Civil Rights Era and modern militancy; Black leadership, and the
Transfer acceptability: CSU United States as a world power.
An opportunity for students to gain work and community service experience in
a law enforcement and/or civic/service agency. Students have an opportunity to AS 110 The Black and the United States Political System (3)
observe, participate in service activities and meet professional mentors in a job 3 hours lecture
setting. Service learning opportunities are paid or unpaid. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - maximum credit for one course: AS 110, AIS
102, CS 102
Surveys the role of Black people in the United States political system and institu-
Africana Studies (AS) tions. Examines the structure and functions of the American political system in re-
See also Multicultural Studies lation to issues which affect the American people as a whole and minority groups
in particular. A description and analysis of Federal, State, and local government
Contact the Multicultural Studies Department for further information. organizations as they relate to the group will be emphasized.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2206
Office: ST-28 AS 115 Introduction to Comparative Africana Literature (3)
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Certificates of Proficiency - Selected literatures of Africana peoples. Examination of the principles of aesthet-
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). ics, theme, philosophy and religion, and the impact of cross cultural exchanges on
• Africana Studies the literature.
PROGRAM OF STUDY AS 116 Introduction to the Literature and Arts
of Africana Civilizations (3)
Africana Studies 3 hours lecture
Provides background for upper division course work in Africana Studies and a Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
complementary base for students interested in many areas and professions in- Continuum in the development of African and Africana literature and other arts
cluding: Business Administration, Child Development, Law Enforcement, General from Ancient Africa to the present. Cross cultural exchanges affecting artistic and
Studies, Journalism, Liberal Arts and Sciences, Nursing, Radio and Television. literary evolution.
Certificate of Proficiency AS 120 Introduction to Africana Social
Institutions and Behavior (3)
Program Requirements Units 3 hours lecture
AS 100 Intro/Hist Legacy/Africana 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
AS 115 Intro/Comparative Africana Lit 3 Social institutions and their influence on the behavior of Africana peoples. Analysis
AS 116 Intro Literature/Arts Africana 3 of facts, principles, and concepts basic to understanding human behavior.
AS 120 Africana Social Institutions 3
AS 125 Africana People/World Politics 3
TOTAL UNITS 15
75
Africana Studies-Alcohol and Other Drug Studies Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AS 125 Africana Peoples and the World Political Economy (3) Group Two (Select 4-5 units)
3 hours lecture PSYC/SOC/
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC AODS 140 Introduction to Psychological and Social Services 3
Socio political economic institutions and forces operative in the Africana world. PSYC/SOC/
Analysis of the economic and political motives based in the slave trade, colonial- AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I 5
ism, and underdevelopment. TOTAL UNITS 37 - 38
AS 126 Cultures of Africa (3) Alcohol and Other Drug Studies is also listed in Psychology and in Sociology.
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as ANTH 126.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Introduction to the indigenous peoples and cultures of Africa. Brief prehistoric AODS 140 Introduction to Psychological and
and historic background of the continent. Comparative study of traditional cul- Social Services (4)
tures representative of the continent’s diversity. Focus on social, economic, politi- 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
cal, religious and aesthetic life, and culture change. Note: Cross listed as PSYC 140/SOC 140
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies treatment facility. An overview of the field of human services, including alcohol
(AODS) and other drug treatment. The roles of psychologists, sociologists, social workers,
family therapists, social service assistants and addiction counselors are compared
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information. and contrasted, and the issues they deal with are described. Through cooperative
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2329 efforts of provider agencies, the instructor, and the student, the skills utilized for
Offices: W-1 or W-16 entry-level employment are observed, practiced, and evaluated under supervision.
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
AODS 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies (3)
Associate in Arts Degrees - 3 hours lecture
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Note: Cross listed as PSYC 150/SOC 150
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies Transfer acceptability: CSU
Examines alcohol, tobacco and psychoactive drugs in society. Biological, psycho-
Certificates of Achievement - logical and socio-cultural factors of drug abuse and dependence will be explored.
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). The impact of addiction on families and society; contemporary treatment tech-
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies niques, and the addiction counseling profession will be covered.
PROGRAM OF STUDY AODS 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology of
Psychoactive Drugs (3)
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 155/SOC 155
Provides the student with the academic training and hands on experience for Transfer acceptability: CSU
entry-level employment in delivery of alcohol and other drug treatment services This course will examine how psychoactive drugs affect the nervous system.
in agency settings and serves as a preparation for California state examinations as Ways of classifying drugs will be identified including the processes of physical
a certified addictions treatment counselor by CAADE and as a certified alcohol- and psychological dependence, tolerance, withdrawal, and genetic predispositions.
ism and drug abuse counselor by CAADAC. Temporary and long-term affective, behavioral, cognitive, biological, and social
consequences of psychoactive drug use will be explored, including disorders such
A.A. Degree Major or as Korsakoff’s syndrome and other nutritional deficiencies.
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units AODS 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education (3)
PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3 3 hours lecture
PSYC/SOC/ Note: Cross listed as PSYC 160/SOC 160
AODS 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
PSYC/SOC/ This course will review historical and contemporary approaches for chemical
AODS 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology of Psychoactive Drugs 3 dependency, including prevention, intervention, and education. It will analyze the
PSYC/SOC/ progression of substance abuse and chemical dependency disorders and will eval-
AODS 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education 3 uate types of prevention, education, and intervention strategies.
PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior 3
PSYC/SOC/ AODS 250 Group Leadership and Process (3)
AODS 250 Group Leadership and Process 3 3 hours lecture
PSYC/SOC/ Note: Cross listed as PSYC 250/SOC 250
AODS 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
PSYC/SOC/ An introduction to the dynamics of group interaction, with emphasis upon the
AODS 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling 3 individual’s firsthand experience as the group studies itself under supervision.
PSYC/SOC/ Problems of communication, effective emotional responses, and personal growth
AODS 299 Directed Field Experience II 6 will be highlighted. The emphasis will be upon group process as a means of chang-
ing behavior.
Group One (Select 3 units)
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 AODS 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics (3)
SOC 110 Social Problems 3 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 255/SOC 255
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course reviews the principles and practices of addiction treatment includ-
76 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Alcohol and Other Drug Studies-American Indian Studies
ing screening, intake, orientation, assessment, treatment planning, counseling, case Electives
management, crisis intervention, education of clients and their families, refer- Complete a minimum of 6 units chosen from at least two categories.
ral, report and record keeping, and consultation. Legal and ethical standards of
practice for addictions counselors will be reviewed and included in this body of Arts
knowledge, skills, and attitudes. AIS 104 The Music of Native America 3
AIS 135 California Indian Arts 3
AODS 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling (3) AIS 145 American Indian Literature 3
3 hours lecture
History
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 260/SOC 260
AIS 110 History of the Plains Indian 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU
AIS 115 A History of Southwest Indians 3
This course is designed to explore methods of assisting family members and oth-
AIS 120 Indians of the Americas 3
ers to understand and to cope with the alcohol and drug abuse of alcoholics and
AIS/ANTH 140 The Original Californians 3
addicts. Several family therapy modalities will be explored. The approach will be
AIS 170 Political/History Problems and Issues of California Indians 3
experiential in format and students will participate in exercises that lead to the
development of these skills. Language
AIS 139 Native American Linguistics 3
AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I (5) AIS/FL 107A Elementary Luiseño IA 3
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory AIS/FL 107B Elementary Luiseño IB 3
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 298/SOC 298 AIS/FL 108A Elementary Luiseño IIA 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU AIS/FL 108B Elementary Luiseño IIB 3
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug AIS 151 Elementary Cupeño IA 3
treatment facility. The student intern will have an opportunity to observe human AIS 152 Elementary Cupeño IB 3
service providers working with clients in agency settings. Ethical guidelines for AIS 153 Elementary Cupeño IIA 3
helping professions, developing cultural competence, stages of change and moti- AIS 154 Elementary Cupeño IIB 3
vational interviewing as a helping style are discussed. Interns practice interviewing AIS/CS/FL 161 Elementary Classical Nahuatl 3
skills for increasing motivation for positive change.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
AODS 299 Directed Field Experience II (6) AIS 150 American Indian Philosophy and Religion 3
3 hours lecture - 9 hours laboratory AIS 155 American Indian Community Development 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AODS 140/SOC 140/PSYC 140 or AODS AIS 160 American Indian Education 3
298/SOC 298/PSYC 298 AIS 165 Native Women in the Americas 3
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 299/SOC 299 AIS 175 American Indian Science and Technology 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU TOTAL UNITS 21
Supervised internship in an alcohol and other drug treatment facility. This course
emphasizes advanced concepts in chemical dependency. Students refine their COURSE OFFERINGS
skills for the 12 core functions of effective clinical practice and compile a profes-
sional portfolio in preparation for the state certifying written exam. This course AIS 100 Introduction to American Indian Studies (3)
meets the 45-hour supervised practicum requirement for the California Certifi- 3 hours lecture
cation Board of Alcohol and Drug Counselors. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
American Indian cultures in North America are studied from early cultures to
contemporary society. A cross disciplinary approach examines applicable meth-
American Indian Studies (AIS) ods and theories from sciences and humanities.
Contact the American Indian Studies Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2425 AIS 101 The American Indian Frontier From
Office: P-8A Colonialism Through the Present (3)
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. 3 hours lecture
Note: This course plus AIS 102 meets the State requirement in American History
Certificates of Achievement - and Institutions.
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
• American Indian Studies The historical, economic, and cultural development of the American Indian in rela-
tion to European and American contact. Extensive use and analysis of historical
PROGRAM OF STUDY sources from the colonial period through the present.
AIS 102 The American Indian and the U.S. Political System (3)
American Indian Studies 3 hours lecture
The Certificate in American Indian Studies provides cultural knowledge and in- Note: This course plus AIS 101 meets the State requirement in American History
sight recognized by prospective employers such as state, federal, and tribal gov- and Institutions.
ernment agencies. Earning an AIS Certificate affords increased employment op- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – maximum credit for one course: AIS 102, AIS
portunities in such fields as archaeology, art, museums, education, social services, 110, CS 102
and resource management. Surveys the role of American Indian people in the U.S. political system and in-
stitutions. Includes an examination of American Indian political structures and
Certificate of Achievement functions from pre contact period to contemporary as well as analysis of Federal
Indian policy and leading issues and organizations that affect the American Indian
Program Requirements Units community.
AIS 100 Introduction to American Indian Studies 3
AIS 101 or The American Indian Frontier AIS 104 The Music of Native America (3)
AIS 102 Indian/U.S. Political System 3 3 hours lecture
AIS 105 History of Native American Arts 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
AIS 125 American Indians Today 3 Surveys both the traditional and contemporary Native American musical styles
AIS/ANTH 130 Prehistoric Cultures of North America 3 with an emphasis on North America. The impacts of Western influence are exam-
ined through the socio-cultural context of Native music.
77
American Indian Studies Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AIS 105 History of Native American Arts (3) The development of a greater sensitivity to the American Indian through analysis
3 hours lecture of ethnocentricism exhibited in contemporary American pluralistic society. This
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC will be done through the analysis of stereotyping, history, cultural practice, and
An historical survey encompassing North, Meso, and South American Indian arts contemporary issues.
from pre-Columbian through contemporary periods. American Indian art forms
are examined in terms of cultural context, history of styles, and artists. AIS 130 Prehistoric Cultures of North America (3)
3 hours lecture
AIS 107A Elementary Luiseño IA (3) Note: Cross listed as ANTH 130
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: AIS 107A+107B correspond to one year of high school foreign language Emphasis given to prehistoric cultural traditions of the Eastern Woodlands, Cen-
Note: Cross listed as FL 107A tral Plains, and Far Western United States and Canada. Special concern for ar-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC chaeological problems; reconstruction of these traditions and cultural changes.
This elementary level course is a study of the fundamentals of the Luiseño lan-
guage, one of the four indigenous languages of San Diego County. This course will AIS 135 California Indian Arts (3)
include a survey of Luiseño language phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar 3 hours lecture
with special emphasis on culturally relevant terminology. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Emphasis on the regional styles of California tribal arts with analysis of the social,
AIS 107B Elementary Luiseño IB (3) religious, political, and cultural contributions. A combination of lectures, slides,
3 hour lecture individual projects, small group discussions, field trips, and guest artists.
Recommended preparation: AIS/FL 107A
Note: AIS 107A + 107B correspond to one year of high school foreign language AIS 139 Native American Linguistics (3)
Note: Cross listed as FL 107B 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU
This elelmentary course is a continuation of AIS 107A and reviews the phonol- This introductory linguistics course will enable the student to create a practical
ogy, morphology, syntax and grammar of the Luiseño language, with continued orthography and a basic standardized grammar for an endangered language with
emphasis on culturally relevant terminology leading to increased proficiency in no written literary tradition.
expressing basic concepts both orally and in writing.
AIS 140 The Original Californians (3)
AIS 108A Elementary Luiseño IIA (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Note: Cross listed as ANTH 140
Recommended preparation: AIS/FL 107B Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: AIS 108A + 108B correspond to two years of high school foreign language. Native people of California: Their origin, language, arts, customs religion, folklore,
Note: Cross listed as FL 107B and music. Special emphasis on Southern California.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is an elementary review of grammar, composition, and continued AIS 145 American Indian Literature (3)
oral practice. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
AIS 108B Elementary Luiseño IIB (3) A survey of historical and contemporary American Indian literature. Examines
3 hours lecture traditional and contemporary genres.
Recommended preparation: AIS/FL 108A
Note: AIS 108A + 108B correspond to two years of high school foreign language. AIS 150 American Indian Philosophy and Religion (3)
Note: Cross listed as FL 108B 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This elementary course is a continued review of grammar, composition, and oral The principles of American Indian philosophy and religious rites practiced prior
practice. to extensive European contacts with North American tribes, and the subsequent
impact of European cultures on American Indian philosophy and religion.
AIS 110 History of the Plains Indian (3)
3 hours lecture AIS 151 Elementary Cupeño IA (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 3 hours lecture
An analysis of the Plains Indian. Examines lifestyles, mores, traditions, and tactics Note: AIS 151 + 152 correspond to one year of high school foreign language.
of war. Attention will be given to relations with the U.S. Government and to the Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
background and evolution of acculturations. Elementary grammar, composition, and oral practice.
AIS 115 A History of Southwest Indians (3) AIS 152 Elementary Cupeño IB (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: AIS 151 + 152 correspond to one year of high school foreign language.
A history, transculturation, and present culture of the Southwest Indians with Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
emphasis upon their retention of traditional customs. Elementary grammar, review, composition, and continued oral practice.
AIS 120 Indians of the Americas (3) AIS 153 Elementary Cupeño IIA (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: AIS 153 + 154 correspond to two years of high school foreign language.
A cross cultural study of American Indian Peoples in South America, Meso Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
America, and North America. Emphasis is placed on the contrast of societies as Elementary grammar, review, composition, and continued oral practice.
diverse as Incans, Amazonians, Eskimos, and Mayans.
AIS 154 Elementary Cupeño IIB (3)
AIS 125 American Indians Today (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Note: AIS 153 + 154 correspond to two years of high school foreign language.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Elementary grammar, review, composition, and continued oral practice.
78 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog American Indian Studies-American Sign Language
AIS 155 American Indian Community Development (3) AIS 207B Luiseno IIIB (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times Recommended preparation: AIS/FL 207A
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: Cross listed as FL 207B
Investigation and analysis of the relationship between the American Indian and Transfer acceptability: CSU
the non Indian in contemporary society with special emphasis on fieldwork and This intermediate level course is a continuation of the study of the language and
research to explore existing programs and to develop solutions to problems culture of the Luiseno people emphasizing oral, listening, and reading skills.
originating from these programs.
AIS 295 Directed Study in American Indian Studies (1, 2, 3)
AIS 160 American Indian Education (3) 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
The historical development of American Indian education. Emphasis is placed on syllabus.
traditional philosophies as well as American philosophies as they relate to the Independent study for students with demonstrated proficiency in American
educational process of the American Indian. Indian Studies to engage in self-directed projects or research outside the context
of regularly scheduled classes. Studies are supervised by an instructor.
AIS 161 Elementary Classical Nahuatl (3)
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as CS 161/FL 161 American Sign Language (ASL)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Contact the Speech Communication/Forensics/ASL Department for further
This is an introductory course on the Classical Nahuatl language of the Aztec information.
Empire. Students will acquire a basic knowledge of Nahuatl morphology and (760) 744-1150, ext. 2405
syntax. Office: IT-7A
AIS 165 Native Women in the Americas (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
3 hours lecture AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • American Sign Language/English Interpreter Training Program
Social and psychological comparison of the roles of native women in the Ameri-
cas. Areas of emphasis shall include: kinship, childbearing, leadership, and religious Certificates of Achievement -
roles. These will be examined in contemporary and traditional settings. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• American Sign Language/English Interpreter Training Program
AIS 170 Political/History Problems and
Issues of California Indians (3) PROGRAM OF STUDY
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC American Sign Language/
Examines the political structure and functions of American Indians in California
as they relate to federal, state, and local governments. Includes analysis of prob- English Interpreter Training Program
lems and issues relevant to California Indians through an historical, political, and Preparation courses (for students not already competent in signing): ASL 100,
economic framework. 100L, 101, 101L, 105, 205, 205L, 206, and 206L.
AIS 175 American Indian Science and Technology (3) A.A. Degree Major or
3 hours lecture Certificate of Achievement
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An introductory course in the development of scientific ideas in American In- Program Requirements Units
dian cultures as compared to other cultures in terms of context, practitioners, ASL 110 Awareness of Deaf Culture 3
and technological applications. Primary comparison is with conventional Western ASL 115 Perspective on Deafness 3
areas of physical, biological, and applied sciences derived from scientific method- ASL 208 Interpreting as a Profession 3
ology. ASL 210 Interpreting I 4
ASL 211 Interpreting II 4
AIS 197 American Indian Studies Topics (.5 - 4) ASL 215 Interpreting III 4
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required ASL 216 Interpreting IV 4
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be ASL 220 Specialized Settings of Interpreting 3
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. ASL 298 Fieldwork in Interpreting 1.5
Note: May be taken 4 times ENG 100 English Composition 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course TOTAL UNITS 33.5
syllabus.
Topics in American Indian Studies. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Upon successful completion of this program, students may elect to take a
Course title will designate subject covered. proficiency exam to determine eligibility for entry-level employment as ASL/
English interpreters.
AIS 207A Luiseno IIIA (3)
3 hours lecture COURSE OFFERINGS
Recommended preparation: AIS/FL 108B Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Note: Cross listed as FL 207A
Transfer acceptability: CSU ASL 97 Topics in American Sign Language (.5 - 4)
This intermediate level course is a study of the Luiseno language and culture(s), Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
focusing on intermediate level culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
on developing listening, oral, reading and writing skills in order to acquire profi- scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
ciency in Luiseno. Note: May be taken 4 times
The course objectives will depend on the specific topic covered. A set of
objectives will be developed for each topic class and included in an outline
developed by the instructor.
79
American Sign Language Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ASL 100 American Sign Language I (4) Note: May be taken 4 times.
4 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Topics in American Sign Language. See class schedule for specific topic covered.
Introduction to the practice and use of American Sign Language. Course title will designate subject covered.
ASL 100L American Sign Language I (Lab) (1) ASL 205 American Sign Language III (4)
3 hours laboratory 4 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’’ in ASL 100, or concurrent enrollment in ASL Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 101
100 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only, may be taken 2 times Intermediate language, phrasing, and communication skills in American Sign Lan-
Transfer acceptability: CSU guage.
Individualized program intended for students who wish to further improve their
ASL skills. Students will utilize videotapes, software, and workbooks in the Ameri- ASL 205L American Sign Language III (Lab) (1)
can Sign Language/English Interpreting Lab to improve comprehension of ASL 3 hours laboratory
sentences and stories. Through the use of video recording equipment, students Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 205, or concurrent enrollment in ASL
will have the opportunity to improve their expressive signing skills. Lab activities 205
are designed to provide students the opportunity to practice vocabulary and Note: Pass/No Pass grading only, may be taken 2 times
syntax taught in ASL 100. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Individualized program intended for students who wish to further improve
ASL 101 American Sign Language II (4) their ASL skills. Students will utilize videotapes, software, and workbooks in the
4 hours lecture American Sign Language/English Interpreting Lab to improve comprehension of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 100 advanced ASL sentences and stories. Through the use of video recording equip-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC ment, students will have the opportunity to improve their expressive and recep-
Continued development in American Sign Language. tive signing skills. Lab activities are designed to provide students the opportunity
to practice vocabulary and syntax taught in ASL 205.
ASL 101L American Sign Language II (Lab) (1)
3 hours laboratory ASL 206 American Sign Language IV (4)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 101, or concurrent enrollment in ASL 4 hours lecture
101 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 205
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only, may be taken 2 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU Advanced language, phrasing, and communication skills in American Sign Language.
Individualized program intended for students who wish to further improve their
ASL skills. Students will utilize videotapes, software, and workbooks in the meri- ASL 206L American Sign Language IV (Lab) (1)
can Sign Language/English Interpreting Lab to improve comprehension of ASL 3 hours laboratory
sentences and stories. Through the use of video recording equipment, students Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 206, or concurrent enrollment in ASL
will have the opportunity to improve their expressive signing skills. Lab activities 206
are designed to provide students the opportunity to practice vocabulary and Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
syntax taught in ASL 101. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Individualized program intended for students who wish to further improve
ASL 105 Fingerspelling (3) their ASL skills. Students will utilize videotapes, software, and workbooks in the
3 hours lecture American Sign Language/English Interpreting Lab to improve comprehension of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 100 advanced ASL sentences and stories. Through the use of video recording equip-
Note: May be taken 2 times ment, students will have the opportunity to improve their expressive and recep-
Transfer acceptability: CSU tive signing skills. Lab activities are designed to provide students the opportunity
Introduction to the American Manual alphabet (fingerspelling), including numbers, to practice vocabulary and syntax taught in ASL 206.
loan signs, acronyms and abbreviations commonly used in the Deaf community.
Extensive drills and practice in both expressive and receptive skills. ASL 208 Interpreting as a Profession (3)
3 hours lecture
ASL 110 Awareness of Deaf Culture (3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 206
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Develops insight into the value of interpreting as a profession. Includes instruction
An introduction to American Deaf Culture, the history, the community, and the on national testing standards, preparation for certification, and the necessity of
language. Deaf cultural values, characteristics, and dynamics will be discussed as ethics as outlined in the Interpreting Code of Ethics.
well as issues related to minority dynamics, the double/multiple minority experi-
ence, including but not limited to, Deaf African-Americans, Deaf Latinas/Latinos, ASL 210 Interpreting I (4)
Deaf Women, Deaf gays/lesbians, Deaf-blind, Deaf senior citizens, and the multiple 4 hours lecture
combinations of these. Organizations and individual perceptions of self in relation Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 110 and 206
to group identity, along with political views as examined through articles, books, Recommended preparation: ENG 100 and ASL 115
and videotaped interviews will be studied. Note: May be taken 4 times
ASL 115 Perspectives on Deafness (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture This course provides students with the cognitive skills necessary for interpret-
Transfer acceptability: CSU ing between American Sign Language and English, including discourse analysis of
The historical and current implications of deafness. Communication philosophies source language messages, paraphrasing and summarizing techniques, and identi-
and systems, educational approaches, and varying philosophies concerning the fication of main points. Emphasis is placed on the steps necessary to produce an
education and communicating techniques of the Deaf. equivalent target language message through translation, consecutive interpreting,
and peer collaboration. Students will begin to develop the skills and knowledge
ASL 197 Topics in American Sign Language (.5 - 4) necessary to become culturally sensitive, ethical, and professional interpreters.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Primary language of instruction for class lectures and discussion will be ASL. Stu-
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be dents are expected to have attained a reasonable level of competency in both ASL
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. and English in order to have access to class lectures and participate fully in class
discussions and activities, as instruction will occur in both languages.
80 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog American Sign Language-American Studies
ASL 211 Interpreting II (4) to observe qualified working interpreters in a variety of settings. Community
4 hours lecture service and classroom seminar discussions on professional, ethical, technical and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 208 and ASL 210 logistical aspects of interpreting will also be included in course content. Students
Recommended preparation: ENG 100 must demonstrate adequate ASL to English and English to ASL performance on
Note: May be taken 4 times an exit exam.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course is designed to improve student ability to perform the components
involved in the process of interpreting as learned in Interpreting I. Primary em- American Studies (AMS)
phasis is placed on the development of cognitive and linguistic skills, consecutive Contact the American Indian Studies Department for further information.
interpretation, and interpretation of interactive video dialogues between Deaf (760) 744-1150, ext. 2425
and hearing people. Students will begin applying skills learned to basic simultane- Office: P-8A
ous interpreting tasks. Further development of language fluency in both Ameri- For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
can Sign Language (ASL) and English should occur as a result of this course, as
instruction will occur in both languages. COURSE OFFERINGS
ASL 215 Interpreting III (4) AMS 100 American Culture and Identity (3)
4 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 211 and ASL 220 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Recommended preparation: ENG 100 Identity and values, such as the arts, beliefs, and social forms, as expressed in life-
Note: May be taken 4 times styles. Regional and interdisciplinary approaches will be used to build a dynamic
Transfer acceptability: CSU model of American culture and its impact on Americans and the world.
This course is a continuation of Interpreting II. Primary emphasis is placed on
the development of simultaneous ASL/English interpreting/transliterating tasks. AMS 105 American West: Images and Identities (3)
Further development of language fluency in both American Sign Language (ASL) 3 hours lecture
and English should occur as a result of this course. Development of multi-tasking Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
skills enables students to begin interpreting more complex discourse such as The study and exploration of the unique role of the American West in shaping
that in a higher register or of substantive cognitive-academic content. Students Native American and immigrant cultures is revealed through varied images in
are expected to have attained a reasonable level of competency in both ASL visual arts, literature, and music. These images, from deep spiritual metaphors
and English in order to have access to class lectures and participate fully in class to progressive impulses, influenced American values and dreams that prevail into
discussions and activities, as instruction will occur in both languages. today’s global arena. Students will examine and analyze various primary sources
available through archives and virtual exhibits.
ASL 216 Interpreting IV (4)
4 hours lecture AMS 110 Diverse Cultures in America Today (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 215 3 hours lecture
Corequisite: ASL 298 Note: Cross listed as MCS 110
Recommended preparation: ENG 100 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times An investigation of prevalent cultural trends in four groups of diverse ethnic and
Transfer acceptability: CSU cultural backgrounds in America -- African Americans, Latinos, Chinese, and peo-
This course is a continuation of Interpreting III. Emphasis is placed on the en- ple of Jewish heritage -- since World War II. Emphasis will be placed on the liter-
hancement of simultaneous ASL/English interpreting of complex discourse ary, musical, and artistic expressions of their heritage, social conditions, struggle
through increased fluency, speed and accuracy. Students will improve equivalence to become part of the main culture, and response to prejudice, racial, and reli-
between source and target language while performing simultaneous interpreting gious discrimination. Selections dealing with social conditions will include such
and/or transliterating tasks. Students are expected to have attained a reasonable diverse issues as family life, intergenerational conflicts, and religious traditions.
level of competency in both ASL and English in order to have access to class
lectures and participate fully in class discussions and activities, as instruction will AMS 182 Introduction to Arts Management (3)
occur in both languages. 9 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as ART 182/DNCE 182/MUS 182/ TA 182
ASL 220 Specialized Settings of Interpreting (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture An introduction to the principles and practices of arts management through an
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 206, or concurrent enrollment in ASL interdisciplinary study of management topics in the visual and performing arts.
206
Transfer acceptability: CSU AMS 183 Internship in Arts Management (3)
This course discusses professional, ethical, technical, and logistical factors involved 9 hours laboratory
when interpreting between American Sign Language and spoken English in various Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART/DANCE/MUS or TA 182
settings. Specialized settings introduced in this course include: educational, mental Note: Cross listed as ART 183/DNCE 183/MUS 183/TA 183
health, legal, medical, social services, business, religious, platform, and performing Transfer acceptability: CSU
arts. Telephone, Deaf-blind and oral interpreting will also be discussed. The pri- Practical experience in arts management in the visual and performing arts.
mary language of instruction will be American Sign Language.
AMS 200 Race, Class, and Ethnic Groups in America (3)
ASL 298 Fieldwork in Interpreting (1.5) 3 hours lecture
4½ hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as MCS 200/SOC 200
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASL 216, or concurrent enrollment in ASL Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – AMS/MCS/SOC 200 combined: maximum
216 credit, one course
Note: May be taken 2 times This course is designed to introduce the topics of intergroup relations in gen-
Transfer acceptability: CSU eral to superordinate-subordinate relations in particular, as exemplified in various
The purpose of this course is for students to apply skills and knowledge gained racial, ethnic, social class, and cultural groups. Emphasis is primarily on contem-
from previous interpreting coursework to actual interpreting assignments. Stu- porary relations in the United States, although a comparative perspective is also
dents will begin interpreting or transliterating, with appropriate supervision and offered.
in appropriate situations, for actual assignments. Students will have opportunities
81
Anatomy -Anthropology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
A.A. Degree Major
Anatomy
See Zoology Program Requirements Units
ANTH 100 Introduction to Biological Anthropology 3
ANTH 105 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3
Anthropology (ANTH) ANTH 110
ANTH 120
Introduction to Archaeology
Archaeological Excavation
3
3
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information. ANTH 121 Cultural Resource Management 2
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2330 ANTH 130/
Office: W-1 AIS 130 or Prehistoric Cultures of North America
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. ANTH/AIS 140 The Original Californians 3
ANTH 205 Advanced Archaeological Excavation 3
Associate in Arts Degrees - ANTH 210 Archaeological Surveying 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). ANTH 215 Archaeological Laboratory Analysis 3
• Archaeology ANTH 225 Historical Archaeology 3
Certificates of Achievement - Electives (Select 5 units from Groups One and/or Two)
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Group One
• Archaeological Excavator AIS 150 American Indian Philosophy and Religion 3
• Archaeological Surveyor and Laboratory Assistant ANTH 125 Evolution, Science & Religion 3
ANTH/AS 126 Cultures of Africa 3
PROGRAMS OF STUDY ANTH 135 Magic and Folk Religions 3
ANTH 145 Cultures of the Pacific Rim 3
Students desiring a career in the field of archaeology or other fields of anthropol- ANTH/CS 155 Ancient Civilizations of Meso America 3
ogy have the option of selecting a program leading to the Associate in Arts Degree ANTH 296 Special Problems in Anthropology 1, 2, 3
and/or one or two programs leading to Certificates of Achievement, depending GEOL 100 Physical Geology 3
upon their needs and desires.
Group Two (strongly recommended for focus on technical skills)
Archaeological Excavator ANTH 100L Biological Anthropology Laboratory 1
ANTH 220 Advanced Archaeological Surveying 3
Prepares student for employment as an archaeological site excavator. ANTH 297 Special Problems in Archaeology 1, 2, 3
ARCH/DT 125 AutoCAD Intro to Computer Aided Drafting 3
Certificate of Achievement CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship 2, 3
Program Requirements Units CSIT 135 Access 1
ANTH 100 Introduction to Biological Anthropology 3 GEOG 120 Intro Geog Info Sys/Software 4
ANTH 105 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 GEOG 132 Database Mgmt/Data Acquisition 4
ANTH 110 Introduction to Archaeology 3 GEOG 134 GIS Applications 2
ANTH 120 Archaeological Excavation 3 GEOG 136 Intermediate ArcGIS: GIS Analysis 2
ANTH/AIS 130 Prehistoric Cultures of North America 3 GEOG 138 GIS Internship 2
ANTH/AIS 140 or The Original Californians 3 PHOTO 230 Digital Darkroom 3
ANTH 121 and Cultural Resource Management 2 PSYC/SOC 205 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences 3
ANTH 297 Special Problems in Archaeology 2 TOTAL UNITS 34
ANTH 205 Advanced Archaeological Excavation 3
TOTAL UNITS 22 COURSE OFFERINGS
An activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all
Archaeological Surveyor and ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four Archeological Excavation
courses for credit).
Laboratory Assistant
Prepares student for employment as an archaeological surveyor and laboratory ANTH 100 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3)
assistant. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ANTH 100/100L and 101 combined: max
Certificate of Achievement credit, 4 units
Human bio cultural origins. The place of humans in nature. Fossil evidence for
Program Requirements Units human and other primate evolution; genetic variability; primate behavior; relation-
ANTH 100 Introduction to Biological Anthropology 3 ship of physical and cultural adaptations.
ANTH 105 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3
ANTH 110 Introduction to Archaeology 3 ANTH 100L Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1)
ANTH 120 Archaeological Excavation 3 3 hours laboratory
ANTH 205 or Advanced Archaeological Excavation Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ANTH 100, or concurrent enrollment in
ANTH 220 Advanced Archaeological Surveying 3 ANTH 100
ANTH 210 Archaeological Surveying 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ANTH 215 Archaeological Laboratory Analysis 3 This laboratory course provides an introduction to the methods and techniques
TOTAL UNITS 21 used in research in physical/biological anthropology. The topics under study in-
clude: the scientific method, principles of evolution, human genetics, human os-
teology, anthropometrics, forensic anthropology, anatomy and behavior of living
Archaeology nonhuman primates, and paleoanthropology.
Provides the student with training which will enhance employment opportuni-
ties as a para-professional archaeologist as well as sufficient background to begin
upper division work in anthropology.
82 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Anthropology
ANTH 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (4) ANTH 126 Cultures of Africa (3)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as AS 126
The lecture and laboratory course provides an introduction to the methods and Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
techniques used in research in biological anthropology. The topics under study Introduction to the indigenous peoples and cultures of Africa. Brief prehistoric
include: the scientific method, principles of evolution, human genetics, human os- and historic background of the continent. Comparative study of traditional cul-
teology, anthropometrics, forensic anthropology, anatomy and behavior of living tures representative of the continent’s diversity. Focus on social, economic, politi-
nonhuman primates, and paleoanthropology. cal, religious and aesthetic life, and culture change.
ANTH 105 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) ANTH 130 Prehistoric Cultures of North America (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as AIS 130
An introduction to the study of concepts, theories, and methods used in the Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
comparative study of sociocultural systems. The course typically includes sub- Emphasis given to prehistoric cultural traditions of the Eastern Woodlands, Cen-
jects such as subsistence patterns, social and political organization, language and tral Plains, Far Western United States, and Canada. Special concern for archaeo-
communication, family and kinship, religion, the arts, social inequality, ethnicity, logical problems, reconstruction of these traditions and cultural changes.
gender, culture change and the application of anthropological perspectives to con-
temporary issues. ANTH 135 Magic and Folk Religions (3)
3 hours lecture
ANTH 107 Language and Culture (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture Anthropological view of the relationships between magic and religion as ex-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC pressed in rituals, myths, and art is explored through a survey of the less formal
An introduction to linguistic anthropology, the study of language, culture and so- or minor religious systems of the world.
ciety from an anthropological perspective. Topics include the biology of language,
anthropological theories of language origin, language structure, the relationship ANTH 137 Medical Anthropology: Culture, Illness and Healing (3)
between language and culture, language variation, and nonverbal communication. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ANTH 110 Introduction to Archaeology (3) This course is a cross-cultural survey of health, illness and healing in small-scale
3 hours lecture societies as well as modern societies from a cultural, biological, and ecological
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC perspective. Topics covered include perceptions of the body, perceptions of dis-
An introduction covering the history, objectives, and methods of archaeology; ease, life phases, culture-specific syndromes, healing practices, healers, nutrition,
significant discoveries throughout the old and new worlds, and the history and and healing and medical systems.
nature of culture as revealed by archaeology as an anthropological study. Field
studies in local areas may be included. ANTH 140 The Original Californians (3)
3 hours lecture
ANTH 115 Comparative Societies (3) Note: Cross listed as AIS 140
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Native people of California: Their origin, language, arts, customs, religion, folklore,
A survey of the world’s diverse peoples and customs as presented in films, lec- and music. Special emphasis on Southern California.
tures, and case study readings.
ANTH 155 Ancient Civilizations of Meso America (3)
ANTH 120 Archaeological Excavation (3) 3 hours lecture
1 hour lecture-6 hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as CS 155
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Archaeological field techniques to include a minimum of 90 hours of in field expe- Civilizations of Pre Columbian Mexico and Central America with a focus on their
rience. Course will include excavation, use of instruments/tools, and preparation origins and achievements.
of a project analysis or report.
ANTH 205 Advanced Archaeological Excavation (3)
ANTH 121 Cultural Resource Management (2) 1 hour lecture-6 hours laboratory
2 hours lecture Recommended preparation: ANTH 120
Recommended preparation: ANTH 120 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
The historical, legal, and operational contexts of Cultural Resource Management Training in excavating archaeological features. Specialized field techniques, Ar-
(CRM or Applied Archaeology). Historical and legal contexts focus on key leg- chaeological theory as it applies to site interpretation.
islation, such as the National Historic Preservation Act and the California Envi-
ronmental Quality Act. The operational context focuses on the phases of CRM ANTH 210 Archaeological Surveying (3)
research in the context of technological innovations, budget and time constraints, 2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory
Native American consultation, and the goals of CRM technical reports. Recommended preparation: ANTH 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ANTH 125 Evolution, Science and Religion (3) Archaeological surveying techniques including field reconnaissance, use of topo-
3 hours lecture graphical maps, site recording, and preparation of a project analysis or report.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
The course focuses on the long-standing debate surrounding biological evolution ANTH 215 Archaeological Laboratory Analysis (3)
and various religious views of creation. The evidence and arguments offered for 2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory
and against evolution and creationist world views are examined in the context of Recommended Preparation: ANTH 120
science and the scientific method, the influence of cultural and personal values, Transfer acceptability: CSU
the nature and use of evidence, and the difference between knowledge and belief. Training in the laboratory analysis of stone, ceramic, bone, and other artifacts as
well as elementary archaeological theory, statistics, and report preparation.
83
Anthropology-Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ANTH 220 Advanced Archaeological Surveying (3) • Plasterer
2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory • Residential Wireman
Recommended preparation: ANTH 210 • Sheet Metal
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Sound and Communication Systems Installer
Advanced archaeological survey techniques including sample survey, site reloca- • Sound Technician
tion, and the use of Global Positioning System (GPS) and laser transit hardware
and software for site recordation, data conversion, site mapping, and the comple- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
tion of a mapping program.
A program for the training of apprentices, consisting of full‑time, on‑the‑job em-
ANTH 225 Historical Archaeology (3) ployment plus related classroom instruction.
2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory
Recommended preparation: ANTH 120 A CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT and/or JOURNEYPERSON
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading TRADE CERTIFICATE will be awarded to students for each program
Transfer acceptability: CSU successfully completed. Students who wish to obtain an Associate in
Method and theory of historical archaeology, including archival research, artifact Arts Degree may do so by fulfilling the general graduation require-
identification, and report preparation. Training in the location and interpretation ments in addition to the completion of the apprenticeship courses.
of archival documents, such as Franciscan Mission records, Spanish land grant
documents, homestead patents, Sanborn fire insurance maps, assessor’s records, A program is maintained for the training of apprentices in the trades as listed.
and historical topographic maps. Training in the identification of ceramic, glass and Students who wish to become apprentices should appear before the appropriate
metal artifacts and their associated function, method of manufacture, manufac- Joint Apprenticeship Committee. Training consists of full‑time work on‑the‑job
turer, and temporal distribution. supplemented by related classroom instruction. All students entered in the ap-
prenticeship work experience program are expected to enter AP WE 110, 111,
ANTH 296 Special Problems in Anthropology (1, 2, 3) 112, 113, or 114. A maximum of 16 units, Pass/No Pass only, may be earned in
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Cooperative Work Experience Education, not to exceed 8 units each semester.
Note: ANTH 296 and 297 may be taken 4 times as Archaeology AA degree electives
for a combined maximum of 6 units. Students whose work or attendance is not satisfactory may be dropped from the
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course program by the College, or other corrective measures may be taken by the Joint
syllabus. Apprenticeship Committee.The College grants academic credit for the successful
An individualized or group project in cultural or physical anthropology of any completion of the training program.
nature approved by the instructor and under the personal supervision of the
instructor. Upon completion of the training program, journeyperson trade certificates and
college achievement certificates are awarded at a special completion ceremony.
ANTH 297 Special Problems in Archaeology (1, 2, 3)
3, 6 or 9 hours laboratory The final digit in the course number indicates that period of apprenticeship.
Note: ANTH 296 and 297 may be taken 4 times as Archaeology AA degree electives
for a combined maximum of 6 units. SAFETY GLASSES - Education Code 32030‑32034 requires that safety glasses
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course be worn in those classes where eye damage might occur. Students in such classes
syllabus. will be so informed by their instructors. Glasses are available at the college book-
An individualized or group project in archaeology approved by the instructor and store.
under the personal supervision of the instructor.
Acoustical Installer (AP AC)
Apprenticeship Training (AP) A three-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be di-
Acoustical Installer, Carpentry, Drywall/Lather, Electrician, rected to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee for South-
Inside Wireman, Plasterer, Residential Wireman, Sheet Metal, ern California, San Diego Carpenters Training Center, 8595 Miralani Drive, San
Sound and Communication Systems, Sound Technician Diego, CA 92126. Telephone (858) 621-2667.
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2600 A.A. Degree Major or
Office: AA-138 Certificate of Achievement
Associate in Arts Degrees - Program Requirements Units
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). AP DL/AP PL/
• Acoustical Installer AP AC 201 Orientation 1.5
• Carpentry AP DL/AP PL/
• Drywall/Lather AP AC 202 Safety and Health Certifications 1.5
• Electrician AP DL/AP PL/
• Inside Wireman AP AC 203 Printreading 1.5
• Plasterer AP DL/AP PL/
• Residential Wireman AP AC 204 Advanced Printreading 1.5
• Sheet Metal AP AC 205 Acoustical Ceilings 1.5
• Sound and Communication Systems Installer AP AC 206 Standard Acoustical Grids 1.5
• Sound Technician AP AC 207 Suspended Ceilings 1.5
AP AC 208 Soffits 1.5
Certificates of Achievement - AP AC 209 Prefab/Sound Panels 1.5
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). AP AC 210 Concealed/Glue-up/Staple-up System 1.5
• Acoustical Installer AP AC 211 Compasso 1.5
• Carpentry AP AC 212 Metal Pan and Security Systems 1.5
• Drywall/Lather AP AC 213 Advanced Acoustical Installation 1.5
• Electrician AP AC 214 Advanced Acoustical Layout 1.5
• Inside Wireman AP WE 112 Drywall/Acoustical Work Experience 16
TOTAL UNITS 37
84 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
COURSE OFFERINGS Instruction in the technical knowledge and skills required for installation of sound
panels and prefabricated wall and ceiling panel systems.
AP AC 197 Acoustical Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
AP AC 210 Concealed/Glue-up/Staple-up System (1.5)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 4 times
Instruction in concealed and semi-concealed ceilings and soffits. Both technical
Topics in Acoustical. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
knowledge and skills will be used in assembling these ceilings.
designate subject covered.
AP AC 211 Compasso (1.5)
AP AC 201 Orientation (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
Advanced instruction and application in concealed systems to include installation
ing Committee
of air bars, double soffits and compasso. Hand tools are mandatory.
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 201/AP PL 201; may be taken two times
Introduction to the Interior Systems program. Content includes safe and proper
AP AC 212 Metal Pan and Security Systems (1.5)
usage of hand tools, power/powder tools, an introduction to trade related math,
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
beginning blueprint reading and layout. Certifications will include Ramset/Red
Note: May be taken 2 times
Head or Hilti low velocity power/powder actuated tools and scaffold erector/
Instruction in the technical knowledge and skills needed to work with these “high
dismantler (welded frame).
end” products. Hand tools and gloves are mandatory.
AP AC 202 Safety and Health Certifications (1.5)
AP AC 213 Advanced Acoustical Installation (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 202/AP PL 202; may be taken two times
Note: May be taken 2 times
Designed to incorporate learning theories, methods and techniques that meet the
Identifies the materials and methods used for the advanced installation of acous-
needs of the Interior Systems industry. Content includes certification in forklift,
tical ceilings. Installation for custom and intricate grid systems will be discussed.
aerial lift, American Red Cross, First Aid/CPR and OSHA 10.
Green building rating systems will be applied to selected acoustical materials.
Students will use the skills presented to complete a complex acoustical ceiling
AP AC 203 Printreading (1.5)
project as part of this course.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 203/AP PL 203; may be taken two times
AP AC 214 Advanced Acoustical Layout (1.5)
This course is designed to teach the basics of reading, understanding and visual-
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
izing the blueprints. Terms, symbols and definitions from several trades will be
Note: May be taken 2 times
incorporated. Prints showing both residential and commercial application will be
Explains the advanced layout methods used to complete complex acoustical
used. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered.
system installations. Seismic codes and requirements are also reviewed. Layout
techniques for establishing intricate geometric designs for ceiling grids will be dis-
AP AC 204 Advanced Printreading (1.5)
cussed and practiced. Students will use the skills presented to complete selected
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
multifaceted acoustical ceiling layout projects as part of this course.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP AC 203/AP DL 203
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 204/AP PL 204; may be taken two times
This course will give the student more in depth training related to on the job Carpentry (AP C)
conditions. Basic estimating, material take offs and organizing jobs will be included. A four-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be direct-
ed to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee for Southern
AP AC 205 Acoustical Ceilings (1.5) California, San Diego Carpenters Training Center, 8595 Miralani Drive, San Diego,
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CA 92126. Telephone (858) 621-2667.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Instruction in acoustical ceilings, seismic codes and the theory behind them. Prac-
A.A. Degree Major or
tical application in wall molds and trims, ceiling layout and material identification.
Certificate of Achievement
AP AC 206 Standard Acoustical Grids (1.5) Program Requirements Units
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 201 Orientation 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 202 Safety and Health Certification 1.5
Instruction in acoustical grid installation such as 2 x 4 and 2 x 2 flat “H” pattern, AP WE 111 Carpentry Work Experience 16
radius, gable and diagonal ceilings.
Electives (Select 14 courses)
AP AC 207 Suspended Ceilings (1.5) AP C 203 Printreading 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 204 Advanced Printreading 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 205 Foundation and Flatwork 1.5
Instruction in the technical skills required to install circular ceilings with drops, AP C 206 Flatworks 1.5
drywall suspension grid in both square and circular areas. AP C 207 Tilt-Up Panel Construction 1.5
AP C 208 Wall Forming 1.5
AP AC 208 Soffits (1.5) AP C 209 Gang Forms/Columns 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 210 Patented Forming Systems 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 211 Architectural Concrete 1.5
Focus on advanced knowledge and skills required to construct square and slant AP C 212 Column Forms 1.5
faced, tapered, concealed, drywall suspension, and sloped soffits. AP C 213 Beam and Deck Forming 1.5
AP C 214 Basic Commercial Framing 1.5
AP AC 209 Prefab/Sound Panels (1.5) AP C 215 Advanced Commercial Framing 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 216 Commercial Floor Framing 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 217 Basic Stairs 1.5
85
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AP C 218 Advanced Stairs 1.5 AP C 203 Printreading (1.5)
AP C 219 Exterior Finish Details 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP C 221 Basic Roof Framing 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 223 Basic Metal Framing 1.5 The first of two classes in blueprint reading. Covers the fundamental functions
AP C 225 Transit Level/Laser 1.5 and structure of blueprints. Construction drawings, line symbols, freehand sketch-
AP C 226 Bridge Construction 1.5 ing as well as pictorial drawings will be covered.
AP C 227 Stair and Ramp Forming 1.5
AP C 228 Stair Trim 1.5 AP C 204 Advanced Printreading (1.5)
AP C 229 Cabinet Millwork and Assembly 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP C 230 Cabinet Installation 1.5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP C 203
AP C 235 Molding and Trim 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 236 Plastic Laminates 1.5 Second of two courses in blueprint reading. Covers foundation prints, commercial
AP C 237 Door and Door Frames 1.5 prints, residential prints and estimating. Construction specifications will also be
AP C 239 Door and Door Hardware 1.5 covered.
AP C 245 Commercial Fixtures 1.5
AP C 246 Showcases and Loose Store Fixtures 1.5 AP C 205 Foundation and Flatwork (1.5)
AP C 247 Basic Suspended Scaffold 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP C 248 Advanced Suspended Scaffold 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 249 Basic Systems Scaffold 1.5 Covers the design and function of several types of foundations and concrete
AP C 250 Intermediate Systems Scaffold 1.5 flatwork.The methods, techniques and procedures for formwork layout, elevation,
AP C 251 Advanced Systems Scaffold 1.5 and construction will be presented. Jobsite safety, print interpretation, material
AP C 252 Basic Frame Scaffold 1.5 identification, and basic use of the builders level will be included in the training.
AP C 253 Intermediate Frame Scaffold 1.5 Students will construct three selected formwork projects.
AP C 254 Advanced Frame Scaffold 1.5
AP C 255 Basic Tube & Clamp Scaffold 1.5 AP C 206 Flatworks (1.5)
AP C 256 Scaffold in Confined Spaces 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP C 257 Specialty Scaffold Applications 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 258 Scaffold Reshoring 1.5 This course is designed to show the various applications of forming to include
AP C 259 Scaffold - Printreading 1.5 slab-on-grade, driveways and walks, and curb and gutter forms. Related safety,
AP C 260 Scaffold - Advanced Printreading 1.5 math and blueprint reading will be covered.
AP C 261 Basic Wall Framing 1.5
AP C 262 Intermediate Stairs 1.5 AP C 207 Tilt-Up Panel Construction (1.5)
AP C 263 Advanced Roof Framing 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP C 264 Abutments 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 265 Rigging 1.5 Designed to give an overview of the Tilt-Up industry. Form techniques and panel
AP C 266 Solid Surface 1.5 hardware will be discussed. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be
AP C 267 Panelized Roof 1.5 covered.
AP C 268 Fitting Rooms/Partitions 1.5
AP C 269 Exit and Electrical Security Devices 1.5 AP C 208 Wall Forming (1.5)
AP C 197 Carpentry Topics 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 40 Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduces the basic techniques of poured-in-place concrete wood form con-
COURSE OFFERINGS struction. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered.
AP C 197 Carpentry Topics (.5 - 4) AP C 209 Gang Forms/Columns (1.5)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Note: May be taken 2 times
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Presents the formwork types and construction methods for gang form and col-
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and umn installations. Discussions will cover heavy timber gang forms and use of
Training Committee for Southern California taper ties, bracing, and bulkhead tables. The course project will include gang and
Note: May be taken 4 times column formwork construction, assembly, and hardware installation tasks. Re-
Topics in Carpentry. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will lated safety, math and print reading will be covered in the training.
designate subject covered.
AP C 210 Patented Forming Systems (1.5)
AP C 201 Orientation (1.5) 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and Proprietary wall forming systems such as Atlas, EFCO, and Symons are an integral
Training Committee for Southern California part of the concrete industry. Students will be instructed in the application and
Note: May be taken 2 times rigging of these systems.
Introduces the use of various hand and power tools used in the trade. Students
will be introduced to the history of trade apprenticeships. Construction math and AP C 211 Architectural Concrete (1.5)
job site safety practices will also be covered. 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 202 Safety and Health Certification (1.5) In this course the forming of poured-in-place columns will be covered, with in-
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory struction and practice in both job-built.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP C 201
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 212 Column Forms (1.5)
Provides the apprentice with various safety competencies. Students will demon- 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
strate the ability to construct a welded frame scaffold to OSHA standards as well Note: May be taken 2 times
as the operation of a lift truck. In addition they will be introduced to blueprints
and their use.
86 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
In this course the forming of poured-in-space columns will be covered, with in- AP C 223 Basic Metal Framing (1.5)
struction and practice in both job-built and the proprietary systems, and the 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
shoring and forming of drop heads. Estimating, safety, and rigging of materials will Note: May be taken 2 times
be included. Math and blueprint reading will be covered. Introduces the student to the technology of metal framing. Tools and materials
will be covered along with floor and wall construction, including openings and
AP C 213 Beam and Deck Forming (1.5) structural connections, and metal truss roof systems. Mathematical calculations
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory for various rafter lengths and safety will also be covered.
Note: May be taken 2 times
This course will introduce the use of various wood and patented forming systems AP C 225 Transit Level/Laser (1.5)
used in the construction of concrete beams and decks. Metal beam forms and 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
capitals will be taught in this class. Layout and builders level skills will be used in Note: May be taken 2 times
this class. Addresses form design, material estimating and problems relative to form con-
struction. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered.
AP C 214 Basic Commercial Framing (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 226 Bridge Construction (1.5)
Note: May be taken 2 times 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Provides an introduction to the theory and practice of wall framing. Students Note: May be taken 2 times
start by learning to read floor plans, and then laying out wall locations, plate and Provides students with an overview of basic bridge construction. Descriptions
detail, as well as openings and structural connections. Construction math and job for exterior and interior girders, edge forms, bulkheads and hinge forms will be
site safety practices will also be covered. presented. Formwork project will include panel construction, assembly, and hard-
ware installation tasks. Related safety, math and print reading will be covered in
AP C 215 Advanced Commercial Framing (1.5) the training.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP C 214 AP C 227 Stair and Ramp Forming (1.5)
Note: May be taken 2 times 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Covers layout, assembly, and erection of both standard and raked walls. Applica- Note: May be taken 2 times
tion of bracing, plumbing and aligning walls will be covered, along with construc- Designed to teach the various techniques used to form stairs and ramp struc-
tion math, blueprint reading and job site safety practices. tures. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered.
AP C 216 Commercial Floor Framing (1.5) AP C 228 Stair Trim (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Covers the layout and construction of both residential and commercial floor Covers a variety of moldings, installation for interior stairs, blueprint, and finish
framing. The use of building codes and blueprint reading will be covered. Fall schedules, math and related safety regulations.
protection along with job site safety and construction math will also be covered.
AP C 229 Cabinet Millwork and Assembly (1.5)
AP C 217 Basic Stairs (1.5) 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Introduction to basic cabinet construction. Blueprint and finish schedules will be
Stair construction is an integral part of the carpenter’s trade.This course presents covered as well as related safety and math.
stair theory, related mathematics, code requirements, and basic layout stringers,
treads and risers. Students will layout, cut, and erect a straight-run stair. Blueprint AP C 230 Cabinet Installation (1.5)
reading and safety will also be covered. 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP C 218 Advanced Stairs (1.5) Installation of base and wall-hung cabinets, scribing techniques, and how to read
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory blueprint and finish schedules. Related safety and math will also be covered.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP C 217
Note: May be taken 2 times AP C 235 Molding and Trim (1.5)
Builds upon the concepts presented in Stair Building I. This class will teach 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
students about winders, u-shaped and radius stair building, as well as code Note: May be taken 2 times
requirements and mathematical calculations. Blueprint reading and safety will also Introduction to various moldings and the specific installation techniques of each.
be covered. Blueprint, finish schedules, related safety and math will also be covered.
AP C 219 Exterior Finish Details (1.5) AP C 236 Plastic Laminates (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory 1 hour lecture-1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Teaches students to read blueprints related to building exteriors such as eleva- Introduction to the manufacture and installation of plastic laminates on horizontal
tions, sections, and schedules. Construction of structural and architectural ele- and vertical surfaces to include instruction in cutting and scribing. Blueprint, finish
ments such as balconies, fireplaces, bay windows, columns and pop-outs. Blueprint schedules, and related safety and math will also be covered.
reading, mathematical calculations and safety will also be covered.
AP C 237 Door and Door Frames (1.5)
AP C 221 Basic Roof Framing (1.5) 1 hour lecture-1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Introduction to doors and door hardware schedules, specifications and manufac-
Roof construction is one of the most challenging and satisfying facets of carpen- turer’s catalogs. Fire codes that govern the hardware industry as well as how to
try. Introduces rafter theory and layout. Students will construct a gable roof us- identify various door hardware including locksets, closures, hinges, panic hard-
ing conventional and truss methods. Mathematical calculations for various rafter ware and door sweeps etc. Blueprint, finish schedules, and related safety and
lengths and safety will also be covered. math will also be covered.
87
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AP C 239 Door and Door Hardware (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP C 252 Basic Frame Scaffold (1.5)
Note: May be taken 2 times 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Introduction to the selection and installation of proper hinge and door-closure Note: May be taken 2 times
hardware. Blueprints, finish schedules, and related safety and math will also be Basic techniques and procedures associated with frame scaffold components. The
covered. terminology and components unique to this category of equipment will be dis-
cussed. Construction practices and safety considerations will be a major focus of
AP C 245 Commercial Fixtures (1.5) the class. Students will identify and erect equipment using basic configurations
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory suitable for jobsites where this type of scaffold is most frequently utilized.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Includes print interpretation and fabrication techniques used in the preparation AP C 253 Intermediate Frame Scaffold (1.5)
and installation of commercial store fixtures. An emphasis will be placed on ac- 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
curate measuring, proper hand and power tool use, and safety. Students will cal- Note: May be taken 2 times
culate materials to create cut lists, and fabricate, assemble and install wall panel Augmentation of basic frame scaffold erecting ability through the introduction
and valance fixtures. of obstacle and height problem solving skills. The variation of standard construc-
tion techniques and procedures necessary to accommodate structural, equip-
AP C 246 Showcases and Loose Store Fixtures (1.5) ment or overhead restrictions will be provided. A major focus of the class will
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory be construction practices and safety considerations. Students will identify and
Note: May be taken 2 times erect equipment using custom configurations for jobsites where this type of skill
Includes the basic cabinetmaking skills and construction techniques used in the is most valuable.
installation of commercial store fixtures. An emphasis will be placed on measuring,
hand and power tool use and safety. Students will interpret prints and material AP C 254 Advanced Frame Scaffold (1.5)
bills for the handling, locating and accurate placement of showcase components 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
and loose store fixtures. Note: May be taken 2 times
Advanced techniques and procedures associated with ground supported frame
AP C 247 Basic Suspended Scaffold (1.5) scaffold. Use of scaffold components for construction of various heavy-duty (in-
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory dustrial) elevated platforms will be the focus of this training. Safety precautions,
Note: May be taken 2 times building procedures and material utilization will be incorporated into the assigned
Basic techniques and procedures associated with suspended scaffolds. The termi- tasks. Students will erect heavy-duty large scale platform scaffolds using project
nology and use of scaffold components in a cable suspended configuration will plans and designs for this industrial scaffold application.
be the focus of this training. Construction practices and safety will be taken into
AP C 255 Basic Tube and Clamp Scaffold (1.5)
consideration as students erect equipment using project design plans for this
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
cable suspended scaffold.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Basic techniques and procedures associated with tube and clamp scaffold com-
AP C 248 Advanced Suspended Scaffold (1.5)
ponents and erection methods. The terminology and components unique to this
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
category of equipment will be discussed. Construction practices and safety con-
Note: May be taken 2 times
siderations will be a major focus of the class. Students will identify and erect
Advanced techniques and procedures required when constructing suspended
equipment using the custom configurations for jobsites where this type of scaf-
scaffolds supported by structural members. Students will identify the suitable
fold is most frequently utilized.
structural components for this application type. The methods used to determine
load bearing capability of structural elements will be presented. The hazards and AP C 256 Scaffold in Confined Spaces (1.5)
precautionary techniques associated with safely building this type of suspended 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
platform will be the focus of this training. Note: May be taken 2 times
Instruction in safe access, entry and monitoring methods for confined space. Both
AP C 249 Basic Systems Scaffold (1.5) CAL-OSHA and Federal OSHA regulation are covered in detail. The importance
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory of a respirator fit test and respiratory protection training are covered in this
Note: May be taken 2 times course.
Basic techniques and procedures associated with systems scaffold components.
Terminology and components unique to this category of equipment will be dis- AP C 257 Specialty Scaffold Applications (1.5)
cussed. Construction practices and safety considerations will be a major focus of 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
the class. Students will identify and erect equipment using the custom configura- Note: May be taken 2 times
tions for jobsites where this type of scaffold is most frequently utilized. Specialty scaffold applications focusing on ramps, chutes, and mobile towers suit-
able for light and heavy duty use. Students will identify the characteristics of
AP C 250 Intermediate Systems Scaffold (1.5) commercial and industrial scaffold construction. The selected projects for this
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory class will introduce the techniques and procedures used for access/egress, debris
Note: May be taken 2 times handling, and maintenance scaffolds.
Enhancement of basic system scaffold erecting ability through the application of
cantilevered design methods. The variation of standard system construction tech- AP C 258 Scaffold Reshoring (1.5)
niques and procedures necessary to safely erect platforms extending beyond a 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
typical scaffold base arrangement will be covered. Students will apply methods Note: May be taken 2 times
and erect equipment using custom configurations for jobsites where this type of Presents modified principles and techniques for the use of shoring equipment
skill is most valuable. in a re-shore application. The importance of uniform loading and alignment of
tower/tandem tower configurations will be explained. Students will identify and
AP C 251 Advanced Systems Scaffold (1.5) erect scaffold equipment using three types of configurations suitable for scaffold
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory re-shoring purposes.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Advanced techniques and procedures required when constructing scaffolds used AP C 259 Scaffold-Printreading (1.5)
in industrial boiler installation or repair applications. Students will identify surface 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
obstacles and unique shapes indicative of this application. Students will apply com- Note: May be taken 2 times
mon solutions for bridging voids and following equipment contours to construct
the selected industrial simulated scaffold projects.
88 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
Fundamentals of reading construction prints. Scaffold print views, lines, dimen- Note: May be taken 2 times
sioning methods, symbols and details will be covered. In addition to print inter- Covers the structural components and building techniques associated with heavy
pretation, sketching techniques will be introduced and students will draw several timber construction and panelized roof systems. The advantages and types of
scaffold views incorporating the basic print elements presented during the class. manufactured wood used, and their load carrying strength, span, and spacing will
be discussed. A distinction between standard post and beam, and heavy timber
AP C 260 Scaffold-Advanced Printreading (1.5) construction will be emphasized. Students will interpret floor plan, section views
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory and drawing elevations for job planning, and to layout and construct a heavy tim-
Note: May be taken 2 times ber post and beam supported panelized roof.
Expansion of basic printreading ability to include project take-off, estimation, and
layout accuracy. Methods used to determine datum and reference locations will AP C 268 Fitting Rooms/Partitions (1.5)
be covered. References will be taken from multi-view drawings and students will 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
evaluate the information to locate and orient scaffold for accurate site placement. Note: May be taken 2 times
Compare styles, attachment methods and installation techniques for various fit-
AP C 261 Basic Wall Framing (1.5) ting room and partition fixtures. Framing elements, mounting brackets, and panel
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory products will be covered in both discussions and lab activities. Proper layout,
Note: May be taken 2 times leveling and securing methods will be included and applied in selected fitting room
Presents the theory, methods, and procedures required to frame basic walls. and partition applications.
Hands-on practice using proper tool techniques and appropriate materials will
enhance fundamental skill development. Beginning with an introduction to print AP C 269 Exit and Electrical Security Devices (1.5)
reading, students will perform: basic wall layout; plating procedures; framing as- 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
sembly and bracing; before aligning and completing selected wall construction Note: May be taken 2 times
project to industry standards. Highlight the classification and various types, models and uses for accident hazard
exit (“panic”) devices. A range of security products and miscellaneous types of
AP C 262 Intermediate Stairs (1.5) door hardware used in the industry such as crossbars, latches, flush bolts, and kick
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory plates will be discussed. Proper selection, installation and adjustment techniques
Note: May be taken 2 times for four types of devices will be covered. Students will complete installation and
Uses floor plans and drawing elevations at an intermediate level to enhance basic adjustment of two types of exit devices.
stair construction skill development. Students will interpret prints to complete
job planning, project layout, and material cut list for “L” shaped stair designs. Stair
calculations will determine the number of stairs, landing height, stair thread and Drywall/Lather (AP DL)
riser dimensions. A three-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be di-
rected to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee for South-
AP C 263 Advanced Roof Framing (1.5) ern California, San Diego Carpenters Training Center, 8595 Miralani Drive, San
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Diego, CA 92126. Telephone (858) 621-2667.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Provides an introduction to hip roof framing, terminology and construction char- A.A. Degree Major or
acteristics. Students will interpret print views and elevations for job planning; Certificate of Achievement
to determine rafter systems and layout details. Basic rise, run, rafter angles and
length calculations will be performed. Framed wall construction will be incorpo- Program Requirements Units
rate to facilitate the hip roof assembly techniques and installation procedures that AP DL/AP PL/
are the focus of this training. AP AC 201 Orientation 1.5
AP DL/AP PL/
AP C 264 Abutments (1.5) AP AC 202 Safety and Health Certifications 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP DL/AP PL/
Note: May be taken 2 times AP AC 203 Printreading 1.5
Provides instruction in the detailing, layout and construction of abutments used in AP DL/
the heavy highway industry.The terms, components, materials, building techniques AP PL 205 Basic Lathing 1.5
and procedures will be presented. The class project includes keyway, panel, head AP DL 206 Framing Ceilings and Soffits 1.5
wall and wing wall construction AP DL 207 Basic Metal Framing 1.5
AP DL 208 Framing Suspended Ceilings 1.5
AP C 265 Rigging (1.5) AP DL 209 Framing Curves and Arches 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP DL 210 Light Gage Welding - AWS - A 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP WE 112 Drywall/Acoustical Work Experience 16
Presents both lifting theory and practical rigging methods and procedures. The
design, characteristics and safety working load of lifting hardware will be dis- Electives (Select 3 courses)
cussed. Rigging attachment procedures, lifting equipment, limits of operation and AP DL/AP PL/
communication practices will be covered. AP AC 204 Advanced Printreading 1.5
AP DL 211 Light Gage - L.A. City Certificate 1.5
AP C 266 Solid Surface (1.5) AP DL 212 Basic Hand Finishing 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP DL 213 Drywall Acoustical Ceilings 1.5
Note: May be taken 2 times AP DL 214 Door/Door Frames 1.5
Covers both basic and advanced assembly and installation techniques for use of AP DL/
solid surface materials. Manufacturer’s products, materials, safety and design con- AP PL 215 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) 1.5
siderations will be included. Students will use the proper procedures to layout, AP DL/
cut shapes, form joints, add edges and backsplashes, and create design inlays for AP PL 216 Firestopping Procedures 1.5
countertop installation projects. AP DL 217 Free-Form Lathing 1.5
AP DL 218 Machine Taping 1.5
AP C 267 Panelized Roof (1.5) AP DL 219 Hand Taping 1.5
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP DL 220 Gypsum Board Application and Finish Trim 1.5
89
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AP DL 221 Advanced Hand Tool Finishing 1.5 and soffits with drywall and lath application. Related safety, math and blueprint
AP DL 222 Advanced Machine Tool Finishing 1.5 reading will be covered.
AP DL 223 Advanced Lathing 1.5
AP DL 224 Ceiling and Soffit Finishing 1.5 AP DL 207 Basic Metal Framing (1.5)
AP DL 225 Wet Wall Finishes 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP DL 226 Reinforced Substrate Installations 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP DL 227 Decorative Trims and Textures 1.5 An in-depth study of basic material identification, print layout, framing, drywall
AP DL 228 Drywall Applications 1.5 applications and proper trim applications for the Drywall/Lath industry. Safety,
TOTAL UNITS 34 math and blueprint reading will be covered.
COURSE OFFERINGS AP DL 208 Framing Suspended Ceilings (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP DL 197 Drywall/Lather Topics (.5 - 4)
This course is designed to provide related classroom instruction with the techni-
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
cal skills and knowledge to successfully frame any suspended ceiling in drywall
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
and lath. Related hand and power tool safety, math and blueprint reading will be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
covered.
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and
Training Committee for Southern California
AP DL 209 Framing Curves and Arches (1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Topics in Drywall/Lather. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
Note: May be taken 2 times
title will designate subject covered.
This course is designed to teach curves and arches, barrel ceilings, radius walls
and soffits. Related hand and power tool safety, math and blueprint reading will
AP DL 201 Orientation (1.5)
be covered.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train- AP DL 210 Light Gage Welding - AWS - A (1.5)
ing Committee 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 201/ AP AC 201; may be taken two times Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduction to the Interior Systems program. Content includes safe and proper Designed to teach the practical skills needed for the arc welding processes and
usage of hand tools, power/powder tools, an introduction to trade related math, applications. Students will have the practical skills to successfully pass the AWS
beginning blueprint reading and layout. Certifications will include Ramset/Red light gage certification. Related safety, codes and materials will be covered.
Head or Hilti low velocity power/powder actuated tools and scaffold erector/
dismantler (welded frame). AP DL 211 Light Gage - L.A. City Certificate (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP DL 202 Safety and Health Certifications (1.5) Note: May be taken 2 times
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Assists students in preparing for the Los Angeles City Light Gage Welding Certifi-
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 202/ AP AC 202; may be taken two times cation. Written and practical skills of the test will be demonstrated and discussed
Designed to incorporate learning theories, methods and techniques that meet the in order to associate the student with the working knowledge necessary to suc-
needs of the Interior Systems industry. Content includes certification in forklift, cessfully achieve a Los Angeles City Light Gage Welding Certification. Related
aerial lift, American Red Cross, First Aid/CPR and OSHA 10. safety, codes and materials will be covered.
AP DL 203 Printreading (1.5) AP DL 212 Basic Hand Finishing (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 203/ AP AC 203; may be taken two times Note: May be taken 2 times
This course is designed to teach the basics of reading, understanding and visual- Develop basic hand finishing skills using the correct tools and materials. Includes
izing the blueprints. Terms, symbols and definitions from several trades will be a description of finishing levels, hand tool manipulation, material identification,
incorporated. Prints showing both residential and commercial application will be selection, and mixture preparation. Key processes and application techniques will
used. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered. be presented. Students will review plans and specifications, calculate and select
materials, and complete a wall project to a level four finish.
AP DL 204 Advanced Printreading (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP DL 213 Drywall Acoustical Ceilings (1.5)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP DL/AP AC 203 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 204/ AP AC 204; may be taken two times Note: May be taken 2 times
This course will give the student more in depth training related to on the job Identifies the materials and methods used for the installation of acoustical ceil-
conditions. Basic estimating, material take offs and organizing jobs will be included. ings. Seismic codes, materials, and requirements are also reviewed. Installation for
various grid systems will be discussed. Students will use the skills presented to
AP DL 205 Basic Lathing (1.5) complete an acoustical ceiling project as part of this course.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 205; may be taken 2 times AP DL 214 Door/Door Frames (1.5)
Covers standard lath and trim products used in the commercial industry. Methods 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
and techniques presented will provide the basic skills needed to perform metal Note: May be taken 2 times
framing tasks, and substrate and lath installation. Procedures to select, measure, Introduction to the basic installation of door frames and various types of doors.
cut and attach various trim beads to fit corners and wall openings will be utilized Lock sets, closures, hinges, panic hardware, and door sweeps will be discussed
in lab assignments. Proper leveling and finishing methods will be included and ap- and demonstrated.
plied in course projects.
AP DL 215 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) (1.5)
AP DL 206 Framing Ceilings and Soffits (1.5) 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as AP PL 215; may be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Introduction to the basic working knowledge and technical skills needed to suc-
This course is designed to provide instruction in the basics of framing ceilings cessfully install Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems EIFS (foam products) to
90 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
meet industry specifications and standards. Introduction to the proper usage of AP DL 225 Wet Wall Finishes (1.5)
products and materials will be discussed and used. 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP DL 216 Firestopping Procedures (1.5) Presents the industry use, application methods, and product mediums typically
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory used for wet wall finishes. The techniques and procedures used to achieve a level
Note: Cross listed as AP PL 216; may be taken 2 times five finish to industry standards requires base and top coating of interior surfaces
Emphasis on the correct methods, technical skills and firestop materials required for inspection purposes. Selection and use of painting equipment and coatings will
to complete a Firestop System. Firestopping is a complete fire containment sys- be included in the training.
tem designed to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and hot gasses from one side
of a rated wall/ceiling assembly to another. AP DL 226 Reinforced Substrate Installations (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP DL 217 Free-Form Lathing (1.5)
Note: May be taken 2 times
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Presents the applications techniques and product considerations typical of rein-
Note: May be taken 2 times
forced substrate installations. The training will focus on Glass Fiber Reinforced
Introduction to the techniques and skills needed for construction of freeform lath
Gypsum and Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRG) & (GFRC) products. The
projects. Layout techniques using grids and projection overlay will be presented.
lab project will include layout, cutting and handling practices, attachment methods,
Methods for bending and shaping of rebar and pencil rod, lath handling and tying
alignment and various related installation methods.
along with welding and cutting techniques will be demonstrated and applied.
AP DL 227 Decorative Trims and Textures (1.5)
AP DL 218 Machine Taping (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times
Provides advanced hand and automatic tool finishing techniques used in the ap-
Advanced instruction in blueprints and finish schedules and machine parts identi-
plication of decorative trims and special surface textures. Training includes prod-
fication as well as proper use, assembly and breakdown of tools.
uct information for metal, paper, plastics and art beads. Special attention will be
AP DL 219 Hand Taping (1.5) given to coating and sanding sequence of field and butt joints for selected surface
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory textures.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Instruction in blueprints, specifications and finish schedules, taping techniques, AP DL 228 Drywall Applications (1.5)
trade terminology and sequences of operations for hand taping. 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP DL 220 Gypsum Board Application and Finish Trim (1.5) Focuses on the needed skills to properly handle and install drywall used in spe-
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory cialized applications including fire resistance, sound control, and life safety. Layout,
Note: May be taken 2 times cutting, attachment procedures and productivity techniques will be discussed and
Instruction in the basics of gypsum board application and finish trims. practiced under jobsite conditions. Drywall finishing methods will be incorpo-
rated into the hands-on activity.
AP DL 221 Advanced Hand Tool Finishing (1.5)
1 hour lecture -1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Electrician (AP E)
This course will give more in depth instruction in hand tool use. The different A five-year apprenticeship program. Applications for Riverside/San Bernardino/
operations, phases and materials to be used in order to have information of what Mono/Inyo counties should apply to the Riverside and San Bernardino Joint Elec-
a finished product should look like. trical Apprenticeship Training. Committees, 1855 Business Center Drive, San Ber-
nardino, CA 92408. Telephone: (909) 890-1703.
AP DL 222 Advanced Machine Tool Finishing (1.5)
1 hour lecture -1½ hours laboratory A.A. Degree Major or
Note: May be taken 2 times Certificate of Achievement
Instruction in the proper methods and sequences of the “bazooka,” flat boxes, nail
spotters and angle boxes. Program Requirements Units
AP E 101 Electrical Trade/Industry/DC/Conduit 4
AP DL 223 Advanced Lathing (1.5) AP E 102 Electrical Theory/Practice/Blueprint Reading 4
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory AP E 103 Inductance/Capacitance Theory 4
Note: May be taken 2 times AP E 104 Transformers/Code Calculations/Conduit 4
This course will distinguish advance lathing methods and styles from basic AP E 105 Electronic/Industrial Blueprints 4
application techniques for lath and trim products used on exterior-interior metal AP E 106 Grounding/Electrical Services/Connection 4
framing. Metal framing elements, various bead styles, lathing types and substrates AP E 107 Motor Control/Pilot Devices/Starters 4
will be covered in both discussions and lab activities. Proper leveling and finishing AP E 108 Digital Electronics 4
methods will be demonstrated. Students will apply lath and trim using the tech- AP E 109 Mgmt/Alarms/Testing/Wiring 4
niques presented to complete course projects. AP E 110 Programmable Logic Controllers 4
AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience 16
AP DL 224 Ceiling and Soffit Finishing (1.5) TOTAL UNITS 56
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times COURSE OFFERINGS
Designed to provide an advanced level of finishing skill for applications with
architecturally detailed ceilings and soffits. Guided practice with a combination of AP E 101 Introduction to the Electrical Trade
hand and automatic tool techniques will promote the level of manipulative ability and Industry, DC Theory and Conduit Bending (4)
required for a successful result. A variety of finish trims will be integrated into 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
each method of finish. Training will conclude with inspection criteria for evaluat- Prerequisite: Completion of the following: (1) One semester of Algebra 1 with a
ing finish levels. grade of ‘C’ or better; (2) Designated tests with a passing grade determined by the
appropriate committee; (3) Indentured apprentice to the San Diego Electrical Joint
Apprenticeship and Training Committee or the Riverside and San Bernardino Joint
91
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Electrical Apprenticeship Training Committee. AP E 109 Management, Fire Alarms, High Voltage Testing,
Note: May be taken 2 times and Telephone and Security Wiring (4)
Orientation to the electrical industry; introduction to the electrical code funda- 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
mentals of wiring methods, fastening devices, electrical conductors, circuits, and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 108
voltage. Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduction to management and marketing practices, installation of fire alarm
AP E 102 Electrical Theory, Practice and systems and the National Electric Code as it relates to alarm installation and high
Blueprint Reading (4) voltage of telephone wiring and security systems.
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 101 AP E 110 Programmable Logic Controllers (4)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Study of floor and plot plan; basic blueprint reading and circuit drawing; theory of Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 109
magnetism; DC and AC generators; motors and transformers; on‑the‑job safety Note: May be taken 2 times
and first aid, and the electrical code. Introduction to basic input/output hardware, processors and memory numbering
systems associated with programmable controllers. Instruction includes use of
AP E 103 Inductance and Capacitance Theory personal computer to create and modify ladder diagrams and relay instructions,
and Codeology (4) using solid state logic elements, counters, and shift registers. Principles of process
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory control are explained and principle components are identified.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 102
Note: May be taken 2 times AP E 197 Electrical Topics (.5 - 4)
Review of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers constitution and Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
local union by-laws. Study of the effects of inductance and capacitance on current of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
and voltage. Application of phase angle calculation and the National Electric Code. scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Overview of workplace problems due to drug abuse. Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the San Diego Electrical Joint Apprenticeship
and Training Committee or the Riverside and San Bernardino Joint Electrical Appren-
AP E 104 Transformers and Code Calculations, Conduit ticeship Training Committee
Bending and Blueprints (4) Note: May be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Concentrated courses on electricity. Course title will designate subject covered.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 103
Note: May be taken 2 times
Study of transformers theory, installation, connection and distribution systems. Inside Wireman (AP IW)
Performing short circuit calculations, selecting of building wire for specific ap- A five-year apprenticeship program. Study of technical course development and
plications, calculating loads for residential and multifamily loads and service feed- delivery techniques for the electrical trade, utilizing classroom-proven techniques.
ers. Applying conduit bending principles using mechanical benders to fabricate The student will familiarize him/herself with classroom management, testing and
segmented concentric bends. assessment techniques, curriculum development and material presentation based
on industry-standard and college level instructional methodologies. Applications
AP E 105 Introduction to Electronics and for this program should be directed to the San Diego Electrical Training Trust,
Industrial Blueprints (4) 4675 Viewridge Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, CA 92123. Telephone (858) 569-6633,
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ext. 111.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 104
Note: May be taken 2 times A.A. Degree Major or
Introduction to basic electronics including examination of semiconductor devices, Certificate of Achievement
current and voltage manipulation, applications, and blueprint reading.
Program Requirements Units
AP E 106 Grounding, Electrical Services, and Transform AP IW 101 Introduction to the Electrical Trade 4
Three-Phase Connections (4) AP IW 102 Electrical Theory, Practice and Blueprint Reading 4
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory AP IW 103 Inductance and Capacitance Theory 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 105 AP IW 104 Transformer, Motors, and Motor Controls 4
Note: May be taken 2 times AP IW 105 Special Electrical Systems 4
Study of requirements for electrical services installation. Study of electrical AP IW 106 Specialized Electrical Applications 4
grounding including merits, impact on safety, ground fault protection, and identifi- AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience 16
cation of grounding system elements and functions.
Electives (Select 16 units)
AP IW 107 Advanced Electronics I 4
AP E 107 Electrical Motor Control, Pilot Devices,
AP IW 108 Advanced Electronics II 4
Starters and Relays (4)
AP IW 109 Advanced Motor Controls 2
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 110 AutoCAD 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 106
AP IW 111 Electric Motor Drives 4
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP IW 112 Introduction to Computers 4
Study of controls and circuits, pilot devices, starters, and relays. Includes the analy-
AP IW 113 Electrical Project Supervisor 4
sis and development of circuits, the installation and service of electrical equip-
AP IW 114 Electrical Certification Preparation 4
ment, and the electrical code.
AP IW 115 Low Voltage 4
AP IW 116 Photovoltaics 4
AP E 108 Digital Electronics (4)
AP IW 117 Service Equipment 2
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 118 Test Equipment 2
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP E 107
AP IW 119 Welding 2
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP IW 120 Instructional Leadership I 4
Introduction to digital electronic technology and electronic equipment. Instruc-
AP IW 121 Programmable Logic Controllers 4
tion includes basic digital systems, binary and decimal numbering systems, de-
AP IW 122 Fire/Life Safety Systems 4
cision-making logic circuits, Boolean Algebra, flip-flops, counters, shift registers,
AP IW 123 Instrumentation 4
encoders, decoders, ROMs, DC to AC converters and organization of these com-
ponent blocks to accomplish manipulation of data.
92 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
AP IW 124 Instructional Leadership II 4 AP IW 107 Advanced Electronics I (4)
AP IW 125 Building Automation Systems 4 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 126 Electrical Construction Practices 4 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
AP IW 197 Inside Wireman Topics 2-4 Note: May be taken 2 times
TOTAL UNITS 56 Comprehensive study of DC circuits, AC circuits and semiconductor power
electronic devices and circuits for future applications. Emphasis is placed on sche-
COURSE OFFERINGS matic interpretation and testing with troubleshooting techniques for electrical
and electronic circuits and systems. Integrating theory and lab, this class employs
AP IW 101 Introduction to the Electrical Trade (4) project-based learning techniques and team-based labs to emphasize practical
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory application, teamwork, and communication skills.
Prerequisite: One semester of Algebra I with a grade of ‘C’ or better, designated
tests with a passing grade determined by the appropriate committee, and indentured AP IW 108 Advanced Electronics II (4)
apprentice to the San Diego Electrical Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee or 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
the Riverside and San Bernardino Joint Electrical Apprenticeship Training Committee. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduction to the electrical industry, with emphasis on jobsite safety, basic Study of the essential concepts of digital electronics by constructing and program-
conduit bending, National Electric Code (NEC), sexual harassment, introduction ming a micro-computer, computer interface, and programmable-robot. A strong
to blueprints, tools and their use. Particular attention will be given to fastening emphasis is placed on schematic interpretation and testing and troubleshooting
devices, basic mathematics, resistance, voltage, power in DC series, parallel, and techniques for electrical and electronic circuits and systems.
combination circuits.
AP IW 109 Advanced Motor Controls (2)
AP IW 102 Electrical Theory, Practice and Blueprint Reading (4) 1½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 101 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Study of advanced techniques for control system installations of motors and re-
Survey of drug awareness, Union Constitution and Bylaws, parliamentary pro- lated equipment, utilizing field-proven techniques for installation, start-up, control
cedure, test instruments, 3Ø electrical systems, DC and AC power generation, system documentation, and trouble-shooting. Students will become familiar with
specialized conduit bending techniques, National Electric Code (NEC), solid state industry-standard control configurations that are used in a variety of installation
devices, blueprint analysis, AC theory, transformers, vector analysis, impedance, scenarios. Specialized control devices will be examined.
voltage, power in AC series, parallel, and combination circuits.
AP IW 110 AutoCAD (4)
AP IW 103 Inductance and Capacitance Theory (4) 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in P IW 106 and AP IW 112
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 102 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Application of a step-by-step approach to the commands of AutoCAD LT. Topics
Study of circuit analysis techniques, power factor, semiconductors, AC system include application fundamentals, drawing setup, file operations, commands, object
grounding and bonding, ground fault protection systems, overcurrent protec- properties, dimensioning, menus, drawing management, and AutoCAD LT applica-
tive devices (fuse and circuit breakers), test instruments, National Electric Code tions in the electrical trade.
(NEC), and industrial blueprint analysis.
AP IW 111 Electric Motor Drives (4)
AP IW 104 Transformer, Motors, and Motor Controls (4) 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 and AP IW 109
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 103 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Comprehensive study of the technology behind and installation requirements for
Study of real-world application of transformer, motor and motor control concepts electric motor drives. Topics include motor load analysis, electric motor drive
utilizing extensive hands-on labs and demonstrations. Students work in foremen- operation fundamentals, drive startup procedures, and drive testing and trouble-
led teams to design, build, and test motor control circuits. Students will gain shooting.
familiarity with a wide array of test instruments including DMMs, voltage testers,
megohmmeters, clamp-on ammeters, capacitance testers and other equipment. AP IW 112 Introduction to Computers (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 105 Special Electrical Systems (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 104 Instruction in basic computer skills.Topics include basic personal computer design
Note: May be taken 2 times and construction, computer operating systems, and select applications. Internet
Introduction to telephony and data networks, fire alarm systems, nurse call sys- applications, basic keyboarding, computer peripherals, file structures, and data
tems, Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), arc-flash protection, and instru- management techniques will be examined.
mentation concepts, National Electric Code (NEC), and OSHA rules and regula-
tions. AP IW 113 Electrical Project Supervisor (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 106 Specialized Electrical Applications (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 105 An overview of all processes required to run a successful job. The class utilizes
Note: May be taken 2 times field trips and speakers to give the student a 360° view of the workplace. Each
Introduction to electrical power quality, CATV and CCTV Systems, security speaker will bring expertise from the field into the classroom where students will
systems, fiber optics, hazardous locations, lighting protection, advanced conduit learn the right and the wrong way to organize and run a jobsite.
bending, HVAC principles and controls, blueprints, and leadership skills.
AP IW 114 Electrical Certification Preparation (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
93
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Designed to prepare the student to take the California Electrician Certification Provides an in-depth study of programmable logic controllers (PLC) while exam-
Examination (CECE). Provides a review of concepts and principles, but focuses ining standard programming languages and common PLC hardware applications.
primarily on understanding and applying the national Electric Code (NEC), the This course focuses on the underlying principles of PLCs and provides practical
set of standards upon which the CECE is based. information on installing, programming, maintaining, and troubleshooting PLCs.
AP IW 115 Low Voltage (4) AP IW 122 Fire/Life Safety Systems (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Study of technologies and installation requirements for low voltage systems. Sub- Introduces students to the code requirements, design concepts, and installation
jects presented in this course are Low Voltage Design and Specification Tech- techniques required for an efficiently installed and properly working fire alarm
niques, Fiber Optics, LAN Cabling Systems, IEEE Grounding Requirements for system. Includes an overview of NFPA 70 (NEC) – 2002 edition as it applies to
Electronic Equipment, Power Quality to Support Low Voltage Systemss,Telephone Fire Alarm, an introduction to NFPA 72 – 1999 edition National Fire Alarm Code
Systems, Nurse Call, and CCTV. with overview of Chapters 1 through 9, including Appendix A.
AP IW 116 Photovoltaics (4) AP IW 123 Instrumentation (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Technologies and installation requirements for photovoltaic systems. Subjects Provides students with a more advanced understanding of instrumentation and
presented in this course are renewable energy construction, renewable energy control, covering temperature, pressure, flow, and level detection (process con-
resources, renewable energy efficiency, and energy savings devices used in con- trol) systems; their principles of operation, and strategies for installation, mainte-
struction. nance, and troubleshooting of these systems.
AP IW 117 Service Equipment (2) AP IW 124 Instructional Leadership II (4)
1½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Presentation of the technologies and skill sets required for installing and pro- Study of technical course development and delivery techniques for the electrical
visioning an electrical service for commercial or industrial facilities. Topics pre- trade, utilizing classroom-proven techniques. The student will familiarize him/her-
sented in this course include electrical distribution overview, safety, OSHA re- self with classroom management, testing and assessment techniques, curriculum
quirements, shoring, trenching, Sempra Service Guide requirements, rigging, IEEE development and material presentation based on industry-standard and college
Standards, and National Electrical requirements (Article 230) for an electrical level instructional methodologies.
service.
AP IW 125 Building Automation Systems (4)
AP IW 118 Test Equipment (2) 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
1½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Covers the technologies and installation requirements for Building Automation
The technologies and skill sets required for testing and troubleshooting electri- Systems (BAS.) The subjects presented in this course are Building Automation
cal distribution systems and associated hardware including electric motors and applications and requirements used in the construction of commercial and in-
drives. The topics presented in this course include testing procedures, test equip- dustrial buildings.
ment, testing documentation, lighting and branch circuit analysis and trouble-
shooting. AP IW 126 Electrical Construction Practices (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP IW 119 Welding (2) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106
1½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 The technologies and skill sets required for installing and provisioning the electri-
Note: May be taken 2 times cal requirements for commercial or industrial facilities. The topics presented in
Basic understanding of cutting torch and electrical resistance welding principles this course include electrical distribution overview, safety, OSHA requirements,
and techniques. Covers safe storage, transportation, and use of acetylene, oxygen, shoring, trenching, Sempra Service Guide requirements, rigging, IEEE Standards,
and chemelene (MAPP) gases for cutting, as well as “stick” and wire-feed welding Blueprints, CSI Master Format construction specifications and National Electrical
safety and technique. Upon completion of the course students will be able to requirements for electrical services and distribution systems.
weld in vertical, overhead and horizontal positions.
AP IW 197 Inside Wireman Topics (.5 - 4)
AP IW 120 Instructional Leadership I (4) Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106 scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Study of technical course development and delivery techniques for the electrical Topics in Inside Wireman. See Class Schedule for the specific topic offered.
trade, utilizing classroom-proven techniques. The student will familiarize him/her- Course title will designate subject covered.
self with classroom management, testing and assessment techniques, curriculum
development and material presentation based on industry-standard and college
level instructional methodologies. Plasterer (AP PL)
A four-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be direct-
AP IW 121 Programmable Logic Controllers (4) ed to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee for Southern
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory California, San Diego Carpenters Training Center, 8595 Miralani Drive, San Diego,
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP IW 106, AP IW 109 and CA 92126. Telephone (858) 621-2667.
AP IW 112
94 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
A.A. Degree Major or AP PL 204 Advanced Printreading (1.5)
Certificate of Achievement 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP PL/AP AC 203
Program Requirements Units Note: Cross listed as AP DL 204/ AP AC 204; may be taken 2 times
AP DL/AP PL/ This course will give the student more in depth training related to on the job
AP AC 201 Orientation 1.5 conditions. Basic estimating, material take offs and organizing jobs will be included.
AP DL/AP PL/
AP AC 202 Safety and Health Certifications 1.5 AP PL 205 Basic Lathing (1.5)
AP DL/AP PL/ 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP AC 203 Printreading 1.5 Note: Cross listed as AP DL 205; may be taken 2 times
AP DL/AP PL/ Covers standard lath and trim products used in the commercial industry. Methods
AP AC 204 Advanced Printreading 1.5 and techniques presented will provide the basic skills needed to perform metal
AP DL/ framing tasks, and substrate and lath installation. Procedures to select, measure,
AP PL 205 Basic Lathing 1.5 cut and attach various trim beads to fit corners and wall openings will be utilized
AP PL 206 Basic Plastering 1.5 in lab assignments. Proper leveling and finishing methods will be included and ap-
AP PL 207 Exterior Plastering 1.5 plied in course projects.
AP PL 208 DOT and Screed Techniques 1.5
AP PL 209 Interior Plastering 1.5 AP PL 206 Basic Plastering (1.5)
AP PL 210 Finish Applications 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP PL 211 Ornamental Plastering 1.5 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP PL 212 Plastering Replications 1.5 This course provides a brief history of plastering and a complete picture of what
AP PL 213 Theme Plastering 1.5 the plastering industry is like today. The importance of good lathing and proper
AP PL 214 Architectural Wall Finishing 1.5 inspection of lathing will be emphasized. Proper hawk and trowel and basic tool
AP DL/ use will be demonstrated.
AP PL 215 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) 1.5
AP DL/ AP PL 207 Exterior Plastering (1.5)
AP PL 216 Firestopping Procedures 1.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
AP WE 114 Plasterer Work Experience 16 Note: May be taken 2 times
TOTAL UNITS 40 An introduction to Portland Cement Plaster (a.k.a. stucco) and the processes
involved in completing a plastering job. This course will stress the importance
COURSE OFFERINGS of good workmanship and adherence to proven methods of work. Students will
begin to develop mastery of basic plastering tools in this course.
AP PL 197 Plasterer Topics (.5–4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required AP PL 208 DOT and Screed Techniques (1.5)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the Carpenters Joint Apprenticeship and This course is designed to teach the importance of plumb and square projects.
Training Committee for Southern California The students will use 3-4-5 or center line methods to square the project, estab-
Note: May be taken 4 times lish control lines and wall finish lines. The plumbing of the project will be demon-
Topics in Plasterer. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will strated through the dotting and screeding portion of instruction. The student will
designate subject covered. brown up and finish a project using methods of application previously covered.
AP PL 201 Orientation (1.5) AP PL 209 Interior Plastering (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train- Note: May be taken 2 times
ing Committee An introduction to modern gypsum interior plastering systems. Proper methods
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 201/ AP AC 201; may be taken 2 times of application, proper proportioning and mixing, and good workmanship will be
Introduction to the Interior Systems program. Content includes safe and proper demonstrated in this course.
usage of hand tools, power/powder tools, an introduction to trade related math,
beginning blueprint reading and layout. Certifications will include Ramset/Red AP PL 210 Finish Applications (1.5)
Head or Hilti low velocity power/powder actuated tools and scaffold erector/ 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
dismantler (welded frame). Note: May be taken 2 times
The course will emphasize three different types of molds, their use and applica-
AP PL 202 Safety and Health Certifications (1.5) tion. Components and production of a mold, how to horse a mold and create
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory inside and outside miters will also be covered.
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 202/ AP AC 202; may be taken 2 times
Designed to incorporate learning theories, methods and techniques that meet the AP PL 211 Ornamental Plastering (1.5)
needs of the Interior Systems industry. Content includes certification in forklift, 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
aerial lift, American Red Cross, First Aid/CPR and OSHA 10. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP PL 210
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP PL 203 Printreading (1.5) This course is designed to provide instruction and practice in advanced geometric
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory lay out problems. Class project will guide students through each phase of produc-
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 203/ AP AC 203; may be taken 2 times tion to produce an elliptical arch, with keystone at the arch apex. The project will
This course is designed to teach the basics of reading, understanding and visual- introduce students to benching a mold, setting and pointing staff, building a work-
izing the blueprints. Terms, symbols and definitions from several trades will be ing trammel and successfully running a trammel mold.
incorporated. Prints showing both residential and commercial application will be
used. Related safety, math and blueprint reading will be covered. AP PL 212 Plastering Replications (1.5)
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
This course is an introduction to three types of brick used in plastering. Atten-
95
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
tion given to the techniques used to achieve a finished job that looks like the real Note: May be taken 2 times
material it is replacing. Students will also learn masonry terms and study architec- Survey of drug awareness, Union Constitution and Bylaws, parliamentary pro-
tural details related to masonry. cedure, test instruments, National Electric Code (NEC), blueprint analysis, spe-
cialty residential wiring systems including telephone, LAN, security, fire alarm and
AP PL 213 Theme Plastering (1.5) CATV systems.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times AP RW 103 AC/DC Electrical Theory and Applications (4)
This course is designed to teach the student the basic knowledge and skills re- 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
quired to successfully plan and execute a simple project that requires the use of Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP RW 102
manufactured rock. A study of real rock formations and the techniques used to Note: May be taken 2 times
copy them will be covered as well as painting and highlighting, required tools, art Introduction to the electrical industry, with emphasis on jobsite safety, AC and
lay out, and carving techniques. DC theory, National Electric Code (NEC), electric motors, transforms, relays,
motor controls, tools and their use. Particular attention will be given to residen-
AP PL 214 Architectural Wall Finishing (1.5) tial lighting, wiring devices, appliance cords/connections, and residential branch
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory circuit wiring.
Note: May be taken 2 times
This course is designed to introduce the sophisticated design elements of archi- AP RW 104 Residential Certification Preparation (4)
tectural wall finishing. Walls as an art form with transitioning color and texture 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
are becoming increasingly popular and are in high demand. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP RW 103
Note: May be taken 2 times
AP PL 215 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) (1.5) This course is designed to prepare the student to take the California Electrician
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Certification Examination (CECE). The class provides a review of concepts and
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 215; may be taken 2 times principles, but focuses primarily on understanding and applying the National Elec-
Introduction to the basic working knowledge and technical skills needed to suc- tric Code (NEC), the set of standards upon which the CECE is based.
cessfully install Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems EIFS (foam products) to
meet industry specifications and standards. Introduction to the proper usage of AP RW 105 Home Technology Integrator I (4)
products and materials will be discussed and used. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP RW 104
AP PL 216 Firestopping Procedures (1.5) Note: May be taken 2 times
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Provides the student with the background necessary to install, troubleshoot, and
Note: Cross listed as AP DL 216; may be taken 2 times maintain computer networks, video theater systems, voice networks, CATV net-
Emphasis on the correct methods, technical skills and firestop materials required works, and other specialized audio/video systems designed for the home environ-
to complete a Firestop System. Firestopping is a complete fire containment sys- ment.
tem designed to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and hot gasses from one side
of a rated wall/ceiling assembly to another. AP RW 106 Home Technology Integrator II (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Residential Wireman (AP RW) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP RW 105
Note: May be taken 2 times
A three-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for San Diego/Imperial counties Provides the essential networking concepts to permit design and engineering of a
should apply to the San Diego Electrical Training Trust, 4675 Viewridge Avenue, residential network and its components. Provides information on home network
Suite D, San Diego, CA 92123. Telephone: (858) 569-6633, ext. 111. installations that includes lighting control systems; telecommunication devices;
security, access control, home automation controllers; heating, ventilation, and air
A.A. Degree Major or conditioning control systems; and integration of each. Upon completion of this
Certificate of Achievement course students will be prepared to take two CompTIA HTI+ certification exams:
Residential Systems and Systems Infrastructure and Integration.
Program Requirements Units
AP RW 101 Introduction to Residential Wiring Concepts 4
AP RW 197 Residential Wireman Topics (.5–4)
AP RW 102 Electrical Theory, Practice & Blueprint Reading 4
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
AP RW 103 AC/DC Electrical Theory and Applications 4
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
AP RW 104 Residential Certification Preparation 4
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
AP RW 105 Home Technology Integrator I 4
Note: May be taken 4 times
AP RW 106 Home Technology Integrator II 4
Topics in Residential Wireman. See Class Schedule for the specific topic offered.
AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience 16
Course title will designate subject covered.
TOTAL UNITS 40
COURSE OFFERINGS Sheet Metal (AP SM)
A five-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be di-
AP RW 101 Introduction to Residential Wiring Concepts (4)
rected to the San Diego Sheet Metal Joint Apprenticeship and Training Commit-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
tee, 4596 Mission Gorge Place, San Diego, CA 92120. Telephone (619) 265‑2758.
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and
Training Committee
Note: May be taken 2 times
A.A. Degree Major or
Introduction to the electrical industry, with emphasis on jobsite safety, basic resi- Certificate of Achievement
dential wiring, National Electric Code (NEC), sexual harassment, introduction to Program Requirements Units
blueprints, tools and their use. AP SM 101 Core I 4
AP SM 102 Core II 4
AP RW 102 Electrical Theory, Practice & Blueprint Reading (4) AP SM 103 Core III 4
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory AP SM 104 Core IV 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP RW 101 AP SM 105 Sheet Metal Welding 3
AP SM 106 Plans & Specifications 4
96 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Apprenticeship Training
AP SM 107 Construction Plan Problem Solving 4 AP SM 109 Foreman and Project Management Training (4)
AP SM 108 Introduction to Basic Refrigeration 4 3 hours lecture ‑ 3 hours laboratory
AP SM 109 Foreman and Project Management Training 4 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 108
AP SM 110 Architectural Problem Solving 4 Note: May be taken 2 times
AP WE 110 Sheet Metal Work Experience 16 Overview of the knowledge, skills and abilities required to effectively perform as
TOTAL UNITS 55 a foreman and project manager in the sheet metal industry.
COURSE OFFERINGS AP SM 110 Architectural Problem Solving (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AP SM 101 Core I (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 109
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the San Diego Sheet Metal Joint Apprentice- Overview of the knowledge, skills, and abilities of advanced architectural project
ship and Training Committee performance.
Note: May be taken 2 times
An introduction to the basic principles, processes, drawings, materials and prac- AP SM 197 Sheet Metal Topics (.5 - 4)
tices used in the sheet metal industry. Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
AP SM 102 Core II (4) scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the San Diego Sheet Metal Joint Apprentice-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 101 ship and Training Committee
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 4 times
A continuation of basic sheet metal processes as well as an introduction to simple Topics in Sheet Metal. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title
sheet metal forming processes. will designate subject covered.
AP SM 103 Core III (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Sound and Communication Systems
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 102 Installer (AP SC)
Note: May be taken 2 times
An introduction to intermediate sheet metal processes demonstrating job layout, A three-year apprenticeship program. Applicants for this program should be
architectural details and construction techniques with problems of unusual com- directed to the Riverside and San Bernardino Joint Electrical Apprenticeship
plexity and difficulty. Training Committees, 1855 Business Center Drive, San Bernardino, CA 92408.
Telephone: (909) 890-1703.
AP SM 104 Core IV (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory A.A. Degree Major or
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 103 Certificate of Achievement
Note: May be taken 2 times Program Requirements Units
A continuation of intermediate processes with problems of unusual difficulty and AP SC 101 Intro to Sound/Communication Trade Industry 4
complexity. AP SC 102 Electrical Theory and Practices DC 4
AP SC 103 Electrical Theory and Practices AC 4
AP SM 105 Sheet Metal Welding (3) AP SC 104 Semiconductor Electronics 4
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory AP SC 105 Intro to Digital Electronics and Signaling Devices 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 104 AP SC 106 Management/Alarms/Codes/Circuits 4
Note: May be taken 2 times AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience 16
An introduction to the basic principles and methods of gas and arc welding used
in the sheet metal industry. Includes codes, standards, welding theory and the TOTAL UNITS 40
practical application using prescribed welding procedures and equipment.
Sound Technician (AP SC)
AP SM 106 Plans and Specifications (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory A four-year apprenticeship program. Students will work in the field during the
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 105 day and attend class in the evenings. Each apprentice is paid for field work with
Note: May be taken 2 times regularly scheduled pay increases based on required work hours and completion
An introduction to the language and organization of plans and specifications for of classroom instruction. Upon completion of this program, students will receive
sheet metal projects. Topics will include architectural, structural, mechanical and a certificate of completion from the California Division of Apprenticeship Stan-
electrical drawings as well as how to write and implement a change order to plans dards and Journeyman Sound Technician status in the I.B.E.W. All students must
and specifications. be indentured Sound Technical apprentices to be eligible for the course. Inter-
ested applicants from San Diego/Imperial counties should apply to the San Diego
AP SM 107 Construction Plan Problem Solving (4) Electrical Training Trust, 4675 Viewridge Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, CA 92123.
3 hours lecture ‑ 3 hours laboratory Telephone: (858) 569-6322, extension 111.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 106
Note: May be taken 2 times A.A. Degree Major or
Learn to apply detailing and research skills to create changes to plans and specifi- Certificate of Achievement
cations using intermediate process problems of unusual complexity and difficulty. Program Requirements Units
AP SC 101 Intro to the Sound/Communication Trade Industry 4
AP SM 108 Introduction to Basic Refrigeration (4) AP SC 102 Electrical Theory and Practices DC 4
3 hours lecture ‑ 3 hours laboratory AP SC 103 Electrical Theory and Practices AC 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SM 107 AP SC 104 Semiconductor Electronics 4
Note: May be taken 2 times AP SC 105 Introduction to Digital Electronics 4
An introduction to the physical components and systems of a basic HVAC system AP SC 106 Management/Alarms/Codes/Circuits 4
as well as hands-on techniques for startup and basic system troubleshooting. AP SC 107 Life Safety and Security System Applications 4
97
Apprenticeship Training Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AP SC 108 Specialized Systems and Supervision Techniques 4
AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience 16 AP SC 108 Specialized Systems and Supervision Techniques (4)
TOTAL UNITS 48 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 107
COURSE OFFERINGS Note: May be taken 2 times
Study of specialized building systems including cable television systems (CATV),
AP SC 101 Introduction to the Sound and master antenna systems (MATV), and building automation systems. Training will
Communication Trade Industry (4) cover aspects of job administration including personal computer use, job estimat-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ing, customer relations, and building system startup procedures.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 50. Completion of designated tests
with a passing grade determined by the appropriate committee. Indentured Appren- AP SC 197 Sound and Communication Systems
tice to the Riverside, San Bernardino, Mono, and Inyo Counties Sound and Communi- Installer Topics (.5 - 4)
cations Joint Apprenticeship Committee or the San Diego Sound & Communications Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Joint Apprenticeship Committee. of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Note: May be taken 2 times scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Introduction to the sound and communication industry, electrical code, funda- Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to the Riverside, San Bernardino, Mono, and
mentals of wiring methods, fastening devices, electrical conductors, circuits, Inyo Counties Sound and Communications Joint Apprenticeship Committee or the San
voltage and data communication. Diego Sound & Communications Joint Apprenticeship Committee.
Note: May be taken 4 times
AP SC 102 Electrical Theory and Practices DC (4) Topics in Sound and Communication Systems Installer. See Class Schedule for
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory specific topic covered. Course title will designate subject covered.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 101
Note: May be taken 2 times Work Experience (AP WE)
Study of floor and plot plans, basic blueprint reading and circuit drawing, theory
of magnetism, DC and AC generators, motors and transformers, on-the-job safety,
first aid, electrical code, telephony and data communications. AP WE 110 Sheet Metal Work Experience (4)
12 hours laboratory
AP SC 103 Electrical Theory and Practices AC (4) Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ing Committee
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 102 Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Supervised on‑the‑job training in the Sheet Metal Trade.
Study of apprenticeship, electrical inductance, capacitance and reactance, includ-
ing grounded conductors, branch circuits, transformer principles, RCL circuits AP WE 111 Carpentry Work Experience (4)
and filters. 12 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
AP SC 104 Semiconductor Electronics (4) ing Committee
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading only
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 103 Supervised on-the-job training in the Carpentry trade.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Study of solid-state electronic theory and components, diodes, transistors, SCR, AP WE 112 Drywall/Acoustical Work Experience (4)
triacs, diacs, IC amplifiers and op-amps. 12 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
AP SC 105 Introduction to Digital Electronics and ing Committee
Signaling Devices (4) Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading only
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Supervised on-the-job training in the Interior Systems Trade.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 104
Note: May be taken 2 times AP WE 113 Electrician Work Experience (4)
Introduction to digital electronic technology and electronic equipment. Instruc- 12 hours laboratory
tion includes basic digital systems, binary and decimal numbering systems, de- Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
cision-making logic circuits, Boolean Algebra, flip-flops, counters, shift registers, ing Committee
encoders, decoders, ROMs, DC to AC converters and organization of these com- Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading only
ponent blocks to accomplish manipulation of data. Supervised on-the-job training in the Electrician trade.
AP SC 106 Management/Alarms/Codes/Circuits (4) AP WE 114 Plasterer Work Experience (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 12 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 105 Prerequisite: Indentured apprentice to a designated Joint Apprenticeship and Train-
Note: May be taken 2 times ing Committee
Introduction to management, installation of security and fire alarm systems, the Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading only
National Electrical Code as it relates to alarm installation and circuits as applied Supervised on-the-job training in the Interior Systems Trade
to alarm systems.
AP SC 107 Life Safety and Security System Applications (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AP SC 106
Note: May be taken 2 times
Continuation of digital theory studies. Instruction expands coverage
of Life Safety Systems, and introduces the theory and application of Nurse Call
Systems and Security Systems with an emphasis on closed circuit television
(CCTV) installations.
98 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Arabic-Architecture
Arabic 201A and 201B are equivalent to the third semester of an intermediate
Arabic (ARAB) level course in Arabic. ARAB 201B is a continuation of ARAB 201A. This interme-
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. diate level course is a study of the Arabic language and Arabic-speaking cultures,
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 focusing on intermediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant au-
Office: F-5 thentic materials. Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing
skills in order to acquire proficiency in Arabic. Class is largely conducted in Arabic.
COURSE OFFERINGS
ARAB 101A Arabic IA (3) Architecture (ARCH)
3 hours lecture Contact the Design and Consumer Eudcation Department for further
Note: Covers the first half of first semester Arabic. information.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
Arabic 101A and 101B are equivalent to the first semester of an elementary level Office: ST-49
course in Arabic. This elementary level course is a study of the Arabic language
and Arabic-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of communica- Associate in Arts Degrees -
tive skills and basic structures. This beginning-level course is for students with no AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
previous coursework in Arabic. • Architecture
• Architectural Drafting
ARAB 101B Arabic IB (3)
3 hours lecture Certificates of Achievement -
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARAB 101A or one year of high school • Architectural Drafting
Arabic • Eco-Building Professional
Note: Covers the second half of first semester Arabic.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Arabic 101A and 101B are equivalent to the first semester of an elementary level
course in Arabic. ARAB 101B is a continuation of ARAB 101A. This elementary
level course is a study of the Arabic language and Arabic-speaking cultures, with Architecture
emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Prepares students for advanced transfer into a university architectural program.
Students should review specific course requirements and transfer agreements
ARAB 102A Arabic IIA (3) with their architectural instructor and a counselor.
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARAB 101B or two years of high school A.A. Degree Major*
Arabic
Note: Covers the first half of second semester Arabic. Program Requirements
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC ARCH 105 Basic Architectural Drafting 3
Arabic 102A and 102B are equivalent to the second semester of an elementary ARCH 120 Architectural History 3
level course in Arabic. This elementary level course is a study of the Arabic lan- ARCH 121 Multicultural Architectural History 3
guage and Arabic-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of com- ARCH 135 Architectural Materials and Methods of Construction 3
municative skills and basic structures. ARCH 144 Architectural Drawing and Color 4
ARCH 145 Architectural Delineation and Pictorial Drawing 4
ARAB 102B Arabic IIB (3) ARCH 215 Architectural Design Fundamentals I 5
3 hours lecture ARCH 216 Architectural Design Fundamentals II 5
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARAB 102A or two years of high school
Arabic Electives (Select 9 units)
Note: Covers the second half of second semester Arabic. DT/ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DT 180 3D Studio Max - Introduction to
Arabic 102A and 102B are equivalent to the second semester of an elementary 3D Modeling and Animation 3
course in Arabic. Arabic 102B is a continuation of Arabic 102A. This elementary GCIP/
level course is a study of the Arabic language and Arabic-speaking cultures, with R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. MATH 115 Trigonometry 3
MATH 140 Calculus with Analytic Geometry, First Course 5
ARAB 201A Arabic IIIA (3) MATH 141 Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4
3 hours lecture PHYS 120 General Physics 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARAB 102B or three years of high school PHYS 121 General Physics 4
Arabic TOTAL UNITS 39
Note: Covers the first half of third semester Arabic.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC *Architecture A.A. Degree Major pending approval by the California Community
Arabic 201A and 201B are equivalent to the third semester of an intermediate Colleges Chancellor’s Office at the time of catalog production.
course in Arabic. This intermediate level course is a study of the Arabic language
and Arabic-speaking cultures, focusing on intermediate level structures and read-
ings of culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is on developing oral,
listening, reading and writing skills in order to acquire proficiency in Arabic. Class
is largely conducted in Arabic.
ARAB 201B Arabic IIIB (3)
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARAB 201A
Note: Covers the second half of third semester Arabic.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
99
Architecture Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Architectural Drafting ARCH 120 Architectural History (3)
3 hours lecture
Prepares students for employment as a design/production drafter in the field of
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ARCH 120 and 121 combined: maximum
architecture.
credit, one course
An overview of architectural history beginning with prehistoric cultures and
A.A. Degree Major or continuing through Egyptian and Mesopotamia, Aegean and Greek, Roman and
Certificate of Achievement Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic, and the Renaissance and Baroque periods.
The second half of the course focuses on the development of modern western
Program Requirements Units architecture.
ARCH 105 Basic Architectural Drafting 3 ARCH 121 Multicultural Architectural History (3)
DT/ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3 3 hours lecture
ARCH 135 Architectural Materials and Methods of Construction 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ARCH 120 and 121 combined: maximum
ARCH 144 Architectural Drawing and Color 4 credit, one course
ARCH 145 Architectural Delineation and Pictorial Drawing 4 A comparative study of the architecture of cultures outside the Western main-
ARCH 155 Architectural Theory 3 stream including: Pre-Columbian America; India and Southeast Asia, China and
ARCH 160 Environmental Architecture and Design 4 Japan, Russia and Eastern Europe; and the Moslem Empires. Special emphasis on
ARCH 200 Advanced Computer Aided Architectural Drafting 4 the cultural forces and conditions which shaped and evolved the architecture.
DT/ARCH 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture 3
ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to
Electives (Select 9 units) Computer Aided Drafting (3)
ARCH 120 Architectural History 3 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
ARCH 121 Multicultural Architectural History 3 Note: Cross listed as as DT 125; may be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions
CSIT/R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3 in any combination of ARCH/DT 125, DT 126 and DT 127.
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ARCH 125 and 126 combined: maximum
CE 105 Job Hunting Techniques 1-3 credit, one course
DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3 An introduction to computer aided drafting using AutoCAD software and IBM
DT 127 AutoCAD Customization 2 compatible computers. Hands on experience with AutoCAD to include the fol-
MATH 115 Trigonometry 3 lowing operations: preparing and editing drawings, storage and retrieval of draw-
TOTAL UNITS 40 ings, and production of commercial quality drawings on a plotter. Introductory
computer terminology and techniques in Windows.
Eco-Building Professional ARCH 135 Architectural Materials and
This program is designed to provide the knowledge and skills needed to promote Methods of Construction (3)
energy and resource efficient building practices through current code changes 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
and new tax cost payback. Graduates will be prepared for numerous jobs within Transfer acceptability: CSU
the deconstruction and remodel industries and would have skills needed by build- An introduction to the use and application of building construction materials and
ers, contractors, architects or designers seeking assessment of current construc- processes.
tion methods for framing, water use and LEED environmental compliance.
ARCH 144 Architectural Drawing and Color (4)
Certificate of ACHIEVEMENT* 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Program Requirements Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215, 216 and ART 102,
ARCH 135 Architectural Materials and Methods of Construction 3 103 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
ARCH 160 Environmental Architecture and Design 4 An introduction to basic architectural drawing and design that explores the theo-
ARCH 216 Architectural Design Fundamentals II 5 ry and application of perspective, shades and shadows, and color to architectural
ID 105 Materials and Resources 3 sketching, drawing, and model building. Includes a basic architectural design prob-
ID 130 Light and Color 3 lem exploring the concept of architectural complexity.
Total units 18
ARCH 145 Architectural Delineation and Pictorial Drawing (4)
Recommended Electives: GEOG 120, MATH 60 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: DT/ARCH 125
*Eco-Building Professional Certificate of Achievement pending approval by the Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading; may be taken 2 times
California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Office at the time of catalog pro- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215, 216 and ART 102,
duction. 103 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
Principles and techniques of pictorial drawing in architecture including isometric,
COURSE OFFERINGS oblique, and perspective projection; shades and shadows; and presentation graph-
ics. The three dimensional and shading capabilities of AutoCAD will be utilized
ARCH 105 Basic Architectural Drafting (3) in coordination with the use of Photoshop software as a color rendering tool.
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Abstract architectural design concepts will also be explored.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to architectural drafting including symbols, lettering, construc- ARCH 155 Architectural Theory (3)
tion principles, details, and codes as related to the development of working draw- 3 hours lecture
ings for simple residential design. Transfer acceptability: CSU
A study and analysis of the concepts and philosophies that have influenced or
ARCH 106 Intermediate Architectural Drafting (3) been the basis of architectural form from the Classical period to the present.
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory The analysis will include the use of drawing and model-building tools to gain an
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARCH 105 understanding of these principles applied to specific structures throughout
Transfer acceptability: CSU history.
A continued study in residential design including study in details, materials,
elevations, specifications, electrical, and plumbing.
100 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Architecture-Art
ARCH 160 Environmental Architecture and Design (4) Certificates of Achievement -
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: May be taken 3 times. May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215, 216 and ART 102, • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design
103 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
An introduction to the theory and application of bio-climate adaptive architec- Certificates of Proficiency -
tural design in small scale buildings including effective energy use, solar geometry, Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
environmental measurements, heat flow, heat transfer, and thermal masses. Em- • Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music
phasis is on design and construction principles for lighting, passive shading, heat-
ing, cooling and ventilating envelope load-dominated buildings. This is a service PROGRAMS OF STUDY
learning course. Students must be involved in relevant community service as a
part of this course work. Students will conduct research and work collaboratively
towards a solution for community development.
Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music
This program is directed at the digital design and implementation of 3D anima-
ARCH 200 Advanced Computer Aided tions, graphic compositing and music.
Architectural Drafting (4)
2 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory Certificate of Proficiency
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ID 150, or ARCH/DT 125, and a minimum
grade of ‘C’ in ARCH 105, or concurrent enrollment in ARCH 105 Program Requirements Units
Note: May be taken 2 times (5 courses minimum required)
Transfer acceptability: CSU ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
Advanced techniques in the operation of AutoCAD software for architectural ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
applications. Preparation of various architectural working drawings from a pre- GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
liminary residential design. GCMW 206 Motion Graphics Production and Compositing 4
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
ARCH 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture (3) MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory TOTAL UNITS 16-17
Recommended preparation: ARCH 200
Note: Cross listed as as DT 202. May be taken 2 times Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music Certificate of Proficiency is also listed
Transfer acceptability: CSU in Graphic Communications - Multimedia and Web, and in Music.
Preparation of basic 3D architectural information models and (BIM). Manipulation
for preparation of individual architectural working drawings, including: dimen- Graphic Design
sioned floor plans, building sections, elevations, etc. using Revit software.
Prepares students in basic skills necessary to prepare a portfolio for application
ARCH 215 Architectural Design Fundamentals I (5) to graphic Design, environmental Design, and packaging Design programs at 4
2½ hours lecture - 7½ hours laboratory year schools. In addition, develops creative Design ability and conceptual skills in
Recommended preparation: ARCH 144 and 145 the printed media, motion graphics, and web Design.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215, 216 and ART 102,
103 combined: maximum credit, 18 units A.A. Degree Major
Development of problem solving and analytical skills in architectural design
Program Requirements Units
involving consideration of factors of architectural form in two- and three-dimen-
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
sional compositions, and design concepts and applications.
ART 166 History of Art II 3
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
ARCH 216 Architectural Design Fundamentals II (5)
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
2½ hours lecture - 7½ hours laboratory
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
Recommended preparation: ARCH 145 and 215
ARTD 200 Graphic Design II- Lettering and Layout 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215, 216 and ART 102,
ARTD 210 Typography Design 3
103 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
Complex architectural problems involving consideration of factors of structure,
ARTD 250 New Media Studio 3
site, and climate.
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
Art (ART) ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
BUS 150 Advertising 3
Contact the Art Department for further information. PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2302 Final Art Portfolio Review 0
Office: D-14
Electives (Select 6‑7 units)
Associate in Arts Degrees - ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
ART 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3
• Graphic Design ARTI 220 Illustration II Digital Techniques 3
• Illustration R GCIP/
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design R GCIP/
• Pictorial Arts - Emphasis in Painting GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 3
• Pictorial Arts - Emphasis in Printmaking RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3
• Three-Dimensional Arts - Emphasis in Ceramics BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
• Three-Dimensional Arts - Emphasis in Crafts MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
• Three-Dimensional Arts - Emphasis in Glass
• Three-Dimensional Arts - Emphasis in Jewelry and Metalsmithing
• Three-Dimensional Arts - Emphasis in Sculpture
101
Art Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
MUS 181 or Computer Music II DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3 DT 182 3D Studio Max–Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 GCIP/
TOTAL UNITS 48.5 - 49.5 R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Graphic Design A.A. Degree Major is also listed in Art - Design.
Electives (Select two courses)
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts/Techniques in Art 3
Illustration ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
Provides students with specific skills necessary to prepare a portfolio for ap- DT 128 SolidWorks Intro 3D Design and Presentation 3
plication to Illustration programs at 4-year schools. In addition develops creative DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation 2
conceptual and Illustrative skills for use in advertising and story Illustration. GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
A.A. Degree Major GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
ENTT/RTV 120 Digital Television Production 3
Program Requirements Units
ART 104 Design and Composition 3 TOTAL UNITS 28 – 29
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 125 Head Drawing 3 Emphasis in Multimedia Design
ART 166 History of Art II 3
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
ART 220 or Oil Painting I A.A. Degree Major or
ART 225 Acrylic Painting I 3 Certificate of Achievement
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3 Program Requirements Units
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3 ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
ARTI 200 Rendering 3 ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
ARTI 210 Illustration I 3 ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
ARTI 220 Illustration II, Digital Techniques 3 GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
ARTI 230 Illustration III, Experimental Techniques 3 GCMW/
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3 R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3 GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
Final Art Portfolio Review 0 GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Electives (Select 3 units) Electives (Select two courses)
ART 121 Life Drawing and Composition II 3 ART 197G Topics in Art – Computer Art 3
ART 197B Topics in Art – Painting .5‑3 ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
ART 197F Topics in Art – Drawing .5-3 ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design/Modeling 3
ART 235 Watercolor Painting I 3 DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
ART 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3 DT 182 3D Studio Max–Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3 GC 100 Graphic Communications 3
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3 GCIP/
ARTD 250 New Media Studio 3 R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
BUS 150 Advertising 3 GCIP/
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3 R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5 GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 GCMW 197B Topics in Multimedia 3
TOTAL UNITS 45 GCMW/
R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
Illustration A.A. Degree Major is also listed in ArtI – Illustration. GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
Interactive Media Design TOTAL UNITS 31 - 33
Prepares students with specific skills necessary for employment in the field of
multimedia design and production. Students may choose an emphasis in either Interactive Media Design A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is also listed
3D modeling and animation, which emphasizes production skills and authoring in Drafting Technology and in Graphic Communications - Multimedia and Web.
systems, or multimedia design, which emphasizes content development and visual
design of multimedia productions. Both areas of emphasis collaborate on an ac- Pictorial Arts
tual multimedia production.
Programs are designed to enable the student to acquire skills in producing mar-
ketable fine art for gallery exhibition and commissions, enter into the commercial
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation area, and serve as a preparation for transfer to a four‑year college or university.
Transfer students should consult the four‑year college or university catalog for
A.A. Degree Major or specific requirements or see a Palomar College counselor.
Certificate of Achievement
Pictorial arts majors may select an emphasis in painting or printmaking within the
Program Requirements Units program requirements.
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
102 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Art
Emphasis in Painting Three-Dimensional Arts
Programs are designed to enable the student to acquire skills in producing mar-
A.A. Degree Major ketable fine art for gallery exhibition and commissions, enter into the commercial
area, and serve as a preparation for transfer to a four‑year college or university.
Program Requirements Units
Transfer students should consult the four‑year college or university catalog for
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3
specific requirements or see a Palomar College counselor.
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 103 Drawing and Composition II 3
Three‑dimensional arts majors may select an emphasis in ceramics, crafts, glass,
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
jewelry and metalsmithing, or sculpture, within the program requirements.
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 121 Life Drawing and Composition II 3 Emphasis in Ceramics
ART 165 History of Art I 3
ART 166 History of Art II 3
A.A. Degree Major
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
Final Art Portfolio Review 0 Program Requirements Units
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3
Plus 6 units selected from the following:
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 220 Oil Painting I 3
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
ART 221 Oil Painting II 3
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3
ART 225 Acrylic Painting I 3
ART 135 Ceramics I 3
ART 226 Acrylic Painting II 3
ART 136 Ceramics II 3
ART 165 History of Art I 3
Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 166 History of Art II 3
ART 130 Printmaking I 3
ART 250 Ceramics III 3
ART 131 Printmaking II 3
ART 260 Sculpture I 3
ART 197F Topics in Art – Drawing .5-3
ART 265 Ceramic Sculpture I 3
ARTI 200 Rendering 3
ART 266 Ceramic Sculpture II 3
ARTI 210 Illustration I, Traditional Techniques 3
Final Art Portfolio Review 0
ARTI 220 Illustration II, Digital Techniques 3
ART 220, 221, 225, 226 (if not taken in emphasis area) 3
Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 230 Airbrush Painting I 3
ART 137 Pottery Production 3
ART 231 Airbrush Painting II 3
ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I 3
ART 235 Watercolor Painting I 3
ART 147 Design in Enamels 3
ART 236 Watercolor Painting II 3
ART 160 Glassblowing‑Offhand I 3
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3
ART 261 Sculpture II 3
TOTAL UNITS 42 PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3
Emphasis in Printmaking TOTAL UNITS 42
A.A. Degree Major Emphasis in Crafts
Program Requirements Units
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3 A.A. Degree Major
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3
Program Requirements Units
ART 103 Drawing and Composition II 3
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3
ART 130 Printmaking I 3
ART 135 Ceramics I 3
ART 131 Printmaking II 3
ART 145 Design in Mixed Media 3
ART 165 History of Art I 3
ART 146 Design in Wood 3
ART 166 History of Art II 3
ART 147 Design in Enamels 3
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
ART 150 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design I 3
Final Art Portfolio Review 0
ART 165 History of Art I 3
ART 166 History of Art II 3
Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 260 Sculpture I 3
ART 197F Topics in Art – Drawing .5 - 3
Final Art Portfolio Review 0
ART 220 Oil Painting I 3
ART 221 Oil Painting II 3
Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 225 Acrylic Painting I 3
ART 136 Ceramics II 3
ART 226 Acrylic Painting II 3
ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I 3
ART 230 Airbrush Painting I 3
ART 151 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design II 3
ART 231 Airbrush Painting II 3
ART 155 Stained Glass I 3
ART 235 Watercolor Painting I 3
ART 261 Sculpture II 3
ART 236 Watercolor Painting II 3
ART 270 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design III 3
ARTI 210 Illustration I, Traditional Techniques 3
ART 275 Stained Glass II 3
ARTI 220 Illustration II, Digital Techniques 3
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3
TOTAL UNITS 39
TOTAL UNITS 42
103
Art Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Emphasis in Glass ART 135 Ceramics I 3
ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I 3
ART 165 History of Art I 3
A.A. Degree Major ART 166 History of Art II 3
Program Requirements Units ART 260 Sculpture I 3
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3 ART 261 Sculpture II 3
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3 ART 265 Ceramic Sculpture I 3
ART 104 Design and Composition 3 ART 266 Ceramic Sculpture II 3
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3 Final Art Portfolio Review 0
ART 135 Ceramics I 3
ART 145 Design in Mixed Media 3 Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 155 Stained Glass I 3 ART 136 Ceramics II 3
ART 160 Glassblowing‑Offhand I 3 ART 145 Design in Mixed Media 3
ART 165 History of Art I 3 ART 150 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design I 3
ART 166 History of Art II 3 ART 160 Glassblowing‑Offhand I 3
ART 260 Sculpture I 3 ART 205 Indirect Metal Forming 3
ART 280 Glassblowing‑Offhand II 3 ART 255 Foundry Techniques/Sculpture II 3
Final Art Portfolio Review 0 PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3
TOTAL UNITS 42
Electives (Select 4-6 units)
ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I 3 COURSE OFFERINGS
ART 146 Design in Wood 3
ART 147 Design in Enamels 3 An activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all
ART 150 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design I 3 ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four Ceramics courses for
ART 275 Stained Glass II 3 credit). Ceramics and Jewelry and Metalsmithing classes are defined as activity
ART 276 Cold Glass Design 1 courses.
ART 277 Glass Casting 1
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3 ART 100 Introduction to Art (3)
3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 40 – 42
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Promotes an understanding and appreciation of art through slide‑lectures, discus-
Emphasis in Jewelry and Metalsmithing sion, and museum visits. For non‑art majors.
ART 101 Methods and Materials (3)
A.A. Degree Major
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Program Requirements Units Note: May be taken 2 times
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3 Introduction to the aesthetic and technical potential of a variety of materials and
ART 104 Design and Composition 3 methods basic to various art disciplines. Concentration on the skills needed to
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3 use these materials in a two‑ and three‑dimensional art.
ART 165 History of Art I 3
ART 166 History of Art II 3 ART 102 Drawing and Composition I (3)
ART 145 Design in Mixed Media 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
ART 147 Design in Enamels 3 Note: May be taken 2 times
ART 150 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design I 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ART 102, 103 and ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215,
ART 151 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design II 3 216 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
ART 205 Indirect Metal Forming 3 A basic studio course in the media and technique of drawing. An introduction to
ART 270 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design III 3 pictorial structure, visual elements, use of perspective, and rendering and sketch-
Final Art Portfolio Review 0 ing techniques. This course is designed to develop skills for both commercial and
fine arts.
Electives (Select 6 units)
ART 135 Ceramics I 3 ART 103 Drawing and Composition II (3)
ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
ART 146 Design in Wood 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102
ART 260 Sculpture I 3 Note: May be taken 2 times
ART 265 Ceramic Sculpture I 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - ART 102, 103 and ARCH 144, 145, 160, 215,
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photo 3 216 combined: maximum credit, 18 units
TOTAL UNITS 42 The development of subject and theme concepts with varied approaches to com-
position and the use of media. Introduction to abstract composition and mixed
media techniques as a preliminary to painting.
Emphasis in Sculpture
ART 104 Design and Composition (3)
A.A. Degree Major 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ART 101 Methods and Materials 3 Basic instruction in flat design. The study of line, color, value, shape, texture, form,
ART 102 Drawing and Composition I 3 and the principles of composition. Experience in a variety of media. Essential to
ART 104 Design and Composition 3 students of fine and commercial art, photography, graphic arts, architectural, and
ART 105 3-Dimensional Form and Design 3 interior design.
104 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Art
ART 105 Three‑Dimensional Form and Design (3) ART 133 Etching (1)
6 hours lecture/laboratory 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 2 times
Basic instruction in sculptural forms and structures.A variety of media is explored. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction to the techniques of etching, aquatint and drypoint.
ART 106 Figure Painting (3)
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory ART 135 Ceramics I (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Examines the use of oil, acrylic or watercolor in modeling the human form. Par- Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART
ticular attention will be placed on color mixing, drawing and paint application. 135, ART 136, ART 250
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I (3) An introduction to basic forming techniques in clay and various surface treat-
6 hours lecture/laboratory ments.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘B’ in at least one semester of a college-level
drawing course ART 136 Ceramics II (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 135
A basic course in the fundamentals of drawing the human figure. The use of the Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART
figure as an element of both naturalistic and expressive rendering. 135, ART 136, ART 250
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ART 121 Life Drawing and Composition II (3) Advanced studies in handbuilding and wheel throwing techniques. Continuing
6 hours lecture/laboratory study of various surface techniques. Techniques of glaze and facility maintenance.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 120
Note: May be taken 2 times ART 137 Pottery Production (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC–Credit Limitations - Credit for only one attempt 6 hours lecture/laboratory
An exploration of the human figure as the basic subject of creative and experi- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 135
mental composition. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 123 Arts Across the Curriculum (3)
Wheel throwing production, kiln use and construction, mixing and maintaining
3 hours lecture
glazes, studio maintenance, decorative techniques, and marketing skills and tech-
Note: Cross listed as: DNCE 123/ MUS 123/ TA 123
niques.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course is an introduction to the artistic creative process through a compara-
ART 138 Ceramic Surface Decoration (1)
tive study of dance, music, theatre, and visual arts, within a social and cultural
2 hours lecture/laboratory
context. The principles of artistic perception, creative expression, cultural and
Recommended preparation: ART 135, 136, and 250
historical context, and aesthetic valuing will be discussed.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 125 Head Drawing (3) A study of ceramic surface treatments and decorative techniques.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 or ARTI 100 ART 139 Raku Techniques (1)
Note: May be taken 2 times 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Recommended preparation: ART 135, 136, and 250
Introduction to human head drawing. Special emphasis on techniques designed Note: May be taken 2 times
to illustrate musculoskeletal relationships that distinguish differences in age, sex, Transfer acceptability: CSU
and personality. Exploration of the raku ceramic process and related earthenware decorative
techniques.
ART 130 Printmaking I (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory ART 140 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture I (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 105
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduction to the techniques of etching, aquatint, drypoint, photo engraving, Transfer acceptability: CSU
and wood and linoleum cuts. Problems in multicolor intaglio and multicolor relief Theory and practice in casting skills using foundry techniques.
printing. Design and composition in relation to the media will be emphasized.
ART 145 Design in Mixed Media (3)
ART 131 Printmaking II (3) 6 hours lecture/laboratory
6 hours lecture/laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 130 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 2 times Design and production of useful “one‑of‑a‑kind” or “limited edition” objects of
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC art. Attention to the visual as well as structural character of chosen materials.
Continued practice in the creation of fine prints. Mixed media and the photoin- Media may include wood, metal, fibers, plastics, and bone and leather alone or in
taglio process are explored. combination.
ART 132 Lithography and Experimental Printmaking (1) ART 146 Design in Wood (3)
2 hours lecture/laboratory 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU Explores in depth the sculptural and functional qualities of wood. Original designs
Introduction to the techniques of plate lithography and experimental lithographic may include useful forms such as furniture, containers, and architectural orna-
processes. ments as well as fantasy forms. Benefits students of three‑dimensional art and
wood technology.
105
Art Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ART 147 Design in Enamels (3) Emphasis on the styles and contributions of individual artists as well as the aes-
6 hours lecture/laboratory thetic, political, and psycho‑sociological motivations behind the art of the 20th
Recommended preparation: ART 104 century.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU ART 182 Introduction to Arts Management (3)
Exploration of the creative and aesthetic possibilities of enameling. Principles and 9 hours laboratory
techniques in two‑ and three‑ dimensional designs. Note: Cross listed as AMS 182/ DNCE 182/ MUS 182/ TA 182
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 150 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design I (3) An introduction to the principles and practices of arts management through an
6 hours lecture/laboratory interdisciplinary study of management topics in the visual and performing arts.
Note: Maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART 150, ART 151, ART 270
Transfer acceptability: CSU ART 183 Internship in Arts Management (3)
Projects in two‑ and three‑dimensional jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Study 9 hours laboratory
of the relationship of design to materials and of contemporary metal working Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AMS/ART/DANCE/MUS/TA 182
techniques. Note: Cross listed as AMS 183/ DNCE 183/ MUS 183/TA 183
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 151 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design II (3) Practical experience in arts management in the visual and performing arts.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 150 ART 197A Topics in Art – Printmaking (.5-3)
Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
150, ART 151, ART 270 of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Transfer acceptability: CSU scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Exploration of manipulation of metal and surface decoration including stone set- Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
ting. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
ART 155 Stained Glass I (3) Short and extended term lecture workshops or laboratory courses in various
6 hours lecture/laboratory specialized aspects of printmaking.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 104
Note: May be taken 2 times ART 197B Topics in Art – Painting (.5-3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Introduction to the materials and processes involved in the creation of flat glass of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
objects. Emphasis on design potential and creative possibilities of the medium. scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
ART 160 Glassblowing‑Offhand I (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
6 hours lecture/laboratory syllabus.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 104 or 105 Short and extended term lecture‑workshops or laboratory courses in various
Note: May be taken 2 times specialized aspects of painting.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The study of the properties and structure of glass and materials, equipment, and ART 197C Topics in Art – Glass (.5-3)
techniques used to work it in offhand method. Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
ART 165 History of Art I: Survey of Western Art (3) scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU
The art forms and styles of Western man from the Paleolithic period through Short and extended term lecture workshops or laboratory courses in various
Medieval Gothic. Emphasis on the contribution of religion, social and political specialized aspects of glass.
structures, heritage, and inter‑cultural contacts as they influence changes in form
and style. ART 197D Topics in Art – Ceramics (.5-3)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
ART 166 History of Art II: Survey of Western Art (3) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
3 hours lecture scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
The art forms and styles of Western man from the Renaissance to the pres- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
ent. Emphasis on the style of individual artists and national styles as well as the syllabus.
contribution of religious, social, and political influences. Focus on European art, Short and extended term lecture workshops or laboratory courses in various
but with discussion of American art and architecture, as well as influences from specialized aspects of ceramics.
non-Western art and cultures.
ART 197E Topics in Art – Sculpture (.5-3)
ART 167 History of Modern Art I: 19th Century Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Europe and America (3) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
3 hours lecture scheduled by the department. Refer to class schedule.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
European and American painting, sculpture, and architecture from 1700 to 1900. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Emphasis on the styles and contributions of individual artists as well as the influ- syllabus.
ence of social, political, and cultural developments. Short and extended term lecture workshops or laboratory courses in various
specialized aspects of sculpture.
ART 168 History of Modern Art II: 20th Century
Europe and America (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Twentieth Century European and American painting, sculpture, and architecture.
106 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Art
ART 197F Topics in Art – Drawing (.5-3) Note: May be taken 2 times
1 to 6 hours lecture/laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units Advanced projects in the concepts and techniques of oil painting with concentra-
Transfer acceptability: CSU tion on individual creative progress and development.
Short and extended term lecture-workshops or laboratory courses in various
aspects of drawing techniques. ART 225 Acrylic Painting I (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory
ART 197G Topics in Art – Computer Art (.5-3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 103 and 200, or concurrent enrollment
1 to 6 hours lecture/laboratory in ART 103 and 200
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Short and extended term lecture-workshops or laboratory courses in which a Concepts of studio painting utilizing acrylic based colors as the primary medium.
teacher utilizes and teaches special computer hardware/ software relationships Exploration of different styles and techniques with emphasis on contemporary
and processes to produce art. modes of expression. Concentration on gaining skills in composition, brush han-
dling, and the use of color.
ART 197H Topics in Art – General (.5-3)
1 to 6 hours lecture/laboratory ART 226 Acrylic Painting II (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 225
Short and extended term lecture-workshops or laboratory courses in various Note: May be taken 2 times
aspects of art. Course title will designate subject covered. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Advanced projects in the concepts and techniques of acrylic painting with empha-
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory (3) sis on individual creative progress and development.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 and 104 ART 230 Airbrush Painting I (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 103 and 200, or concurrent enroll-
Investigations into the phenomenon of color and its use in art. Problems involving ment in ART 103 and 200
color and design in various media, including acrylics and collage. Exploration of Note: May be taken 2 times
the role of color in Western art from late 19th Century to the present. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Emphasis on developing skills in airbrush painting and masking techniques for use
ART 205 Indirect Metal Forming (3) in fine arts, commercial art, and photo retouching. The theory, use, and mainte-
6 hours lecture/laboratory nance of airbrushes and associated equipment.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 150 or 260
Note: May be taken 2 times ART 231 Airbrush Painting II (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Exploration of indirect metal forming in jewelry and small sculpture. Projects in Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 230
lost wax centrifugal and gravity casting, electroforming, and metal spraying. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ART 213 Illustration/Life Drawing (1) Creative approaches to airbrush painting. A continued study of airbrush
2 hours lecture/laboratory techniques used in fine arts, commercial art, and photo retouching.
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU ART 235 Watercolor Painting I (3)
The study of techniques used in drawing and painting from both nude and cos- 6 hours lecture/laboratory
tumed models. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ART 214 Head Painting (1) Fundamental approaches to the use of watercolors and other waterbase paints
2 hours lecture/laboratory in creative painting. Concentration on both literal and expressive modes utilizing
Note: May be taken 3 times a variety of subjects.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction to painting techniques as they apply to the human head. Critical ART 236 Watercolor Painting II (3)
analysis and application of color theory and mixing principles. Analysis of human 6 hours lecture/laboratory
facial planes, proportion and bone structure in the application of either oil or Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 235
acrylic paint. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ART 220 Oil Painting I (3) Advanced work in watercolor media.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 103 and 200, or concurrent enrollment ART 250 Ceramics III (3)
in ART 103 and 200 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 136
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART
Fundamental methods and concepts of studio painting using oil color as the pri- 135, ART 136, ART 250
mary medium. Concentration on gaining technical skills in pictorial composition, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
subject interpretation, brush handling, and the use of color. Exploration of histori- Creative and experimental handbuilding, advanced throwing, firing techniques,
cal and contemporary styles, attitudes, and techniques. glaze evaluation, and special research.
ART 221 Oil Painting II (3) ART 255 Foundry Techniques in Sculpture II (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 220 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 140
107
Art/Design Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Note: May be taken 2 times ART 280 Glassblowing‑Offhand II (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Advanced theory and practices in casting skills using foundry techniques. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 160
Note: May be taken 2 times
ART 260 Sculpture I (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
6 hours lecture/laboratory Advanced problems in the creation of fine blown glass.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 and 105, or concurrent enroll-
ment in ART 102 and 105 ART 295 Directed Study in Art (1, 2, 3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in 18 units of college‑level art including ART
Design and fabrication of expressive three‑dimensional forms. Exploration of 102, 104 or 105, 165, and 166, and instructor’s approval of proposed project or
both historical and contemporary sculptural materials with emphasis on 20th research
Century models of expression. Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
ART 261 Sculpture II (3) syllabus.
6 hours lecture/laboratory Independent study for advanced students dealing with projects or research in
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 260 areas not covered by regular classes. Students will work under the guidance of
Note: May be taken 2 times an instructor.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Advanced projects in the concept and creation of original sculpture. ART 296 Special Projects (1, 2, 3)
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
ART 265 Ceramic Sculpture I (3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘B’ in 6 units of college-level course work in a
6 hours lecture/laboratory specialized area of art, and instructor’s approval of the proposed project
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 102 or 104 or 105, and ART 135 Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
Note: May be taken 2 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC– Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC syllabus.
Creative projects and experimentation using clay as the primary material for A course for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in art and wishes
non‑utilitarian expressive forms. to work beyond existing classes or desires to pursue a project which does not fit
into the context of existing classes. Students will work directly with an instructor.
ART 266 Ceramic Sculpture II (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 265 Art - Design (ARTD)
Note: May be taken 2 times Contact the Art Department for further information.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (760) 744-1150, ext. 2302
Advanced problems in creative and experimental uses of clay for non‑utilitarian Office: D-14
expressive forms.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
ART 270 Jewelry and Metalsmithing Design III (3) AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
6 hours lecture/laboratory • Graphic Design
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 151
Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of ART PROGRAM OF STUDY
150, ART 151, ART 270
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Continued exploration of the manipulation of metal. Advanced projects in jewelry
Graphic Design
and metalsmithing. Prepares students in basic skills necessary to prepare a portfolio for application
to graphic Design, environmental Design, and packaging Design programs at 4
ART 275 Stained Glass II (3) year schools. In addition, develops creative Design ability and conceptual skills in
6 hours lecture/laboratory the printed media, motion graphics, and web Design.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ART 155
Note: May be taken 2 times A.A. Degree Major
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Program Requirements Units
Creative expression in flat glass. Emphasis on architectural and fine arts applica-
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
tion of the medium. Painting, enameling, and etching techniques will be explored
ART 166 History of Art II 3
in depth.
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
ART 276 Cold Glass Design (1)
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
2 hours lecture/laboratory
ARTD 200 Graphic Design II- Lettering and Layout 3
Note: May be taken 3 times
ARTD 210 Typography Design 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
Applications of the materials and processes involved in the production of flat glass
ARTD 250 New Media Studio 3
materials. Emphasis is on the design of stained glass and problem solving during
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3
fabrication of designs.
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
ART 277 Glass Casting (1)
BUS 150 Advertising 3
2 hours lecture/laboratory
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
Note: May be taken 3 times
Final Art Portfolio Review 0
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The study of the properties of molten glass as applied to glass casting. The ac-
Electives (Select 6‑7 units)
quisition of knowledge through problem solving using open face glass casting
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
techniques.
108 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Art/Design-Illustration
ART 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3 ARTD 250 New Media Studio (3)
ARTI 220 Illustration II Digital Techniques 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
R GCIP/ Prerequisite: Enrollment based on portfolio review with list of criteria
GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 Note: May be taken 3 times
R GCIP/ Transfer acceptability: CSU
GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 3 An advanced class using digital tools that focuses on collaborative creative proj-
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3 ects. Joint concept development, communication, critical thinking and creative
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3 teamwork will be stressed. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of graphic
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3 design, illustration. 2-D and 3-D animation and fine art components into profes-
MUS 181 or Computer Music II sional quality multimedia projects. Students from the Art Department will have
MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3 the opportunity to collaborate with students from music and computer science.
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
TOTAL UNITS 48.5 - 49.5
Art - Illustration (ARTI)
Graphic Design A.A. Degree Major is also listed in Art. Contact the Art Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2302
COURSE OFFERINGS Office: D-14
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
6 hours lecture/laboratory AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: May be taken 2 times • Illustration
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Design principles as they apply to graphic communication. Abstract and pictorial PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Design for the printed media. Film and architectural signage. Lettering is applied
as an abstract Design element. Illustration
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art (3) Provides students with specific skills necessary to prepare a portfolio for ap-
6 hours lecture/laboratory plication to Illustration programs at 4-year schools. In addition develops creative
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARTD 100 conceptual and Illustrative skills for use in advertising and story Illustration.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC A.A. Degree Major
An overview of vector based and pixel based computer applications, and how
Program Requirements Units
they are used in a creative environment. Understanding of the underlying logic of
ART 104 Design and Composition 3
computer software will be taught with an emphasis on the role of the computer
ART 120 Life Drawing and Composition I 3
in all forms of modern art-making. Students will learn how to use the computer as
ART 125 Head Drawing 3
a tool effectively while developing their own method of creating digital artwork.
ART 166 History of Art II 3
Cross-platform issues will be addressed, as well as file preparation for various
ART 200 Color/Light and Theory 3
output media.
ART 220 or Oil Painting I
ARTD 200 Graphic Design II – Lettering and Layout (3) ART 225 Acrylic Painting I 3
6 hours lecture/laboratory ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARTD 100 ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3
Recommended preparation: ARTD 150 ARTI 200 Rendering 3
Note: May be taken 2 times ARTI 210 Illustration I – Traditional Techniques 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU ARTI 220 Illustration II – Digital Techniques 3
The study of the historical roots and nomenclature of lettering forms and the ARTI 230 Illustration III – Experimental Techniques 3
development of grid systems to aid in the development of successful layout ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
designs. Design and assembly utilizing both hand skills and computer software ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
will be taught. Final Art Portfolio Review 0
ARTD 210 Typography Design (3) Electives (Select 3 units)
6 hours lecture/laboratory ART 121 Life Drawing and Composition II 3
Recommended preparation: ARTD 150 ART 197B Topics in Art – Painting .5‑3
Note: May be taken 2 times ART 197F Topics in Art – Drawing .5-3
Transfer acceptability: CSU ART 235 Watercolor Painting I 3
Introduction to the historical roots and contemporary technology of typography. ART 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3
Provides a critical analysis of technical processes and elements through assign- ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
ments that define its symbolic and communicative aspects. ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
ARTD 250 New Media Studio 3
ARTD 220 Motion Design (3) BUS 150 Advertising 3
6 hours lecture/laboratory BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
Recommended preparation: ARTD 150 PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
Note: May be taken 2 times CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU TOTAL UNITS 45
An introduction to the concepts and techniques of animation and multimedia for
personal computers using After Effects. Emphasis will be placed on the role of the Illustration A.A. Degree Major is also listed in Art.
artist and in the development process and as a key link in determining the success
of the final project.
109
Art/Illustration-Astronomy Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
COURSE OFFERINGS Transfer acceptability: CSU
Concepts and techniques of 3-dimensional animation using Maya software. The
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration (3)
course will provide an understanding of the production, animation and postpro-
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU duction process.
A course on proportion and structure, quick sketching, gesture, and contour
drawing. Included is the study of perspective and drawing of mechanical and
natural forms by the use of line and value. Emphasis is placed on the evolutionary
Astronomy (ASTR)
development of visual ideas. Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further
information.
ARTI 200 Rendering (3) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2512
6 hours lecture/laboratory Office: NS-110G
Recommended preparation: ART 103, ARTI 100 For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts Degrees -
Application of various media and techniques for illustrating known products and AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
services or the illustration of design ideas for students in design and architecture. • Astronomy
Emphasis is on the development of proficiency and the encouragement of com-
parison of student work with current professional work. Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
ARTI 210 Illustration I – Traditional Techniques (3) • Astronomy
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARTI 100 Planetarium
Transfer acceptability: CSU Palomar College offers several types of planetarium programs for the com-
Course work that reflects the types of assignments an illustrator may encounter munity. School programs are presented on Tuesday and Thursday mornings
in the industry, using a variety of traditional media and techniques. Contemporary for area elementary and secondary schools. The planetarium also offers two
principles of concept development and problem solving will be explored, using evening shows a month, open to the public. For further information, contact
stylization, design, composition and color as methods of communication. Accurate the planetarium at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2833 or the Earth, Space, and Aviation
analysis, historical reference, oral and graphic presentation of ideas, sketches and Sciences Department.
finished art will be stressed.
PROGRAM OF STUDY
ARTI 220 Illustration II – Digital Techniques (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory Astronomy
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARTI 200 and ARTI 210 Provides the student with sufficient background to begin upper division course
Note: May be taken 2 times work. Transfer students should consult the four year college or university catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU for specific requirements or see a Palomar College counselor. Students pursuing
A course for advanced illustration students that focuses on creating non-tradi- a major in Astronomy at San Diego State University must complete a minor in
tional professional level commercial artwork. Media experimentation, and com- Mathematics.
bination of traditional methods with digital applications is used to create finished
pieces that are conceptually and visually interesting and strong. Students are A.A. Degree Major or
encouraged to develop and strengthen personal and distinctive approaches to
Certificate of Achievement
Illustration. Portfolio preparation for admission to high quality 4-year art and
design programs, or for entry into to the work force will be examined and ap- Program Requirements Units
plied. Students will also gain insight into self-promotion and marketing strategies. ASTR 100 Principles of Astronomy 3
Contracts, self-employment issues and billing procedures will be explained. ASTR 105L Introduction to Astronomy Laboratory 1
ASTR/GEOL 120 Planets, Moons and Comets 3
ARTI 230 Illustration III – Experimental Techniques (3) MATH 140 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, First Course 5
6 hours lecture/laboratory MATH 141 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARTI 220 MATH 205 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Third Course 4
Note: May be taken 3 times PHYS 230 Principles of Physics 5
Transfer acceptability: CSU PHYS 231 Principles of Physics 5
Coursework will reflect advanced illustration concepts, conceptually and techni- PHYS 232 Principles of Physics 4
cally. Students will combine experimental traditional and digital techniques to TOTAL UNITS 34
create projects that reflect a professional level of finish and format. Projects will
focus on conceptual content and process, and represent a range of possible indus- Recommended Electives: ASTR 210, 295
try application, such as entertainment design, editorial illustration and illustrations
for an interactive environment.
COURSE OFFERINGS
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling (3) ASTR 100 Principles of Astronomy (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: ARTD 150 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 3 times The fundamental nature of the night sky as understood by pre 20th century
Transfer acceptability: CSU scientists. Properties of the solar system, stars, black holes, galaxies, and extra-
Fundamentals of computerized 3-D modeling and Design. Hands on experience galactic objects. Interstellar communication and extraterrestrial life.
with modeling, lighting, developing texture maps and rendering.
ASTR 105L Introduction to Astronomy Laboratory (1)
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation (3) 3 hours laboratory
6 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASTR 100 or 120, or concurrent enrollment
Recommended preparation: ARTD 220 in ASTR 100 or 120
Note: May be taken 3 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
110 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Astronomy-Athletics and Competitive Sports
Exploration of the techniques used in astronomy to determine the physical 6. Participate in the Palomar College Athletic Academic Advisement
properties of stars and galaxies. The physical nature of light and the optical Program which includes:
principles of a telescope are also explored. Measurements of planetary and stellar a. Establishment of an Individual Education Plan prior to second
phenomena are used to investigate the astronomical methods of determining the semester of enrollment.
size, composition and age of the universe. b. Academic assessment of course progress following the 4th, 8th,
and 12th week of each semester.
ASTR 120 Planets, Moons, and Comets (3) c. Fulfilling tutorial or study hall requirements as assigned by the
3 hours lecture instructor advisor.
Note: Cross listed as GEOL 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC
The astronomy and geology of the solar system, observations, dynamics relativ- COURSE OFFERINGS
istic ideas, including theories of formation and evolution. Comparative survey of
the atmospheres, surface features and interiors of planets and satellites. Minor Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
objects, such as comets and asteroids, will be included.
ACS 50 Introduction to Collegiate Athletics (1)
ASTR 197 The Universe: Contemporary Topics 1 hour lecture
in the Space Sciences (1-3) Program for matriculation, eligibility rules, exploring and identifying major empha-
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required sis of study, academic success skills, educational planning as it relates to transfer
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be as a student athlete.
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times ACS 55 Cheerleading (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course 6 hours lecture/laboratory
syllabus. Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Selected topics in astronomy and space sciences, emphasizing current research Recommended preparation: Previous cheerleading experience
and discoveries. Refer to the Class Schedule for specific topics covered. Note: This is a TBA class and will require travel away from the college on weekends
and other dates; may be taken 4 times
ASTR 210 Life in the Universe (3) Designed to teach the fundamentals of cheerleading. Students will explore prac-
3 hours lecture tical and theoretical aspects of competitive and non-competitive cheerleading.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASTR 100 or 120 Students will acquire knowledge of, and respect for, the skills needed to perform
Transfer acceptability: CSU at college events and competition.
A scientific exploration of life in the universe using the findings of astronomy biol-
ogy, and chemistry. Topics include the development of life and its environments ACS 101 Intercollegiate Softball (2)
on Earth, the search for life in the cosmos, interstellar communications and travel, A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
and the effects of contact. Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
ASTR 295 Directed Study in Astronomy (1, 2, 3) 4 units
Arrange 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory with department chairperson This course provides women with the opportunity to develop advanced skills
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ASTR 100 or 120 and the strategies in intercollegiate softball which will be applied to competitive
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units situations.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course ACS 110 Intercollegiate Basketball (2)
syllabus. A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
Individual study in field, library, or laboratory for interested students. Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
Athletics and Competitive 4 units
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced
Sports (ACS) skills and the strategies in intercollegiate basketball which will be applied to
Contact the Athletics Program for further information. competitive situations.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2460 ACS 115 Intercollegiate Golf (2)
Office: O-10 A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
Note: May be taken 3 times
Palomar College offers intercollegiate sports for men and women. They include Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
softball, basketball, golf, tennis, soccer, volleyball, swimming and diving, water polo, 4 units
football, wrestling, cross country, and baseball. Teams will compete in one of four This course provides men with the opportunity to develop advanced skills
conferences: Mission Conference, Orange Empire Conference, South Coast and the strategies in intercollegiate golf which will be applied to competitive
Conference, and Pacific Coast Conference. Member colleges are located in the situations.
Los Angeles, Orange County, Riverside, and San Diego areas. In order to partici-
pate in intercollegiate athletics a student must fulfill the following requirements: ACS 120 Intercollegiate Tennis (2)
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
1. Obtain a physical clearance by the team physician. Note: May be taken 3 times
2. Enroll in 12 units. Students are encouraged to register for a minimum Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
of 9 units in courses other than Physical Education activity classes or 4 units
Athletics and Competitive Sports classes. This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced
3. Successfully complete 24 units prior to a second season of participa- skills and the strategies in intercollegiate tennis which will be applied to competi-
tion. A minimum of 18 units must be completed in courses other than tive situations.
Physical Education activity classes or Athletics and Competitive Sports
classes. ACS 125 Intercollegiate Soccer (2)
4. Maintain a 2.0 or higher grade point average in all course work. A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
5. Participate in the Palomar College matriculation program which Note: May be taken 3 times
includes English, math and reading skills assessment.
111
Athletics and Competitive Sports-Automotive Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, ACS 165 Intercollegiate Track and Field (2)
4 units A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required.
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced Note: May be taken 3 times
skills and the strategies in intercollegiate soccer which will be applied to competi- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, 4
tive situations. units.
This course provides students with the opportunity to develop advanced skills
ACS 130 Intercollegiate Volleyball (2) and the strategies in intercollegiate track and field which will be applied to com-
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. petitive situations.
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, ACS 197 Topics in Athletics and Competitive Sports (.5 - 4)
4 units Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
skills and the strategies in intercollegiate volleyball which will be applied to scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule
competitive situations. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, 4
ACS 135 Intercollegiate Swimming and Diving (2) units.
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. Topics in Athletics and Competitive Sports. See Class Schedule for specific topic
Note: May be taken 3 times offered. Course title will designate subject covered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
4 units
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced Automotive Technology (AT)
skills and the strategies in intercollegiate swim/diving which will be applied to Contact the Trade and Industry Department for further information.
competitive situations. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2545
Office: T-1
ACS 140 Intercollegiate Water Polo (2)
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. Associate in Arts Degrees -
Note: May be taken 3 times AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, • Auto Chassis and Drive Lines
4 units • Auto Collision Repair
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced • Electronic Tune Up and Computer Control Systems
skills and the strategies in intercollegiate water polo which will be applied to • Mechanics - General
competitive situations.
Certificates of Achievement -
ACS 145 Intercollegiate Football (2) Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. • Auto Chassis and Drive Lines
Note: May be taken 3 times • Auto Collision Repair
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, • Electronic Tune Up and Computer Control Systems
4 units • Mechanics - General
This course provides students with the opportunity to develop advanced skills
and the strategies in intercollegiate football which will be applied to competitive
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
situations.
ACS 150 Intercollegiate Wrestling (2)
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. Auto Chassis and Drive Lines
Note: May be taken 3 times This program will prepare students for entry level positions in all aspects of the
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, Automotive Industry with an emphasis in drive-line repair.
4 units
This course provides students with the opportunity to develop advanced skills A.A. Degree Major or
and the strategies in intercollegiate wrestling which will be applied to competitive Certificate of Achievement
situations.
Program Requirements Units
ACS 155 Intercollegiate Baseball (2) AT 105 Automotive Electricity 3
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab 1
Note: May be taken 3 times AT 120 Automatic Transmissions and Drive Lines 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses, AT 130 Automotive Brakes 3
4 units AT 135 Front End Alignment and Wheel Service 3
This course provides students with the opportunity to develop advanced skills AT 160 Associated Studies in Automotives 3
and the strategies in intercollegiate baseball which will be applied to competitive AT 220 Advanced Automotive Transmissions 3
situations. IT 108/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
R AT 50 or Auto Body Repair 1 4
ACS 160 Intercollegiate Cross Country (2) WELD 100 Welding 1 3
A minimum of 175 hours (lecture/laboratory) of student participation is required. TOTAL UNITS 25 - 26
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - max credit combined with PE activity courses,
4 units
This course provides men and women with the opportunity to develop advanced
skills and the strategies in intercollegiate cross country which will be applied to
competitive situations.
112 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Automotive Technology
Auto Collision Repair Mechanics-General
This program will prepare students for an entry level position in the automotive This program will prepare students for entry level positions in all aspects of the
collision repair industry. Automotive Industry.
A.A. Degree Major or A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units
Program Requirements AT 105 Automotive Electricity 3
R AT 50 Auto Body Repair I 4 AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab 1
R AT 51 Auto Body Repair II 4 AT 110 Automotive Tune up and Engine Analysis 3
R AT 55 Auto Refinishing I 4 AT 110L Automotive Tune up Computer Training Lab 1
R AT 56 Auto Refinishing II 4 AT 120 Automatic Transmissions and Drive Lines 3
IT 108 / AT 125 Automotive Machining 3
WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3 AT 130 Automotive Brakes 3
AT 160 Associated Studies in Automotives 3
Elective Courses (Select 6 units) AT 220 Advanced Automotive Transmissions 3
AT 100 Auto Maintenance and Minor Repair 3 AT 225 Automotive Engine Rebuilding 3
AT 105 Automotive Electricity 3 IT 108/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab 1
AT 150 Chassis Restoration and Assembly 3 Electives (Select 4 units)
AT 155 Body Restoration and Assembly 3 AT 100 Auto Maintenance and Minor Repair 3
AT/R AT 97 Auto Body Repair/Auto Refinishing Topics 0.5 - 4 AT 115 and Automotive Fuel Injection and Fuel Systems 3
WELD 100 Welding I 3 AT 115L Automotive Fuel Systems Computer Training Lab 1
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4 AT 165 Automotive Air Conditioning 2
Total units 25.00 R AT 50 Auto Body Repair I 4
WELD 100 Welding I 3
Auto Collision Repair A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is also listed CE 100 Cooperative Education 2, 3, 4
under R.O.P. Automotive Technology. TOTAL UNITS 34 - 38
Electronic Tune Up and COURSE OFFERINGS
Computer Control Systems AT 100 Auto Maintenance and Minor Repair (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
This program will prepare students for entry level positions in all aspects of the Transfer acceptability: CSU
Automotive Industry with an emphasis in drive-ability concerns. Designed for the student with little or no background in the automotive field.The
course covers many maintenance and minor repair items as well as basic theory
A.A. Degree Major or of operation. The areas covered include batteries, cooling systems, drive belts,
Certificate of Achievement lubrication, brakes, tires, and consumer education.
Program Requirements Units
AT 105 Automotive Electricity 3 AT 105 Automotive Electricity (3)
AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab 1 2 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
AT 110 Automotive Tune up and Engine Analysis 3 Corequisite: AT 105L
AT 110L Automotive Tune up and Computer Training Lab 1 Auto electrical systems including A.C. generators, batteries, solid state starters,
AT 115 Automotive Fuel Injection and Fuel Systems 3 wiring diagrams, and/or electrical troubleshooting and repair that includes solid
AT 115L Automotive Fuel Systems Computer Training Lab 1 state and low voltage low amperage systems.
AT 160 Associated Studies in Automotives 3
AT 210 Specialized Automotive Electronics 3 AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab (1)
AT 215 Automotive Emission Control 3 3 hours laboratory
IT 108/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3 Corequisite: AT 105
Students will use training computers to complete assignments in automotive
Electives (Select 6-7 units) electricity. Hi-tech automotive simulators and trainers will be used to enhance
AT 100 Auto Maintenance and Minor Repair 3 student learning. Software will also be used for Automotive Service Excellence
AT 145 Auto Emissions/Diagnosis 3 (ASE) certification preparation.
AT 165 Automotive Air Conditioning 2
DMT 70 or Med-Duty Diesel Engine Tune up AT 110 Automotive Tune Up and Engine Analysis (3)
DMT 55 Heavy-Duty Diesel Tune up/Analysis 4 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
WELD 100 Welding I 3 Corequisite: AT 110L
CE 100 Cooperative Education 2, 3 The use of tune up testing and diagnostic equipment; the study of conventional
and electronic ignition systems; compression, cylinder balance, and dynamometer
TOTAL UNITS 30 - 31 testing.
AT 110L Automotive Tune Up Computer Training Lab (1)
3 hours laboratory
Corequisite: AT 110
Students will use training computers to complete assignments in automotive en-
gine performance. Hi-tech automotive simulators and trainers will be used to
enhance student learning. Software will also be used for Automotive Service Ex-
cellence (ASE) certification preparation.
113
Automotive Technology-Aviation Sciences Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AT 115 Automotive Fuel Injection and Fuel Systems (3) AT 165 Automotive Air Conditioning (2)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 1½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Corequisite: AT 115L The principles of operation and servicing of modern automotive air conditioning
The principles, technical knowledge, and work experience in the field of retion systems. Both lecture and lab time will be devoted to studying the refrigeration
and fuel injection. Specific topics include four barrel carburetors; fuel injection; and heating system, ventilation and ducting, and the electrical system. Students
fuel supply systems; and combustion evaluation instruments. will complete and receive their refrigerant license as well as be prepared for ASE
certification.
AT 115L Automotive Fuel Systems Computer Training Lab (1)
3 hours laboratory AT 196 Special Problems in Automotives (1, 2, 3)
Corequisite: AT 115 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Students will use training computers to complete assignments in automotive fuel Recommended preparation: Completion of a minimum of 12 units in Automotive
systems. Hi-tech automotive simulators and trainers will be used to enhance stu- Technology (may include 6 concurrent Automotive Technology units)
dent learning. Software will also be used for Automotive Service Excellence (ASE) Note: May be taken 4 times
certification preparation. Special study in an area of interest related to automotives; generally research in
nature. The content to be determined by the need of the student under signed
AT 120 Automatic Transmissions and Drive Lines (3) contract with the instructor.
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
The hydraulic and mechanical function and repair of automatic transmissions. AT 197 Topics in Automotive (.5-3)
The disassembly, inspection, reassembly, and testing of three speed conventional Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
transmissions, clutches, universal joints, and differentials. of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
AT 125 Automotive Machining (3) Note: May be taken 4 times
6 hours lecture/laboratory Topics in automotive technology. See Class Schedule for the specific topic of-
The various testing and machining operations involved in an automotive machine fered. Course title will designate subject covered.
shop. Areas covered include cylinder head service and repair, pin fitting, cylinder
boring, milling, align boring, and various other automotive machining and measur- AT 210 Specialized Automotive Electronics (3)
ing techniques. 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: AT 105 or 110
AT 130 Automotive Brakes (3) Electronic principles as they pertain to the automobile. Identification, diagno-
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory sis, repair, and verification of malfunctioning electronic components is the major
The hydraulic and mechanical function of automotive brake systems. Brake objective of the course. Computer controls fundamentals and diagnosis of GM
troubleshooting, complete system repair, and overhaul of power, drum, and disc systems, 1981-1990.
brakes. Preparation for the State Brake License.
AT 215 Automotive Emission Control (3)
AT 135 Front End Alignment and Wheel Service (3) 3 hours lecture-2 hours laboratory
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory Recommended preparation: AT 110 and 115
The repair and adjustment of the undercarriage of the automobile. Included are Auto emission controls as prescribed by Federal Law and California Air Resourc-
such areas as steering, geometry, turn radius, ball joints, toe track, camber, caster, es Board. Analysis and testing of emission controls will be presented. Study of
suspension, bearing service, wheel balance, and tire wear identification. Prepara- current laws for state exam preparation.
tion for the State Lamp License.
AT 220 Advanced Automotive Transmissions (3)
AT 145 Auto Emissions, Diagnosis, Drivability, and Repair (3) 6 hours lecture/laboratory
6 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AT 120
Auto emissions diagnosis and repair using an individual baseline approach and Advanced specialized training in automatic transmissions currently in use in Gen-
loaded-mode testing equipment to solve emission failures. Includes use of scan eral Motors, Ford, and Chrysler cars and light trucks.
tools, digital storage oscilloscopes, and inflight analyzers to logically repair the
vehicles. AT 225 Automotive Engine Rebuilding (3)
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
AT 150 Chassis Restoration and Assembly (3) The complete rebuilding of at least one automobile engine using the machine
6 hours lecture/laboratory tools and techniques of industry.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AT 100
Note: May be taken 3 times
Course covers basic disassembly and documentation of antique automotive chas- Aviation Sciences (AVIA)
sis and components. Lab activities will focus on correct detailing and reassembly Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further
of vintage automobile chassis and related undercarriage elements. information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2512
AT 155 Body Restoration and Assembly (3) Office: NS-110G
6 hours lecture/laboratory For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R AT 50
Note: May be taken 3 times Associate in Arts Degrees -
Course covers basic disassembly and documentation of antique automotive AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
bodies and components. Lab activities will focus on correct detailing, restoration • Aviation Operations and Management
and reassembly of vintage automobiles and related elements, using historically • Aircraft Commercial Pilot
authentic materials and techniques.
Certificates of Achievement -
AT 160 Associated Studies in Automotives (3) Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
3 hours lecture • Aviation Operations and Management
Note: May be taken 4 times • Aircraft Commercial Pilot
Applied science and technology as related to the automotive field. Areas covered
include metrics, Ohms Law and electron theory, metal alloys and their proper-
ties and uses, thermal expansion, gas laws, limits and fits, and friction and torque.
114 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Aviation Sciences
PROGRAMS OF STUDY AVIA 210 Aviation Safety and Accident Investigation 3
AVIA 215 Complex Aircraft Systems and Propulsion 3
Aviation Operations and Management GEOG 110 Meteorology: Weather and Climate 3
For students interested in the business or piloting aspects of aviation.Transfers to TOTAL UNITS 35.5
some four year programs in this field.
Flight training is the sole responsibility of each student and is contracted with
an F.A.A. approved flight school at the student’s own expense. The Palomar
A.A. Degree Major or
Community College District accepts no responsibility or liability for the student’s
Certificate of Achievement flight training program.
Program Requirements Units
AVIA 100 Introduction to Aviation Sciences 3 COURSE OFFERINGS
AVIA 105 Basic Pilot Ground School 3
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
AVIA 120 Aviation Weather 3
BUS 205 Business Writing 3
AVIA 75 Private Pilot Certification (2)
ECON 101 Principles of Economics (Macro) 3
4 hours lecture/laboratory
ECON 102 Principles of Economics (Micro) 3
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
Upon presentation of a Private Pilot Certificate, the student will be given credit
Elective Courses (Select 15 units minimum)
(no grade). Flight training is to be completed off campus with an F.A.A. certified
ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4
flight instructor of the student’s choice and at the student’s own expense. The
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Laboratory 1
Palomar Community College District accepts no responsibility or liability for the
AVIA 106 Commercial Pilot Ground School 3
flight training obtained from private instructors. The student should register for
AVIA 107 Instrument Pilot Ground School 3
this course in the semester during which the training is to be completed.
AVIA 115 Air Traffic Control 3
AVIA 125 Instrument Simulator Lab 1.5
AVIA 80 Instrument Rating Certification (2)
AVIA 145 Glass Cockpits and GPS Navigation 1
4 hours lecture/laboratory
AVIA 205 Principles of Aerodynamics 3
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
AVIA 210 Aviation Safety and Accident Investigation 3
Upon presentation of an Instrument Rating, the student will be given credit (no
BUS 115 Business Law 3
grade). Flight training is to be completed off campus with an F.A.A. certified flight
BUS 155 Marketing 3
instructor of the student’s choice and at the student’s own expense. The Palomar
BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3
Community College District accepts no responsibility or liability for the flight
BMGT 115 Organizational Theory and Design 3
training obtained from private instructors. The student should register for this
CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applictions 3
course in the semester during which the training is to be completed.
GEOG 110 Meteorology: Weather and Climate 3
MATH 115 Trigonometry 3
AVIA 85 Commercial Pilot Certification (3)
MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3
6 hours lecture/laboratory
PHYS 120 General Physics 4
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
PHYS 121 General Physics 4
Upon presentation of a Commercial Pilot Certificate, the student will be given
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
credit (no grade). Flight training is to be completed off campus with an F.A.A. cer-
TOTAL UNITS 33 tified flight instructor of the student’s choice and at the student’s own expense.
The Palomar Community College District accepts no responsibility or liability for
Flight training is the sole responsibility of each student and is contracted with the flight training obtained from private instructors. The student should register
an F.A.A. approved flight school at the student’s own expense. The Palomar for this course in the semester during which the training is to be completed.
Community College District accepts no responsibility or liability for the student’s
flight training program. AVIA 100 Introduction to Aviation Sciences (3)
3 hours lecture
Aircraft Commercial Pilot Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey of the aerospace field including the functions and operations of various
Prepares students for employment as commercial pilots in air taxi and other field federal and state regulating aviation agencies and airport based companies such as
related flying operations. Transfers to some four year programs in this field. air carrier, general aviation, aviation maintenance, flight schools, and other major
occupational and supportive areas.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement AVIA 105 Basic Pilot Ground School (3)
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units
Transfer acceptability: CSU
AVIA 75 Private Pilot Certification 2
A study of Federal Aviation Regulations, flight data, aerodynamics, weather and
AVIA 80 Instrument Rating Certification 2
navigation, radio communications, aircraft and engine operation, flight instru-
AVIA 85 Commercial Pilot Certification 3
ments, and aircraft performance. Prepares the student for the Federal Aviation
AVIA 100 Introduction to Aviation Sciences 3
Administration’s Private Pilot written examination.
AVIA 105 Basic Pilot Ground School 3
AVIA 106 Commercial Pilot Ground School 3
AVIA 106 Commercial Pilot Ground School (3)
AVIA 107 Instrument Pilot Ground School 3
3 hours lecture
AVIA 110 Basic Pilot Flight Procedures 2
Prerequisite: Private Pilot Certificate or AVIA 105 with concurrent or prior flight
AVIA 120 Aviation Weather 3
training
AVIA 125 Instrument Simulator Laboratory 1.5
Transfer acceptability: CSU
AVIA 145 Glass Cockpits and GPS Navigation 1
A comprehensive study of aircraft performance, Federal Aviation Regula-
tions, navigation, flight charts and graphs, radio navigation and communications,
Elective Courses (Select 9 units minimum)
meteorology, emergency procedures, aerodynamics, flight instruments, and multi
AVIA 115 Air Traffic Control 3
engine procedure. Prepares the student for the Federal Aviation Administration’s
AVIA 205 Principles of Aerodynamics 3
Commercial Pilot written examination.
115
Aviation Sciences-Biology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AVIA 107 Instrument Pilot Ground School (3) Accident prevention principles through a study of recent mishaps. Pilot physi-
3 hours lecture cal and psychological factors and their role in mishaps. A study of crash survival
Prerequisite: Private Pilot Certificate or AVIA 105 with concurrent or prior flight and post crash survival techniques. Fundamentals of mishap investigation and
training reporting.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The rules and regulations for instrument flight, interpretation of flight instru- AVIA 215 Complex Aircraft Systems and Propulsion (3)
ments, air navigation, meteorology, instrument flight techniques, air traffic control, 3 hours lecture
and flight planning. Prepares the student for the Federal Aviation Administration’s Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 105 or Private Pilot Certificate
Instrument written examination. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Turboprop and turbojet engines and their operation. Electrical, pressurization,
AVIA 110 Basic Pilot Flight Procedures (2) hydraulic, and fuel systems will be examined.
2 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 105, or concurrent enrollment in AVIA AVIA 295 Directed Study in Aviation Sciences (1, 2, 3)
105 3, 6, or 9 hours field work
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 100 and approval of project proposal
A classroom study of procedures required for the private pilot practical test. Note: May be taken 4 times
Includes discussion of cross country flight planning, radio navigation, communica- Transfer acceptability: CSU
tion procedures, controlled airspace, and airport operations. Individual study in field or library within the field of air transportation.
AVIA 115 Air Traffic Control (3)
3 hours lecture Biology (BIOL)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 105 Contact the Life Sciences Department for further information.
Transfer acceptability: CSU (760) 744-1150, ext. 2275
The national airspace system and the handling of air traffic within this area. Office: NS-207A
Emphasis is placed on the operation of Federal Aviation Administration control-
ling agencies. Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
AVIA 120 Aviation Weather (3) • Biology - General
3 hours lecture • Biology - Preprofessional
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Basic principles relating to weather with particular emphasis placed upon the Certificates of Achievement -
relationship of weather to aviation. Practical instruction is given in the use and Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
interpretation of weather reports, forecasts, and charts. • Biology - General
• Biology - Preprofessional
AVIA 125 Instrument Simulator Laboratory (1.5)
1 hour lecture-2 hours laboratory PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Prerequisite: Private Pilot Certificate
Note: May be taken 3 times for increased proficiency by utilizing more advanced
lesson plans and taped lesson plans in the lab.
Biology – General
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Instrument flight including VOR navigation, holding patterns, and ILS, LOC, NDB, A.A. Degree Major or
and VOR approaches through use of a ground trainer. Certificate of Achievement
AVIA 145 Glass Cockpits and GPS Navigation (1) Program Requirements Units
1 hour lecture BIOL 200 Foundations of Biology I 5
Transfer acceptability: CSU BIOL 201 Foundations of Biology II 5
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 105 or Private Pilot Certificate ZOO 100 or General Zoology
A practical examination of glass cockpit technology and global positioning system ZOO 101/101L Animal Kingdom 4
navigation in aviation.
Group One (Select 3-4 units)
AVIA 197 Aviation Sciences Topics (.5 - 4) BOT 101/101L General Botany 4
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required BOT 110 Botany of Spring Wildflowers 4
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be BOT 115 Plants and People 3
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times. Group Two (Select 4-5 units)
Transfer acceptability: CSU BIOL 114/114L Ecosystem Biology 4.5-5
Topics in Aviation Sciences. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course BIOL 118/118L General Ecology 4
title will designate subject covered. BIOL 130 or Marine Biology
BIOL 131/131L Marine Biology 4
AVIA 205 Principles of Aerodynamics (3) ZOO 115 or Natural History of Animal Life
3 hours lecture ZOO 116/116L Natural History of Animal Life 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction to the theory of flight; applications of the basic laws of physics to Group Three (Select 9-11 units)
the principles of flight. Aircraft design is considered with respect to airfoils, wings, Biology Any course not used above (100 and up)
viscous effects, propellers, and aircraft performance. Botany Any course not used above
Microbiology Any course
AVIA 210 Aviation Safety and Accident Investigation (3) Zoology Any course not used above
3 hours lecture MINIMUM TOTAL UNITS 32
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AVIA 105 or Private Pilot Certificate
Transfer acceptability: CSU Recommended Electives: BIOL 215; CHEM 100, 110, 110L, 115, 115L; MATH 110,
115, 135; CSIT 105
116 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Biology
Biology-Preprofessional Basic principles of general biology as they relate to the cellular, organismic, and
population levels of organization. Includes cell ultrastructure and function, energy
Provides intensive lower division preparation for pursuing advanced studies in
transfer, reproduction, genetics, evolution, diversity of organisms, and ecology. Not
biological science, premedical, predental, or preveterinarian programs leading
recommended for students interested in Biology, Zoology, Botany, Premed, or
towards a Bachelor’s degree and beyond.
related majors (see Biology 200 and Biology 201).
Students are advised to consult catalogs of the institution to which they plan to
BIOL 101 General Biology (Lecture) (3)
apply to determine special or additional requirements, or see a Palomar College
3 hours lecture
Counselor.
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
A.A. Degree Major or Basic principles of general biology as they relate to the cellular, organismic, and
Certificate of Achievement population levels of organization. Includes cell ultrastructure and function, energy
Program Requirements Units transfer, reproduction, genetics, evolution, diversity of organisms, and ecology.
BIOL 200 Foundations of Biology I 5
BIOL 201 Foundations of Biology II 5 BIOL 101L General Biology (Laboratory) (1)
CHEM 110/110L General Chemistry and Laboratory 5 3 hours laboratory
CHEM 115/115L General Chemistry and Laboratory 5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 101 or 114, or concurrent enrollment
CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry 5 in BIOL 101 or 114
CHEM 221 Organic Chemistry 5 Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 100, BIOL 102, BIOL 105, BIOL
MATH 140 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, First Course 5 106/106L.
MATH 141 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
Laboratory exercises in cell structure and function, energy transfer, reproduction,
TOTAL UNITS 39
genetics, and ecology. This is a general education course intended for non-science
majors.
Recommended Electives: BIOL 215; MATH 205; PHYS 230, 231, 232; ZOO 203
BIOL 102 Molecules and Cells (3)
COURSE OFFERINGS 2 hours lecture - 4 hours laboratory
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. Recommended preparation: MATH 50
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
The basic principles of biological systems including the chemistry of life, cell
*UC credit limitations – structure and function, energy transfer, cell division, classical and molecular ge-
• BIOL 100, 101/101L, 102 and 200 combined: maximum credit, 5 units netics.
• No credit for BIOL 100 and 101/101L if taken after 200 or 201
• No credit for BIOL 102 if taken after 100, 101/101L or 200 or 201 BIOL 105 Biology with a Human Emphasis (4)
• BIOL 105, 106/106L and ZOO 145/145L combined: maximum credit, 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
4 units Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 100, BIOL 101/101L, BIOL 102,
• BIOL 114/114L, 118/118L combined: maximum credit, 4 units BIOL 106/106L.
• BIOL 130 and 131/131L combined: maximum credit 4 units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
• BIOL 185, FCS 165, FCS 185, and HE 165 combined: maximum credit, Principles of cellular, organismal and population biology as exemplified by, and
one course relating to, the human organism. Laboratory includes study of cells, tissues, and
• BIOL 215, MATH 120, SOC 205, and PSYC 205 combined: maximum mammalian organ systems.
credit, one course
BIOL 106 Biology with a Human Emphasis (Lecture) (3)
BIOL 45A Field Studies in Natural History (.5,1,2,3) 3 hours lecture
1, 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 100, BIOL 101/101L, BIOL 102,
Note: May be taken 4 times; designed for families. Recommended for children BIOL 105
between the ages of 8-14. Parent or guardian must accompany children. See class Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
schedule or contact the Life Sciences Department for locality to be visited, and more Principles of cellular, organismal and population biology as exemplified by, and
information. Fee charged. relating to, the human organism.
Non-degree Applicable
Field studies of plant and animal species encountered in various habitats, including BIOL 106L Biology with a Human Emphasis (Laboratory) (1)
systematics and major structural and functional characteristics of the taxonomic 3 hours laboratory
groups to which these species belong, and emphasizing each species particular Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 106, or concurrent enrollment in BIOL
adaptations that favor its survival in its natural habitat. 106
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 100, BIOL 101/101L, BIOL 102,
BIOL 47 Biology Topics (.5 - 4) BIOL 105
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Laboratory experiences designed to demonstrate cellular structure and function
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. as they relate to the human organism. An examination of major body systems is
Note: May be taken 4 times included.
Non-degree Applicable
Topics in Biology. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will BIOL 110 Human Genetics (3)
designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
BIOL 100 General Biology (4) Principles of human inheritance including gene transmission, genetic diseases,
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory pedigree analysis, molecular genetics, immunogenetics, and population genetics;
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 101 or 101L, BIOL 102, BIOL relationships to other fields of study will be emphasized.
105, BIOL 106/106L.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
117
Biology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
BIOL 114 Ecosystem Biology (Lecture) (3) BIOL 185 Science of Human Nutrition (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Note: See also BIOL 114L Note: Cross listed as FCS 185
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Basic principles of general biology as they relate to exemplary ecosystems. Science of food, nutrients, and other substances therein; processes by which the
organism ingests, digests, absorbs, transports, utilizes, and excretes food sub-
BIOL 114L Ecosystem Biology (Laboratory) (1.5,2) stances. Emphasis on biological, chemical, and physiological implications to human
4½, or 6 hours laboratory nutrition.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 101 or 114, or concurrent enrollment
in BIOL 101 or 114 BIOL 195A Field Studies in Natural History (1, 2, 3)
Note: A fee is required, and additional costs may be incurred. Contact the Life Sci- 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
ences Department or see the schedule of classes for specific information about the Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
laboratory field sites, dates and fees. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* syllabus.
Laboratory and field experiences to illustrate and observe biology as it relates to Field studies of plant and animal species encountered in various habitats, including
exemplary ecosystems. Typical field sites include the Greater Yellowstone ecosys- systematics and major structural and functional characteristics of the taxonomic
tem, Central America, or the Sea of Cortez. groups to which these species belong, and emphasizing each species’ particular
adaptations that favor its survival in its natural habitat. See Class Schedule for
BIOL 118 General Ecology (Lecture) (3) locality to be visited.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* BIOL 195B Field Studies in Ecology (1, 2, 3)
Basic concepts of evolution, population ecology, community ecology, and 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
ecosystem ecology. Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
BIOL 118L General Ecology (Laboratory) (1) syllabus.
3 hours laboratory Field study of the fauna and biota of selected geographic regions, with emphasis
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 118, or concurrent enrollment in BIOL placed upon field identification, observation and interpretation of behavioral and
118 ecological interrelationships of living things to their environment and to one an-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* other. See Class Schedule for locality to be visited.
Provides hands-on experiences with ecological concepts, methods, and problem-
solving techniques by using the plants and animals of local communities in their BIOL 195C Field Studies in Marine Biology (1, 2, 3)
natural settings. The majority of laboratory sessions will be devoted to off-cam- 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
pus field studies. Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
BIOL 130 Marine Biology (4) syllabus.
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Field study of the fauna and biota of marine intertidal and subtidal habitats of
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 131 or 131L selected geographic regions, with emphasis placed upon field identification, obser-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* vation and interpretation of behavioral and ecological interrelationships of living
An introduction to marine biology with an emphasis on the adaptations, classifica- things to their environment and to one another. See Class Schedule for locality
tion, and ecology of marine organisms as well as current issues in marine biology. to be visited.
A survey of local marine organisms and habitats. Participation on field trips as
scheduled is required. BIOL 195D Field Studies in Island Ecology (1, 2, 3)
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
BIOL 131 Marine Biology (Lecture) (3) Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 130 Field study of the unique ecology of islands, emphasizing systematics, speciation,
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* observation and interpretation of the interactions of indigenous and exotic biota,
An introduction to marine biology with an emphasis on the adaptations, classifica- and how the biotic communities of the study island(s) have adapted to the special
tion, and ecology of marine organisms as well as current issues in marine biology. limitations of their confined environments. See Class Schedule for locality to be
visited.
BIOL 131L Marine Biology (Laboratory) (1)
3 hours laboratory BIOL 195E Field Studies in Tropical Biology (1, 2, 3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 131, or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
131 Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BIOL 130 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* Field study in the fauna and flora of selected tropical regions, with emphasis
A survey of local marine organisms and local marine habitats. A field trip oriented placed upon field identification, observation and interpretation of behavioral and
course; participation on field trips as scheduled is required. ecological interrelationships of living things to their environment and to one an-
other. See Class Schedule for locality to be visited.
BIOL 135 Biology of Marine Mammals (3)
3 hours lecture BIOL 197 Biology Topics (.5 - 4)
Note: Cross listed as ZOO 135 Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
The fundamentals of marine mammal biology are explored. Topics include com- scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
parative anatomy, evolution, cladistics, mammalian physiology, ecology and zooge- Note: May be taken 4 times
ography, behavior and conservation as they apply to the study of marine mammals. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
Topics in Biology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered.
118 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Biology-Botany-Business
BIOL 200 Foundations of Biology I (5) BOT 101L General Botany Laboratory (1)
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 110, or concurrent enrollment in Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BOT 101, or concurrent enrollment in BOT
CHEM 110 101
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BOT 100
Molecular and cellular biology. Transmission, molecular, and population genetics. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BOT 100 and 101/101L combined: maximum
Aspects of reproduction of prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Principles of evolution credit, 4 units
and systematics. Recommended for biology majors. A laboratory course in plant biology. Special emphasis on the structure, growth,
function, genetics, and life cycles of major plant groups. This is a general education
BIOL 201 Foundations of Biology II (5) course intended for non-science majors.
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 200, or concurrent enrollment in BIOL BOT 110 Botany of Spring Wildflowers (4)
200 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An examination of the diversity of life, as seen in the Eubacteria, Archaea, and The identification, distribution, and interrelationships of plants in their natural
Eukarya, emphasizing the integration of structure and function, development, life environment; ecological principles; and representative plant communities. Special
histories, phylogenetics, animal behavior, and ecology. Recommended for biology emphasis will be given to the study of plant families and the use of taxonomic
majors. keys.
BIOL 215 Introduction to Biostatistics (4) BOT 115 Plants and People (3)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 110 and BIOL 201 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit if taken after 100 or 101/101L
Note: This course does not qualify for mathematics credit The role of plants in the world ecosystem, including past and present cultural
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*; max credit for one course: BIOL 215, and economic uses for food, medicine, and industrial products. Principles of plant
PSYC 205, or SOC 205 and MATH 120, one course structure and function, with selected topics on plant diversity, plant adaptations,
An introductory course covering the principles and practice of experimental de- and the interrelationships between plants and people will also be discussed.
sign and statistical analysis of biological data. Topics include hypothesis formation,
development of experimental design and execution, data analysis and interpreta- BOT 195 Field Study of Native Plants (1, 2, 3)
tion with application to biological and health sciences. Includes extensive use of 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
computer software for statistical simulation and analysis. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
BIOL 295 Directed Study in Life Science (1, 2, 3) syllabus.
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Extended field study of the flora of selected geographical areas including
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson habitats, adaptations, and identification of native and naturalized species. See Class
Note: May be taken 4 times Schedule for locality to be visited. Fee charged.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus. BOT 197 Botany Topics (.5 - 4)
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien- Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
cies in biology subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will work scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
under the personal supervision of an instructor. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus. Topics in Botany. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
Botany (BOT) designate subject covered.
Contact the Life Sciences Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2275 Business (BUS)
Office: NS-207A
See also Accounting, Business Management, Insurance,
International Business, Legal Studies, Office Information
COURSE OFFERINGS Systems, Paralegal Studies, Real Estate
BOT 100 General Botany (4) Contact the Business Administration Department for further information.
3 hours lecture 3 hours laboratory (760) 744-1150, ext. 2488
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BOT 101 or 101L. Office: B-18
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BOT 100 and 101/101L combined: maximum
credit, 4 units Associate in Arts Degrees -
The diversity, structure, and function of major plant groups including cellular AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
metabolism, soil water relationships, classification, genetics, life cycle patterns, • Advertising, Marketing, and Merchandising
growth, and the basic ecological and evolutionary concepts of botany. This is a • Business Administration
general education course intended for non-science majors. • Business - General
• Internet - Emphasis in Business Education
BOT 101 General Botany Lecture (3)
3 hours lecture Certificates of Achievement -
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in BOT 100 Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BOT 100 and 101/101L combined: maximum • Advertising, Marketing, and Merchandising
credit, 4 units • Internet - Emphasis in Business Education
The diversity, structure, and function of major plant groups including cellular • Retail Management
metabolism, soil water relationships, classification, genetics, life cycle patterns,
growth, and the basic ecological and evolutionary concepts of botany. Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• E-Business
• Entrepreneurship
• Salesperson - Retail
119
Business Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Business-General
Advertising, Marketing, and Merchandising This program is primarily designed for students who are seeking an overview of
business educational opportunities prior to a career commitment in a particular
This program is designed to provide a general academic background of course- area.
work pertinent to entry-level employment and/or upper division education in the
field of product or service distribution. A.A. Degree Major
A.A. Degree Major or Program Requirements Units
Certificate of Achievement ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4
ACCT 104 or Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1
Program Requirements Units BUS 105 and Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4
ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4 BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab .5
ACCT 104 or Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1 BUS 100 Introduction to Business 3
BUS 105 and Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4 BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab .5 BUS 115 Business Law 3
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3 BUS 125 Business English 3
BUS 115 Business Law 3 BUS 155 Marketing 3
BUS 140 Selling for Business 3 BMGT 101 or Introduction to Management
BUS 145/ BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3 CSIT 105 or Computer Concepts and Applications
BUS 150 Advertising 3 CSIT 120/
BUS 155 Marketing 3 R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
Electives (Select 10-11 units) Electives (Select 6-9 units)
BUS 100 Introduction to Business 3 ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting 4
BUS 125 Business English 3 ACCT 115 Sales Tax, Payroll Taxes, and Employee Benefits 2
BUS/FCS 136 Personal Finance 3 BUS 116 Business Law 3
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3 BUS 130 Intro Purchasing and Supply Chain Management 3
BUS 158 Marketing Internship 3 BUS 140 Selling for Business 3
BUS 170 Word for Business Basic 1 BUS 145/
BUS 205 Business Writing 3 FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3
BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3 BUS 150 Advertising 3
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3 BUS 157 E-Commerce 3
CSIT 105 or Computer Concepts and Applications BUS 158 Marketing Internship 3
CSIT 120/ BUS 205 Business Writing 3
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3 OIS 101* or Beginning Keyboarding 2
MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3 OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2
OIS 101 Beginning Keyboarding 2
TOTAL UNITS 31.5 - 35
SPCH 100 Oral Communication 3
TOTAL UNITS 32.5 - 34 * Not required if acceptable level skill has been completed in high school.
Students excused from OIS 101 must substitute an elective.
Recommended Elective: BUS 171
Recommended Electives: BUS 170, 171; PSYC 100; ECON 101
Business Administration
Provides a program to prepare the student for transfer. Since requirements vary E-Business
at each four-year school, transfer students must consult with a counselor, or a Provides a program, which prepares students in the basic skills necessary to use
Business Administration Department advisor, to develop a program for the spe- e-commerce in an ever changing and competitive entrepreneurial market.
cific school they wish to attend.
Certificate of Proficiency
A.A. Degree Major
Program Requirements Units
Program Requirements Units BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4 BUS 155 Marketing 3
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1 BUS 157 E-Commerce 3
ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting 4 GCMW 217 Online Store Design I 4
BUS 115 or Business Law
BUS 117 Legal Environment of Business 3 Electives (Select 3 units minimum)
BUS 175 Excel Basic 1 BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
BUS 205 Business Writing 3 BUS 142 Customer Service 1
CSIT 105 or Computer Concepts and Applications BUS 180 Access for Business 1
CSIT120/ BUS 190 Internet for Business 1
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3 GCMW 218 Online Store Design II 4
ECON 100 or Basic Economics GCIP/
ECON 101 and Principles of Economics (Macro) GCMW 290 Copyright for Graphic Designers and Web Developers 1
ECON 102 Principles of Economics (Micro) 3,6 GCIP/
MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3 GCMW 291 Contracts for Graphic Designers and Web Developers 1
MATH 130 Calculus for the Social Sciences 4 GCIP/
TOTAL UNITS 29 - 32 GCMW 292 Legal Issues for Graphic Designers and Web Developers 3
TOTAL UNITS 16
120 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Business
Entrepreneurship Emphasis in Graphic Communication
Provides a program to prepare the student for owning and managing a business.
See Graphic Communication - Multimedia and Web
Certificate of Proficiency
Program Requirements Units Retail Management
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3 A comprehensive program designed to prepare current and future retail em-
BUS 105 Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4 ployees for the fast paced challenges in a competitive retail environment. This
BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab .5 certificate has been endorsed by the Western Association of Food Chains and its
BUS 155 Marketing 3 member companies.
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3
BUS 170 Word for Business – Basic 1
Certificate of Achievement
BUS 175 Excel Basic 1
Program Requirements Units
Electives (Select 2 units) ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4
BUS 138 Business Ethics 2 ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1
BUS 142 Customer Service 1 BMGT 101 Introduction to Management 3
BUS 171 Word for Business – Advanced 1 BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3
BUS 180 Access for Business 1 BMGT 130 Management/Leadership Issues 3
BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business 1 BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
BUS 190 Internet for Business 1 BUS 145/
TOTAL UNITS 17.5 FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3
BUS 155 Marketing 3
BUS 205 Business Writing 3
Internet OIS 120 Intro to Office Info Systems 3
As the vast web of global and local information networks grow, several skills and SPCH 115 Interpersonal Communication 3
forms of literacy are becoming essential for anyone who wants to obtain the full TOTAL UNITS 32
benefits of the Communications Age. An individual’s ability to capitalize on the
opportunities offered by interactive communications requires mastery of these
information and communication proveniences: Salesperson - Retail
This program is designed to prepare students for entry into the retail sales force.
• Navigational skills - The ability to move smoothly among arrays of Students will gain a working knowledge of sales techniques and customer service
autonomous and globally interconnected information, contacts, forums, principles within the marketing environment. Emphasis will be placed on a con-
and discussion groups in order to locate and connect to information sultative approach toward encouraging sales.
and expertise from relevant sources.
• Information literacy - An understanding of which information is Certificate of Proficiency
most useful, relevant, and reliable, as well as the ability to analyze, distill,
integrate, compose, and classify information to create knowledge. Program Requirements Units
• Distribution skills - Frameworks for rethinking methods of packaging, (Select 3 classes totaling 9 units)
presenting, providing access, and disseminating information and knowl- BUS 140 Selling for Business 3
edge in this new medium. BUS 145/
• Communications literacy - Integrating new forms of information, FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3
knowledge, and message development into evolving patterns of organi- BUS 150 Advertising 3
zational and interpersonal communication. BUS 155 Marketing 3
This certificate offers preparation skills for the above areas of emphasis involving
the Internet. Elective Courses (Select 6 units)
BUS 100 Introduction to Business 3
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
Emphasis in Business Education BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
BUS 142 Customer Service 1
A.A. Degree Major or TOTAL UNITS 15
Certificate of Achievement
COURSE OFFERINGS
Program Requirements Units
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3 BUS 100 Introduction to Business (3)
BUS 140 Selling for Business 3 3 hours lecture
BUS 150 Advertising 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
BUS 155 Marketing 3 Preparation for survival within the global economy. Topics such as small business
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3 management, managerial theory, international business, and marketing represent
BUS 170 Word for Business – Basic 1 several important class components. Includes strong career guidance component.
BUS 171 Word for Business – Advanced 1
CSWB 110/ BUS 105 Bookkeeping Fundamentals (4)
R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3 4 hours lecture
GCMW/ Corequisite: BUS 105L
R GCMW 102 or Web Page Layout I 4 Note: Not open to students who have completed ACCT 103
GCMW 102A and Web Page Layout IA 2 Transfer acceptability: CSU
GCMW 102B Web Page Layout IB 2 Comprehensive coverage of the basic bookkeeping cycle, including journalizing,
LT 154 Information for Life Long Learning 3 posting, worksheet and financial statements; payroll records; petty cash systems;
TOTAL UNITS 27 reconciliation of bank statements. Electronic spreadsheeting concepts as they
pertain to accounting/bookkeeping are also covered. Designed to give practical
preparation for bookkeeping positions.
121
Business Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab (.5) BUS 140 Selling for Business (3)
1½ hours laboratory 3 hours lecture
Corequisite: BUS 105 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU A study of the working principles of selling in a business environment includ-
This lab provides students with the skills necessary to apply bookkeeping and ing prospecting for customers, understanding buying behavior, developing a sales
electronic spreadsheet theory in developing solutions to bookkeeping problems, presentation, closing the sale while delivering the best customer service, and
and to create and generate various accounting reports and financial statements. maintaining professional relationships.
The bookkeeping exercises completed throughout the semester will closely par-
allel the problems completed in the BUS 105 Bookkeeping Fundamentals course. BUS 142 Customer Service (1)
1 hour lecture
BUS 110 Business Mathematics (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture This course covers the entire spectrum of customer service, which includes any-
Transfer acceptability: CSU thing a business does for a customer in order to enhance the customer experi-
Theory and practical application to business situations of computing trade and ence. Central focus of the course is recognition that it is much more costly to
cash discounts, commissions, payrolls, property taxes, interest, bank discount, attract new customers than it is to maintain current customers.
compound interest, present value, annuities, sinking funds, insurance, consumer
credit, and depreciation. BUS 145 Retailing/Promotion (3)
3 hours lecture
BUS 115 Business Law (3) Note: Cross listed as FASH 125
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BUS 115, 116, 117, LS 121, PLS 121 combined: Principles and techniques of retailing, promotion, and advertising pertinent to
maximum credit, one course retail policies and procedures. Includes psychological aspect of retailing. Working
Law in its relationships to business contracts, agency, bailment, and sales. foundation for those looking forward to employment in this area.
BUS 116 Business Law (3) BUS 150 Advertising (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BUS 115 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BUS 115, 116, 117, LS 121, PLS 121 combined: A study of advertising media and methods as sales promotional tools in marketing
maximum credit, one course activities including, but not limited to, such areas as the production and evaluation
Law in its relationships to negotiable instruments, partnerships, corporations, real of advertisements and advertising media.
property, insurance, wills and estates, and bankruptcy.
BUS 155 Marketing (3)
BUS 117 Legal Environment of Business (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BUS 115, 116, 117, LS 121, PLS 121 combined: A study of the role and functions of marketing in the wholesale and retail distribu-
maximum credit, one course tion of industrial and consumer goods and services, to familiarize students with
Business legal systems, sources of law, social and ethical influences, judicial and marketing policies and practices, integration of marketing activities, and pertinent
administrative systems, contracts, torts, bankruptcy, agency, business organiza- government regulations.
tions, securities regulation, regulation of property, and protection of intellectual
property interests. BUS 157 E-Commerce (3)
3 hours lecture
BUS 125 Business English (3) Recommended preparation: BUS 190
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Addresses the methods by which a business can harness the powers of the Web
Practical approaches to solving the commonly made errors in English language to sell its product. Examines planning an e-business, web site creation and host-
usage, as specifically applied to business-oriented material. Coverage includes ing, e-commerce stores, electronic payment issues and security, marketing an e-
vocabulary, spelling, grammar, idioms, sentence structure, and punctuation. business, copyright, and privacy policy issues.
BUS 130 Introduction to Purchasing and BUS 158 Marketing Internship (3)
Supply Chain Management (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Note: Course not offered every semester
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Basic principles in purchasing and supply chain management, relationship manage- A group process whereby students form their own promotions company.
ment, application of processes, inventory management, source selection, obtaining Students will work with a local business owner for the purpose of creating and
and evaluating offers, buying techniques, contract writing and legal aspects. implementing a promotional event to be held on campus, at the client’s place of
business, or at another location, as identified through the research component of
BUS 136 Personal Finance (3) their plan. Students will engage in activities which include, but are not limited to,
3 hours lecture market research, advertising, public relations, and budgeting.
Note: Cross listed as FCS 136
Transfer acceptability: CSU BUS 165 Keyboarding (1)
A study of the effective management of personal and family resources. Budgeting, Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in
buying of goods and services, banking, credit, taxation, investing, insurance, home Class Schedule for scheduling options.
ownership, estate planning, and consumer protection. Note: May be open entry/open exit
Transfer acceptability: CSU
BUS 138 Business Ethics (2) Touch-typing of alphabetic, numeric, and symbol keys on a computer keyboard;
2 hours lecture development of speed and accuracy on straight copy; introduction to basic
Transfer acceptability: CSU business document formatting.
This course provides a systems approach for making business decisions that are
responsible, practical, and defendable. It examines the gray zone of ethical quan-
daries and provides a methodical process for selecting alternative solutions that
are ethical and good for business.
122 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Business
BUS 170 Word for Business – Basic (1) using data tables, arrays, scenarios, goal seek and problem-solving tools, and ap-
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in plication add-ins; importing data from external sources including text, database,
Class Schedule for scheduling options. schema, XML, and web files and real-time sources; defining queries; and, writing
Recommended preparation: A keyboarding speed of 20 net words a minute and executing macros and sub-routines. Concepts and software features are in-
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times with different subject troduced applying practical applications designed for the business environment.
matter; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of BUS 170, BUS 171; This Class schedule will designate software package covered.
course cannot be used to satisfy the Office Information Systems A.A. Degree/Certifi-
cates. BUS 180 Access for Business (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in
Hands on application with Microsoft Word. Students will create, save, close, open, Class Schedule for scheduling options.
edit, and print a variety of business documents utilizing the following software Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times
features: finding and replacing text, moving and copying text; spell, thesaurus, Transfer acceptability: CSU
grammar, and auto text; character, paragraph, page, and document formatting; en- Introduction to a currently used computer database program. Skills include plan-
velopes; tables; columns; borders and special characters; footnotes and endnotes; ning, designing, and using a database; tables; forms and sub forms; reports; queries;
draw objects and graphics; hyperlinks; styles and templates; outlines; smart tags; and relationships within practical applications designed for the business environ-
and headers/footers. Class Schedule will designate software package covered. ment. Class Schedule will designate software package covered.
BUS 171 Word for Business – Advanced (1) BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business (1)
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in
Class Schedule for scheduling options. Class Schedule for scheduling options.
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BUS 170 Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times with different subject Transfer acceptability: CSU
matter; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of BUS 170, BUS 171; Introduction to a currently used computer presentations program to produce
This course cannot be used to satisfy the Office Information Systems A.A. Degree/ effective presentations using overheads, 35mm photographic slides, or on-screen
Certificates. slides. Skills include defining and designing presentations; preparing slides using
Transfer acceptability: CSU the slide, slide sorter, outline, notes page, and slide show views; formatting and
Refinement of basic word processing skills and practice of the more sophisticated animating the presentation; and applying templates within practical applications
software features of merge; labels; fields; index and table of contents; macros; applied to the business environment. Class Schedule will designate software
master and subdocuments; customizing Word; on-screen forms; charts; book- package covered.
marks and cross-referencing; creating and editing Word web pages; comparing
and merging documents; linking and embedding objects; and tracking changes. In BUS 186 Microsoft Publisher (1)
addition, more advanced printing, file management, and integration of related soft- 2 hours lecture/laboratory
ware will be covered.The Class Schedule will designate software version covered. Recommended preparation: R CSIS 127 and R CSIS 170 or CSIT 130, or
BUS 170 or OIS 136.1
BUS 175 Excel Basic (1) Note: May be open entry/open exit; cross listed as R CSIS 130; may be taken 4
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in times
Class Schedule for scheduling options. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: BUS 110 Hands-on applications of Microsoft Publisher, a comprehensive software package
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times that combines text, graphics, illustrations, and photographs to produce typeset
Transfer acceptability: CSU quality documents for local printer output or for commercial printing. Includes:
Introduction to a currently used computer spreadsheet application program. newsletters; brochures; flyers; web pages; business cards; letterheads and enve-
Concepts include defining, designing and navigating spreadsheets; creating, editing, lopes; advertising and marketing materials; and greeting cards; PDF and web file
formatting, and printing spreadsheets; working with formulas and functions; and formats; and printing options.
working with charts and graphics. A variety of spreadsheets will be created and
edited within practical applications designed for the business environment. Class BUS 187 Project for Business (1)
Schedule will designate software package covered. Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in
Class Schedule for scheduling options.
BUS 176 Excel Intermediate (1) Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times with different subject
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in matter
Class Schedule for scheduling options. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BUS 175 or Equivalent Hands-on application with Microsoft Project, a comprehensive software pack-
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times age that includes the processes of initiating, planning, executing, controlling, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU closing a project to meet project goals. Students will identify ways of complet-
Development of intermediate spreadsheet skills to manipulate worksheet con- ing projects more efficiently and effectively by covering the topics of planning a
tent using a current computer spreadsheet application program. Intermediate project; creating a project schedule; communicating project information; assigning
concepts include working with lists, filtering, conditional formatting, pivot tables/ resources and costs to a project; tracking the progress of and closing a project;
charts, worksheet groups, workbook templates, lookup functions, auditing tools, and, sharing project information with other people and applications.
document sharing features, macro basics, and publishing to a web page. Concepts
are introduced using practical applications designed for the business environment. BUS 188 Voice Recognition (1)
Class schedule will designate software package covered. Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in
Class Schedule for scheduling options.
BUS 177 Excel Advanced (1) Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times with different subject
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in matter
Class Schedule for scheduling options. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BUS 176 or Equivalent Hands-on application with a current voice recognition software package. Training
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times includes training the software to recognize the user’s voice; speaking accurately
Transfer acceptability: CSU to improve the user’s voice profile; opening and closing programs; selecting text;
Development of advanced skills using a current computer spreadsheet applica- creating, editing, and formatting a variety of business documents; capitalizing,
tion program. Advanced concepts and skills include performing complex analyses moving, inserting, saving, opening, and printing a variety of business documents;
123
Business Management Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
customizing the software; managing applications and documents; and, managing BMGT 115 Organizational Theory and design 3
keyboard and mouse control techniques. BMGT 130 Management/Leadership Issues 3
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
BUS 190 Internet for Business (1) BUS 115 or Business Law
Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory. Students should refer to course listing in BUS 117 Legal Environment of Business 3
Class Schedule for scheduling options. BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 2 times BUS 155 Marketing 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU BUS 170 Word for Business – Basic 1
Basic concepts of navigating the Internet and Intranet including terminology, BUS 180 Access for Business 1
bookmarks/favorites, copying/pasting web pages, search sites/engines, file trans- BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business 1
fer, e-mail, and attachments with practical applications designed for the business BUS 205 Business Writing 3
environment. In addition, basic web pages will be created and edited using HTML.
Elective Courses (Select 3-4 units)
BUS 195 Microsoft Office Integration (1) ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting 4
2 hours lecture/laboratory BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
Recommended preparation: Intermediate level knowledge of word processing, BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3
database, spreadsheet, and presentation software applications BMGT 125 Introduction to Labor Relations 3
Note: May be taken 4 times BUS 130 Intro Purchase/Supply Chain Management 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU BUS 140 Selling for Business 3
Preparation of a variety of business projects that integrate database, spreadsheet, BUS 145/
word processing, and presentation software applications. FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3
BUS 197 Business Topics (.5 - 4) ECON 100 Basic Economics 3
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required BMGT 295 Directed Study in Business Management 1-3
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
TOTAL UNITS 34 – 35
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU COURSE OFFERINGS
Topics in Business. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will BMGT 101 Introduction to Management (3)
designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
BUS 205 Business Writing (3) A leadership course designed to enhance understanding of responsibilities as-
3 hours lecture sociated with management in business. Topics will cover management styles and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BUS 125 or eligibility determined through human behavior factors associated with managing staff.
the Business English placement process
Recommended preparation: ENG 100 BMGT 105 Small Business Management (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Principles of effective writing applied to business communications. Develops skill Transfer acceptability: CSU
in analysis, organization, composition, and presentation of various types of let- For owners and managers of small businesses. Analysis of personal qualifications,
ters, memos, and reports to elicit the desired responses. Formal analytical report forms of ownership, sources of information, financing, planning, legal problems,
required. record keeping, advertising, insurance, sales promotions, credit, public relations,
and current aids to successful management.
Business Management (BMGT)
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. BMGT 110 Human Resource Management (3)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 3 hours lecture
Office: B-18 Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey of the history and present status of human resource management in the
Associate in Arts Degrees - United States. Emphasis on modern techniques of recruitment, placement, wage
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). administration, communications, training, labor relations, and employer employee
• Business Management relationships in modern industry and business.
Certificates of Achievement - BMGT 115 Organizational Theory and Design (3)
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 3 hours lecture
• Business Management Transfer acceptability: CSU
Policies and methods of organization in business enterprises of various types
PROGRAMS OF STUDY and sizes. Functional components of business organization: planning, controlling,
coordinating, and directing to meet organizational objectives. Establishing lines
Business Management of authority and functions of departments or units with emphasis on systems
management.
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation
to individuals who are seeking employment, or are currently employed, within the
BMGT 125 Introduction to Labor Relations (3)
management structure of business.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A.A. Degree Major or Introduction to, and development of, an appreciation for labor relations; review
Certificate of Achievement of procedures involved in negotiation and administration of labor agreements;
Program Requirements Units development of an understanding of the involvement of labor and management
ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4 in a collective bargaining agreement; and an overview of the general nature of
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1 the labor management relationship and labor law as they currently exist in the
BMGT 101 Introduction to Management 3 United States.
124 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Business Management-Cabinet and Furniture Technology
BMGT 130 Management/Leadership Issues (3) CFT 167 Cabinetmkg/32mm European Construction 2, 3, 4
3 hours lecture CFT 195 Finishing Tech/Touch-Up/Repair 2, 3, 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Examination of current issues in management and leadership including: organiz- Group One (Select 12 units)
ing, staffing, decision making, motivating, communicating, and applying such skills CFT 149 Hand Joinery I 2, 3, 4
to a business organization. Concepts related to group dynamics, change, conflict, CFT 151 Veneering Technology I 2, 3, 4
organizational communications, and productivity are explored. CFT 155 Classic American Chair Designs 2, 3, 4
CFT 157 Chair/Seating Prototype Construction 2, 3, 4
BMGT 197 Business Management Topics (.5 - 4) CFT 158 Chair/Seating Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required CFT 161 Tables/Prototype Construction 2, 3, 4
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be CFT 162 Tables/Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times Group Two (Select 12 units)
Transfer acceptability: CSU CFT 120 Advanced Furniture Lab .5-3
Topics in Business Management. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. CFT 122 Cabinetmaking Construction Lab .5-3
Course title will designate subject covered. CFT 124 Chair and Table Construction Lab .5-3
CFT 128 Stringed Instruments Lab .5-3
BMGT 295 Directed Study in Business Management (1, 2, 3) CFT 130 Stringed Instruments I 3, 4, 5
3, 6 or 9 hours laboratory CFT 131 Stringed Instruments II 3-5
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by the instructor and Department CFT 141 Making Woodworking Tools .5-3
Chair CFT 142 The Art and Craft of Planemaking .5-3
Transfer acceptability: CSU CFT 143 Decorative Box Making 2, 3, 4
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and or proficien- CFT 144 Production Furniture Making (Toys) .5,1
cies in business management subjects and have the initiative to work indepen- CFT 145 Advanced Manufacturing Production Techniques .5-1
dently on projects outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students CFT 148 Marquetry, Inlay and Veneering 2, 3, 4
will work under the supervision of an instructor. CFT 150 Hand Joinery Technology II 3,4
CFT 152 Veneering Technology II 2, 3, 4
CFT 154 Studio Furniture Design II 2, 3, 4
Cabinet and Furniture Technology CFT 156 Advanced Classic American Chair Design 2, 3, 4
(CFT) CFT 163
CFT 164
Plastic Laminate Fabrication Techniques
Cabinet Installation
.5,1
.5,1
Contact the Trade and Industry Department for further information. CFT 166 Cabinetmaking/Production & Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2545 CFT 168 Cabinetmaking/Architectural Millwork 2, 3, 4
Office: T-1 CFT 169 Cabinetmaking/Computer Cabinet Layout .5,1, 2, 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. CFT 170 Workbench Design and Production 2, 3, 4
CFT 171 Furniture for the Wood Shop 2, 3, 4
Associate in Arts Degrees - CFT 172 Turbo CAD for Cabinets and Furniture 2, 3, 4
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). CFT 173 Bamboo Fly Rod Building 2, 3, 4
• Cabinetmaking and Furniture Design CFT 175 Jigs and Fixtures 2, 3, 4
• Cabinetmaking and Millwork CFT 176 The Lathe - An Introduction to Woodturning 2, 3, 4
• Furniture Making CFT 180 Wood Bending And Lamination/Wood Tech. 2, 3, 4
CFT 185 Machine Tool Set Up and Maintenance 2, 3, 4
Certificates of Achievement - CFT 186 Machine Tool/Production Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). CFT 187 Introduction to Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
• Cabinetmaking and Furniture Design CFT 188 Intermediate Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
• Cabinetmaking and Millwork CFT 189 Advanced Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
• Furniture Making CFT 190 Specialty and Manufactured Hardware .5,1, 2, 3
CFT 196 Special Problems in CFT 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6
PROGRAMS OF STUDY CFT 197 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics .5-4
CFT 198 Advanced Wood Finishing 2, 3, 4
Cabinetmaking and Furniture Design CFT 295 Directed Study in Woodworking 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6
Provides the student with the theory and skills needed for employment in the TOTAL UNITS 40 – 56
field of cabinetmaking and furniture design.
Program begins with the basic safe use of tools and machines and basic wood-
Cabinetmaking and Millwork
working processes. Specific and practical skills and knowledge of the Cabinet- Provides the student with the theory and skills needed for employment in the
making and Furniture making industries are covered with required and elected field of cabinetmaking and millwork. Program begins with the basic safe use of
coursework. tools and machines and basic woodworking processes. Specific and practical skills
and knowledge of the Cabinetmaking and millwork industries are covered with
A.A. Degree Major or required and elected coursework.
Certificate of Achievement
A.A. Degree Major or
Program Requirements Units Certificate of Achievement
CFT 100 Fundamentals of Woodworking 2, 3, 4
CFT 105 Machine Woodworking/Furniture 2, 3, 4 Program Requirements Units
CFT 110 Machine Tool Joinery I 2, 3, 4 CFT 100 Fundamentals of Woodworking 2, 3, 4
CFT 111 Machine Tool Joinery II 2, 3, 4 CFT 105 Machine Woodworking/Furniture 2, 3, 4
CFT 153 Studio Furniture Design I 2, 3, 4 CFT 165 Cabinet/Face Frame Construction 2, 3, 4
CFT 165 Cabinet/Face Frame Construction 2, 3, 4 CFT 167 Cabinetmkg/32mm European Const 2, 3, 4
125
Cabinet and Furniture Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CFT 168 Cabinetmaking/Architectural Millwork 2, 3, 4 CFT 149 Hand Joinery I 2, 3, 4
CFT 195 Finishing Tech/Touch-Up/Repair 2, 3, 4 CFT 151 Veneering Technology I 2, 3, 4
CFT 153 Studio Furniture Design I 2, 3, 4
Group One (Select 12 units) CFT 157 or Chair/Seating Prototype Construction
CFT 110 Machine Tool Joinery I 2, 3, 4 CFT 161 Tables/Prototype Construction 2, 3, 4
CFT 111 Machine Tool Joinery II 2, 3, 4 CFT 195 Finishing Tech/Touch-Up/Repair 2, 3, 4
CFT 151 Veneering Technology I 2, 3, 4
CFT 153 Studio Furniture Design I 2, 3, 4 Group One (Select 5-6 units)
CFT 166 Cabinetmaking/Production & Manufacturing 2, 3, 4 CFT 155 Classic American Chair Designs 2, 3, 4
CFT 169 Cabinetmaking/Computer Cabinet Layout .5,1, 2, 3 CFT 180 Wood Bending And Lamination/Wood Tech. 2, 3, 4
CFT 185 Machine Tool Set-up and Maintenance 2, 3, 4 CFT 187 Introduction to Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
CFT 188 Intermediate Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
Group Two (Select 12 units)
CFT 97 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics .5-4 Group Two (Select 5-6 units)
CFT 120 Advanced Furniture Lab .5-3 CFT 97 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics .5-4
CFT 122 Cabinetmaking Construction Lab .5-3 CFT 120 Advanced Furniture Lab .5-3
CFT 124 Chair and Table Construction Lab .5-3 CFT 122 Cabinetmaking Construction Lab .5-3
CFT 128 Stringed Instruments Lab .5-3 CFT 124 Chair and Table Construction Lab .5-3
CFT 130 Stringed Instruments I 3,4,5 CFT 128 Stringed Instruments Lab .5-3
CFT 131 Stringed Instruments II 3,4,5 CFT 130 Stringed Instruments I 3,4,5
CFT 142 The Art and Craft of Planemaking .5-3 CFT 131 Stringed Instruments II 3,4,5
CFT 143 Decorative Box Making 2, 3, 4 CFT 141 Making Woodworking Tools .5-3
CFT 144 Production Furniture Making (Toys) .5,1 CFT 142 The Art and Craft of Planemaking .5-3
CFT 145 Advanced Manufacturing Production Techniques .5-1 CFT 143 Decorative Box Making 2, 3, 4
CFT 148 Marquetry, Inlay and Veneering 2, 3, 4 CFT 144 Production Furniture Making (Toys) .5,1
CFT 149 Hand Joinery I 2, 3, 4 CFT 145 Advanced Manufacturing Production Techniques .5-1
CFT 154 Studio Furniture Design II 2, 3, 4 CFT 148 Marquetry, Inlay and Veneering 2, 3, 4
CFT 155 Classic American Chair Designs 2, 3, 4 CFT 156 Advanced Classic American Chair Design 2, 3, 4
CFT 156 Adv Classic American Chair Design 2, 3, 4 CFT 158 Chair/Seating Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
CFT 157 Chair/Seating Prototype Construction 2, 3, 4 CFT 162 Tables/Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
CFT 158 Chair/Seating Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4 CFT 165 Cabinet/Face Frame Construction 2, 3, 4
CFT 161 Tables/Prototype Construction 2, 3, 4 CFT 166 Cabinetmaking/Production & Manufacturing 2, 3, 4
CFT 162 Tables/Production Manufacturing 2, 3, 4 CFT 167 Cabinetmaking/32mm European Construction 2, 3, 4
CFT 163 Plastic Laminate Fabrication Techniques .5,1 CFT 168 Cabinetmaking/Architectural Millwork 2, 3, 4
CFT 164 Cabinet Installation .5,1 CFT 169 Cabinetmaking/Computer Cabinet Layout .5,1, 2, 3
CFT 169 Cabinetmaking/Computer Cabinet Layout .5,1, 2, 3 CFT 170 Workbench Design and Production 2, 3, 4
CFT 170 Workbench Design and Production 2, 3, 4 CFT 172 Turbo CAD for Cabinets and Furniture 2, 3, 4
CFT 172 Turbo CAD for Cabinets and Furniture 2, 3, 4 CFT 173 Bamboo Fly Rod Building 2, 3, 4
CFT 173 Bamboo Fly Rod Building 2, 3, 4 CFT 175 Jigs and Fixtures 2, 3, 4
CFT 175 Jigs and Fixtures 2, 3, 4 CFT 176 The Lathe - An Introduction to Woodturning 2, 3, 4
CFT 176 The Lathe - An Introduction to Woodturning 2, 3, 4 CFT 185 Machine Tool Set Up and Maintenance 2, 3, 4
CFT 180 Wood Bending And Lamination/Wood Tech. 2, 3, 4 CFT 186 Machine Tool/Production Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
CFT 186 Machine Tool/Production Carving 1, 2, 3, 4 CFT 189 Advanced Carving 1, 2, 3, 4
CFT 187 Introduction to Carving 1, 2, 3, 4 CFT 190 Specialty and Manufactured Hardware .5,1, 2, 3
CFT 188 Intermediate Carving 1, 2, 3, 4 CFT 196 Special Problems in CFT 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6
CFT 189 Advanced Carving 1, 2, 3, 4 CFT 197 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics .5-4
CFT 190 Specialty and Manufactured Hardware .5,1, 2, 3 CFT 198 Advanced Wood Finishing 2, 3, 4
CFT 196 Special Problems in CFT 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6 CFT 295 Directed Study in Woodworking 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6
CFT 197 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics .5-4
TOTAL UNITS 28 - 48
CFT 198 Advanced Wood Finishing 2, 3, 4
CFT 295 Directed Study in Woodworking 1, 2, 3, 4,5,6
COURSE OFFERINGS
TOTAL UNITS 36 - 48
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Furniture Making CFT 97 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics (.5 - 4)
Provides the student with the theory and skills needed for employment in the Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
field of furniture design and manufacture. Program begins with the basic safe use of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
of tools and machines and basic woodworking processes. Specific and practical scheduled by the department. Refer to class schedule.
skills and knowledge of the Furniture Making industries are covered with required Note: May be taken 4 times
and elected coursework. Topics in Cabinet and Furniture Technology. See Class Schedule for specific topic
covered. Course title will designate subject covered.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement CFT 100 Fundamentals of Woodworking (2,3,4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU
CFT 100 Fundamentals of Woodworking 2, 3, 4 An introductory course in design and construction of wood products. Survey, use,
CFT 105 Machine Woodworking/Furniture 2, 3, 4 care and selection of woodworking machines and hand tools. Explanation of the
CFT 110 Machine Tool Joinery I 2, 3, 4 basic techniques of milling, joinery, assembly, and finishing.
CFT 111 Machine Tool Joinery II 2, 3, 4
126 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Cabinet and Furniture Technology
CFT 105 Machine Woodworking/Furniture (2,3,4) instruments. Students will work together, production style, milling raw lumber
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory from local sources into guitar part blanks. Students will then work individually
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 constructing their own guitar. Traditional and modern methods of construction
Note: May be taken 2 times and fabrication are explored.
Study, design, and development of practical applications for basic cabinet con-
struction as utilized by the wood products industry. Includes partitions, face CFT 131 Stringed Instruments II (3, 4, 5)
frame, carcase, and basic door and drawer construction. Operation of wood- 1½, 2, or 2½ hours lecture - 4½, 6, or 7½ hours laboratory
working machines, tools and processes, techniques, and care and suitability of Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 130 and CFT 100
tools and machines. Note: May be taken 4 times
A continuation of CFT 130, and the second semester of a year long curriculum.
CFT 110 Machine Tool Joinery I (2,3,4) Students will complete the construction of the body, neck, and other components
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory of the instrument. Finishing and final set-up techniques will be covered and uti-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 lized by students.
Note: May be taken 3 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination
of CFT 110, CFT 111 CFT 141 Making Woodworking Tools (.5, 1, 2, 3)
Through the construction of a specific furniture project, students will advance to 1, 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
a sophisticated level of joinery and design-utilizing mortise and tenon, dovetails, Note: May be taken 4 times
frame and panel, and other joinery appropriate to fine furniture. With the addi- Making traditional woodworking tools used to make furniture and chairs. Topics
tion of advanced machinery training, students will be able to develop and build a include the history and uses of tools, materials and design, layout of the stock,
custom design of their choice, creating heirloom furniture in either traditional or equipment needed to make and finish the tools, sharpening and fitting the blades,
contemporary styling. forging and heat treating steel parts. Types of tools include spoke shaves, shaving
horses, steaming devices and bending forms.
CFT 111 Machine Tool Joinery II (2,3,4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory CFT 142 The Art and Craft of Planemaking (.5, 1, 2, 3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 110 1, 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 3 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100
110, CFT 111 Note: May be taken 3 times
Completion of student built cabinet furniture project that incorporated solid This course will teach students to make wooden hand planes. Through the use of
wood and traditional joinery in its design. Students will explore door and drawer lecture, handouts, demonstrations and videos, the following topics will be covered:
construction methods, furniture hardware, and various finishing choices. Creation the history of planemaking; tuning and using wooden and metal planes; designing
of special moldings and spindle turnings for decorating the carcase will also be a plane; making and tuning laminated planes; cutting, tempering and sharpening a
explored. plane iron; designing, making and using a wooden plane.
CFT 120 Advanced Furniture Lab (.5,1,1.5,2,2.5,3) CFT 143 Decorative Box Making (2,3,4)
1½, 3, 4½, 6, 7½, or 9 hours laboratory 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: May be taken 2 times
Laboratory for students who need additional lab time to complete difficult, com- Concentrates on the skills and techniques needed to make finely crafted heir-
plex projects. Students will work under the supervision of an instructor. loom quality boxes. Types of boxes include: jewelry, cigar humidor, and silver
chest. Topics include: design, function, selection of materials, construction tech-
CFT 122 Cabinetmaking Construction Lab (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3) niques, partitions, linings, hardware, assembly techniques, hinge installation, and
1½, 3, 4.5, 6, 7½, or 9 hours laboratory finishing techniques.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100
Note: May be taken 4 times CFT 144 Production Furniture Making (Toys) (.5,1)
Laboratory for students who need additional lab time to complete difficult cabi- s1 or 2 hours lecture/laboratory
netry and other complex projects. Students will work under the supervision of Note: May be taken 4 times
an instructor. Methods and techniques of manufacturing production are learned through lecture
and demonstration. Skills are acquired as these methods and techniques are ap-
CFT 124 Chair and Table Construction Lab (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3) plied in extensive lab work in a production mode. To enable the production of
1½, 3, 4½, 6, 7½, or 9 hours laboratory relatively large quantities with varied complexity, this course utilizes the manufac-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 ture of quality wooden toys, which are donated to local charities.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Provides additional laboratory time to complete complex projects required in CFT 145 Advanced Manufacturing Production Techniques (.5,1)
other classes. 1½ or 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 144
CFT 128 Stringed Instruments Lab (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3) Note: May be taken 4 times
1½, 3, 4½, 6, 7½, or 9 hours laboratory Methods and techniques of manufacturing production are learned through lec-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 ture and demonstration. Skills are acquired as these methods and techniques
Note: May be taken 4 times are applied in extensive lab work in a production mode. To enable the produc-
Laboratory for students who need additional lab time to complete difficult tion of relatively large quantities with varied complexity, this course utilizes the
stringed instruments or other complex projects. Students will work under the manufacture of quality wooden toys donated to local charities. Advanced manu-
supervision of an instructor. facturing students will be team leaders in design, planning and time and material
managements.
CFT 130 Stringed Instruments I (3, 4, 5)
1½, 2, or 2½ hours lecture - 4½, 6, or 7½ hours laboratory CFT 148 Marquetry, Inlay and Veneering (2,3,4)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 1, 1½, or 2 hours lecture- 3, 4½, or 6 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 and CFT 151
Through the fabrication of a steel stringed guitar, students will study the: history, Note: May be taken 2 times
tone theory, construction processes, materials, finishing and set up of stringed Examines the history of Marquetry. Students will use the tools necessary to com-
127
Cabinet and Furniture Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
plete a Marquetry project which includes: veneer hammer, hide and other glues, CFT 156 Advanced Classic American Chair Designs (2,3,4)
veneer tape, scroll saw, veneer saw and related tools and equipment. The various 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
methods of cutting veneers will be examined as well as methods for cutting, as- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 155
sembling and installing inlay. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT
155, CFT 156
CFT 149 Hand Joinery I (2,3,4) Chair making which emphasizes the use of traditional chair making tools to shape
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory raw wood into chair parts. Skill development and improved craftsmanship is em-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 phasized while learning to make more complex chairs. Advanced chair designs
Note: May be taken 2 times include: bow back, continuous arm, writing arm, double and triple settees and fan
Exploration of hand tool techniques with application to fine furniture. Skills will back Windsor chairs; Appalachian style three-slat side chair, four-slat arm chair,
be developed through the construction of sample joints and a simple project. bar stools, youth rocker and six-slat rocking chair.
Topics include: marking and layout tools, cutting tools, use of the workbench and
its accessories, hand saws and their use, Japanese vs. Western tools, dovetail join- CFT 157 Chair and Seating/Prototype Construction (2,3,4)
ery, mortise and tenon joinery, squaring and sizing with a hand plane, sharpening 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
hand tools and building a simple carcase. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
Note: May be taken 3 times
CFT 150 Hand Joinery II (2,3,4) In depth study of production chair making. History of chair making and seating.
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory Design and application of pattern making techniques on student selected projects.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 149
Note: May be taken 2 times CFT 158 Chair and Seating/Production Manufacturing (2,3,4)
Comprehensive study of specialized woodworking techniques. The emphasis of 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
this course will be on the development of hand tool skills. Learning exercises will Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 157
be completed making traditional joinery typical of fine furniture. Note: May be taken 3 times
Chair and seating construction; production and advanced machine tool techniques
CFT 151 Veneering Technology I (2,3,4) as they relate to chair making. Fine joinery, theory, and advanced techniques.
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 CFT 161 Tables/Prototype Construction (2,3,4)
Note: May be taken 2 times 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Introduction to the use of veneers in furniture making.Topics include: understand- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
ing veneer as a material, cutting and seaming veneer, pressing veneer using tradi- Note: May be taken 3 times
tional and modern methods, creating sunbursts and other multi-piece matches, Table design and construction. Machine tool operations necessary to produce
using and maintaining various cutting tools and sawing your own veneer. various table leg, trussel, and base designs.
CFT 152 Veneering Technology II (2,3,4) CFT 162 Tables/Production Manufacturing (2,3,4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 151 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 161
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 3 times
Study and practice of advanced veneering techniques which includes working with Development and refinement of table making skills, processes, and procedures.
radius shapes, hand and machine marquetry techniques, hammer veneering, and Construction of extension and drop leaf style tables. Joinery and hardware unique
installation of bandings and stringings. Students will demonstrate their abilities in to table making.
the construction of a small piece of furniture.
CFT 163 Plastic Laminate Fabrication Techniques (.5,1)
CFT 153 Studio Furniture Design I (2,3,4) 1 or 2 hours lecture/laboratory
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 This course examines the manufacturing process for plastic laminate products,
Note: May be taken 2 times including tools, adhesives, jigs, application and installation techniques. Lectures,
Exploration of historical design concepts and their application to contemporary demonstrations, and hands-on exercises will give students the opportunity to
work. Development of drawing skills needed to design one of a kind studio develop the proficiency and knowledge to design, build and install plastic laminate
furniture. products.
CFT 154 Studio Furniture Design II (2,3,4) CFT 164 Cabinet Installation (.5,1)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory 1 or 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 153 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Installation of both face frame and European (32mm) cabinetry. Topics include:
Implementation of students’ design concepts created in CFT 153. Exploration of Understanding wall structure, measuring and planning for installation, review of
market opportunities and client relationships. cabinet construction with emphasis on installation, in-depth discussion of the
tools, jigs, and techniques used for installation, installation of lower face frame
CFT 155 Classic American Chair Designs (2,3,4) cabinets, installation of upper European (32mm) cabinets, finished scribing of
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory molding.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT
155, CFT 156 CFT 165 Cabinetmaking/Face Frame/Construction (2,3,4)
Chair making which emphasizes the use of traditional chair making tools to shape 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
raw wood into chair parts. Topics include the history of Windsor and Ladder Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
Back chair designs; harvesting raw materials from a tree; proper sharpening of the Note: May be taken 3 times
hand tools; shaping, steam bending, kiln drying and assembling the chair parts; seat Traditional face frame cabinet construction as applied in kitchens and bathrooms
weaving; and traditional finishing appropriate to each chair style. with design, layout, and material analysis. Hands on experience in carcase con-
struction, face frames, partitions, and construction of doors and drawers.
128 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Cabinet and Furniture Technology
CFT 166 Cabinetmaking/Production and Manufacturing (2,3,4) CFT 173 Bamboo Fly Rod Building (2, 3, 4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory 1, 1½, or 2 hours lecture- 3, 4½, or 6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 165 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100
Note: May be taken 3 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Designed to give students the knowledge and ability to enter the cabinetmaking Instruction in the art of bamboo fly rod building. A bamboo culm will be split,
business. Manufacturing and production techniques will be examined along with straightened, heat treated, planed and glued. Tips, ferrels, cork handle and reel
design, assembly, and installation. Students will learn to bid on jobs, estimate ma- seat are installed. Wire guides are made and installed. Other projects include
terials, provide client satisfaction, and produce quality work on a profitable basis. fish landing nets, hexagon rod storage tubes, cork lined wooden fly boxes and
portable fly tying cases.
CFT 167 Cabinetmaking/32mm European Construction (2,3,4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory CFT 175 Jigs and Fixtures (2, 3, 4)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 3 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
European 32mm production methods as used in cabinetmaking. European design Note: May be taken 4 times
and space utilization; European machinery, hardware, and the latest in European Theory of production tooling, fixtures, and jigs; design and develop practical ap-
systems. Influence of the 32mm system on the American cabinetmaking industry. plications of production tooling, fixtures and jigs as used in current machines
within the industry. Field trips to local industries will allow students to further
CFT 168 Cabinetmaking/Architectural Millwork (2,3,4) understand tooling as used in the trades.
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 CFT 176 The Lathe - An Introduction to Woodturning (2, 3, 4)
Note: May be taken 3 times 1, 1½, or 2 hours lecture- 3, 4½, or 6 hours laboratory
Historical and modern architectural millworking techniques used in frame and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100
panel systems, doors, fireplaces, wall systems, staircases, and built in components. Note: May be taken 2 times
Hands on experience on student selected projects may include woodcarving, Emphasis on Spindle Turning or turning Between Centers. Students will learn the
woodturning, construction of doors and windows and the production/installation history of the lathe; the components of the lathe and how to select the best lathe
of moldings. and accessories for their particular turning style. Discussion of tool selection,
proper tool sharpening techniques, what to expect from a basic set of turning
CFT 169 Cabinetmaking/Computer Cabinet Layout (.5,1,2,3) tools with emphasis on the skew, the gouge, the parting tool and importantly
1, 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory – the handle. Design and fabrication of tool handles, including tool making and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 tool modification. Additionally, projects will include turning a mallet, tool handles,
Note: May be taken 4 times kitchen utensils, “weed vases” and ornaments. Introduction to bowl turning and
Selection and application of appropriate software as developed for the cabinet turning other than solid wood such as laminates and acrylics.
industry. Development of industrial standard cabinet plans and specifications
utilizing personal-size computer and software programs. CFT 180 Wood Bending and Lamination/
Wood Technology (2, 3, 4)
CFT 170 Workbench Design and Production (2,3,4) 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Principles and practical applications of both wood bending and lamination.
Design and construction of the most basic of woodworking tools, a workbench. Mechanical and chemical means of bending wood studied and developed, specific
Process rough lumber to maximize yield and minimize waste. Students will be structure and properties of wood are developed.
allowed to customize the size of their bench to fit individual requirements within
limits. However, mass-production techniques will not be sacrificed. In addition, CFT 185 Machine Tool Set up and Maintenance (2,3,4)
a broad review of woodworking vises and other bench accessories will be con- 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
ducted so that students will be able to further customize their own bench. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100
Note: May be taken 4 times
CFT 171 Furniture for the Wood Shop (2,3,4) Set up, repair, rebuild, and maintain tools and machines used in the wood-related
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory industries. Machine tool operations studies and applied. Consumer information
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 developed to acquaint student with machines and tools within the field. Planned
Note: May be taken 4 times maintenance schedules developed and applied.
The individual student will be required to design and construct one or more
projects from a broad range of furniture-quality accessories for the woodwork- CFT 186 Machine Tool/Production Carving (1,2,3,4)
ing shop such as tool totes, tool boxes, chests and cabinets (both stationary and 2, 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
portable), step stools, saw horses or workbench accessories. Particular attention Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105
will be paid to artistic and functional design, utility, material selection and joinery Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
techniques. Skills in spindle turning, marquetry and inlay, compound angle join- Introductory woodcarving course using hand and power machine tools. De-
ery, coopering, and veneering will be developed and employed depending on the sign considerations, carving techniques, production carving, and incorporation
project selected. of woodcarving into cabinetmaking, furniture construction, and architectural
millwork.
CFT 172 TurboCAD for Cabinets & Furniture (2, 3, 4)
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory CFT 187 Introduction to Carving (1,2,3,4)
Note: May be taken 3 times 2, 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Introduction to TurboCAD and to basic CAD concepts and their direct applica- Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT
tion to the design and drawing of custom cabinets and furniture, as an alternative 187, CFT 188, CFT 189
to “pencil & paper” drawing. Topics will include: extensive 2D and 3D drawing, This beginning course in carving introduces students to the tools and techniques
modifying, and editing tools; the production of measured, shop drawings as an used in carving wood.The course includes specifics of available tools, their proper
essential first step in the construction of a project; rendering, as a tool in the handling and maintenance, as well as discussions of layout and carving methods as
visualization of concept design. applied to furniture and architectural millwork.
129
Cabinet and Furniture Technology-Chemistry Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CFT 188 Intermediate Carving (1,2,3,4) and/or proficiencies in Cabinet and Furniture Technology subjects and have the
2, 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory initiative to work independently on projects or research outside the context of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 187 regularly scheduled classes. Registration requires prior approval of supervising
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT instructor.
187, CFT 188, CFT 189
This course examines methods relating to both low and high relief carving, as well
as incised lettering. More complex layout and carving techniques are undertaken. Chemistry (CHEM)
Concepts such as setting-in and blocking-out are introduced while modeling, in- Contact the Chemistry Department for further information.
troduced in the beginning course, is more fully developed. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2505
Office: NS-355B
CFT 189 Advanced Carving (1,2,3,4)
2, 4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory Associate in Arts Degrees -
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CFT AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
187, CFT 188, CFT 189 • Chemistry
Advanced carving is a topical study of specific carving applications as they relate
to furniture or architectural millwork. Topics are largely gathered from period Certificates of Achievement -
styles and may include ball and claw feet, Newport shells, and Philadelphia rococo, Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
as well as contemporary interpretations, Art Nouveau, and maritime themes. See • Chemistry
Class Schedule for specific period styles/themes to be emphasized.
PROGRAM OF STUDY
CFT 190 Specialty and Manufactured Hardware (.5,1,2,3)
1, 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times
Chemistry
Survey of traditional, contemporary, European, and Oriental market hardware Provides the background to begin upper division course work and prepares the
found in the cabinet and furniture industries, including consumer applications. student for entry level jobs that require a knowledge of chemistry. The student
Exploration and application of various system solutions for given problem(s). is advised to check with the institution to which he/she wishes to transfer for
Study and application of hinges, K D fasteners, fastening systems, joint systems, additional courses, which may be required.
drawer guides, and runners.
A.A. Degree Major or
CFT 195 Finishing Technology/Touch Up and Repair (2,3,4) Certificate of Achievement
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 Program Requirements Units
Finishes as used in the wood-related fields. Study and use of penetrating, surface, CHEM 110 General Chemistry 3
epoxy, catalytic, and resin surface finishes. Preparation to include staining, fill- CHEM 110L General Chemistry Laboratory 2
ing, and glazing. Chemistry of lacquers, urethanes, oils, and enamels. Instruction CHEM 115 General Chemistry 3
and practice in the touch-up of existing finishes through use of French polishing, CHEM 115L General Chemistry Laboratory 2
burn-in sticks, and dry aniline staining. Repair of fine furniture as necessary prior CHEM 210 Analytical Chemistry 5
to finishing. CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry 5
CHEM 221 Organic Chemistry 5
CFT 196 Special Problems in Cabinet and TOTAL UNITS 25
Furniture Technology (1,2,3,4,5,6)
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, or 18 hours laboratory COURSE OFFERINGS
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 100 or 105
Note: May be taken 4 times Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
A research course through individual contract concentrating in the area of Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Cabinet and Furniture Technology.
CHEM 10 Chemistry Calculations (1)
CFT 197 Cabinet and Furniture Technology Topics (.5 - 4) 1 hour lecture
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Non-degree Applicable
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. The basic calculation skills needed for successful performance in CHEM 100, 110,
Note: May be taken 4 times and 115. Areas such as significant figures, exponential numbers, and basic chemi-
Topics in Cabinet and Furniture Technology. See class schedule for specific topic cal problems are discussed. Emphasizes student practice of chemistry problems.
covered. Course title will designate subject covered.
CHEM 100 Fundamentals of Chemistry (4)
CFT 198 Advanced Wood Finishing (2,3,4) 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
4, 6, or 8 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: One year of high school algebra
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 195 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – no credit if taken after CHEM 110
Wood finishing history, processes, and application of multiple colors and complex Introductory study of the principles and laboratory techniques of general
finishes on furniture. Topics include media, solvents and tools used to apply media, chemistry. Laboratory must be taken concurrently with lecture.
faux finishes, gilding, coloring the finishing materials, turning broken or missing
parts, and veneer repair. CHEM 104 General Organic and Biochemistry (5)
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
CFT 295 Directed Study in Woodworking (1,2,3,4,5,6) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
48, 96, 144, 192, 240, or 288 hours laboratory This course will cover the basic principles of general chemistry, organic chemistry
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CFT 105 and biochemistry as needed to understand the biochemistry, physiology, and
Note: May be taken 4 times pharmacology of the human body. This course is intended mainly for students
Independent study in furniture making, cabinet making, shop layout, design, op- pursuing health professions.
eration, and maintenance for students who have demonstrated advanced skills
130 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Chemistry-Chicano Studies
CHEM 105 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Integrated treatment of organic chemistry including electronic and orbital theory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 100, or CHEM 110 and 110L with applications to carbon bonding, stereo chemistry, resonance theory, and re-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC action mechanisms of both aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Strong emphasis
An introduction to the study of organic chemistry with an emphasis on classifica- on organic nomenclature, reactions, preparations, and synthesis of organic com-
tion, reactions, and application to allied fields. Laboratory includes techniques of pounds. Laboratory: Techniques and theories involved in organic reactions and
isolation, identification, and synthesis of organic compounds. preparations, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental methods.
CHEM 110 General Chemistry (3) CHEM 221 Organic Chemistry (5)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 100 or high school chemistry with Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 220
laboratory, and two years of high school algebra or MATH 60 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Corequisite: CHEM 110L Continuation of the integrated treatment of organic chemistry including elec-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC tronic and orbital theory with applications to carbon bonding, stereo chemistry,
Principles of, and calculations in, areas such as atomic structure, solutions, resonance theory, and reaction mechanisms of both aliphatic and aromatic com-
chemical bonding, chemical formulas and equations, gases, energy transformations pounds. Strong emphasis on organic nomenclature, reactions, preparations, and
accompanying chemical changes, and descriptive chemistry. synthesis of organic compounds. Laboratory: techniques and theories involved in
organic reactions and preparations, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental
CHEM 110L General Chemistry Laboratory (2) methods.
6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 110, or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 295 Directed Study in Chemistry (1, 2, 3)
CHEM 110 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson
Qualitative and quantitative investigations designed to accompany CHEM 110. Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
CHEM 115 General Chemistry (3) syllabus.
3 hours lecture Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 110 and 110L cies in chemistry subjects and have the initiative to work independently on proj-
Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in CHEM 115L ects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
Principles of, and calculations in, areas such as reaction spontaneity, energy chang-
es accompanying chemical reactions, rates of reactions, chemical equilibrium,
acids and bases, precipitation reactions, complex ions, oxidation and reduction, Chicano Studies (CS)
nuclear reactions, and descriptive chemistry. See also Multicultural Studies
CHEM 115L General Chemistry Laboratory (2) Contact the Multicultural Studies Department for further information.
6 hours laboratory (760) 744-1150, ext. 2206
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 110 and 110L; A minimum grade Office: ST-28
of ‘C’ in CHEM 115, or current enrollment in CHEM 115
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC COURSE OFFERINGS
Qualitative and quantitative investigations designed to accompany CHEM 115.
CS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies (3)
CHEM 197 Chemistry Topics (.5 - 4) 3 hours lecture
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be The development of contemporary Chicano culture including various pre
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Columbian and Hispanic cultures in Mexico and the Southwest. A cross disci-
Note: May be taken 4 times plinary approach examines applicable methods and theories from sciences and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course humanities.
syllabus.
Topics in Chemistry. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will CS 101 The Chicano in the United States (3)
designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture
Note: This course plus CS 102 meets the State requirement in American History and
CHEM 205 Introductory Biochemistry (3) Institutions.
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 105 An historical survey of the Mexican American/Chicano people in the United
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC States. Emphasis on cultural and historical roots from pre Columbian times
Fundamental principles of the chemistry of living systems, including structure and through the Spanish conquest period and subsequent cultural and racial mix, in-
function of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. Emphasis on metabo- cluding the U.S. American culture in the Southwest.
lism, energy storage and utilization.
CS 102 The Chicano and the American Political System (3)
CHEM 210 Analytical Chemistry (5) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory Note: This course plus CS 101 meets the State requirement in American History and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 115 and 115L Institutions.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CS 102, AS 110 and AIS 102 combined: maxi-
Principles, calculations, and applications of volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumen- mum credit, one course
tal analysis. Practice in standardizing reagents and determining the composition of A basic and practical approach to understanding and utilizing the American po-
samples of various materials. litical system. Includes a critical evaluation of leading issues affecting Chicanos
as well as a survey of social and political organizations within the community. A
CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry (5) description and analysis of Federal, State, and local government.
3 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 115 and CHEM 115L
131
Chicano Studies-Child Development Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CS 105 Chicano Literature (3) CS 161 Elementary Classical Nahuatl (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as AIS 161/FL 161
A survey of Chicano literature from its pre-Columbian origins. Analyzes the iden- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
tity conflicts resulting from the dual cultures of Mexican and American worlds This is an introductory course on the Classical Nahuatl language of the Aztec Em-
through literary works. Introduces the student to the rich and culturally diverse pire. Students will acquire a basic knowledge of Nahuatl morphology and syntax.
Chicano and Chicana authors that reflect the literary traditions that have mir-
rored the Chicano-Mexican reality in the United States.
Child Development (CHDV)
CS 110 Contemporary Mexican Literature (3) Contact the Child Development Department for further information.
3 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2206
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Office: ST-34
A survey of Mexican novels, prose and poetry from the Mexican Revolution to For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
the present. Major landmark novels of Mexico will be examined in their social and
historical context. Designed to acquaint non-Spanish major students with Mexi- Associate in Arts Degrees -
can thought, values, and literary heritage relative to world literature. AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Infant/Toddler Teacher
CS 115 Literature of Latin America (3) • Preschool Teacher
3 hours lecture • Early Childhood Administration
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Early Intervention Assistant
A survey of Latin American Literature which covers several epochs, genres, au- • Early Intervention Teacher
thors, cultures, countries, and literary movements in Mexico, Central America, • Working with Families
South America, and the Caribbean. Some countries will stand out more than oth-
ers because of the accessibility of literary works in translation. Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
CS 120 Introduction to Sociology of the Chicano (3) • Infant/Toddler Teacher
3 hours lecture • Preschool Teacher
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Early Childhood Administration
The Chicano and the Chicano community within contemporary American society • Early Intervention Assistant
seen from a sociological perspective. Includes socialization/acculturation of the • Early Intervention Teacher
Chicano and the Chicano’s role in societal institutions - family, marriage, religion, • Working with Families
education, and economics.
Certificates of Proficiency -
CS 125 The History of Mexico (3) Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
3 hours lecture • School Age Assistant
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Assistant Teacher
A survey of the political, economic, and cultural development of the Mexican peo-
ple and nation from the pre Columbian period through the Revolution of 1910. PROGRAMS OF STUDY
CS 130 Contemporary Mexican Culture (3) Child Development courses prepare students for employment as an aide, teacher,
3 hours lecture and/or director in a preschool or a child care center (including infant/toddler
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC facilities), family child care providers, and other Child Development careers in
In-depth study of contemporary Mexican culture from the twentieth century early childhood education fields. Courses are also appropriate for parents, nan-
to the present. Through an interdisciplinary approach, explores multiple aspects nies, recreation leaders, camp counselors, elementary school teaching assistants
of Mexico’s current trends in the political, historical, social, and cultural realms. (some classes may be used as a foundation for elementary school teachers), social
Includes the Mexican Revolution of 1910, Cristeros War, PRI’s sphere of influence, services and health care practitioners, early childhood administrators, and others
student movements, Mexico’s current political system, U.S.-Mexico relations, and working with young children.
Mexico’s current transition towards democracy. Also includes different forms of
cultural expressions such as literature, visual arts, film, song, and other written Community Care Licensing State Regulations require students who work with
and multimedia sources. young children to have a minimum of 12 unit in Child Development. CHDV 100
and 115 are required core courses. Students can choose two other curriculum 3
CS 135 Mexican Art History (3) unit CHDV courses to complete the 12 units. Suggested courses are CHDV 105,
3 hours lecture 125, 130, 135, 140, or 185.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Study of a broad spectrum of Mexico’s arts through its literature, music, theatre, Certificates meet the course requirements for teachers, site supervisors, and
dance, and visual arts from pre-Columbian times to the present. Topics may in- directors of private child care programs licensed by the California State Depart-
clude various musical and literary genres, folkloric dances, sculpture, and paintings. ment of Social Services (Title 22), Community Care Licensing. The program also
Designed to increase knowledge and appreciation of general Mexican arts and meets the course requirements for the Child Development Permit issued by the
culture. Exploration of Mexican history and social development as it is expressed California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. Child Development programs
in its artwork. Highlights include analytical approaches to cultural syncretism as that are state funded or federally funded (Title 5 programs such as, Head Start,
well as field trips to performances, film screenings, and exhibitions to galleries state preschool, etc.) follow the Child Development Permit matrix. In addition to
and museums. the course work listed in the certificate, students must have experience working
with young children in order to obtain an actual Child Development Permit from
CS 155 Ancient Civilizations of Meso America (3) the State of California. For specific questions relating to the Child Development
3 hours lecture Permit, please contact the Child Development department chair for further in-
Note: Cross listed as ANTH 155 formation.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Civilizations of Pre Columbian Mexico and Central America with a focus on their In order to earn any of the Child Development degrees or certificates, students
origins and achievements. must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in each of the required courses.
132 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Child Development
CHDV 121 is highly recommended for all Child Development Students. CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence 3
CHDV 150* Advanced Administration for Early Childhood Directors 3
CHDV 195 is required for the Child Development Permit issued by the Commis- CHDV 152 Environmental Rating Scale for Childhood Settings 1.5
sion on Teacher Credentialing for Master Teacher, Site Supervisor, and Program CHDV 155* Advanced Supervision for Early Childhood Directors 3
Director permits. CHDV 172 Teaching in a Diverse Society 3
CHDV 174 Policies, Politics, and Ethnics in Child Development 1
The Child Development Department strongly recommends students complete CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
CHDV 100 during the fall or spring semester. CHDV 195 Adult Supervision/Mentor Teacher Preparation 3
CHDV 200 Program and Supervised Experiences in Early Childhood 3
Assistant Teacher and
CHDV 200A Program and Supervised Lab Experiences in a
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation Preschool/Early Childhood Setting 2
to individuals for a career in the field of child development. The program will give or
students general knowledge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques for CHDV 200B Program and Supervised Lab Experiences in an
working with young children in an entry level position. Infant/Toddler Setting 2
or
Certificate of PROFICIENCY CHDV 200C Program and Supervised Lab Experiences in an
Program Requirements Units Inclusive Setting 2
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 TOTAL UNITS 48.5
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3
and * CHDV 150 and 155 courses are administration courses required for director
CHDV 105A Observation, Assessment, and positions in licensed child care facilities through Community Care Licensing.
Participation Lab - Preschool 1
or Recommended Electives, CHDV 121, CHDV 197A, CHDV 197B, CHDV 197C,
CHDV 105B Observation, Assessment, and CHDV 197D, CHDV 295
Participation Lab - Infant/Toddler 1
or Early Intervention Assistant
CHDV 105C Observation, Assessment, and
Participation Lab - Early Intervention 1 This program includes a selection of courses that provide academic preparation
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3 for a career in working with typically developing children and children with dis-
CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3 abilities (birth to 5 years) in inclusive settings. This program will give students
CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3 general knowledge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques for work in
inclusive settings.
TOTAL UNITS 16
The 28 units listed in this section enable students to complete an Early Interven-
Early Childhood Administration tion Assistant Certificate of Achievement.
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation
to individuals for a career as a director or site supervisor in an early childhood Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts degree in Child
setting. The program will give students general knowledge and skills in theory, Development by completing the 28 units for this Certificate and the General
principles, and techniques for working in an administrative position. Education courses required by the college.
The 48.5 units listed in this section enable students to complete an Early Child- A.A. Degree Major or
hood Administration Certificate. Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units
Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts Degree in Child Devel- CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3
opment by completing 48.5 units for this Certificate and the General Education CHDV 103 Infant and Toddler Development 3
courses required by the college. CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3
and
A.A. Degree Major or CHDV 105C* Observation, Assessment, and Participation
Certificate of Achievement Lab - Early Intervention 1
Program Requirements Units CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 CHDV 112 Early Intervention and Inclusion 3
CHDV 102 Working with Parents and Families 3 CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3
CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3 CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3 CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
and TOTAL UNITS 28
CHDV 105A Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab - Preschool 1
or * CHDV 105C placement for observation must be in a classroom with children
CHDV 105B Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab - with identified disabilities and IFSP or IEP.
Infant/Toddler 1
or Early Intervention Teacher
CHDV 105C Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab -
Early Intervention 1 This program includes a selection of courses that provide academic preparation
CHDV 108 Developmentally Appropriate Principles and Practices 1 for a teaching career in working with typically developing children and children
CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3 with disabilities (birth to 5 years) in inclusive settings. This program will give stu-
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3 dents general knowledge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques for work
CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3 in inclusive settings.
133
Child Development Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
The 43.5 units listed in this section enable students to complete an Early Inter- CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence 3
vention Teacher Certificate of Achievement. CHDV 152# Environmental Rating Scale for Childhood Settings 1.5
CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts degree in Child Devel- CHDV 200+ Program and Supervised Experiences in Early Childhood 3
opment by completing the 43.5 units for this Certificate and the General Educa- and
tion courses required by the college. CHDV 200B** Program and Supervised Lab Experiences in an
Infant/Toddler Setting 2
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement Electives (select 6 units)
Program Requirements Units CHDV 101 Foundations of Child Development 3
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 CHDV 102 Working with Parents and Families 3
CHDV 103 Infant and Toddler Development 3 CHDV 108 Developmentally Appropriate Principles and Practices 1
CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3 CHDV 142 Using Sign in the Early Childhood Setting .5
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3 CHDV 144 /
and COMM 144 Exploring the Effects of Media on Young Children .5
CHDV 105C* Observation, Assessment, and Participation CHDV 172 Teaching in a Diverse Society 3
Lab - Early Intervention 1 CHDV 174 Policies, Politics, and Ethics in Child Development 1
CHDV 106 Infant and Toddler Care and Curriculum 3 TOTAL UNITS 43.5
CHDV 108 Developmentally Appropriate Principles and Practices 1
CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3 ** CHDV 105B and 200B placement for observation and supervised field experi-
CHDV 112 Early Intervention and Inclusion 3 ence must be in a classroom with infants or toddlers.
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3
CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3 # CHDV 152 students must complete the Infant/Toddler Rating Scale (ITERS-R).
CHDV 142 Using Sign in the Early Childhood Setting .5
CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence 3 + CHDV 200 should be taken in the last semester for this certificate or A.A.
CHDV 172 Teaching in a Diverse Society 3 degree major program.
CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
CHDV 200+ Program and Supervised Experiences in Early Childhood 3 Preschool Teacher
and
CHDV 200C* Program and Supervised Lab Experiences This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation
in an Inclusive Setting 2 to individuals for a career as a preschool teacher in an early childhood setting.
The program will give students general knowledge and skills in theory, principles,
TOTAL UNITS 43.5
and techniques for working with young children.
* CHDV 105C and CHDV 200C placement for observation and supervised field
The 43.5 units listed in this section enable students to complete a Preschool
experience must be in a classroom with children with identified disabilities and
Teacher Certificate.
IFSP or IEP.
Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts Degree in Child Devel-
+ CHDV 200 should be taken in the last semester for this certificate or A.A.
opment by completing 43.5 units for this Certificate and the General Education
degree major program.
courses required by the college.
Infant/Toddler Teacher A.A. Degree Major or
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation Certificate of Achievement
to individuals for a teaching career to work with infants and toddlers (birth to Program Requirements Units
36 months) in early childhood settings. The program will give students the gen- CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3
eral knowledge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques for this specialized CHDV 101 Foundations of Child Development 3
group of children. CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3
The 43.5 units listed in this section enable students to complete an Infant/Toddler and
Teacher Certificate. CHDV 105A** Observation, Assessment, and Participation
Lab - Preschool 1
Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts Degree in Child Devel- CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3
opment by completing 43.5 units for this Certificate and the General Education CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3
courses required by the college. CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3
CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence 3
A.A. Degree Major or CHDV 152# Environmental Rating Scale for Childhood Settings 1.5
Certificate of Achievement CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
Program Requirements Units CHDV 200+ Program and Supervised Experiences in Early Childhood 3
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 and
CHDV 103 Infant and Toddler Development 3 CHDV 200A** Program and Supervised Lab Experiences in a
CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3 Preschool/Early Childhood Setting 2
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3
and Electives (Choose 9 units from the following)
CHDV 105B** Observation, Assessment, and Participation CHDV 125 Art in Early Childhood 3
Lab - Infant/Toddler 1 CHDV 130 Math and Science in Early Childhood 3
CHDV 106 Infant and Toddler Care and Curriculum 3 CHDV 135 Music and Creative Movement in Early Childhood 3
CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3 CHDV 140 Children’s Literature and Language Development 3
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3 TOTAL UNITS 43.5
CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition 3
134 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Child Development
** CHDV 105A and 200A placement for observation and supervised field experi- CHDV 144/
ence must be in a classroom with preschool age children. COMM 144 Exploring the Effects of Media on Young Children .5
CHDV 174 Policies, Politics, and Ethics in Child Development 1
# CHDV 152 students must complete the Early Childhood Environmental Rating CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3
Scale (ECERS-R). TOTAL UNITS 34
+ CHDV 200 should be taken in the last semester for this certificate or A.A. COURSE OFFERINGS
degree major program.
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development (3)
3 hours lecture
School Age Assistant Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation A broad overview of human development, both typical and atypical development,
to individuals for a career working with school age children in before and after from conception through adolescence with an emphasis on physical, cognitive,
school and enrichment programs. The program will give students general knowl- and psychosocial needs, with research and theories applied to modern society.
edge and skills in theory, principles, and techniques for working with school age Extensive information to assist in understanding human growth and development.
children in an entry level position.
CHDV 101 Foundations of Child Development (3)
certificate of proficiency 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Program Requirements Units Introduction to child development designed to familiarize students with the his-
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 tory and development of the field. Topics covered will include theory, philosophy,
CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3 trends, career opportunities, legal requirements, qualifications, roles and respon-
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3 sibilities of teachers; communication with families, co-workers, and employers;
CHDV 180 Understanding and Working with the School-Age Child 3 discussion of ethics, politics, and current issues and trends in child development.
CHDV 190 Curriculum for the School-Aged Child 3
TOTAL UNITS 15 CHDV 102 Working with Parents and Families (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Working with Families Assists teachers and child care providers in developing a family centered approach
This program includes a selection of courses that provides academic preparation to parent involvement. Explores different kinds of families, working with families
to individuals for a career in working with families in an early childhood envi- of diverse cultures and families with children with special needs. Includes commu-
ronment. The program will give students general knowledge and skills in theory, nication skills, home visits, conferences, group meetings, and stages of parenting.
principles, and techniques for working with young children and families.
CHDV 103 Infant and Toddler Development (3)
The 34 units listed in this section enable students to complete a Working with 3 hours lecture
Families Certificate. Transfer acceptability: CSU
A study of the process of human development from conception to 36 months of
Students also have the option to earn an Associate in Arts Degree in Child De- age, as influenced by heredity, society, and human interaction, with implications for
velopment by completing 34 units for this Certificate and the General Education guidance. Prenatal development and the birth process are examined. In addition
courses required by the college. to typical and atypical developmental milestones in all domains, a focus on attach-
ment in relation to development is emphasized.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children (3)
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU
CHDV 100 Child Growth and Development 3 Designed to increase understanding of children’s behavior. Explores effective
CHDV 101 Foundations of Child Development 3 techniques for dealing with issues including separation, peer interaction, fears,
CHDV 102 Working with Parents and Families 3 frustrations and aggression. Emphasizes teaching children pro-social interactions,
CHDV 104 Guidance for Young Children 3 self control, and decision making skills. Focuses on understanding behavior as
CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation 3 communication and expression of needs. Strategies for environmental controls
and for behavior are emphasized.
CHDV 105A Observation, Assessment, and Participation
Lab - Preschool 1 CHDV 105 Observation, Assessment, and Participation (3)
or 3 hours lecture
CHDV 105B Observation, Assessment, and Participation Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 100
Lab - Infant/Toddler 1 Corequisite: CHDV 105A, 105B, or 105C
or Recommended preparation: ENG 50
CHDV 105C Observation, Assessment, and Participation Transfer acceptability: CSU
Lab - Early Intervention 1 Students will analyze developmentally appropriate child development practices
CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education 3 by observing and recording behaviors of children of various ages: infant/toddler,
CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community 3 preschool, early elementary, and in early intervention settings.Techniques, meth-
CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence 3 ods and organization of factual information concerning the young child will be
CHDV 172 Teaching in a Diverse Society 3 implemented.
Electives ( select 6 units) CHDV 105A Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab -
CHDV 108 Developmentally Appropriate Principles and Practices 1 Preschool (1)
CHDV 125 Art in Early Childhood 3 3 hours laboratory
CHDV 130 Math and Science in Early Childhood 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 105, or concurrent enrollment in
CHDV 135 Music and Creative Movement in Early Childhood 3 CHDV 105
CHDV 140 Children’s Literature and Language Development 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
135
Child Development Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Designed to give students direct experience in observing and recording chil- strategies to facilitate the development of cognitive, motor, social, emotional, and
dren’s behaviors in a preschool or equivalent early childhood setting. Participat- language skills in infants, toddlers, and young children with disabilities. Specific
ing and working directly with young children in a preschool classroom or equiva- emphasis will be placed on developing classroom and behavior management plans,
lent setting is required. Laboratory experience will be completed at one of the collaborative teaching strategies, understanding the IFSP and IEP process as it re-
Palomar College Child Development Centers on campus or with a department lates to early childlhood, and methods for working with professionals in the field
approved California Mentor Teacher. as well as the families of children with special needs.
CHDV 105B Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab - CHDV 115 Child, Family, and Community (3)
Infant/Toddler (1) 3 hours lecture
3 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 105, or concurrent enrollment in The study of the child in relation to the family, school, and community; family rela-
CHDV 105 tionships; factors affecting parental attitudes; and values of individuals and families.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Focus on understanding the holistic approach to child development, including
Designed to give students direct experience through observing and recording theory and practice.
children’s behaviors in an infant and/or toddler setting. Participating and work-
ing directly with infants and/or toddlers in a classroom is required. Laboratory CHDV 120 Children’s Health, Safety, and Nutrition (3)
experience will be completed at one of the Palomar College Child Development 3 hours lecture
Centers on campus or with a department approved California Mentor Teacher. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Physical, psychosocial, and mental health including preventative and treatment
CHDV 105C Observation, Assessment, and Participation Lab - measures. Emphasis is placed on development of understanding and practices
Early Intervention (1) of preventative health systems including sanitary food handling, child nutrition,
3 hours laboratory child abuse, and emergency preparedness and evacuation. Health assessments
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 105, or concurrent enrollment in and the changing of health behaviors are stressed. Students will create, assess and
CHDV 105 monitor safe indoor and outdoor environments for children. Focus is on children
Transfer acceptability: CSU birth to age 8.
Designed to give students direct experience through observing and recording
children’s behaviors in an early childhood inclusive setting. Participating and CHDV 121 Pediatric CPR and First Aid (.5)
working directly with children with special needs in a classroom is required. ½ hour lecture
Laboratory experience will be completed at one of the Palomar College Child Note: May be taken 4 times, Pass/No Pass grading only
Development Centers on campus or with a department approved California Transfer acceptability: CSU
Mentor Teacher. Prepares childcare workers, parents, and other adults working with children for
skills and knowledge required for pediatric first aid and CPR.
CHDV 106 Infant and Toddler Care and Curriculum (3)
3 hours lecture CHDV 125 Art in Early Childhood (3)
Recommended preparation: CHDV 103 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey of program and activity planning for infants and toddlers (birth to 36 Methods and processes for developing creativity through art for young children.
months) in child care programs, emphasizing the role of the environment on Students will plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate art and
behavior, attachment, and development. Strategies for working with parents, ob- creative experiences for young children and apply theoretical concepts in a vari-
servation and assessment skills and the need for professional development will ety of ways. Materials used in art will be explored. An emphasis will be placed on
be explored. Concepts of effective practice for infant and toddler care with an the developmental and experiential approaches and techniques.
emphasis on communication, cultural differences, problem-solving, and providing
an appropriate and nurturing environment for children of all ability levels. CHDV 130 Math and Science in Early Childhood (3)
3 hours lecture
CHDV 108 Developmentally Appropriate Principles Transfer acceptability: CSU
and Practices (1) Students will examine math and science concepts for young children, infants
1 hour lecture through eight years. Students will plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally
Transfer acceptability: CSU appropriate math and science experiences for young children and apply theoreti-
This course is designed to introduce Developmentally Appropriate Practices and cal concepts using various methods. An emphasis is placed on developmental and
Early Learning Standards. A focus will be placed on current best practices in cur- experiential methods.
riculum activities, methods, and materials appropriate for planning a program for
young children.Techniques for incorporating Early Learning Standards into Devel- CHDV 135 Music and Creative Movement in Early Childhood (3)
opmentally Appropriate curriculum will be explored. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CHDV 110 Introduction to Special Education (3)
Developing creative experiences through music and movement activities. Songs,
3 hours lecture
movement, and instrument experiences will be presented. Appropriate lesson
Transfer acceptability: CSU
plans and techniques will be developed.
Provides an overview of special education in the United States, including the
historical antecedents, legislation, and disability categories covered by IDEA. Dis-
CHDV 140 Children’s Literature and Language Development (3)
cussion of societal, family, and classroom issues relevant to children with special
3 hours lecture
needs. Focus on fostering understanding and respect for people with differences,
Transfer acceptability: CSU
their families, and the professionals that serve them.
Survey of historic and contemporary children’s literature. A critical look at chil-
dren’s books and the process of choosing age appropriate books for children,
CHDV 112 Early Intervention and Inclusion (3)
infancy through adolescence. Overview of typical language development and
3 hours lecture
literacy development from birth through early childhood, including theoretical
Recommended preparation: CHDV 110
approaches and developmental issues, as well as techniques for appropriately in-
Transfer acceptability: CSU
corporating literacy into the classroom.
This course focuses on the theories, research, and practical applications of special
education in an early childhood setting, specifically with children from birth to
age 8. Topics covered will include curriculum modification and accommodation
136 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Child Development
CHDV 142 Using Sign in the Early Childhood Setting (.5) CHDV 174 Policies, Politics, and Ethics in Child Development (1)
½ hour lecture 1 hour lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Explores the benefits and research behind signing with infants, toddlers, and pre- This course provides an overview of professional standards in the child develop-
schoolers. Techniques for implementing use of signs in the classroom with chil- ment field. Policies and ethics for working with children, families, and communities
dren will be discussed, as well as basic signing exercises and games. are explored in view of changing political times and how professionals are affected
and influenced by these changes. The course overviews the steps needed to be-
CHDV 144 Exploring the Effects of Media on Young Children (.5) come effective advocates on behalf of children and families.
½ hour lecture
Note: Cross listed as COMM 144 CHDV 180 Understanding and Working with the
Transfer acceptability: CSU School-Age Child (3)
Explores the effects of media consumption on children’s social-emotional, physi- 3 hours lecture
cal, and cognitive development. Research behind the risks associated with televi- Transfer acceptability: CSU
sion and computer use and popular culture saturation for young children. Tech- Designed to prepare students to work with children ages five through 12 years,
niques for addressing media consumption with children, parents and families. by focusing on the development of the children in this age group. Students will
study developmental theories and the practical implications of these theories
CHDV 145 Children: Victims of Violence (3) when working with the school-aged child. Licensing regulations for Title 5 and 22
3 hours lecture programs will be explored.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prepares the student to identify, report, and work with families who interact CHDV 185 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education (3)
violently and children impacted by violence. Includes the historical background 3 hours lecture
and legal aspects of child abuse, as well as practical application, identification and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 105
assessment, and community services and agencies. Recommended preparation: A minimum of 12 Child Development units
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CHDV 150 Advanced Administration for Early This course provides a foundation in curriculum planning and development. It em-
Childhood Directors (3) phasizes developmentally appropriate environments, activities, guidance, sched-
3 hours lecture ules and routines, and daily, weekly, and extended lesson plans. A wide range of
Recommended preparation: CHDV 100, 110, 115, 120, 145, 185 theoretical curricular approaches will be explored.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Application of basic management principles in Child Development programs in- CHDV 190 Curriculum for the School-Age Child (3)
cluding state regulations, funding, budget preparation, and policy writing. Ethical 3 hours lecture
concerns and professional development will be addressed. This course partially Transfer acceptability: CSU
fulfulls the requirement for administration for the Site Supervisor and Program A survey of programs and activities planning for school-age children, including
Director Child Development Permits issued by the State of California Commis- both before and after school curriculum and activities for groups and individuals
sion on Teaching Credentialing, and also meets Title 22 licensing regulations for of various development levels.
directors.
CHDV 195 Adult Supervision/Mentor Teacher Preparation (3)
CHDV 152 Environmental Rating Scale for Childhood Settings (1.5) 3 hours lecture
1½ hours lecture Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 100, 105 and 115
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Methods and principles of supervising student teachers in early childhood class-
An overview of the Environmental Rating Scale for infant/toddler (ITERS-R), early rooms. Emphasizes the role of the experienced classroom teacher who functions
childhood (ECERS-R), family day care (FDCRS) and school-age (SACERS) settings. as a mentor to new teachers while simultaneously addressing the needs of chil-
Self study and assessment methods for quality environments will be explored. dren, parents, staff and community resources. Students study effective models for
Application of the concepts will be emphasized. guidance and evaluation of adults, positive communication skills, and the role of
the mentor in a teaching environment. This course is designed for students who
CHDV 155 Advanced Supervision for Early plan to supervise other adults in the early childhood classroom. This course is
Childhood Directors (3) required for the levels of Master Teacher, Site Supervisor, and Program Director
3 hours lecture for the Child Development Permit issued by the State of California Commission
Recommended preparation: CHDV 100, 110, 115, 120, 145, 185 on Teacher Credentialing.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The student will explore the tools that generate productive staff management CHDV 197A Child Development Workshop:
and identify supervisory techniques such as staff motivation, staff benefits, team Cultural and Social Arts (.5 - 4)
building, leadership skills, and situation leadership. This course partially fulfills the Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
requirement for administration for the Site Supervisor and Program Director the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
Child Development Permits isssued by the State of California Commission on ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Teacher Credentialing, and also meets Title 22 licensing regulations for directors. Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CHDV 172 Teaching in a Diverse Society (3) Workshop to provide upgrading of knowledge and skills in state of the art
3 hours lecture techniques in cultural arts; to include speakers, seminars, and in service training in
Transfer acceptability: CSU current aspects of child development.
A survey of both the Anti-Bias and Peaceable Classroom curricula with a focus on
developing the ability of teachers to create early childhood settings that encour- CHDV 197B Child Development Workshop:
age an appreciation, understanding and respect of similarities and differences of Health, Safety, and Nutrition (.5 - 4)
cultures. Social and emotional learning and conflict resolution is explored as a Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
part of this process. This course will help students explore and address diversity the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
issues and analyze the many contexts and variables related to an individual’s so- ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
cialization process that impact work with children and families. Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading
Transfer acceptability: CSU
137
Child Development-Chinese Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Workshop will provide current knowledge and skills in state of the art techniques Students will implement developmentally appropriate lesson plans, curriculum
in infant, child, and adolescent health, safety, food service, nutrition, communicable planning, instructional methods, observational methods, guidance techniques, and
disease, pediatric CPR and first aid, and injury control. Includes speakers, semi- activities for young children in a supervised preschool/early childhood teaching
nars, and in service training in current aspects of child development. experience at Palomar College Child Development Centers or at a designated
site with a mentor teacher approved by the California Early Childhood Mentor
CHDV 197C Child Development Workshop: Program.
Professional Education (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of CHDV 200B Program and Supervised Lab Experiences
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- in an Infant/Toddler Setting (2)
ment. Refer to Class Schedule. 6 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 200, or concurrent enrollment in
Transfer acceptability: CSU CHDV 200
Workshop will provide current knowledge and skills in state of the art techniques Transfer acceptability: CSU
in professional education which includes speakers, seminars, and in service train- Students will implement developmentally appropriate lesson plans, curricu-
ing in current aspects of child development. lum planning, instructional methods, observational methods, guidance tech-
niques, and activities for infants/toddlers in a supervised teaching experience at
CHDV 197D Child Development Workshop: Palomar College Child Development Centers or at a designated site with a
Parenting Topics (.5 - 4) mentor teacher approved by the California Early Childhood Mentor Program.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- CHDV 200C Program and Supervised Lab Experiences
ment. Refer to Class Schedule. in an Inclusive Setting (2)
Note: May be taken 4 times; Pass/No Pass grading 6 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 200, or concurrent enrollment in
Concepts of effective parenting in various family structures including: nuclear, CHDV 200
single parent, extended, and step family. An emphasis will be placed on commu- Transfer acceptability: CSU
nication and problem solving, discipline, and values. A one-unit class will satisfy Students will implement developmentally appropriate lesson plans, curriculum
court mandated parenting requirements. Verification given upon request. Student planning, instructional methods, observational methods, guidance techniques,
must attend all class sessions to receive verification. and activities for young children in an inclusive setting in a supervised teaching
experience at Palomar College Child Development Centers or at a designated
CHDV 200 Program and Supervised Experiences in site with a mentor teacher approved by the California Early Childhood Mentor
Early Childhood (3) Program.
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: Prerequisites vary according to the student’s target Certificate or CHDV 295 Directed Study in Child Development (1, 2, 3)
Degree. Contact the Child Development Department if assistance is needed. 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Prerequisites for Early Childhood Administration A.A. Degree or Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director
Certificate of Achievement: Completion with a minimum grade of ‘C’, or Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units
concurrent enrollment in CHDV 100; CHDV 102; CHDV 104; CHDV 105 and 105A Transfer acceptability: CSU
or 105B or 105C; CHDV 108; CHDV 110; CHDV 115; CHDV 120; CHDV 145; CHDV Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
150; CHDV 152; CHDV 155; CHDV 172; CHDV 174; CHDV 185; CHDV 195; and cies in child development subjects and have the initiative to work independently
CHDV 200A or 200B or 200C on projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Stu-
Prerequisites for Early Intervention Teacher A.A. Degree or Certifi- dents will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
cate of Achievement: Completion with a minimum grade of ‘C’, or concurrent
enrollment in CHDV 100; CHDV 103; CHDV 104; CHDV 105 and 105C; CHDV 106;
CHDV 108; CHDV 110; CHDV 112; CHDV 115; CHDV 120; CHDV 142; CHDV 145; Chinese (CHIN)
CHDV 172; CHDV 185 and CHDV 200C Contact the World Languages Department for further information.
Prerequisites for Infant/Toddler Teacher A.A. Degree or Certificate of (760) 744-1150, ext. 2390
Achievement: Completion with a minimum grade of ‘C’, or concurrent enrollment Office: F-5
in CHDV 100; CHDV 103; CHDV 104; CHDV 105 and 105B; CHDV 106; CHDV 110;
CHDV 115; CHDV 120; CHDV 145; CHDV 152; CHDV 185 and CHDV 200B; plus 6 COURSE OFFERINGS
elective units from the following CHDV 101, or CHDV 102, or CHDV 108, or CHDV
142, or CHDV 144/COMM 144, or CHDV 172, or CHDV 174 For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high
Prerequisites for Preschool Teacher A.A. Degree or Certificate of school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course
Achievement: Completion with a minimum grade of ‘C’, or concurrent enrollment work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding
in CHDV 100; CHDV 101; CHDV 104; CHDV 105 and 105A; CHDV 110; CHDV 115; the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and
CHDV 120; 3 of the following 4: CHDV 125, CHDV 130, CHDV 135, CHDV 140; college level course work.
CHDV 145, CHDV 152; CHDV 185; and CHDV 200A
Transfer acceptability: CSU CHIN 101 Chinese I (5)
Designed to prepare the student to teach in various types of early childhood pro- 5 hours lecture - 1 hour laboratory
grams. Students will create developmentally appropriate lesson plans, curriculum Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
planning, instructional methods, observational methods, guidance techniques, and This course is the first semester of Chinese. This elementary level course is a
activities for young children. Self evaluations, resume and interview information study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, with emphasis on
will be incorporated. Student lab placement will be designed to meet the require- the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines
ments for a specific certificate. in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language
Laboratory. This beginning-level course is for students with no previous course-
CHDV 200A Program and Supervised Lab Experiences work in Chinese.
in a Preschool/Early Childhood Setting (2)
6 hours laboratory CHIN 101A Chinese IA (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHDV 200, or concurrent enrollment in 3 hours lecture
CHDV 200 Note: Covers first half of CHIN 101; not open to students with credit for CHIN
Transfer acceptability: CSU 101
138 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Chinese-Cinema
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC CHIN 201 Chinese III (5)
Chinese 101A is equivalent to the first half of Chinese 101. This elementary level 5 hours lecture
course is a study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, with Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 102 or 102B or three years of high
emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. This school Chinese
beginning-level course is for students with no previous coursework in Chinese. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is the third semester of Chinese. This intermediate level course is a
CHIN 101B Chinese IB (3) study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, focusing on inter-
3 hours lecture mediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 101A or one year of high school Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to
Chinese acquire proficiency in Chinese. Class is largely conducted in Chinese.
Note: Covers second half of CHIN 101; not open to students with credit for CHIN
101 CHIN 201A Chinese IIIA (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 3 hours lecture
Chinese 101B is equivalent to the second half of Chinese 101, and is a continua- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 102 or 102B or three years of high
tion of Chinese 101A. This elementary course is a study of the Chinese language school Chinese
and Chinese-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of communica- Note: Covers first half of CHIN 201; not open to students with credit for CHIN 201
tive skills and basic structures. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Chinese 201A is equivalent to the first half of Chinese 201.This intermediate level
CHIN 102 Chinese II (5) course is a study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, focus-
5 hours lecture - 1 hour laboratory ing on intermediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 101 or 101B or two years of high materials. Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in
school Chinese order to acquire proficiency in Chinese. Class is largely conducted in Chinese.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is the second semester of Chinese. This elementary level course CHIN 201B Chinese IIIB (3)
is a study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, with contin- 3 hours lecture
ued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 201A
Course combines in-class instruction with self-paced study in the Foreign Lan- Note: Covers second half of CHIN 201; not open to students with credit for CHIN
guage Laboratory. 201
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
CHIN 102A Chinese IIA (3) Chinese 201B is equivalent to the second half of Chinese 201, and is a continu-
3 hours lecture ation of Chinese 201A. This intermediate level course is a study of the Chinese
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 101 or 101B or two years of high language and Chinese-speaking cultures, focusing on intermediate level structures
school Chinese and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is on developing
Note: Covers first half of CHIN 102; not open to students with credit for CHIN oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to acquire proficiency in Chinese.
102 Class is largely conducted in Chinese.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Chinese 102A is equivalent to the first half of Chinese 102. This elementary
level course is a study of the Chinese language and Chinese-speaking cultures, Cinema (CINE)
with continued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic See also Journalism, and Radio/Television
structures.
Contact the Communications Department for further information.
CHIN 102B Elementary Chinese IIB (3) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2440
3 hours lecture Office: U-12
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHIN 102A or two years of high school For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Chinese
Note: Covers second half of CHIN 102; not open to students with credit for CHIN Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
102
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Cinema
Chinese 102B is equivalent to the second half of Chinese 102, and is a continu-
ation of Chinese 102A. This elementary level course is a study of the Chinese Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
language and Chinese-speaking cultures, with continued emphasis on the develop-
ment of communicative skills and basic structures. • Cinema
CHIN 130 Chinese Civilization (3) PROGRAM OF STUDY
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Cinema
A survey of the major developments and characteristics of Chinese civilization Provides the theory and practice necessary for work in the field of film making.
and culture from its origins to modern times.
A.A. Degree Major or
CHIN 197 Chinese Topics (.5-5) Certificate of Achievement
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Program Requirements Units
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. CINE 100 Art of the Cinema 3
Note: May be taken 4 times CINE 102 History of Film to 1945 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course CINE 103 History of Film 1945–Present 3
syllabus. CINE 105 Film Subjects 3
Topics in Chinese. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will CINE 120 Film Criticism 3
designate subject covered. CINE/RTV 125 Beginning Film and Video Field Production 3
CINE/RTV 225 Intermediate Film and Video Field Production 3
139
Cinema-Communications Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Electives (Select 6 units)
CINE 110 The Non Fiction Film 3 CINE 122 Identity in American Film (3)
CINE/RTV 115 Creative Writing for TV/Cinema 3 3 hours lecture
CINE 122 Identity in American Film 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
CINE 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3 A critical study of how American identity is formed in relation to American cin-
RTV 110 Broadcast Writing and Producing 3 ema. Areas of investigation include race, class, gender, sexual orientation, age, and
TOTAL UNITS 27 ethnicity. Screening and analysis of films will be undertaken to investigate how
select films reflect, celebrate, modify, and criticize mainstream American values.
COURSE OFFERINGS Off campus programs may be required.
CINE 100 Art of the Cinema (3) CINE 125 Beginning Film and Video Field Production (3)
3 hours lecture 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as RTV 125
An aesthetic study of the film. Areas of investigation will include symbolism, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CINE/RTV 125 and 225 combined:
characterization, imagery, and uses of realism and fantasy. Criticism of important maximum credit, one course
films will be in terms of thematic coherence, structural unity, technical achieve- A study of the basic techniques of field production using Super 8 or 16mm film
ment, and visual beauty. Off campus programs may be required. or analog or digital video equipment as applied to various cinematic forms. The
student will work with a team on a project through the preproduction, shooting,
CINE 102 History of Film to 1945 (3) and postproduction phases of storytelling for the screen.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC CINE 225 Intermediate Film and Video Field Production (3)
A survey of the development of the motion picture as an art form and cultural 6 hours lecture/laboratory
phenomenon from its inception to the end of World War II, including early inven- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 110 and CINE/RTV 125
tors, pioneers of cinematic grammar, and major film movements such as German Note: Cross listed as RTV 225
Expressionism, Soviet Montage, and the golden age of the American studio system. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CINE/RTV 125 and 225 combined: maximum
Films are regularly screened in the classroom. credit, one course
Principles, techniques, and theory of field production using digital or analog video
CINE 103 History of Film 1945-Present (3) or 16mm film equipment. Theory and practice of off-line linear or nonlinear
3 hours lecture editing.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A survey of the development of the motion picture as an art form and cultural CINE 296 Special Projects (1, 2, 3)
phenomenon from the end of World War II to the present day, including major 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
film movements such as Italian Neorealism, Film Noir, the French New Wave, and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CINE 115/RTV 115 or CINE 225/RTV 225
the American Renaissance of the 1960s-70s. Films are regularly screened in the Note: May be taken 2 times
classroom. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
CINE 105 Film Subjects (3) Independent work on an original film project. The instructor will approve the
3 hours lecture work plan and afford personal guidance in its completion. Normally a student will
Note: May be taken 4 times make a fully satisfactory and acceptable screenplay or short film.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
A study of selected motion picture themes such as women in films, the western, Communications (COMM)
the films of Hitchcock/Chabrol. Check the Class Schedule each semester for the See also Cinema, Journalism, and Radio/Television
particular subject.
Contact the Communications Department for further information.
CINE 110 The Non-Fiction Film (3) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2440
3 hours lecture Office: U-12
Recommended preparation: CINE 100 For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A study of the complete spectrum of this vital genre, including the documentary, Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
political propaganda, personal poetic statement, and travel record. The contribu-
tions of important filmmakers such as Ken Burns, Robert Flaherty, John Grierson, • Public Relations
D.A. Pennebaker, Ricky Leacock, Albert and David Maysles, Michael Moore and
Frederick Wiseman will be discussed. Significant non-fiction films from the begin- Public Relations
ning of film to the present will be screened.
This certificate includes a selection of courses that provides academic prepara-
tion to individuals who are seeking employment, or are currently employed, in
CINE 115 Creative Writing for Television and Cinema (3)
public relations. Major growth in this industry is anticipated.
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as RTV 115
Transfer acceptability: CSU Certificate of PROFICIENCY
Instruction and practice in the art of dramatic script writing. Emphasis is placed Program Requirements Units
on the development of the initial story idea into a viable, professional shooting COMM 104 Principles of Public Relations 3
script for TV or film. GCIP/
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4
CINE 120 Film Criticism (3) JOUR 101 News Writing and Reporting 3
3 hours lecture JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC RTV/ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
A study of the writing of major film critics. The work of Kael, Sarris, Youngblood,
Farber, and others will be considered in the attempt to formulate aesthetic stan- TOTAL UNITS 16
dards for cinema. Motion picture viewing assignments will be made in connection
with the readings.
140 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Communications-Computer Science and Information Systems: Computer Science
COURSE OFFERINGS PROGRAMS OF STUDY
COMM 100 Mass Media in America (3)
3 hours lecture Computer Science
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – COMM 100 and 105 combined: maximum Computer Science is the study and design of computer systems: both hardware
credit, one course and software. Computer scientists are primarily concerned with the design of
A multi media approach to a comparative survey of communication in 20th algorithms, languages, hardware architectures, systems software, applications soft-
century America, studying the history, structure, and social impact of television, ware and tools. Applications range from simple game playing to the control of
cinema, radio, journalism, and new forms of communication. space vehicles, power plants and factories, from banking machines to intelligent
medical diagnosis systems. Computer Science professionals are concerned with
COMM 104 Principles of Public Relations (3) the creation of computer and information systems for the benefit of society.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Emphasis in the Computer Science program is placed on the ability to solve prob-
A survey of public relations history, theories, and practices with emphasis on lems and think independently. The program offers a foundation in data structures,
applications to business, public agencies and institutions. A practical approach to computer architecture, software design, algorithms, programming languages and
using the media, creating press releases, organizing and executing campaigns, and object-oriented programing. See a Counselor for additional university transfer
promoting favorable relations with various segments of the public. requirements in this major.
COMM 105 Race, Gender and Media Effects (3) A.A. Degree Major or
3 hours lecture Certificate of Achievement
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – COMM 100 and 105 combined: maximum
credit, one course Program Requirements Units
An analysis of the changing social and ethical issues that confront both our mass CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science 4
communication systems and the public. The media’s role in reflecting, creating, CSCI 110 Programming for Computer Science 4
and controlling human values, both personal and social. Examination of images CSCI 210 Data Structures 4.5
of women, African-Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Americans, and Latinos in CSCI 212 Machine Organization and Assembler Language 4
the mass media and their sociological consequences. CSCI 220 C Programming 4
CSCI 222 C++ and Object-Oriented Programming 4.5
COMM 144 Exploring the Effects of Media on Young Children (.5) CSCI 230 Java GUI Programming 3
½ hour lecture
Note: Cross listed as CHDV 144 Group One Electives (Select 3 courses)
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3
Explores the effects of media consumption on children’s social-emotional, physi- CSCI 240 Windows API Programming 4
cal, and cognitive development. Research behind the risks associated with televi- CSCI 260 Video Game Programming I 4
sion and computer use and popular culture saturation for young children. Tech- CSCI 270 Mac OS Cocoa Programming 3
niques for addressing media consumption with children, parents and families. CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle 3
CSIT 180 C# Programming I 3
CSIT 290 Systems Analysis and Design 4
Computer Science and Information CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4
Systems - Computer Science (CSCI) Group Two Electives (Select 1 Course)
See also CSIS - Database, CSIS - Information Technology, CSCI 170 BSD Unix for Mac 3
CSIS - Networking, and CSIS - Web Technology CSCI 171 Mac OS AppleScripting 2.5
CSCI 172 Objective-C Programming for Mac 3
Contact the Computer Science and Information Systems Department for CSCI 271 OpenGL for Mac OS 3
further information. CSCI 275 iPhone SDK Programming 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2387 CSCI 132 Linux Shell Scripting 3
Office: ST 6 CSCI 232 Java Mobile Programming 3
http://www.palomar.edu/csis MATH 245 Discrete Mathematics 3
Associate in Arts Degrees - TOTAL UNITS 39.5 – 43
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Computer Science Computer Science with Emphasis in Video
• Computer Science with Emphasis in Video Gaming
Gaming
Certificates of Achievement - Computer Science is the study and design of computer systems: both hardware
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). and software. Computer scientists are primarily concerned with the design of
• Computer Science algorithms, languages, hardware architectures, systems software, applications soft-
• Computer Science with Emphasis in Video Gaming ware and tools. Applications range from simple game playing to the control of
space vehicles, power plants and factories, from banking machines to intelligent
Certificates of Proficiency - medical diagnosis systems. Computer Science professionals are concerned with
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). the creation of computer and information systems for the benefit of society.
• Java Software Development
• Linux Emphasis in the Computer Science program is placed on the ability to solve prob-
• Mac Programming lems and think independently. The program offers a foundation in data structures,
• Video Game Artist computer architecture, software design, algorithms, programming languages, and
• Video Game Developer object-oriented programming.This program also introduces students to the video
game industry, video game design and programming.
See a Counselor for additional university transfer requirements in this major.
141
Computer Science and Information Systems: Computer Science Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Proficiency
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units
Program Requirements Units CSCI 170 BSD Unix for Mac 2
CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science 4 CSCI 172 Objective-C Programming for Mac 3
CSCI 110 Programming for Computer Science 4 CSCI 270 Mac OS Cocoa Programming 3
CSCI 210 Data Structures 4.5 CSCI 271 OpenGL for Mac OS 3
CSCI 212 Machine Organization and Assembler Language 4 CSCI 275 iPhone SDK Programming 3
CSCI 220 C Programming 4 TOTAL UNITS 14
CSCI 222 C++ and Object-Oriented Programming 4.5
CSCI 230 Java GUI Programming 3
Video Game Artist
Required Video Game Courses This certificate program introduces students to the video game industry, video
CSCI 160 Overview of the Video Game Industry 4 game design, and the creation of both 2D and 3D artwork for video games.
CSCI 161 Video Game Design 4
CSCI 260 Video Game Programming I 4 Certificate of Proficiency
CSCI 261 Video Game Programming II 4
Program Requirements Units
Electives (select 1 course) CSCI 160 Overview of the Video Game Industry 4
CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle 3 CSCI 161 Video Game Design 4
CSIT 290 Systems Analysis and Design 4 ARTI 246 or Digital 3D Design and Modeling
CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4 DT 180 or 3D Studio Max – Intro 3D Modeling/Animation
DT 182 3D Studio Max – Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3
TOTAL UNITS 47 - 48
ARTD 220 or Motion Design
ARTI 247 or Digital 3D Design and Animation
Java Software Development DT 184 or Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation
The Java Software Development certificate program is designed to introduce the GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 2-4
fundamental concepts of object-oriented programming and the Java programming TOTAL UNITS 13 - 15
language along with standard Java application programming interface (API) pack-
ages. Learn to develop applications that run on servers as well as cross-platform Video Game Artist Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Graphic
applications (applications that can run on PCs, PDAs, or other devices). Gain Communications - Multimedia and Web.
an understanding of data structures, functionality, and Java’s user-friendly design
tools. Video Game Developer
Certificate of Proficiency The Video Game Developer certificate program introduces students to the video
game industry, video game design and programming.
Program Requirements Units
CSCI 110 Programming for Computer Science 4 Certificate of Proficiency
CSCI 210 Data Structures 4.5
CSCI 230 Java GUI Programming 3 Program Requirements Units
CSCI 232 Java Mobile Programming 3 CSCI 160 Overview of the Video Game Industry 4
CSWB 270 Java Servlets and JSPs 3 CSCI 161 Video Game Design 4
CSCI 260 Video Game Programming I 4
TOTAL UNITS 17.5
CSCI 261 Video Game Programming II 4
TOTAL UNITS 16
Linux
This certificate program in Linux/UNIX is designed for those currently in the COURSE OFFERINGS
computer industry who want to upgrade their skills, and for those with basic
computer literacy who want to enter this fast-growing field. Fluency in Linux/ CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science (4)
UNIX can make the difference in winning a job or promotion, as more personnel 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
directors regard knowledge and fluency in Linux/UNIX principles as key criteria Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CSCI 108 and 110 combined: maximum credit,
for job recruitment and selection. one course
An overview of the discipline of computer science including such topics as the
Certificate of Proficiency history of computer science; machine architecture; data storage and manipula-
tion; operating software engineering; data structures; database and information
Program Requirements Units retrieval; data communications; artificial intelligence; theory of computation; social
CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3 legal and ethical issues. Includes hands-on laboratory experience reinforcing the
CSCI 132 Linux Shell Scripting 3 lecture material.
CSNT 140 Linux Administration 3
CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security 3 CSCI 110 Programming for Computer Science (4)
CSWB 160 Perl Programming 2 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 14 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 108
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Introduces object-oriented programming and design using Java. Focuses on imple-
Mac Programming mentation and testing of software in a platform-independent, event-driven, graphi-
The Mac Programming certificate is designed for those wishing to explore Mac cal user interface environment. Covers basic concepts of data representation,
OS technologies. The Unix foundation of Mac OS, along with its powerful native user interface design, and software engineering.
application environments, cutting-edge development tools, and support of open
source and open standards—make it a powerful, stable, and versatile develop- CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals (3)
ment environment, capable of supporting development for mutliple deployment 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
targets. Transfer acceptability: CSU
142 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Computer Science and Information Systems: Computer Science
An introduction to fundamental end-user and administrative tools in Red Hat A systematic study of data structures, including arrays, stacks, recursion, queues,
Enterprise Linux, designed for students with little or no command-line Linux or linear and non-linear linked lists, binary trees, hashing, comparative study of
UNIX experience. searching and sorting algorithms, graphs, Huffman codes, introductory analysis of
algorithms, introduction to the complexity of algorithms including big “O” nota-
CSCI 132 Linux Shell Scripting (3) tion, time and space requirements, and object-oriented design of abstract data
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory types. Focus on object-oriented programming and its principles of objects, classes,
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 130 encapsulation, inheritance and its relationship to the Java programming language.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Includes hands-on laboratory experience reinforcing the lecture material.
Intermediate concepts of shell script programming, advanced utilities, file man-
agement, and alternative editors. Includes usage of sed (stream editor), awk (a CSCI 212 Machine Organization and Assembler Language (4)
UNIX/Linux scripting language), and graphical user interfaces. Introduction to 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
UNIX/Linux networking concepts. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 110
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
CSCI 146 FORTRAN 90 for Mathematics and Science (3) An introduction to Assembler Language programming. Language syntax is cov-
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ered, together with a study of the instruction set mnemonics, segment, index,
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 135 or MATH 110 and 115, or a pointer, general purpose and flag registers. A variety of memory addressing tech-
passing grade on the appropriate placement test niques will be covered, as well as stack operations, particularly those associated
Note: Cross listed as Math 146 with passing parameters to subroutine calls. Also includes I/O to screen, printer,
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC and disk interfaces. Emphasis will be placed on interaction between the student’s
Programming in FORTRAN 90 to solve typical problems in mathematics, com- code and the operating system’s supplied functions for I/O to peripheral devices.
puter science, physical sciences, and engineering. Programming is done on a PC. Use of editor and debugging tools will also be addressed.
CSCI 160 Overview of the Video Game Industry (4) CSCI 220 C Programming (4)
4 hours lecture 3½ hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Survey of the historical, technological, business, social and psychological aspects An introduction to the C programming language emphasizing top-down design
of the video game industry. Intended for those considering a career in the video and principles of structured programming. Includes hands-on laboratory experi-
game industry, or those with a strong interest in video games and how they are ence reinforcing the lecture material. Language syntax is covered, together with
made. operators, standard control structures, functions, input/output, arrays, strings, file
manipulation, preprocessor, pointers, structures and dynamic variables.
CSCI 161 Video Game Design (4)
4 hours lecture CSCI 222 C++ and Object Oriented Programming (4.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 4 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
An introduction to video game design, including the study of various genres Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 110 or CSCI 220
of games, and the preparation of a game design document. Intended for those Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
considering a career in the video game industry, or those with a strong interest in Detailed study of the C++ programming language and its support for data ab-
video games and how they are made. straction and object-oriented programming. Presents an introduction to the
fundamental elements of object-oriented programming including encapsulation,
CSCI 170 BSD Unix for Mac (3) classes, inheritance, polymorphism, templates, and exceptions.
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSCI 230 Java GUI Programming (3)
Introduction to BSD 4.3 UNIX (bash, bourne, tsh, csh) for command line terminal 2 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory
access and shell scripting on a Macintosh system. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 210
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSCI 171 Mac OS AppleScripting (2.5) Graphical User Interface programming using Java. Emphasizing event-driven pro-
2 hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory gramming and the code to create GUI components such as buttons, text area,
Transfer acceptability: CSU scrollable views. Includes hands-on laboratory experience reinforcing the lecture
Introduction to scripting using Apple Inc.’s AppleScript Studio. Includes hands-on material.
laboratory experience reinforcing the lecture material.
CSCI 232 Java Mobile Programming (3)
CSCI 172 Objective-C Programming for Mac (3) 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 230
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prepares students for application development on the iPhone and Macintosh plat- Focus on Java programming for mobile devices, using Java’s principles of objects,
forms. Students should have some familiarity with a formal programming language. classes, encapsulation, inheritance, and simple graphical user interfaces suitable for
various mobile technologies. Use the principles of modularity, data abstraction,
CSCI 197 Topics in Computer Science (.5 - 4) abstract data types as they apply to programs developed using the Java Mobile
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Environment’s packages. Focus on the definition, implementation, and applications
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be of simple Java programs using this environment. Includes hands-on laboratory
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. experience reinforcing the lecture materials.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course CSCI 240 Windows API Programming (4)
syllabus. 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Topics in Computer Science. See class schedule for specific topic offered. Course Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 220
title will designate subject covered. Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to the fundamental concepts of Windows programming which
CSCI 210 Data Structures (4.5) will enable students to develop Windows applications using a graphical user inter-
4 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory face. Includes a detailed study of the Windows Application Programming Interface.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 110
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
143
Computer Science and Information Systems: Computer Science-Database Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CSCI 242 Windows MFC Programming (3) Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units
3 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 222 syllabus
Transfer acceptability: CSU Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in computer sci-
Windows programming using the WIN32 API for writing applications that use ence subjects and the initiative to work independently on a particular sustained
multitasking, threads, synchronization, and structured exception handling. Cov- project which does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes.
ers implementation of Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs), Graphic Device Interface
(GDI) optimization, and creation of Help files. Includes a detailed study of the
Microsoft Foundation Class (MFC) Library. Presents techniques to add Object Computer Science and Information
Linking and Embedding (OLE) functionality to Windows applications.
Systems - Database (CSDB)
CSCI 260 Video Game Programming I (4) See also CSIS - Computer Science, CSIS - Information
3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Technology, CSIS - Networking, and CSIS - Web Technology
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 222
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CSCI Contact the Computer Science and Information Systems Department for
260, 261 further information.
Transfer acceptability: CSU (760) 744-1150, ext. 2387
Introduction to the programming of video games. Course will explore 3D game Office: ST 6
development with Microsoft’s DirectX 9.0. Students learn how to create a 3D http://www.palomar.edu/csis
game from scratch. They learn the basics of designing and using a 3D engine. In-
cludes hands-on laboratory experience reinforcing the lecture, text, and course Certificates of Proficiency -
materials. Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Microsoft SQL Database Administrator
CSCI 261 Video Game Programming II (4) • Oracle Database
3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 260 PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of CSCI
260, 261 Microsoft SQL Database Administrator
Transfer acceptability: CSU Microsoft SQL Database Administrator is a validation program that provides a
Builds on basic 3D game programming skills acquired during Video Game Pro- reliable measure of technical proficiency and expertise in implementation and
gramming I. Focuses on sound, input, networking and methods such as artificial administration of Microsoft SQL Server™ databases.
intelligence to drive these games. Includes hands-on laboratory experience rein-
forcing the lecture, text and course materials. Certificate of Proficiency
CSCI 270 Mac OS Cocoa Programming (3) Program Requirements Units
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CSDB 210 SQL Server Administration 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 110 or CSCI 220 CSDB 220 SQL Server Programming 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4
Introduction to programming using Objective-C language, Apple’s X-Code and CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
Interface Builder for creating applications targeting the Macintosh platform with CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration 3
event-driven structures that support the development of graphical user inter- TOTAL UNITS 16
faces. Includes hands-on laboratory experience reinforcing the lecture material.
CSCI 271 OpenGL for Mac OS (3) Oracle Database
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Oracle is the most widely used relational database management system in the
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 270 world. This certificate offers a series of courses designed to provide the funda-
Transfer acceptability: CSU mentals to become successful in the use of this powerful database system.
Macintosh OS X Cocoa Software Development Environment. The OpenGL
frameworks are geared primarily toward game development or applications that Certificate of Proficiency
require high frame rates. OpenGL is a C-based interface used to create 2D and
3D content on Macintosh desktop computers. iPhone OS supports OpenGL Program Requirements Units
drawing through the OpenGL ES framework, which provides support for both CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle 3
the OpenGL ES 2.0 and OpenGL ES v1.1 specifications. OpenGL ES is designed CSDB 240 Oracle DBA I 3
specifically for use on embedded hardware systems and differs in many ways from CSDB 241 Oracle DBA II 3
desktop versions of OpenGL. CSDB 250 Oracle Performance Tuning 3
CSCI 275 iPhone SDK Programming (3) Electives (Select 1 course)
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CSDB 150 Oracle Data Base Design 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 172 CSDB 260 Oracle PL/SQL Programming 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU TOTAL UNITS 15
Focus on the tools and APIs required to build applications for the iPhone platform
using the iPhone SDK. User interface designs for mobile devices and unique user COURSE OFFERINGS
interactions using multitouch technologies. Object-oriented design using model-
view-controller pattern, memory management, and Objective-C programming
language. iPhone APIs and tools including Xcode, Interface Builder and Instru- CSDB 110 Introduction to SQL (3)
ments on Mac OS X. 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSCI 295 Directed Study in Computer Science (1, 2, 3) Intended for individuals who want to learn how to search for and manipulate
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory data in a database, create tables and indexes, handle security, control transaction
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/director processing, and learn the basics of how to design a database.
144 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Computer Science and Information Systems: Database-Information Technology
CSDB 120 SQL Database Design (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Learn the Oracle PL/SQL language, a flexible procedural extension to SQL, which
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 110 increases productivity, performance, scalability, portability and security. Use PL/
Transfer acceptability: CSU SQL’s tight integration with Oracle database that allows application developers to
Provides training in administering and implementing Microsoft SQL Server. build and deploy distributed applications with considerable flexibility. Learn how
to utilize advanced techniques to design PL/SQL applications to solve complex
CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle (3) business problems.
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to relational database concepts including the design and creation Computer Science and Information
of database structures to store, retrieve, update and display data.
Systems - Information Technology
CSDB 150 Oracle Database Design
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
(3) (CSIT)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 140 See also CSIS - Computer Science, CSIS - Database,
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSIS - Networking, and CSIS - Web Technology
A top-down, systematic approach to the development of Oracle relational da- Contact the Computer Science and Information Systems Department for
tabases. further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2387
CSDB 210 SQL Server Administration (3) Office: ST 6
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory http://www.palomar.edu/csis
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 110
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts Degrees -
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to administer and troubleshoot in- AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
formation systems that incorporate Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition. • Information Technology
CSDB 220 SQL Server Programming (3) Certificates of Achievement -
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 120 • Information Technology
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to design, implement, and program Certificates of Proficiency -
database solutions by using Microsoft SQL Server. Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Microsoft Office User Specialist
CSDB 240 Oracle DBA I (3)
• Visual Basic
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
• Web 2.0
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 140
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Design, create, and maintain an Oracle database; gain a conceptual understanding
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
of the Oracle database architecture and how its components work and interact
with one another; and learn how to create an operational database and properly Information Technology
manage the various structures in an effective and efficient manner. Topics are This program prepares students for employment in information systems applica-
reinforced with structured hands-on practices. tions development in business and industry. The focus is on developing skills in
programming languages, Internet, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics,
CSDB 241 Oracle DBA II (3) word processing, in systems analysis and design, project management, and data-
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory base design. See a counselor for additional university transfer requirements in
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 240 this major.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transporting data between databases, and the utilities to perform these activities. A.A. Degree Major or
Introduction to networking concepts and configuration parameters, as well as Certificate of Achievement
how to solve some common network problems. In hands-on exercises, configure
network parameters so that database clients and tools can communicate with the Program Requirements Units
Oracle database server. Addresses backup and recover techniques, and examines CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications 3
various backup, failure, restore and recovery scenarios. Examine backup meth- CSIT 120/
odologies based on business requirements in a mission critical enterprise. Use R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
multiple strategies and Oracle Recover Manager to perform backups, and restore CSIT 170 Visual Basic I 4
and recover operations. CSIT 290 Systems Analysis and Design 4
CSDB 110 or Introduction to SQL 3
CSDB 250 Oracle Performance Tuning (3) CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle 3
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 240 CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSWB 110/
Introduction to the importance of good initial database design and the method R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3
used to tune a production Oracle 9i database. The focus is on database and in-
stance tuning rather than specific operating system performance issues. Practi- Electives (Select 3 courses)
cal experience tuning an Oracle database. Recognize, troubleshoot, and resolve CSIT 70 Web 2.0 – The Web’s Edge 3
common peformance related problems in administering an Oracle database. CSIT 121 Advanced Computer Applications 3
CSIT 180 C# Programming I 3
CSDB 260 Oracle PL/SQL Programming (3) CSIT 270 Visual Basic II 4
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSDB 140 CSDB 120 or SQL Database Design 3
CSDB 150 Oracle Database Design 3
145
Computer Science and Information Systems: Information Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CSWB 120 JavaScript 3 System; Computer Files; the Internet, the Web and E-mail; Application Software;
CSWB 130 Advanced Web Site Development 3 Graphics, Sound and Video; and simple upgrades and expansion.
CSWB 150 PHP with MySQL 3
CSWB 170 Java for Information Systems 2.5 CSIT 60 Introduction to Online Learning (1.5)
TOTAL UNITS 36.5 - 37.5 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Introduction to developing the skills necessary to succeed in an online or in-
house course using modern computer technology. Learn and apply the basics of
Microsoft Office User Specialist Windows environment, data organization and management, Blackboard Academic
The Microsoft Office User Specialist (MOUS) Program is a validation program Suite, E-Services, the Internet, the World Wide Web, E-mail, and additional tools
that provides proof of proficiency in Microsoft Office applications. It is available to enable successful use of electronic tools in a classroom.
for Microsoft Office applications at both Proficient and Expert User levels. As a
general rule of thumb, Proficient Specialists can handle a wide range of everyday CSIT 70 Web 2.0 - The Web’s Edge (3)
tasks with ease. Expert Specialists are expected to do all those everyday tasks, 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
plus handle more complex assignments that require more advanced formatting Note: May be open entry/open exit
and functionality. Surveys new technology at the cutting edge of the World Wide Web. Explores
Web 2.0 Rich Internet Applications, Services Oriented Architecture, and Social
Users who attain Expert Specialist status on all five core Office applications Web applications.
(Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint and Outlook) qualify to take the Microsoft Of-
fice Integration Exam. Passing this exam demonstrates that the user is not only an CSIT 74 Gmail (1.5)
expert in the individual Office products, but is also skilled in integrating them into 1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
a cohesive whole. This entitles the user to be called a Microsoft Office Expert. Note: May be open entry/open exit
Introduces Google’s webmail services including email, instant messaging, and cal-
Certificate of Proficiency endar features.
Program Requirements Units CSIT 75 Google Docs (2)
CSIT 131 Word 1.5 1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
CSIT 132 Excel 1.5 Note: May be open entry/open exit
CSIT 133 PowerPoint 1.5 Introduces Google Docs which allows the creation of documents, spreadsheets,
CSIT 134 Outlook 1.5 and presentations online.
CSIT 135 Access 1.5
TOTAL UNITS 7.5 CSIT 77 Google Apps I (2)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be open entry/open exit
Visual Basic Introduces Google’s online applications such as Gmail, Google Talk, Google Cal-
This certificate is designed for individuals interested in acquiring the advanced endar, Google Docs, and Google Page Creator.
programming skills necessary to design and implement Visual Basic programs.
CSIT 78 Google Apps II (2)
Certificate of Proficiency 1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be open entry/open exit
Program Requirements Units Introduces Google online applications such as Google Search, Google Maps,
CSIT 170 Visual Basic I 4 Google Earth, Blogger, Groups, Orkut, and Photos.
CSIT 270 Visual Basic II 4
CSIT 271 Visual Basic III 4 CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications (3)
CSWB 210 Active Server Pages 3 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 15 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – no credit if taken after CSCI 108 or 110
The study of computer concepts and basic proficiency in modern application
software. Computer concepts will focus on basic terminology; computer literacy;
Web 2.0 information literacy; hardware; software; information systems; state-of-the-art
Program will offer students the opportunity to explore cutting edge technologies technology; structured design techniques, overview of the computer industry;
of the World Wide Web. ethics and current issues including virus protection and prevention. Hands-on
introduction to Windows operating system and application software including
Certificate of Proficiency basic proficiency of the Internet; browsers and e-mail. The Microsoft Office Suite
will be taught using Word, Excel, Access and PowerPoint.
Program Requirements Units
CSIT 70 Web 2.0 – The Web’s Edge 3 CSIT 120 Computer Applications (3)
CSIT 74 Gmail 1.5 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
CSIT 75 Google Docs 2 Note: Cross listed as R CSIS 120; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions
CSIT 77 Google Apps I 2 in any combination of CSIT/R CSIS 120, CSIT 121
CSIT 78 Google Apps II 2 Transfer acceptability: CSU
TOTAL UNITS 10.5 Hands-on experience with microcomputers and microcomputer applications
featuring the use of Windows, word processing, spreadsheet, database, and pre-
COURSE OFFERINGS sentation graphics software. The Microsoft Office Suite will be taught using Word,
Excel, Access and PowerPoint.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
CSIT 121 Advanced Computer Applications (3)
CSIT 50 Practical PC (1.5) 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSIT/R CSIS 120
Note: May be taken 3 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to the personal computer. Focus is on the basic skills to use Hands-on experience with advanced microcomputer applications featuring the
and manage your home computer. Topics include: PC Basics; Windows Operating
146 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Computer Science and Information Systems: Information Technology
use of word processing, spreadsheet, database and presentation graphics soft- Basic interface and procedural language are included to provide a foundation for
ware. The Microsoft Office Suite will be taught using Word, Excel, Access and the study of more advanced courses.
PowerPoint.
CSIT 180 C# Programming I (3)
CSIT 130 Windows Vista (1.5) 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be open entry/open exit Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to use the C# programming language
Transfer acceptability: CSU in the .NET Framework. Build Windows applications and server-side programs;
Overview of Windows Vista operating system. Explore the resources provided access data with ADO.NET; use C# with Web Forms and .NET CLR.
by the Windows Vista operating system; manage files, documents and folders; run
programs and gadgets; explore communication and scheduling; explore the In- CSIT 197 Topics in Information Technology (.5 - 4)
ternet; set up printers; customize Windows Vista; maintain security; and manage Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Windows Vista. of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
CSIT 131 Word (1.5) Note: May be taken 4 times
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 2 times Topics in Information Technology. See class schedule for specific topic offered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Course title will designate subject covered.
Intended for individuals seeking the fundamental and advanced skills of Microsoft
Word word processing software. Prepares individuals who are seeking to become CSIT 270 Visual Basic II (4)
a Microsoft Proficient Specialist and Microsoft Word Expert Specialist. 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSIT 170
CSIT 132 Excel (1.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory An intermediate-level programming language which provides for building special
Note: May be taken 2 times purpose Windows applications using the Graphical User Interface of Windows.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Includes extensive practice using programming logic control structures in design-
Intended for individuals seeking the fundamental and advanced skills of Microsoft ing algorithms and a wide array of Visual Basic objects in implementing the three-
Excel spreadsheet software. Prepares individuals who are seeking to become a step approach to building Windows applications in Visual Basic.
Microsoft Excel Proficient Specialist and Microsoft Excel Expert Specialist
CSIT 271 Visual Basic III (4)
CSIT 133 PowerPoint (1.5) 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSIT 270
Note: May be taken 2 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Advanced course in Visual Basic programming. Special emphasis will be placed on
Intended for individuals seeking the fundamental and advanced skills of Microsoft the application of the Visual Basic language to solve business problems including
PowerPoint graphics software. Prepares individuals who are seeking to become a requirements definition, design, construction, testing, and documentation. Multiple
Microsoft PowerPoint Expert Specialist. forms, objects, controls, object linking and embedding (OLE), and the use of the
data control object to interface with databases external to Visual Basic will be
CSIT 134 Outlook (1.5) covered.
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times CSIT 280 C# Programming II (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Introduction of fundamental and advanced skills of Microsoft Outlook software. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSIT 180
Helps prepare individuals who are seeking to become a Microsoft Outlook Profi- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
cient Specialist and Microsoft Outlook Expert Specialist. Provides intermediate-level knowledge and skills necessary to use the C# pro-
gramming language. Topics include language syntax, data types, operators, ex-
CSIT 135 Access (1.5) ception handling, casting, string handling, data structures, collection classes and
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory delegates. Programming of windows-based applications is presented along with
Note: May be taken 2 times object-oriented programming that includes classes, methods, polymorphism and
Transfer acceptability: CSU inheritance. Event-driven programming is discussed along with the C# develop-
Intended for individuals seeking the fundamental and advanced skills of Microsoft ment and execution environment.
Access database software. Helps prepare individuals who are seeking to become
a Microsoft Access Proficient Specialist and Microsoft Access Expert Specialist. CSIT 290 Systems Analysis and Design (4)
3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
CSIT 140 Online Social Networks (1.5) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSIT 170 or CSCI 110 or CSCI 220
1 hour lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Focuses on the utilization of social networks to connect with colleagues, cus- Specific projects, problems, and systems. Application of appropriate programming
tomers, family, and friends as well as the dangers and benefits of online social languages and the use of analytical tools in solving case studies and problems.
networking. Additional focus on building professional communication channels
with Facebook and Twitter utilizing third-party tools. Other social networking CSIT 295 Directed Study in Information
forms, such as online gaming and alternate lives in virtual worlds will be explored. Technology (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
CSIT 170 Visual Basic I (4) Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/director
3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Design, create, test and run computer applications using Visual Basic. Emphasis syllabus.
is on learning the fundamentals of the Visual Basic interface and how to solve Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in Information
problems using structured design logic and the sequence, decision and repetition Technology subjects and the initiative to work independently on a particular sus-
procedural language control structure. Selected additional features of the Visual tained project which does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes.
147
Computer Science and Information Systems: Networking Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
A.A. Degree Major or
Computer Science and Information Certificate of Achievement
Systems - Networking (CSNT) Program Requirements Units
See also CSIS - Computer Science, CSIS - Database, CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 4
CSIS - Information Technology, and CSIS - Web Technology CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4
CSNT 120 Windows Client 3
Contact the Computer Science and Information Systems Department for CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
further information. CSNT 140 Linux Administration 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2387 CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security 3
Office: ST 6 CSNT 160 Cisco Networking Fundamentals 3
http://www.palomar.edu/csis CSNT 161* Cisco Router Configuration 3
CSNT 180 Wireless Networking 3
Associate in Arts Degrees - CSNT 181 Hacker Prevention/Security 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). CSNT 260 Cisco Advanced Routing and Switching 3
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Cisco and CSNT 261 Cisco Wide Area Network Design and Support 3
Linux Management CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science 4
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Cisco and CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3
Microsoft Management
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Microsoft and TOTAL UNITS 45
Linux Management
* Note: CSNT 160 is a prerequisite for CSNT 161
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Computer Network Administration with
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Cisco and
Linux Management Emphasis in Cisco and Microsoft Management
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Cisco and This program prepares the student for employment in the field of Computer
Microsoft Management Networking. The focus is on developing skills in a combination of the network
• Computer Network Administration with Emphasis in Microsoft and technologies produced by Cisco and Microsoft. Specific learning outcomes in-
Linux Management clude developing team dynamics in the following skills: Network Media Installa-
tion, LAN and WAN Design, Network Management, Fundamentals of Networking
Certificates of Proficiency - Devices, Client Hardware Repair, Network Operating Systems Installation and
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Configuration, Networking Device Operating Systems, Installation and Configura-
• Cisco tion, Client Operating Systems Installation and Configuration, Network Security,
• Desktop Support Specialist - MCSA Remote Access, Routing Principles and Configuration, and Maintaining a Corpo-
• Network Engineer - MCSE rate Network.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement
Cisco
Program Requirements Units
The Cisco networking program is designed to teach students the skills needed CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 4
to design, build, and maintain small to medium-sized networks. This provides stu- CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4
dents the opportunity to enter the workforce and/or further their education and CSNT 120 Windows Client 3
training in the computer-networking field. CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
CSNT 160 Cisco Networking Fundamentals 3
Certificate of Proficiency CSNT 161* Cisco Router Configuration 3
Program Requirements Units CSNT 180 Wireless Networking 3
CSNT 160 Cisco Networking Fundamentals 3 CSNT 181 Hacker Prevention/Security 3
CSNT 161 Cisco Router Configuration 3 CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration 3
CSNT 260 Cisco Advanced Routing/Switching 3 CSNT 230 Design Windows Active Directory & Infrastructure 2.5
CSNT 261 Cisco WAN Design/Support 3 CSNT 260 Cisco Advanced Routing and Switching 3
CSNT 261 Cisco Wide Area Network Design and Support 3
TOTAL UNITS 12 CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science 4
CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3
Computer Network Administration with TOTAL 44.5
Emphasis in Cisco and Linux Management * Note: CSNT 160 is a prerequisite for CSNT 161
This program prepares the student for employment in the field of Computer
Networking. The focus is on developing skills in a combination of the network
technologies produced by Cisco and Linux/Unix. Specific learning outcomes in- Computer Network Administration with
clude developing team dynamics in the following skills: Network Media Installa- Emphasis in Microsoft and Linux Management
tion, LAN and WAN Design, Network Management, Fundamentals of Networking
Devices, Client Hardware Repair, Network Operating Systems Installation and This program prepares the student for employment in the field of Computer
Configuration, Networking Device Operating Systems, Installation and Configura- Networking. The focus is on developing skills in a combination of the network
tion, Client Operating Systems Installation and Configuration, Network Security, technologies produced by Microsoft and Linux/UNIX. Specific learning outcomes
Remote Access, Routing Principles and Configuration, and Maintaining a Corpo- include developing team dynamics in the following skills: Network Media Installa-
rate Network. tion, LAN and WAN Design, Network Management, Fundamentals of Networking
Devices, Client Hardware Repair, Network Operating Systems Installation and
Configuration, Networking Device Operating Systems, Installation and Configura-
148 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Computer Science and Information Systems: Networking
tion, Client Operating Systems Installation and Configuration, Network Security, Certificate of Proficiency
Remote Access, Routing Principles and Configuration, and Maintaining a Corpo- Program Requirements Units
rate Network. CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration 3
A.A. Degree Major or CSNT 222 Plan and Manage a Windows Infrastructure 3
Certificate of Achievement CSNT 224 Active Directory Services Administration 3
Program Requirements Units
Group One Electives (Select 1 course)
CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 4
CSNT 230 Design Windows Active Directory & Infrastructure 2.5
CSNT 111 or Networking Fundamentals 4
CSNT 231 Design Windows Network Security 2
CSNT 160 Cisco Networking Fundamentals 3
CSNT 120 Windows Client 3
Group Two Electives (Select 1 course)
CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
It must not already be taken from Group One.
CSNT 140 Linux Administration 3
CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security 3
CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security 3
CSNT 230 Design Windows Active Directory & Infrastructure 2.5
CSNT 180 Wireless Networking 3
CSNT 231 Design Windows Network Security 2.5
CSNT 181 Hacker Prevention/Security 3
CSNT 235 Microsoft Exchange Server 2
CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration 3
CSDB 210 SQL Server Administration 3
CSNT 224 Active directory Services Administration 3
CSDB 220 SQL Server Programming 3
CSCI 108 Survey of Computer Science 4
CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3 TOTAL UNITS 16 - 17
Group One Electives (Select 2 courses) COURSE OFFERINGS
CSNT 222 Plan and Manage a Windows Infrastructure 3
CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals (4)
CSNT 230 Design Windows Active Directory & Infrastructure 2.5
3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
CSNT 231 Design Windows Network Security 2.5
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Group Two Electives (Select 1 course)
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to build a foundation in computer
CSNT 235 Microsoft Exchange Server 3
hardware and operating systems. Includes P.C. hardware and operating system
CSDB 120 SQL Database Design 3
fundamentals; installation, configuration and upgrading; diagnosing and trouble-
CSDB 210 SQL Server Administration 3
shooting; preventative maintenance; motherboards, processors, and memory;
TOTAL UNITS 46 - 47.5 printers; and basic networking including network operating systems.
Note: By adding CSNT 161, CSNT 260 and CSNT 261 to your Microsoft and CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals (4)
Linux Management Emphasis you can also earn a Certificate of Proficiency in 3½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
Cisco in addition to your Computer Network Administration A.A. Degree. Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Desktop Support Specialist - MCSA Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to build a solid foundation in com-
puter networking. Includes networking fundamentals, the OSI model, subnet-
Desktop support specialists are qualified to successfully troubleshoot, repair and ting, features and functions of networking components, and the skills needed to
upgrade the desktop computer including hardware and software in a Windows install, configure, and troubleshoot basic networking hardware peripherals and
networked environment. The courses in this certificate help prepare students to protocols.
take the Microsoft exams to earn an MCSA.
CSNT 120 Windows Client (3)
Certificate of Proficiency 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Program Requirements Units Note: May be taken 4 times
CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSNT 111 Networking Fundamentals 4 Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to install and configure Microsoft
CSNT 120 Windows Client 3 Windows Client on stand-alone computers and on client computers that are
CSNT 121 Windows Server 3 part of a network.
Electives (Select 1 course) CSNT 121 Windows Server (3)
CSNT 140 Linux Administration 3 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 120 and A minimum grade of ‘C’ in
CSNT 222 Plan and Manage a Windows Infrastructure 3 CSNT 110 and CSNT 111, or concurrent enrollment in CSNT 110 and CSNT 111
CSNT 224 Active Directory Services Administration 3 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
TOTAL UNITS 17 Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, and administer a
Microsoft Windows Server in a Network. Typical network services and applica-
Network Engineer - MCSE tions include file and print, database, messaging, proxy server or firewall, dial-in
server, desktop management, and Web hosting.
Network Engineers are qualified to effectively plan, implement, maintain, trouble- CSNT 140 Linux Administration (3)
shoot and support networks in a wide range of computing environments using 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Microsoft Windows. The courses in this certificate help students prepre to take Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSCI 130
the Microsoft exams to earn an MCSE. Transfer acceptability: CSU
For users of Linux (or UNIX) who want to start building skills in systems ad-
ministration to a level where they can attach and configure a workstation on an
existing network.
149
Computer Science and Information Systems: Networking Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security (3) Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to plan, manage, administer, support,
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory and troubleshoot networks that incorporate Microsoft Windows.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 140
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSNT 224 Active Directory Services Administration (3)
A hands on introduction to important administration activities required to man- 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
age a Linux network configuration. Course will cover topics configuring TCP/IP, Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 121
DNS, PPP, send mail, Apache Web Server and the firewall. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSNT 160 Cisco Networking Fundamentals (3) Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, and adminis-
2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory ter Microsoft Windows Active Directory Services. Also focuses on implementing
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 110 Group Policy and understanding the Group Policy tasks required to centrally
Recommended preparation: CSNT 111 manage users and computers.
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU CSNT 230 Design Windows Active Directory
Emphasis on the OSI model and industry standards. Includes network topologies, & Infrastructure (2.5)
IP addressing, subnet masks, basic network design and cable installation. This 70 2 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
hour course of instruction prepares the student for Cisco certification examina- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 221, 222, and 224
tion. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSNT 161 Cisco Router Configuration (3) Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to design a Microsoft Windows di-
2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory rectory services infrastructure in an enterprise network.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 160
Note: May be taken 3 times CSNT 231 Design Windows Network Security (2.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 2 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Development of knowledge and skills to install, configure, customize, maintain and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 221, 222, and 224
troubleshoot Cisco routers and components. This 70-hour course of instruction Note: May be taken 2 times
prepares the student for Cisco certification examination. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to design a security framework for
CSNT 180 Wireless Networking (3) small, medium, and enterprise networks using Microsoft Windows technologies.
2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 110, and CSNT 111 or CSNT 160 CSNT 235 Microsoft Exchange Server (3)
Note: May be taken 3 times 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 121, 221, and 224
Provides a hands-on guide to planning, designing, installing and configuring wire- Note: May be taken 2 times
less LANs that prepares students for the Certified Wireless Network Adminis- Transfer acceptability: CSU
trator (CWNA) certification. In-depth coverage of wireless networks with ex- Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to implement, administer, and trou-
tensive step-by-step coverage of IEEE 802.11 b/a/g/pre-n implementation, design, bleshoot information systems that incorporate Microsoft Exchange Server.
security, and troubleshooting. Material is reinforced with hands-on projects at
the end of each chapter from two of the principal wireless LAN vendors, Cisco CSNT 260 Cisco Advanced Routing and Switching (3)
and Linksys. 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 161
CSNT 181 Hacker Prevention/Security (3) Note: May be taken 3 times
2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 110, and CSNT 111 or CSNT 160 Development of knowledge and skills to configure advanced routing protocols,
Note: May be taken 3 times Local Area Networks (LANs), and LAN switching. Design and management of
Transfer acceptability: CSU advanced networks. This 70-hour course of instruction prepares the student for
In-depth analysis and hands-on experience in PC and network security concepts Cisco certification examination.
specific to Microsoft, Unix-based and Cisco systems. Various topics including
hacker prevention and intrusion detection, firewall installation and configuration, CSNT 261 Cisco Wide Area Network Design and Support (3)
wireless network security, disaster recovery, access control lists, identification of 2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
malicious code, cryptography and forensics. Team dynamics in a lab environment, Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 260
planning, installing, and configuring various network security elements regarding Note: May be taken 3 times
hardware, software, and media. Understand and demonstrate proper planning and Transfer acceptability: CSU
implementation of a secure network, document and offer training to end- users, Development of knowledge and skills to design and configure advanced Wide
executives, and human resources on the proper maintenance of a secure network. Area Network (WAN) projects using Cisco IOS command set. This 70-hour
course of instruction prepares the student for Cisco certification examination.
CSNT 221 Windows Infrastructure Administration (3)
2½ hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 121
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, manage, and sup-
port a network infrastructure that uses the Microsoft Windows Server products.
CSNT 222 Plan and Manage a Windows Infrastructure (3)
2½ hours lecture- 2 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSNT 221
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
150 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Computer Science and Information Systems:Web Technology
emphasis is placed on hands-on server administration, networking, supplemented
Computer Science and Information with web development and design. The student may choose an emphasis on
Systems - Web Technology (CSWB) either the Linux/UNIX or Windows platforms.
See also CSIS - Computer Science, CSIS - Database, Certificate of Proficiency
CSIS - Information Technology, and CSIS - Networking
Program Requirements Units
Contact the Computer Science and Information Systems Department for CSWB 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3
further information. CSWB 160 Perl Programming 2
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2387 CSCI 130 Linux Fundamentals 3
Office: ST 6 CSNT 140 Linux Administration 3
http://www.palomar.edu/csis CSNT 141 Linux Networking and Security 3
Certificates of Proficiency - Electives (Select 1 course)
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
CSCI 132 Linux Shell Scripting 3
• Web Developer with Emphasis in Java/Open Source GCMW 217 Online Store Design I 3
• Web Developer with Emphasis in Windows CSWB 290 Implementing and Administering Web Servers 3
• Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in Linux
• Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in Windows TOTAL UNITS 17
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in
Web Developer with Emphasis in Windows
This program includes the use and implementation of web-networked environ-
Java/Open Source ments for the purpose of administering Internet/Intranet applications. Strong
This program includes the Web page design and programming languages that emphasis is placed on hands-on server administration, networking, supplemented
allow a developer to build dynamic Web applications with emphasis in the Java/ with web development and design.
Open Source platform.
Certificate of Proficiency
Certificate of Proficiency
Program Requirements Units
Program Requirements Units CSWB 110/
CSWB 110/ R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 2
R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3 CSDB 210 SQL Server Administration 3
CSWB 120 JavaScript 3 CSNT 120 Windows Client 3
CSWB 150 PHP with MySQL 3 CSNT 121 Windows Server 3
CSWB 170 Java for Information Systems 2.5
CSWB 220 Advanced JavaScript and XML (AJAX) 3 Electives (Select 1 course)
CSWB 290 Implementing and Administering Web Servers 2.5
Electives (Select 1 course) CSDB 220 SQL Programming 3
CSWB 130 Advanced Web Site Development 3 GCMW 217 Online Store Design I 4
CSWB 180 Python Programming 3 TOTAL UNITS 13.5 - 14
CSWB 270 JAVA Servlets and JSPs 3
CSDB 110 Introduction to SQL 3 COURSE OFFERINGS
CSDB 140 Introduction to Oracle 3
TOTAL UNITS 17.5
CSWB 110 Web Site Development with XHTML (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Web Developer with Emphasis in Windows Note: Cross listed as R CSIS 110, may be taken 3 times
This program includes the Web page design and programming languages that Transfer acceptability: CSU
allow a developer to build dynamic Web applications with emphasis in the Java/ A foundation course for Internet/Intranet technologies. Skills required to develop
Open Source platform. and publish web sites utilizing XHTML, including using HTML tables, frames, web
page forms, and basic CSS (Cascading Style Sheets).
Certificate of Proficiency
CSWB 120 JavaScript (3)
Program Requirements Units 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
CSWB 110/ Recommended preparation: CSWB/R CSIS 110
R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSWB 120 JavaScript 3 Introduces the skills required to design Web-based applications using the
CSWB 130 Advanced Web Site Development 3 JavaScript scripting language such as writing small scripts; working with data types;
CSWB 210 Active Server Pages 3 creating interactive forms using various form objects; and using the advanced
CSIT 180 C# Programming I 3 features of JavaScript including loops, frames and cookies.
TOTAL UNITS 15
CSWB 130 Advanced Web Site Development (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in Recommended preparation: CSWB 110
Linux Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This program includes the use and implementation of web-networked environ- Web-based application development using advanced features of HTML, Dynamic
ments for the purpose of administering Internet/Intranet applications. Strong HTML, XHTML, and XML.
151
Computer Science and Information Systems:Web Technology-Construction Inspection Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
CSWB 150 PHP with MySQL (3) Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to perform server-side Java pro-
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory gramming using Servlets and JSPs, HTML form data, Session Tracking, Cookies, JSP
Recommended preparation: CSWB 110/R CSIS 110 scripting elements, including Applets in JSP documents, using JavaBeans with JSP,
Transfer acceptability: CSU and creating custom JSP Tag libraries.
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to use the PHP scripting language to
develop dynamic Web-based applications. Topics of study include the fundamen- CSWB 290 Implementing and Administering Web Servers (3)
tals of the scripting, using PHP with HTML forms, creating functions, and integrat- 2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
ing with databases using MySQL. Recommended preparation: CSNT 121
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSWB 160 Perl Programming (2) Explores issues dealing with building and managing a web server. Topics will in-
1½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory clude web server and network issues, TCP/IP connectivity, server setup, web site
Transfer acceptability: CSU administration, security, Internet commerce, and the function of the Webmaster.
Develops basic competency in the Perl programming language. Topics of study
include scalar and array variables, control structures, file I/O, regular expressions CSWB 295 Directed Study in Web Technology (1, 2, 3)
and subroutines. 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/director
CSWB 170 Java for Information Systems (2.5) Note: May be taken 4 times
2 hours lecture - 2 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: CSWB 120 or CSIT 170 Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in computer sci-
Transfer acceptability: CSU ence subjects and the initiative to work independently on a particular sustained
An introduction to Java programming with emphasis on the syntax and structure project which does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes.
of the Java language. Specific topics will include data types, exception handling,
object-oriented programming, event-driven programming and an introduction to
Java Servlets and JSPs. Construction Inspection (CI)
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information.
CSWB 180 Python Programming (3) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2284
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Office: AA-138
Recommended preparation: CSWB 110
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts Degrees -
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to use the Python programming AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
language to develop software for Internet applications, perform systems program- • Construction Inspection
ming, and implement user interfaces. Topics of study include the fundamentals of
the language, parallel system tools, system tools, graphical user interfaces, net- Certificates of Achievement -
work scripting, client-side scripting, and server-side scripting. Also covered are Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
databases and persistence, and data structures. • Construction Inspection
CSWB 197 Topics in Web Technology (.5 - 4) PROGRAM OF STUDY
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Construction Inspection
Note: May be taken 4 times Prepares students for a career as Building Construction Inspectors, or upgrades
Transfer acceptability: CSU skills necessary for employment in the building construction trades.
Topics in Web Technology. See class schedule for specific topic offered. Course
title will designate subject covered. A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement
CSWB 210 Active Server Pages (3)
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory Program Requirements Units
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSWB 110 and CSIT 170 CI 89 Plumbing Codes 2.5
Transfer acceptability: CSU CI 90 Mechanical Codes 2.5
Introduction to the technologies and features in Active Server Pages. Topics in- CI 100 Building Codes I 3
clude introduction to ASP, Webforms, controls, events, validation, custom con- CI 101 Building Codes II 3
trols, data binding, and various methods of code reuse, state management, con- CI 105 Electrical Codes I 3
figuration, caching, and application deployment. CI 106 Electrical Codes II 3
CI 115 Nonstructural Plan Review 3
CSWB 220 Advanced JavaScript and XML (AJAX) (3) CI 120 Structural Plan Review 3
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory CI 125 Plan Reading 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CSWB 120 TOTAL UNITS 26
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to use JavaScript, XML, and server- COURSE OFFERINGS
side languages to develop dynamic Web-based applications.Topics of study include
the use of asynchronous JavaScript, how to use the Document Object Model, the Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
use of XML in Web page requests, how to use server-side languages (e.g. PHP,
Java) to query and return information from a database and how to design and CI 89 Plumbing Codes (2.5)
develop new AJAX applications. 2½ hours lecture
Note: May be taken 2 times
CSWB 270 Java Servlets and JSPs (3) An in-depth study of the fundamental concepts and interpretations of current
2½ hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory state adopted plumbing codes. Topics covered include compliance issues, plumb-
Recommended preparation: CSWB 170 ing specifications, basic plumbing principles, and inspection methods and tech-
Transfer acceptability: CSU niques. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) revisions every
three years.
152 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Construction Inspection-Cooperative Education
CI 90 Mechanical Codes (2.5)
2½ hours lecture CI 125 Plan Reading (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3 hours lecture
An in-depth study of the fundamental concepts and interpretations of current Transfer acceptability: CSU
state adopted mechanical codes. Topics covered include compliance issues, me- How to read construction drawings and how to establish a systematic method of
chanical specifications, basic mechanical principles, and inspection methods and reviewing plans for compliance with the Uniform Building Code.
techniques. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) revisions every
three years. CI 197 Construction Inspection Topics (.5-3)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
CI 100 Building Codes I (3) quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may
3 hours lecture be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 2 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction to building code requirements with an emphasis on minimum con- Topics in Construction Inspection. May be repeated with new subject matter.
struction standards and code enforcement. Code requirements controlling the See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will designate subject
design, construction, quality of materials, use, occupancy and location of all build- covered.
ings are evaluated. Revisions to the International Building Code are every three
years.
Cooperative Education (CE)
CI 101 Building Codes II (3) Contact the Cooperation Education Department for further information.
3 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2354
Note: May be taken 2 times Office: ST-54
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A study of the requirements and standards for design, loads, wood, concrete,
masonry and steel buildings. The study of exits, roofs, fireplaces, drywall, glass and General Cooperative Work Experience
stucco systems are examined. Interpretation is based on the International Code In accordance with Board Policy 4103, the General Cooperative Work Experi-
Council (ICC) building code which is revised every three years. ence Education Program is designed to give job information and experience to
those students employed in jobs not related to coursework in school. Employ-
CI 105 Electrical Codes I (3) ment may be on or off campus; the student may or may not receive pay depend-
3 hours lecture ing on where the work is performed. The Cooperative Education Coordinator
Note: May be taken 2 times will assist students in obtaining jobs.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The first half of The National Electrical Code reviewed in an explanatory, easy-to- STUDENT QUALIFICATIONS: In order to participate in cooperative work
understand, yet in-depth manner. Basic electrical theory as it pertains to building experience education students shall meet the following requirements:
construction is discussed with real-life situations used as examples of Code items
and inspection techniques. Prepares students for electrical certification tests 1. Complete no less than seven units (summer session, one course)
based on the building codes (both the ICC and the IAEI certifications), as well as including cooperative work experience education.
advaning knowledge levels for existing Inspectors. 2. Have approval of the Cooperative Work Experience Education
Coordinator.
CI 106 Electrical Codes II (3) 3. Have occupational or education goals to which, in the opinion of the
3 hours lecture Coordinator, the cooperative work experience education will
Note: May be taken 2 times contribute.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CI 105 4. Pursue a planned program of cooperative work experience education
Transfer acceptability: CSU which, in the opinion of the Coordinator, includes new or expanded
The second half of The National Electrical Code reviewed in an explanatory, easy- responsibilities or learning opportunities beyond those experienced
to-understand, yet in-depth manner. Basic electrical theory as it pertains to build- during the previous employment.
ing construction is discussed with real-life situations used as examples of Code
items and inspection techniques. Prepares students for electrical certification The number of units received each semester for on the job experience will be
tests based on the building codes (both the ICC and the IAEI certifications), as based on the total number of hours worked each semester or summer session
well as advancing knowledge levels for existing Inspectors. as follows:
CI 115 Nonstructural Plan Review (3) 1 unit - 75 paid hours per semester or session; 60 volunteer hours
3 hours lecture 2 units - 150 paid hours per semester or session; 120 volunteer hours
Note: May be taken 2 times A maximum of six units may be earned in general cooperative work experience,
Transfer acceptability: CSU not to exceed three units each semester. In addition to the hours worked, a
A study of basic methods used by plans examiners to check the nonstructural de- student must attend a coordinating class. Topics of discussion in the class include
tails of construction drawings in compliance with the international building code. choice of occupation, employee information, job application, human relations,
Topics cover analyzing nonstructural details and determining compliance with the and appearance and personality development as related to employment in the
minimum requirements for concrete, masonry, wood, and steel structures. vocational field.
CI 120 Structural Plan Review (3)
3 hours lecture Occupational Cooperative
Note: May be taken 2 times Work Experience
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides inspectors, contractors, and building department technicians with the The Occupational Cooperative Work Experience Program is designed to
basic methods used for structural review of plans for code compliance required coordinate on the job training and classroom instruction. Supervised employ-
before permits can be issued. The structural provisions of the International Build- ment is related to the occupational goal of the individual student. Employment
ing Code will be studied and applied to typical residential and low-rise construc- may be on or off campus; the student may or may not receive pay, depending on
tion plan examples. The role and responsibilities of the plan check technician in where the work is performed.The Cooperative Education Coordinator will assist
his or her job performance will be defined according to public needs, industry students in obtaining jobs.
practice, and the Professional Engineers Act.
153
Cooperative Education-Counseling Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
STUDENT QUALIFICATIONS: In order to participate in cooperative work
experience education students shall meet the following requirements: Counseling (COUN)
See also Disability Resource
1. Be a legally indentured or certified apprentice.
OR Contact the Counseling Department for further information.
2. Complete no less than seven units (summer session, one course) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2179
including cooperative work experience education. Office: SSC-18A
AND
3. Have approval of the Cooperative Work Experience Education COURSE OFFERINGS
Coordinator. Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
4. Have occupational or education goals to which, in the opinion Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
of the Coordinator, the cooperative work experience education
will contribute. COUN 45 Basic Study Skills (1)
5. Pursue a planned program of cooperative work experience 1 hour lecture
education which, in the opinion of the Coordinator, includes new Note: Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only
or expanded Non-degree Applicable
responsibilities or learning opportunities beyond those Study improvement techniques, time management techniques, memory and note
experienced during the previous employment. taking skills, and test taking methods.
The number of units received each semester for on the job experience will be
based on the total number of hours worked each semester or summer session COUN 48 Overcoming Test Anxiety (1)
as follows: 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only
1 unit 75 paid hours per semester or session; 60 volunteer hours Non-degree Applicable
2 units 150 paid hours per semester or session; 120 volunteer hours Provides instruction in understanding the sources of test anxiety and the
3 units 225 paid hours per semester or session; 180 volunteer hours techniques for overcoming it.
4 units 300 paid hours per semester or session; 240 volunteer hours
COUN 49 Introduction to Financial and Academic Resources (.5)
A maximum of sixteen units may be earned in occupational cooperative work ½ hour lecture
experience, not to exceed four units each semester. Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
Non-degree Applicable
COURSE OFFERINGS Survey of financial and supportive resources available to students including
CE 100 Cooperative Education (1, 2, 3, 4) part-time employment. The course content includes an overview of financial
1, 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture aid programs and eligibility requirements, campus support programs, commu-
Note: May be taken 4 times nity support services, money management, and educational planning. This course
Transfer acceptability: CSU may be used to fulfill the financial aid orientation requirement.
Supervised on the job training for all occupational students.
COUN 100 Introduction to Basic Counseling Skills (3)
CE 105 Job Hunting Techniques (1, 2, 3) 3 hours lecture
1, 2, or 3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU An introduction to the principles and practices of counseling and interviewing.
Comprises the changing work ethic, updated labor market information, sources A systematic development of the basic skills essential for effective counseling.
of job leads, job opportunities, job search, resume preparation, development of Combines informal lecture, videotapes, and role playing interactions. Practicum
confidence and sound communication skills, interviewing techniques, attitudinal experience will be required.
and motivational behavior necessary during the job campaign, job hunting tech-
niques, and related topics. COUN 101 Transfer Success (1)
1 hour lecture
CE 110 Cooperative Education – General (2, 3) Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
2 or 3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Introduction to the transfer research process designed for planning long term
Supervised on the job training for all students. educational and career goals. Students learn how to evaluate universities, and
learn specific transfer requirements. Student will research degrees, housing, finan-
CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship (2, 3) cial aid, scholarships and supportive services.
10 or 15 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times COUN 110 College Success (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Students learn major-specific knowledge and skills at an internship site that will Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
enhance employment. Students design and complete an internship project in con- Provides students with the skills and knowledge necessary to reach their edu-
sultation with their internship advisor and job site supervisor. cational goals. Topics include academic learning strategies, college and life skills,
diversity awareness and assessment of personal characteristics related to educa-
CE 197 Cooperative Education Topics (.5 - 4) tional success. The role of race, ethnicity, gender, class, sexual orientation and age
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required in higher education and personal identity is a central theme of the course.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. COUN 115 Career/Life Planning (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be offered on educational television
Topics in Cooperative Education. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Course title will designate subject covered. A course designed to motivate the student to take responsibility for the manage-
ment of his/her life, recognizing the values of planning as a means of coping with
uncertainty, and relating work effectively to one’s own life.
154 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Counseling-Culinary Arts
COUN 120 Quest for Identity and Life Skills (3) Certificates of Proficiency -
3 hours lecture Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Culinary Skills
An exploration of the dynamics involved in the development of the individual who • Patisserie and Baking
is in search of identity and self-discovery. An examination of one’s value and belief
system will be studied and compared and contrasted with other American subcul- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
tures. Emphasis will also be placed on the role of cultural traditions and practices
as well as a set of life skills that will serve to empower one’s identity and under- Culinary Arts
standing of self within a multicultural society. Examples of life skills include coping
with the physiological effects of stress and anxiety, communicating effectively with Prepares students for employment and career opportunities in various areas of
multicultural groups, goal setting, emotional development, problem solving, critical the foodservice industry. The focus is on food preparation and production skills,
thinking skills, and self-esteem. with supporting coursework in nutrition, food sanitation and safety, menu plan-
ning, purchasing and inventory control, kitchen management and employee su-
COUN 165 Career Search (1) pervision. Practical hands-on lab activities in a commercial kitchen environment
1 hour lecture and directed workplace learning opportunities prepare students for foodservice
Note: May be Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only positions in resorts, casinos, and fine dining establishments.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Designed to assist students in selecting a career goal. This will be accomplished Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to
by identifying the students’ career interests, personality type, work values, and participate in kitchen/lab activities.
transferable skills as they relate to occupations.
In order to earn a certificate or degree, students must achieve a minimum grade
COUN 170 Major Search (1) of ‘C’ in each of the certificate program courses.
1 hour lecture
Note: May be Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only A.A. Degree Major or
Transfer acceptability: CSU Certificate of Achievement
This course is designed to assist students to select a major goal and
Program Requirements Units
create an educational plan. This will be done by identifying academic interests and
FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3
through researching career options.
FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
R CUL/CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I 3
COUN 180 Orientation for International Students (1)
R CUL/CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II 3
1 hour lecture
R CUL/CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I 3
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
R CUL/CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU
R CUL/CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger 3
Orientation for International Students will explore college life and concerns re-
R CSIS/CSIT 120 Computer Applications 3
lated to cultural and adjustment issues while living in the United States.
R CUL/CUL 200 Menu Planning and Purchasing 2
R CUL/CUL 210 Foodservice Management 3
COUN 185 Peer Advising (1)
R CUL/CUL 220 Catering and Event Planning 3
1 hour lecture
R CUL/CUL 298 Culinary Directed Practice I 3
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
R CUL/CUL 299 Culinary Directed Practice II 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This class will teach students how to utilize and provide information from the Pal-
Electives (Select a minimum of 3 units)
omar College catalog, class schedule, student services, and community resources.
R CUL/CUL 115 Dining Room Service 2
Topics covered will be: academic policies, interpersonal communication skills, and
R CUL/CUL 150 International Cuisine 3
peer counseling techniques. This course is required for participation in the Palo-
R CUL/CUL 230 Adv Garde Manger/Competition 3
mar Peer Counselor Program.
R CUL/CUL 240 Wines and Affinities 1
COUN 197 Counseling Topics (.5 - 4) TOTAL UNITS 41
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Culinary Skills
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times With a focus on basic food preparation and production skills, nutrition, and food
Transfer acceptability: CSU safety and sanitation, the program prepares students for various entry-level posi-
Topics in Counseling. See Class Schedule for specific topic covered. Course title tions in the foodservice industry. Practical hands-on lab activities in a modern
will designate subject covered. commercial kitchen environment provide opportunities for students to master
the skills required for employment.
Culinary Arts (CUL) Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to
See also ROP Culinary Arts participate in required kitchen/lab activities.
Contact the Design and Consumer Education Department for further In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in
information. each of the certificate program courses.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
Office:
Certificate of Proficiency
Associate in Arts Degrees - Program Requirements Units
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3
• Culinary Arts FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
R CUL/CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I 3
Certificates of Achievement - R CUL/CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II 3
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Culinary Arts
155
Culinary Arts Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
R CUL/CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger 3 CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II (3)
R CUL/CUL 115 Dining Room Service 2 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 17 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 120
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 121; graded only; may be taken 2 times
Advanced skills in the art of patisserie. Includes classic pastries, pâte à choux, and
Patisserie and Baking meringues; plated desserts; and cake decorating. Students will be expected to
With a focus on commercial baking and pastry making, the program prepares meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits.
students for entry-level positions in bakeries, restaurants, resorts and casino
operations. Practical hands-on lab activities in a modern commercial kitchen CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger (3)
environment provide opportunities for students to master the skills required for 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
employment. Prerequisite: San Diego County Food Handler Card
Recommended preparation: R CUL/CUL 110
Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to Note: Cross listed as R CUL 130; graded only
participate in required kitchen/lab activities. Introduction to cold food preparation and display. Includes salads, dressings,
sandwiches and canapés. Students will be expected to meet high standards of
In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in professionalism, sanitation and work habits.
each of the certificate program courses.
CUL 150 International Cuisine (3)
Certificate of Proficiency 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
Program Requirements Units Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card
FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3 Note: Cross listed as R CUL 150; graded only
FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 A hands-on cooking, tasting and evaluating exploration of the major cuisines of
R CUL/CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I 3 the world. Includes Asian, Latin, European and American cuisines with a focus on
R CUL/CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II 3 the cultures that influenced their development. Students will be expected to meet
high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits.
TOTAL UNITS 12
CUL 197 Culinary Arts Topics (.5-3)
COURSE OFFERINGS Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I (3) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card Note: Cross listed as R CUL 197; may be taken 4 times
Recommended preparation: FCS 110/MICR 110 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 110; graded only Topics in Culinary Arts. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title
Transfer acceptability: CSU will designate subject covered.
Introduction to culinary arts and the foodservice industry. Fundamentals of food
preparation and production, emphasizing industry standards. Lab work will focus CUL 200 Menu Planning and Purchasing (2)
on knife skills, standard cuts, and preparation of vegetables and starches. Students 2 hours lecture
will be expected to meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and FCS 165/HE 165 and
habits. R CSIS/CSIT 120
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 200; graded only
CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
1 hour lecture - 4 hours lecture/laboratory Basic principles of menu planning and purchasing with emphasis on: menu design;
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 110 specifications and pricing; purchasing, inventory control and storeroom opera-
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 111; graded only tions; and food and beverage cost control. Includes spreadsheet and database
Transfer acceptability: CSU applications. Students will be expected to meet high standards of professionalism
Advanced food production, including meat and protein fabrication. Lab work will and work habits.
include: stocks, sauces and soups; meat and game; poultry; fish and seafood; break-
fast foods and classical cuisine. Students will be expected to meet high standards CUL 210 Foodservice Management (3)
of professionalism, sanitation and work habits. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111
CUL 115 Dining Room Service (2) Note: Cross listed as R CUL 210; graded only
4 hours lecture/laboratory Introduction to foodservice management with emphasis on human relations
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card and employee development. Includes operational planning and coordination,
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 115; graded only problem-solving and decision-making, and personnel management. Students will
Orientation to dining room operations with an emphasis on dining room service, be expected to meet high standards of professionalism and work habits.
techniques of table waiting, and dining room skills. Students will be expected to
meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits. CUL 220 Catering and Event Planning (3)
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I (3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory Note: Cross listed as R CUL 220; graded only
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: FCS/MICR 110 Fundamentals of catering, including event planning, menu development and
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 120; graded only; may be taken 2 times banquet preparation. Includes opportunities to apply culinary theory and skills
Fundamentals of baking, including ingredient properties and function, and prepa- in actual practice. Students will be expected to meet high standards of profes-
ration and evaluation of a variety of yeast products, quick breads, cookies, sionalism, sanitation and work habits.
cakes, pies and pastries. Students will be expected to meet high standards of
professionalism, sanitation and work habits.
156 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Culinary Arts-Dance
CUL 230 Adv Garde Manger/Competition (3) A.A. Degree Major or
1 hour lecture - 4 hours lecture/laboratory Certificate of Achievement
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 230; graded only Program Requirements Units
Application of advanced garde manger techniques in practical situations and cu- DNCE 100* Survey of Dance 3
linary competition. Includes classical buffet presentation, decorative displays and DNCE 101 Survey of World Dance 3
artistic centerpieces. Students will be expected to meet high standards of profes- DNCE 102 Dance on Film 3
sionalism, sanitation and work habits. or
DNCE 105 Introduction to Dance History 3
CUL 240 Wines and Affinities (1) *Should be taken the first semester
1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 Electives - Group I (Select two courses)
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 240; graded only DNCE 115 Fundamentals of Ballet 1.5
Classification and identification of wines, with emphasis on properties and affini- DNCE 116 Ballet I 1.5
ties with food. Includes wines from various regions of the world. Students will be DNCE 117 Beginning Pointe .5-2.5
expected to meet high standards of professionalism and work habits. DNCE 210 Ballet II 1.5,2.5
DNCE 211 Pointe/Pas de Deux .5-3
CUL 298 Culinary Directed Practice I (3)
3 hours lecture - 10 hours lab Electives - Group II (Select two courses)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130 or R DNCE 110 Modern Dance I 1.5
CUL/CUL 121 DNCE 111 Modern Dance II 1.5
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 298; graded only DNCE 205 Modern Dance III 1,1.5
Directed learning opportunity for culinary arts students to increase their knowl- DNCE 206 Advanced Movement Patterns 1,1.5
edge and skill in the areas of hot and cold food production through supervised
on-the-job training. Students will be expected to follow Culinary Arts standards Electives - Group III (Select two courses)
of professionalism. Current San Diego County Food Handler Card and TB clear- DNCE 120 Jazz Technique I 1.5
ance required. DNCE 121 Jazz Technique II 1.5
DNCE 215 Jazz Technique III 1,1.5
CUL 299 Culinary Directed Practice II (3) DNCE 216 Advanced Dance Technique 1,1.5
3 hours lecture - 10 hours lab
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RCUL/CUL 298, R CUL/CUL 200, Electives - Group IV (Select one course)
FCS/MICR 110 and FCS/HE 165 DNCE 125 Theatre Dance I 1,1.5
Note: Cross listed as R CUL 299; graded only DNCE 126 Theatre Dance II 1,1.5
Directed entry-level professional work experience in the foodservice industry DNCE 130 Tap Dance I 1,1.5
that provides exposure to the foodservice industry and an opportunity for cu- DNCE 131 Tap Dance II 1,1.5
linary arts students to practice and demonstrate their employability skills and DNCE 132 Tap Dance III 1,1.5
reflect on their future roles in the industry. Students will be expected to follow
Culinary Arts standards of professionalism. Current San Diego County Food Han- Electives - Group V (Select one course)
dler Card and TB clearance required. DNCE 149 Afro-Cuban/Brazilian Dance I 1-3
DNCE 150 Afro-Cuban/Brazilian Dance II 1-3
DNCE 151 Beginning Latin Social Dance 1-2
Dance (DNCE) DNCE 152 Intermediate Latin Social Dance 1-2
Contact the Performing Arts Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2316 Electives - Group VI (Select one course)
Office: D-16 DNCE 140 Dance Improvisation I 2
DNCE 141 Dance Improvisation II 2
Associate in Arts Degrees - DNCE 145 Choreography I 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). DNCE 146 Choreography II 3
• Dance
Electives - Group VII (Select two courses)
Certificates of Achievement - DNCE/MUS 137 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming I .5-4
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). DNCE/MUS 138 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming II .5-4
• Dance DNCE 148 Palomar Drum and Dance Ensemble 1.5-3
DNCE 165 Production Management 1.5-4
PROGRAMS OF STUDY DNCE 190 Ethnic Dance Production 1.5, 2
DNCE 197B Modern Dance Production 1, 1.5
Dance DNCE 197C Jazz Dance Production 1, 1.5
DNCE 197D Theatre Dance Production 1, 1.5
The degree in Dance provides students with a background to begin upper-divison DNCE 197E Ballet Dance Production 1, 1.5
work leading to a B.A. or B.F.A. in dance, or for continued training leading to a DNCE 197F Rehearsal and Performance .5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3
professional career in the field of dance and dance-related professions. Both the DNCE 197J Tap Dance Production 1, 1.5
degree and the certificate provide students with the basic skills necessary for DNCE 197K Student Choreography Production .5-6
involvement in community dance activities, such as teaching in recreation cen-
ters, YMCA’s or YWCA’s, private studios; or performing or choreographing for TOTAL UNITS 19 - 38
community theatre productions. Transfer students should consult the four-year
college or university catalog for specific requirements or see a Palomar College Recommended Electives: DNCE/ART/MUS/TA 123; DNCE 155, 170; DNCE/MUS
counselor. 185; MUS 105, TA 100, 106, 115; ZOO 200
Note: Students are screened for level placement in all technique classes the previ-
ous semester or the first day of class.
157
Dance Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
COURSE OFFERINGS DNCE 111 Modern Dance II (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
Each activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 110
ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four Modern Dance courses
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
for credit). Modern Dance, Ballet, Jazz Technique, Tap Dance, Spanish Flamenco
DNCE 110, 111, 205, 206
Dance, Ethnic Drumming, Martial Arts, Hip Hop, Ballroom Dance, Latin Social
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Dance, Dance Improvisation, Choreography, Pointe and Theatre Dance classes are
Intermediate dance techniques with emphasis on increasing movement skills and
defined as activity courses.
creative range.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
DNCE 115 Ballet I (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
DNCE 96 Special Projects (1, 1.5, 2, 3) ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory Recommended preparation: DNCE 100
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to project approval Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Note: May be taken 4 times DNCE 115, 116, 210, 211
Participation in performance or research projects beyond those normally Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
expected in regular class sessions. Introduction to ballet’s traditions, principles, techniques, and terminology. Includes
fundamental ballet exercises at barre and center with emphasis on technique and
DNCE 97 Rehearsal and Performance (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3) alignment.
1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition DNCE 116 Ballet II (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
Note: May be taken 4 times ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
Participation in rehearsal and performance. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 115
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 97A Dance Topics (.5 - 4) DNCE 115, 116, 210, 211
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Continued study of ballet techniques, principles, and terminology. Intermediate/
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. beginning level with emphasis on combinations and an enlarged vocabulary of
Note: May be taken 4 times steps and terms.
Topics in Dance. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered. DNCE 117 Pointe I (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
DNCE 100 Survey of Dance (3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 115
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 117, 118, 217, 218
Survey of present day dance forms experienced through lecture, film, demonstra- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
tion, and movement.This course covers dance as an art form, the creative process, This course is designed to introduce concepts of pointe technique at the begin-
ways to view and analyze movement, body mechanics/anatomy, prevention of in- ning level, while reinforcing intermediate ballet technique. Concentration will be
juries, education and career opportunities, and a study of various dance genres. placed on proper alignment, toe placement, ankle strength and flexibility, rotation
of the legs from the hip sockets, and overall artistry.
DNCE 101 Survey of World Dance (3)
3 hours lecture DNCE 118 Pointe II (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
An analysis of the dances, dance styles, costumes, and musical accompaniment of Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 116
dances from around the world as experienced through films, lecture, demonstra- Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
tion, and movement. DNCE 117, 118, 217, 218
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (pending)
DNCE 102 Dance on Film (3) Designed to introduce concepts of pointe technique at the beginning/intermedi-
3 hours lecture ate level, while reinforcing intermediate ballet technique. Concentration will be
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC placed on proper alignment, toe placement, ankle strength and flexibility, rotation
This course will explore the phenomenon of dance on film from cultural, of the legs from the hip sockets, and overall artistry.
historical, social, economic, and gender viewpoints.
DNCE 120 Jazz Technique I (1,1.5)
DNCE 105 Introduction to Dance History (3) 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 120, 121, 215
A survey of the development of dance from earliest civilizations to the present Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
including Egyptian, Ancient Greek and Roman, and with emphasis on the American Beginning jazz movement and floor progressions.
Indian and African American influences on the social and performance aspects of
dance in the world today. DNCE 121 Jazz Technique II (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
DNCE 110 Modern Dance I (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 120
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DNCE 120, 121, 215
DNCE 110, 111, 205, 206 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Intermediate jazz movement and floor progressions.
Beginning modern dance techniques with emphasis on movement exploration,
alignment, and creativity.
158 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Dance
DNCE 123 Arts Across the Curriculum (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture Development of beginning through intermediate levels of social dance techniques
Note: Cross listed as ART 123/MUS 123/TA 123 using West Coast Swing, Hustle, Night Club Two-Step, and Salsa.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course is an introduction to the artistic creative process through a compara- DNCE 135 Beginning Ballroom Dance (1, 1.5)
tive study of dance, music, theatre, and visual arts, within a social and cultural 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
context. The principles of artistic perception, creative expression, cultural and Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
historical context, and aesthetic valuing will be discussed. DNCE 135, 136, 139
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
DNCE 125 Theatre Dance I (1,1.5) Development of beginning social dance techniques concerning both standard and
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory contemporary social dance steps and styling.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 125, 126 DNCE 136 Intermediate Ballroom Dance (1, 1.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Dance steps and styles used in musical theatre, past and present. Basic partnering Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 135
techniques also included. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 135, 136, 139
DNCE 126 Theatre Dance II (1,1.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Intermediate level social dance skills, steps, and styling.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 125
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DNCE 137 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming I (1, 1.5, 2)
DNCE 125, 126 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as MUS 137; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in
A continuation of Theatre Dance I. Dance steps and styles used in musical theatre. any combination of DNCE/MUS 137 and DNCE/MUS 138
Focus on stage projection, partnering, developing stage characters, and audition- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ing skills. Drum, percussion and song classes in the traditions of Escola de Samba from Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil and Afro-Cuban traditions, Rumba, Congo, makuta from Cuba.
DNCE 127 Spanish Flamenco Dance (1,1.5)
Develop ability to work as part of a drum ensemble.
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 138 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming II (1,1.5,2)
DNCE 127, 128
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE/MUS 137
Study of specific Spanish dance styles, castanets, steps, and techniques of
Note: Cross listed as MUS 138; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in
Spanish/Flamenco dance.
any combination of DNCE/MUS 137 and DNCE/MUS 138
DNCE 128 Intermediate Spanish Flamenco Dance (1, 1.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Intermediate level drum, percussion and song classes in the traditions of Escola
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 127 de Samba from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil and Afro-Cuban traditions, Rumba, Congo,
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of makuta from Cuba. Develop ability to work as part of a drum ensemble.
DNCE 127, 128
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 139 Advanced Ballroom Dance (1, 1.5)
Study of different Spanish dance styles including regional, classical, Spanish/ 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Flamenco, traditional and modern. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 136
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 130 Tap Dance I (1, 1.5) DNCE 135, 136, 139
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Advanced level social dance skills, steps, and styling.
DNCE 130, 131, 132
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 140 Dance Improvisation I (2)
Beginning skills in tap dance covering basic and traditional material. 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 131 Tap Dance II (1, 1.5) DNCE 140, 141
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 130 Study of dance through varied experiences in movement. Exploration of elements
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of of time, space, and energy through movement improvisations and group studies.
DNCE 130, 131, 132
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 141 Dance Improvisation II (2)
Intermediate level skills in tap dance with focus on new trends and styles. 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 140
DNCE 132 Tap Dance III (1, 1.5) Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory DNCE 140, 141
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 130 and 131 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Study of dance through varied experiences in movement with emphasis on un-
DNCE 130, 131, 132 derstanding movement principles, beginning music analysis, use of percussion and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC various forms of accompaniment, and composition of solo studies to composed
Advanced skills in tap dance with focus on new trends and styles. music.
DNCE 133 Contemporary Social Dance (1) DNCE 145 Choreography I (3)
2 hours lecture/laboratory 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times Corequisite: DNCE 197K
159
Dance Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 145, 146 DNCE 151, 152
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Beginning choreography with emphasis on combining movements and developing An exhilarating class designed to continue exploring the vibrant Hispanic culture
ideas in relation to motivation, design, and dynamics. Discuss forms and learn through contemporary social dances. Through demonstration and movement
how to articulate the art of dance. participation students will explore a variety of social dances that are all part of
the Latin Diaspora.
DNCE 146 Choreography II (3)
3 hours lecture DNCE 153 Capoeira: Afro/Brazil Martial Art I (1, 1.5, 2)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 145 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Corequisite: DNCE 197K Note: Maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DNCE 153, 154
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
DNCE 145, 146 syllabus.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC A class designed to introduce students to the unique martial art form from Brazil
Intermediate choreography with emphasis on combining movements and devel- known as Capoeira. Through lecture, demonstration and movement participation
oping ideas in relation to movements and developing ideas in relation to motiva- students will study this multi-faceted art form.
tion and form. Discuss forms and develop the skills to articulate the art of dance.
DNCE 154 Capoeira: Afro/Brazil Martial Art II (1, 1.5, 2)
DNCE 147 Repertory (1.5) 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
3 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 153
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Note: Maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DNCE 153, 154
Recommended preparation: Previous dance training and performance experi- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
ence. Knowledge and ability to perform different dance styles such as jazz, ballet, syllabus.
modern, musical theatre, etc. Intermediate level class of the unique martial art form from Brazil known as
Note: May be taken 4 times Capoeira. Through lecture, demonstration and movement participation students
Transfer acceptability: CSU will study this multi-faceted art form.
Learning, rehearsing, and performing dance routines as an outreach to Palomar
College, area high schools, and the community. DNCE 155 Hip Hop I (1, 1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
DNCE 148 Palomar Drum and Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Dance Ensemble (1.5, 2, 3, 4) DNCE 155, 156, 157
1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 3, 4½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Beginning level of Hip Hop, an exhilarating class. Designed to introduce students
Note: May be taken 4 times to this unique contemporary dance form.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance of traditional music and dances of the African Dias- DNCE 156 Hip Hop II (1, 1.5)
pora: West African, Afro-Cuban, Afro-Brazilian, and Afro-Caribbean. Performance 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
of original work influenced by dances of the African Diaspora. Emphasis will be on Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 155
performing as an ensemble. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 155, 156, 157
DNCE 149 Afro-Cuban/Brazilian Dance I (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 3, 4½ hours laboratory Intermediate level of Hip Hop, an exhilarating class. Designed to introduce
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of students to this unique contemporary dance form.
DNCE 149, 150
Transfer acceptability: CSU, UC DNCE 157 Hip Hop III (1, 1.5)
Beginning level Afro-Cuban/Brazilian movement. 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 156
DNCE 150 Afro-Cuban/Brazilian Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Dance II (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) DNCE 155, 156, 157
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 3, 4½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 149 Advanced level of Hip Hop, an exhilarating class. Designed to introduce students
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of to this unique Contemporary dance form.
DNCE 149, 150
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 158 Hawaiian and Tahitian Dance I (1, 1.5)
Level II Afro-Cuban/Brazilian movement. 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 151 Latin Social Dance I (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) DNCE 158, 159
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 2, 3, 4½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Beginning level of an exhilarating class designed to introduce students to the ex-
DNCE 151, 152 otic Hawaiian and Tahitian culture through percussion, song and dance. Through
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC demonstrations and movement participation students will explore a variety of
An exhilarating class designed to introduce students to the vibrant Hispanic dances from these two distinct and unique cultures that are part of the Polynesian
culture through contemporary social dances. Through demonstration and move- Islands.
ment participation students will explore a variety of social dances that are all part
of the Latin Diaspora. DNCE 159 Hawaiian and Tahitian Dance II (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
DNCE 152 Latin Social Dance II (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 158
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 2, 3, 4½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 151 DNCE 158, 159
160 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Dance
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 184 Introduction to Kinesiology (3)
Intermediate level of an exhilarating class designed to introduce students to 3 hours lecture
the exotic Hawaiian and Tahitian culture through percussion, song and dance. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Through demonstrations and movement participation students will explore a va- Designed to provide students with sound knowledge of body structures, systems,
riety of dances from these two distinct and unique cultures that are part of the and functions. Identify the technical demands of dance and sports and evaluate
Polynesian Islands. and implement approaches to long-range development as dancers/ athletes. Ex-
periential anatomy will be introduced with concepts necessary to develop analyti-
DNCE 161 Teaching Methods in Dance (3) cal skills of the student.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU DNCE 185 Franco Haitian Percussion and Song I (1, 1.5, 2)
Explore the teaching/learning/knowing process by blending current education- 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
al, teaching and learning styles with practical hands on teaching experiences. Note: Cross listed as MUS 185; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in
Through the constant integration of theory and practice, we will utilize our own any combination of DNCE/MUS 185, 186
experiences and understanding and our interpretations of theoretical literature Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
to construct our own personal pedagogies. The construction of a safe and con- An introduction to traditional Franco Haitian percussion and songs from the
sistent dance environment for all ages will be covered. Eastern region of Cuba.
DNCE 162 Near and Middle Eastern Dance I (1,1.5)
DNCE 186 Franco Haitian Percussion and Song II (1, 1.5, 2)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Note: Cross listed as MUS 186; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in
DNCE 162, 163
any combination of DNCE/MUS 185, 186
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An introduction to classical and folkloric dances from the Near and Middle East.
Intermediate level Traditional Franco Haitian percussion and songs from the East-
DNCE 163 Near and Middle Eastern Dance II (1,1.5) ern region of Cuba.
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DNCE 190 World Dance Production (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
DNCE 162, 163 ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 3, 4½ hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
A more in depth study of classical and folkloric dances for the Near and Middle Note: May be taken 4 times
East. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts.
DNCE 165 Production Management (1.5, 2, 3, 4)
1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 3, 4½ hours laboratory DNCE 192 Tap and Theatre Dance (1, 1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Principles and methods of organization, operation, promotion, programming, pub- Introduction to the fundamental skills in tap and theatre dance covering basic and
licity, ticket sales, box office records, public relations, and graphics. Practical expe- traditional material.
rience in college and community dance productions.
DNCE 197A Summer Dance Workshop (1, 1.5, 2, 3)
DNCE 170 Pilates® (.5,1) 2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
1 or 2 hours lecture/laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Concentrated work in a variety of dance areas. Specific content of each work-
Pilates® method of body conditioning: an exercise program that improves shop differs and is composed of dance styles and techniques not included in the
muscle control, flexibility, coordination, strength, and tone. Teaches efficiency of regular dance curriculum.
movement.
DNCE 197B Modern Dance Production (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
DNCE 173 Musical Theatre Scenes (1) ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture
3 hours laboratory Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Note: Cross listed as MUS 173/TA 173 Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in DNCE 111 or 205
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times
Rehearsal and performance of solo and group scenes from Broadway musicals Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
dating from the 1930’s to the present. Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts.
DNCE 182 Introduction to Arts Management (3) DNCE 197C Jazz Dance Production (1, 1.5)
9 hours laboratory 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AMS 182/ART 182/MUS 182/TA 182 Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Transfer acceptability: CSU Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in DNCE 121 or 215
An introduction to the principles and practices of arts management through an Note: May be taken 4 times
interdisciplinary study of management topics in the visual and performing arts. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts.
DNCE 183 Internship in Arts Management (3)
9 hours laboratory
DNCE 197D Theatre Dance Production (1, 1.5)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AMS/ART/DNCE/MUS or TA 182
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AMS 183/ART 183/MUS 183/TA 183
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 4 times
Practical experience in arts management in the visual and performing arts.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts.
161
Dance-Database Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
DNCE 197E Ballet Dance Production (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) DNCE 211 Ballet IV (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5)
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5 hours lecture - 1½, 2, 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 210
Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in DNCE 210 Note: May be taken taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination
Note: May be taken 4 times of DNCE 115, 116, 210, 211
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts. Ballet techniques, principles, and terminology at the advanced level with empha-
sis on line, phrasing, endurance, musicality, and progressively difficult steps and
DNCE 197F Rehearsal and Performance (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3) combinations.
1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition DNCE 215 Jazz Technique III (1, 1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 121
Participation in dance rehearsal and performance. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 120, 121,215
DNCE 197H Topics in Dance (.5 - 4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Advanced jazz movement and floor progressions.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. DNCE 216 Advanced Dance Technique (1, 1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 215
syllabus. Note: May be taken 4 times
Topics in Dance. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
designate subject covered. Advanced level dance technique in commercial dance stylizations and rhythms.
DNCE 197J Tap Dance Production (1, 1.5) DNCE 217 Pointe III (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5 hours lecture
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 117
Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in DNCE 131 or 132 Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Note: May be taken 4 times DNCE 117, 118, 217, 218
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (pending)
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts. This course is designed to introduce concepts of pointe technique at the Inter-
mediate level, while reinforcing intermediate ballet technique. Concentration will
DNCE 197K Student Choreography be placed on proper alignment, toe placement, ankle strength and flexibility, rota-
Production (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6) tion of the legs from the hip sockets, and overall musicality artistry.
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5, 5½, 6 hours lecture - 1½, 2, 3 hours laboratory
Corequisite: DNCE 145 or 146 DNCE 218 Pointe IV (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5)
Note: May be taken 4 times ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 117
Rehearsal and performance for dance concerts. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
DNCE 117, 118, 217, 218
DNCE 205 Modern Dance III (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (pending)
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture This course is designed to introduce concepts of pointe technique at the ad-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 111 vanced level, while reinforcing advanced ballet technique. Concentration will be
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of placed on proper alignment, toe placement, ankle strength and flexibility, rotation
DNCE 110, 111, 205, 206 of the legs from the hip sockets, and overall artistry.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Advanced dance technique with emphasis on performance skills. DNCE 225 Palomar Contemporary
Dance Ensemble (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4)
DNCE 206 Modern Dance IV (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) ½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture - 1½, 2, 3 hours laboratory
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 205 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (pending)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Contemporary ballet technique and repertoire.
DNCE 110, 111, 205, 206
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC DNCE 297 Experimental Projects in Dance (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3)
Advanced level modern dance technique. 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to project approval
DNCE 210 Ballet III (.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
½, 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5 hours lecture - 1½, 2, 3 hours laboratory syllabus.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE 116 Advanced dance projects including individual research, tutoring, and performance
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of for college classes and community projects.
DNCE 115, 116, 210, 211
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Ballet techniques, principles, and terminology at the intermediate level with em- Database
phasis on line, phrasing, endurance, and progressively difficult steps and combina- See CSIS - Database
tions.
162 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Dental Assisting
First Semester
Dental Assisting (DA) DA 57 Dental Sciences and Anatomy 4
Contact the Dental Assisting Program for further information. DA 60 Dental Materials 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2571 DA 65 Dental Practice Management 2
Office: AA-116 DA 70 Dental Radiography I 2.5
DA 75 Dental Operative Procedures 5
Associate in Arts Degrees - DA 82 Preventive Dentistry I 1
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Dental Assisting (Registered Dental Assistant) Second Semester
DA 71 Dental Radiography II .5
Certificates of Achievement - DA 83 Preventitive Dentistry II .5
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). DA 85 Advanced Dental Procedures 4
• Dental Assisting (Registered Dental Assistant) DA 90 Clinical Rotation 6
TOTAL UNITS 35.5 - 36.5
PROGRAM OF STUDY
COURSE OFFERINGS
The Dental Assisting Program is accredited by the Commission on Dental
Accreditation of the American Dental Association, and is approved by the Dental Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
Board of California. Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Certification and Licensing. Upon successful program completion, student will DA 47 Dental Assisting Topics (.5 - 4)
be issued a Certificate of Proficiency in Dental Radiography issued by Palomar Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
College. Students who successfully complete the program are eligible to apply quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may
for the California Registered Dental Assistant Examination to become licensed be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
as a California Registered Dental Assistant (RDA) with a Coronal Polishing Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
Certificate; and are eligible to apply for the nationally recognized Certified Dental Non-degree Applicable
Assistant Examination offered by the Dental Assisting National Board, Incorpo- Topics in Dental Assisting. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
rated (DANB). title will designate subject covered.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS DA 50 Introduction to Dental Sciences and
Dental Occupations (3)
Admission to the Dental Assisting Program is by special application. To be eligible
3 hours lecture
for admission, applicants must:
Note: Graded only
General orientation to dental assisting. Introduction to basic oral anatomy, oral
1. Complete Palomar College Application for Admission;
hygiene techniques and prevention, human behavior, dental nomenclature, dental
2. Attend a Dental Assisting orientation meeting;
assisting, history of dentistry, ethics, role of the dental assistant and other
3. Show proof of high school graduation or equivalent by submitting
auxiliary personnel; licensing and certification of dental assistants; dental ju-
official transcripts, or proof of a passing score on the General
risprudence and malpractice; psychology and observation in dental offices.
Education Development test (GED);
4. Take a Palomar College English assessment test and be eligiible
DA 57 Dental Sciences and Anatomy (4)
for English 50, or demonstrate completion of a similar, equivalent
4 hours lecture
college English course(s);
Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program
5. Submit medical and dental clearances including TB test results;
Note: Graded only
6. Meet academic requirements as specified in the Dental Assisting
Introduction of dental terminology, histology, embryology, tooth growth, erup-
Program brochure;
tion, and anatomy; head and neck anatomy, and physiology of the body. Form and
7. Show proof of a valid Social Security number.
function of individual teeth, occlusion, oral pathology, diet and nutrition, relation
of oral health to general health, microbiology, disease control and dental phar-
Dental assistants need to have good vision, hearing, and the ability to communi-
macology.
cate orally. In addition, they must have the ability to comprehend and interpret
written information; and the dexterity to use small dental instruments.
DA 60 Dental Materials (3)
3 hours lecture - 1 hour laboratory
Dental Assisting Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program
Note: Graded only
(Registered Dental Assistant) Chemical properties and uses of dental materials and solutions; manipulative
techniques and methods of preparation.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement DA 65 Dental Practice Management (2)
2 hours lecture - 1 hour laboratory
To remain enrolled in the program, students must earn a minimum grade of ‘C’ Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program
(2.0) in each of the required courses. Students must pass all laboratory and clini- Note: Graded only
cal evaluations at 75% competency or a substandard grade will be assigned for the Reception and care of the patient in the dental office, communication skills, tele-
course. A student may fail a dental assisting course on the basis of clinical practice phone techniques, appointment scheduling, dental records (charting health and
even though theory grades may be passing. dental history), filing, recalls, bookkeeping, accounts receivable and accounts pay-
able, purchasing inventory, principles of and use of insurance forms and collec-
Program Requirements Units tions.
DA 50 Introduction to Dental Sciences/Occupations 3
ENG 50 or Introductory Composition 4 DA 70 Dental Radiography I (2.5)
ENG 100 or English Composition 4 2 hours lecture - 1½ hours laboratory
ESL 103 Written Communication III 5 Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program
Proof of current BLS for Healthcare Providers Certificate 0
163
Dental Assisting-Diesel Mechanics Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Note: Graded only
Theory and technique of oral radiography, radiation hygiene, anatomical land- Diesel Mechanics Technology (DMT)
marks, and methods and materials for processing radiographs. The laboratory Contact the Trade and Industry Department for further information.
portion will provide the student with knowledge concerning film placement, cone (760) 744-1150, ext. 2545
angulation, exposing and developing radiographs, and mounting and evaluating Office: T-1
processed films.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
DA 71 Dental Radiography II (.5) AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
1½ hours laboratory • Diesel Technology
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DA 50 and 70, and proof of Hepatitis B
Immunization; and EME 55 or current BLS for Healthcare Providers Certificate Certificates of Achievement -
Note: Graded only Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Advanced experience regarding film placement, cone angulation, exposing and • Diesel Technology
developing radiographs, mounting and evaluating films to further enhance the
student’s patient management skills. PROGRAM OF STUDY
DA 75 Dental Operative Procedures (5)
3 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory Diesel Technology
Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program The Diesel Technology program at Palomar College gives the student an oppor-
Note: Graded only tunity to gain the skills and knowledge needed for success in the challenging field
Applications of and introduction to preclinical dental assisting in operative and of Diesel Technology, learning about servicing and maintaining diesel powered
specialty dental procedures, care of equipment, instrumentation, sterilization highway trucks, off-road heavy equipment, and stationary engines. The two-year
techniques, disease transmission, charting, utilization of dental materials, dental program which leads to a Certificate of Achievement can also be applied towards
office emergencies, and functions delegated to the California Registered Dental an Associate in Arts Degree in Diesel Technology.
Assistant.
A.A. Degree Major or
DA 82 Preventive Dentistry I (1) Certificate of Achievement
1 hour lecture-1 hour laboratory
Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program Program Requirements Units
Note: Graded Only AT 160 Associated Studies in Automotives 3
This course teaches laboratory and clinical applications of coronal polishing, peri- AT 197 Topics in Automotive 3
odontics, preventive dentistry and placement of pit and fissure sealants. DMT 50 Introduction to Diesel Mechanics 4
DMT 54 Heavy-Duty Electricity 4
DA 83 Preventive Dentistry II (.5) DMT 55 Heavy-Duty Diesel Tune-Up/Analysis 4
2 hours laboratory DMT 61 Diesel Engine Rebuilding I 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DA 50, DA 82, proof of Hepatitis B Immuni- DMT 62 Diesel Engine Rebuilding II 4
zation, and current BLS for Healthcare Providers Certificate DMT 65 Air Brake Systems 4
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only DMT 66 Truck Transmission and Drive Lines 4
Application of concepts and skills from DA 82. Emphasis is on the coronal polish- IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
ing procedure and pit and fissure sealants as applied to clinical patients.
Electives (Select 6 units)
DA 85 Advanced Dental Procedures (4) AT 105 Atomotive Electricity 2
2 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory AT 125 Automotive Machining 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DA 50 , 60 and 75, and proof of Hepatitis DMT 56 Alternative Fuels 4
B Immunization; and EME 55 or current BLS for Healthcare Providers Certificate DMT 70 Med-Duty Diesel Engine Tune-Up 4
Note: Graded only DMT 81 Basic Hydraulics 4
Advanced laboratory and clinical experience focusing on basic skills previously DMT 96 Special Problems in Diesel Technology .5 - 3
learned. Emphasis is placed on 1) clinical use of impression materials for obtaining DMT 97 Diesel Mechanics Tech Workshop .5 - 3
study models, 2) pouring and trimming plaster and stone models, 3) fabrication WELD 100 Welding I 3
of custom trays for preliminary impressions, 4) fabrication of provisional restora- CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
tions, and 5) advanced prosthodontic and orthodontic instruction. TOTAL UNITS 43
DA 90 Clinical Rotation (6) COURSE OFFERINGS
19 hours laboratory/clinical
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DA 50 and 75, and proof of Hepatitis B Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Immunization; and EME 55 or current BLS for Healthcare Providers Certificate
Note: Pass/No Pass only DMT 50 Introduction to Diesel Mechanics (4)
An intensive program of practical dental experiences, working with patients and 3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory
staff at the Camp Pendleton Naval Dental Clinic and/or private dental offices. Stu- Theory and practice of fundamental skills for the maintenance and operation of
dents will assist the dentists in specialized and operative procedures and duties basic diesel engines. Topics for study include: basic theory of operation; engine
delegated to the California licensed Registered Dental Assistant. applications; engine lubricating and cooling; intake, exhaust and fuel systems; and
electronic control.
DA 97 Dental Assisting Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required DMT 54 Heavy-Duty Electricity (4)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: Pass/No Pass only; may be taken 4 times Heavy-duty electricity systems principles and service.Topics of study include elec-
Topics in Dental Assisting. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course trical theory, batteries, wiring diagrams, 12V and 24V starters, alternators and
title will designate subject covered. electrical troubleshooting, and test equipment.
164 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Diesel Mechanics Technology-Disability Resource
DMT 55 Heavy-Duty Diesel Tune Up and Engine Analysis (4) DMT 97 Diesel Mechanics Technology Workshop (.5-3)
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DMT 50 quired of the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by
Note: May be taken 2 times the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
The use of software and diagnostic equipment in performing diesel tune-up. Note: May be taken 4 times
Topics include: theory of operation, tune-up procedures, fuel system function and A special selection of topics specific in nature. The contents will vary depending
repair, diagnostic equipment usage, electronic engine controls, mechanical and on specific needs of the students and community.
electronic engine system troubleshooting.
DMT 56 Alternative Fuels (4) Disability Resource (DR)
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory Contact the Disability Resosurce Center for further information.
Recommended preparation: DMT 50 (760) 744-1150, ext. 2375
Theory and servicing of alternative fueled engines. Topics for study include vari- Office: DSPS
ous types of fuels, fuel handling and safety procedures, basic principles, regulators
and mixers, all system components operation and service, electronic control sys- COURSE OFFERINGS
tems, and emission testing.
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
DMT 61 Diesel Engine Rebuilding I (4) Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: DMT 50 DR 5 Personal Adjustment and Growth (2)
Note: May be taken 2 times 1½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
Theory and practice in rebuilding diesel engines. Topics for study include Note: May be taken 3 times
disassembly, cleaning, inspection, and analysis of engine parts. Also included are Non-degree Applicable
cylinder head service, sleeve and piston service, advanced machining and measur- An individualized class which explores existing concepts, theories, and practices
ing techniques. pertaining to self appraisal defense mechanisms and interpersonal relations, and
how that relates to school management and to the student’s particular disability.
DMT 62 Diesel Engine Rebuilding II (4) This course is designed to meet the needs of students with disabilities.
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: DMT 61 DR 10 Educational Assessment/Guidance (.5)
Theory and practice in rebuilding diesel engines. Topics for study include final ½ hour lecture
cleaning, inspection and reassembly of engine parts. Also included are assembly Note: Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
measuring, torque procedures and torque-turn methods used on engine assembly, Non-degree Applicable
and engine testing upon completion of assembly. This individualized course is designed to assess, by means of diagnostic testing
and the California Community College learning disability eligibility process, the
DMT 65 Air Brake Systems (4) student’s need for academic accommodations in the community college setting.
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory The student will be counseled in planning appropriate educational goals and in
The service and repair of heavy duty hydraulic and air brake systems and their selecting and preparing for college classes.
components. Topics of study include brake troubleshooting, complete system
repair, anti skid brake system, and related axle services. DR 15 English Essentials for Students with Disabilities (3)
3 hours lecture
DMT 66 Truck Transmission and Drive Lines (4) Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times; Students must have the abil-
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory ity to learn in a group setting. Students must be able to produce computer generated
Service and repair of heavy duty truck drive lines. Topics for study include the work by using the keyboard or other assistive technology.
disassembly, inspection and reassembly of single and multiple disc clutches, four Non-degree Applicable
to fifteen speed transmissions, universal joints, and differentials. Provides special assistance for students with disabilities to develop basic skills
in written communication. Working with computers is part of the class format.
DMT 70 Medium Duty Diesel Engine Tune Up (4)
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory DR 18 Phonics for Students with Disabilities (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3 hours lecture
The use of diesel tune up and diagnostic equipment. Topics include: fuel systems; Note: May be taken 3 times
compression testing; fuel pump and injection timing; troubleshooting procedures; Non-degree Applicable
alternators, regulators, and starting systems. This course is designed to meet the needs of students with disabilities. It teaches
the use of phonics as a spelling and reading strategy.
DMT 81 Basic Hydraulics (4)
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory DR 20 Pre-Algebra Support (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3 hours lecture
Basic hydraulic system principles and service. Topics of study include hydraulic Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
theory, safety requirements, hydraulic diagrams and ISO symbols, component Non-degree Applicable
operation, service and repair troubleshooting, and test equipment usage. Provides programmed instruction on an individual and/or small group basis to
students with disabilities. Practice in understanding and performing basic arithme-
DMT 96 Special Problems in Diesel Technology (.5-3) tic tasks necessary for successful functioning in society.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by DR 25 Algebra Support (1.5,3)
the department. Refer to Class Schedule. 1½ or 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DMT 50 Recommended preparation: MATH 15 or eligibility for MATH 50
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
A special study in topics in the area of interest to diesel mechanics, generally re- Non-degree Applicable
search in nature. The content to be determined by the need of the student under Provides personalized instruction in basic study management techniques for the
a signed contract with the instructor. support of students with disabilities in mainstream classes. The course will help
students with disabilities to develop specialized study techniques and interper-
sonal skills needed for success in mainstream classes.
165
Disability Resource-Drafting Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
DR 26 Composition Skills and Strategies for
the Intermediate Writer (3) Drafting Technology (DT)
3 hours lecture Contact the Design and Consumer Eudcation Department for further
Recommended preparation: ENG 10 or eligibility for ENG 50 information.
Note: May be taken 2 times (760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
Non-degree Applicable Office: ST-49
This class is designed to help students with disabilities improve their intermediate
composition skills through methods and strategies specific to their disabilities. Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
DR 40 Adapted Computer Skills (3) • Computer Assisted Drafting
3 hours lecture • Drafting Technology - Multimedia
Note: May be taken 3 times • Drafting Technology - Technical
Non-degree Applicable • Electro-Mechanical Drafting and Design
Provides computer training using specialized software and hardware adaptations • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation
to assist students with disabilities to develop skills in word processing and Inter- • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design
net research.
Certificates of Achievement -
DR 41 Advanced Adapted Computers for Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Students with Disabilities (3) • Computer Assisted Drafting
3 hours lecture • Drafting Technology - Multimedia
Recommended preparation: DR 40 • Drafting Technology - Technical
Note: May be taken 3 times • Electro-Mechanical Drafting and Design
Non-degree Applicable • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation
Provides training in more advanced software for students with disabilities by • Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design
using their prescribed access technology. Course work meets computer literacy
competence for CSUSM. PROGRAMS OF STUDY
DR 42 Voice Recognition for Students with Disabilities (3) Computer Assisted Drafting
3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 3 times Prepares students in the skills necessary for employment as a computer assisted
Non-degree Applicable drafting operator.
Provides voice recognition computer training for students with disabilities.
A.A. Degree Major or
DR 43.1 Software for Students with Vision Loss I (3) Certificate of Achievement
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units
Recommended Preparation: Keyboarding skills with a minimum of 15 words per
DT/ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3
minute
DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3
Note: May be taken 2 times
DT 127 AutoCAD Customization 2
Non-degree Applicable
DT 128 SolidWorks Intro to 3D Design and Presentation 3
Provides training using specialized software and hardware adaptations to assist
DT 131 SolidWorks Advanced 3D Design and Presentation 3
students with blindness/low vision to develop computer skills.
IT 108/
DR 43.2 Software for Students with Vision Loss II (3) WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
3 hours lecture or
Recommended Preparation: Keyboarding skills with a minimum of 15 words per MATH 50 Beginning Algebra 4
minute along with prior experience with a screen reading or magnification application or
Note: May be taken 2 times MATH 50A Beginning Algebra Part I 2
Non-degree Applicable and
Provides training using specialized software and hardware adaptations in combi- MATH 50B Beginning Algebra Part II 2
nation with Microsoft Office, Internet Explorer, and other academic applications. or
MATH 56 Beginning/Intermediate Algebra 6
DR 45L Adapted Computer Laboratory (1) or
3 hours laboratory MATH 60 Intermediate Algebra 4
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
Non-degree Applicable Electives (Select 12 units)
Provides supervised hands on opportunities to acquire and reinforce skills on ARCH 200 Advanced Computer Aided Architectural Drafting 4
computer equipment adapted for students with disabilities. DT 110 Technical Drafting I with AutoCAD 4
DT 111 Technical Drafting II with AutoCAD 4
DR 47 Topics in Disability Resource (.5-3) DT 116 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing 3
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- DT 196A Special Problems in Drafting 1-3
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture or lecture/laboratory may be sched- or
uled by the department. DT 196B Special Problems/CAD 1-3
Note: May be taken 3 times DT 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture 3
Non-degree Applicable DT 210 Printed Circuit Board Design 3
Topics in disability resource. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course DT 211 Advanced Printed Circuit Board Design 3
title will designate subject covered.
166 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Drafting Technology
MATH 110 College Algebra 4 DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3
or DT 127 AutoCAD Customization 2
MATH 115 Trigonometry 3 DT 128 SolidWorks Introduction to 3D Design and Presentation 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4 DT 131 SolidWorks Advanced 3D Design and Presentation 3
or IT 108 /
CE 105 Job Hunting Techniques 1-3 WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
TOTAL UNITS 29 - 32 or
MATH 50A Beginning Algebra Part I 2
and
Drafting Technology - Multimedia MATH 50B Beginning Algebra Part II 2
Prepares students in the skills necessary for employment in the multimedia or
presentation field. MATH 50 Beginning Algebra 4
or
A.A. Degree Major or MATH 60 Intermediate Algebra 4
Certificate of Achievement
Electives (Select 6 units)
Program Requirements Units CSIT 120 /
DT/ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3 R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3 DT 100 Basic Mechanical Drawing 3
DT 128 SolidWorks Intro to 3D Design and Presentation 3 DT 116 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing 2
DT 180 3D Studio Max – Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3 DT 130 CAD/CAM Machining 3
DT 182 3D Studio Max – Advanced 3D Modeling/Animation 3 DT 180 3D Studio Max -
DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation 2 Introduction to 3D Modeling and Animation 3
IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3 DT 182 3D Studio Max-Advanced 3D Modeling and Animation 3
or DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation 2
MATH 50A Beginning Algebra Part I 2 DT 196A Special Problems in Drafting 1-3
and or
MATH 50B Beginning Algebra Part II 2 DT 196B Special Problems in Computer Aided Drafting 1-3
or DT 202 /
MATH 50 Beginning Algebra 4 ARCH 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture 3
MATH 110 College Algebra 4
Electives (Select 12 units) or
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts/Techniques in Art 3 MATH 115 Trigonometry 3
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3 SURV 105 Survey Map Production 4
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3 CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3 or
CE 105 Job Hunting Techniques 1, 2, 3 CE 105 Job Hunting Techniques 1-3
COMM 100 Mass Media in America 3
CSIT 120/ Total units 31 - 32
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
DT 131 SolidWorks Adv to 3D Design and Presentation 3 Electro-Mechanical Drafting and Design
DT 196A Special Problems in Drafting 1-3
or Drafts detailed working drawings of electro mechanical equipment and devices.
DT 196B Special Problems in Computer Aided Drafting 3 Indicates dimensions, materials, and manufacturing procedures for electronic
DT 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture 3 industry.
GCIP/
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 3 A.A. Degree Major or
GCMW/ Certificate of Achievement
R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4 Program Requirements Units
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4 DT 110 Technical Drafting I with AutoCAD 4
MATH 110 College Algebra 4 DT 111 Technical Drafting II with AutoCAD 4
or DT/ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3
MATH 115 Trigonometry 3 DT 127 AutoCAD Customization 2
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3 DT 128 SolidWorks Intro to 3D Design and Presentation 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 DT 210 Printed Circuit Board Design 3
TOTAL UNITS 33 - 36 DT 211 Advanced Printed Circuit Board Design 3
IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
Drafting Technology - Technical or
MATH 50A Beginning Algebra Part I 2
Prepares students in the skills necessary for employment as a drafter in machine, and
mechanical, electrical, aeronautical, civil, and other related engineering fields. MATH 50B Beginning Algebra Part II 2
or
A.A. Degree Major or MATH 50 Beginning Algebra 4
Certificate of Achievement or
MATH 60 Intermediate Algebra 4
Program Requirements Units
DT 110 Technical Drafting I with AutoCAD 4
Electives (Select 6 units)
DT 111 Technical Drafting II with AutoCAD 4
CSIT 120/
DT 125 /
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
ARCH 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3
167
Drafting Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3 GC 100 Graphic Communications 3
DT 130 CAD/CAM Machining 3 GCIP/
DT 131 SolidWorks Advanced 3D Design and Presentation 3 R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
DT 196A Special Problems in Drafting 1-3 GCIP/
or R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
DT 196B Special Problems in CAD 1-3 GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
MATH 110 College Algebra 4 GCMW 197B Topics in Multimedia 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 GCMW/
TOTAL UNITS 31 - 32 R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
Interactive Media Design RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
Prepares students with specific skills necessary for employment in the field of TOTAL UNITS 31 - 33
multimedia design and production. Students may choose an emphasis in either
3D modeling and animation, which emphasizes production skills and authoring Interactive Media Design A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is also listed
systems, or multimedia design, which emphasizes content development and visual in Art and in Graphic Communications.
design of multimedia productions. Both areas of emphasis collaborate on an ac-
tual multimedia production. COURSE OFFERINGS
DT 100 Basic Mechanical Drawing (3)
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Fundamentals of mechanical drawing including theory, lettering, sketching, geo-
A.A. Degree Major or metric constructions, orthographic projection, sectioning, developments, dimen-
Certificate of Achievement sioning, and pictorial and working drawings.
Program Requirements Units DT 110 Technical Drafting I with AutoCAD (4)
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3 2 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT/ARCH 125, or concurrent enrollment in
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3 DT/ARCH 125
DT 180 3D Studio Max – Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
DT 182 3D Studio Max – Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3 Fundamentals of drafting including lettering, sketching, instruments, geometric
GCIP/ constructions, orthographic projections, dimensioning, tolerancing, sectional
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 views and auxiliary views. Drafting will be performed on the computer using
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4 AutoCAD software.
Electives (Select two courses) DT 111 Technical Drafting II with AutoCAD (4)
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts/Techniques in Art 3 2 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 110 and DT 125/ARCH 125
DT 128 SolidWorks Intro 3D Design and Presentation 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation 2 The study of Advanced Drafting practices using AutoCAD software. Basic studies
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4 will lead into geometric dimensioning, tolerancing, pictorial drafting, descriptive
GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3 geometry and revolutions. Working/shop drawings in topography, developments,
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4 cabinet/millwork, structural steel, and welding will be performed.
ENTT/RTV 120 Digital Television Production 3
TOTAL UNITS 26 – 27 DT 116 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (2)
2 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Emphasis in Multimedia Design An introduction to geometric dimensioning and tolerancing as used in the
electro/mechanical industry.The student will learn to identify and use appropriate
A.A. Degree Major or geometric symbols and techniques of geometric dimension and produce indus-
Certificate of Achievement trial quality drawings.
Program Requirements Units
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3 DT 125 AutoCAD Introduction to
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3 Computer Aided Drafting (3)
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4 Note: Cross listed as ARCH 125. May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions
GCMW/ in any combination of DT/ARCH 125, DT 126 and DT 127.
R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – DT/ARCH 125 and 126 combined: maximum
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4 credit, one course
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4 An introduction to computer aided drafting using AutoCAD software and IBM
compatible computers. Hands on experience with AutoCAD to include the fol-
Electives (Select two courses) lowing operations: preparing and editing drawings, storage and retrieval of draw-
ART 197G Topics in Art – Computer Art 3 ings, and production of commercial quality drawings on a plotter. Introductory
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3 computer terminology and techniques in Windows.
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design/Modeling 3
DT 180 3D Studio Max – Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
DT 182 3D Studio Max – Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3
168 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Drafting Technology
DT 126 AutoCAD Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting (3) DT 182 3D Studio Max – Advanced 3D Modeling
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory and Animation (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT/ARCH 125 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DT/ Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 180
ARCH 125, DT 126 and DT 127. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – DT 125 and 126 combined: maximum credit, Transfer acceptability: CSU
one course Advanced 3D Studio Max applications to create special visual effects for high-end
Advanced theory and hands on operation of a CAD system. Emphasis is placed on image production. Advanced keyframing, time-based editing, controllers, and video
large scale drawings, three dimensional software techniques, orthographic projec- post will be employed to master state-of-the-art rendering and animation. The
tions, and complex computer aided manufacturing applications. class is structured to help students start using 3D Studio Max in a production
environment.
DT 127 AutoCAD Customization (2)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation (2)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT/ARCH 125 1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of DT/ Note: May be taken 2 times
ARCH 125, DT 126 and DT 127. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Students will create interactive 3D applications using a direct X base real time
Advanced theory and hands on operation of a CAD system. Emphasis is placed engine for the game industry, computer based training and product visualization.
on increased productivity using customization and portfolio presentation for
successful career opportunities. DT 185 Architectural 3D Studio MAX (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory
DT 128 SolidWorks Introduction to Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ARCH/DT 125
3D Design and Presentation (3) Note: May be taken 2 times
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT/ARCH 125 An overview of 3D Studio MAX and AutoCAD to create realistic architectural
Recommended preparation: DT 110 three-dimensional models for rendering and animation.
Note: May be taken 2 times.
Transfer acceptability: CSU DT 196A Special Problems in Drafting (1, 2, 3)
Advanced theory and hands on operation of three-dimensional software tech- 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
niques. Emphasis is placed on wireframe, surface, solid, and parametric three- Note: May be taken 4 times
dimensional modeling. Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course is designed to aid the student in the enrichment of the area of con-
DT 129 Basic Architectural Drafting with Auto CAD (3) centration in drafting and is of a research nature. Content to be determined by
6 hours lecture /laboratory the need of the student under signed contract with the instructor.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Basic fundamentals of architectural drafting using AutoCAD software to include DT 196B Special Problems in Computer Aided Drafting (1, 2, 3)
the following drawings: plot plans, floor plans, foundation plans, framing plans, sec- 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
tions, elevations, and basic construction details. Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
Transfer acceptability: CSU
DT 130 CAD/CAM Machining (3) This is an advanced course designed to aid the student in the enrichment of an
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory area of concentration in AutoCAD and third party drafting software and is of a
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 110 and DT 128 research nature. Content to be determined by the need of the student under
Transfer acceptability: CSU signed contract with the instructor.
Note: Cross listed as as WELD 130. May be taken 2 times
Hands-on operation of importing three-dimensional solid and parametric three- DT 197 Drafting Technology Topics (.5 - 4)
dimensional models into CAD/CAM operations. Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may
DT 131 SolidWorks Advanced 3D Design and Presentation (3) be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 128 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 2 times Topics in Drafting. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will
Transfer acceptability: CSU designate subject covered.
Advanced theory and hands-on operation of solid and parametric three-dimen-
sional models. Emphasis is placed on creating molds, advanced sheet metal design DT 202 Introduction to Revit Architecture (3)
and developing dynamic assemblies. 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: ARCH 200
DT 140 Electronic Drafting and Design (3) Note: Cross listed as as ARCH 202. May be taken 2 times
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 2 times Preparation of basic 3D architectural information models and (BIM). Manipula-
Transfer acceptability: CSU tion for preparation of individual architectural working drawings, including: di-
Electro mechanical drafting and design generally required for an entry level posi- mensioned floor plans, building sections, elevations, etc. using Revit software.
tion in the electronic industry.
DT 210 Printed Circuit Board Design (3)
DT 180 3D Studio Max – Introduction to 3D 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
Modeling and Animation (3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 110
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 2 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Instruction in printed circuit board design generally required for entry level posi-
An overview of 3D Studio Max. Hands-on operation of the software to produce tions in the electronic industry. Includes artwork and complete documentation
basic three-dimensional models and basic technical animations.
169
Drafting Technology-Earth Sciences-Economics Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
for analog and digital multi-layer, flexible and high-speed boards using current IPC PROGRAM OF STUDY
standards. Drafting will be performed on the computer using high-end printed
circuit board software. Economics
DT 211 Advanced Printed Circuit Board Design (3) Provides lower division preparation for pursuing advanced studies in economics
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory or prepares a complementary base for many professions and areas of interest
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 210 including business administration, law, engineering, journalism, public administra-
Note: May be taken 2 times tion, and environmental studies. Transfer students should consult the four year
Transfer acceptability: CSU college or university catalog for specific requirements or see a Palomar College
Advanced problems and instruction in printed circuit board design generally counselor.
required for entry-level position in the electronic industry. Special emphasis will
be placed on advanced applications including surface mount technology. Includes A.A. Degree Major or
artwork and complete documentation for analog and digital multi-layer, flexible Certificate of Achievement
and high-speed boards using current IPC standards. Drafting will be performed
Program Requirements Units
on the computer using AutoCAD and PADS software.
ECON 101 Principles of Economics (Macro) 3
ECON 102 Principles of Economics (Micro) 3
Earth Sciences (ES)
Group I (Select 6 units)
Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further
ECON 110 Comparative Economic Systems 3
information.
ECON 115 Economic History of the United States 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2512
ECON 295 Directed Study in Economics 3
Office: NS-110G
IBUS 100 Intro to Int’l Business Management 3
COURSE OFFERINGS Group II (Select 7-8 units)
ES 100 The Earth as a System: Case Studies MATH 110 College Algebra 4
of Change in Space and Time (3) MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3
3 hours lecture MATH 130 Calculus for the Social Sciences 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An overview of the fields of geology, geography, oceanography, and astronomy Group III (Select 3 units)
that approach Earth as a system. Areas of study include those related to plate CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applicatons 3
tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, geologic time, landscape evolution, weather PHIL 115 Critical Thinking 3
systems, ocean circulation, climate change, and exploration of the solar system. TOTAL UNITS 22 - 23
ES 115 Natural Disasters and Environmental Hazards (3) COURSE OFFERINGS
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as GEOG 115 ECON 100 Basic Economics (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 3 hours lecture
Examination and analysis of natural disasters and environmental hazards including Note: Not intended for programs which require Principles of Economics ECON 101
earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic activity, hurricanes, flooding, air and water polu- and/or 102
tion, and global climate change. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – no credit if taken after ECON 101 or 102
A study of the American economic system as it affects the decision making of
ES 195 Regional Field Studies in Earth Science (1, 2, 3) the individual as income earner, taxpayer, and voter. Emphasis is on application of
2, 4 or 6 hours lecture/laboratory the analyses of supply and demand, productivity, wages and the labor force, the
Note: May be taken 4 times money and banking system, the role of government, and domestic and interna-
Transfer acceptability: CSU tional economic issues.
Extended field studies that examine Earth Science-related topics in selected
regions. Emphasis is upon field observation, interpretation, and analysis of varying ECON 101 Principles of Economics (Macro) (3)
Earth Science phenomena including formation of landforms, natural resources, 3 hours lecture
ecosystems, climate patterns, tectonic processes and human impacts. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 60
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Descriptive analysis of the structure and functioning of the economy of the
Economics (ECON) United States. Emphasizes national income, problems of inflation and unemploy-
Contact the Economics, History and Political Science Department for further ment, the role of government, specifically fiscal and monetary policies, money and
information. banking, economic growth, and analysis of global issues.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2412
Office: P-17K ECON 102 Principles of Economics (Micro) (3)
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 60
Associate in Arts Degrees - Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Analyzes decision-making of individuals and groups as it relates to economic be-
• Economics havior. Examines market structures and resource markets under varying degrees
of competition. Investigates causes of market failures such as public goods and
Certificates of Achievement - externalities. Includes international trade and finance.
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Economics ECON 110 Comparative Economic Systems (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A study of various types of economic institutions and decision making systems.
Emphasis is given to the theories of capitalism, Marxian economics, and the vari-
170 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Economics-Education-Electrician Trainee
ous types of social market economies. The theories will be applied to the study of Certificate of Achievement
several countries, including the former Soviet Union, Japan, China, Mexico, and a
Western European country, as they compare to the United States. Program Requirements Units
ELTR 101 Introduction to the Electrical Trade and Industry
ECON 115 Economic History of the United States (3) and Construction Safety 3.5
3 hours lecture ELTR 102 Introduction to Electrical Theory, Basic Algebra
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Concepts, and the National Electric Code 3.5
Development of the United States economy from the colonial period to the ELTR 103 Advanced DC Circuit Concepts, Introduction to
present. Emphasis will be on the evolution of such institutions as labor unions, 3Ø Circuits, and National Electric Code Applications 3.5
business, banking, and government. Economic theory will be used to analyze ELTR 104 AC Circuit Concepts, Applied Electronics, and
historical problems. National Electric Code Applications 3.5
ELTR 105 Digital Logic Circuits, Conductor Characteristics
ECON 197 Economics Topics (.5 - 4) and Applications, and National Electric Code 3.5
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- ELTR 106 Overcurrent Protection, Lighting Systems, Basic Blueprints
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may and Specifications, and National Electric Code 3.5
be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. ELTR 107 Grounding Systems, Advanced Blueprints and
Note: May be taken 4 times Specifications, Motor Design and Installation, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course National Electric Code 3.5
syllabus. ELTR 108 Motor Control Principles, Generators and Power
Topics in Economics. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title Supplies, and National Electric Code 3.5
will designate subject covered. ELTR 109 Transformer Theory, Leadership and
Management, and Test Equipment 3.5
ECON 295 Directed Study in Economics (1, 2, 3) ELTR 110 Specialty Systems 3.5
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory TOTAL UNITS 35
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson
Note: May be taken 4 times COURSE OFFERINGS
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus. ELTR 101 Introduction to the Electrical Trade and Industry
Independent study for students who have demonstrated a proficiency in eco- and Construction Safety (3.5)
nomics subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects or 3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
research that does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students Note: May be taken 4 times
will work under the personal supervision of an instructor. Examines safety issues surrounding construction jobsites and installation of elec-
trical systems. Includes OSHA 10 certification, identification of job-site hazards,
safe work practices and personal protective equipment for various construction
Education (ED) site hazards. Care for breathing and cardiac emergencies along with basic first aid
Contact Reading Services for further information. and AED training for both adults and children is covered. Substance abuse will be
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2568 addressed. Basic math operations will be reviewed and reinforced.
Office: RC-1
ELTR 102 Introduction to Electrical Theory, Basic Algebra
COURSE OFFERINGS Concepts, and the National Electric Code (3.5)
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
ED 200 Careers in Teaching (3) Note: May be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture Provides an introduction to algebraic and trigonometric concepts and application
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC of their principles to solve basic electrical equations and layout conduit bends.
An overview of the teaching profession for those students contemplating a ca- Teaches the student to apply basic electrical theory to predict circuit behavior.
reer in education. Foundations of education, critical issues in the classroom, and Basic conduit bending techniques will be developed. The National Electric Code
the history and philosophy of education are addressed. Effective and active learn- will be introduced.
ing, diversity in the classroom and teaching profession standards are discussed.
Guided classroom observations (45 hours) of a K-12 classroom in a variety of ELTR 103 Advanced DC Circuit Concepts, Introduction
subject areas are a requirement for this course. to 3Ø Circuits, and National Electric Code
Applications (3.5)
Electrician Trainee (ELTR) 3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: ELTR 102
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information. Note: May be taken 4 times
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2284 Study of circuit analysis techniques, series, parallel, and combination DC circuits,
Office: AA-138 test instruments, National Electric Code (NEC), and elementary 3Ø circuits.
Certificates of Achievement
ELTR 104 AC Circuit Concepts, Applied Electronics, and
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
National Electric Code Applications (3.5)
• Electrician Trainee
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: ELTR 103
PROGRAM OF STUDY Note: May be taken 4 times
Study of AC theory, exploration of inductance and capacitance and the effect of
Electrician Trainee their reactance on AC circuits and the application of electronic concepts and
The Electrician Trainee program prepares the student in the elements of electri- components.
cal inside construction in compliance with the requirements of State of California
for non-certificated electricians. Upon completion of the program, the student is ELTR 105 Digital Logic Circuits, Conductor Characteristics
eligible to take the California State Electricians Certification exam. and Applications, and National Electric Code (3.5)
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: ELTR 104
171
Electrician Trainee-Electro-Mechanical Equipment Technician-Emergency Medical Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Note: May be taken 4 times Students will learn to maintain the electrical and mechanical components for vari-
Study of digital logic concepts and their real-world application. Identification, se- ous mail processing eqiuipment.
lection, and installation of electrical conductors.
Certificate of Achievement
ELTR 106 Overcurrent Protection, Lighting Systems, Basic
Blueprints and Specifications, and National Program Requirements Units
Electric Code (3.5) CI 105 Electrical Codes I 3
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory CI 106 Electrical Codes II 3
Recommended preparation: ELTR 105 DMT 81 Basic Hydraulics 4
Note: May be taken 4 times EMET 50 Basic Mechanics for Servicing Electro-Mechanical Equip. 3
Study of blueprints and specifications. Application of the National Electric Code EMET 51 Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic Exam Preparation 3
to cover current protection, panelboards, and lighting systems. IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
TOTAL UNITS 19
ELTR 107 Grounding Systems, Advanced Blueprints and
Specifications, Motor Design and Installation,
and National Electric Code (3.5)
Maintenance Mechanic
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory Specifically for individual employed or seeking employment in a medium to large
Recommended preparation: ELTR 106 distribution center and to prepare candidates to pass the mail processing equip-
Note: May be taken 4 times ment (EMET) technician’s examination.
Advanced concepts for blueprints and specifications. Study of motor design and
application and National Electric Code concepts. Certificate of PROFICIENCY
Program Requirements Units
ELTR 108 Motor Control Principles, Generators and Power
EMET 50 Basic Mechanics for Servicing Electro-Mechanical Equip. 3
Supplies, and National Electric Code (3.5)
EMET 51 Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic Exam Preparation 3
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Recommended preparation: ELTR 107 TOTAL UNITS 6
Note: May be taken 4 times
Addresses techniques for controlling AC and DC motors. Students examine con- COURSE OFFERINGS
ventional and breaking technologies for power generation.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
ELTR 109 Transformer Theory, Leadership and
EMET 50 Basic Mechanics for Servicing Electro-
Management, and Test Equipment (3.5)
Mechanical Equipment (3)
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: ELTR 108
Recommended preparation: Knowledge of simple algebraic equations; different
Note: May be taken 4 times
number systems; different types of gears; mechanical advantage; and fluid dynamics
Explores the theory and field application of transformers. Electrical test equip-
Provides students with a basic overview of the maintenance process for postal
ment operation and use will be addressed. Includes management and leadership
service electro-mechanical equipment. Topics of study include levers and lever
principles for supervisors. Special equipment for security systems is discussed.
assemblies, gears and gear trains, sprockets and pulleys, basic hydraulics.
ELTR 110 Specialty Systems (3.5)
EMET 51 Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic
3 hours lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Exam Preparation (3)
Recommended preparation: ELTR 109
3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times
Recommended preparation: Technical Mathematics-Ability to perform simple
Examines specialty electrical systems commonly found in building construction.
algebraic equations; Electricity-Understand DC and AC fundamentals; Electronics-
Includes fire alarm systems, closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems, telephone
Understand basic electronic principles; Mechanics-Understand basic mechanic funda-
systems, cable television (CATV & MATV) systems, local area networks (LANs),
mentals; Digital Electronics-Understand basic digital electronic principles.
fiber optic data systems, heating and air conditioning control systems, and light-
Designed to prepare students for the U.S. Postal Service Maintenance Mechanic,
ning protection systems.
MPE-8 Entrance Examination. Highly recommended for students interested in a
U.S. Postal Service Career focusing on equipment maintenance. Topics will cover
Electro-Mechanical Equipment all the aspects of mail processing equipment (MPE) maintenance, such as mechan-
ics, electrical, and basic electronic systems.
Technician (EMET)
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2284
Emergency Medical Education
Office: AA-138 (EME)
Certificates of Achievement - Contact the Emergency Medical Education Department for further information.
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). (760) 744-1150, ext. 8150
• Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic Office: ESC-610
Certificates of Proficiency - Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Paramedic Training
• Maintenance Mechanic
Certificates of Achievement -
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Paramedic Training
Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic
This certificate will provide the student with the necessary knowledge, skills and Certificates of Proficiency -
abilities to perform at the level of Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic level 8. Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• EMT Basic
172 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Emergency Medical Education
College Credit for Certified Paramedics 2. Be eligible for admission to Palomar College.
This policy is for granting college credit for certified paramedics toward an 3. Meet academic requirements outlined in the Paramedic Program bro-
Associate in Arts degree in Emergency Medical Technician Paramedic. In order for chure produced by the EME Program.
an already certified Paramedic to be granted college units for his/her certification, AND
the following requirements must be met: 4. Have completed ZOO 145 with a grade of ‘C’ or better and EME 175
and EME 175L with a “B” or better.
1. The EMT P must be currently certified in California as an EMT P.
2. The EMT P must be currently registered at Palomar College. Prerequisite Courses Units
ZOO 145 Intro to Anatomy/Physiology 3
EMT P Credit EME 106 EMT Basic (Lecture) 6
EME 106L EMT Basic Skills (Laboratory) 1
1. The student may receive a maximum of 40.5 units for EMT P
EME 175 Paramedic Preparation (Lecture) 2
training, which is equal to the number of units given at Palomar College
EME 175L Paramedic Preparation Skills (Laboratory) 1
for the EMT P courses.
2. The student may receive a maximum of 7 units for former EMT B
training, which is equal to the number of units given at Palomar College
A.A. Degree Major or
for the EMT B courses. Certificate of Achievement
3. The student may not receive duplicate credit for any other EMT B or Students must achieve a minimum score of 80% in each of the required courses
EMT P courses. in order to continue in the program.
Degree Requirements Program Requirements Units
The Associate in Arts degree in Emergency Medical Technician Paramedic re- EME 206 Intro/Paramedic Training (Lecture) 4
quires 60 units. The following criteria must be met: EME 206L Intro/Paramedic Training (Laboratory) 1
EME 207 Paramedic Medical Training (Lecture) 10
1. 30 units must be issued by an accredited college on a letter grade basis, EME 207L Paramedic Medical Skills (Laboratory) 1.5
of which 12 units must be completed at Palomar College. EME 208 Paramedic Trauma Training (Lecture) 4.5
2. All other general education and competency requirements for the EME 208L Trauma Skills (Laboratory) .5
Associate in Arts degree as provided in the college catalog must be EME 209 Paramedic Obstetrical/Pediatric Training (Lecture) 2.5
met. EME 209L Paramedic Obstetrical/Pediatric Skills (Laboratory) .5
3. When the student has completed the general education and compe- EME 210 Hospital Clinical Experience 4
tency requirements for the Associate in Arts degree and the 12 units EME 211 Clinical Integration I 1.5
required to be completed at Palomar College, the student will be EME 212 Clinical Integration II 1.5
awarded unit credit for education/training received in becoming an EME 215 Field Internship 9
EMT P.
TOTAL UNITS 40.5
Paramedics interested in taking advantage of this policy should contact the Emer-
gency Medical Education Department at (760) 744 1150, ext. 8150. Paramedics Note: EME 220, 223, and/or 224 are to be taken by students who have not satis-
will be required to provide a copy of his or her paramedic license and course factorily met program requirements. The EME Department will determine which
completion certificate for verification of paramedic licensure. Paramedics must course or courses should be taken and the number of hours required to make
also send prior college transcripts to the College and make an appointment with up the deficiencies.
the Counseling Department at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2179 for evaluation of general
education requirements. COURSE OFFERINGS
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
EME courses may not be taken as an audit.
EMT Basic EME 55 CPR for Health Care Providers (.5)
This program prepares the student with the knowledge and skills necessary to ½ hour lecture
take the National Registry EMT examination and enter the workforce in the State Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
of California. Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR) course for one person CPR, two person
CPR, child CPR, infant CPR, AED, obstructed airway, BVM, and mouth-to-mask
CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY ventilation based on current American Heart Association standards.
Program Requirements Units EME 100 First Responder (3)
EME 100/PE 104 First Responder 3 3 hours lecture
EME 106 Emergency Medical Technician Basic (Lecture) 6 Note: Cross listed as PE 104
EME 106L Emergency Medical Technician Basic Skills (Laboratory) 1 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Total Units 10 The study and application of emergency medical skills and procedures, includ-
ing basic anatomy and physiology, terminology, and prevention of disease
transmission, for CPR certification from the American Heart Association.
Paramedic Training
The Paramedic Program prepares the student in all elements of prehospital EME 106 Emergency Medical Technician Basic (Lecture) (6)
advanced life support. Upon successful completion of the program, the student 6 hours lecture
is eligible to take the State of California EMT-P certification exam, which is the Prerequisite: Current BLS course CPR card and Emergency Response or equivalent
National Registry Emergency Medical Technician-Paramedic Exam. card, and must be age 18 by the first day of class. Proof of meeting the prerequisite
will be required at the first class meeting.
Admission to the program is by special application. Corequisite: EME 106L
To be eligible for consideration, the applicant must: Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading; may only be taken 2 times
The study of EMT theory and knowledge required for identification and treat-
1. Have one year full-time pre-hospital experience as an EMT Basic. ment of pre-hospital emergencies. The course prepares the student for National
Registry, California, and San Diego County EMT-Basic certification.
173
Emergency Medical Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
EME 106L Emergency Medical Technician Basic EME 197B Emergency Medical Education Workshop:
Skills (Laboratory) (1) Emergency Medical Technician-Basic (.5-6)
3 hours laboratory Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Prerequisite: Current American Heart Association CPR for Health Care Providers of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
CPR and American Red Cross Emergency Response card, and must be age 18 on the scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
first day of EME 106 Note: May be taken 4 times
Corequisite: EME 106 Workshops to provide upgrading of knowledge and skills relative to EMT’s. Will
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times provide EMT continuing education hours for classroom time as indicated by topic.
Application of skills required for treatment of pre-hospital emergencies. This See Class Schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will designate subject
course prepares the student for National Registry, California, and San Diego covered.
County EMT-Basic certification. Student is required to complete 16 hours super-
vised ambulance and emergency department observation. EME 197E Emergency Medical Education Workshop:
General (.5-6)
EME 116 Emergency Medical Technician Refresher Course (1.5) Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
1½ hour lecture of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Prerequisite: Possess a valid current EMT-B, EMT-II or EMT-P certificate, or have scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
possessed one within the last four years Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only Innovative and creative aspects updating Emergency Medical Education
Review of basic EMT material and update of new material and techniques. Meets professions. See Class Schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will des-
State of California requirements for EMT-B recertification continuing education ignate subject covered.
units. An Optional NREMT-B Recertification Exam available the day after the class
ends. EME 200 Advanced Cardiac Life Support (1)
1 hour lecture
EME 125 EMT Interface (5) Prerequisite: Current CPR for Health Care Providers Certificate or “BLS” CPR card
2 hours lecture- 9 hours laboratory and must be an M.D., R.N. or EMT-P
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in EME 106 or EMT Basic, or concurrent Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
enrollment in EME 106 Advanced Cardiac Life Support knowledge and skills necessary to provide the ap-
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only propriate early treatment for cardiopulmonary arrest. Based on current Ameri-
Necessary skills to take the EMT Basic from the classroom to the work envi- can Heart Association guidelines.
ronment. Covers county EMS legalities, and provides more in-depth knowledge
and skills for EMS personnel to improve success and advancement in the EMS EME 201 Pediatric Advanced Life Support (1)
workforce. 1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: Current CPR for Health Care Providers Certificate or “BLS” CPR card
EME 175 Paramedic Preparation (2) and must be an M.D., R.N., or EMT-P
2 hours lecture Note: May be taken 3 times
Prerequisite: Current EMT with a minimum of 3 months full time pre-hospital Pediatric Advanced Life Support knowledge and skills necessary to provide
experience the appropriate early treatment for pediatric emergencies. Based on current
Corequisite: EME 175L American Heart Association guidelines.
An overview of paramedic-level assessment skills combined with appropri-
ate paramedic-level anatomy, physiology, and treatment relevant to the disease EME 202 Prehospital Trauma Life Support (1)
processes studied. 1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: Current CPR for Health Care Providers Certificate or “BLS” CPR card
EME 175L Paramedic Preparation Skills (Laboratory) (1) and must be an M.D., R.N. or EMT-P
3 hours laboratory Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 3 times
Prerequisite: Current EMT with a minimum of 3 months full time pre-hospital Knowledge and skills taught to provide prehospital trauma life support appro-
experience priate for the care of the trauma patient. National Association of Emergency
Corequisite: EME 175 Medical Technicians based course.
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only
Performance of EMT skills combined with appropriate paramedic-level anatomy, EME 203 Paramedic Challenge (Lecture) (2)
physiology and treatment relevant to the disease processes studied. 2 hours lecture
Prerequisite: RN, MD, PA or former Paramedic who meets State of California chal-
EME 196 Special Problems in Field Internship (3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5) lenge requirements
9, 10½, 12, 13½, or 15 hours laboratory Corequisite: EME 203L
Corequisite: EME 210 or EME 215 Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
Application of skills and knowledge necessary for student to successfully com- Didactic challenge course for individuals who qualify for Paramedic Challenge per
plete either the Clinical or Field Internship of Paramedic Training. This is for a State of California Code of Regulations, Title 22. Allows the individual to attend
student who needs to be extended up to 10 shifts to allow fulfillment of EME the didactic portion of Paramedic training as needed to meet paramedic course
210 or 215 course obligations and requires an individual student specific contract. content per individual student contract.
EME 197A Emergency Medical Education Workshop: EME 203L Paramedic Challenge Skills (Laboratory) (.5)
Emergency Medical Technician-Paramedic (.5-6) 1½ hours laboratory
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Prerequisite: RN, MD, PA or former Paramedic who meets State of California chal-
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be lenge requirements
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Corequisite: EME 203
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
Workshops to provide upgrading of knowledge and skills relative to paramedics. Application of skills necessary for challenge course for individuals who qualify for
Will provide paramedic continuing education hours for classroom time. See Class Paramedic Challenge per State of California Code of Regulations,Title 22. Allows
Schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will designate subject covered. the individual to attend the skills portion of Paramedic Training as needed to meet
paramedic course content per individual student contract.
174 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Emergency Medical Education
EME 206 Introduction to Paramedic Training (Lecture) (4) Application of skills necessary for the Obstetrical and Pediatric class for
4 hours lecture Paramedic Training which meets the requirements of the National Standard
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program Curriculum for Paramedic Training. Includes Pediatric Education for Pre-hospital
Corequisite: EME 206L Professionals.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Introduction to Paramedic training which meets the requirements of the National EME 210 Hospital Clinical Experience (4)
Standard Curriculum for Paramedic Training. 12 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in EME 209 and EME 209L
EME 206L Introduction to Paramedic Training Note: May be taken 2 times
(Laboratory) (1) Supervised clinical experience in acute care areas of hospitals where knowledge
3 hours laboratory of advanced life support techniques is necessary.
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program
Corequisite: EME 206 EME 211 Clinical Integration I (1.5)
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times 4½ hours laboratory
Application of skills used in the Introduction to Paramedic Training which meets Corequisite: EME 207
the requirements of the National Standard Curriculum for Paramedic Training. Note: May be taken 2 times; Pass/No Pass grading only
Application of assessment and BLS skills necessary to be successful in Paramedic
EME 207 Paramedic Medical Training (Lecture) (10) Training.
10 hours lecture
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program EME 212 Clinical Integration II (1.5)
Corequisite: EME 207L and EME 211 4½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times Corequisite: EME 208 and EME 209
The study of medical diseases for Paramedic training which meets the require- Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
ments of the National Standard Curriculum for Paramedic Training. Includes ACLS Application of assessment and BLS skills necessary to be successful in Paramedic
training and certification. Training.
EME 207L Paramedic Medical Skills (Laboratory) (1.5) EME 215 Field Internship (9)
4½ hours laboratory 28 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in EME 210
Corequisite: EME 207 Note: May be taken 2 times
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times Assignment to a response vehicle with a field preceptor. Includes direct patient
Application of skills necessary for the medical portion of Paramedic Train- care responsibilities in providing advanced life support.
ing which meets the requirements of the National Standard Curriculum for
Paramedic Training. EME 220 Paramedic
Refresher (2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8)
EME 208 Paramedic Trauma Training (Lecture) (4.5) 2, 2½, 3, 3½, 4, 4½, 5, 5½, 6, 6½, 7, 7½, 8 hours lecture
4½ hours lecture Prerequisite: Provide proof of receiving a failing grade in one or more of the follow-
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program ing courses: EME 207, 207L, 208, 208L, 210, 215 within the previous 24 months.
Corequisite: EME 208L and EME 212 Provides students who were unsuccessful in one or more of the following cours-
Note: May be taken 2 times es, EME 207, 207L, 208, 208L, 210 or 215, an opportunity to refresh, strengthen,
The study of traumatic emergencies for Paramedic training which meets the and maintain their clinical abilities and knowledge base.
requirements of the National Standard Curriculum for Paramedic Training.
Includes Pre-hospital Trauma Life Support training and certification. EME 223 OB/Peds Block Refresher (1, 2)
1, 2 hours lecture
EME 208L Trauma Skills (Laboratory) (.5) Prerequisite: Provide proof of receiving a failing grade in one or more of the follow-
1½ hours laboratory ing courses: EME 210, 215 within the previous 24 months
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program Corequisite: EME 224
Corequisite: EME 208 Provides students who were unsuccessful in one or more of the following cours-
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times es, EME 210 or 215, an opportunity to refresh, strengthen, and maintain their
Application of skills necessary for trauma class of Paramedic training which meets academic knowledge base in obstetrical and pediatric medicine.
the requirements of the National Standard Curriculum for Paramedic Training.
Includes Pre-hospital Trauma Life Support training and certification. EME 224 Clinical Refresher (1.5)
½ hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
EME 209 Paramedic Obstetrical and Pediatric Prerequisite: Failure in EME 215
Training (Lecture) (2.5) Corequisite: EME 223
2½ hours lecture Provides students who were unsuccessful in EME 215 an opportunity to refresh,
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program strengthen, and maintain their clinical abilities and knowledge base.
Corequisite: EME 209L and EME 212
Note: May be taken 2 times EME 295 Directed Study in Emergency
The study of Obstetrical and Pediatric emergencies for Paramedic training which Medical Education (1, 2, 3)
meets the requirements of the National Standard Curriculum for Paramedic 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Training. Includes Pediatric Education for Pre-hospital Professionals. Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director
Note: May be taken 4 times
EME 209L Paramedic Obstetrical and Pediatric Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
Skills (Laboratory) (.5) cies in Emergency Medical Education subjects and have the initiative to work
1½ hours laboratory independently on projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled
Prerequisite: Admission into Paramedic program classes. Students will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
Corequisite: EME 209
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
175
Engineering Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
An overview of the engineering profession including not only the different
Engineering (ENGR) engineering fields but also the specialized demands and rewards of each. It will
Contact the Physics and Engineering Department for further information. afford the opportunity for community building among the students, who usu-
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2505 ally are otherwise isolated in the community college milieu. Group projects in
Office: NS-355B the course will encourage socialization and human relations training in what is
often perceived as a dry and dull profession. Academic success strategies will be
Associate in Arts Degrees - explained and practiced; ethical concepts will be examined through case histories
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). and practical applications.
• Engineering
ENGR 126 Introduction to Electrical and
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Computer Engineering (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Engineering Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the background to begin upper division coursework and will prepare Introductory concepts covering a broad range of topics in Electrical and Comput-
the student for entry level jobs that require a knowledge of engineering er Engineering presented in an integrated approach at a hands-on level. Students
and engineering related topics. The highly sequential nature of the engineering work in small teams to analyze, build, and test a small programmable robot for
curriculum necessitates completion of lower division requirements before being competition at the end of the semester. Provides basic understanding and skills
admitted into upper division courses. for students to later build their theoretical understanding in more advanced phys-
ics and engineering courses.
Engineering students are urged to give priority to the completion of major field
requirements over the completion of general education requirements. Engineer- ENGR 130 Fundamentals of Electric Circuits (4)
ing lower division requirements are not the same for different universities. These 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
institutions recommend that their particular lower division requirements be Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140
completed before transfer. Students should seek early assistance in planning their Transfer acceptability: CSU
specific program from the Counseling Department, the Transfer Center, or the Fundamentals of DC and AC: Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, Thevenin’s Theorem,
Physics/Engineering Department. magnetism, transformers, capacitance, inductance, and tuned circuits. Laboratory
covers application of theory, use of test equipment, circuit design, construction
A.A. Degree Major techniques, and troubleshooting carried out through traditional workstation
Program Requirements Units procedures and by computer simulation programs.
(Select a minimum of 11 units)
ARCH/DT 125 or AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting ENGR 131 Introduction to Electronics (4)
DT 128 SolidWorks Introduction to 3D Design and Presentation 3 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
ENGR126 Intro Electric/Computer Engineering 4 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENGR 126 and/or ENGR 130
ENGR 210 Electrical Network Analysis 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ENGR 210L Electrical Network Analysis Laboratory 1 Fundamentals of discrete semiconductors, linear and non-linear, analog: diodes,
ENGR 231 Engineering Measurement Analysis 3 power supplies, transistors, and amplifiers. Fundamentals of linear and non-linear,
ENGR 235 Engineering Mechanics Statics 3 analog, integrated circuits: thyristors, frequency effects, operational amplifiers,
ENGR 236 Engineering Mechanics Dynamics 3 feedback, non-liner OPAMPS, oscillators, power supplies, and communication
ENGR 245 Properties of Materials 4 circuits. Laboratory covers application of theory, use of test equipment, circuit
design, construction techniques, and troubleshooting.
Electives (Select a minimum of 30 units)
Note that mathematics courses are often prerequisite ENGR 135 Integrated Electronic Circuits (4.5)
to engineering and physics courses. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours lecture/laboratory
MATH 140* Calculus/Analytic Geometry, First Course 5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENGR 130
MATH 141 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU
MATH 205 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Third Course 4 Fundamentals of linear and non linear, analog, integrated circuits: thyristors,
MATH 206 Calculus with Differential Equations 4 frequency effects, operational amplifiers, feedback, non-linear OPAMPS, oscilla-
PHYS 230* Principles of Physics 5 tors, power supplies, and communication circuits. Laboratory covers application
PHYS 231 Principles of Physics 5 of theory, use of test equipment, circuit design, construction techniques, and
PHYS 232 Principles of Physics 4 troubleshooting.
CHEM 110* General Chemistry 3
CHEM 115* General Chemistry 3 ENGR 197 Engineering Topics (.5-5)
CHEM 110L* General Chemistry Laboratory 2 Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
CHEM 115L* General Chemistry Laboratory 2 quired of the student. Any combination of, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
MINIMUM TOTAL UNITS 41 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended Elective: ENGR 100 Topics in Engineering. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title
* Courses marked with an asterisk may be used to fulfill General Education will designate subject covered.
requirements.
ENGR 203 Digital/Computer Electronics (4.5)
ENG 100, ENG 202, and BIOL 100 are highly recommended as electives to fulfill 3 hours lecture - 3 hours lecture/laboratory
General Education requirements. Recommended preparation: ENGR 130
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Fundamental logic functions of AND’ing, OR’ing, and inverting will be studied in
COURSE OFFERINGS various combinational and sequential logic circuits such as: encoders, decoders,
ENGR 100 Introduction to Engineering (1) multiplexers, demultiplexers, flip-flops, registers, counters, clocks, memories, and
1 hour lecture microprocessors. The architecture and programming of the digital microproces-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
176 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Engineering -English
sor will be emphasized. The primary components required for proper operation
of a PC (personal computer) will be addressed. Designing, testing, and trouble- English (ENG)
shooting of computers and special projects. Contact the English Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2392
ENGR 210 Electrical Network Analysis (3) Office: P-2
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENGR 210L and PHYS 231, or concurrent Associate in Arts Degrees -
enrollment in ENGR 210L and PHYS 231 AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • English
Circuit analysis by reduction methods, source transformations, loop and nodal
analysis, OPAMP model for networks, \transient analysis, alternating current cir- PROGRAM OF STUDY
cuits, impedance, power and phasor diagrams.
ENGR 210L Electrical Network Analysis Laboratory (1)
English
3 hours laboratory Focuses on the English language and literatures in English. Provides the back-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENGR 210, or concurrent enrollment in ground for students to succeed in diverse fields, such as advertising and mar-
ENGR 210 keting, teaching, journalism and telecommunications, law, technical writing, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC business administration. Prepares students for upper division course work in Eng-
Laboratory exercises of circuit analysis by reduction methods, source transfor- lish. For specific transfer requirements, the student should consult an academic
mations, loop and nodal analysis, OPAMP model for networks, transient analysis, counselor or the catalog for the school to which he or she wishes to transfer.
alternating current circuits, impedance, power and phasor diagrams.
AA Degree Major
ENGR 231 Engineering Measurement Analysis (3)
Program Requirements Units
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
ENG 205 and Introduction to Literature 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140
ENG 202 or Critical Thinking /Composition
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 203 Critical Thinking/Composition Through Literature 4
Analysis and treatment of engineering data. Probability, statistics, error theory,
correlation and regression analysis, dimensional analysis, data processing, and
Literature Surveys (Select 9 Units) Of these nine units, students
preparation of technical reports. Laboratory experiments in hydraulic flow, sur-
must take either a two-semester survey of British literature or a
veying, heat transfer, and static and dynamic test systems.
semester each of British and United States literature.
ENG 210 Survey of British Literature I 3
ENGR 235 Engineering Mechanics – Statics (3)
ENG 211 Survey of British Literature II 3
3 hours lecture
ENG 220 Survey of World Literature I 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHYS 230 and MATH 140
ENG 221 Survey of World Literature II 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 225 Literature of the United States I 3
Force systems and equilibrium conditions. Engineering problems covering struc-
ENG 226 Literature of the United States II 3
tures, machines, distributed forces, and friction. Graphical and algebraic solutions,
and vectorial analysis.
Elective Courses (Select 2 courses) Any of the above courses
not previously taken or pick from the following:
ENGR 236 Engineering Mechanics – Dynamics (3)
ENG 135 Introduction to Creative Writing 4
3 hours lecture
ENG 136 Intermediate Creative Writing 4
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENGR 235
ENG 137 The Literary Magazine: History/Production 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 215 Introduction to the British Novel 3
Fundamental principles of bodies in motion; kinetics and kinematics of particles;
ENG 230 Introduction to the American Novel 3
system of particles; central force; work and energy; linear and angular momentum;
ENG 240 Introduction to Classical Mythology 3
moments and products of inertia; vibrations and time response; engineering
ENG 245 Survey of Biblical Literature 3
applications.
ENG 250 Introduction to Shakespeare 3
ENGR 245 Properties of Materials (4) ENG 260 Literature Through Film 3
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ENG 265 Science Fiction 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in CHEM 110 and 110L ENG 270 Popular Literature 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU,UC ENG 280 Women and Literature 3
Physical properties of engineering materials. Atomic, molecular, and crystal TOTAL UNITS 22 - 24
lattice characteristics. Relations between these and mechanical, thermal, electrical,
corrosion, and radiation properties. Metallic, ceramic, polymer, and agglomerate COURSE OFFERINGS
materials. Selection, treatment, and use of materials.
Any student wishing to earn an A.A. degree must complete ENG 100 with a grade
ENGR 295 Directed Study in Engineering (1, 2, 3) of ‘C’ or better. The student must participate in the English placement process
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory before enrolling in any English or English as a Second Language composition class
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson except ENG 10 and 150. The eligibility will indicate whether the student may en-
Note: May be taken 4 times roll in ENG 50 or ENG 100. Students whose first language is not English may find,
Transfer acceptability: CSU however, that ESL instruction meets their needs better than immediate enroll-
Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in engineering ment in ENG 10 or 50. Such students may take one or more ESL classes (ESL 101,
subjects and the initiative to work independently on a particular sustained project 102, 103) instead; then by again participating in the English placement process,
which does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes. they may qualify for ENG 50 or ENG 100. Non resident international students
may be required to take one or more classes of English as a Second Language.
Students should sign up for English assessment as soon as possible because some
students may take three or more semesters to finish the competence in English.
Please contact the Counseling Department for the English assessment schedule.
177
English Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. ENG 197 English Topics (1-4)
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of lecture hours
required of the student. Refer to Class Schedule.
ENG 10 English Essentials (4) Note: May be taken 3 times
4 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Note: A grade of ‘C’ or better is required for eligibility for ENG 50 syllabus.
Non-degree Applicable Topics in English. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
Offers basic instruction in grammar, usage, mechanics, sentence structure, and designate subject covered.
paragraph and essay development.
ENG 202 Critical Thinking and Composition (4)
ENG 50 Introductory Composition (4) 4 hours lecture
4 hours lecture Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 100
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 10 or eligibility determined through Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading
the English placement process Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: A grade of ‘C’ or better is required for eligibility for ENG 100 Provides instruction and practice in methods of critical thinking and formal com-
A writing course for the student who wants to develop fundamental essay writing position, emphasizing the following: awareness of language and its implications
skills, acquire an A.A. degree, or enter a transfer program, but who needs further through rhetorical and semiotic analysis based on systematic consideration of lan-
preparation in composition skills. guage in context; awareness of principles of classical argument in light of the tradi-
tions of rational thought. Students will be required to engage in both traditional
ENG 97 English Topics (1-4) and current methods of research through the use of information technology.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of lecture hours
required of the student. Refer to Class Schedule. ENG 203 Critical Thinking and Composition
Note: May be taken 3 times Through Literature (4)
Topics in English. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will 4 hours lecture
designate subject covered. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 100
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading
ENG 100 English Composition (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
4 hours lecture Practice in writing essays about literature with emphasis on critical thinking, read-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 50 or eligibility determined through ing, and writing skills; principles of inductive and deductive reasoning; the relation-
the English placement process ship of language to logic; analysis, criticism, and advocation of ideas; methods of
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading research; advanced elements of style and organization.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Practice in expository and argumentative writing based on analytical reading and ENG 205 Introduction to Literature (3)
critical thinking. Topics include methods of invention, organization and develop- 3 hours lecture
ment, principles of basic research, and the elements of style. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 135 Introduction to Creative Writing (4) An introduction to fiction, poetry, drama, and other genres in literary form.
4 hours lecture Students will read and discuss assigned selections from various literary genres
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 and examine themes, language, forms, techniques, and other strategies that
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC influence the production and reception of literature.
Provides practice, instruction, and analytical research in writing fiction and poetry.
Students submit both creative and analytical writing which will be presented for ENG 210 Survey of British Literature I (3)
workshop discussion and critique. Lectures present a variety of prose and verse 3 hours lecture
forms. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 136 Intermediate Creative Writing (4) A study of the significant texts in British literature from the Middle Ages to the
4 hours lecture Eighteenth Century; considers a variety of authors, literary genres and trends, as
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 well the historical and cultural contexts of the literary texts.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Provides practice, instruction, and analytical research in writing fiction and poetry. ENG 211 Survey of British Literature II (3)
Students submit both creative and analytical writing which will be presented for 3 hours lecture
workshop discussion and critique. Lectures present a variety of prose and verse Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
forms. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A study of significant texts in British literature from the Romantic period to the
ENG 137 The Literary Magazine: History and Production (4) present. Considers a variety of authors, literary genres and trends, as well as the
2 hours lecture - 6 hours laboratory historical and cultural contexts of the literary texts.
Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ENG 100
Note: May be taken 4 times ENG 215 Introduction to the British Novel (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Historical examination of the genre of the literary magazine from the 18th cen- Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
tury to the present, with an emphasis on the late 20th century. Also, after select- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ing and editing material for Palomar College’s literary journal, Bravura, students A study of the British novel through reading such writers as Aphra Behn,
will structure, format, produce, and distribute the magazine. Daniel Defoe, Laurence Sterne, Samuel Richardson, Fanny Burney, Jane Austen,
Mary Shelley, Charlotte Bronte, Emily Bronte, Wilkie Collins, Charles Dickens,
ENG 150 Introduction to Linguistics (3) George Eliot, Thomas Hardy, Joseph Conrad, Virginia Woolf, James Joyce, Jean
3 hours lecture Rhys, Chinua Achebe, Salman Rushdie.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An introduction to the principles and practices of modern language study.
Examines the origins and development of language, its social uses and implications,
and its structure.
178 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog English
ENG 220 Survey of World Literature I (3) Introduction to the life, times, background, poems, and plays of William
3 hours lecture Shakespeare.
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC ENG 255 Literature and Ideas (3)
A survey of the major literature of Africa, the Americas, Asia and Europe from 3 hours lecture
ancient times to about 1600. A comparative study of literary themes and expres- Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
sion will be pursued. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ENG 221 Survey of World Literature II (3) An introduction to selected major philosophical ideas, questions, and attitudes
3 hours lecture in significant literature of the world, from the ancient world to the present. The
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 course will trace treatment of a thematic idea through literature of particular
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC times and cultures. Recommended for English and Philosophy majors, and for
A survey of the major literatures of Europe, Asia, the Americas, Africa, and Austra- those interested in broadening their background in the humanities.
lia from about 1600 to the present. A comparative study of literary themes and
influences will be pursued. ENG 260 Literature Through Film (3)
3 hours lecture
ENG 225 Literature of the United States I (3) Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – max credit, one course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Analysis of the expectations and conventions used in literature -- novels, short
Significant texts written in the territories that would become the United States, stories, dramas -- and how those expectations and conventions are affected when
from the pre-colonial period to the Civil War; considers a variety of literary they are translated into film. Critical analysis of the various works and compari-
genres and trends, with a focus on such issues as the interaction of texts and son/contrast of the different interpretations of these ideas will be stressed.
history, the expansion and politics of the literary canon, and the influence of
the cultural contexts in which the literature of the United States is written and ENG 265 Science Fiction (3)
interpreted. 3 hour lecture
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
ENG 226 Literature of the United States II (3) Note: Graded only
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 An introduction to science fiction - its major authors and stories, themes, trends,
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC and cultural impact.
Significant texts written in the United States from the Civil War to the present;
considers a variety of literary genres and trends, with a focus on such issues as ENG 270 Popular Literature (3)
the interaction of texts and history, the expansion and politics of the literary 3 hours lecture
canon, and the influence of the cultural contexts in which the literature of the Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
United States is written and interpreted. Note: Graded only; may be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – max credit, one course
ENG 230 Introduction to the American Novel (3) An introduction to one genre of popular literature such as science fiction, fantasy,
3 hours lecture detective fiction, war fiction, humor, or western literature using short stories and
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 novels, and how these works are affected by the expectations, and conventions of
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC the genre in which the author is writing.
A study of the development of the American novel through reading such writers ENG 280 Women and Literature (3)
as Nathaniel Hawthorne, Louisa May Alcott, Herman Melville, Mark Twain, Henry 3 hours lecture
James, Elizabeth Stewart Phelps, Kate Chopin, William Faulkner, Ernest Heming- Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
way, Nella Larsen, Bernard Malamud, Zora Neale Hurston, Willa Cather, Ralph Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Ellison, Thomas Pynchon, Toni Morrison, Maxine Hong Kingston, Louise Erdrich, Examines from a multicultural perspective women’s relationship to literature.
and James Baldwin. Examines what it means to be a “woman” writer, exploring historical and cultural
conditions that have shaped women’s relationship to literature. Explores gender
ENG 240 Introduction to Classical Mythology (3) stereotypes in literature by and about women and analyzes the ways in which
3 hours lecture women writers engage with, resist, and/or subvert dominant ideas about gender
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 in literature.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A study of the meaning and function of myth in the classical literature of Ancient ENG 290 Comic Books as Literature (3)
Greece and Rome. Read translations of representative epic, poetic, and dramatic 3 hours lecture
literature of Hesiod, Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Vergil, Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
and Ovid. An examination of the cultures which helped shape the literature and Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
values with us today. An analysis of the comic book in terms of its unique poetics (the complicated
interplay of word and image); the themes that are suggested in various works;
ENG 245 Survey of Biblical Literature (3) the history and development of the form and its subgenres; and the expectations
3 hours lecture of comic book readers. Examines the influence of history, culture, and econom-
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 ics on comic book artists and writers. Explores definitions of “literature,” how
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC these definitions apply to comic books, and the tensions that arise from such
An introduction to the study of the Bible in English as an anthology of literary applications.
types and genres: stories, poetry, proverbs, gospels, parables, epistles, satire, and
visionary literature. ENG 295 Directed Study in Literature (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
ENG 250 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 2 times
Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 100 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC syllabus.
179
English as a Second Language Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien- ESL 16 Grammar Skills for ESL Writers II (3)
cies in English subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects 3 hours lecture
or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will work Non-degree Applicable
under the personal supervision of an instructor. Instruction in editing of written material by applying conventions of standard
written English.
English as a Second Language (ESL) ESL 20 Academic Speaking and Listening (3)
Contact the English as a Second Language Department for further information. 3 hours lecture
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2272 Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 3 or eligibility
Office: A-17 determined through the English as a Second Language placement process
Non-degree Applicable
Any student wishing to earn an A.A. degree must complete ENG 100 with a grade Develops speaking and listening skills necessary for non-native speakers of English
of ‘C’ or better. to be successful in the college environment. This class emphasizes linguistic and
interpersonal skills in order for participation in discussions and performance of
Students whose first language is not English are advised to participate in an Eng- tasks in personal, academic, and formal or informal situations. Vocabulary, con-
lish placement process given by the English as a Second Language Department versation strategies, presentation techniques, and strategies for notetaking and
before enrolling in any English or English as a Second Language class. The assess- listening for main ideas and details are introduced within interesting and meaning-
ment process will determine which level is appropriate for the student. ful contexts.
COURSE OFFERINGS ESL 34 Intermediate ESL I (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours lecture/laboratory
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 3 or eligibility determined through the
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
English as a Second Language placement process
The following courses are for students whose first language is not English. Non-degree Applicable
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non native speakers of English at
ESL 1 Beginning ESL I (1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4) the low-intermediate level.
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: Eligibility established through the English as a Second Language ESL 35 Intermediate ESL II (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
placement process 3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours lecture/laboratory
Non-degree Applicable Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 34 or eligibility determined through the
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non native speakers of English at English as a Second Language placement process
the low-beginning level. Non-degree Applicable
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non native speakers of English at
ESL 2 Beginning ESL II (1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5,4) the mid-intermediate level.
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 1 or eligibility determined through ESL 36 Intermediate ESL III (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
the English as a Second Language placement process 3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours laboratory
Non-degree Applicable Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 35 or eligibility determined through the
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at English as a Second Language placement process
the mid-beginning level. Non-degree Applicable
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non native speakers of English at
ESL 3 Beginning ESL III (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4) the high-intermediate level.
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 2 or eligibility determined through ESL 40 Introduction to Academic Reading and Writing (2)
the English as a Second Language placement proces 2 hours lecture
Non-degree Applicable Non-degree Applicable
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at A multilevel reading and writing course designed to help students improve their
the high-beginning level. reading and writing skills. This course will provide a review of grammar, paragraph
organization and development, and the conventions of academic writing. It will
ESL 9 English Pronunciation I (3) also address reading strategies such as using textual clues to aid comprehension,
3 hours lecture finding a balance between speed and accuracy, and vocabulary building.
Non-degree Applicable
Development of students’ ability to identify and replicate English intonation, ESL 97 English as a Second Language Topics (.5-5)
stress patterns, and certain common word combinations as they are pronounced Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
in informal speech. of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
ESL 10 English Pronunciation II (3) Note: May be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture Topics in English as a Second Language. See Class Schedule for specific topic cov-
Non-degree Applicable ered. Course title will designate subject covered.
Identifies standard spoken American English intonation, stress and rhythm
sounds. Provides practice to retrain the speech organs to produce those sounds. ESL 98.1 Vocational ESL I (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
Emphasis on self correction of speech problems. 3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours laboratory
Beginning level English as a Second Language instruction in preparation for a
ESL 15 Grammar Skills for ESL Writers I (3) vocational program. Self-paced modules provide an introduction to complemen-
3 hours lecture tary language and academic skills necessary to succeed in a vocational program.
Non-degree Applicable Includes reading, writing, speaking, listening, and basic computer literacy skills.
Instruction in editing of written material by applying conventions of standard
written English.
180 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog English as a Second Language-Entertainment Technology
ESL 98.2 Vocational ESL II (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours laboratory Entertainment Technology (ENTT)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 98.1 Contact the Performing Arts Department for further information.
Intermediate English as a Second Language instruction in preparation for a vo- (760) 744-1150, ext. 2316
cational program. Continued self-paced intermediate instruction in complemen- Office: D-16
tary language and academic skills necessary to succeed in a vocational program.
Includes reading, writing, speaking, listening, and intermediate computer literacy Certificates of Achievement -
skills. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Entertainment Technology
ESL 98.3 Vocational ESL III (1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4)
3, 4½, 6, 7½, 9, 10½, or 12 hours laboratory PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 98.2
Advanced English as a Second Language instruction in preparation for a vocational
program. Provides advanced complementary instruction in language and academic
Entertainment Technology
skills necessary to succeed in a vocational program through self-paced modules. This program will prepare students for employment in the fields of entertainment
Includes reading, writing, speaking, listening, and advanced computer literacy skills. technologies at entry level. The areas of potential employment include theme
For students who are completing their Vocational ESL program of studies. parks, casinos, cruise ships, concerts, gallery display and design, event installations,
live event technical support, and theatre venues providing non-theatre related
ESL 101 Written Communication I (5) events. Basic rigging and production safety will be a component of this program.
5 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 36 or eligibility determined through the Certificate of Achievement
English as a Second Language placement process
Program Requirements Units
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 3
A review of word level and sentence level grammar, paragraph organization,
ENTT 100 Introduction to Entertainment Technology 1
paragraph development, development of the five paragraph essay and appropri-
ENTT/RTV 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems 3
ate vocabulary for academic writing. Emphasizes writing as a process; develops
ENTT/TA 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 2.5
analytical skills and critical thinking.
ENTT/TA 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3
ENTT/TA 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3
ESL 102 Written Communication II (5)
ENTT/RTV 130 Radio Production 3
5 hours lecture
TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop 2
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 101 or eligibility determined through
TA 297 or Experimental Topics in Theatre
the English as a Second Language placement process
ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ESL 102 and 103 combined: maximum credit,
8 units
Electives (Select 11 units)
A review of sentence level grammar, paragraph organization, development of the
ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1-3
five paragraph essay, and appropriate vocabulary for academic writing. Introduces
FASH 126 Fashion Show Presentation 1
writing as a response to published materials which cultivate the affective and
FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction 3
intellectual abilities of the students. Emphasizes writing as a process; develops
FASH 139 Pattern Making/Fashion Design 3
analytical skills and critical thinking.
RTV 100 Introduction to Radio/TV 3
RTV 120/
ESL 103 Written Communication III (5)
ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
5 hours lecture
RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ESL 102 or eligibility determined through
TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume 3
the English as a Second Language placement process
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre and TV 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ESL 102 and 103 combined: maximum credit,
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3
8 units
TA 111 Technical Theatre Production .5
Expansion of the basic five paragraph essay through the development of detailed,
TA 170 Computer Aided Drafting for Theatre 3
specific, and appropriate support. Further develops the students’ abilities to read,
TA 297 Experimental Topics in Theatre 1-3
analyze, interpret, and respond both objectively and subjectively to published ma-
WELD 100 Welding I 3
terials that are linguistically, conceptually, and culturally challenging. Emphasizes
writing as a process. TOTAL UNITS 32.5
ESL 130 Academic Reading for ESL I (3) Entertainment Technology Certificate of Achievement also listed in Radio and
3 hours lecture Television and in Theatre Arts.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to reading skills necessary for understanding academic and other COURSE OFFERINGS
writing. Emphasis is on vocabulary development, critical thinking skills, paraphras-
ENTT 100 Introduction to Entertainment Technology (1)
ing, and summarizing. Additional focus is on the improvement of oral reporting.
1 hour lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ESL 131 Academic Reading for ESL II (3)
An introduction to the live entertainment technology industry, including: working
3 hours lecture
methods, processes, equipment and facilities for theatre, opera, dance, concert
Transfer acceptability: CSU
productions, theme parks, themed retail, cruise ship venues, and corporate special
Reading skills for understanding the complex nature of the language and concepts
events. Related current events and career opportunities will be discussed. Atten-
presented in college textbooks. Emphasis is on the organization of textbook
dance at several of the type of events listed above is required.
writing, the signals which help the student to analyze and comprehend each part
of a chapter, and the patterns of writing which students must recognize such as
cause and effect, comparison and contrast, exemplification and process which are
most common in college textbook material.
181
Entertainment Technology-Family and Consumer Sciences Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ENTT 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory Family and Consumer Sciences
Note: Cross listed as RTV 103
Transfer acceptability: CSU (FCS)
Provides a theoretical and practical foundation in temporary and permanent vid- Contact the Design and Consumer Education Department for further
eo and audio systems technology for entertainment applications such as theatre, information.
corporate events, hotel/ballroom A/V work, theme parks, museums and other (760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
related applications. Office: ST-49
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
ENTT 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Associate in Arts Degrees -
Note: Cross listed as TA 105 AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Family and Consumer Sciences - General
A general survey of technical theatre including stagecraft, lighting, sound design,
costuming, make up, production organization, business management, and promo- Certificates of Achievement -
tion. Course will include practical skills in all areas. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Family and Consumer Sciences - General
ENTT 107 Lighting for Stage and Television (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory PROGRAM OF STUDY
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT 105/TA 105
Note: Cross listed as TA 107 Family and Consumer Sciences-General
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Techniques, theories, and procedures necessary to develop lighting and lighting For students desiring to improve their skills as home managers or to enter ca-
effects integrated into film, television, and theatre productions. Practical experi- reers in social services or related fields requiring knowledge of family manage-
ence in college productions. ment skills.
ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre Students should be aware that not all Family and Consumer Sciences, Fashion,
and Television (3) and Interior Design courses are offered every semester. See Class Schedule or
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Department Chairperson for additional information.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105
Note: Cross listed as TA 108 A.A. Degree Major or
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Certificate of Achievement
Technical practices and organization of production for theatre, film, and Program Requirements Units
television. Practice in drafting, designing, and construction of scenery for college FCS 101 Life Management 3
productions. FCS 105 Family Dynamics 3
FCS/BUS 136 Personal Finance 3
ENTT 112 Entertainment Audio Production (3) FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory FASH 110 Textiles 3
Note: Cross listed as TA 112 FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU ID 100 Interior Design 3
Audio applications and technology for entertainment based uses. To understand CHDV 100 or Child Growth and Development
set up, operation, troubleshooting techniques with audio signal chain. PSYC 110 Developmental Psychology – Child Through Adult 3
ENTT 120 Digital Television Production (3) TOTAL UNITS 24
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Cross listed as RTV 120 Recommended Electives: It is recommended that candidates for the certificate
Transfer acceptability: CSU and transfer students take one or more of the following courses: FCS 197, FASH
The terminology, practices, and aesthetic considerations of visual and sound 100, 105, 136; ID 105, 115; ART 120; CHEM 100; CHDV 145; CE 100; PSYC 100;
productions. Principles of producing, staging, shot composition, directing, blocking, SOC 100; SPCH 100
graphics, studio techniques, and lighting for television.
Students planning to transfer to San Diego State University should seek counsel-
ENTT 130 Radio Production (3) ing from the director of the Family and Consumer Sciences program.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Cross listed as RTV 130 COURSE OFFERINGS
Transfer acceptability: CSU FCS 101 Life Management (3)
Techniques and theories of audio production in the preparation of radio pro- 3 hours lecture
grams. Use of audio mixing and recording equipment, editing and dubbing, micro- Transfer acceptability: CSU
phone techniques and program construction. Several programs produced by the Principles of managing human systems through the techniques of goal setting,
student will be broadcast on radio station KKSM. decision making, communication, and time and energy structuring. Emphasizes
problem solving skills transferable to management of education, residence, or
ENTT 294B Television Internships/Production (1, 2, 3) work environments.
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as RTV 294B; May be taken 4 times FCS 105 Family Dynamics (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Work on advanced television production including individual research, work Transfer acceptability: CSU
on college produced programs, or internships at local broadcast stations, cable Explores the elements which lead to successful adjustment in family living. Dy-
companies, and other communications facilities. namics of love, communication, and sexuality are examined as part of the devel-
opmental process of family life.
182 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Family and Consumer Sciences-Fashion
FCS 110 Microbiology and Foods (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: Cross listed as MICR 110 • Fashion: Buying and Management
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Fashion Design/Technical
Introduction to the principles of microbiology with an emphasis on foodborne • Fashion Merchandising
pathogens. Students will explore biological factors and controls relating to repro-
duction of microorganisms and the effects on public health. This course does not Certificates of Achievement -
meet microbiology requirement for pre-health students. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Fashion: Buying and Management
FCS 136 Personal Finance (3)
3 hours lecture PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Note: Cross listed as BUS 136
Transfer acceptability: CSU Fashion: Buying and Management
A study of the effective management of personal and family resources. Budgeting,
buying of goods and services, banking, credit, taxation, investing, insurance, home A program designed to prepare future personnel for employment in a retail
ownership, estate planning, and consumer protection. management position with an emphasis in fashion retailing.
FCS 150 Food and Culture (3) A.A. Degree Major or
3 hours lecture Certificate of Achievement*
Transfer acceptability: CSU Program Requirements Units
Food is an expression of cultural diversity, and traditional foods reflect geographic FASH 100 Fashion Industry 3
area and culture. Regional, ethnic, cultural, religious, historical, and social influ- FASH 115 Visual Merchandising I 3.5
ences on food patterns are explored. Influence of socio-economic class, gender, FASH 119 Fashion Buying/Management I 3
and age on diet, health, and disease are also discussed. FASH 120 Fashion Buying/Management II 3
FASH 175 Analysis, Evaluation, and Comparison of Ready-to-Wear 3
FCS 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) FASH 178 Fashion Career Portfolio 2
3 hours lecture FASH 195 Field Studies in Fashion 2
Note: Cross listed as HE 165 FASH 197A Fashion Merchandising Workshop 0.5 - 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – FCS 165, FCS 185, BIOL 185, HE 165 com- BUS 125 Business English 3
bined: maximum credit, one course BUS 145/
The study of how food nourishes the body. Investigation of diet fads and fallacies, FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion 3
eating for fitness, and planning meals for optimum health throughout the life cycle. CSIT 120/
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
FCS 170 Nutrition: Eating Disorders and Obesity (3) CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship 2-3
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU TOTAL UNITS 31 - 34.5
Review of etiology, incidence, socio-economic influences, and treatments. Inter-
relationships of genetics and environment (diet, exercise, and behavior) on weight *Fashion: Buying and Management A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Achieve-
management. Includes vocational information for working with the obese or ment pending approval by the California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Of-
eating-disordered. fice at the time of catalog production.
FCS 185 Science of Human Nutrition (3) Fashion Design/Technical
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as BIOL 185 Courses required for employment in the fashion industry; specifically in pattern
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – FCS 165, FCS 185, BIOL 185, HE 165 com- making, sample work, fashion design, and illustration.
bined: maximum credit, one course
Science of food, nutrients, and other substances therein; processes by which the Students should be aware that not all Fashion courses are offered every semester.
organism ingests, digests, absorbs, transports, utilizes, and excretes food sub- See Class Schedule or Department Chairperson for additional information.
stances. Emphasis on biological, chemical, and physiological implications to human
nutrition. A.A. Degree Major
Program Requirements Units
FCS 197 Family and Consumer Sciences Workshop (.5-3) FASH 100 Fashion Industry 3
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- FASH 105 Fashion Analysis/Clothing Selection 3
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/labora- FASH 110 Textiles 3
tory may be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. FASH 130 History of Fashion/Costume 3
Note: May be taken 3 times FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU FASH 136 Advanced Sewing Construction 3
Materials relative to the field of Family and Consumer Sciences. FASH 137 or Tailoring
FASH 149 Fine Dressmaking 3
Fashion (FASH) FASH 139
FASH 141
Pattern Making/Fashion Design
Adv Patternmaking/Fashion Design
3
3
Contact the Design and Consumer Education Department for further FASH 145 Fashion Illustration/Presentation 4
information. FASH 146 Computer Aided Design (CAD) for Fashion 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2349 FASH 148 Digital Design for Fashion 3
Office: ST-49 FASH 165 Sewing Laboratory 1
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. FASH 166 Tailoring Laboratory .5
FASH 167 Pattern-Making Laboratory .5
FASH 195 Field Studies in Fashion 2
CE 150 Coperative Education Internship 2-3
183
Fashion Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Electives (Select one course) FASH 110 Textiles (3)
FASH 93 Specification Packets/Technical Design 3 3 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
FASH 125/ Transfer acceptability: CSU
BUS 145 Retailing/Promotion 3 Fibers, yarn, fabric construction, and finishes as related to selection, use, and care
FASH 132 Costume and Culture 3 of textiles.
FASH 147 Advanced Computer Aided Design (CAD) for Fashion 3
FASH 170 Introduction to Fabric Design/Painting 3 FASH 115 Visual Merchandising I (3.5)
FASH 178 Fashion Career Portfolio 2 3 hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 48 - 50 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Designed to acquaint the student with basic techniques of effective retail store
presentations including window and interior displays. Course activities include
Fashion Merchandising constructing and installing visual displays using the principles of design and de-
The Fashion Merchandising A.A. degree program provides students with an op- signing store environments, utilizing fixtures, lighting, and other display materials.
tion for a career or the requisite foundation for transfer to a four-year college or
university. Careers might include assistant buyer, assistant department manager, FASH 116 Visual Merchandising II (3.5)
small store owner, visual merchandiser, advertising consultant, fashion coordina- 3 hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
tor, promotion coordinator, sales associate, or manufacturer’s sales representa- Transfer acceptability: CSU
tive. Advanced visual design and application. Hands on experience in merchandise pre-
Students should be aware that not all Fashion courses are offered every semester. sentation and display; basic drafting techniques and drafting tools related to store
See Class Schedule or Department Chairperson for additional information. planning and visual merchandising.
A.A. Degree Major FASH 119 Fashion Buying/Management I (3)
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units A study of management opportunities within the field of fashion retailing, at both
FASH 100 Fashion Industry 3 the corporate and store level, with an emphasis on the role of store department
FASH 105 Fashion Analysis/Clothing Selection 3 management. The role and responsibilities of each management position will be
FASH 110 Textiles 3 fully explored, including fiscal responsibilities of each and the math skills neces-
FASH 115 Visual Merchandising I 3.5 sary to accomplish goals. Topics covered include basic management skills, inven-
FASH 120 Fashion Buying/Management II 3 tory control, labor laws governing the fashion retail industry, recruitment and
FASH 125/ interviewing, employee relations, including coaching and counseling, math skills
BUS 145 Retailing/Promotion 3 pertinent to each position, and merchandise management and control.
FASH 126 Fashion Show Promotion 1
FASH 130 History of Fashion/Costume 3 FASH 120 Fashion Buying/Management II (3)
FASH 148 Digital Design for Fashion 3 3 hours lecture
FASH 175 Analysis, Evaluation, and Comparison of Ready-to-Wear 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
FASH 195 Field Studies in Fashion 2 Principles of fashion buying utilizing practical applications and case studies. Top-
CE 150 Internship 2-3 ics covered include merchandise planning and selection, resource relations, legal
TOTAL UNITS 32.5 - 33.5 trade regulations, pricing, and merchandise management and control.
Recommended Electives: FASH 116, 132, 155; BUS 155 FASH 125 Retailing/Promotion (3)
3 hours lecture
COURSE OFFERINGS Note: Cross listed as BUS 145
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Principles and techniques of retailing, promotion, and advertising pertinent to
retail policies and procedures. Includes psychological aspect of retailing. Working
FASH 90 Design Collection (1) foundation for those looking forward to employment in this area.
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Recommended preparation: At least one of the following courses: FASH 135, FASH 126 Fashion Show Presentation (1)
136, 139, 145 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 3 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Lab course for fashion show line designers in any clothing category of women’s, Transfer acceptability: CSU
men’s, teen’s, and children’s wear. Applied study and practical application of fashion show and special event produc-
tion and promotional skills. Strategies and techniques studied include organizing,
FASH 93 Specification Packets/Technical Design (3) advertising, staging, timing, and coordinating models and their clothing and ac-
1½ hours lecture- 4½ hours laboratory cessories. Produce the Fashion Merchandising/Fashion Design program’s annual
Note: May be taken 2 times fashion show.
Spec and record garment measurements. Draw specification flats manually and
digitally using Adobe Illustrator. FASH 130 History of Fashion/Costume (3)
3 hours lecture
FASH 100 Fashion Industry (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture Styles of dress from the Paleolithic period to the present as depicted in art forms
Transfer acceptability: CSU and other media. Focuses on Western European costume.
A study of the background and technology of the clothing industry. Includes
contemporary problems of production and distribution; emphasis is on career FASH 131 Elementary Stage Costume and Make Up (3)
options in the fashion industry. 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as TA 131
FASH 105 Fashion Analysis and Clothing Selection (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture Basic theories, techniques, and procedures of costume production and make-up
Transfer acceptability: CSU application for stage, film, and television. Practical training in college productions.
Examines fashion for professional and personal need as it relates to culture, ward-
robe planning, and coordination.
184 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Fashion
FASH 132 Costume and Culture (3) FASH 147 Advanced Computer Aided Design
3 hours lecture (CAD) for Fashion (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Patterns of dress and human adornment of three cultures: African, Asian/Pacific Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FASH 146
Islanders and the Americas. Socio-cultural developments in dress. Clothing images Corequisite: FASH 168
and meaning in a contemporary multicultural American society. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction (3) Advanced theory and hands-on operation of CAD systems for fashion pattern
6 hours lecture/laboratory making including pattern making blocks, grading, and marker making. Emphasis
Corequisite: FASH 165 is placed on productivity and manufacturability for the fashion design industry.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU FASH 148 Digital Design for Fashion (3)
Quality garments will be produced utilizing machine and manual industry sewing 6 hours lecture/laboratory
and pattern techniques. Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
FASH 136 Advanced Sewing Construction (3) Design and illustrate fashion sketches, storyboards, and patterns using Adobe
6 hours lecture/laboratory Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Development of individual skills and style in
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FASH 135 graphic presentations.
Corequisite: FASH 165
Note: May be taken 2 times FASH 149 Fine Dressmaking (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 1½ hours lecture- 4½ hours laboratory
Sewing construction techniques beyond basic level, with increased difficulty in Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FASH 136
pattern assembly. Corequisite: FASH 165
Note: May be taken 2 times
FASH 137 Tailoring (3) A study of techniques used to develop fine dressmaking skills including construc-
6 hours lecture/laboratory tion used in high-end ready to wear and couture fashions.
Corequisite: FASH 166
Recommended preparation: FASH 136 FASH 155 World of Fashion (2,3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 4 or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Clothing principles emphasizing techniques in handling difficult fabrics. Principles Transfer acceptability: CSU
of tailoring; planning and construction of suits and coats. Extended field studies in textiles, design, manufacturing, forecasting, and retail
practices as they apply to the national and international fashion industry. Emphasis
FASH 139 Pattern Making/Fashion Design (3) upon field observation and examination of the fashion trends as they interrelate
6 hours lecture/laboratory with the social, political, psychological, economic, and historical influences to cre-
Corequisite: FASH 167 ate the fashion ambience. Geographical locations may vary.
Recommended preparation: FASH 135
Note: May be taken 2 times FASH 165 Sewing Laboratory (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours laboratory
Pattern making through the flat pattern design method. Attention is given to Corequisite: FASH 135 or 136
design analysis and interpretation of design; application of design method in the Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
development, presentation, and construction of original garments. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Enhancement of sewing skills by supervised practice and active participatory ex-
FASH 141 Advanced Pattern Making/Fashion Design (3) perience in individual study. Content to be determined by the need of the student
6 hours lecture/laboratory in agreement and under observation and direction of the instructor.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FASH 139
Corequisite: FASH 167 FASH 166 Tailoring Laboratory (.5)
Recommended preparation: FASH 135 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Corequisite: FASH 137
Transfer acceptability: CSU Recommended Preparation: FASH 135
Advanced design skills for the fashion industry. Examination of one method of Note: May be taken 4 times
pattern development: draping. Creation of patterns to drape and fit on a dress- Transfer acceptability: CSU
maker’s form. Enhancement of tailoring skills by supervised practice and active participatory ex-
perience in individual study. Content to be determined by the need of the student
FASH 145 Fashion Illustration and Presentation (4) in agreement and under observation and direction of the instructor.
3 hours lecture - 3 hour laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU FASH 167 Pattern-Making Laboratory (.5)
Fundamentals in drawing of fashion figures and in illustration of fashion garments. 1½ hours laboratory
Development of individual skills and style in graphic presentation. Corequisite: FASH 139 or 141
Note: May be taken 4 times
FASH 146 Computer Aided Design (CAD) for Fashion (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
6 hours lecture/laboratory Enhancement of pattern-making skills by supervised practice and active partici-
Corequisite: FASH 168 patory experience in individual study. The specific content to be determined by
Note: May be taken 2 times the need of the student in agreement and under observation and direction of
Transfer acceptability: CSU the instructor.
An introduction to computer aided pattern making for fashion using CAD tech-
nology. Hands-on experience with CAD technology to include the following FASH 168 CAD Laboratory (.5)
operations: preparing and editing patterns; storage and retrieval of patterns, pro- 1½ hours laboratory
duction of fashion industry patterns. Corequisite: FASH 146 or 147
Note: May be taken 4 times
185
Fashion-Fire Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Enhancement of CAD (Digital Design for Fashion) skills by supervised practice Fire Technology (FIRE)
and active participatory experience in individual study. Specific content to be Contact Public Safety Programs for further information.
determined by the need of the student in agreement and under observation and (760) 744-1150, ext. 1722
direction of the instructor. Office: PSTC, 182 Santar Place, San Marcos
FASH 170 Introduction to Fabric Design/Painting (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
6 hours lecture/laboratory AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Fire Technology - Emergency Management
Traditional and contemporary methods in the application of fabric dyes and paints • Fire Technology - General
using fundamental design principles for textiles and clothing.
FASH 175 Analysis, Evaluation, and Comparison Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
of Ready-to-Wear (3)
3 hours lecture • Fire Technology - Emergency Management
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Fire Technology - General
Analysis of the quality of materials, design, and construction in ready-to-wear
garments and accessories; comparison of processes involved in manufacturing; PROGRAMS OF STUDY
concepts of sizing; principles of fit; and aids in buying and selling.
Fire Technology - Emergency Management
FASH 178 Fashion Career Portfolio (2) Prepares student for career in Emergency Management.
2 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 2 times A.A. Degree Major or
Transfer acceptability: CSU Certificate of Achievement
Creation of a professional portfolio for careers in the fashion industry.
Program Requirements Units
FASH 195 Field Studies in Fashion (2) FIRE 100 Fire Protection Organization 3
4 hours lecture/laboratory FIRE 115 Hazardous Materials I 3
Note: May be taken 2 times FIRE 120 Building Construction for Fire Protection 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU FIRE 131 Emergency Preparedness 3
Fashion industry on site: process of designing, manufacturing, marketing, and mer- FIRE 132 Fundamentals of Emergency Management 3
chandising of fashion apparel and related accessories. FIRE 133 Disaster Mitigation 3
FASH 197A Fashion Merchandising Workshop (.5-3) Electives (Select 12 units)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required FIRE 51 Fire Academy Preparation 2
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be FIRE 71 Trench Rescue .5
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. FIRE 72 Swiftwater Rescue .5
Note: May be taken 4 times FIRE 98 Fire Service Skills .5-5
Transfer acceptability: CSU FIRE 105 Fire Hydraulics 3
Covers areas of the fashion merchandising industry which are rapidly changing or FIRE 118 Fire Prevention Technology 4
require current short term specific training. FIRE 125 Fire Apparatus and Equipment 3
FIRE 130 Fire Protection Equipment and Systems 3
FASH 197B Fashion Manufacturing Workshop (.5-3) FIRE 145 Fire Fighting Tactics and Strategy 3
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- FIRE 151 Fire Fighter I Academy 18
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may FIRE 152 Driver Operator Academy 4.5
be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. FIRE 160 Wildland Fire Control I 3
Note: May be taken 4 times FIRE 165 Fundamentals of Fire Protection Chemistry 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU FIRE 168 Volunteer Fire Fighter Academy 4
Covers areas of the fashion manufacturing industry which are rapidly changing or FIRE 175 Fire Command 1A 2.5
require current short term specific training. FIRE 176 Fire Command 1B 2.5
FIRE 180 Fire Prevention 1A 2.5
FASH 197C Fashion Design Workshop (.5-3) FIRE 181 Fire Prevention 1B 2.5
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re- FIRE 185 Fire Management I 2.5
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may FIRE 190 Fire Investigation 1A 2.5
be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. FIRE 193 Fire Instructor 1A 2.5
Note: May be taken 4 times FIRE 194 Fire Instructor 1B 2.5
Transfer acceptability: CSU FIRE 197A Fire Technology General Topics .5-5
Covers areas of the fashion design industry which are rapidly changing or require FIRE 197B Fire Technology Command Topics .5-5
current short term specific training. FIRE 197C Fire Technology Field Topics .5-5
FASH 295 Directed Study in Fashion (1, 2, 3) TOTAL UNITS 30
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director Fire Technology - General
Note: May be taken 4 times
Prepares students for a career in fire suppression, fire prevention and/or fire
Transfer acceptability: CSU
protection.
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
cies in Fashion subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects
or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will work
under the personal supervision of an instructor.
186 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Fire Technology
A.A. Degree Major or FIRE 72 Swiftwater Rescue (.5)
Certificate of Achievement 1½ hours laboratory
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may not be taken as an audit. May be taken 4
Program Requirements Units times
FIRE 100 Fire Protection Organization 3 This course is intended for the training of fire service personnel in water rescue
FIRE 118 Fire Prevention Technology 4 techniques. Topics include: Swiftwater rescue, submerged vehicles, drownings, use
FIRE 120 Building Construction for Fire Protection 3 of engine/truck company equipment for water rescue, use of rafts and boats, and
FIRE 130 Fire Protection Equipment and Systems 3 underwater search and recovery. Upon completion of the course, students will
FIRE 165 Fundamentals of Fire Protection Chemistry 3 receive a California State Fire Marshal certificate.
Elective Courses (Select 15 units) FIRE 98 Fire Service Skills (.5,1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4,4.5, 5)
FIRE 51 Fire Academy Preparation 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 hours lecture/laboratory
FIRE 71 Trench Rescue .5 Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may not be taken as an audit. May be taken 4
FIRE 72 Swiftwater Rescue .5 times
FIRE 98 Fire Service Skills .5-5 This course covers fire service basic topics in the classroom for review and ma-
FIRE 105 Fire Hydraulics 3 nipulative training for skills maintenance. All subjects will have to do with the
FIRE 115 Hazardous Materials I 3 duties and responsibilities of the fire services, in order to maintain a state of
FIRE 125 Fire Apparatus and Equipment 3 readiness.
FIRE 131 Emergency Preparedness 3
FIRE 132 Fundamentals of Emergency Management 3 FIRE 100 Fire Protection Organization (3)
FIRE 133 Disaster Mitigation 3 3 hours lecture
FIRE 142 Fire Ethics 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
FIRE 145 Fire Fighting Tactics and Strategy 3 Provides an introduction to fire protection; career opportunities in fire protec-
FIRE 151 Fire Fighter I Academy 18 tion and related fields; philosophy and history of fire protection; fire loss analy-
FIRE 152 Driver Operator Academy 4.5 sis; organization and function of public and private fire protection services; fire
FIRE 160 Wildland Fire Control I 3 departments as part of local government; laws and regulations affecting the fire
FIRE 168 Volunteer Fire Fighter Academy 4 service; fire service nomenclature; specific fire protection functions; basic fire
FIRE 175 Fire Command 1A 2.5 chemistry and physics; introduction to fire protection systems; introduction to
FIRE 176 Fire Command 1B 2.5 fire strategy and tactics.
FIRE 180 Fire Prevention 1A 2.5
FIRE 181 Fire Prevention 1B 2.5 FIRE 105 Fire Hydraulics (3)
FIRE 185 Fire Management I 2.5 3 hours lecture
FIRE 190 Fire Investigation 1A 2.5 Recommended preparation: FIRE 100 and MATH 60
FIRE 193 Fire Instructor 1A 2.5 Transfer acceptability: CSU
FIRE 194 Fire Instructor 1B 2.5 Review of basic mathematics; hydraulic laws and formulas as applied to the fire
FIRE 197A Fire Technology General Topics .5-5 service; application of formulas and mental calculation to hydraulic problems; wa-
FIRE 197B Fire Technology Command Topics .5-5 ter supply problems; underwriter’s requirements for pumps.
FIRE 197C Fire Technology Field Topics .5-5
EME 106 Emergency Medical Tech Basic (Lecture) 6 FIRE 115 Hazardous Materials I (3)
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4 3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 31 Transfer acceptability: CSU
A review of basic chemistry; storage, handling, laws, standards, and fire fighting
COURSE OFFERINGS practices pertaining to hazardous materials.
Due to safety concerns, as well as minimum requirements by regulatory agencies, FIRE 118 Fire Prevention Technology (4)
potential students should be aware that some courses may require participants 4 hours lecture
to demonstrate physically demanding skills, along with both verbal and nonverbal Transfer acceptability: CSU
communication skills. Provides fundamental information regarding the history and philosophy of fire
prevention, organization and operation of a fire prevention bureau, use of fire
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. codes, identification and correction of fire hazards, and the relationships of fire
prevention with built-in fire protection systems, fire investigation and fire safety
FIRE 51 Fire Academy Preparation (2)
education. Provides skills necessary for California Fire Service Training and Edu-
4 hours lecture/laboratory
cation system, Certified Firefighter I and Fire Inspector I. Meets requirements for
Note: May not be taken as an audit. May be taken 4 times
CFSTES Fire Prevention IA and IB classes. Contains knowledge required for State
This course prepares individuals for the demanding requirements of the Fire
Fire Training, Firefighter I Certification.
Academy. It will also prepare students for the Physical Ability test that is required
to pass the North County Regional Fire Test. It breaks the test down into com-
FIRE 120 Building Construction for Fire Protection (3)
ponents, so that the student can more skillfully pass the exam. There will be time
3 hours lecture
spent on application preparation and interview skills.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The study of the components of building construction that relate to fire/life
FIRE 71 Trench Rescue (.5)
safety. The development and evolution of building and fire codes will be studied
1½ hours laboratory
in relationship to past fires/collapses in residential, commercial, and industrial
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may not be taken as an audit. May be taken 4
occupancies.
times
Comprehensive instruction with extensive hands-on application of the techniques
FIRE 125 Fire Apparatus and Equipment (3)
necessary to safely effect a rescue from an excavation or trenching cave-in. Topics
3 hours lecture
include: critical considerations while responding to trenching emergencies; estab-
Transfer acceptability: CSU
lishing and operating the Incident Command System; evaluation of cave-in scenes;
Driving laws, driving technique, construction and operation of pumping engines,
specialized tool usage; shoring techniques; below grade safety procedures; patient
ladder trucks, aerial platforms, specialized equipment, and apparatus maintenance.
packaging; and patient removal techniques. Upon successful completion of the
course, students will receive a California State Fire Marshal certificate.
187
Fire Technology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
FIRE 130 Fire Protection Equipment and Systems (3) FIRE 165 Fundamentals of Fire Protection Chemistry (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Recommended preparation: FIRE 100
Provides information relating to the features of design and operation of fire de- Transfer acceptability: CSU
tection and alarm systems, heat and smoke control systems, special protection Provides the student with fundamental information and knowledge of the physi-
and sprinkler systems, water supply for fire protection, and portable fire extin- cal and chemical characteristics of matter, fire, hazardous materials, and basic
guishers. extinguishment theory.
FIRE 131 Emergency Preparedness (3) FIRE 168 Volunteer Fire Fighter Academy (4)
3 hours lecture 8½ hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FIRE 100 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Emergency preparedness related to natural and man-made disasters. Planning Basic fire fighting skills needed to begin a career in the fire service. Meets State
concepts and the planning process; awareness and education programs and strat- Fire Marshal requirements.
egies for the fire student, business, and industry.
FIRE 175 Fire Command 1A (2.5)
FIRE 132 Fundamentals of Emergency Management (3) 2½ hours lecture
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FIRE 131 Instruction and simulation time pertaining to the initial decision and action pro-
Emergency management systems related to career opportunities, tasks, function cesses at a working fire. Topics include the fire officer, fire behavior, fireground
and responsibilities of the emergency management program director; the role resources, operations, and management.
in mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery. History of the civil defense
department post World War II and the current emergency management system. FIRE 176 Fire Command 1B (2.5)
FIRE 133 Disaster Mitigation (3) 2½ hours lecture
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FIRE 131 A descriptive analysis in tactics and strategies and scene management principles
Knowledge and skills required to develop programs to reduce losses from future for incidents involving hazardous materials. Emphasizes identification and hazard
emergencies caused by natural and man-made disasters. mitigation, decontamination, protective clothing, environmental concerns, and
legal issues.
FIRE 142 Fire Ethics (3)
3 hours lecture FIRE 180 Fire Prevention 1A (2.5)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FIRE 100 2½ hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Fire ethics will be studied from the perspective of a professional firefighter. A broad, technical overview of fire prevention codes and ordinances, inspection
Students will examine and explore ethical and moral dilemmas that will confront practices, and key hazards.
Firefighters/EMS personnel throughout their career.
FIRE 181 Fire Prevention 1B (2.5)
FIRE 145 Fire Fighting Tactics and Strategy (3) 2½ hours lecture
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU The relationship of life safety codes and requirements to building construc-
Review of fire chemistry, equipment, and manpower; basic fire fighting tactics and tion principles and building occupancy classifications. The engineering solutions
strategy; methods of attack; preplanning fire problems. to various hazards, enforcing the solution, and public relations as affected by fire
prevention in handling complaints.
FIRE 151 Fire Fighter I Academy (18)
36 hours lecture/laboratory FIRE 185 Fire Management I (2.5)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in EME 106 or certification as an EMT 1, and 2½ hours lecture
admission to the Fire Fighter I Academy program Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prepares or enhances the first line supervisor’s ability to supervise subordinates.
A 576 hour fire fighter academy course which will meet the requirements man- It introduces key management concepts and practices utilized, and includes dis-
dated by the California Office of State Fire Marshal for Certified Fire Fighter cussions about decision making, time management, leadership styles, personnel
I training. Covers fire ground procedures, tactics, strategy, safety methods, fire evaluations, and counseling guidelines.
dynamics, equipment usage and deployment, and subject material pertaining to
the role of fire fighters within the fire service. FIRE 190 Fire Investigation 1A (2.5)
2½ hours lecture
FIRE 152 Driver Operator Academy (4.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU
9 hours lecture/laboratory Providess the participants with an introduction and basic overview of fire scene
Recommended preparation: FIRE 100 and 151 investigation. The focus of the course is to provide information on fire scene
Transfer acceptability: CSU indicators and to determin the fire’s origin.
Comprehensive instruction in all aspects of operating fire apparatus.This includes
fire apparatus construction and maintenance; driving laws; safe driving practices; FIRE 193 Fire Instructor 1A (2.5)
fire pump theory; fire pump service testing; hydraulic laws and formulas as applied 2½ hours lecture
to the fire service; developing effective fire streams; identification and use of the Transfer acceptability: CSU
various hose, nozzles, and fittings used in the fire service; water supply; nationally The first of a two-course series. Topics include the Occupational Analysis, course
recognized standards for fire apparatus and equipment. outline, concepts of learning, levels of instruction, behavioral objectives, lesson
plan development, psychology of learning, and instructor evaluation. Student
FIRE 160 Wildland Fire Control I (3) teaching demonstrations are required of all.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU FIRE 194 Fire Instructor 1B (2.5)
Provides employed firefighters or fire service majors with a fundamental knowl- 2½ hours lecture
edge of the factors affecting wildland fire prevention, fire behavior, and control Transfer acceptability: CSU
techniques. The second in a two-course series. Topics include preparing course outlines,
188 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Fire Technology-Foreign Languages
establishing levels of instruction, constructing behavioral objectives and lesson This course is an elementary review of grammar, composition, and continued
plans, developing instructional aids, fundamentals of testing and measurements, oral practice.
test planning, evaluation techniques and tools. Student teaching demonstrations
are required of all. FL 108B Elementary Luiseño IIB (3)
3 hours lecture
FIRE 197A Fire Technology General Topics (.5-5) Recommended preparation: FL/AIS 108A
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Note: FL 108A + 108B correspond to two years of high school foreign language.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Note: Cross listed as AIS 108B
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times This elementary course is a continued review of grammar, composition, and oral
Transfer acceptability: CSU practice.
Topics in Fire technology General. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered.
Course title will designate subject covered. FL 161 Elementary Classical Nahuatl (3)
3 hours lecture
FIRE 197B Fire Technology Command Topics (.5-5) Note: Cross listed as AIS 161/CS 161
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be This is an introductory course on the Classical Nahuatl language of the Aztec
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Empire. Students will acquire a basic knowledge of Nahuatl morphology and syn-
Note: May be taken 4 times tax.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Topics in Fire Technology Command. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. FL 194A Foreign Languages Experimental Topics (3)
Course title will designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times
FIRE 197C Fire Technology Field Topics (.5-5) Transfer acceptability: CSU
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Foreign Languages not covered by regular foreign language offerings. Course con-
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be tent to be determined in relation to community/student need (s). Course title
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. will designate language and level covered. See Class Schedule for specific language
Note: May be taken 4 times and level being offered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Topics in Fire Technology Field. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. FL 194B Foreign Languages Experimental Topics (3)
Course title will designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Foreign Languages (FL) Foreign Languages not covered by regular foreign language offerings. Course con-
See Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, tent to be determined in relation to community/student need(s). Course title will
Spanish, and Tagalog designate language and level covered. See Class Schedule for specific language and
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. level being offered.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390
Office: F-5 FL 194C Foreign Languages Experimental Topics (3)
3 hours lecture
COURSE OFFERINGS Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
FL 107A Elementary Luiseño IA (3) Foreign Languages not covered by regular foreign language offerings. Course con-
3 hours lecture tent to be determined in relation to community/student need (s). Course title
Note: FL 107A +107B correspond to one year of high school foreign language will designate language and level covered. See Class Schedule for specific language
Note: Cross listed as AIS 107A and level being offered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This elementary level course is a study of the fundamentals of the Luiseño lan- FL 197 Foreign Languages Topics (.5-5)
guage, one of the four indigenous languages of San Diego County. This course will Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
include a survey of Luiseño language phonology, morphology, syntax and grammar quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may
with special emphasis on culturally relevant terminology. be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times
FL 107B Elementary Luiseño IB (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hour lecture Topics in Foreign Languages. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
Recommended preparation: FL/AIS 107A title will designate subject covered.
Note: FL 107A +107B correspond to one year of high school foreign language
Note: Cross listed as AIS 107B FL 207A Luiseno IIIA (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
This elelmentary course is a continuation of AIS 107A and review of the phonol- Recommended preparation: FL/AIS 108B
ogy, morphology, syntax and grammar of the Luiseño language, with continued Note: Cross listed as AIS 207A
emphasis on culturally relevant terminology leading to increased proficiency in Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
expressing basic concepts both orally and in writing. This intermediate level course is a study of the Luiseno language and culture(s),
focusing on intermediate level culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is
FL 108A Elementary Luiseño IIA (3) on developing listening, oral, reading and writing skills in order to acquire profi-
3 hours lecture ciency in Luiseno.
Recommended preparation: FL/AIS 107B
Note: FL 108A + 108B correspond to two years of high school foreign language. FL 207B Luiseno IIIB (3)
Note: Cross listed as AIS 108A 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Recommended preparation: FL/AIS 207A
Note: Cross listed as AIS 207B
189
Foreign Languages-French Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU FREN 101B French IB (3)
This intermediate level course is a continuation of the study of the language and 3 hours lecture
culture of the Luiseno people emphasizing oral, listening, and reading skills. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 101A or one year of high school
French
Note: Covers the second half of FREN 101; not open to students with credit for
French (FREN) FREN 101
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 French 101B is equivalent to the second half of French 101, and is a continuation
Office: F-5 of French 101A. This elementary level course is a study of the French language
and French-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of communica-
Associate in Arts Degrees - tive skills and basic structures.
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• French FREN 102 French II (5)
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
Certificates of Achievement - Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 101 or 101B or two years of high
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). school French
• French Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is the second semester of French. This elementary level course is a
French study of the French language and French-speaking cultures, with continued em-
phasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course
This degree will provide required course work for students majoring in French. combines in-class instruction with self-paced study in the Foreign Language
In addition, completing the course work will meet the foreign language Laboratory.
competency requirements at many colleges and universities. Students may
receive humanities credit on general education patterns for both the CSU and FREN 102A French IIA (3)
UC systems. It will also provide instruction for students seeking foreign language 3 hours lecture
skills for personal development. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 101 or 101B or two years of high
school French
A.A. Degree Major or Note: Covers the first half of FREN 102; not open to students with credit for FREN
Certificate of Achievement 102
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
FREN 101 or French I 5 French 102A is equivalent to the first half of French 102. This elementary level
FREN 101A and French IA course is a study of the French language and French-speaking cultures, with con-
FREN 101B French IB 3,3 tinued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures.
FREN 102 or French II 5
FREN 102A and French IIA FREN 102B French IIB (3)
FREN 102B French IIB 3,3 3 hours lecture
FREN 201 French III 5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 102A or two years of high school
FREN 202 French IV 5 French
Note: Covers the second half of FREN 102; not open to students with credit for
TOTAL UNITS 20 - 22 FREN 102
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Recommended Electives: FREN 140, 215 French 102B is equivalent to the second half of French 102, and is a continuation
of French 102A. This elementary level course is a study of the French language
COURSE OFFERINGS and French-speaking cultures, with continued emphasis on the development of
communicative skills and basic structures.
For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high
school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course FREN 140 Basic French Pronunciation (1)
work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding 1 hour lecture
the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and Transfer acceptability: CSU
college level course work. Practice in the basics of French pronunciation. Emphasis on the correct use of
intonation, stress, and rhythm.
FREN 101 French I (5)
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory FREN 197 French Topics (.5 - 4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
This course is the first semester of French. This elementary level course is a of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
study of the French language and French-speaking cultures, with emphasis on scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines Note: May be taken 4 times
in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Laboratory. This beginning-level course is for students with no previous course- syllabus.
work in French. Topics in French. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered.
FREN 101A French IA (3)
3 hours lecture
FREN 201 French III (5)
Note: Covers the first half of FREN 101; not open to students with credit for FREN
5 hours lecture
101
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 102 or 102B or three years of high
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
school French
French 101A is equivalent to the first half of French 101. This elementary level
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
course is a study of the French language and French-speaking cultures, with em-
This course is the third semester of French. This intermediate level course is a
phasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. This
study of the French language and French-speaking cultures, focusing on inter-
beginning-level course is for students with no previous coursework in French.
mediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials.
190 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog French-General Studies
Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to Chinese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 130, 201, 201A, 201B
acquire proficiency in French. Class is largely conducted in French. Cinema 100, 102, 103, 110, 120, 122
Dance 100, 101, 102, 105
FREN 202 French IV (5) English 202, 203, 205, 210, 211, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 230, 240, 245, 250,
5 hours lecture 255, 260, 265, 270, 280, 290
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 201 or four years of high school English as a Second Language 101, 102, 103
French Fashion 130
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Foreign Languages 108A, 108B, 207A, 207B
This course is the fourth semester of French. This intermediate level course is a French 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 202
study of the French language and of special topics on the culture of the French- German 101, 102, 201, 202
speaking world. Emphasis is on further development of oral, listening, reading and Graphic Communications 101, 102
writing skills in order to improve communicative competence in French. Class is History 105, 106
largely conducted in French. Humanities 100, 101
Interior Design 115, 120
FREN 215 Advanced French (3) Italian 101, 102, 201, 201A, 201B
3 hours lecture Japanese 101, 102, 201, 202
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in FREN 202 Judaic Studies 106
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Library Technology 154
Continuation of the French sequence. Intensive practice in spoken French; review Multicultural Studies 120, 122, 124, 157
of essentials of French grammar and composition. Music 100, 101, 102, 103, 170, 171
Philosophy 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 110, 115, 120, 135, 136, 250
FREN 296 Special Studies in French (1, 2, 3) Photography 125
1, 2, or 3 hours lecture Radio and Television 100
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units Reading 110, 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU Religious Studies 101, 105, 106, 108, 110, 120, 124
Improve French language competency and cultural awareness through individual- Spanish 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 201A, 201B, 202
ized study, lectures or cultural activities. Speech 100, 105, 115
Theatre Arts 100, 140, 141, 150, 157
General Studies Emphasis in Science and Mathematics
Contact the Counseling Center for further information. (*Select 18 units minimum)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2179 Anthropology 100, 101
Office: SSC-18A Astronomy 100, 120
Biology 100, 101, 102, 105, 106, 110, 114, 118, 130, 131, 135, 185,
Associate in Arts Degrees - 200, 201, 215
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Botany 100, 101, 110, 115
• General Studies - Emphasis in Arts and Humanities Business 110
• General Studies - Emphasis in Science and Mathematics Chemistry 100, 104, 105, 110, 115, 205, 210, 220, 221
• General Studies - Emphasis in Social and Behavioral Sciences CSIS-Information Technology 105
Earth Sciences 100, 115
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Engineering 210
Family and Consumer Sciences 165, 185
General Studies Geography 100, 110, 115, 125
Geology 100, 110, 120, 125, 150
This program is designed for students who may not be planning to transfer to a
Health 165
four-year college and who need to explore possibilities before committing them-
Mathematics 56, 60, 100, 105, 106, 110, 115, 120, 130, 135, 140, 141, 200, 205,
selves to a major program. The program may serve the purposes of students
206, 245
who have been out of school and who need to review and assess their academic
Microbiology 200
skills and interests before deciding on a definite major program. Students plan-
Oceanography 100, 101
ning to transfer to a four-year institution are cautioned that this curriculum may
Physical Science 100, 101
not provide for completion of the lower-division requirements for transfer to a
Physics 101, 102, 120, 121, 200, 201, 230, 231, 232
four-year institution.
Psychology 205, 210
Sociology 205
A.A. Degree Major Zoology 100, 101, 115, 116, 120, 135, 145, 200, 203
Select An Emphasis: *Although not listed, related lab courses may be included as part of the 18 unit
minimum.
Emphasis in Arts and Humanities
(Select 18 units minimum) Emphasis in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Africana Studies 100, 115, 116 (Select 18 units minimum)
American Indian Studies 100, 104, 105, 108A, 108B, 135, 145, 150, 153, 154, Administration of Justice 100
207A, 207B Africana Studies 100, 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 126
American Sign Language 100, 101, 110, 205, 206 Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 150
American Studies 100, 105 American Indian Studies 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, 165
Anthropology 135, 155 American Studies 110, 200
Arabic 101A, 101B, 102A, 102B, 201A, 201B Anthropology 105, 107, 110, 115, 125, 126, 130, 137, 140
Architecture 120, 121, 155 Chicano Studies 101, 102, 120, 125
Art 100, 102, 104, 105, 165, 166, 167, 168 Child Development 100, 110, 115
Chicano Studies 100, 105, 110, 115, 130, 135, 155 Communications 100, 105
Counseling 100, 110, 115, 120
191
General Studies-Geography Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Economics 100, 101, 102, 110, 115 PROGRAM OF STUDY
English 150
Family and Consumer Sciences 101, 105, 150 Geographic Information Systems
Fashion 132
Geography 103, 105 The Geographic Information Systems Certificate program is designed to provide
Graphic Communications-Multimedia & Web 100 entry-level training for students seeking employment in this fast-growing profes-
History 101, 102, 107, 108, 121, 130, 140, 141, 150, 151, 152 sion, or to upgrade the skills for those already working in the field of Geographic
Judaic Studies 107 Information Systems. The program may be completed in one year including
Legal Studies 121, 240 summer session.
Multicultural Studies 100, 110, 165, 200
Paralegal Studies 121, 240 Certificate of Proficiency
Political Science 100, 101, 102, 110, 125 Program Requirements Units
Psychology 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125 130, 145, 150, 225, 235 GEOG 120 Intro to Geographic Information Sys/GIS Software 4
Religious Studies 102, 103, 107, 108 GEOG 132 Database Management and Data Acquisition 4
Sociology 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 145, 150, 200 GEOG 136 Intermediate ArcGIS: GIS Analysis 2
Speech 120, 131 GEOG 138 GIS Internship 2
Geography (GEOG) Electives (Select 1 course)
CSIT 170 Visual Basic I 4
Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further GEOG 134 GIS Applications 2
information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2512 TOTAL UNITS 14 - 16
Office: NS-110G
COURSE OFFERINGS
Associate in Arts Degree - GEOG 100 Physical Geography (3)
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 3 hours lecture
• Advanced Geographic Information Systems Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A study of earth’s physical environment with emphasis on weather, climate,
Certificates of Achievement - landform, soils, and natural vegetation and the interrelationship between these
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). elements within unique physical landscapes.
• Advanced Geographic Information Systems
GEOG 100L Physical Geography Laboratory (1)
Certificates of Proficiency - 3 hours laboratory
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 100, or concurrent enrollment in
• Geographic Information Systems GEOG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PROGRAM OF STUDY Laboratory and field investigations in weather elements, climate regions, soils,
world ecosystems, and Earth’s landform features. Satisfies laboratory requirement
Advanced Geographic Information Systems in physical sciences.
The Advanced Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Certificate program at
Palomar College is designed to provide students with the technical and theoreti- GEOG 103 World Regional Geography (3)
cal knowledge needed to pursue a successful career in growing field of geospa- 3 hours lecture
tial analysis. Through a combination of lectures, learning modules, case studies, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
internships, and projects, students will learn to manage, plan, and implement GIS Critical survey of the major world regions with specific focus on physical and
projects. cultural components, such as development, economics, population and migration,
political structure, and natural resources and the physical environment.
A.A. Degree Major or
GEOG 105 Introduction to Human Geography (3)
Certificate of Achievement*
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
GEOG 120 Intro to Geographic Information Sys/GIS Software 4 Human elements of geography, including population distribution, general land use
GEOG 132 Database Management and Data Acquisition 4 patterns, religion, trade and economy, and their correlation with the physical ele-
GEOG 134 GIS Applications 2 ments. Emphasis on world cultural regions with attention paid to interdepen-
GEOG 136 Intermediate ArcGIS: GIS Analysis 2 dence and globalization.
GEOG 138 GIS Internship 2
GEOG 110 Meteorology: Weather and Climate (3)
Specialized Concentration (Select 2 courses) 3 hours lecture
GEOG 140 Introduction to Remote Sensing 1 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
GEOG 141 Transportation Systems Analysis 1 Elements of weather including temperature, moisture, air pressure, and circula-
GEOG 142 Environmental Applications of GIS 1 tion of the atmosphere; air masses, storms, and their geographical distribution.
Practical applications in the use of weather instruments, and the reading and
Electives (Select 1 course) interpretation of weather maps and climatological data.
CSIT 170 Visual Basic I 4
DT 110 Technical Drafting I with AutoCAD 4 GEOG 115 Natural Disasters and Environmental Hazards (3)
TOTAL UNITS 20 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as ES 115
* Advanced Geographic Information Systems A.A. Degree Major or Certificate Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
of Achievement pending approval by the California Community Colleges Chan- Examination and analysis of natural disasters and environmental hazards including
cellor’s Office at the time of catalog publication. earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic activity, hurricanes, flooding, air and water polu-
tion, and global climate change.
192 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Geography-Geology
GEOG 120 Introduction to Geographic Information GEOG 140 Introduction to Remote Sensing (1)
Systems and GIS Software (4) 1 hour lecture
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Recommended preparation: Basic familiarity with computers and the windows
Recommended preparation: GEOG 100 and CSIT 105 operating system.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to the mapping sciences with a primary focus on Geographic Provides students with a basic understanding of remote sensing theory and imple-
Information Systems (GIS). Covers the trends, history, structure, application, hard- mentation. Topics include satellite imageries, data acquisition, and image interpre-
ware and software, and basic operations of GIS in order to provide a foundation tation.
for the use of GIS software. Related geographic technologies to be examined in-
clude mapping, aerial and satellite imagery, and Global Positioning Systems (GPS). GEOG 141 Transportation Systems Analysis (1)
The lab portion will provide introductory training in the use of ArcGIS software 1 hour lecture
including identifying, evaluating, and inputting spatial data, developing and using Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120
raster and vector data sets, converting data from one form to another, and apply- Transfer acceptability: CSU
ing programming with GIS software. Provides students with more advanced practical experience in applying GIS to
transportation systems. Students will gain more advanced hands-on experience
GEOG 125 California Geology and Geography (3) using GIS as a tool to help model transportation planning, find the shortest
3 hours lecture routes, and analyze service areas and optimum routing. Introduces students to
Note: Cross listed as GEOL 125 ESRI’s network analyst extension and the various ways this tool can enhance
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC transportation analysis.
Emphasizes the physical geographic and geologic factors that have combined to
form the varied landscapes of California. Climate and vegetation patterns, as well GEOG 142 Environmental Applications of GIS (1)
as the various geomorphic processes will be studied. 1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120
GEOG 132 Database Management and Data Acquisition (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU
4 hours lecture Provides students with knowledge and practical experience in the application of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120, or concurrent enrollment in GIS in an environmental setting. We will explore how location-based GIS tools
GEOG 120 are used in many areas of environmental management such as natural disasters,
Transfer acceptability: CSU biodiversity, water resources, and pollution. Case studies will be used to explore
Course provides students with knowledge and practical experience in the fun- and understand how GIS is being used to help preserve the earth’s resources and
damentals of database management, and the acquisition, conversion, and creation environment.
of spatial data within Geographic Information Systems (GIS). Topics to include
strategic design, querying, modeling techniques, data appropriateness and accu- GEOG 143 Introduction to Cartography and Computer Mapping (1)
racy, hardware and software requirements, conversion of digital data, creating 1 hour lecture
digital data using digitizers, scanners and Global Positioning Systems (GPS), and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120
utilization of remote sensing, photogrammetry, and web-based data. This course Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (pending)
provides hands-on experience with database management and data acquisition Provides the technical and design skills needed to create an effective map using
using ArcGIS software. Geographic Information Systems (GIS). Students will receive a review on map
projection, coordinate systems, and datum transformation issues. In addition, stu-
GEOG 134 GIS Applications and Programming (2) dents will learn about map templates, map annotations, and other tools that are
4 hours lecture/laboratory used to enhance spatial data presentation.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU GEOG 195 Regional Field Studies in Geography (1, 2, 3)
Course provides students with advanced knowledge and practical experience in 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
developing Geographic Information Systems (GIS) applications. Students will learn Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
the fundamentals of GIS and database programming, as well as the customization syllabus.
of GIS applications. The lab portion of this course provides hands-on experience Extended field studies of the geography of selected regions. Emphasis upon field
with GIS programming using Visual Basic for Applications (VBA), data manage- observation and interpretation of climate, meteorology, vegetation, soils, and land-
ment using geodatabases, and applications development using ArcObjects. forms.
GEOG 136 Intermediate ArcGIS: GIS Analysis (2) GEOG 295 Directed Study in Geography (1, 2, 3)
4 hours lecture/laboratory 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120 Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by instructor
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of six units
Course will focus on performing complex operations using the ArcGIS software. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Students will gain hands-on experience in advanced querying operations, Spatial syllabus.
Analyst and Network Analyst, coordinate geometry, ArcGIS ModelBuilder, and the Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
application of ArcGIS in a variety of disciplines. cies in geography subjects and have the initiative to work independently on
projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students
GEOG 138 GIS Internship (2) will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOG 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU Geology (GEOL)
The Geographic Information Systems (GIS) internship is a directed program Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further
allowing students to apply classroom instruction to real-world GIS problem information.
solving by working with a government or private agency. Students will be under (760) 744-1150, ext. 2512
the supervision of an instructor from the college and an advisor from the agency Office: NS-110G
while working in one or more aspects of GIS operations.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Geology
193
Geology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PROGRAM OF STUDY Note: May be offered as a field laboratory; satisfies lab requirement in Physical
Science
Geology Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Laboratory and field identification of rocks and rock forming minerals. Study of
Provides the student with sufficient background to begin upper division course- geologic processes by means of geologic and topographic maps.
work and will prepare the student for entry-level jobs that require basic geologic
knowledge. The student is advised to check with the school to which he/she may GEOL 110 General Geology:
wish to transfer for additional courses which may be required. National Parks and Monuments (3)
3 hours lecture
A.A. Degree Major Transfer acceptability: CSU
Program Requirements Units Geologic history and processes of formation of our natural landscape. Principles
Group One of physical and historical geology as revealed in the structure, stratigraphy, and
GEOL 100 Basic Geology 3 rock types of the parks and monuments.
GEOL 100L Basic Geology Laboratory 1
GEOL 150 Dinosaurs and Earth History 3 GEOL 120 Planets, Moons, and Comets (3)
GEOL 150L Dinosaurs and Earth History Laboratory 1 3 hours lecture
GEOL 195 Regional Field Studies in Geology 2 Note: Cross listed as ASTR 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ASTR/GEOL 120 and ASTR 205 combined:
Group Two (Select at least two sets of courses listed below) maximum credit, one course
Set l The astronomy and geology of the solar system, observations, dynamics, relativ-
MATH 140 and Calculus/Analytic Geometry, First Course 5 istic ideas, including theories of formation and evolution. Comparative survey of
MATH 141 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4 the atmospheres, surface features, and interiors of planets and satellites. Minor
objects, such as comets and asteroids, will be included.
Set 2
PHYS 120 and GEOL 125 California Geology and Geography (3)
PHYS 121 General Physics 8 3 hours lecture
or Note: Cross listed as GEOG 125
PHYS 230 and Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PHYS 231 Principles of Physics 10 Emphasizes the physical geographic and geologic factors that have combined to
form the varied landscapes of California. Climate and vegetation patterns, as well
Set 3 as the various geomorphic processes will be studied.
CHEM 110 General Chemistry 3
CHEM 110L General Chemistry Laboratory 2 GEOL 150 Dinosaurs and Earth History (3)
CHEM 115 General Chemistry 3 3 hours lecture
CHEM 115L General Chemistry Laboratory 2 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOL 100, 110 or 125
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Group Three (Select at least 8 units) Principles of historical geology. The origin and evolution of Earth and its bio-
Any other courses in Group Two not taken above 8-10 sphere, incorporating plate tectonics, stratigraphy, paleontology, and geologic dat-
GEOL 110 General Geology: National Parks 3 ing. Together with GEOL 100, a prerequisite to upper division courses in geology.
GEOL/
GEOG 125 California Geology and Geography 3 GEOL 150L Dinosaurs and Earth History Laboratory (1)
GEOL 195 Regional Field Studies in Geology 1, 2, 3 3 hours laboratory
GEOL 197 Geology Topics 1, 2, 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOL 150, or concurrent enrollment in
GEOL 295 Directed Study in Geology 1, 2, 3 GEOL 150
ASTR 100 Principles of Astronomy 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
BIOL 100 General Biology 4 Laboratory and field identification of rocks and fossils. Elements of stratigraphic
MATH 205 Calculus/Analytic Geometry, Third Course 4 methods and of vertebrate and invertebrate paleontology. Study of geologic and
MATH 206 Calculus/Differential Equations 4 topographic maps in relation to earth history.
OCN 100 Oceanography 3 GEOL 195 Regional Field Studies in Geology (1, 2, 3)
OCN 100L Oceanography Laboratory 1 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
PHYS 232 Principles of Physics 4 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOL 100, 110 or 125 or GEOG 100
TOTAL UNITS 35 - 38 Note: May be taken 4 times with different content for a maximum of 6 units
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
COURSE OFFERINGS syllabus.
Extended field studies of the geology of western North America over weekends
GEOL 100 Basic Geology (3)
and during vacation and summer sessions. Emphasis upon field observation and
3 hours lecture
interpretation of rock types, landforms, and structure. Localities visited may vary
Note: Together with GEOL 150, a prerequisite to upper division courses in Geology
from year to year.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Principles of physical geology. Plate tectonics, rocks and minerals, weathering,
GEOL 197 Geology Topics (1-3)
mass-wasting, surface and ground water, wind, waves and currents, glaciation,
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours re-
mountain building, volcanoes and other igneous activity, deformation and result-
quired of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may
ing structures, earthquakes, Earth’s interior, geologic time, and earth resources.
be scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 3 times for a maximum of 6 units
GEOL 100L Basic Geology Laboratory (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours laboratory
Topics in Geology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOL 100, or concurrent enrollment in
designate subject covered.
GEOL 100
194 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog German-Graphic Communications
GEOL 295 Directed Study in Geology (1, 2, 3) GERM 102
Arrange 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory with department chairperson Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GEOL 150 German 102A is equivalent to the first half of German 102. This elementary level
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units course is a study of the German language and German-speaking cultures, with con-
Transfer acceptability: CSU – UC Credit determined by UC upon review of course tinued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures.
syllabus.
Individual study in field, library, or laboratory for interested students. GERM 102B German IIB (3)
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GERM 102A or two years of high school
German (GERM) German
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. Note: Covers the second half of GERM 102; not open to students with credit
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 for GERM 102
Office: F-5 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
German 102B is equivalent to the second half of German 102, and is a continu-
COURSE OFFERINGS ation of German 102A. This elementary level course is a study of the German
language and German-speaking cultures, with continued emphasis on the
For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high development of communicative skills and basic structures.
school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course
work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding GERM 201 German III (5)
the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and 5 hours lecture
college level course work. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GERM 102 or three years of high school
German
GERM 101 German I (5) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory This course is the third semester of German. This intermediate level course is a
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC study of the German language and German-speaking cultures, focusing on inter-
This course is the first semester of German. This elementary level course is a mediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials.
study of the German language and German-speaking cultures, with emphasis on Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to
the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines acquire proficiency in German. Class is largely conducted in German.
in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language
Laboratory. This beginning-level course is for students with no previous course- GERM 202 German IV (5)
work in German. 5 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in German 201 or four years of high school
GERM 101A German IA (3) German
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Covers the first half of GERM 101; not open to students with credit for This course is the fourth semester of German. This intermediate level course is a
GERM 101 study of the German language and of special topics on the culture of the German-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC speaking world. Emphasis is on further development of cross-cultural awareness,
German 101A is equivalent to the first half of German 101. This elementary level as well as, the development of oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order
course is a study of the German language and German-speaking cultures, with to improve communicative competence in German. Class is largely conducted in
emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. This German.
beginning-level course is for students with no previous coursework in German.
GERM 101B German IB
3 hours lecture
(3) Graphic Communications (GC)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GERM 101A or one year of high school See also Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing, and
German Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web
Note: Covers the second half of GERM 101; not open to students with credit Contact the Graphic Communications Department for further information.
for GERM 101 (760) 744-1150, ext. 2452
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Office: GJ-6
German 101B is equivalent to the second half of German 101, and is a continu- For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
ation of German 101A. This elementary level course is a study of the German
language and German-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of
communicative skills and basic structures. COURSE OFFERINGS
GERM 102 German II (5) GC 100 Graphic Communications (3)
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GERM 101 or 101B or two years of high Transfer acceptability: CSU
school German Explores the history and theory of effective mass communication from prehistor-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC ic cave art, to invention of the printing press, and modern graphic communication
This course is the second semester of German. This elementary level course is techniques using computers and the Internet. The class examines communication
a study of the German language and German-speaking cultures, with contin- models revolving around imagery, type, delivery systems, and technology. The stu-
ued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. dents will be able to understand and establish the effects of a clear visual mes-
Course combines in-class instruction with self-paced study in the Foreign Lan- sage. Learning modules include slideshow, field trips, guest speakers, discussion,
guage Laboratory. lectures and hands-on application with computers and the Internet to promote
an understanding of graphic communications and visual messages and their impact
GERM 102A German IIA (3) on society.
3 hours lecture GC 101 History of Graphic Communications (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GERM 101 or 101B or two years of high 3 hours lecture
school German Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Covers the first half of GERM 102; not open to students with credit for This course focuses on the history and evolution of graphic communications from
195
Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
prehistoric pictographs to present day graphic design.Topics include the invention ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
of writing and the creation of alphabets. Other topics include world influences or
on print and aesthetic design, and an understanding of the stylistic, social, political, PHOT 230 Digital Darkroom I 3
economic, and historical events as related to communication and graphic design. TOTAL UNITS 15
The emphasis is on art movements, schools of thought, influential individuals, and
technology as they interrelate with the history of graphic arts. Historical topics
are applied to photography, print media graphics and motion graphics. Field trips Digital Imaging
to museums and guest speakers will be integrated into the topics as appropriate. Prepares students for entry-level position as creator and processor of digital im-
agery. Layout and creative position in multimedia, internet publishing, digital video,
GC 102 History of the Book and Publishing: publishing, photography, and motion graphics.
Papyrus to Pixels (3)
3 hours lecture Digital imaging is one of the basic requirements for all electronic communication
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC delivery systems.
A foundational course that explores the history and development of the book,
printing, and publishing. Also explores their correlation with advancement of soci- A.A. Degree Major or
ety, civilization, and the dissemination of information, including the history of the Certificate of Achievement
printing press, typesetting, papermaking, print technology and bindery.
Program Requirements Units
GCIP 122 Painter I 4
Graphic Communications - GCIP/
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
Imaging & Publishing (GCIP) GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4
See also Graphic Communications and GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Contact the Graphic Communications Department for further information.
GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2452
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
Office: GJ-6
PHOT 230 Digital Darkroom I 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
TOTAL UNITS 34.5
Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Digital Imaging A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Achievement is also listed
• Digital Imaging under Photography.
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Electronic Publishing
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Management Digital Prepress Operator
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Production Prepares students to pursue entry-level employment in the printing industry in
• Screen Printing prepress, press, and finishing processes.
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Certificate of Proficiency
• Digital Imaging Program Requirements Units
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Electronic Publishing GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I 4
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Management GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II 4
• Graphic Communications - Emphasis in Production GCIP 280 Digital Prepress and Press III 4
• Screen Printing
TOTAL UNITS 12
Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Digital Publishing
• Digital Arts Designed to meet the increasing needs of organizations and businesses that
• Digital Prepress Operator distribute publications in both electronic and print media. Specific skills for the
• Digital Publishing Digital Publishing certificate include typography, visual acuity, graphic design and
• Electronic Publisher layout. The certificate prepares students to gain competence with the basic appli-
• Screen Printer cations used in industry for digital graphics and electronic publishing. Teamwork,
problem solving, workflow and production process, communication and creativity
Digital Arts are core competencies. Upon completion of the certificate, the student may find
a job as a production artist, illustrator, graphic artist, graphic designer, or in digital
Specific skills for the Digital Arts certificate include graphic design methodologies, imaging.
including the design process, output production and presentation. The certificate
prepares students to gain competence with the industry standard for digital imag-
ing: Adobe Photoshop. Color, resolution, input and output, production process, Certificate of Proficiency
photography and creativity are core competencies. Upon completion of the cer- Program Requirements Units
tificate, the student may find a job as a production artist, illustrator, graphic artist, GCIP/
or in digital imaging. R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4
Certificate of Proficiency GCIP/
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4
Program Requirements Units GCIP/
GCIP/ R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 or
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4 GCMW 103 Interactive Publishing with PDFs 4
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
TOTAL UNITS 16
196 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing
Electronic Publisher GCIP 252 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator II 4
GCIP 255 Electronic Package Design 4
Electronic publishing encompasses computer-based document layout, composi- GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II 4
tion, typography, illustration, scanning, image modification, as well as reproduction GCIP 280 Digital Prepress and Press III 4
and distribution. It has revolutionized print communications.There will be a major GCIP/
growth in this field in the future. R GCIP 249 Page Layout and Design II 4
GCMW/
Employment opportunities will be with commercial printers, corporate electronic R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
publishers, small print shops, service bureaus, direct mail companies, magazine JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3
publishers, advertising, typographers and compositors, freelance publications, PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5
newspaper publishers, marketing and ad agencies, and in-plant printers. CE 100* Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Certificate of Proficiency TOTAL UNITS 35 - 38
Required Courses Units *Cooperative Education must be related to this major.
GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography 4
GCIP/
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 Graphic Communications
GCIP/ Emphasis in Management
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4
Prepares students to pursue employment in the printing industry in prepress,
GCIP 152 /
press, and finishing processes.
R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
TOTAL UNITS 16 The 19 units of Program Requirements are the same for Graphic Communica-
tions Emphasis in Electronic Publishing, Graphic Communications Emphasis in
Graphic Communications Management, and Graphic Communications Emphasis in Production. Students
Emphasis in Electronic Publishing may complete one or more of these programs by completing the Program
Requirements, Emphasis Requirements and Electives listed for each program.
Electronic publishing–which encompasses computer based document layout,
composition, typesetting, illustration, scanning, image modification, reproduction, A.A. Degree Major or
and distribution–has revolutionized print communications. There will be major Certificate of Achievement
growth in this field in the future. Employment opportunities will be with
commercial printers, corporate electronic publishers, small printers, service Program Requirements (23 units) Units
bureaus, quick printers, direct mail companies, magazine publishers, advertising, GC 100 or Graphic Communications
typographers and compositors, freelance publications, newspaper publishers, GC 101 History of Graphic Communications 3
inplant printers, and other still growing applications. GCIP 103 Acrobat for Print 4
GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography 4
The 19 units of Program Requirements are the same for Graphic Communica- GCIP/
tions Emphasis in Electronic Publishing, Graphic Communications Emphasis in R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
Management, and Graphic Communications Emphasis in Production. Students GCIP/
may complete one or more of these programs by completing the Program R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4
Requirements, Emphasis Requirements and Electives listed for each program. GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I 4
A.A. Degree Major or Emphasis Requirements (7 units)
Certificate of Achievement CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications 3
GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II 4
Program Requirements (23 units) Units
GC 100 or Graphic Communications Electives (Select two courses, 4 – 8.5 units)
GC 101 History of Graphic Communications 3 BUS 105 Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4
GCIP 103 Acrobat for Print 4 and BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadship Lab .5
GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography 4 BUS 115 Business Law 3
GCIP/ BUS 125 Business English 3
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 BUS 140 Selling for Business 3
GCIP/ BUS 155 Marketing 3
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4 BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I 4 BMGT 115 Organizational Theory and Design 3
GC 102 History of the Book and Publishing: Papyrus to Pixels 3
Emphasis Requirements (11 units) GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4
ARTD 210 Typography Design 3 GCIP/
GCIP/ R GCIP 249 Page Layout and Design II 4
R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4 GCIP 280 Digital Prepress and Press III 4
GCIP/ CE 100* Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
R GCIP 260 Portfolio Development and Presentation 4
TOTAL UNITS 34 – 38.5
Electives (Select one course, 1 – 4 units)
ARCH/DT 125 AutoCAD Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3 *Cooperative Education must be related to this major.
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications 3
GC 102 History of the Book and Publishing: Papyrus to Pixels 3
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
197
Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Graphic Communications A.A. Degree Major or
Emphasis in Production Certificate of Achievement
Prepares students to pursue employment in the printing industry in prepress, Program Requirements Units
press, and finishing processes. BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography 4
The 18 units of Program Requirements are the same for Graphic Communica- GCIP/
tions Emphasis in Electronic Publishing, Graphic Communications Emphasis in R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
Management, and Graphic Communications Emphasis in Production. Students GCIP/
may complete one or more of these programs by completing the Program R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
Requirements, Emphasis Requirements and Electives listed for each program. GCIP 170 Screen Printing 4
GCIP/
A.A. Degree Major or R GCIP 172 Textile Screen Printing 4
Certificate of Achievement GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I 4
GCIP 270 Commercial Screen Printing 4
Program Requirements Units
GC 100 or Graphic Communications Electives (Select one course)
GC 101 History of Graphic Communications 3 GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II 4
GCIP 103 Acrobat for Print 4 GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography 4 GCIP 252 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator II 4
GCIP/ CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
TOTAL UNITS 32 - 35
GCIP/
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4
GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I 4 COURSE OFFERINGS
GCIP 103 Acrobat for Print (4)
Emphasis Requirements 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II 4 Note: May be taken 4 times
GCIP 280 Digital Prepress and Press III 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Electives (Select one courses, 1 – 4 units) Hands-on instruction in creating and editing high quality, print-ready PDF files us-
BUS 125 Business English 3 ing Adobe Acrobat.This course also includes the estimating of materials and labor
CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications 3 relative to current industry practices for the production of a printed product.
GC 102 History of the Book and Publishing: Papyrus to Pixels 3 GCIP 105 Layout for Offset Lithography (4)
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCIP/ Note: May be taken 4 times
R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU
JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3 Planning and layout of visual communication for offset lithography. Basic computer
JOUR 205 Advanced Newspaper Production 3 applications for layout of business communication set or eight page booklet using
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5 type, color, images, paper, and the lithographical production processes to com-
CE 100* Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 plete the package. Emphasis is on practical application.
TOTAL UNITS 32 – 35
GCIP 122 Painter I (4)
* Cooperative Education must be related to this major. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Screen Printer Provides the student with the knowledge to electronically simulate natural media tool
Recent advances in technology have allowed screen printing to compete on a and textures.The class covers the use of Painter as an image-editing tool. Students will
large scale with other printing processes. Productive, challenging careers are produce electronic images simulating the use of painting and drawing tools.
growing in the screen printing field at a steady rate. Palomar’s screen printing
process classes prepare students for duties in project planning, copy preparation, GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I (4)
camera operation, screen preparation, electronic prepress, stencil making, screen 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
printing, and sales. Recommended preparation: Basic computer skills.
Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 140; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 comple-
Certificate of Proficiency tions in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A,
141B, 240
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
GCIP 170 Screen Printing 4 The study of digital imaging and editing with Adobe Photoshop for visual, pictorial
GCIP/ and graphic use in all media. Emphasis on creating and enhancing imagery for ef-
R GCIP 172 Textile Screen Printing 4 fective use in mass communication mediums.
GCIP 270 Commercial Screen Printing 4
TOTAL UNITS 12 GCIP 140A Digital Imaging/Photoshop IA (2)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Screen Printing GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240
Prepares students for entry-level positions in project planning, copy preparation, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
camera operation, screen preparation, stencil making, printing, and sales. Introduction to digital imaging systems with Photoshop for Graphic Communica-
tions and Multimedia. Emphasis on basic and intermediate features and functions
Due to recent advances in screen printing technology, screen printing is becom- of Photoshop with a primary focus on preparing and using optimized images for
ing very commercialized. These breakthroughs have allowed screen printing to the web. Special projects facilitate the needs of more advanced students.
compete on a large scale with other processes. Productive, challenging careers
are growing in the screen printing field at a steady rate.
198 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing
GCIP 140B Digital Imaging/Photoshop IB (2) Introduction to electronic layout on the microcomputer. Illustrator will help the
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory student generate new images or convert bitmapped images in PostScript. Quality
Note: For intermediate levels; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in levels needed for electronic output will be evaluated.
any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC GCIP 152B Desktop Publishing/Illustrator IB (2)
A hands-on introduction to digital imaging systems with Photoshop for Graphic 1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Communications and Multimedia. Emphasis on basic and intermediate features Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
and functions of Photoshop with a primary focus on preparing and using opti- GCIP/R GCIP 152, GCIP 152A, 152B, 252
mized images for the web. Special projects facilitate the needs of more advanced Transfer acceptability: CSU
students. Introduction to electronic layout on the microcomputer. Illustrator will help the
student generate new images or convert bitmapped images in PostScript. Quality
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II (4) levels needed for electronic output will be evaluated. Topics included: printing,
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory separations, working with graphics from multiple applications with Illustrator, and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140 production of Web graphics.
Note: Maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP
140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240 GCIP 170 Screen Printing (4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
The concepts of intermediate digital imaging with Adobe Photoshop for visual, Note: May be taken 4 times
pictorial and graphic use in all media. Effective image creation for motion graphics, Transfer acceptability: CSU
publications and internet for effective visual communications. Screen printing theory and application of layout and image preparation, computer
applications, stencil methods, process camera and basic screen printing tech-
GCIP 141A Digital Imaging/Photoshop IIA (2)
niques. Practical application is stressed.
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140
GCIP 172 Textile Screen Printing (4)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240
Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 172; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Intermediate level of Photoshop focusing on digital art and graphics with an
Theory and applications of screen printing for textile use. Copy preparation for
emphasis on website development. A working knowledge of Photoshop is
multicolor reproduction, color matching, ink selection, and mesh and stencils for
suggested as well as a basic knowledge of using computers (Mac. PC). Students
material compatibility.
will produce digitally manipulated art and website design to be used print and/or
digital portfolio presentations.
GCIP 180 Digital Prepress and Press I (4)
GCIP 141B Digital Imaging/Photoshop IIB (2) 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCIP
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140, or concurrent enrollment 180, 182, 280
in GCIP/R GCIP 140 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Practical applications of electronic prepress and introduction to offset press op-
GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240 eration. The theory and practical applications of conventional and digital prepress
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC including job layout, page impositions, templates and press signatures, plus small
Intermediate level of Photoshop focusing on digital art and graphics with an format press operation to include control and setup of feeder and delivery units,
emphasis on website development. A working knowledge of Photoshop is press controls, direct to plate technology, ink and chemistry as related to the
suggested as well as a basic knowledge of using computers (Mac. PC). Students offset press.
will produce digitally manipulated art and website design to be used print and/or
digital portfolio presentations. GCIP 182 Digital Prepress and Press II (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I (4) Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCIP
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 180, 182, 280
Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 149; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions Transfer acceptability: CSU
in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 149, 249 Set up and control of printing on small offset presses. Examines offset chemistry,
Transfer acceptability: CSU kinds of offset plates, inks, and offset press problems. Theory and practical
Introduction to electronic document design and page layout, electronic composi- applications of conventional and digital prepress.
tion, text and graphics entry with computers. Students will create a variety of
projects including but not limited to: brochures, flyers, and newsletters. GCIP 197A Topics in Graphic Communications (1- 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I (4) the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 152; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 197A; may be taken 3 times
in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 152, GCIP 152A, 152B, 252 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Short term or special topic course, lecture or laboratory courses in various top-
Introduction to electronic layout on the microcomputer. Illustrator will help the ics in Graphic Communications.
student generate new images or convert bitmapped images into PostScript. Qual-
ity levels needed for electronic output will be evaluated. GCIP 197B Topics in Digital Imaging (1-5)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
GCIP 152A Desktop Publishing/Illustrator 1A (2) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Recommended preparation: Basic computer skills Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Transfer acceptability: CSU
GCIP/R GCIP 152, GCIP 152A, 152B, 252 Graphic Communications topics in digital imaging. See Class Schedule for specific
Transfer acceptability: CSU topic offered. Course title will designate subject covered.
199
Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
GCIP 197C Topics in Electronic Publishing (1-5) GCIP 260 Portfolio Development and Presentation (4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
of the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140 and GCIP/R GCIP 152
department. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 260; may be taken 2 times
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Students will develop a personal portfolio to showcase their graphic skills and
Graphic Communications topics in electronic publishing. See Class Schedule for techniques. Various resources, including the Internet, will be used to conduct a
specific topic offered. Course title will designate subject covered. job search, develop a resume and learn interviewing techniques. Guest speakers
will share industry tips. Students will practice presentation and interviewing skills,
GCIP 197D Topics in Graphic Processes (1-5) with feedback from professionals working in graphics and related industries.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the GCIP 270 Commercial Screen Printing (4)
department. Refer to Class Schedule. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 170 and GCIP/R GCIP 172
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times
Graphic Communications topics in graphic processes. See Class Schedule for Transfer acceptability: CSU
specific topic offered. Course title will designate subject covered. Commercial screen printing applications. Preparation of mechanicals using close
registration and printing on standard and unusual surfaces. Color, mechanical pro-
GCIP 222 Painter II (4) cess, and quality control standards in screen printing.
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP 122 and GCIP/R GCIP 140 GCIP 280 Digital Prepress and Press III (4)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCIP 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
122, 222 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP 182
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCIP
Advanced concepts and methods of Painter and its use in image making, image 180, 182, 280
editing, and problem solving. Students will create their own tools using the Painter Transfer acceptability: CSU
interface and work collectively with other students through the use of student Advanced work on larger format offset equipment focusing on sheet control,
created tools in the design and construction of digital imagery. register, ink and water control, and digital imposition.
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III (4) GCIP 290 Copyright for Graphic Designers
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory & Web Developers (1)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140 and GCIP 141 1 hour lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 149 and/or GCMW/R GCMW
GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A, 141B, 240 102
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: Cross listed as GCMW 290; may be taken 4 times
The concepts of advanced digital imaging with Adobe Photoshop for creating and Copyright is an old and well codified area of law. The statutes and cases, how-
preparing images for electronic distribution. Advanced methods of editing in all ever, have created complexities that are sometimes difficult to understand. This
venues of digital media for visual communications. course covers the basics of copyright law, copyright registration, methods of in-
forming viewers of copyright protections and liability, and the ways in which a
GCIP 249 Page Layout and Design II (4)
graphic designer may enforce copyright. The damages and remedies of injunction
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
and compensation are included. This course is not intended to offer legal advice.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140 and GCIP/R GCIP 149
Consult with competent legal professionals for any questions regarding specific
Note: Cross listed as R GCIP 249; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions
copyright issues.
in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 149, 249
Transfer acceptability: CSU
GCIP 291 Contracts for Graphic Designers
Intermediate concepts of electronic document layout, typography, and graphics.
& Web Developers (1)
Software capabilities in creating sophisticated graphic and type treatments.
1 hour lecture
GCIP 252 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator II (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 149 and/or GCMW/R GCMW
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 102
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GC 101 and GCIP/R GCIP 152 Note: Cross listed as GCMW 291; may be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Graphic designers, whether employed by business or freelance, need to under-
GCIP/R GCIP 152, GCIP 152A, 152B, 252 stand contract terms, negotiation, conditions, and the statutory and case law
Transfer acceptability: CSU uniquely applicable to graphic design. Understanding the terms of a contract is
Advanced concepts and methods of Illustrator and its use in graphic illustrations essential to protecting the rights to use of work product and obtaining compen-
and problem solving. Software capabilities for use in preparing computer files for sation. Failing to do so usually results in abuse of rights and non-compensation.
publishing to digital and electronic delivery systems. This course is not intended to offer legal advice. Consult with competent legal
professionals for any questions regarding specific contractual issues.
GCIP 255 Electronic Package Design (4)
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory GCIP 292 Legal Issues for Graphic Designers
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP 152/R GCIP 152 and/or GCIP 252 and Web Developers (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Packaging continues to be one of the fastest growing segments of the graphic Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 149 and/or GCMW/R GCMW
communication industry. Learn the importance of packaging graphics and how to 102
create digital files implementing computer and printing technology. In this course Note: Cross listed as GCMW 292
you will identify the issues in design strategies for a successful packaging campaign This course will cover most legal issues that confront graphic designers and web
and the technical expertise to produce your designs. Explore the development of developers in the day-to-day operation of the businesses. Specific legal issues will
packaging through a series of case studies and real-life design and technical tips. include business formation, contracts, copyright, licensing, deep linking, click wrap
agreements, and the risks and benefits of self employment versus employment by
a business. This course is not intended to offer legal advice. Consult with compe-
tent legal professionals for any questions regarding specific legal issues.
200 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Imaging and Publishing-Multimedia and Web
GCIP 295 Directed Study in Graphic Communications (1, 2, 3) ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director GCMW 206 Motion Graphics Production and Compositing 4
Note: Cross listed at GCMW 295, may be taken 4 times MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
TOTAL UNITS 16 - 17
cies in Graphic Communications subjects and have the initiative to work indepen-
dently on projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music Certificate of Proficiency is also listed
Students will work under the personal supervision of an instructor. in Art and in Music.
GCIP 296 Special Projects (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Digital Media
Recommended preparation: Advanced coursework or job-related experience Digital Media encompasses digital video editing in both analog and digital media.
Note: Cross listed as GCMW 296, may be taken 4 times The certificate prepares students for employment in the film, video, Internet, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU television industries. Major growth in this industry is anticipated as Internet and
Independent work on a specified sustained project which does not fit into the television merge into one medium.
context of regularly scheduled classes. Students work from a contract agreed
upon by the student and the instructor. Certificate of Proficiency
Program Requirements Units
Graphic Communications - CINE/RTV 125 Beg Film/Video Field Production 3
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Multimedia & Web (GCMW) GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4
See also Graphic Communications and RTV 270 Digital Video Editing 3
Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television & Film 3
Contact the Graphic Communications Department for further information. TOTAL UNITS 17
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2452
Office: GJ-6 Digital Media Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Radio and Television.
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
Digital Video
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Digital Video encompasses editing and design in using both digital and analog
• Digital Video media. This degree prepares students for employment in the film, video, Internet,
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation and television industries.
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design
• Interactive Web Multimedia and Audio A.A. Degree Major or
• Internet - Emphasis in Graphic Communication Certificate of Achievement
• New Media Compositing, Authoring, and Distribution
Program Requirements Units
Certificates of Achievement - GCIP/
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop I 4
• Digital Video GCMW 165 Digital Video Design 4
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
• Interactive Media Design - Emphasis in Multimedia Design GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4
• Interactive Web Multimedia and Audio RTV/CINE 125 Beg Film/Video Field Production 3
• Internet - Emphasis in Graphic Communication RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
• New Media Compositing, Authoring, and Distribution RTV 270 Digital Video Editing 3
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3
Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Electives (2 courses required, 6 units minimum)
• Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
• Digital Media ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
• E - Commerce Design DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
• Internet Publisher GCIP/
• Video Game Artist R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
• Web Data Base Design GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop III 4
• Web Graphics GCMW/
• Web Motion Graphics R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
PROGRAMS OF STUDY GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4
Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II 4
RTV 50 Basic Television Acting 1
This program is directed at the digital design and implementation of 3D RTV 110 Broadcast Writing and Producing 3
animations, graphic compositing and music. RTV/ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
RTV 150 Performance and Acting for Broadcast and Film 3
Certificate of Proficiency RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
RTV/CINE 225 Intermediate Film and Video Field Production 3
Program Requirements Units
(5 courses minimum required) TOTAL UNITS 34
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
201
Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Digital Video A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Achievement is also listed under Emphasis in Multimedia Design
Radio and Television.
A.A. Degree Major or
E - Commerce Design Certificate of Achievement
Provides students with a basis for understanding and participating in the design
Program Requirements Units
and production of e-business and e-commerce. Specific skills for the E-Com-
ARTD 100 Graphic Design I 3
merce Design certificate include Web production, site accessibility, shopping
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
carts, site and data management, security, privacy, and commercial site promotion.
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
Teamwork, problem solving, production process, communication and creativity
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
are core competencies. Upon completion of the certificate, the student may find
GCMW/
a job as a graphic designer, Web author, or graphical user interface designer.
R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
Certificate of Proficiency GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics/Multimedia 4
Program Requirements Units
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3 Electives (Select two courses)
GCIP/ ART 197G Topics in Art – Computer Art 3
GCMW 290 or Copyright for Graphic Design and Web Developers ARTD 150 Digital Concepts and Techniques in Art 3
GCIP/ ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design/Modeling 3
GCMW 291 or Contracts for Graphic Design and Web Developers DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
GCMW 232 Web Accessibility Design 1 DT 182 3D Studio Max–Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3
GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II 4 GC 100 Graphic Communications 3
GCMW 216 or Web Data Base Design I GCIP/
GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4 R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
GCMW 217 or Online Store Design I GCIP/
GCMW 218 Online Store Design II 4 R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
TOTAL UNITS 16 GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
GCMW/
Interactive Media Design R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
GCMW 197B Topics in Multimedia 3
Prepares students with specific skills necessary for employment in the field of
GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
multimedia design and production. Students may choose an emphasis in either
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
3D modeling and animation, which emphasizes production skills and authoring
RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
systems, or multimedia design, which emphasizes content development and visual
design of multimedia productions. Both areas of emphasis collaborate on an ac- TOTAL UNITS 31-33
tual multimedia production.
Interactive Media Design A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is also listed
Emphasis in 3D Modeling and Animation in Art and in Drafting Technology.
A.A. Degree Major or
Interactive Web Multimedia and Audio
Certificate of Achievement This program is directed at interactive methods of Web production that include
creation of audio for the Internet. Students will learn techniques and software to
Program Requirements Units create animated and interactive Web sites and audio production for the Internet.
ARTI 100 Introduction to Illustration 3
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3 A.A. Degree Major or
ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3 Certificate of Achievement
DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
DT 182 3D Studio Max–Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3 Program Requirements Units
GCIP/ GCMW/
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4 GCMW/
R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
Electives (Select two courses) GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4
ARTD 150 Digital Concepts/Techniques in Art 3 GCMW 123 Audio for the Internet 4
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3 GCMW 140 Web Graphics 4
DT 128 SolidWorks Intro 3D Design and Presentation 3 GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
DT 184 Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation 2 GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II 4
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4 GCMW 229 Interactive Streaming Media 4
GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4 Electives (select one course)
ENTT/RTV 120 Digital Television Production 3 GCIP/
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop I 4
TOTAL UNITS 28 – 29
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop II 4
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
GCMW 100 History of Multimedia 3
GCMW 104 Motion and Sound 4
GCMW 165 Digital Video Design 4
GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
202 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web
GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4 Internet Publisher
GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4
GCMW 221 Designing for Web Standards II 4 Prepares students with specific skills necessary for entry-level employment in the
GCMW 228 Web Motion Graphics III 4 field of Web design and production. Students will be able to design and produce
GCMW 236 Flash Game Design 4 simple Websites that have text, graphics, and multimedia.
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3 Certificate of Proficiency
TOTAL UNITS 35 - 36 Program Requirements Units
GCMW/
Internet R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
GCMW 140 Web Graphics 4
As the vast web of global and local information networks grow, several skills and GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
forms of literacy are becoming essential for anyone who wants to obtain the full GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4
benefits of the Communications Age.
TOTAL UNITS 16
An individual’s ability to capitalize on the opportunities offered by interactive
communications requires mastery of these information and communication New Media Compositing,
proveniences:
Authoring and Distribution
• Navigational skills - The ability to move smoothly among arrays of This program is directed at alternative methods of digital video compilation and
autonomous and globally interconnected information, contacts, forums, release. Students will learn techniques and software to compile and composite
and discussion groups in order to locate and connect to information digital video for release on CD ROM, DVD, and the Internet.
and expertise from relevant sources.
A.A. Degree Major or
• Information literacy - An understanding of which information is Certificate of Achievement
most useful, relevant, and reliable, as well as the ability to analyze, distill,
integrate, compose, and classify information to create knowledge. Program Requirements Units
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop III 4
• Distribution skills - Frameworks for rethinking methods of packaging, GCMW/
presenting, providing access, and disseminating information and knowl- R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
edge in this new medium. GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
GCMW 165 Digital Video Design 4
• Communications literacy - Integrating new forms of information, GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
knowledge, and message development into evolving patterns of organi- GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4
zational and interpersonal communication. GCMW 206 Motion Graphics Production and Compositing 4
GCMW 229 Interactive Streaming Media 4
This certificate offers preparation skills for the above areas of emphasis involving
the Internet. Electives (select one course)
ARTD 220 Motion Design 3
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
Emphasis in Graphic Communication ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
GC 101 History of Graphic Communications 3
A.A. Degree Major or GCIP/
Certificate of Achievement R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop I 4
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop II 4
Program Requirements Units GCIP/
BUS 157 E-Commerce 3 R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
or GCMW/
GCMW 120 Designing for the Social Web 4 R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
CSWB 110/ GCMW 105 Web Page Layout with CMS 4
R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML 3 GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4
GCMW/ GCMW 123 Audio for the Internet 4
R GCMW 102 or Web Page Layout I GCMW 202 Web page Layout II 4
GCMW 103 Interactive Publishing with PDFs 4 GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4 GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II 4
GCMW 140 Web Graphics 4 GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4
GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II 4 GCMW 221 Designing for Web Standards II 4
GCMW 217 or Online Store Design I GCMW 228 Web Motion Graphics III 4
GCMW 229 Interactive Streaming Media 4 GCMW 236 Flash Game Design 4
GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4 GCIP 295 Directed Study in Graphic Communications 3
TOTAL UNITS 30 - 31 GCIP 296 Special Projects 3
RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
Internet - Emphasis in Business Education RTV 270 Digital Video Editing 3
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3
See Business TOTAL UNITS 35 - 36
203
Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Video Game Artist certificate prepares students to gain competence with the basic applications used
in industry for digital graphics and Web publishing. Teamwork, problem solving,
This certificate program introduces students to the video game industry, video workflow and production process, communication and creativity are core com-
game design, and the creation of both 2D and 3D artwork for video games. petencies. Upon completion of the certificate, the student may find a job as a Web
production artist, graphic production assistant, or graphic designer.
Certificate of Proficiency
Certificate of Proficiency
Program Requirements Units
CSCI 160 Overview of the Video Game Industry 4 Program Requirements Units
CSCI 161 Game Design 4 GCMW/
ARTI 246 or Digital 3D Design and Modeling R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
DT 180 or 3D Studio Max – Intro 3D Modeling/Animation or
DT 182 3D Studio Max – Adv 3D Modeling/Animation 3 GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4
ARTD 220 or Motion Design GCMW 140 Web Graphics 4
ARTI 247 or Digital 3D Design and Animation GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II 4
DT 184 or Real Time 3D Technical/Game Animation GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 2,4 GCMW 232 Web Accessibility Design 1
TOTAL UNITS 13 - 15 TOTAL UNITS 17
Video Game Artist Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Computer Web Motion Graphics
Science and Information Systems - Computer Science.
Prepares students with specific skills necessary for employment in the field of
Interactive Web multimedia design and production. A high level of skill and time
Web Data Base Design are needed to create professional motion graphics. Specific skills include an
The Web site developer must present the complexity and volume of information attention to detail, knowledge of various illustration and animation software,
so that the site’s visitor may make decisions quickly and accurately. Data-driven technical and analytical problem solving, and visual acuity. Teamwork, creativity,
dynamic pages are also interactive, allowing the visitor to choose the information communication, understanding of the production process and interactivity are
that they would like to see. The increasingly sophisticated site development for core competencies. Typical job opportunities are in entertainment, business,
online stores and multimedia, for example, requires a range of diverse and mul- corporate, and educational industries.
tifaceted skills from database design, computer graphics, Web design, site design
and architecture, graphical user interface design, to cross-platform competence.
Certificate of Proficiency
The World Wide Web, as a graphical user interface, offers new career opportuni- Program Requirements Units
ties to graphic designers who have the skills to maintain sites that contain large GCMW/
amounts of data that changes frequently. The ability to package, share, and manage R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I 4
data to consumers across the Internet is in high demand. The Web Data Base GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
Design certificate prepares for employment in dynamic business environments GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II 4
that need large-scale as well as smaller sites. GCMW 229 Interactive Streaming Media 4
TOTAL UNITS 16
Certificate of Proficiency
COURSE OFFERINGS
Program Requirements Units
GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II 4 GCMW 100 History of Multimedia (3)
GCMW 217 or Online Store Design I 3 hours lecture
GCMW 218 Online Store Design II 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
GCMW 226 Web Data Base Design II 4 Multimedia embodies the convergence of technology with content to combine
text, audio, photos, art, graphics, animation, and branching and linear video. It
Electives (Select at least one course, minimum 4 units total) facilitates new ways of communicating, learning, entertaining, and self-expression;
BUS 180 Access for Business 1 multimedia is reshaping the way we do business, practice medicine, and conduct
CSDB 220 SQL Server Programming 3 scientific research. This course traces the emergence and development of “mul-
CSWB 210 Active Server Pages 3 timedia” as a digital technology medium within historical, global, social, cultural
GCIP/ and aesthetic contexts.
GCMW 290 Copyright for Graphic Designers/Web Developers 1
GCIP/ GCMW 101 Multimedia I (4)
GCMW 291 Contracts for Graphic Designers/Web Developers 1 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCIP/ Note: Cross listed as R GCMW 101; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 comple-
GCMW 292 Legal Issues for Graphic Designers and Web Developers 3 tions in any combination of GCMW/R GCMW 101, GCMW 201
GCMW 105 Web Page Layout with CMS 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU
GCMW 120 Designing for the Social Web 4 Introduction to multimedia authoring software combining text, graphics, sound,
GCMW 154 Preparing Web Graphics 1 animation, video clips and user interface to produce effective visual presentations.
GCMW 164 Interactive Web Graphics 1
GCMW 216 Web Data Base Design I 4 GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I (4)
GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I 4 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 19 Note: Cross listed as R GCMW 102; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 comple-
tions in any combination of GCMW/R GCMW 102, GCMW 102A, 102B, 202
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Web Graphics A hands-on introduction to page layout for the Internet. Typographic consider-
Designed to meet the increasing needs of organizations and businesses that ations, screen layout, graphical interfaces, and structured page design for effective
publish on the World Wide Web. Specific skills for the Web Graphics certificate Internet communications.
include typography, visual acuity, graphic design, Web color, and file formats. The
204 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web
GCMW 102A Web Page Layout IA (2) GCMW 120 Designing for the Social Web (4)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Recommended preparation: GCIP/R GCIP 152 and/or GCIP/R GCIP 140
GCMW 102, 102A, 102B, 202 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Focuses on the understanding of graphical user interface design for the social
A hands-on introduction to page layout for the Internet. Typographic consider- Web environment (Web 2.0), such as wikis, blogs, and social networks. Covers
ations, screen layout, graphical interfaces, graphics preparation and structured fundamental ‘Social Web’ principles in order to develop designs from a user per-
page design for effective Internet communications. The course is designed to spective. Covers Web technologies, market research, usability and human factors,
introduce students to Web production and site maintenance; special projects fa- wireframe and sitemap documentation, Web design, cross browser functionality,
cilitate the needs of more advanced students. (For beginning and intermediate Web typography, and search engine marketability. The development of market-
levels). able, original, and creative problem solving solutions will also be examined with
an emphasis on Web branding. In this hands-on class, students will participate in
GCMW 102B Web Page Layout IB (2) social networks such as wikis and blogs.
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCMW 123 Audio for the Internet (4)
GCMW 102, 102A, 102B, 202 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times
A hands-on introduction to page layout for the Internet. Typographic consider- Transfer acceptability: CSU
ations, screen layout, graphical interfaces, graphics preparation and structured Introduction to sound and audio on the World Wide Web. Topics covered include
page design for effective Internet communications. The course is designed to digitizing audio for the internet, audio formats, optimization techniques and band-
introduce students to Web production and site maintenance; special projects fa- width considerations. This is a hands-on class using audio editing, html, and graph-
cilitate the needs of more advanced students. (For beginning and intermediate ics editing software. Upon completion of course, student will create and publish a
levels). website incorporating audio on the internet.
GCMW 103 Interactive Publishing with PDF’s (4) GCMW 140 Web Graphics (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
This hands-on course looks at a comprehensive range of print,Web, and multime- The Graphical User Interface is a major component of Web design and produc-
dia features in Adobe Acrobat for creating and distributing electronic documents tion; human factors and usability are major factors in designing for the Web. This
reliably and securely. Topics and projects include e-books, forms, editing, prepess, course includes industry standard techniques for Web graphics and other display
accessibilty, capture, and a variety of methods to convert and repurpose media. It covers the mechanics for image production as well as methodologies
documents. for asset management, file compression, scanning, animation, image maps, slices,
interactive rollovers, navigation, integration with multiple applications, layouts for
GCMW 104 Motion and Sound (4) screens, GIF and JPEG file formats, image resolution, and color depth. The imple-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory mentation of planning models to design comprehensives for Website develop-
Note: May be taken 4 times ment is a major component in this hands-on course.
Introduction to combining motion with sound for multimedia. Includes an over-
view of motion graphics and sound design for the multimedia industry. Course GCMW 154 Preparing Web Graphics (1)
will consider current trends in motion graphics and soundtracks for film titles, 3 hours laboratory
television programs and advertising, interactive media and experimental works. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
This is a hands-on course using digital tools for creating and editing audio and GCMW 154, 164
motion graphics. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Hands-on course to produce optimized graphics for the Web with applications
GCMW 105 Web Page Layout with CMS (4) such as Adobe’s Fireworks, cross-platform production environments: edit bitmap
3 hours lecture- 3 hours laboratory and vector graphics; format text; select Web-safe color; simple animation; gen-
Note: May be taken 4 times erate HTML and JavaScript automatically; integrate with other Web production
Transfer acceptability: CSU applications.
Web page layout and design with a content management system (CMS) and “what
you see is what you get” (wysiwyg) software.The CMS keeps track of the content GCMW 164 Interactive Web Graphics (1)
such as text, photos, music, video, and documents. Learners will design sites with 3 hours laboratory
articles, blogs, links, news feeds, search components, and breadcrumbs. Designed Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
for the non-technical user, and knowledge of programming and/or coding is not GCMW 154, 164
needed. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Hands-on course to produce optimized graphics for the Web with applications
GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I (4) such as Adobe’s Fireworks, cross-platform production environments: design com-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory plex buttons and navigation bars, image maps, slicing complex graphics, animation,
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of batch processing, and scripting; generate HTML and JavaScript automatically; inte-
GCMW 108, 208, 228 grate with other Web Production applications.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction of core concepts: vectors, the Stage, Scenes, Timelines, Layers, Key- GCMW 165 Digital Video Design (4)
frames, Shapes, Symbols (Graphic, Button, Movie Clip), Tweening, native drawing 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
tools and external editors, frame-by-frame animation, Actions and Actionscript. Note: May be taken 4 times
Development of basic skills in web motion graphics. Exporting and embedding Transfer acceptability: CSU
SWF files in Web pages. Adobe Flash will be used to create dynamic visual presen- Explores project planning, setup, editing and output of Digital Video. Incorporates
tations with auditory components to communicate more effectively on the Web. sound, graphics, 2D animation and text for full-screen, web, CD-ROM, or DVD
playback. Projects and assignments utilize transitions, superimposing, transparency
and keying along with video, audio and other special effects.
205
Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
GCMW 197A Topics in Internet (1-5) GCMW 206 Motion Graphics Production and Compositing (4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 204 and 205
ment. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times This course will be a “cap course” in which the student combines skills learned in
Transfer acceptability: CSU multiple disciplines. For example the student will combine video skills learned in
Graphic Communications topics in Internet. See Class Schedule for specific topic Graphic Communications and RTV with skills learned in ART or CAD by compos-
offered. Course title will designate subject covered. iting a video that incorporates 3D rendered characters with live video footage.
The student will complete the work by preparing it for publication on tape, DVD,
GCMW 197B Topics in Multimedia (1-5) digital storage device or web based formats.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II (4)
ment. Refer to Class Schedule. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Recommended preparation: GCMW 108
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Graphic Communications topics in multimedia. See Class Schedule for specific GCMW 108,208, 228
topic offered. Course title will designate subject covered. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Development of intermediate skills in web motion graphics: introduction of ob-
GCMW 201 Multimedia II (4) ject-oriented design as applied to dynamic animation presentations; communica-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory tion between graphical elements and instances; use of scripting and variables; cre-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 101 ation of sound objects; use of components to improve efficiency; using Dynamic
Recommended preparation: GCMW 165 or GCMW 205 Text and ActionScript. Integrating digital audio and video with Flash presentations.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Macromedia’s Flash will be used to create dynamic visual presentations with audio
GCMW/R GCMW 101, GCMW 201 and video assets to communicate more effectively on the Web.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Strategies and techniques for designing successful user multimedia interface. GCMW 214 Designing Data Bases Visually (4)
There will be emphasis on usability and design issues, incorporation of underlying 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
metaphors, screen design, and navigational styles. Authoring systems, video com- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 and GCMW 202
positing, digital imaging and audio editing applications will be explored. Recommended preparation: GCMW 108
Note: May be taken 4 times
GCMW 202 Web Page Layout II (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Organize and track people, projects, images and information in visually designed
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 and GCMW 140 cross-platform relational data bases using graphic tools via wizards, templates and
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of custom capabilities. Lay out powerful forms for the end user implementing graphi-
GCMW 102, 102A, 102B, 202 cal user interface standards. Publish for print and Web and intranet. Share and
Transfer acceptability: CSU integrate secure data with workgroups across networks or other applications.
Multimedia web site design and production using advanced WYSIWYG editor Course is hands-on and will feature such applications as FileMaker Pro.
that permits editing hypertext markup language (HTML) as well as designing to
current standards of CSS and interactivity. Includes mechanics for site production GCMW 216 Web Data Base Design I (4)
as well as methodologies for project planning and management. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102
GCMW 203 Web Multimedia (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Hands-on course for creating Web pages that draw dynamic content from data-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 bases. Design and create a simple database for use on the Web. Create Web forms
Recommended preparation: GCIP/R GCIP 140 that add, modify or delete records from a database. Plan and implement a Web
Note: May be taken 4 times application using modern Web design tools such as Dreamweaver.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Open discussion of current technologies, social issues, and design theory directly GCMW 217 Online Store Design I (4)
related to multimedia for the Internet and the World Wide Web. Experimental 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
and practical application of multimedia in graphical user interface and user naviga- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 and GCMW 202
tion design via assigned class projects. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
GCMW 217, 218
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia (4) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Design of interactive commercial web sites with emphasis on online shopping
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 165 cart and database creation and management. Hands-on production of an online
Recommended preparation: GCIP/R GCIP 140 store. Perspective through web store case studies and models. Evaluation of vari-
Note: May be taken 4 times ous e-commerce solutions, security/privacy and payment options, site promotion/
Transfer acceptability: CSU advertising, analysis tools and trends in appropriate web graphics, multimedia and
Explores project planning, setup, execution, and output of motion-based graphics. software. Project management methods for e-commerce site life cycle.
Incorporates exploration and integration of sound, graphics, digital video, 2-D
animation, and text for multimedia. GCMW 218 Online Store Design II (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 and GCMW 202
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 165 and 204 GCMW 217, 218
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Hands-on design and production of interactive commercial Web sites with
Exploration of concepts, design and development of digital video production and emphasis on complex data-driven online shopping carts. Perspective through
editing skills as they relate to CD Rom/DVD, Internet, and Digital Video Tape. Web store case studies and models. Emphasis on forms production to send and
206 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Graphic Communications: Multimedia and Web
dynamically display data for catalog, inventory, customers, etc. Produce compo- Transfer acceptability: CSU
nents such as guest books, counters, e-mail, etc. to enhance an e-commerce site. Evaluate screen and Web design techniques to maximize accessibility by people
Project Management methods for e-commerce site life cycle. with physical disabilities. Implement tools to convert documents to accessible
formats. Produce sites that are accessible. Use various resources from the World
GCMW 220 Designing for Web Standards I (4) Wide Web Consortium and publishers such as checklists, examples of code, con-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory version tools, test tools, etc. Review legal requirements (Americans with Disabili-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 202 ties Act and the Web Accessibility Initiative) for various sectors to provide fully
Recommended preparation: GCMW/R GCMW 102 accessible Web sites.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
GCMW 220, 221 GCMW 236 Flash Game Design (4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Web site design and production using the current standards of the hypertext Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 108 and 208
markup language (HTML) and other advanced tools (multimedia applications and Note: May be taken 4 times
Java Script, Java, etc.). Use of HTML editors for site authoring and mechanics as Transfer acceptability: CSU
well as methodologies for project planning and management. A hands-on introduction to game design using Flash 5. ActionScript for game
development, screen layout, game interfaces, and structured game layout for ef-
GCMW 221 Designing for Web Standards II (4) fective game design. The course is designed to introduce students to Flash game
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory design and concepts. Projects apply ActionScript and game layout principles. (For
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 202 and 220 beginning and intermediate levels).
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
GCMW 220, 221 GCMW 290 Copyright for Graphic Designers
Transfer acceptability: CSU & Web Developers (1)
Current standards of Web design set forth by the W3C mandate changes in the 1 hour lecture
way Web designers create their Web pages. This course teaches the use of XHT- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R GCIP 149/GCIP 149 and/or GCMW
ML and CSS to implement Web typography and advanced Web page layouts that 102/R GCMW 102
comply with current Web standards. Use of modern Web page layout and design Note: Cross listed as GCIP 290; may be taken 4 times
tools such as Dreamweaver to aid your work flow will also be taught. Copyright is an old and well codified area of law. The statutes and cases, how-
ever, have created complexities that are sometimes difficult to understand. This
GCMW 226 Web Data Base Design II (4) course covers the basics of copyright law, copyright registration, methods of in-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory forming viewers of copyright protections and liability, and the ways in which a
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 202 and 216 graphic designer may enforce copyright. The damages and remedies of injunction
Transfer acceptability: CSU and compensation are included. This course is not intended to offer legal advice.
Modern Web sites frequently need to interact with Web database servers in or- Consult with competent legal professionals for any questions regarding specific
der to manage content, take orders or reservations, receive information, and copyright issues.
interact with their visitors. This is a hands-on course for creating Web pages with
a modern Web design tool such as Dreamweaver that draw dynamic content GCMW 291 Contracts for Graphic Designers
from remote database server such as MySQL. Learners will design and manage & Web Developers (1)
a remote database on a remote database server using popular database manage- 1 hour lecture
ment tools. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 149 and/or GCMW/R GCMW
102
GCMW 228 Web Motion Graphics III (4) Note: Cross listed as GCIP 291; may be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Graphic designers, whether employed by business or freelance, need to under-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 108 stand contract terms, negotiation, conditions, and the statutory and case law
Recommended preparation: GCMW 208 uniquely applicable to graphic design. Understanding the terms of a contract is
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of essential to protecting the rights to use of work product and obtaining compen-
GCMW 108,208, 228 sation. Failing to do so usually results in abuse of rights and non-compensation.
Transfer acceptability: CSU This course is not intended to offer legal advice. Consult with competent legal
Dynamic Web content - explore the creation of dynamic Flash presentations. professionals for any questions regarding specific contractual issues.
Skinnable components and presentations. Incorporating server-side technologies:
Flash as a front-end to a database; using Flash Communications Server and Cold- GCMW 292 Legal Issues for Graphic Designers
Fusion MX to enable rich internet application capabilities. Production of audio and Web Developers (3)
and digital video for Flash; integration of non-embedded media. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 149 and/or GCMW/R GCMW
GCMW 229 Interactive Streaming Media (4) 102
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as GCIP 292
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW/R GCMW 102 This course will cover most legal issues that confront graphic designers and web
Note: May be taken 4 times developers in the day-to-day operation of the businesses. Specific legal issues will
Transfer acceptability: CSU include business formation, contracts, copyright, licensing, deep linking, click wrap
Explores the various aspects of interactive streaming for the web. Combines lec- agreements, and the risks and benefits of self employment versus employment by
ture, hands on lessons, exercises, projects, and group work to build skills in the a business. This course is not intended to offer legal advice. Consult with compe-
interactive streaming process. Students evaluate and select streaming methods, tent legal professionals for any questions regarding specific legal issues.
develop and author various media, and deliver the content in appropriate formats.
Particular attention is given to design, usability, and applicable uses of interactive GCMW 295 Directed Study in Graphic Communications (1, 2, 3)
streaming media on the web. 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director
GCMW 232 Web Accessibility Design (1) Note: Cross listed as GCIP 295; may be taken 4 times
3 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCMW 202 and 220
Note: May be taken 4 times
207
Health-Health Occupations-History Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien- COURSE OFFERINGS
cies in Graphic Communications subjects and have the initiative to work indepen-
dently on projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. HIST 101 History of the United States
Students will work under the personal supervision of an instructor. Through Reconstruction (3)
3 hours lecture
GCMW 296 Special Projects (1, 2, 3) Note: This course plus History 102 meets the State requirement in American History
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory and Institutions.
Recommended preparation: Advanced coursework or job-related experience Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – HIST 101 and 102 or AS 101 and 102
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 296; may be taken 4 times combined: maximum credit, one pair
Transfer acceptability: CSU Political, economic, social, and cultural development of the American people
Independent work on a specified sustained project which does not fit into the through Reconstruction with particular emphasis on the colonial period; the
context of regularly scheduled classes. Students work from a contract agreed Revolution; constitutional development; westward expansion with emphasis on
upon by the student and the instructor. California and frontier influences; emergence of sectionalism; the Civil War and
Reconstruction.
Health (HE) HIST 102 History of the United States
Contact the Physical Education Department for further information. Since Reconstruction (3)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2462 3 hours lecture
Office: O-10 Note: This course plus History 101 meets the State requirement in American History
and Institutions.
COURSE OFFERINGS Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – HIST 101 and 102 or AS 101 and 102
combined: maximum credit, one pair
HE 100 Health Education and Fitness Dynamics (3) Political, economic, social, and cultural developments of the American people
3 hours lecture since Reconstruction. Emphasis will be on the westward and farm movements,
Corequisite: HE 100L industrial development, twentieth century reform movements, the United States
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC as a world power, and civil rights. Special consideration will be given to the devel-
Individual well being will be developed through the study of the emotional, opment of California state and local government.
spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical qualities of health.
HIST 105 History of Western Civilization
HE 100L Health Performance Lab (1,1.5,2) Through the Reformation (3)
3, 4.5, or 6 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture
Corequisite: HE 100 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC A survey of ancient civilizations, Greece, Rome and medieval Europe, with empha-
Fitness lab course designed to develop and encourage positive attitude and habits sis on the heritage, ideas, attitudes, and institutions basic to Western Civilization.
with regards to Health Education and fitness dynamics. Lab activity will primarily
utilize exercise equipment as it relates to cardiovascular efficiency, body composi- HIST 106 History of Western Civilization
tion, muscular strength and endurance and flexibility. An individual fitness profile Since the Reformation (3)
will be established, including pre-post testing, to determine each students’ fitness 3 hours lecture
accomplishments. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Emergence of modern Europe, expansion of European power and influences;
HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) emphasis on cultural and intellectual trends which affect Western civilization in
3 hours lecture the Twenty-first Century.
Note: Cross listed as FCS 165
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – FCS 165, FCS 185, BIOL 185, HE 165 com- HIST 107 World History to 1650 (3)
bined: maximum credit, one course 3 hours lecture
The study of how food nourishes the body. Investigation of diet fads and fallacies. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Eating for fitness, and planning meals for optimum health throughout the life cycle. The growth of civilizations and the interrelationships of the peoples of Europe,
Asia, Africa, and America to 1650.
HE 197 Current Topics in Health (1, 2, 3)
1, 2, or 3 hours lecture HIST 108 World History Since 1650 (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times with different subject matter 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Current issues in health education meeting student and community educational The development of the civilizations and the interrelationships of the peoples of
needs dealing with the social, mental, and physical aspects of personal health. Europe, Asia, Africa, and America since 1650.
Course title will designate subject covered.
HIST 121 History of California (3)
3 hours lecture
Health Occupations Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
See Emergency Medical Education, Dental Assisting, The history of California from the origins of the native peoples to the
Medical Assisting, and Nursing Education present. Course focuses on the events and people who shaped the development
of California with an emphasis on the many diverse cultural elements (native
peoples, Hispanics, Anglo-Americans, Asians, African-Americans, Pacific Islanders,
History (HIST) and women) involved.
Contact the Economics, History and Political Science Department for further
HIST 130 Women in United States History (3)
information.
3 hours lecture
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2412
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Office: P-17K
A survey of the changing role, status, and contributions of women in the United
States from the colonial period to the present. Their social, economic, political,
and religious positions in American society are examined.
208 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog History-Home Economics-Humanities-Indusrial Technology
HIST 140 History of the Americas Through 1800 (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
3 hours lecture syllabus.
Note: This course plus HIST 141 meets the State requirement in American History Independent study for students who have demonstrated a proficiency in history
and Institutions. subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects or research
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC that does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will
Surveys the evolution of the political, economic, and social institutions of the work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
societies of Western Hemisphere from the 14th through the 18th centuries. Ex-
amines major pre Columbian Indian Cultures, European exploration and colo-
nization, life in the colonial Americas, and the achievement of independence by Home Economics
the United States. Latin America, Canada, and the United States are studied from See Family and Consumer Sciences, Fashion, Interior Design,
a comparative perspective. Included is consideration of the Constitution of the Child Development and Home Economics Education (Noncredit)
United States.
HIST 141 History of the Americas Since 1800 (3)
3 hours lecture Humanities (HUM)
Note: This course plus HIST 140 meets the State requirement in American History Contact the English Department for further information.
and Institutions. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2392
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Office: P-2
History of the American nations in the 19th and 20th centuries with emphasis on
the Latin American wars of independence, inter American relations, the foreign COURSE OFFERINGS
policy of the United States and its relation to Latin America, Canada’s relations
with other nations of the hemisphere, and the transition of Latin American HUM 100 Introduction to Humanities I (3)
society in the 20th century. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
HIST 150 History of Latin America To 1824 (3) Examines significant movements and developments in literature and other arts in
3 hours lecture Western culture from classical times to the late Middle Ages. Emphasis is on ideas
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC and their realization in works of art.
A survey of the historical evolution of the peoples and states of Latin America
with special attention to the indigenous states and empires of the Americas, their HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities II (3)
conquest by the Iberian nations of Europe, the creation of multi racial colonial 3 hours lecture
empires, and the growth of creole nationalism which lead to the overthrow of the Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Iberian empires at the beginning of the 19th century. A general survey of the fine arts in the Western world. Arranged chronologically
rather than thematically, the course material includes consideration of the major
HIST 151 History of Latin America achievements of Western culture from the Renaissance until the present.
from Independence to the Present (3)
3 hours lecture HUM 197 Humanities Topics (1-4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of lecture hours
A survey of the republics of Latin America since independence that concentrates required of the student. Refer to Class Schedule.
on the political evolution of these nations and the social and economic institu- Note: May be taken 3 times
tions that characterize the region. Special attention will be given to the contrast Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
between the urban and rural cultures and economies, as well as the political syllabus.
and economic relations of the region with the world and the United States in Topics in Humanities. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title
particular. will designate subject covered.
HIST 152 The World War II Generation
3 hours lecture
(3) Industrial Technology (IT)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC See Cabinet and Furniture Technology, Drafting Technology, and
Survey of the lives and experiences of the World War II Generation as they relate Electronics and Computer Hardware Technology for additional
to four specific areas--the war in both the Pacific and in Europe, the Home Front, courses
and American prisoners of war. Once each area is studied, students will have the Contact the Trade and Industry Department for further information.
opportunity to contrast the knowledge gained through their readings and class- (760) 744-1150, ext. 2545
room discussions with the reality of stories that focus on local representatives Office: T-1
of the WW II Generation. Whenever possible, this will be done through panel
discussion nights when community members of this generation visit the class and COURSE OFFERINGS
engage in a dialogue with students and each other on their war-time experiences.
IT 108 Technical Mathematics (3)
HIST 197 History Topics (.5 - 4) 3 hours lecture
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Note: Cross listed as WELD 108
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Methods and experience in defining and solving mathematical problems in indus-
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. trial technology. Special emphasis will be given to the application of these basic
Note: May be taken 4 times processes to the solution of the unique mathematical problems encountered in
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course the areas of architecture, automotive, drafting, machine, welding, and woodwork-
syllabus. ing technology.
Topics in History. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered. IT 197 Industrial Technology Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
HIST 295 Directed Study in History (1, 2, 3) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
3, 6, 9 hours laboratory scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times
209
Information Technology-Insurance-Interior Design Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Topics in Industrial Technology. See class schedule for specific topic covered. COURSE OFFERINGS
Course title will designate subject covered.
INS 100 Introduction to Insurance (1)
1 hour lecture
Information Technology The course is designed to provide a basic foundation in the modern property/
See CSIS - Information Technology casualty insurance system. Students will learn: how insurance products and ser-
vices are distributed to the consumer; how the insurance company departments
function; how reinsurance is used to create an insurance company and insure
Insurance (INS) large property and high liability values/limits. It also provides students an un-
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. derstanding of civil laws or tort and contracts; a review of the basic commercial
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 and personal Insurance Service Office (ISO) insurance contracts; and details the
Office: B-18 importance of the risk management process.
Associate in Arts Degrees - INS 110 Principles of Property and Liability Insurance (3)
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 3 hours lecture
• Commercial and Personal Insurance Services Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in INS 100
The study of this course is divided into three segments: Fundamentals of
Certificates of Achievement - Insurance -information on what insurance is, who provides it, how it is regulated,
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). and how the financial performance of insurers is measured. Insurance Opera-
• Commercial and Personal Insurance Services tions - describes the functions of marketing, underwriting, and claims. Insurance
Certificates of Proficiency - contracts, loss exposure, and risk management - discusses insurance as a con-
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). tract, introduces both property and liability loss exposures and policy provisions
• Insurance Services and provides a basic discussion of risk management as a means of managing loss
exposures.
PROGRAM OF STUDY
INS 115 Personal Insurance (3)
Commercial and Personal Insurance Services 3 hours lecture
This program is designed to prepare students for entry into the insurance Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in INS 100
industry and to provide further training for individuals who have recently entered Introduction to basic information regarding personal insurance, including prop-
the insurance industry. erty and liability loss exposures and personal risk management. The course in-
cludes information about automobile insurance; homeowners insurance; other
A.A. Degree Major or residential insurance, such as fire and earthquake insurance; marine insurance;
other personal property and liability insurance; financial planning; life insurance;
Certificate of Achievement
and health insurance.
Program Requirements Units
INS 120 Commercial Insurance (3)
ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4
3 hours lecture
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Laboratory 1
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in INS 100
BUS 100 Introduction to Business 3
The study of basic information regarding the entire area of commercial insurance.
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
The concepts covered include commercial property insurance; business income
BUS 115 Business Law 3
insurance; commercial crime insurance; equipment breakdown insurance; inland
BUS 170 Word for Business – Basic 1
and ocean marine insurance; commercial general liability insurance; commercial
BUS 176 Excel Intermediate 1
automobile insurance; business owners policies and farm insurance; workers
BUS 180 Access for Business 1
compensation and employers liability insurance; and other miscellaneous com-
BUS 205 Business Writing 3
mercial coverages.
INS 100 Introduction to Insurance 1
INS 110 Principles of Property and Liability Insurance 3
INS 125 Insurance Code and Ethics (1)
INS 115 Personal Insurance 3
1 hour lecture
INS 120 Commercial Insurance 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in INS 100
INS 125 Insurance Codes and Ethics 1
The study of Article II, 4. of the University Risk Management & Insurance Associa-
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4
tion, which covers a statement of ethics and standards of professional conduct
TOTAL UNITS 32 - 35 for member representatives. The principles for the development of a systems
approach for making ethical business decisions is reviewed. Such a methodical
The program parallels the one developed by the Business Education Statewide process provides for selecting alternatives that are responsible, practical, and
Advisory Committee for California Community Colleges in 2004 and 2005. defensible.
Insurance Services
Provides a program to prepare the student for an entry-level insurance position,
Interior Design (ID)
or allows an individual with a four-year degree or a person currently in the in- Contact the Design and Consumer Education Department for further
surance industry to acquire further training to specialize and/or advance his/her information.
career within the field. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
Office: ST-49
Certificate of Proficiency
Program Requirements Units
Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
INS 100 Introduction to Insurance 1
• Interior Design
INS 110 Principles of Property and Liability Insurance 3
INS 115 Personal Insurance 3
INS 120 Commercial Insurance 3
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
INS 125 Insurance Code and Ethics 1
• Interior Design
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4
TOTAL UNITS 12 - 15
210 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Interior Design
Students should be aware that not all Interior Design courses are offered COURSE OFFERINGS
every semester. See Class Schedule or Department Chairperson for additional
information. ID 100 Interior Design (3)
3 hours lecture
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Transfer acceptability: CSU
The study of functional and aesthetic interior design principles used to create
Interior Design – Certificate of Achievement residential interiors. Beginning drafting, space planning, the use of color and the
application of these skills in design are stressed. A survey of major twentieth-
Coordinated by educators and professional interior designers, this certificate of century architects and designers and their influence on design and lifestyle is
achievement offers an interdisciplinary approach to fundamental design, space analyzed. Instruction is given in furniture arrangement and selection, materials
planning, design analysis, and materials selection and specifications relating to selection, lighting, and the effects of environmental design on human behavior.
residential and commercial spaces.
ID 105 Materials and Processes in Interior Design (3)
Prepares students to pursue employment in the interior design field with 3 hours lecture
emphasis on retail furnishings and merchandising. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Selection, care, and use of materials used in residential and commercial interior
Certificate of Achievement design.
Program Requirements Units
ID 110 Professional Practices in Interior Design (3)
First Semester
3 hours lecture
ID 100 Interior Design 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ID 105 Materials and Resources 3
Specific business and professional practices as they apply to residential and
BUS 125 Business English 3
commercial interior design. Career opportunities, personal qualifications, and
skills required for employment are also presented.
Second Semester
ID 110 Professional Practices in Interior Design 3
ID 115 History of Decorative Arts I (3)
ID 135 Fabrics for Designers 3
3 hours lecture
ID 150 Computer Aided Drafting for Designers (CADD) 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU
CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship 2-3
Foundation of architecture and furniture styles of the world from antiquity to the
TOTAL UNITS 21 - 22 Empire period. Covers social, cultural, styles and periods. Description of dominant
influences and characteristics of historical interiors, furniture, ornamental design,
Recommended Electives: ID 115, 120, 130, 145, 198 textiles, and the decorative arts.
Interior Design - A.A. Degree Major ID 120 History of Decorative Arts II (3)
3 hours lecture
Coordinated by educators and professional interior designers, this A.A. degree Transfer acceptability: CSU
major offers an interdisciplinary approach to fundamental design, space planning, The historic relationship between the decorative arts, architecture, and furniture
design analysis, and materials selection and specifications relating to residential styles of the world from the 19th century to the present. Includes Asian influ-
and commercial spaces. ences and art periods which have affected these styles. Emphasis is placed on style
development as it relates to political, economic, and social forces.
A.A. DeGREE Major
Program Requirements Units ID 125 Presentation Methods in Interior Design I (4)
First Semester 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
ID 100 Interior Design 3 Note: May be taken 2 times.
ID 105 Materials and Resources 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ID 115 History of Decorative Arts I 3 Form-space comprehension in relationship to furniture placement through
ARCH 105 Basic Architectural Drafting 3 residential and commercial design drawing exercises, including one- and two-
point perspective problems.
Second Semester
ID 110 Professional Practices in Interior Design 3 ID 130 Light and Color (3)
ID 120 History of Decorative Arts II 3 3 hours lecture
ID 125 Presentation Methods in Interior Design I 4 Note: May be taken 2 times.
ID 135 Fabrics for Designers 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ID 150 Computer Aided Drafting for Designers (CADD) 4 Principles and application of light and its effect on color and the design process in
interiors, architecture, and visual merchandising. Emphasizes lighting needs, light
Third/Fourth Semesters sources, light calculations, and energy conservation.
ID 130 Light and Color 3
ID 140 Residential Interior Design 3 ID 135 Fabrics for Designers (3)
ID 141 Commercial Interior Design 3 3 hours lecture
ID 170 Space Planning 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship 2-3 Selection, use and care of fabrics used in residential and commercial interiors.
Emphasis on designer selection and specification of fabrics for upholstering
TOTAL UNITS 43 - 44 furniture, window treatments, floor coverings, and accessories. Includes survey
and selection of historic fabrics in interiors.
Recommended Electives: ART 100, 102, BUS 140, CI 100, ID 145, 151
ID 140 Residential Interior Design (3)
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ID 100
Recommended preparation: ID 125
211
Interior Design-International Business Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU furnishings, wall coverings, and textiles. Visits to wholesale showrooms, museums,
Development of residential interiors from design concept to installation. Includes and places of historic or architectural interest that influence the interior design
materials specifications and design sources. Emphasizes budget analysis, architec- market.
tural drawings, furniture, and lighting plans.
ID 197 Interior Design Topics (.5 - 4)
ID 141 Commercial Interior Design (3) Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
3 hours lecture of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ID 100 and ARCH 105 scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times
Development of non residential spaces from design concept to installation. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Includes health care facilities and open office interiors. Emphasizes client analysis, Topics in Interior Design. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
space planning, materials specifications, architectural drawings, lighting plans, and title will designate subject covered.
budget analysis.
ID 198 Skills in Quick Sketch (.5)
ID 145 Kitchen Design (3) 1 hour lecture/laboratory
3 hours lecture Instruction in a practical rough drawing skill, and rapid visualization techniques
Transfer acceptability: CSU used to represent concept interiors. Emphasis is on simplified mechanical and
Focuses on the principles and procedures involved in designing the kitchen for freehand systems of drawing. On-site applications and quick visual reproductions
the most efficient residential and commercial use. Concentrates on the major for interior or architectural modeling will be emphasized.
aspects of planning the kitchen with special consideration of selection and lo-
cation of equipment; arrangement of work and storage spaces; standards for ID 295 Directed Study in Interior Design (1, 2, 3)
appliances; health, safety and human anatomy; San Diego Building Codes and 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Minimum Property Standards; detailed floor plan, working drawings, and cost Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director
estimates for labor and material. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
ID 150 Computer Aided Drafting for Designers (CADD) (4) Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory cies in Interior Design subjects and have the initiative to work independently on
Note: May be taken 2 times. projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students
Transfer acceptability: CSU will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
Introduction to computer aided drafting for interior designers, to include two
and some three-dimensional drawing, blocks, design tools, rendering, barrier free
design, and architectural floor plan layouts. International Business (IBUS)
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information.
ID 151 Advanced Computer Aided Drafting for Designers (4) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2488
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Office: B-18
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Advanced applications and topics include prototype drawings, blocks and using Associate in Arts Degrees -
specific libraries, isometric illustration, presentation slide shows, basic and ad- AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
vanced 3 D, and external references. Meets the current needs of the professional • International Business
working designer.
Certificates of Achievement -
ID 160 Interior Illustration (3) Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
3 hours lecture • International Business
Note: May be taken 2 times.
Recommended preparation: ID 100 PROGRAM OF STUDY
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Application of the methods, techniques, and tools used for illustrating interior
spaces and products.
International Business
This program is designed to prepare individuals for a career in international busi-
ID 165 Interior Design Laboratory (1) ness and/or management.
3 hours laboratory
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times A.A. Degree Major or
Transfer acceptability: CSU Certificate of Achievement
Enhancement of skills by supervised practice and active participatory experience
in individual study. Content to be determined by the need of the student in agree- Program Requirements Units
ment with and under observation and direction of the instructor. ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Laboratory 1
ID 170 Space Planning (3) BUS 100 Introduction to Business 3
3 hours lecture BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ID 100 BUS 155 Marketing 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU BUS 205 Business Writing 3
The application of programming, theory, and techniques in residential and IBUS 100 Intro to Int’l Business Mgmt 3
commercial space planning. Skills in drafting and presentation techniques are IBUS 105 International Marketing 3
emphasized. IBUS 110 Cultural Environment/Int’l Business 3
IBUS 115 International Banking and Finance 3
ID 195 Field Studies in Design (2) IBUS 120 Essential/Import/Export Procedures 3
4 hours lecture/laboratory CE 100 Cooperative Education 2, 3, 4
Note: May be taken 2 times TOTAL UNITS 34 - 36
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Tours various locations of the design industry to examine processes of design in Recommended Electives: ANTH 105; ECON 110; GEOG 105; PHIL 110; POSC
110
212 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog International Business-Internet-Italian
COURSE OFFERINGS COURSE OFFERINGS
IBUS 100 Introduction to International Business For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high
and Management (3) school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course
3 hours lecture work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding
Recommended preparation: BUS 100 the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and
Transfer acceptability: CSU college level course work.
Surveys the international dimension of business including trade, financial, eco-
nomic, cultural framework, foreign investment patterns, and international mana- ITAL 101 Italian I (5)
gerial problems and policies at the corporate level. Also covers the role of the 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
international manager with regard to entering foreign markets and supervising Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
operations in existing markets, and the pros and cons of protectionism. This course is the first semester of Italian. This elementary level course is a
study of the Italian language and Italian-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the
IBUS 105 International Marketing (3) development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines
3 hours lecture in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language
Recommended preparation: IBUS 100 Laboratory. This beginning-level course is for students with no previous course-
Transfer acceptability: CSU work in Italian.
Surveys international organizations’ basic elements for developing markets.
Analyzes the market design and the techniques necessary to develop business ITAL 102 Italian II (5)
within selected regions of the world. Discusses the impact due to differences in 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
customs, languages, attitudes, and culture. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ITAL 101 or two years of high school Italian
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
IBUS 110 The Cultural Environment This course is the second semester of Italian at the elementary level. It is a study
of International Business (3) of the Italian language and Italian-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the devel-
3 hours lecture opment of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines in-class
Recommended preparation: IBUS 100 instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language Laboratory.
Transfer acceptability: CSU This beginning-level course is for students with at least one previous semester
Focuses on the cultural environment of international business affecting the of Italian.
conduct of four regions in the Pacific Rim: Canada, Asia, Latin America, and
Russia. Students examine the nature and evolution of culture, language, education, ITAL 197 Italian Topics (.5-5)
religion, and values as they apply to business situations. Examines the differences Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
surrounding political and managerial practices in selected societies. of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
IBUS 115 International Banking and Finance (3) Note: May be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Recommended preparation: IBUS 100 syllabus.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Topics in Italian. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
Surveys international organizations’ basic elements for developing markets. Ana- designate subject covered.
lyzes the market design and the techniques necessary to develop business within
selected regions of the world. Discusses the impact due to differences in customs, ITAL 201 Italian III (5)
languages, attitudes, and culture. 5 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ITAL 102 or three years of high school
IBUS 120 Essentials of Import/Export Procedures (3) Italian
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Recommended preparation: IBUS 100 This course is the third semester of Italian. This intermediate level course is a
Transfer acceptability: CSU study of the Italian language and Italian-speaking cultures, focusing on intermedi-
Application of practical aspects of export and import procedures by international ate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials. Em-
business: organization, development of foreign sales, export and import proce- plasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to acquire
dures, and regulations and documentation of financial operations of global trade. proficiency in Italian. This intermediate level course is for students with at least
two previous semesters of Italian. Class is largely conducted in Italian.
IBUS 197 International Business Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required ITAL 201A Italian IIIA (3)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 3 hours lecture
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ITAL 102 or three years of high school
Note: May be taken 4 times Italian
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: Covers the first half of ITAL 201; not open to students with credit for ITAL 201
Topics in International Business. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Course title will designate subject covered. ITAL 201A is equivalent to the first half of ITAL 201. This course is the first
half of the third semester of Italian. This intermediate level course is a study of
the Italian language and Italian-speaking cultures, focusing on intermediate level
Internet structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is on
See Business, Graphic Communications - Multimedia and Web, and developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to acquire proficiency
CSIS - Web Technology in Italian. This intermediate level course is for students with at least two previous
semesters of Italian. Class is largely conducted in Italian.
Italian (ITAL) ITAL 201B Italian IIIB (3)
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. 3 hours lecture
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ITAL 201A
Office: F-5 Note: Covers the second half of ITAL 201; not open to students with credit for ITAL
201
213
Japenese-Journalism Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC JAPN 197 Japanese Topics (.5-5)
ITAL 201B is equivalent to the second half of ITAL 201 and is the continuation of Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
ITAL 201A. This intermediate level course is a study of the Italian language and the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
Italian-speaking cultures, focusing on intermediate level structures and readings of ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, Note: May be taken 4 times
reading and writing skills in order to acquire proficiency in Italian. This intermedi- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
ate level course is for students with at least two previous semesters of Italian. syllabus.
Class is largely conducted in Italian. Topics in Japanese. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered.
Japanese (JAPN) JAPN 201 Japanese III (5)
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. 5 hours lecture
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JAPN 102 or three years of high school
Office: F-5 Japanese
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
COURSE OFFERINGS This course is the third semester of Japanese. This intermediate level course
is a study of the Japanese language and Japanese-speaking cultures, focusing on
For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high intermediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materi-
school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course als. Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to
work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding acquire proficiency in Japanese.
the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and
college level course work. JAPN 202 Japanese IV (5)
5 hours lecture
JAPN 101 Japanese I (5) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JAPN 201 or four years of high school
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory Japanese
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is the first semester of Japanese. This elementary level course is This course is the fourth semester of Japanese. This intermediate level course
a study of the Japanese language and Japanese-speaking cultures, with emphasis is a study of the Japanese language and of special topics on the culture of the
on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. The course Japanese-speaking world. Emphasis is on further development of cross-cultural
includes a study of fundamental grammar, idiomatic expressions, Hiragana and awareness, as well as, the development of oral, listening, reading and writing skills
Katakana (Japanese alphabets). Course combines in-class instruction and practice in order to improve communicative competence in Japanese.
with self-paced study in the Foreign Language Laboratory. This beginning-level
course is for students with no previous coursework in Japanese.
Journalism (JOUR)
JAPN 101A Japanese IA (3) Contact the Communications Department for further information.
3 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2440
Note: Covers the first half of JAPN 101; not open to students with credit for Office: U-12
JAPN 101 For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Japanese 101A is equivalent to the first half of Japanese 101. This elementary lev- Associate in Arts Degrees -
el course is a study of the Japanese language and Japanese-speaking cultures, with AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. This • Journalism
beginning-level course is for students with no previous coursework in Japanese. Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
JAPN 101B Japanese IB (3) • Journalism
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JAPN 101A Certificates of Proficiency -
Note: Covers the second half of JAPN 101; not open to students with credit for Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
JAPN 101 • Broadcast Journalism
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Japanese 101B is equivalent to the second half of Japanese 101, and is a continu- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
ation of Japanese 101A. This elementary level course is a study of the Japanese
language and Japanese-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of Broadcast Journalism
communicative skills and basic structures.
Provides a background in print journalism and broadcast journalism: practical
experience in gathering, writing, editing and producing news. This certificate
JAPN 102 Japanese II (5)
prepares students for employment in the television news industry.
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JAPN 101, or JAPN 101A and 101B or two
years of high school Japanese Certificate of PROFICIENCY
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Program Requirements Units
This course is the second semester of Japanese. This elementary level course is JOUR 101 News Writing and Reporting 3
a study of the Japanese language and Japanese-speaking cultures, with emphasis JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3
on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. The course RTV/ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
includes a study of fundamental grammar, idiomatic expressions, Kanji (Chinese RTV 240 Television News 4
characters) in addition to Hiragana and Katakana (Japanese alphabets). Course RTV 245 Advanced TV News 3
combines in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign
TOTAL UNITS 16
Language Laboratory.
The Broadcast Journalism Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Radio
and Television.
214 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Journalism-Judaic Studies
Journalism college magazine. It provides a format for the application of photojournalism,
feature article writing, page design skills, and copy editing.
Provides a background in communication theory and history: practical experience
in gathering, writing, editing, and displaying news; and actual newspaper produc-
JOUR 140 Photojournalism (3.5)
tion experience.
7 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100 or 110
A.A. Degree Major or Note: Cross listed as PHOT 140
Certificate of Achievement Transfer acceptability: CSU
Program Requirements Units A study of the history and practice of photojournalism, providing specific appli-
JOUR 101 News Writing and Reporting 3 cation through photographing for The Telescope, Palomar College’s newspaper.
JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3 Student must provide own camera.
JOUR 205 Advanced Newspaper Production 3
JOUR 210 Advanced Newswriting and Reporting 3 JOUR 205 Advanced Newspaper Production (3)
JOUR 215 or Newspaper Editing 3 hours lecture
JOUR 120 Magazine Journalism 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JOUR 105
JOUR 110L Journalism Laboratory 1,2 Corequisite: JOUR 110L
COMM 100 or Mass Media in America Transfer acceptability: CSU
COMM 105 Race, Gender and Media Effects 3 Advanced work in the production of The Telescope. Emphasis is on writing, pho-
ENG 100 English Composition 4 tography, page layout and graphic design.
GCIP/
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I 4 JOUR 210 Advanced Newswriting and Reporting (3)
POSC 101 Intro Politics/American Political Institutions 3 3 hours lecture
POSC 102 Intro to U.S. and California Governments 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JOUR 205
PSYC 100 or Intro to Psychology Corequisite: JOUR 110L
SOC 100 Intro to Sociology 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Practical newswriting experience through work on The Telescope staff. All jour-
TOTAL UNITS 36 - 37
nalistic skills are refined and augmented in this course. Accurate reporting and
development of compelling, clear, and concise writing technique are stressed.
Recommended Electives: JOUR/PHOT 140, JOUR 103, JOUR 295, COMM 104
Note: JOUR 105, 205, 210, and 215 may not be taken concurrently.
JOUR 215 Newspaper Editing (3)
3 hours lecture
COURSE OFFERINGS Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JOUR 210
JOUR 101 News Writing and Reporting (3) Corequisite: JOUR 110L
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Basic skills involved in editing a newspaper, including news judgment, directing
Principles of basic journalism. Development of news judgment and clear writing reporting staff, copy editing, headline writing, page layout, selection and placement
skills. Evaluation of news reporting techniques and sources, and ethical and legal of photos, and computerized page design. All skills are practiced in actual editorial
considerations. Emphasis on practical application for newspaper journalism. situations for the Palomar College newspaper, The Telescope.
JOUR 103 Feature Writing (3) JOUR 295 Directed Study in Journalism (1, 2, 3)
3 hours lecture 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director
Principles of newspaper and magazine feature writing. Development of clear Note: May be taken 4 times
writing skills. Evaluation of interviewing techniques and information gathering. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Applications of ethical and legal standards. Emphasis on practical application for Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
newspaper and magazine journalism. cies in Journalism subjects and have the initiative to work independently on proj-
ects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will
JOUR 105 Newspaper Production (3) work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in JOUR 101
Corequisite: JOUR 110L Judaic Studies (JS)
Transfer acceptability: CSU See Multicultural Studies for additional courses
Journalism for the student who wants practical application in newspaper work. Contact the Multicultural Studies Department for further information.
Emphasis is on writing and editing for Palomar College’s newspaper, The Tele- (760) 744-1150, ext. 2206
scope. Office: ST-28
JOUR 110L Journalism Laboratory (1,2) COURSE OFFERINGS
3 or 6 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times JS 106 Introduction to Judaism I (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Practice in copywriting, layout, headline writing, and other skills necessary to Note: Cross listed as RS 106
produce the campus newspaper, The Telescope, or in related journalism projects. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
The philosophy, religion and ethnic culture of the Jewish people from the
JOUR 120 Magazine Journalism (3) Patriarchs and Prophets through the modern branches of Judaism. Topics covered
3 hours lecture include Torah, Talmud, various commentaries and movements affecting Judaism;
Recommended Preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in Journalism 101 ceremonies, artifacts, and language.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Study and practical experience in planning content and layout, and editing the
215
Judaic Studies-Legal Studies Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
JS 107 Introduction to Judaism II – Culture (3) PROGRAM OF STUDY
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as RS 107 Legal Support Assistant
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A survey of the cultural and historical roots of the Jewish people from 2000 B.C. For students who are interested in working within the legal field. This certificate
to the present; their role in the ancient Near East; relationships in the Western program prepares the student for entry-level legal work, or enhances the skills
World from the Greco Roman period to the post World War II era; creation of those students already working in law offices, corporations, the courts, or
and development of the state of Israel; cultural, religious, and political impact on government agencies.
America and the world community.
A Certificate of Proficiency will be awarded to students who successfully com-
plete the courses listed below.
Legal Studies (LS)
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. Certificate of Proficiency
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 Program Requirements Units
Office: B-18 LS 105 Legal Communications and Methods 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. LS/PLS 110 Computer Skills for the Legal Profession 2
LS/PLS 121 Introduction to Law 3
Associate in Arts Degrees - LS 145 Legal Ethics 3
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1
• Legal Studies OIS 210 Law Office Procedures I 3
Demonstrate the ability to type 35 words per minute 0
Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). TOTAL UNITS 15
• Legal Support Assistant
Recommended Electives: BUS 110, 125; OIS 102
PROGRAM OF STUDY
COURSE OFFERINGS
Legal Studies LS 105 Communications and Methods (3)
The Legal Studies major leads to an A.A. degree or transfer program, providing 3 hours lecture
students with general knowledge of the philosophy of law, the legal process, legal Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading
institutions, and legal reasoning. This is not a paralegal or a para-professional Transfer acceptability: CSU
major but will prepare students for careers within the legal profession. This course is an introduction to legal writing and research. The course begins
with an overview of basic writing skills and preparation of legal correspondence.
A.A. Degree Major In addition, the course reviews the use of proper legal citations, and the drafting
of legal memoranda. Basic research methods are reviewed to introduce the stu-
Program Requirements Units dent to legal research and analysis.
LS 105* Legal Communications and Methods 3
LS/PLS 110 Computer Skills for the Legal Profession 2 LS 110 Computer Skills for the Legal Profession (2)
LS/PLS 121* Introduction to Law 3 4 hours lecture/laboratory
LS 145* Legal Ethics 3 Note: Cross listed as PLS 110
LS/PLS 240 Civil Liberties and Procedures 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
LS/PLS 290 Contemporary Legal Issues 3 A comprehensive hands-on study of computer software applications in the legal
PHIL 115 Critical Thinking 3 environment to include Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, PDF files, scanning,
POSC 101 Introduction to Politics/American Political Institutions 3 internet literacy and specific legal software.
POSC 102 Introduction to U.S. and California Governments 3
LS 121 Introduction to Law (3)
Electives (Select 6 units) 3 hours lecture
AJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 Note: Cross listed as PLS 121
AJ 104 Criminal Law 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - BUS 115, 116, 117, LS 121, PLS 121 combined:
BUS 115 Business Law 3 maximum credit, one course.
BUS 116 Business Law 3 An introduction to law and the legal system. Includes an examination of the
BUS 117 Legal Environment of Business 3 federal and state court system, criminal law, civil law, administrative law, and pro-
LS/PLS 170 Alternative Dispute Resolution 3 cedural law.
LS/PLS 190 Clinical Studies 3
LS 295 Directed Study in Legal Studies 1, 2, 3 LS 145 Legal Ethics (3)
POSC 110 Introduction to World Politics 3 3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 31 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Legal ethics and professional responsibility within the legal profession. Focuses
Legal Studies students may major or minor in Law and Society upon transfer to the on standards required by the American Bar Association and other professional
University of California, San Diego. associations involving legal professionals working in the field of law.
Students who wish to double major at UCSD will be afforded maximum flexibility LS 155 Legal Writing (1)
in the selection of elective courses. 1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/PLS 150 and ENG 100
*Transfer students to University of California, San Diego extension Paralegal Note: Cross listed as PLS 155
certificate program will receive credit for the asterisked courses. Transfer acceptability: CSU
The techniques of legal writing and analysis as applied to the drafting of a legal
Legal Studies students should seek early advising for transfer. memorandum, case briefing, and law office correspondence. Using legal research
skills developed in PLS 150/LS 150 to formulate written answers, in proper legal
format, to legal issues and questions presented.
216 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Legal Studies-Library Technology
LS 170 Alternative Dispute Resolution (3) PROGRAM OF STUDY
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/PLS 121 Library Technology
Note: Cross listed as PLS 170 Provides training for students desiring employment as library technical assistants
Transfer acceptability: CSU and retraining for those reentering the labor market.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) utilizes various processes to settle dis-
putes without a court adjudication, i.e., an alternative to civil dispute resolution. A.A. Degree Major or
This course will review minitrial, settlement conference, conciliation, and empha- Certificate of Achievement
size negotiation mediation, and arbitration. The role of the paralegal in ADR will
be addressed and a review of the essential laws. Program Requirements Units
LT 100 Introduction to Libraries/Info Services 3
LS 190 Clinical Studies (3) LT 110 Library Skills/Technical Services 3
9 hours laboratory LT 115 Library Operational Skills/Public Services 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/ PLS 121 LT 120 Info Sources/Services/Reference 3
Note: Cross listed as PLS 190; may be taken 3 times LT 130 Library Media and Technology 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU LT 140 Library Services Child/Young Adults 3
This course provides the student with an opportunity to gain practical work CSIT 105 or Computer Concepts and Applications
experience within the legal field. The student will complete 120 hours of work at CSIT 120/
the internship site and attend three seminars during the semester that will focus R CSIS 120 Computer Applications 3
on transitioning to the work force.
Electives Group I (Select 3 – 4 units)
LS 240 Civil Liberties and Procedures (3) BUS 125 Business English 3
3 hours lecture BUS 205 Business Writing 3
Note: Cross listed as PLS 240 ENG 100 English Composition 4
Recommended preparation: ENG 50 or eligibility for ENG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Electives Group II (Select 3 units)
The study of the Bill of Rights and Supreme Court decisions focusing on civil CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3
rights and liberties.This area of constitutional law exams the relationship between CE 150 Cooperative Education Internship 2,3
individuals and government. Emphasis is on minority issues such as privacy, per- LT 197 Topics in Library Technology .5-3
sonal freedom, political equality, and first amendment jurisprudence. TOTAL UNITS 27 – 28
LS 290 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) COURSE OFFERINGS
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS 105 LT 100 Introduction to Libraries and
Note: Cross listed as PLS 290 Information Services (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Contemporary legal issues will be explored by leading experts in the field via TV Transfer acceptability: CSU
broadcasts. Seminars will be conducted for the purpose of further developing This course is an introduction to the philosophy of library service; history and
legal issues and completing a research project. Students will be encouraged to types of libraries; organization and operation of libraries and history of informa-
submit research projects to AAFPE for publication in the American Association tion. The role of the library/media technician; duties of the library/media techni-
for Paralegal Education Law Journal. This capstone course focuses on advanced cian in public services, reference, and technical services will also be introduced.
legal writing, analysis, and research. Topics covered include the basic skills necessary for successful library employ-
ment including job search, application procedures, and the relationship of the
LS 295 Directed Study in Legal Studies (1, 2, 3) LMTA to the Librarian, the library staff, and the community served.
3, 6, or 9 hours of laboratory
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson/ director LT 110 Library Operational Skills/Technical Services (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien- Transfer acceptability: CSU
cies in legal Studies subjects and have the initiative to work independently on This course is an introduction to the principles and practices of technical services
projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students including cataloging and acquisitions.
will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
LT 115 Library Operational Skills/Public Services (3)
3 hours lecture
Library Technology (LT) Transfer acceptability: CSU
Contact the Library Technology Department for further information. This course will prepare the student to provide public service in the circulation
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2666 area of the library. Students will be introduced to principles and practices of
Office: LL-213-B material shelving, interlibrary loan services, circulation of materials, fines, patron
records, supervision, handling cash, maintaining statistics, and building security and
Associate in Arts Degrees - emergency procedures.
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Library Technology LT 120 Information Sources and Services/Reference (3)
3 hours lecture
Certificates of Achievement - Transfer acceptability: CSU
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). This course prepares the student to provide assistance in reference services.
• Library Technology Students will be introduced to principles and practices of reference interview,
reference materials, database searching, online catalogs, World Wide Web search-
ing and evaluation, and bibliographic instruction.
217
Library Technology-Mathematics Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
LT 130 Library Media and Technology (3) MATH 120 or Elementary Statistics
3 hours lecture MATH 200 or Introduction to Linear Algebra
Transfer acceptability: CSU MATH 206 Calculus with Differential Equations 3,4
Prepares the student to use instructional media in the classroom and library/ MATH/
media center, with emphasis on the role and utilization of computers and other CSCI 146 or FORTRAN 90 for Mathematics and Science 3
technology in education. Topics covered include the utilization of videotapes, CSCI 110 or Programming for Computer Sciences 4
graphics, and other projected and non-projected media, operation of appropriate CSCI 220 C Programming 4
equipment, and the production of transparencies, graphics and displays.
TOTAL UNITS 19 - 21
LT 140 Library Services for Children and Young Adults (3)
Recommended Electives: PHYS 230, 231, 232; CHEM 110, 115; MATH 245
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Practical use of children’s and young adults’ materials for readers’ advisory, COURSE OFFERINGS
research, and reference service in school library/media centers and public library Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses.
youth services’ departments. Current trends, concerns, and methodology for Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
youth programming and literature activities will be covered.
MATH 10 Basic Arithmetic (3)
LT 154 Information for Life Long Learning (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Non-degree Applicable
Transfer acceptability: CSU Basic arithmetic computational skills, with an emphasis on the whole numbers,
This class will prepare students to locate, evaluate, and use information resources fractions, decimals, and an introduction to the concepts of area and perimeter.
through the study of learning styles, goal setting, study skills, health and wellness, Designed for students who are lacking fundamental arithmetic skills.
and human behavior. Students will work independently and in groups leading to an
integrated understanding of themselves and the value of information. MATH 12 Supplemental Instruction for Basic Arithmetic (1)
1 hour lecture
LT 197 Topics in Library Technology (.5-3) Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of lecture hours Non-degree Applicable
required of the student. Refer to Class Schedule. Supplemental instruction for students enrolled in MATH 10 – Basic Arithmetic.
Note: May be taken 4 times Designed for students who need additional review of basic arithmetic topics.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Selected topics in Library Technology. Refer to the Class Schedule for topics cov- MATH 15 Prealgebra (3)
ered. 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taught in Spanish
Non-degree Applicable
Mathematics (MATH) The basic arithmetic operations, integers, fractions, decimals, percents, ratio and
Contact the Mathematics Department for further information. proportion, basic geometric con¬cepts, problem-solving techniques, and an intro-
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2535 duction to algebraic thinking.
Office: E-11
MATH 17 Supplemental Instruction for Prealgebra (1)
Associate in Arts Degrees - 1 hour lecture
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
• Mathematics Non-degree Applicable
Supplemental instruction for students enrolled in MATH 15 - Prealgebra. De-
Any student wishing to earn an A.A. Degree must meet competence require- signed for students who need additional review of prealgebra topics.
ments at the MATH 60 level. Methods by which a student can demonstrate com-
petence are listed under “Competence Requirements” in front of this catalog. MATH 42A Supplemental Instruction for
Students wishing to enroll in MATH 50, 50A, 56, 60, 110, 115, 120, 125, and 135 Beginning Algebra Part I (1)
must participate in the mathematics placement process or meet the prerequisite 1 hour lecture
listed in the catalog. The mathematics placement test may be taken two times Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; May be taken 2 times
within a two year period, through the Palomar College Counseling Center. The Non-degree Applicable
assessment and placement process determines eligibility for enrollment in these Supplemental instruction for students enrolled in MATH 50A - Beginning Algebra.
courses. Students interested in determining their readiness to enroll in MATH Designed for students who need additional review of beginning algebra topics.
140 may additionally request to take the College Algebra Asset Test. Arrange-
ments for this test can be made in the Counseling Center. MATH 42B Supplemental Instruction for
Beginning Algebra Part II (1)
PROGRAM OF STUDY 1 hour lecture
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; May be taken 2 times
Mathematics Non-degree Applicable
Supplemental instruction for students enrolled in MATH 50B - Beginning Algebra.
Provides the background to satisfy upper division course work in mathematics
Designed for students who need additional review of beginning algebra topics.
and for entry-level positions that require a knowledge of mathematics such as
Technical Assistant and Mathematical Technician. The student is advised to check
MATH 47 Mathematics Topics (.5 - 4)
with the school to which he or she wishes to transfer for additional courses
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
which may be required.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
A.A. Degree Major Note: May be taken 4 times
Program Requirements Units Non-degree Applicable
MATH 140 Calculus with Analytic Geometry, First Course 5 Topics in Mathematics. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title
MATH 141 Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Second Course 4 will designate subject covered.
MATH 205 Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Third Course 4
218 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Mathematics
MATH 50 Beginning Algebra (4) MATH 100 Exploring Mathematics (3)
4 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 15 or eligibility determined through Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or MATH 60 or eligibility deter-
the math placement process mined through the math placement process
Note: Selected classes may occasionally be taught in Spanish Note: May not be used to clear high school deficiency for students transferring to
Elementary algebra which emphasizes mathematical reasoning, problem solving, UC systems Fall 1994 or later
and real-world applications using numerical, algebraic, and graphic models. Top- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 100, 105 and 106 combined: maximum
ics include problem-solving techniques, algebraic expressions, polynomials, linear credit, one course
equations, linear inequalities, linear and nonlinear graphs, systems of linear equa- Selected topics from logic, modern algebra, number theory, and geometry. De-
tions in two variables, integer exponents, proportions, and radicals. signed to give the student an introduction to the structure of mathematics and its
applications. Recommended for liberal arts students.
MATH 50A Beginning Algebra Part I (2)
2 hours lecture MATH 105 Concepts of Elementary Mathematics I (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 15 or eligibility determined through 3 hours lecture
the math placement process Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or MATH 60 or eligibility deter-
Note: Not open to students with credit in MATH 50 mined through the math placement process
First part of Math 50 with emphasis on mathematical reasoning, problem solving, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 100, 105 and 106 combined: maximum
and real-world applications using numerical, algebraic, and graphical models. Top- credit, one course
ics include problem-solving techniques, algebraic expressions, polynomials, linear Selected topics from the real number system including properties and operations
equations, linear inequalities, linear and nonlinear graphs, and natural number ex- with integers and rational numbers as fractions and decimals. Additional topics
ponents. include problem solving, numeration systems, number theory, and topics in logic
and set theory. Recommended for prospective teachers.
MATH 50B Beginning Algebra Part II (2)
2 hours lecture MATH 105L Concepts of Elementary Mathematics I
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 50A Laboratory (1)
Note: Not open to students with credit in MATH 50 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Second part of Math 50 with continued emphasis on mathematical reasoning, Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 105, or concurrent enrollment in
problem solving, and real-world applications, using numerical, algebraic, and MATH 105
graphical models. Topics include problem-solving techniques, algebraic expres- Transfer acceptability: CSU
sions, polynomials, linear equations, linear inequalities, linear and nonlinear graphs, This is a lab to accompany Math 105. The course focuses on children’s math-
systems of linear equations in two variables, integer exponents, proportions, and ematical thinking regarding topics in the Math 105 curriculum including, but not
radicals. limited to, place value, arithmetic operations with whole numbers, fractions, and
problem-solving strategies. Students view and analyze vidoeclips of children being
MATH 55 Geometry (4) interviewed regarding their mathematical thinking, and students also interview
4 hours lecture children at the first and fourth/fifth grade levels, evaluating the strategies used and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in either MATH 50 or MATH 50B or eligibility analyzing and reflecting upon the mathematical thinking involved. Recommended
determined through the math placement process for prospective elementary and middle school teachers.
Fundamentals of plane geometry and selected topics from solid geometry devel-
oped by both inductive and deductive processes. Especially recommended for MATH 106 Concepts of Elementary Mathematics II (3)
prospective teachers and/or students who will be taking Trigonometry. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 105
MATH 56 Beginning/Intermediate Algebra (6) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 100, 105 and 106 combined: maximum
6 hours lecture-2 hours laboratory credit, one course
Prerequisite: Eligibility determined through the math placement process An extension of Mathematics 105, including selected topics from two-and-three-
Note: Not open to students with credit in MATH 60 dimensional geometry, motion geometry, and measurement. Recommended for
A review of elementary algebra and in-depth coverage of intermediate algebra prospective elementary and junior high school teachers, parents, and liberal arts
intended for the student who has previous experience with algebra. Meets re- students.
quirement for the A.A. degree. Meets prerequisite requirement for mathematics
courses number 100-120, and 135. MATH 110 College Algebra (4)
4 hours lecture
MATH 60 Intermediate Algebra (4) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or MATH 60 or eligibility deter-
4 hours lecture mined through the math placement process
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in either MATH 50 or MATH 50B or eligibility Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 110 and 135 combined: maximum
determined through the math placement process credit, one course.
Graphic, numeric, analytic and applied perspectives on topics including linear, qua- Study of the behavior and characteristics of functions from graphic, numeric,
dratic, exponential and logarithmic functions, exponents and radicals, linear and analytic and applied perspectives, including general polynomial functions, rational
nonlinear systems of equations and inequalities. functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, and sequences. Systems of equa-
tions in several variables with an emphasis in matrix solutions.
MATH 97 Mathematics Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required MATH 115 Trigonometry (3)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 3 hours lecture
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or MATH 60 or eligibility deter-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in either MATH 50 or MATH 50B, or eligibil- mined through the math placement process
ity determined through the Math Placement process Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 4 times The trigonometric functions and their applications including emphasis on the ana-
Topics in Mathematics. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title lytical aspects, identities, and trigonometric equations.
will designate subject covered.
219
Mathematics-Medical Assisting Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
MATH 120 Elementary Statistics (3) MATH 197 Mathematics Topics (.5 - 4)
3 hours lecture Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or MATH 60 or eligibility deter- of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
mined through the math placement process scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 120, BIOL 215, and PSYC/SOC 205, Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in either MATH 56 or MATH 60, or eligibility
combined: maximum credit, one course determined through the math placement process
Selected topics include tabular and graphical representation of data, counting Note: May be taken 4 times
principles, permutations, combinations, discrete and continuous probability dis- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
tributions, sampling distributions, the Central Limit Theorem, an introduction to syllabus
inferential statistics, and simple linear regression analysis. Applications from the Topics in Mathematics. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title
fields of business, economics, life sciences, social sciences, and the physical sci- will designate subject covered.
ences.
MATH 200 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 130 Calculus for the Social Sciences (4) 3 hours lecture
4 hours lecture Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 141
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 110 or eligibility determined through Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
the math placement process Matrices, determinants, vectors, linear dependence and independence, basis and
Note: Not open to students with credit in MATH 140 change of basis, linear transformations, and eigen values.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 130 and 140 combined: maximum
credit, one course MATH 205 Calculus With Analytic Geometry, Third Course (4)
Functions and their graphs including exponential and logarithmic functions, single 4 hours lecture
variable calculus, limits, differentiation, integration and their applications, multivari- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 141
able calculus, with application to business, social sciences and behavioral science. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Vectors in the plane and space, three-dimensional coordinate system and graph-
MATH 135 Precalculus Mathematics (5) ing, vector-valued functions and differential geometry, partial differentiation, mul-
5 hours lecture tiple integration, and vector calculus.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 115 or eligibility determined through
the math placement process MATH 206 Calculus With Differential Equations (4)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 110 and 135 combined: maximum 4 hours lecture
credit, 4 units Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 205
Designed for students who intend to take calculus. Emphasizes study of the be- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
havior and characteristics of functions from graphic, numerical, analytic, and ap- A first course in ordinary differential equations from analytic, geometric, numeric
plied perspectives. Includes trigonometric functions, general polynomial functions, and applied perspectives (including the use of modern computational technol-
rational functions, exponential functions, logarithmic functions, absolute value ogy as appropriate). Topics include exact, separable, and linear equations; initial
functions, functions with rational exponents, and sequences. Selected topics from value and boundary-value problems; systems of first-order equations; reduction
analytic geometry and linear systems are also presented. of order; undetermined coefficients; variation of parameters; series solutions; and
Laplace transforms.
MATH 140 Calculus With Analytic Geometry, First Course (5)
5 hours lecture MATH 245 Discrete Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 135, or MATH 110 and MATH 115, 3 hours lecture
or eligibility determined through the math placement process Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 130 or MATH 140, or a passing
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – MATH 130 and 140 combined: maximum score on the appropriate placement test
credit, one course Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An introduction to analytic geometry, differentiation and integration of algebraic The study of prepositional and predicate logic, number theory and methods of
and transcendental functions of a single variable, and applications of differentia- proof, elements of set theory, relations and functions, the Pigeonhole Principle,
tion. sequences, infinite sets, basic counting techniques, permutations, combinations,
graphs and trees, and applications directed to the field of computer science.
MATH 141 Calculus With Analytic Geometry, Second Course (4)
4 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140 Medical Assisting (MA)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Contact the Life Sciences Department for further information.
Continuation of MATH 140.Topics include definite integrals and their applications; (760) 744-1150, ext. 2275
methods of integration (including the use of modern computational technology as Office: NS-207A
appropriate); indeterminate forms; improper integrals; sequences; infinite series;
Taylor series; conic sections; polar coordinate; and parametric equations from Associate in Arts Degrees -
analytic, graphic, and numeric perspectives. AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Administrative Medical Assisting
MATH 146 Fortran-90 for Mathematics and Science (3) • Clinical Medical Assisting
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 135 or MATH 110 and MATH 115, Certificates of Achievement -
or a passing grade on the appropriate placement test Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: Cross listed as CSCI 146 • Administrative Medical Assisting
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Clinical Medical Assisting
Programming in FORTRAN 90 to solve typical problems in mathematics, com-
puter science, physical sciences, and engineering. Programming is done on a PC.
220 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Medical Assisting-Microbiology
PROGRAMS OF STUDY MA 60 Medical Insurance (3)
3 hours lecture
Administrative Medical Assisting Recommended preparation: MA 55 or 56
Provides entry-level skills training in medical insurance billing. Surveys private
Provides specific skills for entry level positions as an administrative assistant in a and government health and accident insurance plans and methods for preparing
physician’s office or a medical clinic. claim forms. Emphasis on compiling and extracting data for completion of forms.
A.A. Degree Major or MA 61 Medical Insurance Coding (3)
Certificate of Achievement 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Program Requirements Units Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MA 55 or 56, or concurrent enrollment in
MA 50 Introduction to Medical Assisting 3 MA 55 or 56
MA 55 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3 Diagnosis and medical procedure coding utilizing International Classification of
MA 56 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3 Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-9-CM) and Current Proce-
MA 60 Medical Insurance 3 dural Terminology 4 (CPT-4) coding guidelines. Includes abstracting information
BUS 125 Business English 3 from the medical record, utilizing computer coding techniques, and knowledge of
OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 strategies to promote accurate reimbursement of medical claims.
OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1 MA 65 Clinical Assisting: Patient Care (5)
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1 3 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory
OIS 205 Office Procedures 3 Preparation of patients and assisting physician with examinations, minor surgi-
CE 100* Cooperative Education 2 cal procedures, and treatments. Recording medical histories and observations.
TOTAL UNITS 24 Principles and methods of aseptic procedures, handling and care of instruments
and supplies. Pharmacology with emphasis on preparation and administration of
* Cooperative Education must be related to this major. medication.
MA 66 Clinical Assisting: Diagnostic Procedures (5)
Clinical Medical Assisting 3 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory
Provides specific skills for entry level positions as a clinical assistant in a physi- Laboratory orientation and preparation of patients for diagnostic procedures.
cian’s office or a medical clinic. Specimen collection and handling. Basic urine and hematological tests. Emergency
procedures.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement MA 70 Supervised Clinical Experience (3.5)
10½ hours laboratory
Program Requirements Units Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MA 50, 55, 56, 65 and 66. Current CPR
MA 50 Introduction to Medical Assisting 3 Basic ‘C’ Certificate. A Physical Examination and Physician’s Report (free of infectious
MA 55 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3 disease and physically and emotionally able to perform the duties of the MA 70
MA 56 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3 class). Proof of the following: Tuberculin Test (PPD), Tetanus/Diphtheria immunization,
MA 65 Clinical Assisting: Patient Care 5 Rubella/Measles Vaccine, and Hepatitis B Vaccine (first in the series of 3 must be
MA 66 Clinical Assisting: Diagnostic Procedures 5 received a minimum of 10 days prior to day 1 of MA 70 class). Must be 18 years of
MA 70 Supervised Clinical Experience 3.5 age prior to day 1 of clinical experience.
ZOO 145 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology 3 Supervised clinical (back office) experience in the physician’s office, clinic, labora-
BUS 125 Business English 3 tory, or other appropriate health care facility. Students will assist the physician and
OIS 101* Beginning Keyboarding 2 medical staff to provide patient care, diagnostic procedures, and perform other
TOTAL UNITS 28.5 - 30.5 duties delegated to the entry-level medical assistant with consideration of the
ethical and legal implications. Clinical skills not prohibited by California regula-
* May be exempt by typing proficiency exam. tions or the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act of 1988 will be performed.
COURSE OFFERINGS MA 97 Medical Assisting Topics (.5 - 4)
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
MA 50 Introduction to Medical Assisting (3) scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
History and development of the medical profession and its specialties. Roles and Topics in Medical Assisting. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
functions of the medical assistant and medical assisting organizations. Principles of title will designate subject covered.
interpersonal relationships, professional attitudes, medical ethics, and law. Recep-
tion and scheduling of patients.
Microbiology (MICR)
MA 55 Medical Terminology and Anatomy (3) Contact the Life Sciences Department for further information.
3 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2275
Basic medical terms with emphasis on word analysis and construction. Overview Office: NS-207A
of anatomy and the pathological, diagnostic, therapeutic, and surgical terms re-
lated to the body as a whole and the integumentary, digestive, urinary, musculosk- COURSE OFFERINGS
eletal, and male reproductive systems.
MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods (3)
MA 56 Medical Terminology and Anatomy (3) 2 hours lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory
3 hours lecture Note: Cross listed as FCS 110
Basic medical terms with emphasis on word analysis and construction. Overview Transfer acceptability: CSU
of anatomy and the pathological, diagnostic, therapeutic and surgical terms related Introduction to the principles of microbiology with an emphasis on foodborne
to the cardiovascular, respiratory, hematologic, endocrine, and female reproduc- pathogens. Students will explore biological factors and controls relating to repro-
tive systems, and to oncology. duction of microorganisms and the effects on public health. This course does not
meet microbiology requirement for pre-health students.
221
Microbiology-Multicultural Studies-Music Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
MICR 197 Microbiology Topics (.5 - 4) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required An introductory course designed for students with a general interest in the Is-
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be lamic world, including its history and cultural traditions. Examines the main social,
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. traditional and legal institutions of Islam.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU MCS 157 Theatre and Social Justice (3)
Topics in Microbiology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title 3 hours lecture
will designate subject covered. Note: Cross listed as TA 157; may be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology (4) The study and practice of theatre as a vehicle for understanding global conditions
2 hours lecture-7 hours laboratory of social injustice and working to create justice in local communities.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 102; or BIOL 200 and CHEM 104 or
CHEM 100; or BIOL 100 and CHEM 104 or CHEM 100; or BIOL 105 and CHEM MCS 165 Introduction to Asian American Studies (3)
104 or CHEM 100; or BIOL 101, BIOL 101L and CHEM 104 or CHEM 100 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Fundamentals of microbiology including medical aspects of microbiology. This course is an introduction to Asian American Studies. It focuses on the lives
and experiences of Asian Americans in the United States. It surveys the history
of immigration and cultural assimilation of the different Asian American groups in
Multicultural Studies (MCS) the U.S. As such, the course will utilize historical perspectives, literature, and film
See also Africana Studies, American Indian Studies, to examine the Asian American experience and the changing roles and contribu-
American Studies, Chicano Studies, Judaic Studies tions of Asian Americans in American society.
Contact the Multicultural Studies Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2206 MCS 197 Multicultural Studies Topics (.5 - 4)
Office: ST-28 Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
COURSE OFFERINGS Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
MCS 100 Introduction to Multicultural Studies (3) syllabus.
3 hours lecture Topics in Multicultural Studies. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Course title will designate subject covered.
Social, cultural and political awareness of diverse national and international sys-
tems of thought and multicultural groups as revealed through their social institu- MCS 200 Race, Class, and Ethnic Groups in America (3)
tions and cultural traditions emanating from family, community and nation - state. 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as AMS 200/SOC 200
MCS 110 Diverse Cultures in America Today (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture This course is designed to introduce the topics of intergroup relations in gen-
Note: Cross listed as AMS 110 eral to superordinate-subordinate relations in particular, as exemplified in various
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC racial, ethnic, social class, and cultural groups. Emphasis is primarily on contem-
An investigation of prevalent cultural trends in four groups of diverse ethnic and porary relations in the United States, although a comparative perspective is also
cultural backgrounds in America -- African Americans, Latinos, Chinese, and peo- offered.
ple of Jewish heritage -- since World War II. Emphasis will be placed on the liter-
ary, musical, and artistic expressions of their heritage, social conditions, struggle
to become part of the main culture, and response to prejudice, racial, and reli- Music (MUS)
gious discrimination. Selections dealing with social conditions will include such Contact the Performing Arts Department for further information.
diverse issues as family life, intergenerational conflicts, and religious traditions. (760) 744-1150, ext. 2316
Office: D-16
MCS 120 The Middle East: From Ancient Cultures
to Modern Influences (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
3 hours lecture AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Music
Explores the development of Middle Eastern cultures and traditions beginning
with Mesopotamia and Egypt becoming the cradles of Western civilization to the Certificates of Proficiency -
present. Emphasis on the cultural milieu in which the three monotheistic religions, Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Judaism, Christianity and Islam, were born. The focus will be on cultural traditions • Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music
as opposed to religious aspects. The influences of Greek, Roman, and Eastern
civilizations in the region, including literary, philosophical, musical, and artistic cre- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
ations by Middle Easterners in the past century. Discussions will also focus on the
current cultural conflicts between religious traditions and cultural groups. Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music
MCS 122 Survey of Middle Eastern History (3) This program is directed at the digital design and implementation of 3D anima-
3 hours lecture tions, graphic compositing and music.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Certificate of Proficiency
A survey of the history, cultures and religions of the Arab world including the
emergence of Islam as a major world religion, and the impact of the Arab con- Program Requirements Units
quests on the Mediterranean world. (5 courses minimum required)
ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
MCS 124 Islamic Cultures and Traditions (3) ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
3 hours lecture GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Note: Cross listed as RS 124
222 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Music
GCMW 206 Motion Graphics Production and Compositing 4 Group Three (Select 3 units)
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3 MUS 101 Survey of 20th Century Music 3
MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3 MUS 102 Introduction to Jazz 3
TOTAL UNITS 16 - 17 MUS 171 World Music 3
TOTAL UNITS 41 - 42
Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music Certificate of Proficiency is also listed
in Art and in Graphic Communications - Multimedia and Web. Recommended Elective: DNCE/MUS/TA 173
Music COURSE OFFERINGS
Students pursuing a music major will take the following required courses.Transfer An activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all
students should consult the four-year college or university catalog for specific ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four Keyboard courses for
requirements or see a Palomar College counselor. credit). Keyboard, Piano skills, Vocal, Brass Instruments, Woodwind Instruments,
Guitar, Choir, Concert Band, Jazz, Chamber Ensemble, and String Orchestra are
Note: MUS 103 is recommended for students who need preparation for Music defined as activity courses.
Theory I.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
A.A. Degree Major
Program Requirements Units MUS 96A Special Projects: Performance (1)
MUS 100 Music Appreciation 3 3 hours laboratory
MUS 105 Music Theory I 3 Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
MUS 106 Music Theory II 3 Note: May be taken 4 times
MUS 110 Music Skills I 1 Participation in group or solo performances beyond those normally expected in
MUS 111 Music Skills II 1 individual study classes.
MUS 180 Computer Music I 3
MUS 210 Advanced Harmony 3 MUS 96B Special Projects: Research (1, 2, 3)
MUS 211 Counterpoint 3 1, 2, or 3 hours lecture
MUS 215 Music Skills III 1 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 105
MUS 216 Music Skills IV 1 Note: May be taken 2 times
Special study in the areas of music theory, composition, history, or literature.
Group One (Select 12 units)
MUS 134 Palomar Women’s Chorus 1 MUS 97D Music Topics (.5 - 4)
MUS/DNCE 137 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming I 1-2 Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
MUS/DNCE 138 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming II 1-2 of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
MUS 143 Palomar Chorale Chamber Ensemble 0.5 - 1 scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
MUS 147 Concert Choir 1 Note: May be taken 4 times
MUS 148 Palomar Chorale 1 Topics in Music. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
MUS 149 Spectrum Pop/Jazz Singers 1 designate subject covered.
MUS 150 Musical Theatre - Vocal 0.5 - 1
MUS 151 Concert Band 1 MUS 100 Music Appreciation (3)
MUS 152 Jazz Ensemble 1 3 hours lecture
MUS 155 Chamber Ensemble - Brass 1 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 157 Guitar Ensembles 2 A survey course that develops musical listening skills through lectures, discussion,
MUS 158 Chamber Singers 0.5 - 1 in-class listening to recorded music, and live concert attendance. Stylistic and
MUS 172 Repertory Jazz Ensemble 1 structural elements, cultural roles of music and musicians, and contributions of
MUS 181 Computer Music II 3 technology in Western music are examined through representational works from
MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble 3 the earliest notated music to the present.
MUS 187 Computer Music Composition 3
MUS 198 Palomar Symphony Orchestra 0.5 - 1 MUS 101 Survey of 20th Century Music (3)
MUS 220 Applied Music 3 3 hours lecture
MUS 222 Performance Studies 0.5 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 223 Premier Chamber Ensembles 1 Music from the mid 19th Century to the recent avant garde, with emphasis on
understanding the issues and philosophies of modern musical thought.
Group Two (Select 4-5 units)
MUS 115 Basic Keyboard I 2 MUS 102 Introduction to Jazz (3)
MUS 116 Accelerated Basic Keyboard 3 3 hours lecture
MUS 117 Basic Keyboard II 2 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 119 Piano Skills I 2 Surveys the historical and musical development of jazz as a unique African Ameri-
MUS 131 Vocal Literature and Performance 2 can expression from the beginning of slavery in the U.S. to the current global
MUS 175 Beginning Guitar 2 multicultural expression of jazz in the twenty-first century. Emphasis is placed
MUS 176 Intermediate Guitar 2 on how racial, socio-economic, and gender relationships between whites, African
MUS 179 Beginning Flamenco Guitar 2 Americans and Latinos were reflected in and influenced by jazz musicians, and the
MUS 224 Introduction to Jazz Piano 2 evolving technological contexts in which jazz has developed. Students become ac-
MUS 225 Piano Skills II 2 tive listeners, and develop culturally relevant aesthetic criteria in contextualizing
jazz performances.
MUS 103 Fundamentals of Music (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
223
Music Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Training in the fundamentals of music, primarily for the non music major. The Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
course of study includes a thorough acquaintance with scales, intervals, keys and Piano techniques including scales and arpeggios, sight reading, and ensemble play-
triads, as well as development in ability to sight read simple melodic material and ing. Required of all music majors and for credential candidates.
take simple melodic dictation.
MUS 123 Arts Across the Curriculum (3)
MUS 105 Music Theory I (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture-2 hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as: ART 123/DNCE 123/TA 123
Corequisite: MUS 110 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC This course is an introduction to the artistic creative process through a compara-
Analysis and written work in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic structure of music. tive study of dance, music, theatre, and visual arts, within a social and cultural
Includes review of music rudiments and study of structure and harmonic usage of context. The principles of artistic perception, creative expression, cultural and
triads. Required concert attendance. historical context, and aesthetic valuing will be discussed.
MUS 106 Music Theory II (3) MUS 125 Musicianship for Elementary Teachers (3)
3 hours lecture-2 hours laboratory 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 105 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Corequisite: MUS 111 Skills and competencies required in the elementary school classroom including
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC basic music theory, sight singing, classroom instruments, voice, and a useful reper-
Continuation of MUS 105, extending analysis and written work into all aspects toire of songs selected from State adopted music textbooks. It is recommended
of diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and elementary modulation. Music that students lacking a basic knowledge of the piano enroll in MUS 115 concur-
literacy is developed through listening and score reading assignments. Required rently.
concert attendance.
MUS 130 Fundamental Vocal Skills (2)
MUS 110 Music Skills I (1) 2 hours lecture
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
Prerequisite: Ability to read and write basic music notation 130, MUS 131, MUS 132
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Melodic and rhythmic sight reading and dictation. Required concert attendance. Introduction to the basics of singing. Includes proper breath control and posture,
Required for students with a major in music, but open to all students. practice techniques, diction, and performance of simple song literature.
MUS 111 Music Skills II (1) MUS 131 Vocal Literature and Performance (2)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory 2 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 110 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 130
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
Continuation of MUS 110 and harmonic dictation. Required concert attendance. 130, MUS 131, MUS 132
Required for students with a major in music, but open to all students. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Establishment of a basic repertoire for the singer. Rehearsal and performance
MUS 115 Basic Keyboard I (2) of folk songs; musical theatre; and Italian, German, French, and English art songs.
1 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS MUS 132 Popular Vocal Technique (1)
115, MUS 116, MUS 117 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 130
An introduction to the keyboard through the study of notation, basic hand posi- Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
tions, and chord formations. 130, MUS 131, MUS 132
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 116 Accelerated Basic Keyboard (3) Development of individual style in popular music. Scat singing, microphone tech-
1½ hours lecture - 4 ½ hours laboratory nique, and expansion of repertoire.
Prerequisite: Ability to read music in treble and bass clefs
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS MUS 134 Palomar Women’s Chorus (1)
115, MUS 116, MUS 117 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Accelerated class for the beginning keyboard student. Required of all students Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
with a major in music and for music credential candidates. 134, 147, 148, 149
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 117 Basic Keyboard II (2) Rehearsal and performance of standard choral literature for women’s voices.Trips
4 hours lecture/laboratory to college choir festivals and performances in the community and at Palomar
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 115 or the passing of equivalency College.
test
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS MUS 137 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming I (1, 1.5, 2)
115, MUS 116, MUS 117 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as DNCE 137; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions
Keyboard experience through the further study of notation, scales, and chord in any combination of MUS/DNCE 137 and MUS/DNCE 138
progressions. Sight reading and improvisation. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Drum, percussion and song classes in the traditions of Escola de Samba from Rio
MUS 119 Piano Skills I (2) de Janeiro, Brazil and Afro-Cuban traditions, Rumba, Congo, makuta from Cuba.
4 hours lecture/laboratory Develop ability to work as part of a drum ensemble.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 117 or the passing of equivalency
test
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
119, MUS 225
224 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Music
MUS 138 Cuban and Brazilian Drumming II (1, 1.5, 2) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory Rehearsal and performance of standard stage band literature. Opportunities for
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DNCE/MUS 137 students to arrange and compose for the band and rehearse the ensemble. At-
Note: Cross listed as DNCE 137; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions tendance at all scheduled performances is required.
in any combination of MUS/DNCE 137 and MUS/DNCE 138
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC MUS 155 Chamber Ensemble – Brass (1)
Intermediate level drum, percussion and song classes in the traditions of Escola 3 hours laboratory
de Samba from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil and Afro-Cuban traditions, Rumba, Congo, Prerequisite: Ability to perform on one or more instruments and to sight read music
makuta from Cuba. Develop ability to work as part of a drum ensemble. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 143 Palomar Chorale Chamber Ensemble (.5,1) Rehearsal and performance of chamber music literature for brass.
1½ or 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition with emphasis on vocal ability and MUS 157 Guitar Ensembles (2)
music reading 2 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition with emphasis on music reading
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 3 times
Rehearsal and performance of choral and chamber music for voices. Attendance Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
at all scheduled performances is required. Performance practice considerations for ensemble music from various periods of
music history, with an emphasis on music reading and classical technique.
MUS 147 Concert Choir (1)
3 hours laboratory MUS 158 Chamber Singers (.5,1)
Prerequisite: Previous singing experience 1½ or 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition with emphasis on vocal ability and
134, MUS 147, MUS 148, MUS 149 music reading
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times
Rehearsal and performance of standard choral literature. Trips to college choir Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
festivals and performances in the community and at Palomar College. Rehearsal and performance of chamber music for voices.
MUS 148 Palomar Chorale (1) MUS 159 Musical Theatre Orchestra (.5,1)
3 hours laboratory 1½ or 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition; ability to play an instrument and read
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS music at sight
134, MUS 147, MUS 148, MUS 149 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance of standard oratorio and choral literature. Atten- Rehearsal and performance of musical theatre literature. Attendance at all sched-
dance at all scheduled performances is required. uled productions is required.
MUS 149 Spectrum Pop/Jazz Singers (1) MUS 161 Summer Concert Band (.5)
3 hours laboratory 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Prerequisite: Ability to perform on one or more instruments
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
134, MUS 147, MUS 148, MUS 149 151, MUS 161
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A group of singers specializing in the performance of jazz, gospel, rock, musical Study, rehearsal, and performance of standard concert band music.
theatre, and popular music. Improvement of musicianship and concept of style.
The ensemble gives campus and community concerts. Attendance at all scheduled MUS 162 Summer Stage Band (.5)
performances is required. 1½ hours laboratory
Prerequisite: Ability to perform on an instrument and read music
MUS 150 Musical Theatre – Vocal (.5,1) Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
1½ or 3 hours laboratory 152, 162, 172
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times Extensive reading and rehearsing of jazz and jazz rock literature.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Rehearsal and performance of vocal musical theatre literature. Attendance at all MUS 170 Great Musicians Through Film (3)
scheduled rehearsals and productions is required. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 151 Concert Band (1) The study of the life and compositions of such composers as Bach, Mozart,
3 hours laboratory Beethoven, Schumann, Bruckner, and Stravinsky through documentary and bio-
Prerequisite: Ability to perform on one or more band instruments graphical films accompanied by lectures and discussions as well as biographical
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS film sketch of Authur Rubenstein.
151, MUS 161
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC MUS 171 World Music (3)
Study, rehearsal, and performance of standard concert band music. 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
MUS 152 Jazz Ensemble (1) A survey of world music including North American Indian, Mexico, India, Japan,
3 hours laboratory Indonesia, Middle East, China, Africa, and South America, with emphasis on un-
Prerequisite: Ability to perform on one or more instruments and read music. Enroll- derstanding the cultural background, instruments, musical characteristics and the
ment subject to audition impact of world music on the 20th century culture.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
152, 162, 172
225
Music Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
MUS 172 Repertory Jazz Ensemble (1) An introduction to the principles and practices of arts management through an
3 hours laboratory interdisciplinary study of management topics in the visual and performing arts.
Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS MUS 183 Internship in Arts Management (3)
152, 162, 172 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AMS/ART/DNCE/MUS/TA 182
Study and preparation of professional level materials for the large jazz ensemble. Note: Cross listed as AMS 183/ART 183/DNCE 183/TA 183
Transfer acceptability: CSU
MUS 173 Musical Theatre Scenes (1) Practical experience in arts management in the visual and performing arts.
3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as DNCE 173/TA 173 MUS 184 Electronic Ensemble (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours lecture
Rehearsal and performance of solo and group scenes from Broadway musicals Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 103
dating from the 1930’s to the present. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
MUS 175 Beginning Guitar (2) Instruction in music technology, composition, and performance. Students will
2 hours lecture compose and participate in performances of original works for electronic,
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS computer, and acoustic instruments.
175, 176, 178
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC MUS 185 Franco Haitian Percussion and Song I (1,1.5,2)
An introduction to the fingerboard through the study of notation, basic hand 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
positions, and chord formations. Note: Cross listed as DNCE 185; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions
in any combination of MUS/DNCE 185, 186
MUS 176 Intermediate Guitar (2) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
2 hours lecture An introduction to traditional Franco Haitian percussion and songs from the
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 175 Eastern region of Cuba.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
175, 176, 178 MUS 186 Franco Haitian Percussion and Song II (1,1.5,2)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
A continuation of MUS 175 with a more in-depth study of the classical, flamenco, Note: Cross listed as DNCE 186; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions
blues, and jazz styles. Theory, technique, and interpretation will be thoroughly in any combination of MUS/DNCE 185, 186
explored. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Intermediate level Traditional Franco Haitian percussion and songs from the East-
MUS 178 Classical Guitar (2) ern region of Cuba.
2 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 175 or ability to read music MUS 187 Computer Music Composition (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS 6 hours lecture/laboratory
175, 176, 178 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 103 or MUS 115, and MUS 180 and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC MUS 181
Guitar techniques in the classical style, with emphasis on sight reading and en- Note: May be taken 4 times
semble playing as well as performance of guitar literature from the Renaissance Transfer acceptability: CSU
through the early 20th Century. Students will work on individual computer music compositions. Instruction will
include, but is not limited to, computer music software and hardware overviews.
MUS 179 Beginning Flamenco Guitar (2)
This will include composition and notation techniques, music analysis, detailed
2 hours lecture
work on specific software applications, music publishing information, and rehears-
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of guitar
al and part preparation. Students may also take this in conjunction with computer
Note: May be taken 4 times
music classes in order to receive further tutelage with that class material.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (Pending)
Students will learn necessary terminology, harmony, rhythm, and additional tech-
MUS 197 Topics in Music (.5-3)
niques in order to develop a basic knowledge of Flamenco Guitar.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
MUS 180 Computer Music I (3) of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
3 hours lecture scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 103 or 115 or ARTI 246 or GCMW Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 9 units
204 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU syllabus.
This course is designed to give students an understanding of basic computer Workshops in various special topics in music.
music application including sound design, MIDI, and music notation software.
MUS 198 Palomar Symphony Orchestra (.5,1)
MUS 181 Computer Music II (3) 1½ or 3 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to audition
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 180, or concurrent enrollment in MUS Note: May be taken 4 times
180 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU Study, rehearsal, and performance of a wide variety of orchestral literature from
An overview of digital audio techniques. Topic in sound synthesis, sound design, the Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and 20th Century styles. Attendance at all
and sampling. scheduled performances is required.
MUS 182 Introduction to Arts Management (3)
9 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AMS 182, ART 182, DNCE 182, TA 182
Transfer acceptability: CSU
226 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Music
MUS 210 Advanced Harmony (3) h. Saxophone t. Harp
3 hours lecture 2 hours laboratory i. Bassoon u. Classical Guitar
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 106 j. French Horn v. Classical Accordion
Corequisite: MUS 215 k. Trumpet w. Studio Guitar
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC l. Trombone
Analysis and written work in altered chords, chromatic harmony, modulation,
structural form (sonata allegro), and 20th Century developments. Required con- MUS 223 Premier Chamber Ensembles (1)
cert attendance. 3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times
MUS 211 Counterpoint (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture-2 hours laboratory Chamber music ensembles for advanced performers. Enrollment subject to audi-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 210 tion.
Corequisite: MUS 216
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC MUS 224 Introduction to Jazz Piano (2)
Analysis and written work in two and three voice counterpoint in the 18th Cen- 1 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
tury style (invention and fugue). Required concert attendance. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 117 or the passing of equivalency
test
MUS 215 Music Skills III (1) Note: May be taken 4 times
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (Pending)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 111 Provides students with a practical knowledge and proficiency in concepts per-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC taining to jazz piano, including reading chord symbols, chord voicings, stylistically
Continuation of MUS 111 and four part harmonic dictation. Introduction to chro- appropriate accompaniment, and improvising in a jazz and/or pop music idiom.
matic dictation. Required for students with a major in music, but open to all
students. MUS 225 Piano Skills II (2)
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
MUS 216 Music Skills IV (1) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 119 or the passing of equivalency
1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory test
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 215 Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS
Note: May be taken 3 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of MUS 119, MUS 225
110, 111, 215, 216 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Continuation of piano techniques with emphasis on improvised accompaniments,
Continuation of MUS 215 and contrapuntal dictation. Required for students with sight reading, ensemble playing, pedaling, and practice techniques.
a major in music, but open to all students.
MUS 227 Accompanying Ensemble (1)
MUS 220 Applied Music (3) 3 hours laboratory
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 225 or the passing of equivalency
Corequisite: MUS 222 and at least one music ensemble (MUS 134, 137, 138, 143, test
147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 155, 157, 158, 159, 172, 173, 184, 198) Note: May be taken 4 times
Limitation on Enrollment: Enrollment subject to audition Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 4 times Techniques of, and practical experience in, piano accompaniment for ensembles,
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC vocalists, and instrumentalists.
Individual lessons with music instructor developing basic techniques in applied
music. Student is required to practice on campus, be concurrently enrolled in a MUS 241 Solfege II (1)
music ensemble, participate in Performance Studies class, and perform for music 1 hour lecture
juries at the conclusion of the semester. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 240
Note: May be taken 2 times
MUS 222 Performance Studies (.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU
2 hours laboratory Review sight-reading and writing in pentatonic scales and progress to major and
Corequisite: MUS 220 minor scales, continuing to focus on sight-singing, ear training, keyboard and writ-
Note: May be taken 4 times ten scales using relative and absolute solminzation.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A combination of private studio instruction in instrument or voice with an off MUS 250 Choral Conducting (.5)
campus instructor, plus on campus training in performance skills. 1 hour lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 105 or MUS 245 or experience in
Required conditions: conducting choirs
Transfer acceptability: CSU
1. Fourteen clock hours of instruction with a private instructor and Practical conducting methods for choral musicians. Discussion and study of is-
adequate practice time are required. sues concerning musical rehearsal and performance with treble, SAB and SATB
2. At the end of the semester the student will be required to perform for choral ensembles.
the Music Faculty.
3. Student should have necessary skills and technique on chosen instru- MUS 251 Master Class in Keyboard Literature,
ment to begin training in public performance. Analysis and Performance (.5,1,1.5,2,3)
a. Piano m. Baritone Horn 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
b. Harpsichord n. Tuba Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MUS 225 or the passing of equivalency
c. Organ o. Percussion test
d. Voice p. Violin Note: May be taken 4 times
e. Flute q. Viola Transfer acceptability: CSU
f. Oboe r. Cello Survey of keyboard literature presented in a master class format. Analysis of
g. Clarinet s. Contrabass styles and techniques of solo and ensemble performances.
227
Music-Networking-Nursing Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
MUS 297 Experimental Topics in Music (.5-3) to California. ONCE THE LICENSING EXAM IS TAKEN, STATUS CANNOT
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of BE CHANGED FROM NON-DEGREE TO DEGREE REGARDLESS OF SUBSE-
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- QUENT DEGREES EARNED.
ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Prerequisite Enrollment subject to project approval. CREDIT BY TRANSFER: Students who have been enrolled in an accredited
Note: May be taken 4 times Registered Nursing program within the last two years may receive full credit
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (Pending) - credit determined by UC upon review for courses transferred which are, as evaluated by the Palomar College Nursing
of course syllabus. Education Department faculty, comparable to courses offered by the College.
Advanced music projects including individual research, tutoring and performance If courses transferred are found not to be comparable, students may challenge
for college classes and community projects. Palomar courses for credit.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION: Academic credit by examination may be ob-
tained by those whose prior education and/or experience provides the knowl-
Networking edge and skills required to meet the objectives of one or more courses. Stu-
See CSIS - Networking dents who believe they may be eligible for credit by examination should contact
the Nursing Education Department for an appointment for special advising prior
to submitting their application for admission to the program. For College policy
Nursing Education (NURS) regarding credit by examination, consult “Credit by Examination” in the Aca-
Contact the Nursing Education Department for additional information. demic Regulations and Standards section of this catalog.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2279
Office: NO-1 Upon completion of the eligibility requirements, separate theory and clinical
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. performance examinations will be administered for courses with a laboratory
component. A written patient care plan is required in all appropriate theory
Associate of Arts (AA) Degree: and clinical courses. Completion of the written work with a grade of ‘C’ or
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). better is required prior to taking the clinical examination. Courses without a lab
• Nursing component will have a written examination only. A grade of ‘C’ or better must
be achieved. The Nursing Education Department’s Credit by Examination Policy
Associate of Science (AS) Degree: may be obtained from the Nursing Education Department Office. A maximum
•Nursing of 20 units may be obtained through credit by examination.
The Associate Degree Nursing program is accredited by both the California STUDENTS WITH A PREVIOUS BACHELOR’S DEGREE: As per the
Board of Registered Nursing and the National League for Nursing Accrediting Education Code, SB 1393, students with baccalaureate or higher degrees from a
Commission (NLNAC), 61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006, 1-800-669-1656. regionally accredited college in a non-nursing field are only required to complete
the course work necessary for completion of the registered nursing program, in-
GENERAL INFORMATION cluding prerequisites and nursing coursework. These students are not required
The Associate Degree Nursing program prepares graduates to provide direct to complete any other courses required by the college for an associate degree.
nursing care to patients in hospitals and other health agencies at a staff nurse
level. The curriculum consists of coursework in nursing, general education, and CONTINUING EDUCATION FOR NURSES
clinical nursing practice in local hospitals and other health agencies. The Nursing Continuing Education Units (CEUs) for currently licensed RNs and LVNs can be
faculty of the College is directly responsible for all phases of the program. earned through a variety of Palomar College academic classes. CEU documen-
tation can be awarded by the Community Development office upon successful
Palomar College has two Associate Degree options available in Nursing. The completion of coursework. For information on CEU options for nurses call
Associate of Arts (AA) in Nursing Degree meets the requirements of Title V (760) 744-1150, ext. 2702.
and the Board of Registered Nursing (BRN). The Associate of Science (AS) in
Nursing Degree meets the requirements of Title V, Board of Registered Nursing PROGRAMS OF STUDY
(BRN), and National League of Nursing Accreditation Commission (NLNAC).
Associate of Arts (AA) in Nursing
Admission to the nursing program is by special application. To be eligible for For students starting the Associate of Arts (AA) in Nursing during Fall 2010 or
consideration, applicants must (1) be eligible for admission to Palomar College; later:
(2) attend a Nursing Orientation meeting; (3) submit proof of high school gradu-
ation or equivalency or higher; (4) have a GPA of 2.5 in prerequisite sciences; Requirements for an AA in Nursing
(5) pass the Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS) with a composite score of
at least 67%; and (6) submit a completed application along with the required MATH 56, 60, or an appropriate score on an approved math exam 0- 4
documentation. BIOL 102* Molecules and Cells or equivalent 3
MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology 4
LICENSURE: Upon successful completion of the either the Associate of Arts ZOO 200 Anatomy 4
(AA) in Nursing Degree or the Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing Degree, ZOO 203 Physiology 4
students will be eligible to apply to take the National Council Licensure Exami-
nation for Registered Nurses (NCLEX RN). If performance on the examination Semester I
is successful, they will be licensed as a registered nurse. NURS 117 Nursing I 9
NURS 103 Nursing Foundation I 2
Students who are LVNs and who are electing the Non-Degree 30 Unit Option,
as well as students who do not complete the requirements for the Associate of Semester II
Arts (AA) or the Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing but who successfully com- NURS 118 Nursing II 9
plete the required nursing and support courses, are eligible to apply to take the NURS 203 Nursing Foundation II 1
National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX RN) as
a NON-DEGREE Candidate. If successful, they will be licensed as a RN by the Semester III
California Board of Registered Nursing. Endorsement of a non-degree gradu- NURS 217 Nursing III 9
ate RN in other states is not guaranteed because these regulations are unique
228 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Nursing Education
Semester IV Integrated Self and Life-Long Learning 0
NURS 218 Nursing IV 9 Multicultural requirement (met by completing
NURS 103 and/or NURS 110 and NURS 217) 0
Additional Related Support Courses
TOTAL UNITS 62
ENG 100** English Composition 4
HUM Any course 3
*This biology prerequisite is required if the science courses are taken at Palomar
PSYC Any course except 140 & 205 3
College. Equivalent courses are delineated in the Biology section of the catalog.
SOC Any course except 140 & 205 3
**Three semester unit courses accepted from accredited colleges.
SPCH Any course except 145 & 150 3
Curriculum plan subject to change.
One approved pair of American History and Institutions courses 0-6
To get credit for any course applicable to an AA in Nursing, students must re-
or an appropriate score on an approved American History and Institutions exam
ceive a grade of ‘C’ or better.
The following additional requirements for an AA in
When the LVN student has successfully completed the AA in Nursing program,
Nursing degree are met by completion of the Nursing curriculum:
the student will be given credit for previous vocational nursing education equiva-
Health and Physical Education requirement 0
lent to 18 units.
Integrated Self and Life-Long Learning 0
.
Multicultural requirement (met by completing
NURS 103 and/or NURS 110 and NURS 217) 0 Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing
TOTAL UNITS 80 For students starting the Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing during Fall 2010
or later:
*This biology prerequisite is required if the science courses are taken at Palomar
College. Equivalent courses are delineated in the Biology section of the catalog. Requirements for an AS in Nursing
**Three semester unit courses accepted from accredited colleges.
Curriculum plan subject to change. MATH 56, 60, or an appropriate score on an approved math exam 0- 4
To get credit for any course applicable to an AA in Nursing, students must re- BIOL 102* Molecules and Cells or equivalent 3
ceive a grade of ‘C’ or better. MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology 4
ZOO 200 Anatomy 4
AA in Nursing for LVNs ZOO 203 Physiology 4
Advanced standing for LVNs is based on the following requirements: Semester I
• Hold a valid, active LVN license in the state of California. NURS 117 Nursing I 9
• Graduate from an accredited LVN/LPN program. NURS 103 Nursing Foundation I 2
• Meet all requirements for admission as identified in the College Catalog
and the Nursing Education Department brochure. Semester II
• Successfully complete NURS 110. NURS 118 Nursing II 9
NURS 203 Nursing Foundation II 1
Upon successful completion of NURS 110, the student has two academic years
to enroll in the nursing program. If the student is unable to enroll within two aca- Semester III
demic years, for any reason other than lack of space in the program, the student NURS 217 Nursing III 9
will be required to repeat NURS 110.
Semester IV
Requirements for an AA in Nursing for LVNs NURS 218 Nursing IV 9
MATH 56, 60, or an appropriate score on an approved math exam 0- 4 Additional Related Support Courses
NURS 110 LVN-RN Transition 2 ENG 100** English Composition 4
BIOL 102* Molecules and Cells or equivalent 3 HUM Any course 3
MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology 4 PSYC Any course except 140 & 205 3
ZOO 200 Anatomy 4 SOC Any course except 140 & 205 3
ZOO 203 Physiology 4 SPCH Any course except 145 & 150 3
Semester I The following additional requirements for the A.S. in
NURS 217 Nursing III 9 Nursing Degree are met by completion of the Nursing curriculum:
NURS 203 Nursing Foundation II 1 Health and Physical Education 0
Integrated Self and Life-Long Learning 0
Semester II Multicultural requirement (met by completing
NURS 218 Nursing IV 9 NURS 103 and/or NURS 110 and NURS 217) 0
TOTAL UNITS 74
Additional Related Support Courses
ENG 100** English Composition 4
*This biology prerequisite is required if the science courses are taken at Palomar
HUM Any course 3
College. Equivalent courses are delineated in the Biology section of the catalog.
PSYC Any course except 140 & 205 3
**Three semester unit courses accepted from accredited colleges.
SOC Any course except 140 & 205 3
Curriculum plan subject to change.
SPCH Any course except 145 & 150 3
To get credit for any course applicable to an AS in Nursing, students must receive
One approved pair of American History and Institutions courses 0-6
a grade of ‘C’ or better.
or an appropriate score on an approved American History and Institutions exam
The following additional requirements for the AA in
Nursing degree for LVNs are met by completion of the Nursing curriculum:
Health and Physical Education requirement 0
229
Nursing Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
AS in Nursing for LVNs A maximum of 30 units of nursing and support courses are required to fulfill the
unit requirement for licensure by the Board of Registered Nursing.
Advanced standing for LVNs is based on the following requirements:
• Hold a valid, active LVN license in the state of California.
Requirements for the Non-Degree 30 Unit Option
• Graduate from an accredited LVN/LPN program.
ZOO 203 Physiology 4
• Meet all requirements for admission as identified in the College Catalog
MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology 4
and the Nursing Education Department brochure.
NURS 110 LVN RN Transition 2
• Successfully complete NURS 110.
Semester I
Upon successful completion of NURS 110, the student has two academic years
NURS 217* Nursing III 9
to enroll in the nursing program. If the student is unable to enroll within two aca-
NURS 203 Nursing Foundations II 1
demic years, for any reason other than lack of space in the program, the student
will be required to repeat NURS 110.
Semester II
NURS 218 Nursing IV 9
Requirements for an AS in Nursing for LVNs
TOTAL UNITS 29
MATH 56, 60, or an appropriate score on an approved math exam 0- 4
NURS 110 LVN-RN Transition 2 A 30 Unit Option student, with additional units in general education, may earn
BIOL 102* Molecules and Cells or equivalent 3 the Associate in Arts Degree in General Studies. Neither an Associate in Arts
MICR 200 Fundamentals of Microbiology 4 (AA) nor an Associate of Science (AS) in Nursing will be awarded.
ZOO 200 Anatomy 4
ZOO 203 Physiology 4
AA or AS Degree in Nursing for Diploma RNs
Semester I
NURS 217 Nursing III 9 • The student must present a valid active California RN license to be
NURS 203 Nursing Foundation II 1 verified by the Nursing Education Department. A copy of the RN
license must be submitted to the College’s Records office for inclusion
Semester II in the student’s academic file.
NURS 218 Nursing IV 9 • The student must have an official transcript of the diploma school
coursework sent to the Nursing Education Department at Palomar
Additional Related Support Courses College.
ENG 100** English Composition 4 • Units accepted from diploma school: 38 units of the 39 units required
HUM Any course 3 for the major in Nursing at Palomar College may be accepted from the
PSYC Any course except 140 & 205 3 diploma school of nursing.
SOC Any course except 140 & 205 3 • One unit must be earned by completion of, or challenging of, NURS
SPCH Any course except 145 & 150 3 203, Nursing Foundation II.
• When the student has completed the General Education requirements
The following additional requirements for an AS in for either the Associate of Arts (AA) or the Associate of Science (AS)
Nursing Degree for LVNs are met by completion of the Nursing curriculum: in Nursing and has completed the one unit required in Nursing, the
Health and Physical Education requirement 0 student will be awarded credit for the 38 units of coursework com-
Integrated Self and Life-Long Learning 0 pleted in the diploma school of Nursing.
Multicultural requirement (met by completing
NURS 103 and/or NURS 110 and NURS 217) 0
TOTAL UNITS 56 COURSE OFFERINGS
To remain in the program, students must maintain a minimum grade of ‘C’ in each
*This biology prerequisite is required if the science courses are taken at Palomar of the nursing courses and in all required support courses. Grades in the clinical
College. Equivalent courses are delineated in the Biology section of the catalog. nursing laboratories are based on satisfactory/unsatisfactory practice. A student
**Three semester unit courses accepted from accredited colleges. might fail a nursing course on the basis of clinical practice even though theory
Curriculum plan subject to change. grades may be passing.
To get credit for any course applicable to an AS in Nursing, students must receive
a grade of ‘C’ or better. NURS 103 Nursing Foundation I (2)
2 hours lecture
When the LVN student has successfully completed the AS in Nursing program, Prerequisite: Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing Program
the student will be given credit for previous vocational nursing education equiva- Corequisite: NURS 117
lent to 18 units. Note: Graded only
Transfer acceptability: CSU
This course provides an introduction to concepts essential to nursing practice.
Non-Degree 30 Unit Option for LVNs Topics include, but are not limited to, nursing process, critical thinking, thera-
Students who are LVNs and who are electing the Non-Degree 30 Unit Option
peutic communication, and health assessment using a functional health patterns
are eligible to apply to take the National Council Licensure Examination for
framework. Multicultural considerations including gender, ethnicity, sexuality, and
Registered Nurses (NCLEX RN) as a NON-DEGREE candidate. If successful,
age are explored.
they will be licensed as an RN by the California Board of Registered Nursing.
Endorsement of a Non-Degree graduate RN in other states is not guaranteed NURS 110 LVN-RN Transition (2)
because these regulations are unique to California. ONCE THE LICENSING 1 hour lecture - 3 hours laboratory
EXAM IS TAKEN, STATUS CANNOT BE CHANGED FROM NON-DEGREE TO Prerequisite: Current California Vocational Nurse License
DEGREE REGARDLESS OF SUBSEQUENT DEGREES EARNED. Recommended preparation: MATH 56 or 60, or the appropriate score on an
approved math exam
Upon successful completion of NURS 110, the student has two academic years Note: Graded only
to enroll in the nursing program. If the student is unable to enroll within two aca- Transfer acceptability: CSU
demic years, for any reason other than lack of space in the program, the student This course facilitates the transition of the Licensed Vocational Nurse into the
will be required to repeat NURS 110. Associate Degree Nursing Program. Topics include, but are not limited to, nursing
230 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Nursing Education-Nutrition-Oceanography
process, critical thinking, health assessment utilizing evidence based interventions, active California LVN license in good standing must be on file in the Nursing Educa-
and role differentiation. Multicultural considerations including ethnicity, gender, tion Office prior to registration for this class.
age, and sexuality are explored. Concepts essential for registered nursing practice Corequisite: NURS 217 or 118
and functional health patterns are examined. Note: Graded only
Transfer acceptability: CSU
NURS 117 Nursing I (9) Builds on the foundation of Nursing 103 and 110. Critical thinking is utilized as
4 hours lecture-15 hours laboratory a method to explore historical, political, educational, legal, ethical, and bioethical
Prerequisite: Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing Program issues that impact nursing practice. Nursing organizations are researched via the
Corequisite: NURS 103 internet with an emphasis on evaluation of nursing websites. Managerial concepts
Note: Graded only are introduced with a focus on decision making skills, managing resources, orga-
Transfer acceptability: CSU nizing time, delegating, and supervising care.
This course focuses on theoretical concepts of nursing fundamentals and basic
medical-surgical nursing. Concepts related to delegation, resource, and time man- NURS 217 Nursing III (9)
agement are introduced. Students apply therapeutic communication techniques 4 hours lecture-15 hours laboratory
when utilizing the nursing process, critical thinking, and evidence based interven- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in NURS 118 or admission to the Associ-
tions in the care of clients in the clinical setting. Students provide care to chronic ate Degree Nursing Program (LVN-RN) or admission to the Non-Degree Program
stable medical-surgical adult clients with expected or predictable outcomes. LVN-RN (30-unit option); and A minimum grade of ‘C’ in NURS 203, or concurrent
enrollment in NURS 203
NURS 118 Nursing II (9) Note: Graded only
4 hours lecture-15 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in NURS 103 and 117 This course builds on the first year of the program as a process for the develop-
Corequisite: NURS 203 ment of complex thinking and decision making while caring for medical-surgical,
Note: Graded only gerontologic, and psychiatric clients. Theoretical concepts are expanded to in-
Transfer acceptability: CSU clude identification and prioritization of evidence-based interventions for clients
This course builds on Nursing 117 with the application of the nursing process and who have unpredictable outcomes or who demonstrate changes in health status.
critical thinking in the care of childbearing families, pediatric, and medical-surgical Students collaborate with the interdisciplinary team to manage and modify care
clients. Theoretical content related to growth and development, child abuse, and of clients.
human sexuality is included. Concepts are expanded to include the recognition
of changes in clients with predictable outcomes. Emphasis is placed on client NURS 218 Nursing IV (9)
teaching and the integration of family members in the plan of care. Managerial 3½ hours lecture-16½ hours laboratory
concepts of delegation, collaboration, time management, and appropriate utiliza- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in NURS 203 and 217
tion of resources are developed. Note: Graded only
Transfer acceptability: CSU
NURS 120 Pharmacology for Nurses I (2) This course builds on Nursing 217 expanding nursing practice and critical thinking
2 hours lecture in the promotion, maintenance, and restoration of health for a group of clients.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Students use evidence-based interventions and complex decision-making when
Basic concepts of pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, drug caring for acutely ill medical-surgical clients with unstable health problems. Stu-
interactions, and the nursing process related to neurologic and neuromuscular dents work collaboratively with the interdisciplinary team to manage and coordi-
agents; analgesics and anti-inflammatory agents; eye, ear, and skin agents; respi- nate care for a group of clients. Emphasis is placed on student roles as coordina-
ratory agents; endocrine agents; gastrointestinal agents; and reproductive and tors, facilitators, and client advocates as they progress toward a competent entry
gender-related agents. level nursing practice.
NURS 121 Pharmacology for Nurses II (2) NURS 295 Directed Study in Nursing (1, 2, 3)
2 hours lecture 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: Approval of proposal by the department chairperson
Basic concepts of pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, drug in- Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units
teractions, and the nursing process related to anticonvulsive agents; antipsychotic Transfer acceptability: CSU
agents; cardiovascular agents; renal agents; anti-infective agents; vaccinations; and Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in nursing sub-
antineoplastic agents. jects and the initiative to work independently on a particular sustained project
which does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes. Additionally,
NURS 140 Adult Health Assessment (1) this course can be used for students transferring into the Palomar College nurs-
3 hours laboratory ing program. Course work would fulfill needed content and/or clinical laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU time to meet the requirements of the Associate Degree Nursing Program.
Basic concepts of health assessment to include interviewing and assessment tech-
niques used to obtain a comprehensive health history from an adult and relating
findings to the nursing process. Transcultural and adult developmental stage con- Nutrition
siderations are also included. See Family and Consumer Sciences, Health
NURS 197 Nursing Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Oceanography (OCN)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Contact the Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Department for further
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule information.
Note: May be taken 4 times (760) 744-1150, ext. 2512
Transfer acceptability: CSU Office: NS-110G
Topics in Nursing. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
designate subject covered. COURSE OFFERINGS
OCN 100 Oceanography Lecture (3)
NURS 203 Nursing Foundation II (1)
3 hours lecture
1 hour lecture
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in OCN 101
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in NURS 103 or 110 or a copy of a current,
231
Oceanography-Office Information Systems Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – OCN 100/100L and 101 combined: maximum • Medical Language Specialist
credit, 4 units • Medical Office Management
An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with general oceanog-
raphy.Topics treated include the history and scope of oceanography, properties of Certificates of Achievement -
sea water, ocean currents, ocean waves and tides, submarine morphology and ge- Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
ology, marine sediments, life in the sea, and the significance of the oceans to man. • Administrative Assistant
• International Administrative Assistant
OCN 100L Oceanography Laboratory (1) • Legal Secretary
3 hours laboratory • Medical Language Specialist
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OCN 100, or concurrent enrollment in OCN • Medical Office Management
100
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in OCN 101 Certificates of Proficiency -
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – OCN 100/100L and 101 combined: maximum Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
credit, 4 units • Data Entry
Laboratory and field investigations of marine environments including geologic, • Receptionist
physical, chemical, and biological aspects of the ocean and coastal area.The course • Virtual Assistant
emphasizes changing physical factors and man’s activities as they affect the oceans.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
OCN 101 Oceanography (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in OCN 100 or 100L
Administrative Assistant
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – OCN 100/100L and 101 combined: maximum This program is designed to prepare the student for an administrative support
credit, 4 units office position in business and industry.
An introductory course in general oceanography including laboratory and field
investigations of marine environments. Topics include: the history and scope of A Certificate of Achievement and/or an AA degree will be awarded to students
oceanography, properties of sea water, ocean currents, ocean waves and tides, who successfully complete the requirements listed below.
submarine morphology and geology, life in the sea, and the significance of the
oceans to man. Laboratory portion includes investigation of marine environ- A.A. Degree Major or
ments including geologic, chemical, physical, and biological aspects of the ocean Certificate of Achievement
and coastal area.
Program Requirements Units
OCN 195 Regional Field Studies in Oceanography (1, 2, 3) BUS 105 Bookkeeping Fundamentals 4
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory BUS 105L Bookkeeping Electronic Spreadsheet Lab .5
Note: May be taken 4 times BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU BUS 125 Business English 3
Extended field studies that examine the oceanography of selected regions. Em- BUS 175 Excel Basic 1
phasis is upon field observation, interpretation, and analysis of varying oceano- BUS 180 Access for Business 1
graphic phenomena including coastal processes and landforms, natural resources, BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business 1
marine ecosystems, coastal currents and weather patterns, tectonics and sea level BUS 186/
history, and human impacts in the coastal environment. R CSIS 130 Microsoft Publisher 1
BUS 190 Internet for Business 1
OCN 197 Oceanography Topics (.5 - 4) BUS 195 Microsoft Office Integration 1
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required OIS 103 Advanced Keyboarding 1
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. OIS 120 Intro to Office Information Systems 3
Note: May be taken 4 times OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course OIS 136.3 Word Advanced 1
syllabus. OIS 205 Office Procedures 3
Topics in Oceanography. See Class Schedule for specific topic covered. Course OIS 230 Secretarial Machine Transcription 1
title will designate subject covered. CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Demonstrate the ability to type 50 net words per
OCN 295 Directed Study in Oceanography (1, 2, 3) minute for five minutes with 5 errors or less 0
Arrange 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory with department chairperson TOTAL UNITS 28.5 - 31.5
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OCN 100 or 101
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of 6 units Recommended Electives: BUS 187, BUS 188, 205
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus. Credit for Certified Professional Secretary (CPS) Certification:
Individual study in field, library, or laboratory for interested students. Individuals who hold a certificate as a Certified Professional Secretary (CPS) or
Certified Administrative Professional (CAP) may apply to the Business Adminis-
tration/Office Information Systems Department for units toward an Administra-
Office Information Systems (OIS) tive Assistant Associate of Arts Degree. The units granted, with a grade of “CR”,
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. will be posted to the student’s transcript upon completion of the remaining A.A.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 degree requirements. Students must provide evidence of successful completion
Office: B-18 of the CPS or CAP certification.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Administrative Assistant
• International Administrative Assistant
• Legal Secretary
232 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Office Information Systems
Data Entry OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1
Provides a program to prepare the student for an entry-level data entry position.
OIS 210 Law Office Procedures I 3
OIS 232.1 Legal Machine Transcription Basic 1
A Certificate of Proficiency will be awarded to students who successfully com-
OIS 232.2 Legal Machine Transcription Advanced 1
plete the requirements listed below.
LS 121 Introduction to Law 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4
Certificate of Proficiency Demonstrate the ability to type 60 net words
Program Requirements Units per minute for five minutes with 5 errors of less 0
OIS 101 Beginning Keyboarding 2 TOTAL UNITS 24 - 27
OIS 108 Data Entry Skills I 1
OIS 109 Data Entry Skills II 1 Recommended Electives: BUS 105 and 105L, 110, 115, 175, 180, 185; LS/PLS 245
OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1
OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1 Credit for California Certified Legal Secretary (CCLS) Certification: Individuals
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1 who hold a certificate as a California Certified Legal Secretary (CCLS) may apply
Demonstrate the ability to key from average copy to the Business Administration Department for units toward a Legal Secretary
at a minimum speed of 10,000 strokes per A.A. Degree. The units granted, with a grade of “CR,” will be posted to the stu-
hour with an error rate not to exceed 0.5% 0 dent’s transcript upon completion of the remaining Associate of Art’s degree.
TOTAL UNITS 7 Eligibility for the units will be determined by the Office Information Systems staff,
extension 2498. Students must provide evidence of successful completion of the
California Certified Legal Secretary.
International Administrative Assistant
This program is designed to prepare the student for entry-level office work in a Medical Language Specialist
bilingual business environment.
Prepares students for entry-level employment as a medical transcriptionist by
A Certificate of Achievement and/or an A.A. degree will be awarded to students providing the basic knowledge, understanding, and skills required to transcribe
who successfully complete the requirements listed below. healthcare dictation and prepare patient care documents with accuracy, clarity,
consistency, and timeliness, applying the principles of professional and ethical con-
A.A. Degree Major or duct.
Certificate of Achievement
A Certificate of Achievement and/or an A.A. degree will be awarded to students
Program Requirements Units who successfully complete the requirements listed below.
IBUS 100 Intro to Int’l Business and Management 3
IBUS 105 International Marketing 3 A.A. Degree Major or
IBUS 110 Cultural Environment/Int’l Business 3 Certificate of Achievement
BUS 125 Business English 3
BUS 175 Excel Basic 1 Program Requirements Units
BUS 180 Access for Business 1 MA 55 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3
BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business 1 MA 56 Medical Terminology and Anatomy 3
BUS 190 Internet for Business 1 BUS 125 Business English 3
OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2
OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1 OIS 103 Advanced Keyboarding 1
OIS 120 Intro to Office Information Systems 3 OIS 120 Intro to Office Information Systems 3
OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1 OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1 OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1
OIS 205 Office Procedures 3 OIS 220 Medical Transcription Procedures 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4 OIS 231.1 Medical Machine Transcription I 1
Demonstrate the ability to type 50 net words OIS 231.2 Medical Machine Transcription II 1
per minute for five minutes with 5 errors or less 0 OIS 231.3 Medical Machine Transcription III 1
OIS 231.4 Medical Machine Transcription IV 1
TOTAL UNITS 28 – 31
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Demonstrate the ability to type at least 50
Recommended Electives: BUS 186/R CSIS 130, BUS 188, 205
net words per minute for five minutes with
Legal Secretary 5 errors or less 0
Provides a program to prepare the student for entry-level legal office work. TOTAL UNITS 25 – 28
A Certificate of Achievement and/or an A.A. degree will be awarded to students Medical Office Management
who successfully complete the requirements listed below.
Provides preparation for a career as an assistant office manager in a medical set-
A.A. Degree Major or ting. This certificate is the capstone program for students who have successfully
Certificate of Achievement completed a certificate program in Medical Office Specialist, Medical Administra-
tive Assistant, or Medical Assisting.
Program Requirements Units
BUS 125 Business English 3 A.A. Degree Major or
BUS 205 Business Writing 3 Certificate of Achievement
OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2
OIS 103 Advanced Keyboarding 1 Program Requirements Units
OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1 ACCT 108 Managerial Accounting 4
OIS 120 Intro to Office Information Systems 3 BUS 117 Legal Environment of Business 3
233
Office Information Systems Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3 COURSE OFFERINGS
BMGT 115 Organizational Theory and Design 5
BMGT 125 Introduction to Labor Relations 3 OIS 101 Beginning Keyboarding (2)
BMGT 130 Management/Leadership Issues 3 6 hours laboratory
OIS 225 Managing the Medical Office 3 Note: May be open entry/open exit
Transfer acceptability: CSU
TOTAL UNITS 22 A beginning course in keyboarding on the computer. Class includes learning to
keyboard alphabetic, numeric, and symbol keys by touch; developing speed and
Recommended Electives: BUS 186 /R CSIS 130, BUS 188 accuracy in straight copy writing; and keyboarding business documents such as
letters, reports, memos, and simple tables.
Receptionist OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding (2)
This program is designed to prepare the student for an entry-level receptionist 6 hours laboratory
position. Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 101 or a keyboard-
ing speed of 30 net words per minute
A Certificate of Proficiency will be awarded to students who successfully com- Note: May be open entry/open exit
plete the requirements listed below. Transfer acceptability: CSU
The continual development of higher speed and accuracy timed writing goals
Certificate of Proficiency from OIS 101 and the emphasis on production of a variety of more complicated
business letters, documents and forms.
Program Requirements Units
BUS 175 Excel Basic 1 OIS 103 Advanced Keyboarding (1)
BUS 190 Internet for Business 1 Students arrange 32 hours lecture/laboratory with instructor for self paced completion
OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2 of course.
OIS 115 Filing and Records Management 1 Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102 or a keyboard-
OIS 120 Intro to Office Information Systems 3 ing speed of 45 net words per minute
OIS 136.1 Word Basic 1 Note: May be open entry/open exit
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate 1 Transfer acceptability: CSU
OIS 205 Office Procedures 3 Technique building, special speed building, and control building practices designed
Demonstrate the ability to type at least 45 to develop and improve straight-copy performance.
net words per minute for five minutes with
5 errors or less 0 OIS 108 Data Entry Skills I (1)
TOTAL UNITS 13 Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 101 or a keyboard-
Virtual Assistant ing speed of 30 net words a minute
Note: May be open entry/open exit
Prepares students to develop a business as a Virtual Assistant, defined as an inde- Development of 10 key touch on the computer numeric keypad. Development
pendent entrepreneur providing administrative, creative, and/or technical services and measurement of speed and accuracy in executing keyboard functions applied
to clients in a virtual environment. to a variety of data entry formats.
In order to earn this certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ OIS 109 Data Entry Skills II (1)
in each of the certificate program courses. It is assumed that students possess Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory
strong written and oral communication skills, advanced keyboarding skills, and Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 108
basic computer knowledge. Note: May be open entry/open exit
Continued speed and accuracy development of 10-key touch on the computer
Certificate of Proficiency numeric keypad, measurement of speed and accuracy in executing keyboard func-
tions, and development of logical thinking and decision-making skills applied to a
Program Requirements Units
variety of forms.
BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
OIS 115 Filing and Records Management (1)
BUS 155 Marketing 3
Students arrange 32 hours lecture/laboratory with instructor for self paced completion
BUS 171 Word for Business – Advanced 1
of course.
BUS 175 Excel Basic 1
Note: May be open entry/open exit
BUS 180 Access for Business 1
Transfer acceptability: CSU
BUS 185 PowerPoint for Business 1
Training in principles of filing and records management. Study and practice in filing
BUS 186/
by the alphabetic, numeric, geographic, and subject methods.
R CSIS 130 Publisher for Business 1
BUS 190 Internet for Business 1
OIS 120 Introduction to Office Information Systems (3)
OIS 125 Creating the Virtual Office 3
3 hours lecture
Demonstrate the ability to type a minimum of 50
Note: Offered in the fall semester, day only; spring semester, night only
net words per minute for five minutes with
Transfer acceptability: CSU
five errors or less 0
How automation has changed and restructured the modern office and the specif-
TOTAL UNITS 17 ic role technology is playing in that change. Topics covered will include computer
fundamentals, key software applications, electronic communications, creation of
Recommended Electives: BMGT 130; BUS 105 and 105L, 115, 142, 150, 176, 177, basic web pages, networking, distance learning, and careers. At the conclusion of
187; OIS 205 this course, students will be prepared to take the IC3 certification.
234 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Office Information Systems
OIS 125 Creating the Virtual Office (3) applied procedures; practical application of office technologies; applied records
3 hours lecture management; meeting, travel, and conference planning; management and supervi-
An overview course for Virtual Assistants who provide administrative, creative, sion skills; company politics and ethics; and changing job roles. The last six weeks
and/or technical services to clients in a virtual environment. Topics will include of the course simulates work in either a general or medical office, depending on
naming, organizing, and managing your virtual business; financial planning; time the student’s major field of study.
management; evaluating, buying and using technology; domain registration; mar-
keting and promoting the virtual business; how and where to find clients; and OIS 210 Law Office Procedures (3)
business ethics. 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102
OIS 136.1 Word Basic (1) and LS 121 or PLS 121
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102 and 120 Note: Offered in fall semester, night only
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit; may be Transfer acceptability: CSU
taken 4 times Specialized vocabulary and training for the legal secretary, legal assistant, or para-
Transfer acceptability: CSU legal including legal terminology, basic legal office procedures, basic court struc-
Hands-on application with Microsoft Word. Students will create, save, close, open, ture and procedures, legal document preparation, fast-track rules, automated legal
edit, and print a variety of business documents utilizing the following software office procedures, and legal research.
features: finding and replacing text; moving and copying text; spell, thesaurus,
grammar, and auto text; character, paragraph, page, and document formatting; OIS 220 Medical Transcription Procedures (3)
envelopes; tables; columns; headers/footers; smart tags; basic desktop publishing; 3 hours lecture
and borders and special characters. The Class Schedule will designate software Designed for the medical transcription major. Topics include career information,
version covered. ethical and legal issues in medical transcription, applied English skills, and tech-
niques for the preparation of a variety of medical reports.
OIS 136.2 Word Intermediate (1)
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 136.1
OIS 225 Managing the Medical Office (3)
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit; may be
3 hours lecture
taken 4 times
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BMGT 101
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Refinement of the basic skills learned in OIS 136.1 and practice with the more
Strategies for managing the medical office including the health care professional’s
sophisticated features of Word on multi-page documents including advanced
roles and responsibilities; application of sound business practices including per-
document formatting, merge and labels; hyperlinks; styles and templates; outlines;
sonnel management, financial administration, and auditing procedures; ethical and
footnotes and endnotes; comparing and merging documents; linking and embed-
legal issues in health care; OSHA regulations, medical documentation guidelines,
ding objects; charts; Microsoft Office integration; and basic web page design. In
and compliance standards; technology; and, health insurance.
addition, more advanced printing and file management techniques will be ex-
plored. The Class Schedule will designate software version covered.
OIS 230 Secretarial Machine Transcription (1)
OIS 136.3 Word Advanced (1) Course requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 136.2 Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit; may be Transfer acceptability: CSU
taken 4 times Note: May be open entry/open exit.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Techniques of transcribing dictation from a variety of business documents using
Refinement of the skills learned in OIS 136.2 and practice with the advanced transcription equipment. Designed for the Office Information Systems - Admin-
features of Word applied to a variety of multi-page business documents including istrative Assistant major.
advanced file management; macros; customizing Word; on-screen forms; master
and sub documents; tracking changes; index and table of contents; and bookmarks OIS 231.1 Medical Machine Transcription I (1)
and cross references. The Class Schedule will designate software version covered. Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102 and 220;
MA 55 and 56
OIS 136.4 Word Special Projects (1) Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 136.3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit; may be Basic techniques for transcribing medical dictation from transcription equipment.
taken 4 times Medical terminology from the SUM tapes related to the introduction of medical
Transfer acceptability: CSU transcription, reports, and dermatology will be included. Designed for the Office
Designed to aid the student in producing individual projects utilizing the most Information Systems -- Medical Language Specialist major.
recent version of Word. Content will be decided between the student and the
instructor under a signed contract. OIS 231.2 Medical Machine Transcription II (1)
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 231.1
OIS 197 Office Information Systems Topics (.5 - 4) Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Transfer acceptability: CSU
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Continued development of techniques for transcribing medical dictation from
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. transcription equipment. Medical terminology from the SUM tapes related to
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times urology, gastroenterology, and orthopedics will be included. Designed for the Of-
Transfer acceptability: CSU fice Information Systems -- Medical Language Specialist major.
Topics in Office Information Systems. See Class Schedule for specific topic of-
fered. Course title will designate subject covered. OIS 231.3 Medical Machine Transcription III (1)
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 231.2
OIS 205 Office Procedures (3) Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102 Continued development of techniques for transcribing medical dictation from
Note: Offered in fall semester, night only transcription equipment. Medical terminology from the SUM tapes related to
Transfer acceptability: CSU cardiology, pulmonary, endocrinology, and obstetrics/gynecology will be included.
The role of support personnel in today’s office, including topics in human rela- Designed for the Office Information Systems - Medical Language Specialist major.
tions, job attitudes, and public relations; basic administrative support skills and
235
Office Information Systems-Paralegal Studies-Philosophy Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
OIS 231.4 Medical Machine Transcription IV (1) Note: Cross listed as LS 190; may be taken 3 times
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 231.3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit This course provides the student with an opportunity to gain practical work
Transfer acceptability: CSU experience within the legal field. The student will complete 120 hours of work at
Continued development of techniques for transcribing medical dictation from the internship site and attend three seminars during the semester that will focus
transcription equipment. Medical terminology from the SUM tapes related to on transitioning to the work force.
otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology, neurology, and pharmacology will be includ-
ed. Designed for the Office Information Systems - Medical Language Specialist PLS 240 Civil Liberties and Procedures (3)
major. 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: ENG 50 or eligibility for ENG 100
OIS 232.1 Legal Machine Transcription Basic (1) Note: Cross listed as LS 240
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 102 and 210 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit The study of the Bill of Rights and Supreme Court decisions focusing on civil
Transfer acceptability: CSU rights and liberties. This area of constitutional law exams the relationship be-
Techniques of transcribing legal dictation from transcription equipment.Terminol- tween individuals and government. Emphasis is on minority issues such as privacy,
ogy includes the areas of the lawsuit, family law, and wills and probate. Designed personal freedom, political equality, and first amendment jurisprudence.
for the Office Information Systems Legal Secretary major.
PLS 261 Torts and Personal Injury (3)
OIS 232.2 Legal Machine Transcription Advanced (1) 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in OIS 232.1 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/PLS 121
Note: Requires 32 hours lecture/laboratory; may be open entry/open exit Recommended preparation: PLS 160
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Advanced transcription techniques and skill development of multi page docu- An overview of substantive tort law with an emphasis on procedure. An examina-
ments and specialized legal reports. Terminology includes the areas of corpora- tion of negligence and an overview of insurance law, to include forms, and the
tions, real estate, and criminal law. Designed for the Office Information Systems preparation of an actual case for arbitration and trial.
Legal Secretary major.
PLS 290 Contemporary Legal Issues (3)
3 hours lecture
Paralegal Studies (PLS) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS 105
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information. Note: Cross listed as LS 290
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Office: B-18 Contemporary legal issues will be explored by leading experts in the field via TV
broadcasts. Seminars will be conducted for the purpose of further developing
The Paralegal Studies courses are under review. For current information, please legal issues and completing a research project. Students will be encouraged to
contact the Business Administration Department, or consult the Legal Studies submit research projects to AAFPE for publication in the American Association
Program. for Paralegal Education Law Journal. This capstone course focuses on advanced
legal writing, analysis, and research.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Philosophy (PHIL)
PLS 110 Computer Skills for the Legal Profession (2)
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information.
4 hours lecture/laboratory
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2330
Note: Cross listed as LS 110
Office: W-1
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A comprehensive hands-on study of computer software applications in the legal
environment to include Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, PDF files, scanning, in- COURSE OFFERINGS
ternet literacy and specific legal software. PHIL 100 Philosophical Theories
Ethical and Political Values (3)
PLS 121 Introduction to Law (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Cross listed as LS 121 An introduction to philosophical thinking through the study of ethical and po-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - BUS 115, 116, 117, LS 121, PLS 121 combined: litical values using a combination problem and historical approach. Relations be-
maximum credit, one course. tween philosophical problems and those of science, society, and ordinary life are
An introduction to law and the legal system. Includes an examination of the fed- stressed. Both classical and modern reading sources are used.
eral and state court system, criminal law, civil law, administrative law, and proce-
dural law. PHIL 101 Philosophical Theories - Knowledge and Reality (3)
3 hours lecture
PLS 170 Alternative Dispute Resolution (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture An introductory course to philosophical problems emphasizing methodology and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/PLS 121 the fundamental problems of knowledge and reality. Detailed consideration is to
Note: Cross listed as LS 170 be given to the empirical method and to rationalism. Readings are taken from
Transfer acceptability: CSU both classical and contemporary sources.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) utilizes various processes to settle dis-
putes without a court adjudication, i.e., an alternative to civil dispute resolution. PHIL 102 Reasoning About Philosophical Issues (3)
This course will review minitrial, settlement conference, conciliation, and empha- 3 hours lecture
size negotiation mediation, and arbitration. The role of the paralegal in ADR will Recommended preparation: Eligibility for ENG 100
be addressed and a review of the essential laws. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Introduction to the relationship of language to logic, with applications of analysis,
PLS 190 Clinical Studies (3) criticism, inductive and deductive reasoning and kinds of evidence to philosophi-
9 hours laboratory cal problems.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in LS/PLS 121
236 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Philosophy-Photography
PHIL 103 Philosophy of Human Nature (3) scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
Recommended preparation: College level reading and writing skills. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Topics in Philosophy. See Class Schedule for specific topic covered. Course title
This is a survey course of theories of human nature and their presuppositions and will designate subject covered.
implications. Presuppositions about human nature underlie religious, political, eth-
ical, psychological, sociological, and scientific theories and contemporary debates PHIL 250 Philosophy in Literature (3)
in these fields. Students will read primary texts drawn from various disciplines, 3 hours lecture
cultures, and/or historical periods with the goals of understanding the theories of Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
human nature and learning how to critically evaluate them. A study of philosophical concepts as they appear in the academic and nonaca-
demic writings of philosophers, and in related writings by nonphilosophers. The
PHIL 105 Philosophy of Religion (3) writings are examined from the perspectives of both philosophical analysis and
3 hours lecture cultural context.The works and thinkers studied vary from semester to semester.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC See the class schedule for the current semester’s theme.
A critical consideration of selected perennial and modern problems: definition
and role of religion and religious experience, mysticism, grounds for religious PHIL 295 Directed Study in Philosophy (1, 2, 3)
beliefs, and religious ethics. Students will be urged to evaluate critically their views 1, 2, or 3 hours lecture
of religion and their own religious beliefs. Both Eastern and Western religions will Prerequisite: Enrollment subject to project approval
be considered. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
PHIL 110 Asian Philosophies (3) syllabus.
3 hours lecture An individualized or group project in philosophy of any nature approved by, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC under the personal supervision of, the instructor.
A critical examination of the philosophies which originated in Asia, including con-
sideration of the practices which are associated with these belief systems. Several
theories of meditation will be discussed. Some comparisons will be made to west- Photography (PHOT)
ern attitudes and beliefs. See also Journalism
PHIL 115 Critical Thinking (3) Contact the Communications Department for further information.
3 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2440
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 100 Office: U-12
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
Development of skills for critical thinking including open-mindedness, functions
and wayward uses of language, informal fallacies, hypotheses and inductive rea- Associate in Arts Degrees -
soning, and elementary deductive inference forms. Basic communication skills, AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
especially written, are developed and a critical perspective on world views is • Digital Imaging
emphasized. • Photography
PHIL 120 Logic (3) Certificates of Achievement -
3 hours lecture Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC • Digital Imaging
An analysis of arguments and the cognitive functions of language through the use • Photography
of modern symbolic techniques.
Certificates of Proficiency -
PHIL 130 Contemporary Philosophical Movements (3) Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
3 hours lecture • Commercial Photography
Note: May be taken 2 times • Fine Art Photography
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A critical examination of philosophical movements that has influenced 20th Cen- PROGRAMS OF STUDY
tury views of the individual, society and reality, such as Existentialism, Marxism,
Pragmatism and Transcendentalism. The movement of thought will be approached Commercial Photography
as an attempt to deal reflectively with certain problems of living in the modern This Certificate is designed to provide an avenue for those students interested in
world. The philosophy studied will vary from semester to semester. pursuing a career as a professional photographer in the areas of advertising pho-
tography, product photography, portrait and wedding photography, photojournal-
PHIL 135 Pre Renaissance Western Philosophy (3) ism, editorial and documentary photography and other photo related vocations.
3 hours lecture Courses address technique, aesthetics, ethics and business practices. See course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC description for specific topics and prerequisites.
Major Western philosophical views from the early Greeks through the 14th Cen-
tury. Original philosophical works of the periods will be studied and evaluated Certificate of Proficiency
through critical thinking and writing.
Program Requirements Units
PHIL 136 Renaissance and Modern Western Philosophy (3) PHOT/
3 hours lecture JOUR 140* Photojournalism 3.5
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC PHOT 209* Photographic Portfolio 2
Major Western philosophical views from the Renaissance to the present. Original PHOT 220* Commercial Photography 3.5
philosophical works of the periods will be studied and evaluated through critical PHOT 225* Photographic Portraiture 3
thinking and writing. PHOT 230* Digital Darkroom 3
TOTAL UNITS 15
PHIL 197 Philosophy Topics (.5-6)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required *This course has a prerequisite.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
237
Photography Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Digital Imaging PHOT 115 Creative 35mm Color Photography 3
PHOT 150 Digital Photography I 3
Prepares students for entry-level position as creator and processor of digital im-
PHOT 170 Photo and Photographers of California 3
agery. Layout and creative position in multimedia, internet publishing, digital video,
PHOT 197A or Photography Topics: Field Studies
publishing, photography, and motion graphics.
PHOT 197B or Photo Topics: Technical Studies
PHOT 197C Photographic Topics: General 1, 2, 3
Digital imaging is one of the basic requirements for all electronic communication
PHOT 202 Intermediate Color Printing 3
delivery systems.
PHOT 203 Color Printing Workshop 2
PHOT 209 Photographic Portfolio 2
A.A. Degree Major or PHOT 212 Landscape Photography 2
Certificate of Achievement PHOT 215 Creative Photography 3
Program Requirements Units PHOT 216 Alternative Photo Processes 3
GCIP 122 Painter I 4 PHOT 296 Special Projects 1, 2, 3
GCIP/ TOTAL UNITS 39
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4
GCIP 141 Digital Imaging/Photoshop II 4 COURSE OFFERINGS
GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/Photoshop III 4
GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4 Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4 PHOT 50 Digital Camera (3)
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5 3 hours lecture
PHOT 230 Digital Darkroom I 3 Principles and use of digital cameras for beginners. Understand how your digital
camera works and what the menu selections mean. Learn to download image
TOTAL UNITS 34.5
files to your computer, make basic editing changes and how to share your images
via web, email and slide presentations. The aesthetics and technology of digital
Digital Imaging A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Achievement is also listed
photography will be discussed in lecture and critique sessions of student assign-
under Graphic Communications - Imaging and Publishing.
ments.
Fine Art Photography PHOT 100 Elementary Photography (3.5)
7 hours lecture/laboratory
This certificate is designed to provide an avenue for those students interested
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
in pursuing a career as a fine art photographer. The course work will address
Introduction to the mechanics, optics, chemistry, lighting principles, and practices
a range of technical issues, personal expression, aesthetics, criticism, portfolio
of elementary photography. Explores the history, aesthetics, and the conceptu-
development, business practices, and history. See course description for specific
alization of photographic imagery. Includes darkroom procedures in developing,
topics and prerequisites.
printing, and finishing black and white photographic materials.
Certificate of Proficiency PHOT 105 Intermediate Black and White Photography (3.5)
Program Requirements Units 7 hours lecture/laboratory
PHOT 125 History and Criticism of Photography 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100
PHOT 201 Elementary Color Negative Printing 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PHOT 209 Photographic Portfolio 2 This course continues the study of the art and techniques associated with black
PHOT 210 Advanced Black and White Photography 3 and white photography. Problems relating to small and medium format camera
PHOT 215 Creative Photography 3 systems and optics will be identified and compared. Further refinement in dark-
PHOT 216 Alternative Photographic Processes 3 room procedures and aesthetics will be explored.
TOTAL UNITS 17
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photography (3)
3 hours lecture
Photography Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to 35mm color slide photography including materials, techniques,
A.A. Degree Major or and composition. Field trips, critiques, and discussions will be held on assigned
topics. No darkroom laboratory.
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units PHOT 115 Creative 35mm Color Photography (3)
PHOT 100 Elementary Photography 3.5 3 hours lecture
PHOT 105 Intermediate Black/White Photography 3.5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100, 105, or 110
PHOT 125 History/Criticism of Photography 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
PHOT/ Use of the 35mm camera and color films applied to creative solutions to prob-
JOUR 140 Photojournalism 3.5 lems relating to color, texture, line, form, and composition. Critique and discus-
PHOT 201 Elementary Color Negative Printing 3 sion on assigned subjects. No darkroom laboratory.
PHOT 210 Advanced Black and White Photography 3
PHOT 220 Commercial Photography 3.5 PHOT 125 History and Criticism of Photography (3)
PHOT 225 Photographic Portraiture 3 3 hours lecture
PHOT 230 Digital Darkroom I 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PHOT 125 and 170 combined: maximum
GCIP/ credit, one course
R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I 4 A survey of the history of photography from its invention to modern times and
its development as an art and communication medium. Examines important pho-
Electives (Select a minimum of 6 units) tographers, their lives and works, in order to establish a critical understanding of
PHOT 50 Digital Camera 3 photography and its place in our culture.
PHOT 110 Basic 35mm Color Photography 3
238 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Photography
PHOT 140 Photojournalism (3.5) Transfer acceptability: CSU
7 hours lecture/laboratory An introduction to the techniques and aesthetics of color negative printing. His-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100 or 110 tory, materials, processes, and vision will be explored.
Note: Cross listed as JOUR 140
Transfer acceptability: CSU PHOT 202 Intermediate Color Printing (3)
A study of the history and practice of photojournalism, providing specific ap- 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
plication through photographing for The Telescope, Palomar College’s newspaper. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 201
Student must provide own camera. Transfer acceptability: CSU
A continuation of PHOT 201 with an emphasis on refined color printing skills.
PHOT 150 Digital Photography I (3) Color theory, image content, and printing excellence as well as contemporary
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory issues will be stressed.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Lecture and laboratory activities will permit each student to discover the applica- PHOT 203 Color Printing Workshop (2)
tions of electronic imaging for still photographers. Emphasis is placed on digital 4 hours lecture/laboratory
camera capture, image editing and quality digital output. The aesthetics and tech- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 201
nology of digital photography will be discussed in lecture and critique sessions. Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
PHOT 155 Digital Photography II (3) A continuing investigation of the creative uses of color negative and positive
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory processes using portfolio and book projects to refine color skills. Emphasis on
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 150 concepts and techniques in color. Students will be required to employ their de-
Transfer acceptability: CSU veloping visual literacy, analytical skills and subjective thought.
This is an intermediate level digital photography class which emphasizes solving
photographic problems in-camera. Image editing skills are refined using current PHOT 209 Photographic Portfolio (2)
image editing software. This class will output photographic work to print via high 4 hours lecture/laboratory
quality inkjet printers. Aesthetic considerations and visual literacy continue to be Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105
emphasized during assignment critiques. Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
PHOT 170 The Photography and Photographers Methods of portfolio design and production, goal setting, market research, re-
of California (3) sumes, artist statements, cover and inquiry letters and self-promotion for a range
6 hours lecture/laboratory of career, scholastic and artistic purposes. Students will be required to employ
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100 their developing visual literacy, analytical skills and subjective thought. Field trips
Note: May be taken 2 times and classroom visits by working professionals will be incorporated.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PHOT 125 and 170 combined: maximum
credit, one course PHOT 210 Advanced Black and White Photography (3)
A survey and comparison of past and present California photographers and their 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
work. An analysis of their philosophies and practices as it applies to the execution Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105
of photography as both an art and communication medium. There are numerous Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
visitations with established photographers and galleries. Usually will require one An exploration of the creative and technical possibilities of the View Camera
trip of several days outside of the local area. through various assignments aimed at developing a personal style and approach
to the production of quality black and white photography. A study of the relation-
PHOT 197A Photography Topics: Field Studies (.5 - 4) ship between film exposure and development and its application in the “zone
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required system” is stressed.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. PHOT 212 Landscape Photography (2)
Note: May be taken 4 times 5 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100
Topics in Photography, Field Studies. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Note: May be taken 4 times
Course title will designate subject covered. Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey and comparison of past and present landscape photography. An analysis
PHOT 197B Photography Topics: Technical Studies (.5 - 4) of different philosophies and approaches as it applies to different locations. Usu-
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required ally will require one trip of several days outside of the local area.
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. PHOT 215 Creative Photography (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times 7 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 100
Topics in Photography, Technical Studies. See Class Schedule for specific topic of- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
fered. Course title will designate subject covered. Exploration of photography as an art form using both conventional and non
conventional silver and non silver processes to permit broad variations and ap-
PHOT 197C Photography Topics: General (.5 - 4) proaches to photographic expression.
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be PHOT 216 Alternative Photographic Processes (3)
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. 7 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Topics in Photography, General. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. A practical, hands-on survey of historical alternatives and contemporary varia-
Course title will designate subject covered. tions to the modern standard photographic process. Silver, Ferric, Dichromate,
and Photomechanical possibilities for self expression will be explored.Typical pro-
PHOT 201 Elementary Color Negative Printing (3) cesses learned will include Van Dyke, Cyanotype, Platinum and Palladium Kallitype,
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory Bromoil, and gum printing.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105
239
Photography-Physical Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PHOT 220 Commercial Photography (3.5) Certificate of Achievement
7 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105 Program Requirements Units
Transfer acceptability: CSU BMGT 105 Small Business Management 3
Considerations of professional technical fundamentals in lighting, film, camera BUS 140 Selling for Business 3
systems, and management as applied in studio and location photography for com- CSIT 105 Computer Concepts and Applications 3
mercial, advertising, and promotional purposes. FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
HE 100 Health Education and Fitness Dynamics 3
PHOT 225 Photographic Portraiture (3) HE 100L Health Performance Lab 1-2
6 hours lecture/laboratory PE 104/EME 100 Advanced First Aid 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105 PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU ZOO 203 Physiology 4
Techniques and styles of photographic portraiture. Studio and non studio applica- CE 100 Cooperative Education 2-4
tions will be explored using black and white and color films. Emphasis on lighting
equipment and techniques. Group I (Select a minimum of 3 units)
ENG 100 English Composition 4
PHOT 230 Digital Darkroom 1 (3) MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory SPCH 100 Oral Communication 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140, PHOT 100 and PHOT
150 Group II (Select a minimum of 3 units)
Note: May be taken 2 times FCS 170 Nutrition: Eating Disorders and Obesity 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU PSYC 115 Psychology of Personal Growth and Development 3
The technology of digital photography, the computer, and inkjet printers. Emphasis PSYC 210 Physiological Psychology 4
on industry standard image editing software as the primary photographic pro- SOC 125/
cessing and manipulation tools. Continuing instruction in digital image processing PSYC 125 Human Sexuality 3
directed toward photographic output. Development of capabilities and use of the
digital darkroom. Group III (Select a minimum of 3 units)
PE 100 Introduction to Physical Education 2
PHOT 235 Digital Darkroom 1I (3) PE 125 Physical Fitness 1-2
1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory PE 128 Wellness Activities 1-2
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 230 PE 129 Aerobics/Step 1-2
Note: May be taken 2 times PE 151 Intermediate Weight Training 1-1.5
Transfer acceptability: CSU PE 165 Coed Softball 1-1.5
This course is a continuing investigation into the technology, theory and aesthet- PE 168 Soccer 1-1.5
ics of digital photography with instruction on advanced digital image process- PE 231 Water Safety Instruction 3
ing from a photographic perspective. Emphasis will be on; creating outstanding PE 232 Teaching Swimming 1-1.5
imagery, perfecting output through the advance use of image editing software, TOTAL UNITS 37 - 40
advancing visual literacy.
PHOT 296 Special Projects (1, 2, 3) Physical Education
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Provides the student with background to begin upper division coursework and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHOT 105 serves as preparation for entry level jobs in health clubs, non-credentialed physi-
Note: May be taken 3 times cal education and coaching positions, and as recreation aides. Transfer students
Transfer acceptability: CSU should consult the four-year college or university catalog for specific require-
Requires demonstrated proficiency in photography and the creative ability and ments or see a Palomar College counselor.
initiative to work independently on a particular sustained project which does not
fit in the context of regularly scheduled classes. Could include portfolio prepara- A.A. Degree Major
tion.
Program Requirements Units
HE 100 Health Education and Fitness Dynamics 3
Physical Education (PE) HE 100L Health Performance Lab 1-2
See also Athletics and Competitive Sports HE/FCS 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
PE 100 Introduction to Physical Education 2
Contact the Physical Education Department for further information. PE 104/EME 100 Advanced First Aid 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2462 PE 129 Aerobics/Step 1-1.5
Office: O-10 PE 231 Water Safety Instruction 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3
ZOO 200 Anatomy 5
Associate in Arts Degrees - ZOO 203 Physiology 4
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Physical Education Plus 3 of the following team skill courses (An ACS course in these
sports may be substituted for one)
Certificates of Achievement - PE 137 Water Polo 1
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). PE 156 Intermediate Volleyball 1-1.5
• Adult Fitness/Health Management PE 165 Coed Softball 1-1.5
PROGRAMS OF STUDY PE 166 Basketball 1
PE 168 Soccer 1-1.5
Adult Fitness/Health Management PE 210 Professional Preparation for Football 1-2
PE 212 Professional Preparation for Baseball 1-2
Training for fitness instructors and lifestyle educators in designing, implementing
and managing a variety of health/fitness programs.
240 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Physical Education
Plus 3 of the following individual skill courses (An ACS course in Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
these sports may be substituted for one) Recreational and competitive skill levels for beginner and advanced beginner. A
PE 118 Intermediate Golf 1-1.5 development of mental and physical skills such as: interpreting rules and regula-
PE 127 Aquatic Exercises 1-2 tions, tactics and strategies, sport etiquette and sport-specific motor skills.
PE 136 Intermediate Swimming 1-1.5
PE 141 Intermediate Tennis 1-1.5 PE 111 Intermediate Badminton (1,1.5)
PE 150 Beginning Weight Training 1-1.5 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
TOTAL UNITS 34 - 40 Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
110, 111
COURSE OFFERINGS Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Development of competency in badminton strokes, and defensive and offensive
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. tactics in singles and doubles match play.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
PE 112 Yoga (1,1.5,2)
An activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four tennis courses for Note: May be taken 4 times
credit). Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Investigation and practice of the principles of Physical Hatha Yoga. Emphasis is on
UC – All ACS and PE activity courses combined: maximum credit, 4 units improved body alignment, joint flexibility, muscle tone and breathing.
CSU – No limit on PE activity credit
PE 114 Walkfit (1,1.5)
PE 47 Physical Education Topics (.5 - 4) 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Note: May be taken 4 times
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Instruction and training in walking techniques to increase endurance and fitness
Note: May be taken 4 times levels.
Non-degree Applicable
Topics in Physical Education. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course PE 115 Bowling (1.5)
title will designate subject covered. 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PE 100 Introduction to Physical Education (2) Competency development in selection of ball, approach, delivery, scoring, and
2 hours lecture league experience. Class meets off campus.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An interpretation of the field designed to give the prospective major student an PE 116 Aikido (1,1.5,2)
understanding of its scope. History and principles of physical education. Study of 2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
the objectives of modern physical education with a view toward the development Note: May be taken 4 times
of a basic philosophy and background for professional education. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Introduction to and a survey of Aikido, a non-aggressive, non-competitive martial
PE 102 Physical Education in Elementary Schools (3) art. Based upon a philosophy that underscores the importance of harmony with
3 hours lecture nature and control of body and mind. The significance of good posture, physical
Transfer acceptability: CSU skill, reflexes, responsibility, and etiquette is emphasized.
Develop understanding, knowledge, and appreciation of physical education activi-
ties adapted to the needs and interests of elementary school children. Experience PE 117 Beginning Golf (1,1.5)
in planning, writing and conducting physical education programs and curriculum. 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
PE 103 Evaluative Fitness (2.5) 117, 118, 119, 216 (Golf)
2 hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU Skill development in the use of various clubs, scoring, and playing etiquette.
Theory and practical application of current measurement, testing, and evaluation
procedures in adult fitness programs. Familiarization with heart rate monitor- PE 118 Intermediate Golf (1,1.5)
ing, blood pressure, anthropometic assessment techniques (skinfold measures, 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
circumference measurements, bioelectric impedance, BMI, waist to hip ratios), Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
cardiorespiratory fitness assessment techniques (YMCA bike test, 3 minute step 117, 118, 119, 216 (Golf)
test, 1-mile walk test), musculoskeletal fitness assessment (strength, endurance, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
and flexibility measures), client assessment, exercise programming, and energy A course designed for those students who are not ready to play on a regulation
expenditure calculations. current theory and treatment prescription of major golf course but have mastered the basic skills of beginning golf. This course will
health problems. include the techniques (pitching, chipping, putting, sand shots and wood shots)
that should enable the student to play a successful round of golf. Rules, situation
PE 104 First Responder (3) analysis, and course strategy will also be covered.
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as EME 100 PE 119 Advanced Golf (1,1.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
The study and application of emergency medical skills and procedures, including Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
basic anatomy and physiology, terminology, and prevention of disease transmis- 117, 118, 119, 216 (Golf)
sion, for CPR certification from the American Heart Association. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Development of playing strategies. Emphasis on swing techniques and mental ap-
PE 110 Beginning Badminton (1,1.5) proach to golf game. Wise use of practice time. Competency in the rules of golf.
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Classes held off campus.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
110, 111
241
Physical Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PE 120 Beginning Surfing (1,1.5) 135, 136, 214 (Swimming)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE Basic swimming strokes with an emphasis on skill development.
120, 121
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC PE 136 Intermediate Swimming (1,1.5)
Introduction to beginning surfing is designed to meet the needs of the beginning 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
level surfer. Instruction will cover such topics as: historical perspectives of surfing, Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
ocean safety, surfing etiquette, wave selection, proper paddling and appropriate 135, 136, 214 (Swimming)
take-off procedures. Students will be required to provide their own equipment. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Intermediate swimming strokes, starts, and turns. Basic diving techniques, water
PE 121 Intermediate Surfing (1,1.5) survival, and rescue techniques. Emphasis on skill development and conditioning.
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE PE 137 Water Polo (1)
120;,121 2 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
Concepts of intermediate surfing are designed for the intermediate level surfer 137, 170 (Water Polo), PE 214 (Water Polo)
who can negotiate waves and do basic turns on a consistent basis. Ocean knowl- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
edge such as currents, wave development, wind pattern and ocean floor terrain Development of ball-handling skills, swimming conditioning, performance of of-
will be presented. Students will be taught short and longboard maneuvers such fensive and defensive tactics, and game strategies.
as: Duck dive, cutback, “off the lip”, roundhouse, sideslip, crossover and walk to
nose. Students will become confident in riding surf, four feet or larger. Students PE 140 Beginning Tennis (1,1.5)
will be required to provide their own equipment. 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
PE 125 Physical Fitness (1,1.5,2) 140, 141, 142, 216 (Tennis)
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times Introduction to basic tennis strokes, footwork, rules, and scoring.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Training in endurance, flexibility, and strength. Methods to achieve training include: PE 141 Intermediate Tennis (1,1.5)
swimming, running, walking, step bench, weight training, strength training, and/or 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
cycling. Emphasis is on pre testing, post testing, and the development of personal Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
fitness. 140, 141, 142, 216 (Tennis)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PE 127 Aquatic Exercises (1,1.5,2) Competency development in tennis strokes, defensive and offensive tactics, and
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory match play.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times. PE 142 Advanced Tennis (1,1.5)
Rhythmical and aerobic movement in water designed to improve flexibility, 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
strength, and endurance. Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
140, 141, 142, 216 (Tennis)
PE 128 Wellness Activities (1,1.5,2) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3, 4½, or 6 hours laboratory Designed primarily for competitive play with stress on court position and
Note: Open entry/Open exit; Pass/No Pass grading only; may not be taken as an strategy.
audit; may be taken 4 times.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC PE 150 Beginning Weight Training (1,1.5)
Physical conditioning through aerobic fitness, flexibility, and resistance training 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
programs. Activities include treadmill, stairmaster, stationary biking, rowing, and Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
weight machines. Individualized tests determine the conditioning program and the 150, 151
level of performance expected. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Developing basic skills, coordination, muscular tone, and strength through the use
PE 129 Aerobics/Step (1,1.5,2) of weight machines and free weights.
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC PE 151 Intermediate Weight Training (1,1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times. 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Improve cardiovascular fitness through a variety of aerobic exercises. The devel- Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
opment of strength, endurance, flexibility, and coordination using optional resis- 150, 151
tance equipment such as step benches, hand weights, and flex bands. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Advanced work for toning and muscular development through the use of weights,
PE 130 Individualized Fitness Exercise (1,1.5,2) variable resistance machines, and other weight devices.
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times PE 155 Beginning Volleyball (1,1.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
An interdisciplinary course focusing on specific aspects of fitness including physi- Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
cal, mental, and emotional parameters. May include, but not limited to, physi- 155, 156, 157, 170 (Volleyball)
cal performance, stress management, weight management, self esteem, behavior Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
modification, and injury rehabilitation. Beginning skills in volleyball including passing, setting, hitting, and serving. Drills
and team play.
PE 135 Beginning Swimming (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory PE 156 Intermediate Volleyball (1,1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
242 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Physical Education
155, 156, 157, 170 (Volleyball) PE 175D Psychology of Specific Athletic
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Competition – Skilled (2)
Advanced work on fundamentals including blocking and defense, with emphasis 2 hours lecture
on team drills and team play. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Psychological, mental, and physical preparation for the competitive athlete.
PE 157 Advanced Volleyball (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory PE 176 Athletic Training (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE 3 hours lecture
155, 156, 157, 170 (Volleyball) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC An overview of the field of sports medicine with an emphasis on the prevention,
Advanced techniques of volleyball with emphasis on competitive play. recognition, evaluation, first aid, and treatment of athletic injuries.
PE 165 Coed Softball (1,1.5) PE 180 Adaptive Outdoor Activities (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE Note: May be taken 4 times
165, 170 (Softball) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Planning of, participation in, and evaluation of a variety of sports and other out-
Basic skills of slow pitch, fast pitch, and over the line softball. Includes rules, basic door activities adapted to disabled students. Emphasis will be on self reliance,
skills, and play. organization of personal belongings, problem solving situations, interpersonal re-
lations, and meeting new challenges.
PE 166 Basketball (1)
2 hours lecture/laboratory PE 181 Adaptive Aquatics (1,1.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE Note: May be taken 4 times
166, 170 (Basketball), PE 211 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Basic basketball skills including passing, shooting, dribbling, ball handling, and re- Basic swimming, survival strokes, and water orientation adapted to individual stu-
bounding. Team play, offensive sets, and defensive patterns will be emphasized. dent’s disability.
PE 168 Soccer (1,1.5) PE 182 Adaptive Weight Training (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE Note: May be taken 4 times
168, 170 (Soccer) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Resistance activities designed to meet specific needs of the student with a disabil-
Beginning skills in soccer. Analysis of individual positions, rules, basic drills, and ity. Development and maintenance of a level of strength, flexibility, and cardiovas-
team play. cular endurance in order to facilitate independence of movement and rehabilita-
tion of specific muscle groups.
PE 170 Team Sports (1,1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory PE 183 Adaptive Skiing (1,1.5)
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
courses for the same sport; For Football, PE 170 (Football), PE 210; For Volleyball, Note: May be taken 4 times
PE 155, PE 156, PE 157, PE 170 (Volleyball); For Soccer, PE 168, PE 170 (Soccer); Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
For Softball, PE 165, PE 170 (Softball); For Baseball, PE 170 (Baseball), PE 212; For Snow skiing using adapted equipment where appropriate. Field trip to ski area
Basketball, PE 166, PE 170 (Basketball), PE 211; For Wrestling, PE 170 (Wrestling), required. Expenses, except for transportation, to be borne by student.
PE 215, 216 (Wrestling); For Water Polo, PE 137, PE 170 (Water Polo), PE 214
(Water Polo) PE 184 Adaptive Body Conditioning (1,1.5)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Instruction and participation in team sports for advanced players. Team sports Note: May be taken 4 times
offered include football, volleyball, soccer, softball, baseball, basketball, wrestling, Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
and water polo. See Class Schedule for particular sport(s) offered each semester. Training to increase endurance, flexibility, and strength. Emphasis on individual
fitness profile.
PE 175A Psychology of Specific Athletic
Competition – Contact (2) PE 190 Theory of Softball (2)
2 hours lecture 2 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Psychological, mental, and physical preparation for the competitive athlete. Fastpitch softball rules, playing techniques, coaching strategies, and practice or-
ganization.
PE 175B Psychology of Specific Athletic
Competition – Minimal Contact (2) PE 197 Topics in Physical Education (.5 - 4)
2 hours lecture Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Transfer acceptability: CSU of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Psychological, mental, and physical preparation for the competitive athlete. scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times
PE 175C Psychology of Specific Athletic Transfer acceptability: CSU
Competition – Non-Contact (2) Topics in Physical Education. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
2 hours lecture title will designate subject covered.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Psychological, mental, and physical preparation for the competitive athlete. PE 204 Off Season Sports Conditioning (1, 1.5)
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; may be open entry/open exit
243
Physical Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
An intensified out of season conditioning and strength program for men and 170 (Wrestling), PE 215, 216 (Wrestling)
women in intercollegiate sports. Different forms of strength training, equipment Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8
and their use will be emphasized. Implementation of a sports specific agility pro- units
gram will be established. Out of season speed/endurance work, and skill efficiency Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game
will be enhanced through use of different fitness parameters in preparing men and strategy, current developments, preparation of teams for games and weekly prac-
women for their season of competition. tice schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future.
PE 205 In Season Sports Conditioning (1,1.5) PE 216 Professional Preparations for Individual
2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory Sports (Golf, Tennis, and Wrestling) (1,2)
Note: May be open entry/open exit; may be taken 4 times 2 or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of
Maintenance training program for men and women in intercollegiate sports courses for the same sport; For Golf, PE 117, 118, 119, 216 (Golf); For Tennis, PE
during season. Proper use of weights will be emphasized. Sports specific agility 140, 141, 142, 216 (Tennis); For Wrestling, PE 170 (Wrestling), PE 215, 216 (Wres-
program, speed/endurance work, and skill efficiency will be enhanced through use tling)
of different fitness parameters. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8
units
PE 206 Coaching of Women’s Team Sports (1,1.5,2) Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory strategy, current developments, preparation for games and matches, weekly prac-
Note: May be taken 4 times tice schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8
units PE 229 Lifeguarding (1.5)
The application and development of knowledge, skills, and strategy as they apply 1½ hours lecture
to intercollegiate competition. Fall semester: volleyball and soccer. Spring semes- Prerequisite: Ability to swim 500 yards continuously
ter: basketball and softball. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Follows American Red Cross curriculum lifeguard training and professional res-
PE 210 Professional Preparation for Football (1,1.5,2) cuer CPR. National certifications can be earned upon successful completion of
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory two topic areas. An individual will have basic preparation for aquatic lifeguard job
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE opportunities in California.
170 (Football), PE 210
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8 PE 230 Lifeguarding and Emergency Response (3)
units 3 hours lecture
Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game Prerequisite: Ability to swim 500 yards continuously
strategy, current developments, preparation of teams for games and weekly prac- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
tice schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future. Follows American Red Cross curriculum lifeguard training, professional rescuer
CPR and emergency response. National certifications can be earned upon suc-
PE 211 Professional Preparation for Basketball (1,1.5,2) cessful completion of all three topic areas. Prepares an individual for aquatic life-
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory guard job opportunities in California.
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE
166, 170 (Basketball), PE 211 PE 231 Water Safety Instruction (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8 3 hours lecture
units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game American Red Cross Instructor candidate training and water safety instruction.
strategy, current developments, preparation of teams for games and weekly prac- Follows the National Red Cross instructor course, learning levels of basic swim
tice schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future. instruction, aquatic activities, and emergency rescue. National certifications can
be earned by students 17 years of age or older upon successful completion of
PE 212 Professional Preparation for Baseball (1,1.5,2) topics. Prepares an individual for teaching job opportunities at an aquatic facility.
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of PE PE 232 Teaching Swimming (1,1.5)
170 (Baseball), PE 212 2 or 3 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
units Techniques for teaching swimming. Practical experience teaching beginning and
Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game intermediate swimming classes under supervision of college instructor.
strategy, current developments, preparation of teams for games and weekly prac-
tice schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future. PE 295 Directed Study in Physical Education (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
PE 214 Professional Preparation for Water Sports (1,1.5,2) Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory chairperson/director
Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of Note: May be taken 4 times
courses for the same sport; For Swimming, PE 135, 136, 214 (Swimming); For Water Transfer acceptability: CSU
Polo, PE 137, 170 (Water Polo), PE 214 (Water Polo) Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – PE 206 - 216 combined maximum credit, 8 cies in Physical Education subjects and have the initiative to work independently
units on projects or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Stu-
Development of fundamental skills with emphasis on history, rules, styles, game dents will work under the personal supervision of an instructor.
strategy, current developments, preparation of teams for games, weekly practice
schedules, and anticipated innovations for the future.
PE 215 Professional Preparation for Wrestling (1,1.5,2)
2, 3, or 4 hours lecture/laboratory
244 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Physical Science-Physics
PHYS 102 Introduction to Physics (Lecture) (3)
Physical Science (PHSC) 3 hours lecture
Contact the Physics and Engineering Department for further information. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 50 or one year of high school
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2505 Algebra
Office: NS-355B Note: Not open to students with prior credit in PHYS 101, 110, 115, 120, 125, 230,
231, and 232
COURSE OFFERINGS Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
An introductory survey course in classical and modern physics. Not intended for
PHSC 100 Introduction to Physical Science (3) science majors.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit for students with prior lecture credit PHYS 120 General Physics (4)
in ASTR, CHEM, GEOL or PHYS 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
The study of selected topics from the fields of astronomy, geology, physics, chem- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 110
istry, and their related sciences through lectures, films, and demonstrations. A gen- Recommended preparation: MATH 115
eral education course designed particularly for non science majors. For teacher Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
training see PHSC 101. The fundamental principles of classical mechanics, wave motion, sound, thermo-
dynamics, and fluids.
PHSC 100L Introduction to Physical Science Laboratory (1)
3 hours laboratory PHYS 121 General Physics (4)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHSC 100, or concurrent enrollment in 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
PHSC 100 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHYS 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit for students with prior lab credit in Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
ASTR, CHEM, GEOL or PHYS A second semester continuation of PHYS 120. The fundamental principles of op-
The study of selected topics from the fields of astronomy, geology, physics, chem- tics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics.
istry, and their related sciences through lab exercises. A general education course
designed particularly for non-science majors. For teacher training see PHSC PHYS 130 Preparation for Principles of Physics (3)
101L. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140, or concurrent enrollment in
PHSC 101 Principles of Physical Science (3) MATH 140
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Designed for students who need extra preparation for the math and physics
The study of selected topics from the fields of physics and chemistry and their concepts covered in Physics 230, Principles of Physics. Introduces basic classical
related sciences through lectures, films, and demonstrations. A general education mechanics, oscillations, and gravitation.
course designed particularly for non science majors. Especially recommended
for teacher training. PHYS 197 Physics Topics (.5-5)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
PHSC 101L Principles of Physical Science Laboratory (1) the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
3 hours laboratory ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHSC 101, or concurrent enrollment in Note: May be taken 3 times
PHSC 101 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU syllabus
The study of selected topics from the fields of physics and chemistry and their Topics in Physics. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
related sciences through lab exercises. A general education course designed par- designate subject covered.
ticularly for non-science majors; not open to majors in physics, chemistry, or
engineering. Especially recommended for teacher training. PHYS 200 Fundamentals of Physics (5)
4 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Physics (PHYS) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 140, or concurrent enrollment in
MATH 140
Contact the Physics and Engineering Department for further information. Note: PHYS 200-201 series not recommended for majors in engineering, computer
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2505 science or physics; PHYS 230 series recommended for majors in engineering, com-
Office: NS-355B puter science, or physics.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
COURSE OFFERINGS A calculus-based course in classical mechanics, waves, sound, fluids and thermody-
*UC credit limitations -- namics, with an emphasis on life science, pre-professional, and architectural fields.
• No credit for PHYS 101 or 102 if taken after 120, 200, or 230
• PHYS 120, 121 or 200, 201 or 230, 231, 232 combined: maximum credit, PHYS 201 Fundamentals of Physics (5)
one series 4 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
• PHYS 200 and 230 combined: maximum credit, one course Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHYS 200
• PHYS 201 and 231 combined: maximum credit, one course Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 141, or concur-
rent enrollment in MATH 141
PHYS 101 Introduction to Physics (4) Note: PHYS 200-201 series not recommended for majors in engineering, computer
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory science or physics; PHYS 230 series recommended for majors in engineering, com-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 50 or one year of high school puter science, or physics.
Algebra Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in PHYS 100, 110, 115, 120, 125, 230, A calculus-based course in classical electromagnetism, optics and atomic physics,
231, and 232 with an emphasis on life science, pre-professional, and architectural fields.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC*
An introductory survey course in classical and modern physics. Not intended for
science majors.
245
Physics-Physiology-Political Science Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PHYS 230 Principles of Physics (5) POSC 102 Introduction to United States
4 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory and California Governments (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 141, or concurrent enrollment in 3 hours lecture
MATH 141 Note: This course plus POSC 101 meets the State requirement in American History
Recommended preparation: PHYS 120 and Institutions.
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Classical mechanics, thermodynamics and fluid dynamics. Required for students An examination of the US Constitution as it relates to the major institutions
whose major field is physics, chemistry, or engineering. of government: the Congress, the Presidency, and the Supreme Court. It also
emphasizes social, economic, and foreign policy so that students will have an
PHYS 231 Principles of Physics (5) understanding of the issues they face in the contemporary era. California history
4 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory and government, another course component, will be compared and contrasted to
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHYS 230; A minimum grade of ‘C’ in the national political system.
MATH 205, or concurrent enrollment in MATH 205
Recommended preparation: PHYS 121 POSC 110 Introduction to World Politics (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* 3 hours lecture
Classical electromagnetism, electromagnetic waves, and optics. Required for stu- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
dents whose major field is physics, chemistry, or engineering. Sources and uses of power in the arena of international politics. Causes and con-
sequences of 20th century wars.The balance of power, history, geography, military
PHYS 232 Principles of Physics (4) and economic potential will be examined to show their impact on foreign policies
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory of the United States, Europe, Russia, Japan, China and less-developed states. Uses
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PHYS 231 and MATH 205 of military force, economic leverage, diplomacy, law, etc., discussed as approaches
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC* to limit war.
Modern Physics. Required for students whose major field is physics, chemistry,
or engineering. POSC 120 California Government (1)
1 hour lecture
PHYS 295 Directed Study in Physics (1, 2, 3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Intended for students who have completed the American History and Institutions
Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson requirements for the A.A. Degree or CSU General Education, but have not met
Note: May be taken 4 times the California Constitution requirement. Organization and operation of Califor-
Transfer acceptability: CSU nia state and local government. Stress upon citizen participation in the decision
Designed for the student who has demonstrated a proficiency in physics subjects making process.
and the initiative to work independently on a particular sustained project which
does not fit into the context of regularly scheduled classes. POSC 125 Contemporary World Problems (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Physiology Focus is on three issue-areas: war and group conflict; population growth and
See Zoology movement; and change and cultural values. Other current issues may also be
examined.
Political Science (POSC) POSC 130 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
3 hours lecture
Contact the Economics, History and Political Sciences Department for further
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
information.
A survey of the key issues in public administration, urban planning, public person-
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2412
nel administration, and public safety with an emphasis on governmental structure
Office: P-17K
and the public decision making process as it pertains to the effectiveness of crimi-
COURSE OFFERINGS nal justice policies, zoning, and land use considerations.
POSC 100 Introduction to Political Science (3) POSC 197 Political Science Topics (.5 - 4)
3 hours lecture Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Introduction to the scope and methods of political science; basic political concepts scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
and policies; comparative government institutions, stressing the United States; an Note: May be taken 4 times
overview of political theories, international politics, and political economy. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
POSC 101 Introduction to Politics and Topics in Political Science. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
American Political Institutions (3) title will designate subject covered.
3 hours lecture
Note: This course plus POSC 102 meets the State requirement in American History POSC 295 Directed Study in Political Science (1, 2, 3)
and Institutions. 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson
A study of the development of American political institutions, the basic features of Note: May be taken 4 times
the Constitution, and major court interpretations that affect our lives today. Spe- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
cial attention will be given to evolution of political rights and individual liberties, syllabus.
the electoral process and fundamental concepts of democracy, liberty, diversity, Independent study designed for advanced students who have demonstrated a
and equality. proficiency in political science subjects and have the initiative to work indepen-
dently on projects or research that does not fit into the context of regularly
scheduled classes. Students will work under the personal supervision of an in-
structor.
246 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Psychology
A.A. Degree Major or
Psychology (PSYC) Certificate of Achievement
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2329 Program Requirements Units
Office: W-16 COUN 100 Introduction to Basic Counseling Skills 3
For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor. PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3
PSYC/SOC/
Associate in Arts Degrees - AODS 140 Intro to Psychological and Social Services 4
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior 3
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies PSYC 235 Learning/Behavior Modification 3
• Psychological and Social Services PSYC/SOC/
AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I 5
Certificates of Achievement - SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology 3
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). SOC 110 Social Problems 3
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies
• Psychological and Social Services Electives (Select 3 units)
PSYC/SOC 105 Marriage, Family and Intimate Relationships 3
PROGRAM OF STUDY PSYC 110 Developmental Psychology – Child/Adult 3
PSYC 115 Psychology of Personal Growth 3
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies PSYC/SOC 120 Social Psychology 3
PSYC/SOC 145 Psychology and Sociology of Aging 3
Provides the student with the academic training and hands on experience for PSYC/SOC/
entry-level employment in delivery of alcohol and other drug treatment services AODS 155 Physiology/Pharmacology of Psychoactive Drugs 3
in agency settings and serves as a preparation for California state examinations as
TOTAL UNITS 30
a certified addictions treatment counselor by CAADE and as a certified alcohol-
ism and drug abuse counselor by CAADAC.
Psychological and Social Services A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is
also listed in Sociology.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement COURSE OFFERINGS
Program Requirements Units PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3 3 hours lecture
PSYC/SOC/ Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
AODS 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 3 A general introduction to the principles of human and animal behavior.Topics cov-
PSYC/SOC/ ered include history of psychology, research thinking, intelligence, lifespan devel-
AODS 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology of Psychoactive Drugs 3 opment, gender and human sexuality, motivation and emotion, health psychology,
PSYC/SOC/ personality, psychological disorders, therapy, social psychology, and other related
AODS 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education 3 topics (e.g., industrial/organizational psychology, sports psychology, environmental
PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior 3 psychology, forensic psychology). Emphasis is placed upon the relationship be-
PSYC/SOC/ tween general principles of psychology and their practical applications.
AODS 250 Group Leadership and Process 3
PSYC/SOC/ PSYC 105 Marriage, Family, and Intimate Relationships (3)
AODS 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics 3 3 hours lecture
PSYC/SOC/ Note: Cross listed as SOC 105
AODS 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU, UC
PSYC/SOC/ A study of the psychology and sociology of the family and intimate relationships.
AODS 299 Directed Field Experience II 6 Emphasizes factors that enhance interpersonal relationships. Topics include love,
marital choice, communication, conflict, and changing models of the family. Exam-
Group One (Select 3 units) ines cross-cultural and historical factors that impact the family as a social insti-
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 tution and the impact of gender, race and ethnicity, social class, age, and sexual
SOC 110 Social Problems 3 orientation on family organization.
Group Two (Select 4-5 units) PSYC 110 Developmental Psychology – Child Through Adult (3)
PSYC/SOC/ 3 hours lecture
AODS 140 Introduction to Psychological and Social Services 4 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PSYC/SOC/ A chronological study of human growth and development throughout the lifes-
AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I 5 pan. Heredity and environmental determinants of behavior and developmental
TOTAL UNITS 37 - 38 research methods are emphasized. The importance of social experience in the
family, school, peer groups, and society are examined.
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies is also listed in Alcohol and Other Drug Studies
and in Sociology. PSYC 115 The Psychology of Personal Growth
and Development (3)
Psychological and Social Services 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides the student with the academic training and hands on experience for Emphasis on self understanding through the study of the individual and relation-
entry-level employment in human services and serves as preparation for upper ships which contribute to unique personal development; application of the fun-
division course work. damental concepts of psychology which aid in examining one’s own personal
environment and the interaction with that environment.
247
Psychology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PSYC 120 Social Psychology (3) progression of substance abuse and chemical dependency disorders and will eval-
3 hours lecture uate types of prevention, education, and intervention strategies.
Note: Cross listed as SOC 120
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC PSYC 197 Special Topics in Contemporary Psychology (1,1.5,2,3)
Explores relationships between the behavior of individuals and the structure of 1, 1½, 2, or 3 hours lecture
society. Emphasizes the importance of language, roles, and the concepts of the self Note: May be taken 2 times
in the socialization process. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
syllabus.
PSYC 125 Human Sexuality (3) Current topics of special interest to psychology students will be debated and
3 hours lecture discussed in a seminar format. Issues in such areas as social psychology, percep-
Note: Cross listed as SOC 125 tion and learning, personality, and others will be analyzed from theoretical and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC methodological perspectives. Content will change from semester to semester.
Survey of topics pertinent to an understanding of the development of human sex-
uality. Emphasis on biological, psychological, and cultural determinants of sexual PSYC 205 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3)
behavior. Current sex norms and various aspects of interpersonal and individual 3 hours lecture
sexual adjustment. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or 60 or eligibility determined
through the math placement process
PSYC 130 Psychology of Women (3) Note: Cross listed as SOC 205
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - PSYC/SOC 205, MATH 120, and BIOL 215
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC combined: maximum credit, one course
A psychological exploration of the ways that race, ethnicity, class, sexual orienta- Quantitative methods as applied to behavioral science data. Frequency distribu-
tion, and age modify women’s experience. To be included are such areas as com- tions, measure of central tendency, variability, theory of error, measures of sig-
munication, mental health, sex-role socialization, body image, family, and sexuality nificance, correlation, regression, and an introduction to analysis of variance. Also
issues. Course content will be relevant to both females and males. included is an introduction to the use of computers in statistics.
PSYC 140 Introduction to Psychological and Social Services (4) PSYC 205L Data Analysis in Psychology and Sociology (1)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as SOC 140/AODS 140 Corequisite: PSYC/SOC 205
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: Cross listed as SOC 205L
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
treatment facility. An overview of the field of human services, including alcohol Use of the computer as a tool for calculating statistics and exploring data in
and other drug treatment. The roles of psychologists, sociologists, social workers, Psychology and Sociology.
family therapists, social service assistants and addiction counselors are compared
and contrasted, and the issues they deal with are described. Through cooperative PSYC 210 Physiological Psychology (4)
efforts of provider agencies, the instructor, and the student, the skills utilized for 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
entry-level employment are observed, practiced, and evaluated under supervision. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PSYC 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PSYC 145 Psychology and Sociology of Aging (3) An examination of the biological basis of behavior. Topics to be covered include
3 hours lecture neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, psychoactive drug use and addiction, endocrinol-
Note: Cross listed as SOC 145 ogy, encephalic evolution, learning and memory, sexual behavior, sleep processes
Transfer acceptability: CSU and neuropsychological disorders. Laboratory includes neuroanatomical dissec-
A multi disciplinary approach to the field of gerontology; historical, demographic, tion.
psychological, and sociological aspects of aging.
PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (3)
PSYC 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies (3) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PSYC 100
Note: Cross listed as SOC 150/AODS 150 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU Identification and description of the various types of psychological abnormalities,
Examines alcohol, tobacco and psychoactive drugs in society. Biological, psycho- deficiencies, and disorders which may interfere with a human individual’s ability
logical and socio-cultural factors of drug abuse and dependence will be explored. to cope with the demands of the surroundings. All of the major psychiatric cat-
The impact of addiction on families and society; contemporary treatment tech- egories will be covered as well as the types of personality problems which lead to
niques, and the addiction counseling profession will be covered. domestic, social, and economic inadequacies, and in some instances, to difficulties
with the law.
PSYC 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology of
Psychoactive Drugs (3) PSYC 230 Research Methods in Psychology (4)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as SOC 155/AODS 155 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in PSYC 100, PSYC/SOC 205, ENG 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course will examine how psychoactive drugs affect the nervous system. Introduction to psychological research methods with emphasis on the use of the
Ways of classifying drugs will be identified including the processes of physical scientific method in psychological research.The laboratory is designed to comple-
and psychological dependence, tolerance, withdrawal, and genetic predispositions. ment the lectures and allow each student to design and conduct psychological
Temporary and long-term affective, behavioral, cognitive, biological, and social research.
consequences of psychoactive drug use will be explored, including disorders such
as Korsakoff’s syndrome and other nutritional deficiencies. PSYC 235 Principles of Learning and Behavior Modification (3)
3 hours lecture
PSYC 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture The basic principles and research in classical conditioning, operant conditioning,
Note: Cross listed as SOC 160/AODS 160 cognitive learning processes, the impact of biochemical processes on learning, and
Transfer acceptability: CSU application of behavior modification techniques for changing behavior.
This course will review historical and contemporary approaches for chemical
dependency, including prevention, intervention, and education. It will analyze the
248 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Psychology-Public Administration-Public Works Management
PSYC 250 Group Leadership and Process (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
3 hours lecture AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: Cross listed as AODS 250/SOC 250 • Public Administration
Transfer acceptability: CSU
An introduction to the dynamics of group interaction, with emphasis upon the Certificates of Achievement -
individual’s firsthand experience as the group studies itself under supervision. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Problems of communication, effective emotional responses, and personal growth • Public Administration
will be highlighted. The emphasis will be upon group process as a means of chang-
ing behavior. PROGRAM OF STUDY
PSYC 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics (3)
3 hours lecture
Public Administration
Note: Cross listed as AODS 255/SOC 255 This certificate program is designed for transfer into San Diego State University’s
Transfer acceptability: CSU program leading to a degree in Public Administration.
This course reviews the principles and practices of addiction treatment includ-
ing screening, intake, orientation, assessment, treatment planning, counseling, case Assists in improving skills to take management positions and/or meet professional
management, crisis intervention, education of clients and their families, refer- growth requirements in local government. Transfer students should consult the
ral, report and record keeping, and consultation. Legal and ethical standards of four year college or university catalog for specific requirements or see a Palomar
practice for addictions counselors will be reviewed and included in this body of College counselor.
knowledge, skills, and attitudes.
In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in
PSYC 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling (3) each of the certificate program courses.
3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as AODS 260/SOC 260 A.A. Degree Major or
Transfer acceptability: CSU Certificate of Achievement
This course is designed to explore methods of assisting family members and oth- Program Requirements Units
ers to understand and to cope with the alcohol and drug abuse of alcoholics and ACCT 103 Financial Accounting 4
addicts. Several family therapy modalities will be explored. The approach will be BUS 205 Business Writing 3
experiential in format and students will participate in exercises that lead to the ECON 102 Principles of Economics (Micro) 3
development of these skills. MATH 120 Elementary Statistics 3
POSC 101 Intro to Politics/American Political Institutions 3
PSYC 296 Special Problems in Psychology (1, 2, 3) POSC 102 Intro to United States/California Governments 3
1, 2, or 3 hours lecture POSC 130 Introduction to Public Administration 3
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course TOTAL UNITS 22
syllabus.
An individualized or group project in psychology of any nature approved by, and
under the personal supervision of, the instructor.
Public Works Management (PWM)
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information.
PSYC 298 Directed Field Experience I (5) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2284
3 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory Office: AA-138
Note: Cross listed as AODS 298/SOC 298
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts Degrees -
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
treatment facility. The student intern will have an opportunity to observe human • Public Works Management - Level l
service providers working with clients in agency settings. Ethical guidelines for • Public Works Management - Level ll
helping professions, developing cultural competence, stages of change and moti-
vational interviewing as a helping style are discussed. Interns practice interviewing Certificates of Achievement -
skills for increasing motivation for positive change. Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Public Works Management - Level l
PSYC 299 Directed Field Experience II (6) • Public Works Management - Level ll
3 hours lecture-9 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AODS 140/SOC 140/PSYC 140 or AODS PROGRAM OF STUDY
298/SOC 298/PSYC 298
Note: Cross listed as AODS 299/SOC 299 Public Works Management - Level I
Transfer acceptability: CSU Specifically designed for individuals employed by or seeking employment in public
Supervised internship in an alcohol and other drug treatment facility. This course works organizations in San Diego County. Provides as overview for field person-
emphasizes advanced concepts in chemical dependency. Students refine their nel of the basic elements of the Public Works Industry and introduces students
skills for the 12 core functions of effective clinical practice and compile a profes- to administrative responsibilities and planning. This certification level prepares
sional portfolio in preparation for the state certifying written exam. This course field personnel for “Lead Worker” positions. This is a cooperative program of-
meets the 45-hour supervised practicum requirement for the California Certifi- fered by Citrus, Palomar and Santiago Canyon Colleges in collaboration with and
cation Board of Alcohol and Drug Counselors. approved by the Maintenance Superintendents Association and American Public
Works Association.
Public Administration (PA) A.A. Degree Major or
Contact the Economics, History and Political Science Department for further Certificate of Achievement
information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2412 Program Requirements Units
Office: P-17K PWM 50 Introduction to Public Works 3
PWM 51 Street Construction and Maintenance 3
249
Public Works Management Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PWM 52 Asphalt and Portland Cement 3 PWM 52 Asphalt and Portland Cement (3)
PWM 53 Public Works Inspection 3 3 hours lecture
MATH 50 Beginning Algebra 4 Recommended preparation: MATH 15
Provides instruction on the recommended procedures, practices, and testing
Electives (Select 3 units) criteria used by the Asphalt Institute highlighting local city and county asphalt
PWM 56 Parks and Landscape Management 3 requirements. Content includes specifications for roads, runway floors, and
PWM 58 Discharge Compliance Fundamentals 3 hydraulic structures and Portland Cement concrete design and uses. Includes
BMGT 101 Introduction to Management 3 transporting, placing, curing, and testing concrete as well as application and con-
BUS 125 Business English 3 struction methods employed.
BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
BUS 187 Project for Business 1 PWM 53 Public Works Inspection (3)
SPCH 115 Interpersonal Communication 3 3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 19 Recommended preparation: MATH 15
Provides an overview of the inspector’s role and responsibilities as it relates to a
project. The student will be given the necessary information and training neces-
Public Works Management - Level II sary for entry level inspection responsibilities. The course will apply to construc-
Specifically designed for individuals employed by or seeking employment in public tion of municipal infrastructure and civil engineering type projects.
works organizations in San Diego County. Introduces management and adminis-
trative concepts to field staff. Classes are designed to prepare Lead Workers for PWM 55 Public Works Administration (3)
front line supervisory positions in the Public Works field. This is a cooperative 3 hours lecture
program offered by Citrus, Palomar and Santiago Canyon Colleges in collabo- Provides an introduction to the organizational concepts used by the Public Works
ration with and approved by the Maintenance Superintendents Association and Department. Content includes typical organization, management concepts, politi-
American Public Works Association. cal considerations, planning, financial management and public relations.
A.A. Degree Major or PWM 56 Parks and Landscape Management (3)
Certificate of Achievement 2½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
Survey of parks and landscape management, operations, and maintenance tech-
Program Requirements Units niques in various parks and landscapes. Content will include the principles of
PWM 50 Introduction to Public Works 3 parks and landscape management, design, construction, maintenance and opera-
PWM 51 Street Construction and Maintenance 3 tions, public parks, landscape management and administration principles. Specific
PWM 52 Asphalt and Portland Cement 3 topics will include turf, landscape, park equipment, pesticide use, park facilities,
PWM 53 Public Works Inspection 3 trails design and construction, irrigation system design and maintenance, installa-
PWM 55 Public Works Administration 3 tion, and maintenance practices for basic elements of landscape irrigation systems,
PWM 57 Plan Interpretation and Cost Estimating 3 and playground design and maintenance.
PWM/WTE/
WWT 125 Supervision 3 PWM 57 Plan Interpretation and Cost Estimating (3)
R CSIS 120/ 3 hours lecture
CSIT 120 Computer Applications 3 Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 15
Provides a basic introduction into reading and interpreting construction plans re-
Electives (Select 2 courses) lated to public works and street improvement projects. Will provide the student
PWM 56 Parks and Landscape Management 3 with the fundamental understanding of how construction plans relate to actual
PWM 58 Discharge Compliance Fundamentals 3 construction and how to use the plans to determine the quantity of materials
BMGT 101 Introduction to Management 3 needed to complete the work proposed on the plans and to estimate a cost for
BUS 125 Business English 3 the completion of the work.
BUS 138 Business Ethics 2
BUS 187 Project for Business 1 PWM 58 Discharge Compliance Fundamentals (3)
MATH 56 or Beginning/Intermediate Algebra 6 3 hours lecture
MATH 60 Intermediate Algebra 4 Study of regulatory discharge compliance fundamentals of the Regional Water
SPCH 115 Interpersonal Communication 3 Quality Control Board point source and non-point source permitting process.
TOTAL UNITS 27 - 33 Course study includes collection systems, storm water, and recycled water per-
mit and reporting compliance.
COURSE OFFERINGS
PWM 125 Supervision (3)
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as WTE 125/WWT 125
PWM 50 Introduction to Public Works (3) Managerial aspects of public utilities including organization, decision making, co-
3 hours lecture ordination, communication, and public relations. Personnel management includ-
Designed by the American Public Works and Maintenance Superintendents As- ing recruiting, training, evaluation, discipline, promotion, morale, and grievances.
sociations in order to prepare public works and maintenance workers for lead Safety programs and encouraging safe conditions, actions and attitudes.
and supervisory positions. Students will receive an introduction to techniques;
materials and equipment used in public works, maintenance and repair projects.
PWM 51 Street Construction and Maintenance (3)
3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: MATH 15
Provides instruction on street construction and maintenance; including materi-
als and methods, specifications, records and cost accounting systems, revenue
sources and budget preparation. Other subjects include safety, drainage, equip-
ment records and specifications, as well as public relations. Codes and industry
standards that pertain to improvements and repair will be reviewed.
250 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Radio and Television
A.A. Degree Major or
Radio and Television (RTV) Certificate of Achievement
See also Communications
Program Requirements Units
Contact the Communications Department for further information. GCIP/
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2440 R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop I 4
Office: U-12 GCMW 165 Digital Video Design 4
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4
Associate in Arts Degrees - GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). RTV/CINE 125 Beg Film/Video Field Production 3
• Digital Video RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
• Radio and Television RTV 270 Digital Video Editing 3
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Electives (2 courses required, 6 units minimum) Units
• Digital Video ARTI 246 Digital 3D Design and Modeling 3
• Entertainment Technology ARTI 247 Digital 3D Design and Animation 3
• Radio and Television DT 180 3D Studio Max–Intro to 3D Modeling/Animation 3
GCIP/
Certificates of Proficiency - R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I 4
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). GCIP 240 Digital Imaging/PhotoShop III 4
• Broadcast Journalism GCMW/
• Digital Media R GCMW 101 Multimedia I 4
GCMW 201 Multimedia II 4
PROGRAMS OF STUDY GCMW 203 Web Multimedia 4
GCMW 108 Web Motion Graphics I 4
Broadcast Journalism GCMW 208 Web Motion Graphics II 4
Provides a background in print journalism and broadcast journalism: practical RTV 50 Basic Television Acting 1
experience in gathering, writing, editing and producing news. This certificate RTV 110 Broadcast Writing and Producing 3
prepares students for employment in the television news industry. RTV/ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
RTV 150 Performance and Acting for Broadcast and Film 3
Certificate of PROFICIENCY RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3
RTV/CINE 225 Intermediate Film and Video Field Production 3
Program Requirements Units TOTAL UNITS 34 - 36
JOUR 101 News Writing and Reporting 3
JOUR 105 Newspaper Production 3 Digital Video A.A. Degree Major or Certificate of Achievement is also listed under
RTV/ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3 Graphic Communications - Multimedia and Web.
RTV 240 Television News 4
RTV 245 Advanced TV News 3
TOTAL UNITS 16 Entertainment Technology
This program will prepare students for employment in the fields of entertainment
The Broadcast Journalism Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Journal- technologies at entry level. The areas of potential employment include theme
ism. parks, casinos, cruise ships, concerts, gallery display and design, event installations,
live event technical support, and theatre venues providing non-theatre related
events. Basic rigging and production safety will be a component of this program.
Digital Media
Digital Media encompasses digital video editing in both analog and digital media. Certificate of Achievement
The certificate prepares students for employment in the film, video, Internet, and
television industries. Major growth in this industry is anticipated as Internet and Program Requirements Units
television merge into one medium. CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 3
ENTT 100 Introduction to Entertainment Technology 1
Certificate of Proficiency ENTT/RTV 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems 3
ENTT/TA 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 2.5
Program Requirements Units ENTT/TA 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3
CINE/RTV 125 Beg Film/Video Field Production 3 ENTT/TA 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3
GCMW 204 Motion Graphics for Multimedia 4 ENTT/RTV 130 Radio Production 3
GCMW 205 Digital Video for Multimedia 4 TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop 2
RTV 270 Computer Video Editing 3 TA 297 or Experimental Topics in Theatre
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television & Film 3 ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1
TOTAL UNITS 17
Electives (Select 11 units)
Digital Media Certificate of Proficiency is also listed under Graphic Communica- ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1, 2, 3
tions - Multimedia and Web. FASH 126 Fashion Show Presentation 1
FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction 3
FASH 139 Pattern Making/Fashion Design 3
Digital Video RTV 100 Introduction to Radio/TV 3
Digital Video encompasses editing and design in using both digital and analog RTV 120/
media. This degree prepares students for employment in the film, video, Internet, ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3
and television industries. RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
251
Radio and Television Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume 3 movement for the camera, emotion, gestures, voice, techniques to copy inter-
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre and TV 3 pretation, audition processes, agent and industry information. Prepares the ac-
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3 tor for basic television acting through a variety of on-camera exercises and final
TA 111 Technical Theatre Production .5 productions.
TA 170 Computer Aided Drafting for Theatre 3
TA 297 Experimental Topics in Theatre 1-3 RTV 100 Introduction to Radio and TV (3)
WELD 100 Welding I 3 3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 32.5 Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey of American broadcasting, its development, impact and influence on our
Entertainment Technology Certificate of Achievement also listed in Entertain- society; basic principles, mass communication theory, station operation program-
ment Technology and in Theatre Arts. ming, advertising, rating services, cable television, regulation, and censorship; in
depth analysis of current issues and developments.
Radio and Television RTV 100L Introduction to Radio and Television Laboratory (1)
Provides entry-level skills in the field of digital radio and television broadcasting. 3 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A.A. Degree Major or Practice in use of radio and television studio equipment. Designed for students
Certificate of Achievement who are not Radio Television majors.
Program Requirements Units RTV 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems (3)
BUS 150 Advertising 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
CINE/RTV 125 Beg Film/Video Field Production 3 Note: Cross listed as ENTT 103
CINE/RTV 225 Intermediate Film/Video Field Production 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
ENTT/TA 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3 Provides a theoretical and practical foundation in temporary and permanent vid-
ENTT/ eo and audio systems technology for entertainment applications such as theatre,
RTV 294B or Television Internship/Production corporate events, hotel/ballroom A/V work, theme parks, museums and other
RTV 294A Radio Programming Projects 1 related applications.
ENTT/RTV 120 Digital Television Production 3
ENTT/RTV 130 Radio Production 3 RTV 110 Broadcast Writing and Producing (3)
RTV 100 Introduction to Radio and TV 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
RTV 110 Broadcast Writing and Producing 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
RTV 220 or TV Production and Direction Creating and developing ideas and materials for broadcast. Problems of timing,
RTV 230* Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3 pacing, visualization, and expression. Techniques of scripting for radio and televi-
RTV 240 Television News 4 sion.
Electives (Select 6 units, maximum 6 units from RTV 194A, RTV 115 Creative Writing for Television and Cinema (3)
194B, 294A, and 294B) 3 hours lecture
RTV 100L Introduction to Radio and Television Lab. 1 Note: Cross listed as CINE 115
RTV/ENTT 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
RTV/CINE 115 Creative Writing for TV/Cinema 3 Instruction and practice in the art of dramatic script writing. Emphasis is placed
RTV 135 Beginning Radio Station Operations 1, 2, 3 on the development of the initial story idea into a viable, professional shooting
RTV 136 Advanced Radio Station Operations 1, 2, 3 script for television or film.
RTV 140 Radio News 3
RTV 150 Performance/Acting for Broadcast/Film 3 RTV 120 Digital Television Production (3)
RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
RTV 180 Sports Broadcasting 3 Note: Cross listed as ENTT 120
RTV 194A Radio Operations 1, 2, 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
RTV 194B Exp Topics/TV Operations 1, 2, 3 The terminology, practices, and aesthetic considerations of visual and sound pro-
RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3 ductions. Principles of producing, staging, shot composition, directing, blocking,
RTV 245 Advanced TV News 3 graphics, studio techniques, and lighting, for television.
RTV 270 Digital Video Editing 3
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film 3 RTV 125 Beginning Film and Video Field Production (3)
RTV 294A Radio Programming Projects 1, 2, 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
RTV/ENTT 294B Television Internships/Production 1, 2, 3 Note: Cross listed as CINE 125
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CINE/RTV 125 and 225 combined: maximum
and Television 3 credit, one course
TOTAL UNITS 38 A study of the basic techniques of field production using Super 8 or 16mm film
or analog or digital video equipment as applied to various cinematic forms. The
* Students who are not planning to transfer to a four-year university and who student will work with a team on a project through the preproduction, shooting,
have a radio emphasis may substitute RTV 230 for RTV 220. and postproduction phases of storytelling for the screen.
COURSE OFFERINGS RTV 130 Radio Production (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Note: Cross listed as ENTT 130
Transfer acceptability: CSU
RTV 50 Basic Television Acting (1) Techniques and theories of audio production in the preparation of radio pro-
3 hours laboratory grams. Use of audio mixing and recording equipment, editing and dubbing, micro-
Note: May be taken 3 times phone techniques and program construction. Several programs produced by the
Practice and performance in the basics of television acting. Special emphasis on student will be broadcast on radio station KKSM.
252 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Radio and Television
RTV 135 Beginning Radio Station Operations (1, 2, 3) RTV 220 Television Production and Direction (3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV/ENTT 130 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 110 and RTV/ENTT 120
Corequisite: RTV 294A Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: May be taken 4 times Techniques and theories of television production and direction. Practice in pre
Transfer acceptability: CSU production planning, staging, studio production, and editing. Duties and respon-
Introduction to radio station operations and audio production skills along with sibilities of director and production crew. Production of fully scripted television
practical exercises using broadcast equipment and techniques. programs for airing on cable and broadcast stations.
RTV 136 Advanced Radio Station Operations (1, 2, 3) RTV 225 Intermediate Film and Video Field Production (3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV/ENTT 130 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 110 and CINE/RTV 125
Corequisite: RTV 294A Note: Cross listed as CINE 225
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – CINE/RTV 125 and 225 combined: maximum
Transfer acceptability: CSU credit, one course
Advanced radio and audio production skills along with practical exercises using Principles, techniques, and theory of field production using digital or analog video
broadcast equipment and techniques. Special emphasis in broadcast management or 16mm film equipment. Theory and practice of off line linear or nonlinear edit-
training. ing.
RTV 140 Radio News (3) RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV/ENTT 130
Introduction to the principles of radio news writing, rewriting, editing, gathering Transfer acceptability: CSU
(by audio recording and news wire services), and announcing. Student will incor- Principles and techniques of editing radio, television, and film audio projects us-
porate learning into the production of radio newscasts for radio station KKSM. ing Pro Tools software and technology. Digitizing audio source material, working
knowledge of Pro Tools interface, use of multi-track audio editing system, mic and
RTV 150 Performance and Acting for Broadcast and Film (3) recording techniques.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU RTV 240 Television News (4)
Techniques of preparation and delivery of materials before microphone and cam- 8 hours lecture/laboratory
era. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 110 and RTV/ENTT 120 or RTV 140
Note: May be taken 4 times
RTV 170 Introduction to Video Editing (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
6 hours lecture/laboratory Principles of scripting, gathering, and editing of television news. Production of
Transfer acceptability: CSU newscasts for airing on cable television.
Covers the technical and theoretical development of film and video editing from
its initiation to the present day. Provides an introduction to the basic elements of RTV 245 Advanced TV News (3)
editing language, the various technical processes used throughout its history, as 6 hours lecture/laboratory
well as the related skills necessary for good editing. Recommended preparation: RTV 240
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading; may be taken 4 times
RTV 180 Sports Broadcasting (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
6 hours lecture/laboratory Advanced principles and application of techniques and theory of local TV News
Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading, may be taken 4 times reporting, news gathering, producing, and editing an ongoing TV News program.
Transfer acceptability: CSU Production of newscasts for airing on cable television.
Sports broadcasting: anchoring, reporting, play-by-play, and color announcing
techniques. RTV 270 Digital Video Editing (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory
RTV 194A Radio Operations (1, 2, 3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 170
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading.
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Principles and techniques of digital non-linear video editing for broadcast TV and
Advanced research projects designed to meet the specific needs of student’s in- Film. Overview of Final Cut Pro software program. Application of operational and
terest in radio station operations. Projects may be chosen for production by the aesthetic editing principles.
College or by the individual student.
RTV 275 Avid Editing for Television and Film (3)
RTV 194B Experimental Topics Television Operations (1, 2, 3) 6 hours lecture/laboratory
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RTV 170 and 270
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: May not be taken for Pass/No Pass grading
Transfer acceptability: CSU Transfer acceptability: CSU
Individual television projects, including operations of television equipment in col- Principles and techniques of editing video and film projects using Avid technology.
lege produced television programs or individual productions. Digitizing source material, storyboarding, timeline, audio editing, importing and
exporting graphics, outputting, and media management.
RTV 197 Radio and Television Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required RTV 294A Radio Programming Projects (1, 2, 3)
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Advanced radio projects to meet the specific needs of the student’s interest in
Topics in Radio and Television. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. radio programming. Work on college produced broadcast productions.
Course title will designate subject covered.
253
Radio and Television-Reading-Real Estate Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
RTV 294B Television Internships/Production (1, 2, 3) Intended for students with reading competencies who wish to enhance their
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory reading ability by increasing reading speed, comprehension, fluency, vocabulary,
Note: Cross listed as ENTT 294B; may be taken 4 times and critical analysis. For students who do not have reading comprehension and
Transfer acceptability: CSU vocabulary difficulties.
Work on advanced television production including individual research, work on
college produced programs, or internships at local broadcast stations, cable com- READ 115 Vocabulary Enhancement (2)
panies, and other communications facilities. 2 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides techniques to increase the precision and scope of language for everyday
Reading (READ) use. Emphasis is on the development of all aspects of college level vocabulary.
Contact Reading Services for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2568 READ 120 Critical Reading (3)
Office: RC-1 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: READ 110
COURSE OFFERINGS Transfer acceptability: CSU
Conceptual examination and application of critical reading, critical thinking, analy-
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. sis and logical reasoning in multi-discipline and multi-cultural academic sources.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. Emphasis on advanced critical reading, logical reasoning/thinking, reflective judg-
ment, and problem-solving skills that will lead to the ability to interpret, analyze,
READ 5 Corrective Learning and critically evaluate, and advocate ideas.
Reading Skills/Learning Disabled (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory READ 197 Reading Topics (.5 - 4)
Note: Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 4 times Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Non-degree Applicable of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Individualized program for students who have specific learning disabilities. Inten- scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
sive training in communication skills of reading, listening, and speaking. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
READ 10 Spelling (1) Topics in Reading. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
1 hour lecture designate subject covered.
Note: May be taken 2 times
Non-degree Applicable
Provides necessary skills to increase spelling ability through an introduction to Real Estate (RE)
phonetics and the rules of orthography.
Contact the Business Administration Department for further information.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2488
READ 11 Spelling II (1)
Office: B-18
1 hour lecture
Note: May be taken 2 times
Non-degree Applicable
Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
An intensive study and application of techniques necessary to improve college
• Escrow
level spelling ability.
• Real Estate Broker License Preparation
READ 30 Fundamental Reading Skills (2)
4 hours lecture/laboratory
Certificates of Achievement -
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Note: Open Entry/Open Exit; Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 3 times
• Escrow
Non-degree Applicable
• Real Estate Broker License Preparation
An individualized computer assisted instruction program based on in depth test-
ing, assessment, prescription and instruction for the improvement of students’
reading comprehension. Emphasis is placed on reading skills and their application
Certificates of Proficiency -
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
to college and life skills materials.
• Real Estate Appraisal License Preparation
• Real Estate Salesperson License Preparation
READ 47 Reading Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times Escrow
Non-degree Applicable Prepares students for employment as escrow officers.
Topics in Reading. See class schedule for specific topic covered. Course title will
designate subject covered. A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement
READ 50 Reading Improvement (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Program Requirements Units
Note: May be taken 3 times RE 100 Real Estate Principles 3
A course designed to improve reading skills. Individual reading problems are di- RE 105 Real Estate Finance 3
agnosed and improved through a variety of instructional materials and reading RE 120 Legal Aspects of Real Estate 3
techniques. For students who need to remedy difficulties with reading compre- RE 155 Escrow and the Title Procedures 3
hension, vocabulary, and fluency. RE 156 Advanced Escrow Procedures 3
RE 157 Escrow Problems 3
READ 110 Power Reading (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Electives (Select 2 courses, 5-7 units)
Transfer acceptability: CSU ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1
254 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Real Estate
BUS 110 Business Mathematics 3
BUS 115 or Business Law AQB/OREA Real Property Appraiser Qualifying Criteria
BUS 116 Business Law 3 (Effective January 1, 2008)
BUS 205 Business Writing 3 OREA Basic Education College Level Experience
BMGT 110 Human Resource Management 3 License Levels Requirements Requirements
OIS 102 Intermediate Keyboarding 2
RE 110 Real Estate Appraisal 3 Trainee (AT) 150 Hours N/A N/A
RE 115 Real Estate Practice 3 Residential 150 Hours N/A 2,000 Hours
RE 130 Real Estate Economics 3 (accumulated
RE 135 Real Estate Investments 3 over at least
RE 145 Real Estate Exchanges 3 a 12-month
RE 158 Current Trends in Escrow 3 period)
CE 100* Cooperative Education 2, 3, 4
TOTAL UNITS 23 - 25 Certified 200 Hours Associate Degree* 2,500 Hours
Residential (AR) (accumulated
* Applicable for C.E.A.’s Educational Achievement Award for full time students over at least
only. Completion of this certificate also qualifies students for the California Es- a 30-month
crow Association’s Educational Achievement Award. period)
Certified 300 Hours Bachelor’s 3,000 Hours
Real Estate Appraisal License Preparation General (AG) Degree** (accumulated
A Real Estate Appraiser Trainee license is required of individuals who are to be over at least
employed as appraisers under the control and supervision of licensed or certi- a 30-month
fied real estate appraisers. A license may be obtained by a person who does not period)
immediately intend to be employed by an appraiser. However, no real estate ap-
praisal activity may be performed unless the trainee is in the employ of a licensed
or certified real estate appraiser. *In lieu of the Associate Degree, an applicant can complete 21 college semester
credits in courses covering: English Composition; Principles of Economics (Micro
An applicant to take the Real Estate Appraisal examination must: or Macro); Finance, Algebra, Geometry, or higher mathematics; Statistics; Intro-
duction to Computers; and Business or Real Estate Law.
1. Be at least 18 years of age or older.
**In lieu of the Bachelor’s Degree, an applicant can complete 30 college semes-
2. Meet minimum Educational requirements: ter credits in courses covering: English Composition; Micro Economics; Macro
Applicants for the Trainee or Residential license must provide evidence Economics; Finance, Algebra, Geometry, or higher mathematics; Statistics; Intro-
of successful completion of 150 hours of real estate appraisal educa- duction to Computers; Business or Real Estate Law; and two elective courses in
tion, including 15 hours of USPAP (Uniform Standards of Professional accounting, geography, ag-economics, business management, or real estate.
Appraisal Practice). Applicants for the Certified Residential license
must provide proof of completion of 200 hours of real estate appraisal Real Estate Broker License Preparation
education (including 15 hours of USPAP).
Preparation requirements for the Real Estate Broker Examination:
Palomar College does NOT provide further training that will prepare a
student to take the Certified General license. 1. One of the following:
Minimum of two years full-time licensed real estate salesperson experi-
3. Have the appropriate Experience: ence within the last five years or the equivalent is required (part-time
No experience is required before obtaining the Real Estate Appraiser – 4 years)
Trainee license. 2,000 hours and encompassing no less than 12 months OR
of acceptable appraisal experience is required before obtaining the Four year degree
residential license. 2,500 hours and encompassing no less than 2.5 OR
years of acceptable appraisal experience is required before obtaining Member of the bar of any state in the United States (which will also
the Certified Residential license. exempt you from the course requirements)
2. Complete the courses listed below:
This program is designed to meet the educational requirements of two licensing
levels of the Office of Real Estate Appraisers (Trainee, and Residential). RE 112 is A.A. Degree Major or
recommended to meet the additional requirements of the Certified Residential Certificate of Achievement
License. Program Requirements Units
RE 105 Real Estate Finance 3
The program does NOT meet the requirements to prepare a student for the RE 110 Real Estate Appraisal 3
Certified General License. RE 115 Real Estate Practice 3
RE 120 Legal Aspects of Real Estate 3
Certificate of Proficiency RE 130 or Real Estate Economics 3
Program Requirements Units ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting 4
RE 100 Real Estate Principles 3 ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 1
RE 110 Real Estate Appraisal 3
RE 111 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal 3 Electives (Select *6 or 9 units)
RE 150 Residential Appraisal 3 *If ACCT 103, 104, and RE 130 are all three completed,
TOTAL UNITS 12 only 6 units are required from the electives below:
BUS 115 Business Law 3
BUS 116 Business Law 3
RE 100 Real Estate Principles 3
255
Real Estate Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
RE 111 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal 3 RE 105 Real Estate Finance (3)
RE 140 Introduction to Property Management 3 3 hours lecture
RE 155 Escrow and the Title Procedures 3 Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RE 100 or real estate
RE 156 Advanced Escrow Procedures 3 license
TOTAL UNITS 24 - 26 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Analysis of real estate financing, including lending policies and problems in financ-
ing transactions in residential, apartment, commercial, special purpose properties,
Real Estate Salesperson License Preparation and land. Conventional and governmental programs emphasized.
A Real Estate Salesperson license is required of individuals who are to be em-
ployed as salespersons under the control and supervision of a licensed real estate RE 110 Real Estate Appraisal (3)
broker. 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: RE 100 or real estate license
Minimum Requirements to qualify to take the Real Estate Salesperson Transfer acceptability: CSU
examination: An introductory course covering the purposes of appraisals, the appraisal pro-
1. Age – 18 years of age or older. cess, and the different approaches, methods, and techniques used to determine
2. Residence – Must be a legal resident of California. the value of various types of property. Emphasis will be on residential and single
3. Honesty – License applicants must be honest and truthful. unit property.
4. Education – Applicants must provide evidence of successful completion
of three courses: Real Estate Principles, Real Estate Practice, and one RE 111 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal (3)
additional elective course listed below. Completion of the Real Estate 3 hours lecture
Salesperson License Preparation Certificate satisfies the California Recommended preparation: RE 110 or 130
Department of Real Estate-mandated pre-license requirements. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Emphasis will be on the residential sales comparison and income approaches.
This program is designed to prepare the student for an entry-level position in the Covers valuation principles and procedures applicable to both approaches. In-
Real Estate sales field. cludes fifteen hours of the Uniform Standards of Professisonal Appraisal Practice,
required of students applying for the real estate residential and certified residen-
Certificate of Proficiency tial exam.
Program Requirements Units RE 112 Business Appraisal (3)
RE 100 Real Estate Principles 3 3 hours lecture
RE 115 Real Estate Practice 3 Recommended preparation: RE 100, 111, or BUS 100
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Electives (Select 3-5 units) Provides specialized training for licensed real estate salespersons, brokers, and
ACCT 103 and Financial Accounting appraisers in the methods and techniques used to evaluate small businesses.
ACCT 104 Accounting Spreadsheet Lab 5
BUS 115 Business Law 3 RE 115 Real Estate Practice (3)
RE 105 Real Estate Finance 3 3 hours lecture
RE 110 Real Estate Appraisal 3 Recommended preparation: RE 100 or real estate license
RE 120 Legal Aspects of Real Estate 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
RE 130 Real Estate Economics 3 Note: This course is one of three state mandatory classes required to be completed
RE 140 Introduction to Property Management 3 before the Real Estate Salesperson Exam can be taken.
RE 155 Escrow and the Title Procedures 3 Day to day operations in real estate roles and brokerage, including listing, pros-
RE 156 Advanced Escrow Procedures 3 pecting, advertising, finance, taxation, investing, sales techniques and escrow. Class
TOTAL UNITS 9 - 11 will include professional behavior and ethics.
COURSE OFFERINGS RE 120 Legal Aspects of Real Estate (3)
3 hours lecture
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RE 100 or real estate
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. license
Transfer acceptability: CSU
RE 49 California Real Estate License Exam Preparation (.5) A study of California real estate law, including rights incident to property owner-
½ hour lecture ships and management, agency, contracts, and application to real estate transfer,
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RE 100 conveyancing, probate proceedings, trust deeds and foreclosure, as well as recent
Note: Pass/No Pass grading; may be taken 2 times. legislation governing real estate transactions. Applies toward educational require-
Non-degree Applicable ment of broker’s examination.
A specific review of materials included in the California Real Estate Licensing Ex-
ams (Salesperson and Broker). Testing techniques, stress management, and study RE 130 Real Estate Economics (3)
skills will be covered. 3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RE 100 or real estate
RE 100 Real Estate Principles (3) license
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: This course is one of three mandatory classes required to be completed before Deals with those trends and factors which affect the value of real estate; the na-
the Real Estate Salesperson Exam can be taken. A grade of ‘C’ must be earned in ture and classification of land economics, the development of property, construc-
this course before a Real Estate Salesperson License will be awarded. tion and sub division, economic values and real estate evaluation; real estate cy-
Transfer acceptability: CSU cles and business fluctuations, residential market trends, and real property trends.
Basic laws and principles of California real estate. Gives understanding, back-
ground, and terminology necessary for advanced study in specialized courses.
256 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Real Estate-Recreation
RE 135 Real Estate Investments (3) RE 197 Real Estate Topics (.5 - 4)
3 hours lecture Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Transfer acceptability: CSU of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Real estate investing for the layperson; basic factors in the investment field; selec- scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
tion of real estate investments; methods of analyzing and appraising real property; Note: May be taken 4 times
expanding tax benefits and consequences; real estate investment; modern meth- Transfer acceptability: CSU
ods of group purchases through various types of syndications, including limited Topics in Real Estate. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title
partnerships and real estate investment trust; and case studies of actual or hy- will designate subject covered.
pothetical investments. The State Department of Real Estate has given special
approval for this course to be used in the
elective group for the Real Estate Salesperson and Broker State License. Recreation (REC)
Contact the Physical Education Department for further information.
RE 140 Introduction to Property Management (3) (760) 744-1150, ext. 2462
3 hours lecture Office: O-10
Recommended preparation: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in RE 100 or real estate For transfer information, consult a Palomar College Counselor.
license
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts Degrees -
A practical approach to the principles and practices of managing income proper- AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
ties, including leasing, collections, and rent schedule; budget and purchasing, mar- • Outdoor Leadership
ket economics; evictions; maintenance; taxation; and record keeping. • Recreation Agency Leader
RE 145 Real Estate Exchanges (3) Certificates of Achievement -
3 hours lecture Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Transfer acceptability: CSU • Outdoor Leadership
A fundamental course for real estate licensees who have had broad experience in • Recreation Agency Leader
residential, commercial, and urban land transactions. Theory of exchanges, build-
ing of estates, income tax advantages, and trends of the market. By means of case PROGRAMS OF STUDY
studies actual exchanges are analyzed, planned, and executed.
RE 150 Residential Appraisal (3)
Outdoor Leadership
3 hours lecture Provides the skills necessary for work as a leader in outdoor activities for federal,
Recommended preparation: RE 100 and RE 111 state, municipal, and private recreational agencies.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Provides specialized training for licensed real estate salespersons, brokers, and A.A. Degree Major or
appraisers in the methods and techniques used to evaluate residential property. Certificate of Achievement
RE 155 Escrow and the Title Procedures (3) Program Requirements Units
3 hours lecture AJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3
Recommended preparation: RE 100 or real estate license GCIP 170 Screen Printing 4
Transfer acceptability: CSU HE 100 Health Education and Fitness Dynamics 3
Escrow procedures including the processing and close of sale and loan escrows, PE 104/EME 100 Advanced First Aid 3
the familiarizations and drawing of documents, prorations, title searches, title re- REC 110 Community Recreation 3
ports, and other details pertinent to efficient escrow proceedings. CE 100 Cooperative Education 3,4
TOTAL UNITS 19 - 20
RE 156 Advanced Escrow Procedures (3)
3 hours lecture Recommended Elective: PE 230
Recommended preparation: RE 155
Transfer acceptability: CSU Recreation Agency Leader
Advanced course covering the more difficult and unusual types of escrow. Case
problems on exchanges and condominiums as well as personal property escrows. Provides the skills necessary for work as a leader in a municipal or private rec-
reation program.
RE 157 Escrow Problems (3)
3 hours lecture A.A. Degree Major or
Recommended preparation: RE 156 Certificate of Achievement
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Further study of the more unusual and difficult types of escrows with particu- Required Courses Units
lar attention to those wherein conflict or dispute arises. Actual case problems AJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3
are presented for evaluation and discussion. Some cases include compliance with GCIP 170 Screen Printing 4
conditions, agency relationships, wrongful delivery, conditional deposits, liability HE 100 Health Education and Fitness Dynamics 3
assignments, delivery, and escrow instructions. PE 104/EME 100 Advanced First Aid 3
REC 110 Community Recreation 3
RE 158 Current Trends in Escrow (3) REC 120 Recreational Team Sports 2
3 hours lecture CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Recommended preparation: RE 157 TOTAL UNITS 19 - 22
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A refresher course for Escrow officers and supervisors covering current prob- Recommended Electives: MUS 197; PE 230
lems, legislation, and court cases. Open discussions and exchange of ideas will be
expected of participants.
257
Recreation-Religious Studies-Secretarial-Sign Language-Sociology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
COURSE OFFERINGS RS 107 Introduction to Judaism II – Culture (3)
3 hours lecture
REC 110 Community Recreation (3)
Note: Cross listed as JS 107
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU
A survey of the cultural and historical roots of the Jewish people from 2000 B.C.
Scope of community recreation; basic philosophy of leisure time agencies and
to the present; their role in the ancient Near East; relationships in the Western
organizations for youth; program planning; playground practices; basic systems of
World from the Greco Roman period to the post World War II era; creation
organization; and policy formation.
and development of the state of Israel; cultural, religious, and political impact on
America and the world community.
REC 115 Recreational Leadership (3)
3 hours lecture
RS 108 History of Christianity (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours lecture
Program planning and principles of group leadership; organized games and special
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
events, playground management.
A survey of movements, institutions, and communities in the history of Chris-
tianity from the first century to the twentieth century. Concentrates on socio-
REC 120 Recreational Team Sports (2)
political influences, contexts, and consequences related to Christian history.
2 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU
RS 110 Religion in America (3)
The planning, organizing, of team sports designed to serve the interest of all
3 hours lecture
people in a recreational setting. The course is designed to provide the methods
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
and organization for group instruction in team sports including softball, soccer,
An introduction to the rich diversity of religious experience in the United States
touch football, volleyball, and basketball.
exploring the impact religion has had on our nation’s history and culture. Native
American, Asian, African-American, Jewish, Roman Catholic, Protestant, and sec-
Religious Studies (RS) tarian movements will be discussed.
See also American Indian Studies, Anthropology, History, RS 120 Religion and Moral Issues (3)
Judaic Studies, Philosophy
3 hours lecture
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2330 Introduction to the role of religion in moral decision-making, focusing on major
Office: W-1 religions of the world and on current issues of ethical concern.
COURSE OFFERINGS RS 124 Islamic Cultures and Traditions (3)
3 hours lecture
RS 101 World Religions (3)
Note: Cross listed as MCS 124
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An introductory course designed for students with a general interest in the Is-
A comparative study of the practices, beliefs, institutions, and core characteristics
lamic world, including its history and cultural traditions. Examines the main social,
of the major religions of the world: Western, Asian, and indigenous.
traditional and legal institutions of Islam.
RS 102 Religion in American History (3)
RS 197 Religious Studies Topics (1-3)
3 hours lecture
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of lecture hours
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
required of the student. Refer to Class Schedule.
Examines the role of religion and religious groups in key events, time periods,
Note: May be taken 4 times.
regions, and institutions of the United States. The course concentrates on the
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
interaction of religious groups with each other and with the larger society, par-
syllabus.
ticularly in relation to political, economic, geographical, and cultural life of the
Topics in Religious Studies. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
nation.Topics include colonialism, the Revolution, anti-slavery, the expansion west,
title will designate subject covered.
the Civil War, immigration, the World Wars, the Great Depression, the Civil Rights
Movement, and the 1960s.
Secretarial
RS 105 Ritual/Symbol/Myth:
See Office Information Systems
Ways of Understanding Religion (3)
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
The course introduces students to the religious dimensions of ritual, symbol, and Sign Language
myth in order to explore the nature of religion in traditional settings and in the See American Sign Language
popular cultures of the present.
RS 106 Introduction to Judaism I (3) Sociology (SOC)
3 hours lecture See also American Indian Studies, Africana Studies, Chicano Studies
Note: Cross listed as JS 106
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information.
The philosophy, religion and ethnic culture of the Jewish people from the (760) 744-1150, ext. 2329
Patriarchs and Prophets through the modern branches of Judaism. Topics covered Office: W-16
include Torah, Talmud, various commentaries and movements affecting Judaism;
ceremonies, artifacts, and language. Associate in Arts Degrees -
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies
• Psychological and Social Services
258 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Sociology
Certificates of Achievement - Electives (Select 3 units)
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). PSYC/SOC 105 Marriage, Family and Intimate Relationships 3
• Alcohol and Other Drug Studies PSYC 110 Developmental Psychology – Child/Adult 3
• Psychological and Social Services PSYC 115 Psychology of Personal Growth 3
PSYC/SOC 120 Social Psychology 3
PROGRAM OF STUDY PSYC/SOC 145 Psychology and Sociology of Aging 3
PSYC/SOC/
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies AODS 155 Physiology/Pharmacology of Psychoactive Drugs 3
Provides the student with the academic training and hands on experience for TOTAL UNITS 30
entry-level employment in delivery of alcohol and other drug treatment services
in agency settings and serves as a preparation for California state examinations as Psychological and Social Services A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is
a certified addictions treatment counselor by CAADE and as a certified alcohol- also listed in Psychology.
ism and drug abuse counselor by CAADAC.
COURSE OFFERINGS
A.A. Degree Major or SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology (3)
Certificate of Achievement 3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3 A study of the principles and problems pertaining to group behavior, the relation-
PSYC/SOC/ ships among human beings, the development and nature of institutions, and the
AODS 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies 3 structure of society.
PSYC/SOC/
AODS 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology of Psychoactive Drugs 3 SOC 105 Marriage, Family, and Intimate Relationships (3)
PSYC/SOC/ 3 hours lecture
AODS 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education 3 Note: Cross listed as PSYC 105
PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU, UC
PSYC/SOC/ A study of the psychology and sociology of the family and intimate relationships.
AODS 250 Group Leadership and Process 3 Emphasizes factors that enhance interpersonal relationships. Topics include love,
PSYC/SOC/ marital choice, communication, conflict, and changing models of the family. Exam-
AODS 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics 3 ines cross-cultural and historical factors that impact the family as a social insti-
PSYC/SOC/ tution and the impact of gender, race and ethnicity, social class, age, and sexual
AODS 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling 3 orientation on family organization.
PSYC/SOC/
AODS 299 Directed Field Experience II 6 SOC 110 Social Problems (3)
3 hours lecture
Group One (Select 3 units) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 Identification and analysis of contemporary social problems in the United States,
SOC 110 Social Problems 3 with emphasis on the sociological factors involved. Topics include poverty and
economic inequality; gender inequality; racial and ethnic inequality; problems in
Group Two (Select 4-5 units) the family, government, education, and the economy; crime; drug use; warfare and
PSYC/SOC/ violence, among others. A critical evaluation of the causes and solutions.
AODS 140 Introduction to Psychological and Social Services 3
PSYC/SOC/ SOC 115 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3)
AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I 5 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
TOTAL UNITS 37 - 38 The study of the position of women in American society from a sociological and
cultural perspective. Topics to be studies include the theoretical approaches to
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies is also listed in Alcohol and Other Drug Studies studying gender; the impact of race and ethnicity, class, nationality, and sexual
and in Psychology. orientation on women’s lives; cross-cultural variations in gender roles; the social-
ization of women; women’s role in the major social institutions – the family, edu-
Psychological and Social Services cation, the political system, religion, the economy, and the mass media; violence
against women; and feminism as a social movement.
Provides the student with the academic training and hands on experience for
entry-level employment in human services and serves as preparation for upper
SOC 120 Social Psychology (3)
division course work.
3 hours lecture
A.A. Degree Major or Note: Cross listed as PSYC 120
Certificate of Achievement Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Explores relationships between the behavior of individuals and the structure of
Program Requirements Units society. Emphasizes the importance of language, roles, and the concept of the self
COUN 100 Introduction to Basic Counseling Skills 3 in the socialization process.
PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 3
PSYC/SOC/ SOC 125 Human Sexuality (3)
AODS 140 Intro to Psychological and Social Services 4 3 hours lecture
PSYC 225 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior 3 Note: Cross listed as PSYC 125
PSYC 235 Learning/Behavior Modification 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
PSYC/SOC/ Survey of topics pertinent to an understanding of the development of human sex-
AODS 298 Directed Field Experience I 5 uality. Emphasis on biological, psychological, and cultural determinants of sexual
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 behavior. Current sex norms and various aspects of interpersonal and individual
SOC 110 Social Problems 3 sexual adjustment.
259
Sociology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
SOC 130 Introduction to Sociology of Health (3) SOC 200 Race, Class, and Ethnic Groups in America (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as AMS200/MCS 200
This course presents a broad introduction to sociological concepts and ideas Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
related to the study of health and medicine in the United States. Emphasis will be This course is designed to introduce the topics of intergroup relations in gen-
on understanding the relationship between social factors and health, the cultural eral to superordinate-subordinate relations in particular, as exemplified in various
meanings associated with health and illness, the social behavior of health care per- racial, ethnic, social class, and cultural groups. Emphasis is primarily on contem-
sonnel and people who utilize health care, the political controversies surrounding porary relations in the United States, although a comparative perspective is also
health care, and the structure of social institutions that form the health care offered.
industry. Throughout the course, there will be a focus on culture (African Ameri-
cans, Latinos/Latinas), gender, age, socioeconomic status, sexual orientation and SOC 205 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3)
disabilities and how these factors influence the experience of health and illness. 3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in MATH 56 or 60 or eligibility determined
SOC 140 Introduction to Psychological and Social Services (4) through the math placement process
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as PSYC 205
Note: Cross listed as AODS 140/PSYC 140 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – BIOL 215, MATH 120, and PSYC/SOC 205
Transfer acceptability: CSU combined: maximum credit, one course
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug Quantitative methods as applied to behavioral science data. Frequency distribu-
treatment facility. An overview of the field of human services, including alcohol tions, measures of central tendency, variability, theory of error, measures of sig-
and other drug treatment. The roles of psychologists, sociologists, social workers, nificance, correlation, regression, and an introduction to analysis of variance. Also
family therapists, social service assistants and addiction counselors are compared included is an introduction to the use of computers in statistics.
and contrasted, and the issues they deal with are described. Through cooperative
efforts of provider agencies, the instructor, and the student, the skills utilized for SOC 205L Data Analysis in Psychology and Sociology (1)
entry-level employment are observed, practiced, and evaluated under supervision. 3 hours laboratory
Corequisite: PSYC/SOC 205
SOC 145 Psychology and Sociology of Aging (3) Note: Cross listed as PSYC 205L
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Cross listed as PSYC 145 Use of the computer as a tool for calculating statistics and exploring data in
Transfer acceptability: CSU Psychology and Sociology.
A multi disciplinary approach to the field of gerontology; historical, demographic,
psychological, and sociological aspects of aging. SOC 250 Group Leadership and Process (3)
3 hours lecture
SOC 150 Introduction to Alcohol and Other Drug Studies (3) Note: Cross listed as AODS 250/PSYC 250
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Cross listed as AODS 150/PSYC 150 An introduction to the dynamics of group interaction, with emphasis upon the
Transfer acceptability: CSU individual’s firsthand experience as the group studies itself under supervision.
Examines alcohol, tobacco and psychoactive drugs in society. Biological, psycho- Problems of communication, effective emotional responses, and personal growth
logical and socio-cultural factors of drug abuse and dependence will be explored. will be highlighted. The emphasis will be upon group process as a means of chang-
The impact of addiction on families and society; contemporary treatment tech- ing behavior.
niques, and the addiction counseling profession will be covered.
SOC 255 Treatment Modalities, Law and Ethics (3)
SOC 155 The Physiology and Pharmacology 3 hours lecture
of Psychoactive Drugs (3) Note: Cross listed as AODS 255/PSYC 255
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Cross listed as AODS 155/PSYC 155 This course reviews the principles and practices of addiction treatment includ-
Transfer acceptability: CSU ing screening, intake, orientation, assessment, treatment planning, counseling, case
This course will examine how psychoactive drugs affect the nervous system. management, crisis intervention, education of clients and their families, refer-
Ways of classifying drugs will be identified including the processes of physical ral, report and record keeping, and consultation. Legal and ethical standards of
and psychological dependence, tolerance, withdrawal, and genetic predispositions. practice for addictions counselors will be reviewed and included in this body of
Temporary and long-term affective, behavioral, cognitive, biological, and social knowledge, skills, and attitudes.
consequences of psychoactive drug use will be explored, including disorders such
as Korsakoff’s syndrome and other nutritional deficiencies. SOC 260 Chemical Dependency Family Counseling (3)
3 hours lecture
SOC 160 Prevention, Intervention, and Education (3) Note: Cross listed as AODS 260/PSYC 260
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Cross listed as AODS 160/PSYC 160 This course is designed to explore methods of assisting family members and oth-
Transfer acceptability: CSU ers to understand and to cope with the alcohol and drug abuse of alcoholics and
This course will review historical and contemporary approaches for chemical addicts. Several family therapy modalities will be explored. The approach will be
dependency, including prevention, intervention, and education. It will analyze the experiential in format and students will participate in exercises that lead to the
progression of substance abuse and chemical dependency disorders and will eval- development of these skills.
uate types of prevention, education, and intervention strategies.
SOC 296 Special Problems in Sociology (1, 2, 3)
SOC 197 Special Topics in Sociology (1, 2, 3) 1, 2, or 3 hours lecture
1, 2, or 3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course syllabus.
syllabus. An individualized or group project in sociology of any nature. Extensive use of
Current topics in sociology will be discussed in lecture or seminar formats. Issues slides and other illustrative materials.
in such areas as deviance, stratification, demography, gender roles, death and dy-
ing, new immigrant groups, and others will be analyzed in cultural context from
various theoretical perspectives. Content will vary from semester to semester.
260 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Sociology-Spanish
SOC 298 Directed Field Experience I (5) SPAN 101 Spanish I (5)
3 hours lecture-6 hours laboratory 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
Note: Cross listed as AODS 298/PSYC 298 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU This course is the first semester of Spanish. This elementary level course is a
Supervised internship in a human service agency or an alcohol and other drug study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, with emphasis on
treatment facility. The student intern will have an opportunity to observe human the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course combines
service providers working with clients in agency settings. Ethical guidelines for in-class instruction and practice with self-paced study in the Foreign Language
helping professions, developing cultural competence, stages of change and moti- Laboratory. This beginning-level course is for students with no previous course-
vational interviewing as a helping style are discussed. Interns practice interviewing work in Spanish.
skills for increasing motivation for positive change.
SPAN 101A Spanish IA (3)
SOC 299 Directed Field Experience II (6) 3 hours lecture
3 hours lecture-9 hours laboratory Note: Covers the first half of SPAN 101; not open to students with credit for SPAN
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AODS 140/SOC 140/PSYC 140 or AODS 101
298/SOC 298/PSYC 298 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: Cross listed as AODS 299/PSYC 299 Spanish 101A is equivalent to the first half of Spanish 101. This elementary level
Transfer acceptability: CSU course is a study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, with
Supervised internship in an alcohol and other drug treatment facility. This course emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. This
emphasizes advanced concepts in chemical dependency. Students refine their beginning-level course is for students with no previous coursework in Spanish
skills for the 12 core functions of effective clinical practice and compile a profes-
sional portfolio in preparation for the state certifying written exam. This course SPAN 101B Spanish IB (3)
meets the 45-hour supervised practicum requirement for the California Certifi- 3 hours lecture
cation Board of Alcohol and Drug Counselors. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 101A or one year of high school
Spanish
Spanish (SPAN) Note: Covers the second half of SPAN 101; not open to students with credit for
SPAN 101
Contact the World Languages Department for further information. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2390 Spanish 101B is equivalent to the second half of Spanish 101, and is a continuation
Office: F-5 of Spanish 101A. This elementary level course is a study of the Spanish language
COURSE OFFERINGS and Spanish-speaking cultures, with emphasis on the development of communica-
tive skills and basic structures.
For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high
school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course SPAN 102 Spanish II (5)
work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 101 or 101B or two years of high
college level course work. school Spanish
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
An activity may be taken four times for credit. Activity is defined to include all
This course is the second semester of Spanish. This elementary level course is a
ability levels (e.g., A student may take a total of only four Conversation courses
study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, with continued em-
for credit).
phasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. combines in-class instruction with self-paced study in the Foreign Language Labo-
ratory.
SPAN 50 Beginning Conversation (3)
3 hours lecture SPAN 102A Spanish IIA (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 3 hours lecture
This is the first course in the two-course series of Beginning Spanish conversa- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 101 or 101B or two years of high
tion. Emphasis is on speaking and listening through the use of everyday vocabulary school Spanish
and communicative skills. Reading and writing skills will be developed from in- Note: Covers the first half of SPAN 102; not open to students with credit for SPAN
volvement with the spoken language. The course will also introduce students to 102
the cultures of the Spanish-speaking world. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
. Spanish 102A is equivalent to the first half of Spanish 102. This elementary level
SPAN 51 Intermediate Conversation (3) course is a study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, with con-
3 hours lecture tinued emphasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 50
Note: May be taken 2 times SPAN 102B Spanish IIB (3)
This is the second course in the two-course series of Beginning Spanish conversa- 3 hours lecture
tion. Emphasis is on speaking and listening, using everyday vocabulary and com- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 102A or two years of high school
municative skills. Reading and writing skills will be developed from involvement Spanish
with the spoken language. This course will also introduce students to the cultures Note: Covers the second half of SPAN 102; not open to students with credit for
of the Spanish-speaking world. SPAN 102
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
SPAN 80 Spanish Through Song (1) 102B is equivalent to the second half of Spanish 102, and is a continuation of
1 hour lecture Spanish 102A. This elementary level course is a study of the Spanish language and
A highly participatory course in which students of all levels develop and improve Spanish-speaking cultures, with continued emphasis on the development of com-
pronunciation skills, listening comprehension skills, vocabulary and certain basic municative skills and basic structures.
grammar concepts by means of pedagogically chosen and enjoyable Spanish songs
representing a variety of forms such as Salsa, Romantica, Cumbia, Mariachi, Popu- SPAN 201 Spanish III (5)
lar Music and Latin Rock. Students become dynamically aware that songs are an 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
essential expression of Hispanic culture. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 102 or 102B or three years of high
school Spanish
261
Spanish-Speech Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – SPAN 201 and 240 combined: maximum credit, Transfer acceptability: CSU: UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
one course syllabus.
This course is the third semester of Spanish. This intermediate level course is Individual study in areas of Spanish language or culture. Designed for the student
a study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, focusing on inter- who has the initiative to work independently on a topic that is outside the scope
mediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic materials. of regularly scheduled classes.
Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order to ac-
quire proficiency in Spanish. Course combines in-class instruction with self-paced SPAN 296 Special Studies in Spanish (1, 2, 3)
study in the Foreign Language Laboratory. Class is largely conducted in Spanish. 1,2, or 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of six units
SPAN 201A Spanish IIIA (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU: UC - Credit determined by UC upon review of course
3 hours lecture syllabus.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 102 or 102B or three years of high Improve Spanish language competency and cultural awareness through individu-
school Spanish alized study, lectures, or class excursions. Undertaken during regular sessions,
Note: Covers the first half of SPAN 201; not open to students with credit for SPAN summer, or vacations.
201
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Spanish 201A is equivalent to the first half of Spanish 201. This intermediate level Speech (SPCH)
course is a study of the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, focusing Contact the Speech Communication/Forensics/ASL Department for further
on intermediate level structures and readings of culturally relevant authentic ma- information.
terials. Emphasis is on developing oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order (760) 744-1150, ext. 2405
to acquire proficiency in Spanish. Class is largely conducted in Spanish. Office: IT-7A
SPAN 201B Spanish IIIB (3) Associate in Arts Degrees -
3 hours lecture AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 201A • Speech Communication
Note: Covers the second half of SPAN 201; not open to students with credit for
SPAN 201 PROGRAM OF STUDY
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Spanish 201B is the second half of Spanish 201, and is a continuation of Span-
ish 201A. This intermediate level course is a study of the Spanish language and
Speech Communication
Spanish-speaking cultures, focusing on intermediate level structures and readings Prepares the student for employment in programs where advanced speaking skills
of culturally relevant authentic materials. Emphasis is on developing oral, listen- are necessary.Transfer students should consult the four year college or university
ing, reading and writing skills in order to acquire proficiency in Spanish. Class is catalog for specific requirements or see a Palomar College counselor.
largely conducted in Spanish.
A.A. Degree Major
SPAN 202 Spanish IV (5)
Program Requirements Units
5 hours lecture
SPCH 100 Oral Communication 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 201 or four years of high school
SPCH 105 Beginning Argumentation and Debate 3
Spanish
SPCH 115 Interpersonal Communication 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – SPAN 202 and 241 combined: maximum
SPCH 120 Human Communication 3
credit, one course
SPCH/TA125 Beginning Oral Interpretation 3
This course is the fourth semester of Spanish. This intermediate level course is a
SPCH 131 Intercultural Communication 3
study of the Spanish language and of special topics on the culture of the Spanish-
speaking world. Emphasis is on further development of cross-cultural awareness, TOTAL UNITS 18
as well as, the development of oral, listening, reading and writing skills in order
to improve communicative competence in Spanish. Class is largely conducted COURSE OFFERINGS
in Spanish.
SPCH 100 Oral Communication (3)
3 hours lecture
SPAN 215 Advanced Spanish (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture
An introduction to the fundamental principles and techniques of public address.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 202
Students will frequently prepare and present talks of informative or persuasive
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
intent. Emphasis will be placed on the collection, analysis, and organization of ma-
Advanced grammar and composition.
terial appropriate to typical public address situations, as well as on the linguistic,
vocal, and physical skills needed for effective delivery.
SPAN 216 Advanced Spanish Conversation (3)
3 hours lecture
SPCH 105 Beginning Argumentation and Debate (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 202
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENG 100
Topics in Spanish language and culture with emphasis on improving fluency and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
building vocabulary.
Argumentative theory and practice including burden of proof, logical analysis, re-
search, types and uses of evidence, deductive and inductive reasoning, logical falla-
SPAN 235 Intermediate Conversation and Writing (3)
cies, written argumentative essay construction, refutation, rebuttal, and argument
3 hours lecture
evaluation paradigms. Basic written communication skills are developed through
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in SPAN 201
composing, drafting, reviewing, and rewriting (1) analytical topic area essays, (2)
Note: May be taken 2 times
affirmative and negative cases, and (3) written peer evaluation essays. Oral com-
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
munication skills are developed through the agency of public debate. Critical per-
Topical discussions, oral and written themes, and practical vocabulary.
spectives on values and public policy, including examinations of diverse paradigms
are emphasized.
SPAN 295 Directed Study in Spanish (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times for a maximum of six units
262 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Speech-Tagalog-Theatre Arts
SPCH 115 Interpersonal Communication (3) SPCH 290 Competitive Intercollegiate Forensics (3)
3 hours lecture 9 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Note: May be taken 4 times
Introduction to the fundamental principles and terms of communication study in Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
the interpersonal or face-to-face context. Analysis of communication patterns in syllabus.
developing, stable, and deteriorating relationships. Topics include communication Advanced projects including individual research. Tutoring and performance for
rules and competence, perception and empathy, love, and family interaction. college classes and community including reader’s theatre; informative, persuasive,
entertaining, extemporaneous, and impromptu speaking; communication analysis,
SPCH 120 Human Communication (3) prose, poetry, duo interpretation, programmed reading, and debate.
3 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
A comprehensive introduction to the study of human communication processes Tagalog (TAG)
including verbal and nonverbal modalities. Human abilities are compared to the Contact the World Languages Department for further information.
communication systems of other species. Key definitions and concepts in com- (760) 744-1150, ext. 2390
munication theory are reviewed. Communication processes in personal, public, Office: F-5
and mass mediated contexts are analyzed.
COURSE OFFERINGS
SPCH 125 Beginning Oral Interpretation (3)
3 hours lecture For students who have completed foreign language course work at the high
Note: Cross listed as TA 125 school level, and need clarification regarding placement in college level course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC work, contact the Counseling Center. Universities have varying policies regarding
An introduction to the oral reading of prose, poetry, and drama in distinct and in- the granting of transfer credit when there is a combination of high school and
tertextual formats. Models of critical analysis will be applied to written literature college level course work.
and reading will be performed and evaluated by applying principles of effective
delivery. TAG 101 Tagalog I (5)
5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
SPCH 131 Intercultural Communication (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
3 hours lecture This course is the first semester of Tagalog. This elementary course is a study of
Transfer acceptability: CSU pronunciation, essentials of grammar, reading, speaking, and writing. Relationship
Introduction to the fundamental principles and terms of communication study in between language and culture.
intercultural or cross-cultural contexts. Analysis of the opportunities and prob-
lems presented by national, ethnic, linguistic, and gender-based variation in verbal TAG 102 Tagalog II (5)
and nonverbal behaviors. 5 hours lecture-1 hour laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in TAG 101, or two years of high school
SPCH 145 Management of Speech Activities (1) Tagalog
3 hours laboratory Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Note: May be taken 4 times This course is the second semester of Tagalog. This elementary level course is a
Transfer acceptability: CSU study of the Tagalog language and Tagalog-speaking cultures, with continued em-
Planning, preparation, management, and supervision of speech tournaments and phasis on the development of communicative skills and basic structures. Course
other interscholastic speech activities. combines in-class instruction with self-paced study in the Foreign Language Labo-
ratory.
SPCH 150 Debate Research (1)
3 hours laboratory TAG 201 Tagalog III (5)
Note: May be taken 4 times 5 hours lecture
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in TAG 102 or three years of high school
Advanced debate training including investigation and research of the national in- Tagalog
tercollegiate debate resolution. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
This course is the third semester of Tagalog. This intermediate level course is a
SPCH 160 Practical Public Speaking (1) study of grammar, review, composition, and continued oral practice. Appreciation
3 hours laboratory of Tagalog culture through composition and oral practice assignments.
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Thorough individual preparation for effective oral communication in a variety Theatre Arts (TA)
of speech situations. This class will make up the college forensics team and the Contact the Performing Arts Department for further information.
student speaker’s bureau; students will be selected from classes in the speech cur- (760) 744-1150, ext. 2316
ricula. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate competitive speech Office: D-16
activities.
Associate in Arts Degrees -
SPCH 197A Topics in Speech Communication (1-3) AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of • Theatre Arts
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- • Theatre Arts-Emphasis in Acting
ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: May be taken 4 times Certificates of Achievement -
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
syllabus. • Entertainment Technology
Topics in Speech Communication. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. • Theatre - Technical
Course title will designate subject covered.
263
Theatre Arts Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
PROGRAMS OF STUDY TA/MCS 157 Theatre and Social Justice 3
TA 215 Intermediate Action I: Styles 3
Entertainment Technology TA 217 Intensive Actor Training 3
This program will prepare students for employment in the fields of entertainment TOTAL UNITS 27.5 - 30
technologies at entry level. The areas of potential employment include theme
parks, casinos, cruise ships, concerts, gallery display and design, event installations, Recommended Electives: TA 113, 184; DNCE/MUS/TA 173
live event technical support, and theatre venues providing non-theatre related
events. Basic rigging and production safety will be a component of this program. Theatre Arts-Emphasis in Acting
Certificate of Achievement Provide actors with a foundation for lifelong development of acting experiences.
Includes an introduction to the major 20th century approaches to actor training
Program Requirements Units and basic concepts of character and script analysis.
CSNT 110 Hardware and O.S. Fundamentals 3
ENTT 100 Introduction to Entertainment Technology 1 A.A. Degree Major*
ENTT/RTV 103 Introduction to Audio-Visual Systems 3
ENTT/TA 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 2.5 Program Requirements
ENTT/TA 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3 TA 100 Introduction to the Theatre 3
ENTT/TA 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3 ENTT/TA 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 3
ENTT/RTV 130 Radio Production 3 TA 115 Beginning Acting I: Fundamentals 3
TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop 2 TA 116 Beginning Acting II: Scene Study 3
TA 297 or Experimental Topics in Theatre TA 131C Playwriting for Actors Lab 1
ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1 TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop 3
TA 216 Intermediate Acting II: Character Development 3
Electives (Select 11 units) TA 217 Intensive Actor Training 3
ENTT/RTV 294B Television Internships/Production 1, 2, 3 ENG 205 Introduction to Literature 3
FASH 126 Fashion Show Presentation 1
FASH 135 Basic Sewing Construction 3 Group I (Select one course)
FASH 139 Pattern Making/Fashion Design 3 TA 140 History of the Theatre From Ancient Greece
RTV 100 Introduction to Radio/TV 3 Through the 17th Century 3
RTV 120/ TA 141 History of the Theatre From the 18th Century
ENTT 120 Digital Television Production 3 to the Present 3
RTV 230 Digital Audio with Pro Tools 3
TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume 3 Group II (Select two courses)
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre and TV 3 DNCE 100 Survey of Dance 3
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3 DNCE 101 Survey of World Dance 3
TA 111 Technical Theatre Production .5 DNCE 110 Modern Dance I 1.5
TA 170 Computer Aided Drafting for Theatre 3 DNCE 115 Ballet I 1.5
TA 297 Experimental Topics in Theatre 1-3 DNCE 120 Jazz Technique I 1.5
WELD 100 Welding I 3 DNCE 125 Theatre Dance I 1.5
DNCE 130 Tap Dance I 1.5
TOTAL UNITS 32.5
TA 113 Improvisation for Acting and Interactive Theatre 3
TA 131B Ensemble Theatre Lab 1
Entertainment Technology Certificate of Achievement is also listed in Entertain-
TA 131C Playwriting for Actors Lab 1
ment Technology and in Radio and Television.
TA 131D Acting Audition Lab 1
TA 155 Beginning Playwriting 3
Theatre Arts TA 160 Beginning Stage Direction 3
Prepares the student with foundation skills and coccepts to pursue a career in the TA/DNCE/
theatre arts. Transfer students should consult the four-year college or university MUS 173 Musical Theatre Scenes 1
catalog for specific requirements or see a Palomar College counselor. TA 184 Creative Theatre Ensemble 3
TA 197C Rehearsal and Performance 0.5 - 3
A.A. Degree Major
Group III (Select one course)
Program Requirements Units TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume 3
TA 100 Introduction to the Theatre 3 ENTT/TA 107 Special Effects of Light and Sound 3
TA/ENTT 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 3 ENTT/TA 108 Stagecraft/Scene Design 3
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3 TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3
TA 115 Beginning Acting I: Fundamentals 3 TA/ENTT 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3
TA 140 or History/Theatre thru 17th Century Total units 34 - 36.5
TA 141 History/Theatre/18th Century to the Present 3
TA 150 Dramatic Literature 3 *Theatre Arts Emphasis in Acting A.A. Degree Major pending approval by the
TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop .5-3 California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Office at time of catalog publication.
Plus three of the following courses:
TA/ENTT 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre and TV 3
TA/ENTT 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3
TA 116 Beginning Acting II: Scene Study 3
TA 119 Voice and Speech 3
TA/SPCH 125 Beginning Oral Interpretation 3
264 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Theatre Arts
Theatre -Technical Note: Cross listed as ENTT 108
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Provides training in basic technical theatre skills for career employment in tech-
Technical practices and organization of production for theatre, film, and television.
nical production areas of drama, music, and telecommunications. Also provides
Practice in drafting, designing, and construction of scenery for college produc-
training for employment in children’s theatre, junior theatre, and community the-
tions.
atre.
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up (3)
Certificate of Achievement 2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
Program Requirements Units Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105
TA 100 Introduction to the Theatre 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
TA/ENTT 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre 3 Basic theories, techniques, and procedures of make-up production for stage, film,
TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume 3 and television. Practical training in college productions.
TA/ENTT 107 Lighting for Stage and Television 3
TA/ENTT 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design for Theatre and TV 3 TA 111 Technical Theatre Production (.5)
TA 109 Elementary Stage Make-Up 3 1½ hours laboratory
TA 111 Technical Theatre Production .5 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105; completion of, or concurrent
TA /ENTT 112 Entertainment Audio Production 3 enrollment in TA 106 or TA/ENTT 107 or TA/ENTT 108, or TA 109
TA 115 or Beginning Acting I: Fundamentals Note: May be taken 4 times
TA 116 Beginning Acting II: Scene Study 3 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
TA 197D* Stage Crew Workshop 2-6 Techniques and procedures of planning and coordination through all phases of
TA 197E Management of Theatre Activities .5-3 the technical theatre production process. Practical training through college pro-
duction.
Plus one of the following courses:
TA 140 History/Theatre thru 17th Century 3 TA 112 Entertainment Audio Production (3)
TA 141 History/Theatre/18th Century to the Present 3 2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
TA 170 Computer Aided Drafting for Theatre 3 Note: Cross listed as ENTT 112
TA 297 Experimental Topics in Theatre 1-3 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Audio applications and technology for entertainment based uses. To understand
TOTAL UNITS 28 - 36.5
set up, operation, troubleshooting techniques with audio signal chain.
Recommended Electives: CFT 100; ARCH 105; TA 197C
TA 113 Improvisation for Acting and Interactive Theatre (3)
3 hours lecture
* TA 197D must be taken two times for a minimum of 2 units.
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
COURSE OFFERINGS Improvisational theatre techniques for basic acting skills and specific forms that
TA 100 Introduction to the Theatre (3) engage the audience in an interactive performance setting. Performance material
3 hours lecture will reflect and analyze situations of conflict found in the participants’ lives and
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC communities.
A survey of theory and practice in the contemporary theatre including its literary,
critical and technical aspects, and their relationships to historical backgrounds. TA 115 Beginning Acting I: Fundamentals (3)
3 hours lecture
TA 105 Introduction to Technical Theatre (3) Note: May be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of TA
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 115, TA 116
Note: Cross listed as ENTT 105 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC In a workshop environment, the student will learn the basic tools and terminol-
A general survey of technical theatre including stagecraft, lighting, sound design, ogy of acting. The student will apply this knowledge and experience to the per-
costuming, make up, production organization, business management, and promo- formance of short scenes.
tion. Course will include practical skills in all areas.
TA 116 Beginning Acting II: Scene Study (3)
TA 106 Elementary Stage Costume (3) 3 hours lecture
2 hours lecture - 4 hours laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in TA 115
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105 Note: May be taken 2 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Basic theories, techniques, and procedures of costume production for stage, film, Designed to improve the actor’s skills for performing scenes and monologues
and television. Practical training in college productions. with truth and power. Actors will improve their ability to pursue the character’s
needs and objectives, to be vulnerable to their partners’ words and actions and to
TA 107 Lighting for Stage and Television (3) create with a range of emotion. Actors in this class will continue to develop their
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory vocal and physical technique.
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105
Note: Cross listed as ENTT 107 TA 119 Voice and Speech (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC 3 hours lecture
Techniques, theories, and procedures necessary to develop lighting and lighting Note: May be taken 2 times
effects integrated into film, television, and theatre productions. Practical experi- Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
ence in college productions. A practical and experiential class introducing students to exercises and theories
of voice and speech production leading to improved power, expressiveness and
TA 108 Stagecraft and Scene Design clarity. Methodology will include major contemporary approaches to developing
for Theatre and Television (3) the actor’s voice.
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ENTT/TA 105
265
Theatre Arts Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
TA 123 Arts Across the Curriculum (3) TA 155 Beginning Playwriting (3)
3 hours lecture 3 hours lecture
Note: Cross listed as: ART 123/DNCE 123/MUS 123 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Study and analysis of form, style, and structure in dramatic literature. Students will
This course is an introduction to the artistic creative process through a compara- write at least two one act plays for critical analysis. Selected student work will be
tive study of dance, music, theatre, and visual arts, within a social and cultural given studio production.
context. The principles of artistic perception, creative expression, cultural and
historical context, and aesthetic valuing will be discussed. TA 157 Theatre and Social Justice (3)
3 hours lecture
TA 125 Beginning Oral Interpretation (3) Note: Cross listed as MCS 157; may be taken 3 times
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Cross listed as SPCH 125 The study and practice of theatre as a vehicle for understanding global conditions
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC of social injustice and working to create justice in local communities.
An introduction to the oral reading of prose, poetry and drama in distinct and in-
tertextual formats. Models of critical analysis will be applied to written literature TA 160 Beginning Stage Direction (3)
and reading will be performed and evaluated by applying principles of effective 3 hours lecture
delivery. Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Training in the principles, procedures, and methods of stage direction. Students
TA 131 Elementary Stage Costume and Make Up (3) will serve as assistant directors on college productions and will also direct scenes
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory for acting classes and studio productions.
Note: Cross listed as FASH 131
Transfer acceptability: CSU TA 170 Computer Aided Drafting for Theatre (3)
Basic theories, techniques, and procedures of costume production and make-up 6 hours lecture/laboratory
application for stage, film, and television. Practical training in college productions. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in TA/ENTT 108
Note: May be taken 2 times
TA 131B Ensemble Theatre Lab (1) Transfer acceptability: CSU
3 hours laboratory Basic introduction to computer aided drafting using AutoCAD software and IBM
Transfer acceptability: CSU compatible or Macintosh computers. Hands on experience with AutoCAD to
Practical lab applications of techniques for building strong theatre ensembles. include basic mechanical drafting terminology and techniques. An introduction to
user specific third party software as related to drafting and designing of scenery
TA 131C Playwriting for Actors Lab (1) for college productions.
3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 3 times TA 173 Musical Theatre Scenes (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 3 hours laboratory
A practical theatre lab in developing the unique and individual qualities of the Note: Cross listed as DNCE 173/MUS 173
theatre artists spoken and/or written voice. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Rehearsal and performance of solo and group scenes from Broadway musicals
TA 131D Acting Audition Lab (1) dating from the 1930’s to the present.
3 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 3 times TA 182 Introduction to Arts Management (3)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 9 hours laboratory
Actors learn the important skills of developing materials and strategies for effec- Note: Cross listed as AMS 182/ART 182/DNCE 182/MUS 182
tive auditioning, cold reading methods, preparing for headshots, crafting a resume, Transfer acceptability: CSU
and professionalism. An introduction to the principles and practices of arts management through an
interdisciplinary study of management topics in the visual and performing arts.
TA 140 History of the Theatre From Ancient TA 183 Internship in Arts Management (3)
Greece Through the 17th Century (3) 9 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in AMS/ART/DANCE/MUS or TA 182
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Note: Cross listed as AMS 183/ART 183/DNCE 183/MUS 183
A survey of the influence of different cultures, traditions, and technologies on the Transfer acceptability: CSU
development of the theatre as a social institution from Ancient Greece through Practical experience in arts management in the visual and performing arts.
the 17th Century.
TA 184 Creative Theatre Ensemble (3)
TA 141 History of the Theatre From the 18th 3 hours lecture
Century to the Present (3) Note: May be taken 4 times
3 hours lecture Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Students (actors, designers, directors, musicians, visual artists, etc.) will work to-
A survey of the influence of different cultures, traditions, and technologies on gether as an ensemble to create theater performances that rely on discipline, skill,
the development of the theatre as a social institution from the 18th Century to imagination, and artistic courage.
the present.
TA 197A Summer Theatre Workshop (3)
TA 150 Dramatic Literature (3) 6 hours lecture/laboratory
3 hours lecture Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Investigation of dramatic literature from classical to the contemporary, including A lecture/laboratory course designed to give students guidance and direction in
examples of: classical, medieval, renaissance, restoration, neo-classical, romantic, a variety of practical experiences in the theatre (including acting, lighting, scenery,
realistic, modern, postmodern, contemporary and non-western plays. costumes, and stage management) through productions of major works for public
audiences.
266 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Theatre Arts-University Studies
TA 197C Rehearsal and Performance (.5-3) • University Studies - Emphasis in Social Sciences
1½ to 9 hours laboratory • University Studies - Emphasis in World Languages
Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC Certificates of Achievement -
Participation in college dramatic and musical productions as a member of the • California State University General Education Breadth
stage crew or house staff. At least one unit of this course is required of all theatre • Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum
arts majors.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
TA 197D Stage Crew Workshop (.5-3)
1½ to 9 hours laboratory California State University General Education
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in TA/ENTT 105 or TA III, or concurrent enroll-
ment in TA/ENTT105 or TA III Breadth
Note: At least one unit of this course is required of all theatre arts majors; may be Students who complete the California State University General Education
taken 4 times (CSUGE) transfer pattern, commonly referred to at Palomar as the “blue sheet,”
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC may be awarded a Certificate of Achievement. Completion of the CSUGE pattern
Participation in college dramatic and musical productions as a member of the satisfies the lower-division general education requirements for the CSU system..
stage crew or house staff.
Although this certificate recognizes completion of the lower-division general edu-
TA 197E Management of Theatre Activities (.5-3) cation requirements, it does not guarantee admission into the CSU system.
1½ to 9 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Certificate of Achievement
Transfer acceptability: CSU
The principles of organization, operation, and planning for theatre management For a list of the approved courses for this program, please refer to the “California
including programming, ticket sales, box office records, and promotional news State University General Education (CSUGE) Requirements” listed in Section 6
release writing. Practical use applied to theatre productions. (green pages) of the Catalog. Contact the Counseling Services Department with
questions or for additional information.
TA 197F Theatre Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Program Requirements Units
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Area A: English Language Communication and Critical Thinking 9
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Area B: Scientific Inquiry and Quantitative Reasoning 9
Note: May be taken 4 times Area C: Arts and Humanities 9
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC –Credit determined by UC upon review of course Area D: Social Sciences 9
syllabus Area E: Lifelong Learning and Self-Development 3
Topics in theatre. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will MINIMUM UNITS 39
designate subject covered.
TA 217 Intensive Actor Training (3) Intersegmental General Education Transfer
3 hours lecture Curriculum
Note: May be taken 3 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC (Pending) Students who complete the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curricu-
The application of rigorous actor training techniques to develop the actor’s ability lum (IGETC) transfer pattern, commonly referred to at Palomar as the “green
to create compelling performances. The coursework will integrate physical, vo- sheet,” may be awarded a Certificate of Achievement. Completion of the IGETC
cal and imagination training with psychological work, text analysis and ensemble pattern satisfies the lower-division general education requirements for the UC
training. and/or CSU system.
TA 297 Experimental Topics in Theatre (1, 2, 3) Although this certificate recognizes completion of the lower-division general edu-
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory cation requirements, it does not guarantee admission into the UC or CSU system.
Prerequisite: Previous theatre experience
Note: May be taken 4 times Certificate of Achievement
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course For a list of the approved courses for this program, please refer to the “Interseg-
syllabus mental General Education Transfer Curriculum Requirements” listed in Section 6
Designed for students with particular interest in advanced projects, including in- (green pages) of the Catalog. Contact the Counseling Services Department with
dividual research. Tutoring and performance for college classes and community. questions or for additional information.
University Studies Program Requirements
Area 1: English Communication
Units
6-9
Contact the Counseling Center for further information. Area 2: Mathematical Concepts and Quantitative Reasoning 3
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2179 Area 3: Arts and Humanities 9
Office: SSC-18A Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences 9
Area 5: Physical and Biological Sciences 7-9
Associate in Arts Degrees - Area 6: Language Other Than English - UC Only 0-3
• University Studies - Emphasis in Business
• University Studies - Emphasis in Culture and Society MINIMUM UNITS 37
• University Studies - Emphasis in Education
• University Studies - Emphasis in Fine and Performing Arts University Studies
• University Studies - Emphasis in Health and Fitness
• University Studies - Emphasis in Humanities This program is designed for students who wish a broad knowledge of liberal arts
• University Studies - Emphasis in Mathematics and Science and sciences, plus additional course work in an “Area of Emphasis.” This program
• University Studies - Emphasis in Media and Communication would be an ideal choice for students planning on transferring to the California
State University (CSU) or University of California (UC), as the student may satisfy
267
University Studies Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
their general education requirements plus focus on transferable course work American Indian Studies 100, 101, 102, 105, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145,
relating to baccalaureate majors at these institutions. 150, 165
American Studies 100, 105, 110, 200
Because admission and major preparation requirements vary at each transfer in- Anthropology 126, 130, 140
stitution, courses used to fulfill requirements for an emphasis should be selected Chicano Studies 100, 101, 102, 105, 120, 125
with the assistance of a Palomar College counselor. Chinese 130
English 280
Disclaimer: California Community College courses listed on ASSIST are pre-ap- Judaic Studies 106, 107
proved to meet the lower-division major prep requirements. Any other courses Multicultural Studies 100, 110, 120, 122, 124, 157, 165, 200
used by Palomar College to meet an emphasis are subject to approval by your Psychology 125
transfer institution. Religious Studies 101, 106, 107, 124
Sociology 115, 125, 200
A.A. Degree MAJOR Speech 131
Theatre Arts 157
Program Requirements Units
Courses may be double-counted between the GE
Emphasis in Education
course work and the Area of Emphasis
This emphasis focuses on the integration of concepts from the arts, humanities,
California State University General Education (CSUGE) pattern 39
literature, natural sciences, and social sciences, offering a broad foundation in
or
diverse disciplines. It will allow students to develop skills in quantitative reason-
Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) 34
ing, critical thinking, and communication in the English language, both orally and
Area of Emphasis 18
in writing.
District Requirements
American History and Institutions 6
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such
Health 4
baccalaureate majors as Liberal Studies and Elementary Subject Matter Prepara-
Multicultural 3
tion.
TOTAL UNITS 65 - 70
Required course
Select An Area of Emphasis: Education 200
Emphasis in Business Select 15 units minimum
This emphasis focuses on an analysis of the organization and operation of busi- Must complete course work from at least two disciplines.
ness enterprises. It will allow students to respond to a variety of business-related Art 123
challenges, and stresses problem-solving skills involved in making managerial, fi- Child Development 100
nancial, and technical decisions based on available data, tools, and resources. Dance 123
Earth Sciences 100
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such English 100, 202, 203, 205, 220, 221, 225, 226
baccalaureate majors as Accountancy, Business Administration, Business Econom- Geography 103, 105
ics, Finance, Hospitality Management, Information Systems, International Business, Music 123
Management, Management Science, Mathematical Economics and Economic The- Philosophy 102, 115, 120
ory, Public Administration, and Recreation Administration. Physical Education 102
Physical Science 101, 101L
Select 18 units minimum Speech 100, 105
Must complete course work from at least two disciplines. Theatre Arts123
Accounting 103, 104, 108
Business 100, 115, 116, 117, 125, 205 Emphasis in Fine and Performing Arts
CSIS-Computer Science 110, 146, 212 This emphasis focuses on the contributions the arts have made, and continue to
CSIS-Information Technology 105, 120, 121 make, in establishing our cultural and historical traditions. It will allow students to
Economics 101, 102, 110, 115 concentrate on theoretical study and an appreciation of the arts from a critical
Mathematics 110, 120, 130, 135, 140, 141, 146, 200, 205, 206 and principally non-performing point-of-view, or to focus on the expression of, or
Philosophy 100, 120 performance in, one or more artistic mediums.
Political Science 102, 130
Psychology 100, 115, 205, 230 Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such
ROP-Computer Science and Information Systems 120 baccalaureate majors as Dance, Fashion Design, Graphic Design, Interior Design,
Sociology 100, 205 Music, Studio Arts, and Theatre Arts.
Emphasis in Culture and Society Select 18 units minimum
This emphasis focuses on an exploration and understanding of the central issues Must complete course work from at least two disciplines
in society today: race, ethnicity, class, gender, sexuality, nationality, and religion. It Architecture 215, 216
will allow students to experience and explore the diverse groups that make up Art 100, 102, 103, 104, 105, 120, 121, 123, 145, 146, 165, 166, 167, 168, 225,
America and the world. 226, 260
Art-Design 200
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such Business 145
baccalaureate majors as African-American Studies, American Indian Studies, Cinema 102, 103, 120
American Studies, Chicana/Chicano Studies, Ethnic Studies, Gender Studies, Jew- Dance 100, 101, 105, 110, 111, 115, 117, 118, 121, 123, 130, 131, 132, 140, 141, 149,
ish Studies, Latin American Studies, Multicultural Studies, and Women’s Studies. 205, 206, 210 , 211, 217, 218
Entertainment Technology 105, 107, 108
Select 18 units minimum Fashion 100, 105, 110, 120, 125, 130, 135, 136, 139, 145
Must complete course work from at least two disciplines. Graphic Communications 100
Africana Studies 100, 101, 102, 110, 120, 125, 126 Graphic Communications-Imaging & Publishing 140
268 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog University Studies
History 105, 106 Select 18 units minimum
Interior Design 100, 115, 125, 130, 150 Must complete at least one course in Mathematics and one in Science
Music 100, 101, 103, 105, 106, 110, 111, 115, 116, 117, 123, 171, 210, 215, 216, Astronomy 100, 105L, 120
220, 222 Aviation Sciences 205
Photography 100, 125 Biology 100, 101, 101L, 102, 105, 106, 106L, 114, 114L, 118, 118L, 130, 131,
ROP-Graphic Communications-Imaging & Publishing 140 131L, 135, 185, 200, 201, 215
Theatre Arts 100, 105, 107, 108, 109, 113, 115, 116, 117, 123, 140, 141, 150 Botany 100, 101, 101L
Chemistry 110, 110L, 115, 115L, 205, 210, 220, 221
Emphasis in Health and Fitness CSIS-Computer Science 110, 146, 210, 212, 220, 222
This emphasis focuses on behaviors that protect and promote health at home, at CSIS-Web Technology 170
school, and in the community. It presents the theory and science, both biological Earth Sciences 100, 115
and physical, behind healthy growth and development throughout the life cycle. Engineering 210, 210L, 231, 235, 236, 245
Family and Consumer Sciences 185
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such Geography 100, 100L, 103, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125
baccalaureate majors as Kinesiology, Nursing, Nutrition, and Physical Education. Geology 100, 100L, 110, 120, 125, 150, 150L
Mathematics 100, 110, 115, 120, 130, 135, 140, 141, 146, 200, 205, 206, 245
Required courses (8 units minimum) Microbiology 200
Zoology 200 Oceanography 100, 100L, 101
Zoology 203 Physical Science 100, 100L, 101, 101L
Physics 120, 121, 200, 201, 230, 231, 232
Select 10 units minimum Psychology 205, 205L, 210
Biology 100, 101, 101L, 185, 200, 201 Sociology 205, 205L
Chemistry 100, 104, 105, 110, 110L, 115, 115L Zoology 100, 101, 101L, 135, 145, 145L, 200, 203
Emergency Medical Education 100
Family and Consumer Sciences 165, 185 Emphasis in Media and Communication
Health 100, 100L, 165 This emphasis focuses on various media and on how messages are produced,
Mathematics 120, 135 used, and interpreted. In addition, it will allow students to develop and apply skills
Microbiology 200 in speaking, listening, and understanding verbal and non-verbal meanings.
Physical Education 104
Physics 120, 200 Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such
Psychology 100, 205, 210 baccalaureate majors as Cinema, Communications, Journalism, Mass Media, Radio
Sociology 100, 205 and Television, Speech, and Telecommunications and Film.
Zoology 145, 145L
Select 18 units minimum
Emphasis in Humanities Must complete course work from at least two disciplines
This emphasis focuses on the methods and values of humanistic study. It will allow Cinema 100, 102, 103, 225
students to investigate the role philosophy, literature, religion, history, communi- Communications 100
cation, and the arts play in the shaping of human cultures. English 100, 150, 202, 203, 215
Journalism 101, 105, 140
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such Photography 100, 105, 140
baccalaureate majors as Comparative Literature, Humanities, Philosophy, Reli- Radio and Television 100, 110, 220, 225
gious Studies, and World Literature.. Speech 100, 105, 115, 120, 125, 131
Theatre Arts 100, 125
Select 18 units minimum
Must complete course work from at least two disciplines Emphasis in Social Sciences
Africana Studies 115, 116 This emphasis focuses on the nature of individual and collective human behavior.
Chicano Studies 105 It will allow students to explore the political, economic, social, and psychological
English 100, 135, 136, 202, 203, 205, 210, 211, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 230, structures and institutions of human beings.
240, 245, 250
History 105, 106 Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such
Humanities 100, 101 baccalaureate majors as Administration of Justice, Anthropology, Child Develop-
Judaic Studies 106 ment, Criminology, Gerontology, Government, History, Human Development, Po-
Philosophy 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 110, 115, 120, 135, 136 litical Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
Religious Studies 101, 105, 106, 110
Speech 100, 105, 115, 120, 125, 131 Select 18 units minimum
Theatre Arts 125 Must complete course work from at least two disciplines
Administration of Justice 100, 102, 103, 104, 110
Emphasis in Mathematics and Science Africana Studies 101, 102, 126
This emphasis focuses on training in the scientific method, the fundamental princi- American Indian Studies 101, 102, 130, 140
ples of natural science, and the principle laws and theories governing the physical American Studies 200
and life sciences. It will also allow students to focus on the mathematical concepts, Anthropology 100, 100L, 105, 107, 110, 115, 125, 126, 130, 137, 140, 225
analytical thinking, and quantitative skills necessary for many other disciplines. Biology 100, 101, 101L, 215
Chicano Studies 101, 102
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such Child Development 100, 103, 104, 105, 115
baccalaureate majors as Applied Mathematics, Architecture, Astronomy, Aviation, Chinese 130
Biochemistry, Biology, Biotechnology, Botany, Chemistry, Computer Science, Earth Communications 100, 105
Science, Environmental Resource Management, Environmental Science, Geogra- CSIS–Information Technology 105
phy, Geology, Geosciences, Marine Biology, Mathematics, Microbiology, Oceanog- English 150
raphy, Pre-Engineering, and Statistics. Family and Consumer Sciences 105, 165
Geography 103, 105
269
University Studies-Upholstery Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Health 165 COURSE OFFERINGS
History 101, 102, 105, 106, 107, 108, 121, 130, 140, 141, 150, 151, 152
Judaic Studies 107 Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an Associ-
Mathematics 120 ate in Arts degree.
Multicultural Studies 200
Political Science 100, 101, 102, 110 Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
Psychology 100, 105, 110, 120, 130, 145, 205, 205L, 225, 230, 235
Religious Studies 102, 107 UP 85 Basic Upholstery (3)
Sociology 100, 105, 110, 120, 130, 145, 200, 205, 205L 1 hour lecture- 6 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times
Emphasis in World Languages Upholstering or replacing existing upholstery for various types of furniture. Com-
This emphasis focuses on exploring the connection of language to daily life and mercial sewing machines, cushion stuffer, pneumatic tools, and hand tools will be
cultural context. It will provide a background in English language, as well as pro- used to complete individual projects.
mote listening, writing, speaking, and reading comprehension skills in one or more
foreign languages. UP 86 Advanced Upholstery (3)
1 hour lecture- 6 hours laboratory
Students may use this emphasis to focus on transfer courses required for such Recommended preparation: UP 85
baccalaureate majors as Linguistics, specific foreign language majors, and any oth- Note: May be taken 2 times
er major requiring proficiency in one or more foreign languages. Advanced upholstery principles and techniques. Power sewing equipment, pneu-
matic tools, and specialized hand tools will be used to complete complex uphol-
Select 6 units minimum stery projects. Includes estimating, customer relations, tax laws, and other funda-
English 100, 202, 203 mentals of upholstery business operation.
Philosophy 115
Speech 100, 131 UP 88 Antique Furniture Restoration (3)
1½ hours lecture- 4½ hours laboratory
Select 12 units minimum Recommended Preparation: UP 85
American Sign Language 100, 100L, 101, 101L, 110, 205, 205L, 206, 206L Note: May be taken 2 times
Anthropology 107 Covers basic antique furniture restoration techniques, specialized tools, authentic
Arabic 101A, 101B, 102A, 102B, 201A, 201B materials, and standard terminology. Students will learn to identify style, approxi-
Chinese 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 130, 201, 201A, 201B mate age, original fabrics, and types of exterior woods. Essential business concepts
English 150 and practices will also be addressed.
French 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 202
German 101, 102, 201, 202 UP 90 Automotive Upholstery (3)
Italian 101, 102, 201, 201A, 201B 1 hour lecture- 6 hours laboratory
Japanese 101, 102, 201, 202 Note: May be taken 2 times
Spanish 101, 101A, 101B, 102, 102A, 102B, 201, 201A, 201B, 202 Skills and techniques required to replace, repair or customize automotive and re-
lated upholstery. Fabrication of interiors and accessories for automobile interiors,
watercraft and other recreational vehicles. Techniques and considerations related
Upholstery (UP) to auto alarm or sound system installation. Students will complete individual or
group projects.
Contact the Design and Consumer Education Department for further
information.
UP 95 Window Treatments (1.5)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2349
1 hour lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Office: ST-49
Note: May be taken 2 times
Design and fabrication of various window treatments. Includes industry standards,
Certificates of Proficiency -
design and fabric options, measuring and estimating, and related business concepts.
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
Students will complete sample projects.
• Upholstery
UP 96 Decorator Accessories (1.5)
PROGRAM OF STUDY 1 hour lecture- 1½ hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 2 times
Upholstery Skills and techniques necessary for creation of a variety of decorator accessories:
Prepares students for variety of positions in upholstery and related industries. upholstered headboards; designer cushions; custom pillows; lampshades; duvet cov-
Students will master skills and techniques required for furniture upholstery and ers, bedspreads and dust ruffles; table runners and covers; and simple slipcovers.
accessories, antique restoration, custom draperies and window treatments. Includes design and fabric/materials selection, industry standards, cost estimating/
pricing and other business considerations. Students will complete individual proj-
In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in ects.
each of the certificate program courses.
UP 97 Upholstery Topics (.5 - 4)
Certificate of Proficiency Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart-
Program Requirements Units ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
UP 85 Basic Upholstery 3 Note: May be taken 3 times
UP 86 Advanced Upholstery 3 Topics in upholstery. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
UP 88 Antique Furniture Restoration 3 designate subject covered.
UP 90 Automotive Upholstery 3
UP 95 or Window Treatments
UP 96 Decorator Accessories 1.5
UP 97 Upholstery Topics 1
ID 135 Fabrics for Designers 3
TOTAL UNITS 17.5
270 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Wastewater Technology Education
WWT 120 Instrumentation and Controls (3)
Wastewater Technology Education 3 hours lecture
(WWT) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE/WWT 110
Note: Cross listed as WTE 120; may be taken 4 times
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information. Introduction to basic electrical theory. Applications and uses of water and waste-
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2284 water control systems including switches, relays, alarms, motors, instrumentation
Office: AA-138 and telemetering.
Associate in Arts Degrees - WWT 125 Supervision (3)
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 3 hours lecture
• Wastewater Technology Education Note: Cross listed as WTE 125/PWM 125
Managerial aspects of public utilities including organization, decision making, co-
Certificates of Achievement - ordination, communication, and public relations. Personnel management including
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). recruiting, training, evaluation, discipline, promotion, morale, and grievances. Safety
• Wastewater Technology Education programs and encouraging safe conditions, actions and attitudes.
PROGRAM OF STUDY WWT 135 Backflow Prevention (3)
2½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
Wastewater Technology Education Note: Cross listed as WTE 135; may be taken 4 times
Specifically designed for individuals employed by or seeking employment in water Concentrated training in recognition and abatement of cross connections in wa-
districts in San Diego County. ter supply and plumbing systems. Hands on backflow prevention device testing
procedures for certification.
A.A. Degree Major or
WWT 138 Cross Connection Specialist (3)
Certificate of Achievement
3 hours lecture
Program Requirements Units Recommended preparation: WTE/WWT 135
WWT 100 Treatment Plant Operations 3 Note: Cross listed as WTE 138
WWT/WTE 110 Waterworks Mathematics 3 The study of the various levels of administrative and technical procedures neces-
WWT/WTE 120 Instrumentation and Controls 3 sary to operate a cross connection control program. Students will obtain the
WWT/WTE/ knowledge to become certified as a “Cross Connection Control Specialist” under
PWM 125 Supervision 3 the provisions set forth by American Water Works Association.
WWT 150 Collection Systems Operator 3
WWT 155 Treatment Process Control 3 WWT 150 Collection Systems Operator (3)
WWT/WTE 215 Motors/Pumps/Oper/Maintenance 3 3 hours lecture
Note: May be taken 4 times
Electives (Select 6 units) Wastewater collection systems and collection system equipment, pipeline clean-
WWT/WTE 135 Backflow Prevention 3 ing and maintenance, system design, safety procedures, inspecting and testing pro-
WWT/WTE 138 Cross Connection Specialist 3 cedures used in collections systems.
WWT 197 Wastewater Tech Education Topics .5-4
WWT/WTE 225 San Diego Regional Internship 4-8 WWT 155 Treatment Process Control (3)
CE 100* Cooperative Education 3-4 3 hours lecture
TOTAL UNITS 27 Recommended preparation: WWT/WTE 110
A wastewater treatment and disposal course with an emphasis on control of
*Cooperative Education must be related to this major. these processes. Topics covered include: the activated sludge secondary treat-
ment process and its variations; sludge digestion, treatment and disposal; safety
COURSE OFFERINGS and housekeeping; maintenance and an overview of effluent disposal, tertiary
treatment and reclamation. Emphasis is also given to the role of the operator
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. and provides preparation for solving process control calculations and problems
typical of those found in Operator Certification examinations.
WWT 100 Treatment Plant Operations (3)
3 hours lecture WWT 197 Wastewater Technology Education Topics (.5 - 4)
Note: May be taken 4 times Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
An introductory wastewater treatment plant operations course. Topics covered of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
include: the various origins and characteristics of wastewater; an overview of scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
wastewater collections systems; preliminary treatment; primary treatment; fixed Note: May be taken 4 times
film secondary biological treatment processes; treatment ponds and disinfection. Topics in Wastewater Technology Education. See Class Schedule for specific topic
Emphasis is given to the role of the operator and preparation for solving prac- offered. Course title will designate subject covered.
tical problems and problems typical of those found in Operator Certification
examinations. WWT 215 Motors and Pumps, Operation and Maintenance (3)
3 hours lecture
WWT 110 Waterworks Mathematics (3) Recommended preparation: WTE/WWT 110
3 hours lecture Note: Cross listed as WTE 215; may be taken 4 times
Note: Cross listed as WTE 110; may be taken 4 times Identification of problems encountered, causes of problems, corrective solutions,
Provides instruction in entry-level to intermediate-level mathematical calculations
used in the operation and evaluation of conventional water/wastewater treat- and repairs in the operation of pumps and motors. Implementation of mainte-
ment processes and water distribution systems. The course content has been de- nance programs including scheduling and recordkeeping.
veloped to meet requirements for entry to water/wastewater education program
courses. Course will cover basic geometry, metric conversions, flows, pressure, WWT 225 San Diego Regional Internship (4)
and chemical dosage as it relates to the water/wastewater industry. Material will 12 hours laboratory
parallel some of the problems found on State Certification examinations.
Note: Cross listed as WTE 225; Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
This class will provide students with the opportunity to gain work experience in
271
Wastewater Technology Education-Water Technology Education Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
San Diego County water and wastewater agencies through a formal internship. WTE 105 Water Treatment Plant Operation I (3)
The one-year internship will provide experience in four primary areas: system 3 hours lecture
operations, system maintenance, wastewater treatment and water treatment. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE/WWT 110
Students must apply to the program and be accepted by a regional interview Note: May be taken 4 times
committee comprised of representatives from San Diego County water and Provides an introduction to water treatment plant operations in accordance with
wastewater agencies, Cuyamaca and Palomar Colleges and the San Diego County the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA). Special emphasis is given to implementation
Water Authority. of the Surface Water Treatment Rule through USEPA approved filtration technol-
ogy. Subject matter includes major provisions of the SDWA and its amenements;
basic water chemistry; source water assessment; conventional treatment pro-
Water Technology Education cesses; treated water stability; waterborne diseases; public health protection; and
(WTE) an introduction to math skills equivalent to those required of State of California
Grade II water treatment plant operators. This class is helpful to those preparing
Contact Occupational & Noncredit Programs for further information. for the Grade I and Grade II state examination.
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2284
Office: AA-138 WTE 110 Waterworks Mathematics (3)
3 hours lecture
Associate in Arts Degrees - Note: Cross listed as WWT 110; may be taken 4 times
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). Provides instruction in entry-level to intermediate-level mathematical calculations
• Water Technology Education used in the operation and evaluation of conventional water/wastewater treat-
ment processes and water distribution systems. The course content has been de-
Certificates of Achievement - veloped to meet requirements for entry to water/wastewater education program
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). courses. Course will cover basic geometry, metric conversions, flows, pressure,
• Water Technology Education and chemical dosage as it relates to the water/wastewater industry. Material will
parallel some of the problems found on State Certification examinations.
PROGRAM OF STUDY
WTE 120 Instrumentation and Controls (3)
Water Technology Education 3 hours lecture
Specifically designed for individuals employed by or seeking employment in water Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE/WWT 110
districts in San Diego County. Note: Cross listed as WWT 120; may be taken 4 times
Introduction to basic electrical theory. Applications and uses of water and waste-
A.A. Degree Major or water control systems including switches, relays, alarms, motors, instrumentation
and telemetering.
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units WTE 125 Supervision (3)
WTE 100 Waterworks Distribution 3 3 hours lecture
WTE 105 Water Treatment Plant Operation I 3 Note: Cross listed as WWT 125/PWM 125
WTE/WWT 110 Waterworks Mathematics 3 Managerial aspects of public utilities including organization, decision making, co-
WTE/WWT 120 Instrumentation and Controls 3 ordination, communication, and public relations. Personnel management including
WTE/WWT/ recruiting, training, evaluation, discipline, promotion, morale, and grievances. Safety
PWM 125 Supervision 3 programs and encouraging safe conditions, actions and attitudes.
WTE 150 Water Quality Monitoring 3
WTE/WWT 215 Motors/Pumps/Oper/Maintenance 3 WTE 135 Backflow Prevention (3)
2½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
Electives (Select 9 units) Note: Cross listed as WWT 135; may be taken 4 times
WTE/WWT 135 Backflow Prevention 3 Concentrated training in recognition and abatement of cross connections in wa-
WTE/WWT 138 Cross Connection Specialist 3 ter supply and plumbing systems. Hands on backflow prevention device testing
WTE 197 Water Technology Education Topics .5-4 procedures for certification.
WTE 205 Waterworks Distribution II 3
WTE 210 Water Treatment Plant Operation II 3 WTE 138 Cross Connection Specialist (3)
WTE/WWT 225 San Diego Regional Internship 4-8 3 hours lecture
CE 100* Cooperative Education 3,4 Recommended preparation: WTE/WWT 135
TOTAL UNITS 30 Note: Cross listed as WWT 138
The study of the various levels of administrative and technical procedures neces-
* Cooperative Education must be related to this major. sary to operate a cross connection control program. Students will obtain the
knowledge to become certified as a “Cross Connection Control Specialist” under
the provisions set forth by American Water Works Association.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. WTE 150 Water Quality Monitoring (3)
2½ hours lecture-1½ hours laboratory
WTE 100 Waterworks Distribution (3) Recommended preparation: WTE /WWT 110
3 hours lecture Prepares students to properly monitor public drinking water quality through
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE/WWT 110 study of: Federal and State regulations, laboratory analyses, types of contami-
Note: May be taken 4 times nants, sample collection techniques and interpretation of monitoring data.
Water utility system operations and maintenance. An introduction to the prin-
ciples of pressure pipe systems and the hydraulics involved in their operation. De- WTE 197 Water Technology Education Topics (.5 - 4)
sign, installation, operation, and maintenance of basic elements of water systems Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
including pipes, pumps, valves, meters, and related hydraulic units. Operations and of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
maintenance safety considerations emphasized. This course prepares students scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
for the State of California - Water Distribution Operator Grade I, Grade II. and Note: May be taken 4 times
Grade III exams. Topics in Water Technology Education. See Class Schedule for specific topic of-
fered. Course title will designate subject covered.
272 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Water Technology Education-Web-Welding
WTE 205 Waterworks Distribution II (3) PROGRAMS OF STUDY
3 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE 100 Entry-Level Gas Metal Arc/
Intermediate and advanced instruction in the field of water production, types of
reservoirs, water lines, pumps, valves, and related appurtenances. Studies design, Flux Cored Arc Welding
proper operation, and facilities repair of a public water system. Provides instruc- Provides the skills necessary for entry-level employment as a gas metal arc weld-
tion in methods of record keeping and administrative responsibilities related to er/flux cored arc welder.
water systems. This course prepares students for the California Department of
Health Services, Water Distribution Operator certification exams at levels D-3, Certificate of Proficiency
D-4, and D-5 and the “American Water Works Association” certification exams
for Grades II, III, and IV. Program Requirements Units
IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
WTE 210 Water Treatment Plant Operation II (3) WELD 100 Welding I 3
3 hours lecture WELD 120 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Cored Arc Welding 3
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WTE 105 WELD 135 Print Reading for Welders 3
Advanced water quality control and treatment with emphasis given to state regu- WELD 160 Metal Layout for Fabrication 3
lations, EPA regulations, advanced mathematics and chemistry. Particular atten- TOTAL UNITS 15
tion will be given to in depth examination of treatment plant processes and the
enforcement of the Surface Water Treatment Rule, Total Coliform Rule, Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule, Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Entry-Level Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Treatment Rule, Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule, and Disin- Introdution to GTAW, GMAW, and SMAW welding process with concentration
fection/Disinfection by Product Rule. This course will be helpful to those prepar- on GTAW. Basic math, print reading, and layout skills and knowllede will be taught
ing for Grade III and IV examinations. to prepare students for entry-level employment as a GTAW welder.
WTE 215 Motors and Pumps, Operation and Maintenance (3) Certificate of Proficiency
3 hours lecture
Recommended preparation: WTE/WWT 110 Program Requirements Units
Note: Cross listed as WWT 215; may be taken 4 times IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
Identification of problems encountered, causes of problems, corrective solutions, WELD 100 Welding I 3
and repairs in the operation of pumps and motors. Implementation of mainte- WELD 115 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding 3
nance programs including scheduling and recordkeeping. WELD 135 Print Reading for Welders 3
WELD 160 Metal Layout for Fabrication 3
WTE 225 San Diego Regional Internship (4) TOTAL UNITS 15
12 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as WWT 225; Pass/No Pass grading only; may be taken 2 times
This class will provide students with the opportunity to gain work experience in
Entry-Level Shielded Metal Arc Welding
San Diego County water and wastewater agencies through a formal internship. Provides the skills necessary for entry-level employment as a shielded metal arc
The one-year internship will provide experience in four primary areas: system welder.
operations, system maintenance, wastewater treatment and water treatment.
Students must apply to the program and be accepted by a regional interview Certificate of Proficiency
committee comprised of representatives from San Diego County water and
wastewater agencies, Cuyamaca and Palomar Colleges and the San Diego County Program Requirements Units
Water Authority. IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
WELD 100 Welding I 3
WELD 110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding 3
Web WELD 135 Print Reading for Welders 3
See CSIS - Web Technology WELD 160 Metal Layout for Fabrication 3
TOTAL UNITS 15
Welding (WELD) Welding Technology
Contact the Trade and Industry Department for further information. Provides training for a career in the field of welding. Following the study of basic
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2545 welding processes, the student may elect to concentrate in one or more of the
Office: T-1 basic welding processes and to prepare for the industrial certification test.
Associate in Arts Degrees - A.A. Degree Major or
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Welding Technology
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements Units
Certificates of Achievement - WELD 100 Welding I 3
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). WELD 110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding 3
• Welding Technology WELD 115 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding 3
WELD 120 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Cored Arc Welding 3
Certificates of Proficiency - WELD 135 Print Reading for Welders 3
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). WELD 160 Metal Layout for Fabrication 3
• Entry-Level Gas Metal Arc/Flux Cored Arc Welding IT/WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
• Entry-Level Gas Tungsten Arc Welding CE 100 Cooperative Education 1, 2, 3, 4
• Entry-Level Shielded Metal Arc Welding
273
Welding Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Electives (Select 3 units) WELD 116 Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (3)
WELD 105 Metal Cutting, Brazing, Soldering 3 6 hours lecture/laboratory
WELD 150 Welding Inspection 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 115
WELD 197 Welding Technology Topics 3 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
TOTAL UNITS 25 - 28
Safe setup, operation and maintenance of Gas Tungsten Arc Welding equipment.
Welding stainless steel, carbon steel, aluminum, and other exotic metals in all
COURSE OFFERINGS positions according to building codes, military specifications, and aerospace stan-
Courses numbered under 50 are non-degree courses. dards.
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
WELD 120 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Cored Arc Welding (3)
WELD 10L Shielded Metal Arc Welding Laboratory (3) 2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
6 hours lecture/laboratory Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 100
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Non-degree Applicable Transfer acceptability: CSU
Operation of arc welding machines with various electrodes in all positions of Gas Metal Arc Welding steel and aluminum sheet metal, and plate with short arc
welding. and spray arc technique. Flux Cored Arc Welding steel plate in flat, horizontal, and
vertical positions.
WELD 15L Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Laboratory (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory WELD 130 CAD/CAM Machining (3)
Note: May be taken 4 times 1½ hours lecture - 4½ hours laboratory
Non-degree Applicable Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in DT 110 and DT 128
Operation of Gas Tungsten Arc Welding machines on carbon steel, stainless steel, Note: Cross listed as as DT 130. May be taken 2 times
and aluminum. Transfer acceptability: CSU
Hands-on operation of importing three-dimensional solid and parametric three-
WELD 20L Semiautomatic Arc Welding Laboratory (3) dimensional models into CAD/CAM operations.
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times WELD 135 Print Reading for Welders (3)
Non-degree Applicable 3 hours lecture
Operation of Gas Metal Arc and Flux Cored Arc Welding machines on carbon Note: May be taken 4 times
steel. Line interpretation, sketching, bill of materials, structural shapes, welding symbols,
joint types, weld types, and metric conversions.
WELD 100 Welding I (3)
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory WELD 140 Qualification of Welders (3)
Note: May be taken 2 times 2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 101
Introduction to safe practices, setup, and operation of Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Note: May be taken 4 times
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Flux Core Arc Welding, and Gas Metal Arc Welding. This course is designed to train the students to be familiar with the provisions of
the various welding standards and codes. Supervised training is provided so that
WELD 105 Metal Cutting, Brazing, Soldering (3) students will be able to qualify for certification on any code or standard.
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times WELD 145 Pipe Welding (2)
Transfer acceptability: CSU 6 hours laboratory
Cutting metals with oxyfuel, plasma, carbon air arc gouging, and mechanical meth- Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 110
ods. Joining of metals and fixtures using the brazing and soldering process. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
WELD 108 Technical Mathematics (3) Provides a thorough technical understanding of pipe welding nomenclature, weld
3 hours lecture quality, and pipe fit-up and welding procedures. Provides training to develop weld-
Note: Cross listed as IT 108 ing skills necessary to make high quality welds on steel pipe in the 5G, 2G and
Methods and experience in defining and solving mathematical problems in indus- 6G positions.
trial technology. Special emphasis will be given to the application of these basic
processes to the solution of the unique mathematical problems encountered in WELD 150 Welding Inspection (3)
the areas of architecture, automotive, drafting, machine, welding, and woodwork- 2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory
ing technology. Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
WELD 110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (3) This course is designed to improve understanding of the role, duties, and technical
2 hours lecture-4 hours laboratory requirements of welding inspectors. The course will cover fundamentals of weld-
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 100 ing, welding symbols, documents used in welding, codes, specification, standards,
Note: May be taken 4 times weld joint geometry, destructive testing methods, nondestructive testing meth-
Transfer acceptability: CSU ods, discontinuities, and visual inspection of welds. This class provides knowledge
Welding steel plate in all positions using the Shielded Metal Arc Welding process. useful for passing the American Welding Society’s Certified Welding Inspector’s
exam.
WELD 115 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (3)
6 hours lecture/laboratory WELD 160 Metal Layout for Fabrication (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 100 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: May be taken 4 times Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU This course provides students with knowledge of basic layout, fitup, fabrication,
Safe setup, operation, and maintenance of Gas Tungsten Arc Welding equipment. safe operation of shop equipment. Parallel line, radial line, and triangulation layout
Welding stainless steel, carbon steel, and aluminum in the flat and horizontal will be taught. Students will work from drawings or sketches to prepare, form, or
positions. cut multiple parts for assembly.
274 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Welding-Women’s Studies-Zoology
WELD 196 Special Problems in Welding (1, 2, 3) This is a general education course intended for non-science majors.
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory ZOO 101 Animal Kingdom (3)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in WELD 100, or concurrent enrollment in 3 hours lecture
WELD 100 Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 100
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit if taken after ZOO 100
This course is designed to aid the student in the enrichment of the area of con- Structural and functional adaptations of major groups of the animal kingdom from
centration in welding and is of a research nature. Content to be determined by protozoans through mammals. ZOO 101L laboratory optional.
the need of the student under signed contract with the instructor.
ZOO 101L Animal Kingdom Laboratory (1)
WELD 197 Welding Technology Topics (.5-3) 3 hours laboratory
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ZOO 101, or concurrent enrollment in ZOO
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be 101
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 100
Note: May be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit for ZOO 101/101L if taken after
Transfer acceptability: CSU 100
Topics in Welding Technology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Investigations upon living and preserved specimens representative of the major
Course title will designate subject covered. groups of the animal kingdom. This is a general education course intended for
non-science majors.
Women’s Studies ZOO 115 Natural History of Animal Life (4)
Contact the Behavioral Sciences Department for further information. 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2330 Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 116 or 116L
Office: W-1 Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 115, 116/116L combined: maximum
credit, 4 units
Associate in Arts Degrees - Consideration of the natural history, adaptations, ecology, behavior, and distribu-
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). tion of animals with reference to major groups of both vertebrates and inverte-
• Women’s Studies brates. Weekend field trips are required.
PROGRAM OF STUDY ZOO 116 Natural History of Animal Life (Lecture) (3)
3 hours lecture
Women’s Studies Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 115
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 115, 116/116L combined: maximum
This major offers the student an opportunity to study women and their contribu- credit, 4 units
tions from a female perspective. It also provides intensive, interdisciplinary lower- Consideration of the natural history, adaptations, ecology, behavior, and distribu-
division preparation necessary for pursuing advanced coursework in Women’s tion of animals with reference to major groups of both invertebrates and verte-
Studies. Transfer students should consult the four-year college or university cata- brates
log for specific requirements.
ZOO 116L Natural History of Animal Life (Laboratory) (1)
A.A. Degree Major 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ZOO 116, or concurrent enrollment in ZOO
Program Requirements Units
116
SOC 115 Introduction to Women’s Studies 3
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 115
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 115, 116/116L combined: maximum
Electives (Select a minimum of 15 units)
credit, 4 units
AIS 165 Native Women in the Americas 3
The radiative adaptation of representative animals to various habitats and modes
COMM 105 Race, Gender and Media Effects 3
of life; field observation of major fauna of littoral, chaparral, desert, and mountain
ENG 280 Women and Literature 3
environments. Weekend field trips are required.
HIST 130 Women in United States History 3
PSYC/SOC 125 Human Sexuality 3
ZOO 120 Animal Behavior (3)
PSYC 130 Psychology of Women 3
3 hours lecture
PSYC/SOC 145 Psychology and Sociology of Aging 3
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
TOTAL UNITS 18 Biological basis of behavior including behavior genetics, operation of evolutionary
processes on species typical behaviors, behavioral ontogeny, functional organiza-
Recommended Electives: ENG 100 and 202 with emphasis in Women’s Studies tion of nervous systems, animal senses, motivation including hormonal effects on
issues. drive, and biorhythms; behavioral ecology including social behavior and social liv-
ing, reproductive behaviors, homing and migration, antipredatory defenses, feeding
strategies, and communication.
Zoology (ZOO)
Contact the Life Sciences Department for further information. ZOO 135 Biology of Marine Mammals (3)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2275 3 hours lecture
Office: NS-207A Note: Cross listed as BIOL 135
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
COURSE OFFERINGS The fundamentals of marine mammal biology are explored. Topics include com-
parative anatomy, evolution, cladistics, mammalian physiology, ecology and zooge-
ZOO 100 General Zoology (4) ography, behavior and conservation as they apply to the study of marine mammals.
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 101 or 101L
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – No credit if taken after ZOO 101/101L
Principles of animal life and body organization. Structural and functional adapta-
tions of major groups of the animal kingdom from protozoans through mammals.
275
Zoology Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ZOO 145 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology (3) ZOO 195F Field Studies in Animal Ecology (1, 2, 3)
3 hours lecture 2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Not open to students with prior credit in ZOO 200,203 and 205 Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 145/145L and BIOL 106/106L or BIOL Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum credit, 2
105 combined: maximum credit, 4 units; UC – No credit for ZOO 145/145L if taken courses
after ZOO 203, 205/205L, or 200 Extended field studies of the fauna of selected ecosystems, emphasizing identifica-
Introduction to the structure and function of human body systems in health and tion of animal species and observations upon their interspecific and conspecific
disease. Not recommended for those intending to take BIOL 105, 106, ZOO 200, interactions and ecological relationships with flora. See Class Schedule for locality
203, or 205. to be visited.
ZOO 145L Introduction to Anatomy and ZOO 197 Zoology Topics (.5 - 4)
Physiology Laboratory (1) Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
3 hours laboratory of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in ZOO 145, or concurrent enrollment in ZOO scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
145 Note: May be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 145/145L and BIOL 106/106L or BIOL Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
105 combined: maximum credit, 4 units; UC – No credit for ZOO 145/145L if taken syllabus
after ZOO 203, 205/205L, or 200 Topics in Zoology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title will
Introduction to the structure and function of human body systems. Includes study designate subject covered.
of cells, tissues, and human organ systems. Not recommended for those intending
to take BIOL 105, 105L, 106, ZOO 200, 203, 205, or 205L. ZOO 200 Anatomy (4)
2 hours lecture-7 hours laboratory
ZOO 195A Field Study of Marine Invertebrates (1, 2, 3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 102; or BIOL 200; or BIOL 100; or
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory BIOL 101 and 101L; or BIOL 105; or BIOL 106 and BIOL 106L
Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum credit, 2 Designed to provide a basic understanding of the structure of the human body.
courses Laboratory includes a study of anatomy through cat and organ dissection, skeletal
Extended field study of the fauna of marine intertidal and subtidal habitats of study, use of models and other visual aids.
selected geographic regions, with emphasis upon field identification, observation
and interpretation of behavioral and ecological interrelationships of animals to ZOO 203 Physiology (4)
their environment and to one another. See Class Schedule for locality to be vis- 2 hours lecture-7 hours laboratory
ited. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in BIOL 102; or BIOL 200 and CHEM 104
or CHEM 100; or BIOL 100 and CHEM 104 or CHEM 100; or BIOL 105 and CHEM
ZOO 195B Field Study of Marine Vertebrates (1, 2, 3) 104 or CHEM 100; or equivalent
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory Note: Not open to students with prior credit in 205L
Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum Principles of human physiology including laboratory exercises. Deals with physiol-
credit, 2 courses ogy of muscle, nerve, circulation, respiration, excretion, digestion, the endocrines
Extended field study fishes and marine reptiles and mammals, with emphasis upon and exercise.
identification, behavior, and adaptations. See Class Schedule for locality to be vis-
ited. ZOO 295 Directed Study in Zoology (1, 2, 3)
3, 6, or 9 hours laboratory
ZOO 195C Field Study of Terrestrial Vertebrates (1, 2, 3) Prerequisite: Approval of project or research by department chairperson
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory Note: May be taken 4 times
Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – Credit determined by UC upon review of course
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum credit, 2 syllabus
courses Independent study for students who have demonstrated skills and/or proficien-
Extended field study of terrestrial mammals, reptiles, and amphibians, emphasizing cies in Zoology subjects and have the initiative to work independently on projects
identification, behavior, adaptations, and ecology. See Class Schedule for locality or research outside the context of regularly scheduled classes. Students will work
to be visited. under the personal supervision of an instructor.
ZOO 195D Field Study of Birds (1, 2, 3)
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum credit, 2
courses
Extended field study of terrestrial and aquatic avifauna of selected habitats, em-
phasizing identification and observation of native and migratory birds, their be-
havior, and adaptations. See Class Schedule for locality to be visited.
ZOO 195E Field Study of Terrestrial and
Aquatic Invertebrates (1, 2, 3)
2, 4, or 6 hours lecture/laboratory
Note: Fee charged; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC – ZOO 195A-F combined: maximum credit, 2
courses
Extended field study of the land and freshwater invertebrate life of selected areas,
emphasizing taxonomic identification, behavior, and ecological relationships. See
Class Schedule for locality to be visited.
276 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Regional Occupational Program
R AT 50 Auto Body Repair I (4)
Regional Occupational Program 8 hours lecture/laboratory
(ROP) Note: Graded only; may be taken 3 times
Automotive body work with emphasis on repair. Includes welding; working with
small damage points; restoring contour of body panels and sections; and realigning
Palomar College, under contract with the San Diego County Office of Educa- bumpers, fenders, doors, and hoods.
tion, offers vocational and technical training through the Regional Occupational
Program. R AT 51 Auto Body Repair II (4)
8 hours lecture/laboratory
Courses provided through ROP are available to college and high school students, Recommended preparation: R AT 50
out-of-school youths, and adults residing in San Diego County. Courses can be Note: Graded only; may be taken 3 times
used for basic job skills, upgrading of existing skills, or changing occupations. Automotive body work with emphasis on increasing diagnostic, estimating and
Units earned may be used for high school or college credit. ROP courses taken repair skills and updating techniques and related technologies. Introduction
for college credit may be applied toward Palomar College Certificates/Degrees. to collision industry standards including I-CAR and ASE.
Contact the ROP Office for further information. R AT 55 Auto Refinishing I (4)
(760) 744-1150, ext. 2293 8 hours lecture/laboratory
Office: AA-136 Note: Graded only; may be taken 3 times
Introduction to auto refinishing. Preparation of auto surfaces for refinishing: tap-
Automotive Technology (R AT) ing, cleaning, and sanding. Refinishing auto surfaces: sanding, application of primers
and paint.
Associate in Arts Degrees - R AT 56 Auto Refinishing II (4)
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). 8 hours lecture/laboratory
• Auto Collision Repair Recommended preparation: R AT 55
Note: Graded only; may be taken 3 times
Certificate of Achievement - Skills development in automotive refinishing techniques including base-coat clear-
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). coat application. Color matching concepts. Identification, prevention and correc-
• Auto Collision Repair tion of painting problems. Update on new products, techniques, and trends.
PROGRAM OF STUDY R AT 97 Auto Body Repair/Auto Refinishing Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
Auto Collision Repair of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
This program will prepare students for an entry level position in the automotive
Note: Graded only; may be taken 4 times
collision repair industry.
Topics in auto body repair and auto refinishing. See Class Schedule for specific
topic offered. Course title will designate subject covered.
A.A. Degree Major or
Certificate of Achievement
Computer Science and
Program Requirements
R AT 50 Auto Body Repair I 4
Information Systems (R CSIS)
R AT 51 Auto Body Repair II 4
R AT 55 Auto Refinishing I 4 Certificate of Proficiency -
R AT 56 Auto Refinishing II 4 Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
IT 108 / • Software Applications Specialist
WELD 108 Technical Mathematics 3
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Elective Courses (Select 6 units)
AT 100 Auto Maintenance and Minor Repair 3 Software Applications Specialist
AT 105 Automotive Electricity 3 Prepares students for employment in positions that require competence in soft-
AT 105L Automotive Electricity Computer Training Lab 1 ware applications common to business and industry.
AT 150 Chassis Restoration and Assembly 3
AT 155 Body Restoration and Assembly 3 In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in
AT/R AT 97 Auto Body Repair/Auto Refinishing Topics 0.5 - 4 each of the certificate program courses.
WELD 100 Welding I 3
CE 100 Cooperative Education 1-4 Certificate of Proficiency
Total units 25
Program Requirement Units
Auto Collision Repair A.A. Degree or Certificate of Achievement is also listed R CSIS 109 QuickBook Overview 1
under Automotive Technology. R CSIS 120/
CSIT 120 Computer Applications 3
COURSE OFFERINGS R CSIS 121 Microcomputer Applications – Advanced 3
R CSIS 110/
Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an As- CSWB 110 or Web Site Development with XHTML
sociate in Arts degree. R CSIS 138 Website Design with FrontPage 2
R CSIS 170 or Windows
Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit. CSIT 130 Windows Vista 1
R CSIS 186 Contemporary Job Search 1
TOTAL UNITS 11
277
Regional Occupational Program Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
COURSE OFFERINGS R CSIS 130 Microsoft Publisher (1)
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an As-
Recommended preparation: R CSIS 127 and R CSIS 170 or CSIT 130, or BUS
sociate in Arts degree.
170 or OIS 136.1
Note: Cross listed as BUS 186; graded only, may be taken 4 times.
R CSIS 109 QuickBooks Overview (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Hands-on applications of Microsoft Publisher, a comprehensive software pack-
Note: Graded only; may be taken 3 times
age that combines text, graphics, illustrations, and photographs to produce type-
Transfer acceptability: CSU
set quality documents for local printer output or commercial printing. Includes:
Overview and application of QuickBooks to set up and manage bookkeeping/
newsletters; brochures; flyers; web pages; business cards; letterheads and enve-
accounting records for small businesses.
lopes; advertising and marketing materials; greeting cards; PDF and web file for-
mats; and printing options.
R CSIS 110 Web Site Development with XHTML (3)
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
R CSIS 138 Website Design with FrontPage (2)
Note: Cross listed as CSWB 110; graded only, may be taken 3 times
4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Recommended preparation: R CSIS 110/CSWB 110
A foundation course for Internet/Intranet technologies. Skills required to develop
Note: Graded only
and publish web sites utilizing XHTML, including using HTML tables, frames, web
Transfer acceptability: CSU
page forms, and basic CSS (Cascading Style Sheets).
Comprehensive study of web site development and maintenance using Micro-
soft FrontPage. Includes creation of web pages, application of design elements;
R CSIS 116 Introduction to Computers (2)
comparison of search engines, familiarity with source code, and use of interactive
1 hour lecture-2 hours lecture/laboratory
forms to create client databases. Also includes uploading, testing and modifica-
Note: Graded only
tion of web site.
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Introduction to basic computer operations and the Windows operating system
R CSIS 150 Computer Spreadsheets (3)
for students with little or no background in computer science. Includes terminol-
6 hours lecture/laboratory
ogy and techniques as well as keyboarding and mouse functions. Also includes:
Note: Graded only
window management; creating and managing files and folders; performing basic
Transfer acceptability: CSU
system maintenance using Windows accessory programs; word processing; and
In-depth study of the varied applications of spreadsheets using Microsoft Excel.
accessing the Internet.
Create, modify, format and maintain multiple page worksheets; enter numeric and
text data for manipulation; and create and copy formulas. Includes integration
R CSIS 120 Computer Applications (3)
of Excel spreadsheets within Microsoft Office Suite. Hands-on experience in
2 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
networked lab.
Note: Cross listed as CSIT 120; graded only; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4
completions in any combination of CSIT/R CSIS 120, CSIT 121
R CSIS 170 Windows (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Hands-on experience with microcomputers and microcomputer applications fea-
Note: Graded only
turing the use of Windows, word processing, spreadsheet, database, and presenta-
Transfer acceptability: CSU
tion graphics software.
Fundamentals of Windows Graphical User Interface. Students will develop profi-
ciency in: changing desktop settings; file/folder management at both desktop and
R CSIS 121 Advanced Computer Applications (3)
Explorer levels; and basic system maintenance.
1 hour lecture- 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CSIS 120/CSIT 120
R CSIS 175 Excel (1)
Note: Graded only; may be taken 2 times
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Graded only; may be taken 2 times
This course builds upon fundamental knowledge of Windows operating system
Transfer acceptability: CSU
and Microsoft Office Suite (Word, Excel, Access and PowerPoint) to progress into
Study of spreadsheets using Microsoft Excel. Course includes creating spread-
advanced functions of each element as well as integration of various elements.
sheets, formatting data, manipulating data, creation and application of formulas,
charting data, and printing considerations. Preparation for the Excel MOS certi-
R CSIS 125 Presenting with PowerPoint (1)
fication exam.
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Recommended preparation: R CSIS 170 or CSIT 130
R CSIS 180 Access (1)
Note: Graded only
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU
Note: Graded only; may be taken 2 times
Comprehensive study and application of PowerPoint multimedia capabilities to
Transfer acceptability: CSU
create effective audience-focused presentations, live and web-based. Preparation
Study of Access database program within the Microsoft Office Suite. This class
of documents in various formats to include: animated slideshows, speaker notes,
introduces and reinforces the creation, modification and maintenance of Access
audience handouts, outlines and web sites.
databases. Students will create the database structure, enter data in tables, ex-
ecute queries, generate reports and forms, modify properties and layout at the
R CSIS 127 Word Processing Software – Basic (1)
design level and maintain the database. Preparation for the Access MOUS certi-
2 hours lecture/laboratory
fication exam.
Recommended preparation: A keyboarding speed of 20 net words a minute
Note: Graded only; may be taken 4 times
R CSIS 186 Contemporary Job Search Techniques (1)
Transfer acceptability: CSU
2 hours lecture/laboratory
Study of word processing skills using Microsoft Office. Course includes file cre-
Note: Graded only
ation, modification, and formatting, saving and printing files, graphics, report gen-
Use the Internet, current software and research tools to organize and implement
eration elements, and integration of Word documents within the Office suite.
a job search. Includes: online resources; preparation and posting of application
Hands-on labs using state of the art software are an integral part of this course,
materials, including resume and cover letters; interview strategies and mock in-
as well as guided instruction.
terviews; industry speakers, and hard copy and online portfolios.
278 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Regional Occupational Program
In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in
Culinary Arts (R CUL) each of the certificate program courses.
See also Culinary Arts
Certificate of Proficiency
Associate in Arts Degrees - Program Requirements Units
AA Degree requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3
• Culinary Arts FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
R CUL/CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I 3
Certificates of Achievement - R CUL/CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II 3
Certificate of Achievement requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages). R CUL/CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger 3
• Culinary Arts R CUL/CUL 115 Dining Room Service 2
Certificates of Proficiency - TOTAL UNITS 7
Certificate of Proficiency requirements are listed in Section 6 (green pages).
• Culinary Skills Patisserie and Baking
• Patisserie and Baking
With a focus on commercial baking and pastry making, the program prepares
PROGRAMS OF STUDY students for entry-level positions in bakeries, restaurants, resorts and casino
operations. Practical hands-on lab activities in a modern commercial kitchen
environment provide opportunities for students to master the skills required for
Culinary Arts employment.
Prepares students for employment and career opportunities in various areas of
the foodservice industry. The focus is on food preparation and production skills, Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to
with supporting coursework in nutrition, food sanitation and safety, menu plan- participate in required kitchen/lab activities.
ning, purchasing and inventory control, kitchen management and employee su-
pervision. Practical hands-on lab activities in a commercial kitchen environment In order to earn a certificate, students must achieve a minimum grade of ‘C’ in
and directed workplace learning opportunities prepare students for foodservice each of the certificate program courses.
positions in resorts, casinos, and fine dining establishments.
Certificate of Proficiency
Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to
participate in kitchen/lab activities. Program Requirements Units
FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3
In order to earn a certificate or degree, students must achieve a minimum grade FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
of ‘C’ in each of the certificate program courses. R CUL/CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I 3
R CUL/CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II 3
A.A. Degree Major or TOTAL UNITS 12
Certificate of Achievement
COURSE OFFERINGS
Program Requirements Units
FCS/MICR 110 Microbiology and Foods 3 Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an As-
FCS/HE 165 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 sociate in Arts degree.
R CUL/CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I 3
R CUL/CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II 3 R CUL 110 Culinary Essentials I (3)
R CUL/CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I 3 1 hour lecture-4 hours laboratory
R CUL/CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II 3 Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card
R CUL/CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger 3 Recommended preparation: FCS/MICR 110
R CSIS/CSIT 120 Computer Applications 3 Note: Cross listed as CUL 110; graded only
R CUL/CUL 200 Menu Planning and Purchasing 2 Transfer acceptability: CSU
R CUL/CUL 210 Foodservice Management 3 Introduction to culinary arts and the foodservice industry. Fundamentals of food
R CUL/CUL 220 Catering and Event Planning 3 preparation and production, emphasizing industry standards. Lab work will focus
R CUL/CUL 298 Culinary Directed Practice I 3 on knife skills, standard cuts, and preparation of vegetables and starches. Students
R CUL/CUL 299 Culinary Directed Practice II 3 will be expected to meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work
habits.
Electives (Select a minimum of 3 units)
R CUL/CUL 115 Dining Room Service 2 R CUL 111 Culinary Essentials II (3)
R CUL/CUL 150 International Cuisine 3 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
R CUL/CUL 230 Adv Garde Manger/Competition 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 110
R CUL/CUL 240 Wines and Affinities 1 Note: Cross listed as CUL 111; graded only
TOTAL UNITS 41 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Advanced food production, including meat and protein fabrication. Lab work will
include: stocks, sauces and soups; meat and game; poultry; fish and seafood; break-
Culinary Skills fast foods and classical cuisine. Students will be expected to meet high standards
With a focus on basic food preparation and production skills, nutrition, and food of professionalism, sanitation and work habits.
safety and sanitation, the program prepares students for various entry-level posi-
tions in the foodservice industry. Practical hands-on lab activities in a modern R CUL 115 Dining Room Service (2)
commercial kitchen environment provide opportunities for students to master 4 hours lecture/laboratory
the skills required for employment. Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card
Note: Cross listed as CUL 115; graded only
Students will need to possess a current San Diego County Food Handler Card to
participate in required kitchen/lab activities.
279
Regional Occupational Program Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Orientation to dining room operations with an emphasis on dining room service, R CUL 220 Catering and Event Planning (3)
techniques of table waiting, and dining room skills. Students will be expected to 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130
Note: Cross listed as CUL 220; graded only
R CUL 120 Patisserie and Baking I (3) Transfer acceptability: CSU
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory Fundamentals of catering, including event planning, menu development and ban-
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card quet preparation. Includes opportunities to apply culinary theory and skills in
Recommended preparation: FCS/MICR 110 actual practice. Students will be expected to meet high standards of professional-
Note: Cross listed as CUL 120; graded only; may be taken 2 times ism, sanitation and work habits.
Fundamentals of baking, including ingredient properties and function, and prepara-
tion and evaluation of a variety of yeast products, quick breads, cookies, cakes, R CUL 230 Adv Garde Manger/Competition (3)
pies and pastries. Students will be expected to meet high standards of profession- 1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory
alism, sanitation and work habits. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130
Note: Cross listed as CUL 230; graded only
R CUL 121 Patisserie and Baking II (3) Application of advanced garde manger techniques in practical situations and cu-
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory linary competition. Includes classical buffet presentation, decorative displays and
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 120 artistic centerpieces. Students will be expected to meet high standards of profes-
Note: Cross listed as CUL 121; graded only; may be taken 2 times sionalism, sanitation and work habits.
Advanced skills in the art of patisserie. Includes classic pastries, pâte à choux, and
meringues; plated desserts; and cake decorating. Students will be expected to R CUL 240 Wines and Affinities (1)
meet high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits. 1 hour lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111
R CUL 130 Pantry/Garde Manger (3) Note: Cross listed as CUL 240; graded only
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory Classification and identification of wines, with emphasis on properties and affini-
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card ties with food. Includes wines from various regions of the world. Students will be
Recommended preparation: R CUL/CUL 110 expected to meet high standards of professionalism and work habits.
Note: Cross listed as CUL 130; graded only
Introduction to cold food preparation and display. Includes salads, dressings, sand- R CUL 298 Culinary Directed Practice I (3)
wiches and canapés. Students will be expected to meet high standards of profes- 3 hours lecture-10 hours laboratory
sionalism, sanitation and work habits. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and R CUL/CUL 130 or
R CUL/CUL 121
R CUL 150 International Cuisine (3) Note: Cross listed as CUL 298; graded only
1 hour lecture-4 hours lecture/laboratory Directed learning opportunity for culinary arts students to increase their knowl-
Prerequisite: Current San Diego County Food Handler Card edge and skill in the areas of hot and cold food production through supervised
Note: Cross listed as CUL 150; graded only on-the-job training. Students will be expected to follow Culinary Arts standards
A hands-on cooking, tasting and evaluating exploration of the major cuisines of of professionalism. Current San Diego County Food Handler Card and TB clear-
the world. Includes Asian, Latin, European and American cuisines with a focus on ance required.
the cultures that influenced their development. Students will be expected to meet
high standards of professionalism, sanitation and work habits. R CUL 299 Culinary Directed Practice II (3)
3 hours lecture-10 hours laboratory
R CUL 197 Culinary Arts Topics (.5-3) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 298, R CUL/CUL 200, FCS
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required 110/MICR 110 and FCS 165/HE 165
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be Note: Cross listed as CUL 299; graded only
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule. Directed entry-level professional work experience in the foodservice industry
Note: Cross listed as CUL 197; may be taken 4 times that provides exposure to the foodservice industry and an opportunity for cu-
Transfer acceptability: CSU linary arts students to practice and demonstrate their employability skills and
Topics in Culinary Arts. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course title reflect on their future roles in the industry. Students will be expected to follow
will designate subject covered. Culinary Arts standards of professionalism. Current San Diego County Food
Handler Card and TB clearance required.
R CUL 200 Menu Planning and Purchasing (2)
2 hours lecture
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 and FCS 165/HE 165 Graphic Communications -
and R CSIS 120/CSIT 120
Note: Cross listed as CUL 200; graded only Imaging & Publishing (R GCIP)
Transfer acceptability: CSU See also Graphic Communications and
Basic principles of menu planning and purchasing with emphasis on: menu design; Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web
specifications and pricing; purchasing, inventory control and storeroom opera-
tions; and food and beverage cost control. Includes spreadsheet and database COURSE OFFERINGS
applications. Students will be expected to meet high standards of professionalism
and work habits. Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an As-
sociate in Arts degree.
R CUL 210 Foodservice Management (3)
3 hours lecture R GCIP 140 Digital Imaging/Photoshop I (4)
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R CUL/CUL 111 3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as CUL 210; graded only Recommended preparation: Basic computer skills.
Introduction to foodservice management with emphasis on human relations and Note: Cross listed as GCIP 140; graded only; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4
employee development. Includes operational planning and coordination, problem- completions in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 140, GCIP 140A, 140B, 141, 141A,
solving and decision-making, and personnel management. Students will be ex- 141B, 240
pected to meet high standards of professionalism and work habits.
280 To satisfy a prerequisite, the student must have earned a letter grade of A, B, C or CR in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise stated.
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Regional Occupational Program
Transfer acceptability: CSU; UC
The study of digital imaging and editing with Adobe Photoshop for visual, pictorial Graphic Communications -
and graphic use in all media. Emphasis on creating and enhancing imagery for ef-
fective use in mass communication mediums. Multimedia & Web (R GCMW)
See also Graphic Communications and
R GCIP 149 Page Layout and Design I (4) Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 149; may be taken 4 times
Transfer acceptability: CSU
COURSE OFFERINGS
Introduction to electronic document design and page layout, electronic composi- Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an
tion, text and graphics entry with computers. Students will create a variety of Associate in Arts degree.
projects including but not limited to: brochures, flyers, and newsletters.
R GCMW 101 Multimedia I (4)
R GCIP 152 Desktop Publishing/Illustrator I (4) 3 hours lecture p 3 hours laboratory
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory Note: Cross listed as GCMW 101; graded only; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 152; graded only; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4 completions in any combination of GCMW/R GCMW 101, GCMW 201
completions in any combination of GCIP/R GCIP 152, GCIP 152A, 152B, 252 Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU Introduction to multimedia authoring software combining text, graphics, sound,
Introduction to electronic layout on the microcomputer. Illustrator will help the animation, video clips, and user interface to produce effective visual presentations.
student generate new images or convert bitmapped images into PostScript. Qual-
ity levels needed for electronic output will be evaluated. R GCMW 102 Web Page Layout I (4)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
R GCIP 172 Textile Screen Printing (4) Note: Cross listed as GCMW 102; graded only; may be taken 4 times; maximum of 4
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory completions in any combination of GCMW/R GMMW 102, GCMW 102A, 102B, 202
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 172; graded only; may be taken 4 times Transfer acceptability: CSU
Transfer acceptability: CSU A hands-on introduction to page layout for the Internet. Typographic consider-
Theory and application of screen printing for textile use. Copy preparation for ations, screen layout, graphical interfaces, and structured page design for effective
multicolor reproduction, color matching, ink selection, and mesh and stencils for Internet communications.
material compatibility.
R GCIP 197A Topics in Graphic Communications (1-4) Optical Technology (R OT)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required of
the student. Any combination of lecture or laboratory may be scheduled by the depart- COURSE OFFERINGS
ment. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 197A; graded only; may be taken 3 times Courses taken for college credit may be applied toward a certificate or an
Transfer acceptability: CSU Associate in Arts degree.
Short term or special topic course, lecture or laboratory courses in various
topics in Graphic Communications. Courses numbered under 100 are not intended for transfer credit.
R GCIP 249 Page Layout and Design II (4) R OT 70 Ophthalmic Medical Assisting I (2)
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in GCIP/R GCIP 140 and GCIP/R GCIP 149 Note: Graded only
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 249; may be taken 4 times Introduction to assisting in the ophthalmic medical environment. Topics include
Transfer acceptability: CSU ophthalmic exam, ophthalmic drugs, structure, function and common diseases of
Intermediate concepts of electronic document layout, typography, and graphics. the eye and related tissues, optics and refraction, ocular motility and visual fields.
Software capabilities in creating sophisticated graphic and type treatments. Course content aligns with national certification standards for Certified Oph-
thalmic Assistant (COA) as set forth by the Joint Commission on Allied Health
R GCIP 260 Portfolio Development and Presentation (4) Personnel in Ophthalmology (JCAHPO).
3 hours lecture - 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R GCIP/GCIP 140 and R GCIP/GCIP 152 R OT 75 Ophthalmic Medical Assisting II (2)
Note: Cross listed as GCIP 260; graded only; may be taken 2 times 4 hours lecture/laboratory
Transfer acceptability: CSU Prerequisite: A minimum grade of ‘C’ in R OT 70
Students will develop a personal portfolio to showcase their graphic skills and Note: Graded only
techniques. Various resources, including the Internet, will be used to conduct a Intermediate-level training in the ophthalmic health field. Includes keratometry,
job search, develop a resume and learn interviewing techniques. Guest speakers topography, refractometry, retinoscopy, slit lamp examination, tonometry, visual
will share industry tips. Students will practice presentation and interviewing skills, field testing, ultra-sound A-Scan measurements, intraocular implant calculations
with feedback from professionals working in graphics and related industries. and ultra-sound B-Scan examination. Course content aligns with national cer-
tification standards for Certified Ophthalmic Technician (COT) as set forth by
the Joint Commission on Allied Health Personnel in Ophthalmology (JCAHPO).
R OT 97 Optical Technology Topics (.5 - 4)
Units awarded in topics courses are dependent upon the number of hours required
of the student. Any combination of lecture, laboratory, or lecture/laboratory may be
scheduled by the department. Refer to Class Schedule.
Note: Graded only; may be taken 4 times
Topics in Optical Technology. See Class Schedule for specific topic offered. Course
title will designate subject covered.
281
Section 8 - Noncredit Courses and Certificates Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
nities. Learners participate in an individually prescribed program which includes
Noncredit Courses and Certificates classrooms activities, independent activities, collaborative learning, and mediated
learning.
Noncredit education fulfills the mandate to California’s Community
Colleges to provide noncredit courses designed to meet the special Basic Education (N BASC)
needs and capabilities of those students who do not desire or need
to obtain unit credit. These courses provide developmental, occupa- Contact the Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at
tional and other general educational opportunities as may be deemed (760) 744-1150, ext. 2155 for further information and registration
necessary to provide for the civic and liberal education of the citizens
procedures.
of the community. All classes are taught by qualified instructors. The
program is offered by Occupational & Noncredit Programs within the COURSE OFFERINGS
Division of Career, Technical, and Extended Education Division.
N BASC 200 Literacy/Adult Basic Education
The State has defined the following nine specific categories for fund- 64-96 hours lecture
ing: Parenting Education, Elementary and Secondary Basic Skills, English This course is designed to help learners improve basic reading skills, critical think-
ing skills, computational skills, and writing skills; to develop skills for the work-
as a Second Language, Immigrant Education, Education Programs for place; and to prepare for future educational opportunities. Learners participate in
Persons with Substantial Disabilities, Short-term Vocational Programs, an individually prescribed program which includes classroom activities, indepen-
Education for Older Adults, Education Pograms for Home Economics, dent activities, collaborative learning, and mediated learning.
and Health and Safety Education.
N BASC 202 Supervised Tutoring
To make the classes and programs more accessible, classes are offered 16 hours laboratory
throughout the district in community and senior centers, museums, This course provides supplemental instruction in academic subjects for individual
parks, libraries, banks, churches, convalescent hospitals, as well as at students to improve their knowledge or abilities in the tutored subject.
the San Marcos campus, the Escondido Center, and six Palomar Col-
lege education sites. Career and Technical Education
The classes may vary in length from four weeks to seventeen weeks. (N CTED)
Although some classes are tailored for a specific student constituency,
all classes are open to the public. No enrollment fees are charged for Contact the Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at
the noncredit classes. Students who take noncredit classes on the San (760) 744-1150, ext. 2155 for further information and registration
Marcos campus or at the Escondido Center will be required to pay procedures.
health fees and parking fees.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Noncredit certificates of completion are offered in Adult Basic Educa-
tion and in English as a Second Language. N CTED 602 Shop Safety and Hand Tools
8 hours lecture/laboratory
This entry level course stresses the importance of safety while working in the
Adult Basic Education (N ABED) automotive shop. Students will learn the proper operation and maintenance of a
variety of hand tools. These skills are needed in many mechanical trades.
Contact the English as a Second Language Department for further informa-
tion and registration procedures at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2272. N CTED 603 Measuring Tools
6 hours lecture/laboratory
Adult Basic Education Noncredit Students will learn the basics of performing precise measurements using a variety
of special measuring tools, a primary skill in many mechanical trades.
Certificate of Completion
N CTED 604 Power Tools
This two-course sequence is designed to equip students with the basic reading
and writing skills, basic computational skills and critical thinking skills needed for 10 hours lecture/laboratory
employment or to prepare for GED preparation courses, job training and college Students will learn the proper operation and maintenance of a variety of power
level courses for a career or for associate or transfer degree programs. In order tools. Both hand-held and stationary tools will be included. The operation of this
to earn a certificate, students must successfully complete N ABED 202. equipment is required in many mechanical trades.
Certificate Requirements N CTED 605 Basic Tutoring Training
N ABED 201 Literacy/Adult Basic Education I 16 to 32 hours lecture/laboratory
N ABED 202 Literacy/Adult Basic Education II This course will teach college students to tutor other college students through
lectures, discussions, video tapes, and practical experience.
COURSE OFFERINGS
N ABED 201 Literacy/Adult Basic Education I Citizenship (N CTZN)
96 to 192 hours lecture
This course is designed to help learners to improve basic reading and writing skills, Contact the English as a Second Language Department for further informa-
basic arithmetic computational skills, and critical thinking skills; to develop skills tion and registration procedures at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2272.
for the workplace; and to prepare for future educational opportunities. Learners
participate in an individually prescribed program which includes classrooms ac-
tivities, independent activities, collaborative learning, and mediated learning. COURSE OFFERINGS
N CTZN 400 Citizenship
N ABED 202 Literacy/Adult Basic Education II
18 to 48 hours lecture
96 to 192 hours lecture A general survey of U.S. history, government and civics, including culture, institu-
This course is designed to help learners to improve reading and writing skills, tions, and use of community services and agencies. Designed to assist eligible in-
computational skills, critical thinking skills; to develop basic computer skills; to dividuals to become United States citizens. Includes practice of oral/aural/literacy
develop skills for the workplace; and to prepare for future educational opportu- skills in English necessary to pass an oral and written test with an Immigration and
Naturalization Service official.
284
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 8 - Noncredit Courses and Certificates
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at
Disability Education (N DSAB) the mid-beginning level.
Contact the Disability Resource Center at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2375 or the N ESL 303 Beginning ESL III
Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at (760) 744-1150, ext. 48 to 192 hours lecture
2155 for further information and registration procedures. Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at
the high-beginning level.
COURSE OFFERINGS
N DSAB 500 Music and Movement N ESL 304 Intermediate ESL I
8-48 hours laboratory 48 to 192 hours lecture
This course facilitates the stimulation and integration of visual, tactile, and audi- Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at
tory senses through the use of music and physical movement, targeting receptive the low-intermediate level.
and expressive language skills, as well as gross and fine motor skills.
N ESL 305 Intermediate ESL II
N DSAB 501 Independent Living Skills 48 to 192 hours lecture/laboratory
48-150 hours lecture/laboratory Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at
This course will provide independent living skills for the developmentally delayed, the mid-intermediate level.
the adult acquired brain injury population, and the adventitiously blind population
and stresses the practical application of basic skills and their use in daily life situ- N ESL 306 Intermediate ESL III
ations. Certain aspects of the course may be adapted to meet the specific needs 48 to 192 hours lecture/laboratory
of the student population being taught. Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at
the high-intermediate level.
N DSAB 502 Creative Expression through Art
24-51 hours laboratory Home Economics Education
This course facilitates participant’s development of cognitive and social skills, as
well as fine and gross motor development, through experience and participation
in various art activities related to and including expressive art projects.
(N HMEC)
Contact the Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at
English as a Second Language (760) 744-1150, ext. 2155 for further information and registration
(N ESL) procedures.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Contact the English as a Second Language Department for further informa-
tion and registration procedures at (760) 744-1150, ext. 2272. N HMEC 101 Basic Sewing Skills
48 hours lecture/laboratory
The basic skills necessary for quality construction of apparel items will be pre-
English as a Second Language Noncredit Certificate of sented, demonstrated, and applied.
Completion
This sequence of seven courses is designed to equip non-native speak- Health and Safety Education
ers of English with the listening, speaking, reading and writing skills at (N HSED)
the high intermediate level in English needed for employment or to
successfully complete college level courses for a career or for associ- Contact the Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at
ate or transfer degree programs. An assessment process determines (760) 744-1150, ext. 2155 for further information and registration
appropriate initial placement in the sequence. In order to earn a cer-
tificate, students must successfully complete N ESL 306.The sequence procedures.
is articulated with credit vocational English as a second language
courses that prepare students to enter six recognized career fields COURSE OFFERINGS
and with degree applicable credit reading and composition courses. N HSED 900 Rape Aggression Defense
The following course may be substituted: ESL 36 for N ESL 306. 12 hours lecture
The Rape Aggression Defense (R.A.D.) course provides realistic self-defense tac-
tics and techniques for women. The R.A.D. system is a comprehensive, women-
Certificate Requirements only course that begins with awareness, prevention, risk reduction and risk avoid-
N ESL 300 Basic ESL ance, and progresses to the basics of hands-on defense training.
N ESL 301 Beginning ESL I
N ESL 302 Beginning ESL II N HSED 901 Community Emergency Response Team
N ESL 303 Beginning ESL III 24-30 hours lecture
N ESL 304 Intermediate ESL I Provides instruction and basic skills to private citizens which enable them to as-
N ESL 305 Intermediate ESL II sist first responders and other community members in the aftermath of a disaster.
N ESL 306 Intermediate ESL III
COURSE OFFERINGS Older Adult Education (N ADLT)
N ESL 300 Basic ESL Contact the Occupational & Noncredit Programs Department at
48 to 192 hours lecture (760) 744-1150, ext. 2155 for further information and registration pro-
Basic literacy and conversation development for non-native speakers of English.
cedures.
N ESL 301 Beginning ESL I COURSE OFFERINGS
48 to 192 hours lecture
Listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills for non-native speakers of English at N ADLT 700 Adult Active Fitness
the low-beginning level. 8-72 hours laboratory
A low impact aerobic exercise program designed specifically for the adult stu-
N ESL 302 Beginning ESL II dent. Exercises incorporate gentle but effective movements to increase endur-
48 to 192 hours lecture
285
Section 8 - Noncredit Courses and Certificates Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
ance, flexibility, agility, strength, and muscle tone. Stretch bands and weights may N ADLT 716 Keep it Moving with Arthritis
be incorporated into the course. The course may be adapted for individuals with
physical challenges. 8-48 hours laboratory
This course is community-based, non-clinical program that involves group partici-
pation. Includes activities designed to improve certain physical parameters such as
N ADLT 702 Drawing, Beginning (Portrait) endurance and joint motion primarily for individuals with arthritis.
16-54 hours lecture/laboratory
Key elements necessary to draw the human figure and face with pencil, colored N ADLT 717 Cultural Discoveries for Older Adults
pencil, pen and ink, conte, charcoal, pastels, and mixed media.
16-72 hours lecture
A multi-dimensional course designed to enhance the well being of the older adult
N ADLT 703 Experimental Arts/Mixed Media through the exploration and appreciation of diverse cultures and peoples of the
16-54 hours lecture/laboratory world, country by country. Students will become familiar with environmental
Design and execution of works of art that incorporate a variety of media in- conditions, culltural aspects, economic and political issues, religions, destination
cluding but not limited to watercolor, oils, acrylics, colored pencils, pen and ink, points of interest, physical attributes, history, music and food of each country.
pastels, wood, metal, fibers, and ‘found’ objects. Studies include map recognition, regional climate, physical features, and cultural
heritage. Employing the art, music, literature, language, travel videotapes and/or
N ADLT 704 Focus on North County the cuisine of the chosen subject will give the student a unique opportunity to
experience and appreciate different countries and ethnic cultures. A variety of
16-54 hours laboratory media may be incorporated throughout the course. The course may be modified
To explore and appreciate the unique character of San Diego through its history, for residents of skilled and day care facilities as appropriate.
people and cultures with an emphasis on providing older adults with the oppor-
tunity to be a vital participant in the community.
N ADLT 718 Introduction to Ceramics for Older Adults
N ADLT 706 Hatha Yoga 24-54 hours lecture/laboratory
12-72 hours lecture/laboratory An introduction to basic forming techniques of clay including hand building,
This course will allow the individual to progress from beginner to advanced sta- throwing and firing techniques.
tus.Yoga integrates static and dynamic physical postures with mental discipline to
achieve greater well-being. Students will increase strength, flexibility, and balance; N ADLT 719 Intermediate Tai Chi Kung
decrease mental and physical stress; and improve circulation throughout the body. 12-54 hours laboratory
This course will continue the practice of the original Taking Wings Heart Coher-
N ADLT 707 Portrait Painting ent Tai Chi Kung form. Each class will include practice of acupuncture meridian
16-72 hours lecture/laboratory stimulating exercises. Participants will receive continuing instruction in additional
The fundamentals of painting the human figure and face using oil based media, forms including Nine Pieces of Brocade, Shamanic Tiger Chi Qigong and Shen
acrylics, watercolor, and/or mixed media. Dao Tai Chi Kung, as well as elements of Yang Style Tai Chi Chuan and such oth-
er forms and patterns as seem profitable to all. Generally classes will include a
seated meditation designed to expand conscious mastery of psychophysiological
N ADLT 708 Quilting harmony, as well as specific instruction in acupressure meridian paths and points
16-72 hours lecture/laboratory for facilitating chi flow.
This course presents the design and execution of various techniques to produce
a quilt. A variety of quilt designs will be presented. N ADLT 720 Qigong For Energy and Wellness
12-54 hours lecture/laboratory
N ADLT 709 So You Want to Write Qigong (vital energy cultivation) is the clinically proven modern science of physi-
16-72 hours lecture/laboratory cal and emotional healing based on ancient Chinese practice comprised of gentle
This course gives a practical approach to becoming a writer. The course will em- exercises, breath relaxation techniques, and visualization/meditation. Students
ploy the read/critique format combined with lecture and guest speakers. Written learn how to reduce stress, improve overall physical and emotional health, and
self expression will be enhanced through exploration and appraisal of a variety enhance their immune system and self–healing capacity. “Healing” is defined as
of genre, elements of style, and introduction to the basic concepts of writing strengthening one’s overall core health and well being. Students may stand and/or
fiction and nonfiction. Students will gain practical knowledge regarding: selecting sit during any part of the class. On-going class.
an agent; “pitching” a script idea; evaluating the options of self-publication and/or
online publication; and submitting letters of inquiry, proposals and manuscripts to N ADLT 721 A Matter of Balance: Managing Concerns
a variety of media. About Falls of Older Adults
N ADLT 710 Stitchery
16 hours lecture
This older adults course is designed to reduce the fear of falling and increase
16-72 hours lecture/laboratory appropriate activity levels to empower students. Participants learn to set realistic
This course will introduce the design and production of a variety of handicrafts, goals, increase activity, change their environment to reduce fall risk factors, and
folk arts, and needle arts. Attention will focus on integrating various materials, learn simple exercises to increase strength and balance.
patterns, and techniques into creating unique artifacts.
N ADLT 722 Healthier Living: Managing Ongoing
N ADLT 711 Watercolor Health Conditions for the Older Adult
16-72 hours lecture/laboratory 16 hours lecture
Instruction in basic to advanced techniques of transparent watercolor as a unique This course provides older adults with effective strategies and skills, good nutri-
art form. tion, and a regular fitness program to assist in managing personal health condi-
tions and to maintain an active and fulfilling life.
N ADLT 713 Beginning Tai Chi Kung
12-72 hours lecture/laboratory N ADLT 723 Art Appreciation
Heart Coherent Tai Chi Kung provides practical training, with scientific and philo- 48 hours lecture/laboratory
sophical rationale and evidence, by which participants may improve and maintain Art Appreciation offers to older adults a survey and study of the arts through the
holistic wellness.The practice of Heart Coherent Tai Chi Kung moving meditation ages and the various cultures around the world. The exposure to the various me-
and exercise offers a path to stress management, improved strength, flexibility, and dia, styles and forms of art found from ancient civilizations to our contemporary
balance and harmony of body and mind. This is an on-going course for learning times helps students to appreciate and value the creative endeavor and the many
and deepening into various Tai Chi Kung healing and wellness patterns, beginning forms of art born of the need to express. This course is designed to engage each
with the Taking Wings Heart Coherent Tai Chi Kung form and expanding to oth- individual to be more active in their involvement and participation in the art life of
ers, continuing from semester to semester. the community and extend it to those around them as a result of their newfound
interest and knowledge. It is meant to expand their life experience and give them
a valuable and enriching new option in their later years.
286
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Barkley, Christine D. (1988) English
Section 9 A.B., San Diego State College
Academic Assignments M.A., San Diego State University
Barnaba, Ruth V. (1998) Tutorial Services
Note: In addition to the following list of full-time faculty, the B.A., University of California, San Diego
Palomar College instructional programs are also supported by a great M.A., United States International University
number of qualified part-time faculty.
Barr, Rebecca A. (1986) Counseling
The year indicated after each employee’s name is the year first B.A., Scripps College
appointed to the Palomar College permanent academic staff. M.S., San Diego State University
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
Acevedo, Adelina (2003) Dental Assisting
B.A., The Autonomous University of Baja California Barrett, Kevin (1992) Public Safety Programs
A.A.S., Westchester Community College
Adams, Carol L. (2004) Child Development Center B.S., Iona College
A.A., Palomar College M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice, CUNY
B.A., Ashford University
Child Development Site Supervisor Permit Barry, Robert M. (1989) Communications
B.A., San Francisco State University
Aegerter II, John G. (2000) Physical Education M.A., San Francisco State University
B.S., University of Wyoming
M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University Barton, Michelle A. (2002)
Institutional Research and Planning
Aguilera, Anna V. (2005) Extended Opportunity B.A., San Diego State University
Programs and Services M.S., San Diego State University
B.A., University of California, Irvine
M.S., California State University, Long Beach Bealo, Mark J. (2001) Graphic Communications
A.A., Palomar College
Albistegui-Dubois, Richard M. (2006) Life Sciences B.S., California State University, San Marcos
B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz
Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Bell, Andrea G. (1992) English
B.A., University of Wisconsin
Alderson, Gary D. (1976) Life Sciences M.A., Hunter College
B.S., University of Redlands Ph.D., CUNY Graduate Center
M.A., University of California Santa Barbara
Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara Bertotti, Lisa (2008) Nursing Education
B.S.N., University of San Diego
Alidaee, Bahram (2001) Mathematics M.S.N., University of San Diego
B.S., Roosevelt University, Chicago
M.S., California State University, San Marcos Bertram, Steven L. (1994) Trade and Industry
A.A., Palomar College
Andre, Sandra J. (2004) Design and Consumer Education A.B., San Diego State University
A.A., Palomar College M.A., San Diego State University
A.B., San Diego State University
M.S., National University Bishop, Bruce E. (1977)
Speech Communication/Forensics/ASL
Anfinson, Cynthia J. (1996) Mathematics A.B., San Diego State University
B.A., University of California, San Diego M.A., San Diego State University
M.S., Cornell University
Blankenship-Williams, Lesley E. (2008) Life Sciences
Antonecchia, Rosa I. (2001) Counseling B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz
B.S., California State University, Fullerton M.S., University of California, San Diego
M.A., San Diego State University Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
Arguello, Michael T. (1991) Economics, Bongolan, Glyn E. (2006) Counseling
History & Political Science B.A., University of California, San Diego
B.A., St. Mary’s College of California, Moraga B.S., University of California, San Diego
M.A., San Diego State University M.A., San Diego State University
Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
Bowman, Peter J. (2004) Economics,
Armistead, Alba-Maria (1984) Business Administration History & Political Science
A.A., Palomar College B.A., University of California, San Diego
B.S., San Diego State University M.A., Arkansas State University
M.A., San Diego State University
Boyajian, David A. (1981) Chemistry
Baker, Harry J. (2008) Library B.S., California State University, Fresno
B.S., University of Florida M.S., California State University, Fresno
M.L.I.S., University of California, Los Angeles
288
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Brandon, Patricia A. (2004) Chemistry Chen, Lihe (1997) English as a Second Language
B.S., California State University, Hayward B.A., Xiamen University
M.S., California State University, Fullerton M.A., University of Arizona
Brannick, Monika (1995) Mathematics Cheung, Wing H. (2007) Earth, Space,
B.A., San Diego State University and Aviation Sciences
M.A., San Diego State University B.A., Unversity of California, Los Angeles
M.S., Indiana University
Brock, Perri L. (2004) Mathematics
M.P.A., Indiana University
A.A., Mesa College
B.A., Loma Linda University Clark, Mark D. (1996) Mathematics
M.A., San Diego State University B.S., California State University, Long Beach
M.S., California State University, Long Beach
Bruton, Carol M. (2007) Business Administration
B.A., Washington State University Clegg, Daniel K. (1995) Mathematics
M.B.A., University of Washington B.A., California State University, Fullerton
M.P.A., University of Washington M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
Ph.D., University of Washington
Cnossen, Jon (1977) Physical Education/Athletics
Burgher, Ronald (2002) Computer Science and B.A., Stanislaus State College
Information Systems M.A., United States International University
A.S., Arapahoe Community College, Colorado
Conway, M. Jayne (1990) Health Services
B.S., Colorado State University
B.S., Saint Xavier College
M.S., National University
M.S., Saint Xavier College
Ph.D., University of Iowa
Coppedge, Mark III (2006) Trade and Industry
Byrne, Madelyn R. (2000) Performing Arts
A.S., Coleman College
B.A., State University of New York, Stony Brook
B.S., Coleman College
M.M., Brooklyn College
Vocational Credential
D.M.A., City University of New York
Corpora, Angelo J. (1990) Business Administration
Canon,Terrie L. (2000) Computer Science and
A.A., College of DuPage
Information Systems
B.A., Lewis University
B.S., University of California, Santa Barbara
M.A., Antioch University - Antioch School of Law
Carpenter, A. Carey (1997) Life Sciences
Cory, Abbie L. (2006) English
B.S., University of California, Riverside
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
M.A., University of California, San Diego
Carrillo, Melinda D. (1978) Reading Services Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Cosentino, Donna D. (2004) Communications
M.S., California State University, Fullerton
A.A., Palomar College
Cassoni, Mary J. (2005) Business Administration
Craw, Lorene E. (2003) Child Development Center
B.A., Boston University
A.A., Imperial Valley College
M.B.A., San Diego State University
Child Development Master Teacher Permit
Cater, Judy (1975) Interim Dean, Social and
Crouthamel, Steven J. (1976) American Indian Studies
Behavioral Sciences
B.A., University of the Pacific
A.B., Mt. Holyoke College
M.A., University of North Carolina
M.S., Simmons College
M.A., University of San Diego Cuaron, Berta C. (2003) Assistant Superintendent/
Vice President, Instructional Services
Cathcart, Scott T. (2007) Athletics
B.A., California State University, San Bernardino
B.S., California State University, Fresno
M.A., Northern Arizona University
M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University
Davis, Haydn N. (1981) Behavioral Sciences
Cecere, Rosemarie L. (2001) Communications
B.A., University of Washington
B.A., University of California, San Diego
M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., The New School
Ph.D., United States International University
Chakkanakuzhi, Mathews T. (1995) Mathematics
deBarros, Philip L. (1994) Behavioral Sciences
B.S., California State University, Los Angeles
A.B., Stanford University
M.S., California State University, Los Angeles
A.M., Stanford University
Chamberlin, Craig S. (2001) Mathematics M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
A.A., Palomar College Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
B.S., Northern Arizona University
M.S., Northern Arizona University
289
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Deegan, Robert P. (2005) Superintendent/President Ellis, Mona J. (2006) Mathematics
B.A., San Francisco State University B.S., New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology
M.A., San Francisco State University M.A., University of California, San Diego
Deen, Patricia A. (1991) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Emerick, Ryan D. (2005) Behavioral Sciences
B.S., California Lutheran College B.A., University of Richmond
M.S., San Diego State University M.A., University of California, Riverside
DeMaris, Patricia J. (1988) Counseling M.A., King’s College London, University of London
B.A., Rutgers University/Douglas College Ph.D., University of California, Riverside
M.S., San Diego State University Esteban, Jose L. (1989) Economics,
Dixon, Patricia Ann (1971) American Indian Studies History & Political Science
B.A., University of California, San Diego B.A., California State University, Fullerton
M.A., University of California, San Diego M.A., California State University, Fullerton
M.A., San Diego State University
Dodson, Kenneth J. (2008) Graphic Communications
A.A., Palomar College Estes, Matthew T. (2005) Economics,
History & Political Science
Dolan, Judith L. (1981) Business Administration B.A., San Diego State University
B.E., Wisconsin State University M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., Pepperdine University
Faas, Lisa J. (2006) Communications
Dowd, Bonnie Ann (1990) Assistant Superintendent/ A.A., Edison College
Vice President, Finance and Administrative Services B.A., National University
B.B.A., University of Houston
M.B.A., National University, San Diego Falcone, Kelly A. (2006) Physical Education/Athletics
Ed.D., University of San Diego B.S., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University
Dozier, Deborah S. (2001) American Indian Studies
A.B., San Diego State University Farquharson, Hope R. (2007) Nursing Education
M.F.A., Syracuse University B.S., California State University, Dominguez Hills
M.A., University of California, Riverside M.S., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Faulkner, Margaret M. (2002) Performing Arts
Drinan, Mary Ann (1990) Economics, B.F.A., University of Arizona
History & Political Science M.F.A., University of Iowa
B.A., Clarke College Ph.D., Texas Woman’s University
M.S., Fort Hays Kansas State University Feddersohn, Richard C. (1985) Trade and Industry
Durrant, George D. (1971) Art B.A., California State University, Long Beach
B.A., San Diego State University Fererro, Jennifer M. (2004) Child Development
M.A., San Diego State University B.A., University of Colorado
Duvall, James E. (1988) Design and Consumer Education M.S., San Diego State University
Certification, West Valley Occupational Center Ferges, Ralph E. (1980) Life Sciences
Early, Daniel F. (2004) Physical Education/Athletics B.S., University of California, Davis
A.A., Palomar College M.A., California State University, Fresno
B.A., California State University, Long Beach Fernandez, Jose J. (1997) Counseling
M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University B.A., Willamette University
Early, Joseph D. (1996) Physical Education/Athletics M.S., Western Oregon State College
B.S., San Diego State University Finkenthal, Daniel F. (1997) Physics and Engineering
M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University B.S., University of Lowell
Eckhart, Judith G. (1994) Nursing Education Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
B.S., Wichita State University, Kansas Finton, Michael J. (1999) Emergency Medical Education
M.S., California State University, Los Angeles A.D.N., Santa Ana College
Ed.D., University of San Diego
Flanagan, Chantal M. (2003) Nursing Education
Eighmey, James D. (2007) Behavioral Sciences B.S.N., Trenton State College
B.G.S., University of Kansas M.S., University of California, San Francisco
M.A., San Diego State University
Forney, Craig A. (2007) Behavioral Sciences
Eldridge, Mark W. (1981) Physical Education/Athletics B.A., Fresno Pacific University
B.A., Long Beach State College M.A., The University of Chicago
M.A., United States International University Ph.D., The University of Chicago
290
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Forney, Marlene G. (2008) Library Gerhardt, Hugh G. (1997) Physical Education/Athletics
B.A., Purdue University A.A., Foothill Community College
A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
Forsyth, David T. (1981) Business Administration M.S., California Polyytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
B.B.A., North Texas State Gerwig, Arthur R. (2006) Physics and Engineering
M.B.A., San Jose State B.S., San Diego State University
M.A., National University
Gilardi, James L. (1996) Life Sciences
M.P.A., Jacksonville State University
B.S., San Diego State University
Fowler, Grace (2000) Graphic Communications M.S., San Diego State University
B.M., Friends University M.B.A., San Diego State University
M.S., National University
Glass, Lily (1999) Art
Francis, Candice A. (1973) Dean, Mathematics and the B.F.A., Art Center College of Design
Natural and Health Sciences
Goldsmith, Sherry L. (2000) Disability Resource Center
B.A., University of California, Riverside
B.A., National University
M.S., University of Houston
M.S., National University
Ed.D., University of San Diego
Gomez, Gladys E. (1995) World Languages
French, Katy F. (2006) Library
B.A., Escuela Normal de Profesores, Paraguay
B.A., State University of New York at Genesco
M.A., Universidad Catolica, Paraguay
M.L.S., Queens College City University of New York
M.A. University of California, San Diego Gordon, Sherry L. (1991) Business Administration
B.A., Brooklyn College
Fried, Bruce J. (1991) Emergency Medical Education
M.A., Brooklyn College
B.S., California State College at Long Beach
M.B.T., University of Southern California, Los Angeles
Fung,Tracy L. (2005) English as a Second Language
Gowen, Brent D. (1992) English
B.A., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
B.A., University of California, San Diego
M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University
Furch, Martha J. (1996) English as a Second Language Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
B.A., Northern Illinois University
Graham, Loretta P. (1979) Design and Consumer Education
M.A., University of New Mexico
A.B., San Diego State University
Gach, Peter F. (1981) Performing Arts M.S., San Diego State University
B.S., Indiana University
Green, Nicholas R. (2002) Computer Science and
M.M., Indiana University
Information Systems
D.M.A., University of Arizona
A.A., Coconico Country Community College
Galli, Nancy J. (1979) Design and Consumer Education B.A., California State University, San Marcos
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Grove, Kathleen A. (2005) Behavioral Sciences
M.A., California State University, Long Beach
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Galloway, Lois (1986) Extended Opportunity M.A., University of California, San Diego
Programs and Services Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
B.A., University of San Diego
Gushansky, Gene A. (2008) Life Sciences
M.Ed., University of San Diego
B.A., University of Northern Colorado
Garzon, Luz E. (1974) Multicultural Studies/ M.A., University of Northern Colorado
World Languages
Hahn, Patrick J. (2001) Communications
A.A., Southwestern College
B.B.A., National University
A.B., San Diego State University
M.A. equivalent, University of California, San Diego Haines, Ronald R. (1976) Disability Resource Center
Ph.D., University of California, San Diego B.A., California State University, Fresno
M.A., California State University, Fresno
Gavin, Calvin One Deer (2000) Grant Funded
Student Support Programs Halttunen, Lynda G. (1988) Dean, Counseling Services
B.S., Illinois State University B.S., Cornell University
M.A., University of Phoenix M.A., United States International University
Geetha, Natarajan (1995) Chemistry Hawkins, William A. (1977) Performing Arts
B.S., Madurai Kamaraj University B.A., Louisiana State University
M.S., Madurai Kamaraj University M.A., North Texas State University
Ph.D., Indian Institute of Technology
291
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Heinz, Bettina (1990) Chemistry Jahnel, William B. (2001) Economics,
B.S., Goethe University of Frankfurt, Germany History & Political Science
M.S., Goethe University of Frankfurt, Germany B.A., Austin College
Ph.D., Goethe University of Frankfurt, Germany M.A., Rice University
Hernandez, Sergio H. (2008) Trade and Industry Jain, Catherine M. (2000) Earth, Space,
O.A.D., Arizona Automotive Institute and Aviation Sciences
B.S., University of Phoenix B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
Hernandez,Timothy M. (1997) Counseling M.A., San Diego State University
B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz Japtok, Martin M. (2004) English
M.A., San Diego State University Ph.D., University of California, Davis
Hill, Shelton K. (1997) Speech Communication/ Jenkins, Jerry R. (2002) English
Forensics/ASL B.A., University of California, San Diego
B.A., Point Loma Nazarene College M.A., University of California, San Diego
M.A., California State University, Fullerton Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
Hiro, Erin M. (2007) Communications Johnson, Christopher S. (1992) Economics,
B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo History & Political Science
M.S., Northwestern University B.A., California State University, Fresno
Hishmeh, Richard E. (2006) English M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara
B.A., University of California, Riverside Ph.D., University of California, Riverside
M.A., University of California, Riverside Jones, Robert N. (1997) Mathematics
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside A.A., Grossmont College
Hoffman, Janet S. (1990) Camp Pendleton Education Center B.A., San Diego State University
B.S., St. Cloud State University M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., Webster University Jonestein, Sasha K. (2006) Art
M.A., San Diego State University B.F.A., University of Michigan
Hogan Egkan,Theresa (1995) Counseling M.F.A., Massachusetts College of Art
A.A., Cerritos College Kang, Byung I. (1990) Library
B.A., California State University, Fullerton B.A., Ewha Womans University-Seoul, Korea
M.S., University of La Verne M.L.S., University of Oregon
Hohman, Barbara Anne (1991) English Keinath, Pamela J. (2002) Child Development Center
B.A., San Jose State University B.A., San Jose State University
M.A., San Jose State University Secondary Standard Teaching Credential
Hokett, Dewi D. (2000) Speech Communication/ Child Development Program Director Permit
Forensics/ASL Kelber, Barbara N. (1994) English
B.A., California Baptist University B.A., University of San Diego
M.A., California State University, Fullerton M.A., University of California, Riverside
Houser, Jerry L. (1982) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences Ph.D., University of California, Riverside
B.S., Metropolitan State College Kerckhove, Lee F. (1997) Behavioral Sciences
M.A., San Diego State University B.A., University of California, San Diego
Hudelson, Mark J. (1997) Art M.A., Loyola University
B.A., University of California, Irvine Ph.D., Loyola University
M.A., San Diego State University Kerkhoff, Gloria L. (2000) Counseling
Huffman, Karen R. (1980) Behavioral Sciences B.S., St. Mary of the Plains
A.B., San Diego State University M.Ed., University of San Diego
M.S., San Diego State University Key, Douglas B. (1989) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences
Humphrey,Terry L. (1976) Behavioral Sciences A.B., San Diego State University
B.A., San Diego State University M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University Knotts, Nicole L. (1999) Child Development Center
Huskey, Karan K. (2001) Counseling A.A., Palomar College
B.S., San Diego State University Child Development Site Supervisor Permit
M.Ed., University of San Diego Lane, Mark R. (1997) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences
Ingham, Charles A. (1991) English B.A., San Diego State University
B.A., University of Essex, England M.S., San Diego State University
M.Phil., University of Essex, England
292
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Larson, Gregory S. (2006) Mathematics Luettringhaus, Srisuda (1999) Child Development Center
B.A., University of California, San Diego B.S., Chualongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand
M.S., California State University, San Marcos M.A., The University of New Mexico
Laughlin,Teresa L.C. (1995) Economics, Child Development Site Supervisor Permit
History & Political Science Lugo, Anthony J. (1974) Art
B.S., University of California, Berkeley B.A., California State College, Long Beach
M.A., California State University, Fullerton M.A., California State College, Long Beach
Lawson, Lawrence L. (2009) English as a Second Language Lutz, Dennis C. (1990) Design and Consumer Education
B.A., Sonoma State University A.A., Palomar College
M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies A.B., San Diego State University
Lechusza Aquallo, Alan (2009) American Indian Studies M.A., San Diego State University
B.M.A., California State University, Long Beach Madan, Nimoli (1997) English as a Second Language
M.F.A., University of California, Irvine B.A., University of Bombay, India
Ph.D., University of California, San Diego M.A., University of Bombay, India
Lee, Herman C. (1972) Enrollment Services M.A., San Jose State University
B.A., San Francisco State College Maher, Chantal R. (2001) World Languages
M.S., California State College, Los Angeles A.A., Olaloosa Walton Junior College
M.B.A., National University B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas
Lesser, Jo-Anne (2000) Counseling M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas
A.A., Palomar College Mancao, Ronald C. (2001) Physical Education/Athletics
B.B.A., National University A.B., San Diego State University
M.S., San Diego State University M.A., San Diego State University
Lesyna, Kalyna K. (2001) Behavioral Sciences Marshall, Kimberly M. (2007) Life Sciences
B.A., San Diego State University B.S., San Diego State University
M.A., University of California, San Diego M.S., San Diego State University
Levine, Frederick S. (1994) Art Martin-Klement, L. Jackie (1997) R.O.P.
B.A., New York University B.A., Bowling Green State University
A.M., Washington University, St. Louis M.A., Bowling Green State University
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis
Martinez, Martha (1996) Mathematics
Lienhart, Shannon G. (1991) Mathematics A.A., Palomar College
B.S., San Diego State University B.S., California State University, San Marcos
M.A., San Diego State University M.S., California State University, San Marcos
Lockett, David M. (1990) Behavioral Sciences Maunu, Leanne M. (2002) English
B.A., University of Hawaii-Hilo B.A., University of California, San Diego
M.A., University of Hawaii-Manoa M.A., Indiana University
Ph.D., University of Hawaii Ph.D., Indiana University
Locklear, Linda R. (1975) American Indian Studies McAdams, James E. (1992) Physical Education/ Athletics
B.A., San Diego State University B.S., California State University, Fullerton
M.S., San Diego State University
McDonald, Russ C. (2005) Financial Aid,
Lofthouse, Carlton J. (2004) Public Safety Programs Veterans’ and Scholarship Services
A.A., American River College B.A., California State University, Northridge
Lowenkron, David A. (1989) Mathematics M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University
A.A., Los Angeles City College McDonald, Stephen B. (1984) Dean,
B.A., California State College, Los Angeles Languages and Literature
M.A., University of Southern California, Los Angeles A.B., Occidental College
Lowry, Christopher R. (2001) Speech Communication/ M.A., University of California, Riverside
Forensics/ASL McDonough, Bruce A. (1974) Cooperative Education
A.A., Orange Coast College A.S., Mitchell College, Connecticut
B.S., Bradley University B.S., Central Connecticut State College
M.A., Ball State University M.S., Central Connecticut State College
Lowther, Carolyn A. (1999) English as a Second Language McDonough, Pamela M. (1990) English
B.A., Michigan State University A.B., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University M.A., San Francisco State University
293
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
McGinnis, William E. (1985) Computer Science Mobilia, Anne-Marie (2001) Behavioral Sciences
and Information Systems B.A., University of California, Irvine
B.S., Coleman College M.A., San Diego State University
B.S., United States Naval Academy
B.S., Manhattan College Morrissette, Roger N. (2001) Behavioral Sciences
M.S., University of Illinois B.A., Plymouth State University
M.A., San Jose State University
McGurk, Karen A. (1999) Nursing Education Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
B.S., C.W. Post Center, L.I.U.
M.N., Wichita State University Morrow, Linda D. (2005) Library
B.S., Wayne State University
McLellan, Kevin F. (1990) Speech Communication/ M.S., Wayne State University
Forensics/ASL M.A., Michigan State University
American Sign Language Credential
Mufson, Michael A. (1995) Performing Arts
Mead, Patriceann J. (1997) Performing Arts M.F.A., University of California, Irvine
B.S., State University of New York, Brockport
M.A., State University of New York, Brockport Mumford, Michael V. (1990) Mathematics
B.A., Humboldt State University
Metzger, Wendy R. (1988) Mathematics M.S., Colorado State University
A.B., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University Nakajima,Takashi (1990) Physics and Engineering
M.S., Rensselaer, New York B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz
M.S., San Diego State University
Meyers, Lori E. (2008) Disability Resource Center/
Extended Opportunity Programs & Services Nebelsick-Tagg, Marilee (1986) Nursing Education
A.B., San Diego State University B.S., San Diego State University
M.S., San Diego State University M.N., University of California, Los Angeles
Mifflin, Karen L. (2001) Mathematics Nelson, Molly L. (2003) Child Development Center
B.S., University of California, Riverside A.A., Palomar College
M.S., University of California, Riverside Child Development Master Teacher Permit
Miller, Jay (1994) Trade and Industry Nelson, Wendy L. (2000) Communications
A.A., Lake Michigan College B.S., Ohio University
B.V.E., California State University, San Bernardino M.S., San Diego State University
M.A., California State University, San Bernardino Nguyen, Chuong (1990) Mathematics
Miller, Maria S. (1985) Behavioral Sciences B.S., Portland State University
B.A., Kent State University M.S., Portland State University
M.Ed., Kent State University Nguyen,Trong D. (2006) Extended Opportunity
M.A., United States International University Programs and Services
Miller, Susan A. (2002) Behavioral Sciences B.A., University of San Diego
A.A., Allan Hancock College M.Ed., University of San Diego
B.A., University of California, Berkeley Noble, Gilbert F. (1981) Business Administration
M.A., University of California, Davis B.S., California State University, Northridge
Ph.D., University of California, Davis M.B.A., San Diego State University
Mills, Jane L. (1986) Disability Resource Center Nunez, Rosa Elvia (1990) Counseling
A.B., San Diego State University A.B., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University M.S., San Diego State University
Mills, Patrick R. (1985) Speech Communication/ Oatman, Christine (1990) Art
Forensics/ASL B.A., Scripps College
A.B., San Diego State University M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art, Michigan
M.A., San Diego State University
Ober, Ingram S. (2004) Art
Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder
B.A., Eckerd College
Mitton, Carol A. (1980) Child Development Center M.F.A., Claremont Graduate University
A.A., Palomar College
O’Brien, Patrick J. (2001) Counseling
Child Development Site Supervisor Permit
B.S., University of Texas, Austin
Miyamoto, Norma L. (2000) Dean, Arts, Media, M.A., San Diego State University
Business and Computing Systems
O’Doherty, Fergal C. (1997) English
B.A., Brigham Young University
B.A., State University of New York, Stony Brook
M.A., Brigham Young University
Ph.D., City University of New York
294
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
O’Neil, Dennis H. (1975) Behavioral Sciences Puchi, Frank M. (1989) Counseling
B.A., California State University, Long Beach B.S., Loyola University
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside M.A., Loyola University
M.Ed., Loyola University
Ordille, Henry P. (2005) Emergency Medical Education
A.A., Atlantic Community College Roberts, Larry L. (1994) Public Safety Programs
B.A., Florida Atlantic College B.S., California State College, Los Angeles
M.P.A., University of Southern California, Los Angeles
Orton, Bruce I. (1990) English
Ed.D., University of Southern Mississippi
B.A., University of Utah, Salt Lake City
M.A., San Diego State University Robinson, Julia E. (2009) Nursing Education
B.S., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Owens, Wilma G. (1996) Dean, Career,
M.S., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Technical and Extended Education
B.S., Webster University Rollins, Wade E. (1999) Graphic Communications
M.A., Alabama State College B.A., California State University, San Marcos
M.A., San Diego State University
Paes de Barros, Deborah R. (1994) English
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Romain, Lisa A. (1997) Counseling
M.A., University of California, Irvine B.A., California State University, Northridge
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside M.Ed., University of San Diego
M.S., California School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles
Panish, Jon (2000) English
Ph.D., California School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles
M.A., University of Iowa Rose, Fredric E. (2004) Behavioral Sciences
Ph.D., University of California, Irvine B.A., San Diego State University
M.A., University of Montana
Payn, Lillian S. (1997) Graphic Communications
Ph.D., University of Montana
B.A., University of Arizona
M.A., University of Arizona Roth, Renee C. (1998) Counseling
M.Ed., Utah State University B.A., New Mexico State University
Ph.D., Capella University M.S., National University
Pearson, Elizabeth A. (1997) Life Sciences Rudy, Denise E. (2003) Dental Assisting
A.S.,Victor Valley College A.A., MiraCosta College
B.A., California State University, Fullerton
San Agustin, Mary S. (1995) Financial Aid,
M.A., California State University, Fullerton
Veterans’ and Scholarship Services
Pedroza, Jose Carlos C. (2005) World Languages B.B.A., University of Guam
B.A., San Diego State University M.B.A., Golden Gate University, San Francisco
M.A., San Diego State University
Sanchez, Gabriel A. (2006) Counseling
Perry, Stephen R. (2001) Computer Science A.A., Southwestern College
and Information Systems B.A., San Diego State University
B.A., Illinois Institute of Technology M.A., San Diego State University
M.A., University of Phoenix
Sasse, Robert A. (2001) Child Development
Pesavento, James P. (1975) Earth, Space, B.A., Newark State College
and Aviation Sciences M.A., Pacific Oaks College
A.B., San Diego State University
Schultz, Jay T. (1990) Art
M.S., San Diego State University
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Peterson, Morgan A. (1994) Public Safety Programs
Seech, Zachary P. (1980) Behavioral Sciences
B.A., Golden Gate University, San Francisco
B.A., Westminster College
M.S., Dominican College, San Rafael
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Ed.D., University of San Francisco
M.A., University of California, San Diego
Pince, Nancy J. (2004) Nursing Education Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
B.S., Point Loma Nazarene University
Seiler, Karl E. (2004) Physical Education/Atheletics
M.S.N., Point Loma Nazarene University
A.A., MiraCosta College
Pistone, Walter R. (1991) Computer Science B.S., San Diego State University
and Information Systems M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University
B.A., California State Polytechnic College, Pomona
Sheahan, Kathleen M. (2001) World Languages
M.S., West Coast University, Los Angeles
B.A., California State University, San Marcos
M.A., San Diego State University
295
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Sheppard, Robert L. (1982) Communications Stegman, Richard L. (1991) Computer Science
A.B., Stanford University and Information Systems
M.A., San Diego State University B.A., University of Cincinnati
Sivert, Shayla D. (1988) English as a Second Language M.S., State University of New York, New Paltz
B.A., California State University, Fresno M.S., New York University, New York
M.A., California State University, Fresno Steirnagle, Michael F. (1990) Art
Smith, Anthony W. (1996) Computer Science B.F.A., University of Texas at El Paso
and Information Systems Stone, Jon K. (2001) Trade and Industry
B.S., University of Manchester Institute of A.A., Palomar College
Science and Technology, England B.A., San Diego State University
Ph.D., Kingston Polytechnic, England M.A., United States International University
Smith, Carlton K. (1996) English Struxness, Kevin R. (2001) Speech Communication/
B.A., University of California, Riverside Forensics/ASL
M.A., San Diego State University B.A., Gallaudet College
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside M.A., San Diego State University
Smith, Jonathan P. (2008) Economics, Studinka, Diane C. (1995) Child Development
History & Political Science B.A., Humboldt State University
B.A., Linfield College M.S., National University
M.A., University of California, San Diego
Swift, Kenneth E. (1983) Design and Consumer Education
Smith, Melissa B. (1997) Speech Communication/ B. Arch., University of Oklahoma
Forensics/ASL
A.A., Grossmont College Tait-Brown, Ruth E. (1990) Disability Resource Center
B.A., San Diego State University A.B., San Diego State University
M.A., University of California, San Diego M.S., San Diego State University
Smith, Mollie R. (1999) Occupational and Tarnovsky, Sylvie (2007) Child Development Center
Noncredit Programs A.A., Palomar College
B.A., San Diego State University B.S., University of Phoenix
M.S., San Diego State University Child Development Master Teacher Permit
Snow, Susan R. (1996) Mathematics Tejeda, Cristina E. (1990) Design and Consumer Education
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh B.A., Pitzer College
M.F.A., San Diego State University
Sosa, Gary S. (2004) English as a Second Language
B.A., California State University, Long Beach Thompson, Craig B. (2000) English
M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies B.A., San Diego State University
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara
Sourbeer, Daniel B. (1992) Life Sciences M.A., University of California, San Diego
A.S., Long Beach City College Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
B.S., University of California, Davis
M.S., California State University, Long Beach Thomsen, Dave J. (1991) Trade and Industry
B.A., California State University, Long Beach
Spear, Steven G. (1973) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences
B.A., Colorado College Thomson, Carla B. (2000) Reading Services
M.S., University of Southern California B.A., University of Texas
M.A., San Diego State University M.S., California State University, Fullerton
Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Tian,Yan (2004) Mathematics
Squires, Annette D. (2002) Mathematics B.A., Beijing Teacher’s University
B.S., California State University, Long Beach M.A., Indiana University
M.A., California State University, Long Beach Titus, Sherry M. (1995) Student Affairs
Stachelek, Paul W. (1997) Communications B.S., Utah State University
A.A.S., State University of New York, Canton M.A., National University
B.A., Eisenhower College, New York M.Ed., Utah State University
Stafford, Judith C. (1990) English Torgison, Cynthia M. (2000) Mathematics
B.A., Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge B.A., McPherson College
M.A., Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills
M.F.A., Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge M.S., San Diego State University
296
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Tortarolo, John S. (2006) Assistant Superintendent/ Whearty, Brandan F. (2005) Speech Communication/
Vice President, Human Resource Services Forensics/ASL
B.A., University of California, Riverside B.S., Northern Arizona University
M.A., University of Redlands M.A., California State University, Long Beach
Towfiq, Fariheh (1990) Mathematics White, Steven D. (2000) Athletics
B.S., University of California, Irvine B.S., University of Utah
M.A., California State University, Fullerton M.S., National University
Trujillo, Alan P. (1990) Earth, Space and Aviation Sciences Wiese, Laura M. (2007) Child Development Center
B.S., University of California, Davis A.A., Palomar College
M.S., Northern Arizona University Child Development Master Teacher Permit
Valdez, John E. (1972) Multicultural Studies Wiestling, Jay R. (1985) Mathematics
B.A., University of San Diego A.A., Palomar College
M.A.equivalent, University of California, San Diego A.B., San Diego State University
M.A., San Diego State University M.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
M.A., University of San Diego
Wilson Judy C. (2006) Behavioral Sciences
Van Houten, Juliane P. (2009) Nursing Education B.A., California State University, San Marcos
B.S., University of Phoenix M.A., California State University, Bakersfield
M.S., San Diego State University
Woods, April C. (1996) Counseling
Ventimiglia,Thomas V. (1999) Counseling B.A., San Diego State University
A.A., San Diego Mesa College M.A., San Diego State University
B.A., University of San Diego
M.A., San Diego State University Workman, Deborah M. (1989) Emergency Medical
Education
Vernoy, Mark W. (1976) Interim, Assistant Superintendent/ B.S., Chapman College
Vice President, Student Services M.S., California State University, Long Beach
A.B., Occidental College
Ph.D., University of California, Irvine Wozniak, Stephen F. (1974) English
A.A., Palomar College
Versaci, Rocco L. (1997) English B.A., Harvard College
B.A., University of Illinois M.A., University of Virginia
M.A., Indiana University
Ph.D., Indiana University Wright, Brenda A. (1999) Extended Opportunity Programs
and Services
Vetter, Robert C. (1981) Physical Education/Athletics B.A.B.S., National University
B.A., United States International University M.A., National University
M.A., United States International University
Yon, Lisa D. (1997) Earth, Space, and Aviation Sciences
Voth, Anne L. (1990) Mathematics B.S., South Hampton College of Long Island
B.G.S., University of Kansas M.S., Brown University
M.A., San Diego State University Ph.D., Brown University
Walker, Mark E. (1985) Mathematics Young, Kathleen N. (2004) Behavioral Sciences
A.A., Palomar College B.A., University of Hawaii, Manoa
A.B., San Diego State University M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
M.A., San Diego State University Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Weintraub,Tamara S. (1997) Library Zabzdyr, Jennifer L. (2004) Chemistry
B.A., University of California, San Diego A.A., Pasadena City College
M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
Weldele, Colleen S. (1989) English as a Second Language Ph.D., University of California, Riverside
A.B., San Diego State University Zacharias, Gary L. (1990) English
M.A., San Diego State University A.B., San Diego State University
Weller, Ellen B. (2005) Performing Arts M.A., San Diego State University
B.A., Queens College City University of New York Zolliker, Susan B. (2000) English
M.A., Queens College City University of New York B.A., Michigan State University
Ph.D., University of California, San Diego M.A., San Diego State University
297
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Faculty
Emeriti
The years indicate first year appointed to the Palomar College staff Ahrend, Justus W.*...................................................1964-1982
and the year of retirement. Photography
Alperson, Jay R. .......................................................1977-2010
Administrative Behavioral Sciences
Anderson,Yvonne D. ...............................................1989-2009
Altmann, Esther Nesbin*........................................1947-1977
Economics, History, and Political Science
Library and Dean
Archer, Dr. Roy R. ....................................................1963-2003
Backart, Dr. Kent E. . ...............................................1962-1992
Economics, History, and Political Science
Chemistry, Aeronautics, Dean of Student Support Programs
Armstrong, Wayne P. ..............................................1966-2003
Bergman, Virgil L.*...................................................1955-1979
Life Sciences
Speech, Drama, and Dean of Instruction
Arnsan, Daniel C......................................................1980-2003
Boehm, Dwight*.......................................................1958-1965
Library/Media Center
English and Dean of Arts and Languages
Ashbrook, Vernon L. “Buddy”*................................1968-1993
Boggs, Dr. George R. ...............................................1985-2000
Drama
District Superintendent and President
Aufmann, Richard N. ..............................................1972-2000
Bowen, James T. .......................................................1973-2000
Mathematics
Counseling, Director of Student Activities
Austin, George L.* ..................................................1967-1990
Brown, Walter F. L.*.................................................1970-1983
Trade and Industry
Dean of Vocational Education
Ayers, Mildred L. .....................................................1964-1984
Brubeck, Howard R.*...............................................1953-1978
Physical Education
Music, Dean of Humanities
Baldwin, Russell W.*.................................................1965-1988
Burton, Robert L.*...................................................1957-1977
Art
Dean of Student Personnel Services
Barker, Vernon C. ....................................................1964-1990
Chappie, Dr. David A. ..............................................1973-1996
Mathematics
Assistant Superintendent/Vice President, Student Services
Barlow, John*............................................................1953-1977
Coutts, Charles A.*..................................................1946-1979
Art
Dean of Science, Technology and Business
Barnet, Harry N.*.....................................................1975-1990
Garlow, Dr. Katheryn...............................................1974-2007
Chemistry
Dean of Languages and Literature
Huber, Dr. Frederick R.* .........................................1964-1977 Baum, Phillip............................................................1982-1998
District Superintendent and President Extended Opportunity Programs and Services
Jackson, Gene M.* ...................................................1965-2002 Bedford, William L.* ...............................................1961-1996
Dean of Arts and Languages Physics and Engineering
Kilman, Dr. Theodore...............................................1962-1993 Bertram, Larry L. ....................................................1967-1994
Journalism, Assistant Superintendent/Vice President of Instruction Trade and Industry
Scheidt, Dr. Omar H. ..............................................1977-1990 Bleth, Dorothie D. ...................................................1977-2000
Mathematics, Cooperative Education, Business Education and Performing Arts
District Superintendent and President Bliss, Harry E. ..........................................................1967-1999
Schettler, Dr. John D.* . ...........................................1956-1983 Art
Assistant Superintendent/Vice President, Business Services Boehm, Louise K. ...................................................1981- 2005
Schwerdtfeger, Dr. Patrick M. . ...............................1974-2007 Art
Dean of Arts, Media, Business and Computing Systems Bowman, Robert E.*................................................1953-1981
Singh, Inder J.*.........................................................1972-1994 Physical Education/Athletics
Dean of Counseling, Guidance, and Career Development Boyd, David H. .........................................................1976-2008
Woods, John F. .........................................................1973-2007 Performing Arts
Director of Athletics Brink, Celia Ann*.....................................................1972-1994
Woodward, Dr. Robert M. ......................................1959-1984 Social Sciences
Business Education and Dean of Extended Day Bruington, Neil E. . ..................................................1979-2003
Graphic Communications
298
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Burke, Marilyn Crist*...............................................1965-1977 Donahue, Warren D.*..............................................1959-1984
Foreign Languages Mathematics
Burns, Dr. Kenneth D. .............................................1977-1999 Dudik, Linda D..........................................................1975-2009
Counseling Economics, History, and Political Science
Campbell, LaVere C. ...............................................1966-1984 Eberhart, Judith E. . .................................................1973-2004
Business Education Counseling
Carli, Angelo*...........................................................1964-1998 Ebert, Robert R. ......................................................1967-2003
English Life Sciences
Casey, Donnabelle Anne*........................................1967-1984 Elliott, Fred L.*.........................................................1960-1981
Nursing Education Life Sciences
Chambless, Dr. Beauford* ......................................1966-1983 Ellison, G. Vernon*....................................................1977-1994
Political Science Physical Education
Chase, Dr. David A ..................................................1974-2009 Erickson, John R. . ....................................................1980-2008
Performing Arts Foreign Languages
Chittock, David H. K. ..............................................1970-1986 Evans, Martha K. .................................................... 1976-2010
Counseling World Languages
Ciurczak, Alexis K. ..................................................1975-2006 Farrelly, Joseph R......................................................1973-2009
Library Computer Science and Information Systems
Clothier, Ruth E.*.....................................................1971-1983 Felton, James J.*.......................................................1960-1990
Child Development Business Education
Clyne, Kathleen G. ..................................................1988-2008 Flores, Adele G.*......................................................1978-2000
Nursing Education Extended Opportunity Programs and Services
Coffman, Harold*.....................................................1958-1964 Freeman, Gary M. ...................................................1970-1999
Psychology Life Sciences
Coleman, Dr. Robert F.*...........................................1969-1992 Fukunaga, Kristeen T. ..............................................1975-2005
English Chemistry
Colwell, Ramona W. ................................................1971-1995 Fullerton, Robert E. ................................................1963-1995
Mathematics Mathematics
Crouch, Stanley........................................................1972-2002 Fulton, Mary B.*.......................................................1966-1976
Physical Education/Athletics Nursing Education
Crowe, Judy A. .........................................................1980-2007 Gage, Dr. Maura A. ...................................................1981-2009
Nursing Education Life Sciences
Cuevas, Aura A. .......................................................1972-1998 Gardner, Beverly M. ................................................1981-2006
English Counseling
Curran, Michael A.*.................................................1969-1988 Giardina-Rodgers, Mary Anne . ..............................1986-2003
Physical Education Child Development
Dahlin, Raymond D.* ..............................................1965-1999 Gibbs, O. Byron........................................................1967-1997
Speech Communication, Forensics, and ASL Counseling, Tutoring Services
Daniels, James M. ....................................................1988-2003 Gibson, M. Diane......................................................1965-1999
Mathematics English
Davis, Rosemary R. .................................................1974-1996 Gilmour, Andrew D. . ...............................................1969-1995
Child Development Physical Education/Athletics
Dise, Linton John......................................................1972-2008 Gilson, Robert..........................................................1973-2007
Counseling Performing Arts
Disparti, Nicholas.....................................................1965-1982 Golden, Willie L. . ....................................................1974-1990
Industrial Technology Trade and Industry
Dixon, Horace H. ....................................................1974-1994 Gomez, Carlos Z. .................................................. 1976-2010
Business Education World Languages
Dolan, Thomas C. ....................................................1972-1986 Goodson, Dr. Hulda G. ............................................1977-2000
Computer Science Child Development
*Deceased
299
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Gordon, Dr. Joseph F.*.............................................1962-1985 Hubbard, Donald J. . ................................................1971-1987
Social Sciences Physical Education/Athletics
Grant, Patricia..........................................................1969-1989 Hudgens, Aileen.......................................................1962-1990
English as a Second Language Mathematics
Griffin, Susan A. . .....................................................1979-1999 Hulbert, James C. . ..................................................1964-1989
Nursing Education Art
Grisinger, Kenneth*..................................................1954-1966 Humphrey, Thomas R. ............................................1966-2000
Social Sciences Business Education/Computer Science & Information Systems
Groschwitz, Edwin A.*.............................................1967-2003 Hydock, Joseph H. ...................................................1960-1988
Chemistry Earth Sciences
Gruber, Abraham.....................................................1964-1994 Iserman, Carl L.*......................................................1972-1986
Behavioral Sciences Cooperative Education
Guerra, R. Anthony...................................................1974-2008 Jackson, Russell F. ....................................................1974-1990
Multicultural Studies/Behavioral Sciences Communications
Gullette, William T. .................................................1982-2006 Jeffery, Viola*............................................................1966-1982
Communications Physical Education/Athletics
Gunther, Dr. Margaret L. ........................................1974-2002 Jessop, Nancy M.*.....................................................1975-1999
Family and Consumer Sciences Life Sciences
Hafner, Janet R. .......................................................1973-1998 Jessop, Raymond E.*................................................1960-1993
English as a Second Language Physics/Engineering/Chemistry
Hammond, James D.*..............................................1974-1997 John, George E. . ......................................................1981-1995
Counseling Trade and Industry/Regional Occupational Program
Haney, Ann L. . .........................................................1966-2003 Johnson, Jay...............................................................1961-1998
Behavioral Sciences Foreign Languages
Hankin, J. Frank........................................................1973-1994 Jones, Francis S. .......................................................1972-1998
Extended Opportunity Programs and Services Art
Hankins, Clarice J.*..................................................1971-1990 Keesee, James H.*....................................................1960-1976
Health Services Industrial Technology
Hanlen, Charles J. . ..................................................1971-1999 Kirby, Stephen D. . ...................................................1975-2003
Economics, History, and Political Science Trade and Industry
Harlow, James M. . ...................................................1973-1997 Kirk, Charles E..........................................................1988-2009
English as a Second Language Regional Occupational Program
Haugen, Nan E. . ......................................................1974-2004 Kline, Nellie I. ..........................................................1962-1987
Physical Education/Athletics Business Education
Hawkes, A. Dana.......................................................1973-2000 Knapp, Lester V.*......................................................1970-1995
Communications Life Sciences
Hawley, Warren S. ...................................................1972-1992 Kooyman, Melba M. . ...............................................1985-1998
Social Sciences Nursing Education
Hegland, Sheridan N.*.............................................1964-1970 Kratt, John M.*.........................................................1976-1993
Social Sciences Pubic Safety Programs
Heltzel, Eleanor J.*...................................................1972-1982 Kremer, Palmer N.*.................................................1961-1980
Child Development Social Sciences
Henson, Dr. Lynne....................................................1990-2009 Landmesser, Jean F. .................................................1972-2002
English as a Second Language Dental Assisting
Heyden, Victor*........................................................1957-1984 Larson, Robert W. ...................................................1965-1998
Speech/Theatre Arts Counselor/Director, Transfer Center
Heyne, Adolph*........................................................1946-1969 Latulippe, Jerome A.................................................1971-2000
Foreign Languages Trade and Industry
Hinthorne, Stephen G.*...........................................1968-1985 Law, Dr. Patricia B. ..................................................1979-1995
Mathematics Child Development
300
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 9 - Faculty
Leahy, John S. . .........................................................1975-2004 Mortimer, Godfrey G.*............................................1948-1961
Business Education Physics/Mathematics
Lee, Loren A. ............................................................1980-2009 Muchow, Richard G. ................................................1977-2000
Economics, History, and Political Science Business Education
Lehr, Martha J. .........................................................1968-1985 Murphy, Ruth G.*.....................................................1970-1980
Counseling Nursing Education
Levy, Stanley A. . ......................................................1975-2010 Musgrove, Susan P....................................................1991-2010
Reading Services Reading Services
Luna, James A. .........................................................1986-2008 Myers, Ward G. “Rusty”*.........................................1953-1973
Counseling Physical Education
Lusky, Robert F. .......................................................1974-1997 Nation, Richard D. . .................................................1982-2002
Physical Education/Athletics Mathematics
Lynds, Arthur L. “Tony” ..........................................1967-1997 Newbrough, Michael G. ..........................................1975-2004
Physical Education/Athletics Economics, History, and Political Science
Mahan, Dr. Harry C.*...............................................1957-1976 Noble, Richard S.*....................................................1966-1981
Psychology Earth Sciences
Mahoney, Joan M.*....................................................1970-1990 Norlin, Dr. Richard F.*..............................................1959-1993
Nursing Education English
Maioroff, Dr. E. Ann..................................................1971-2009 Norton, Suzann M....................................................1990-2010
English Disability Resource Center
Marrin, Dockin A. ....................................................1967-1990 Nydegger, Mildred F.*..............................................1971-1981
Physical Education/Athletics Music
Martinek, Dennis A. . ...............................................1979-2003 Pagakis, Chris N. .....................................................1961-1982
Business Education/Cooperative Education Physical Education/Athletics
Martinie, Francis R.*................................................1966-1999 Peacock, Richard B. .................................................1966-1997
Economics, History, and Political Science Communications
McCormick, Benedict J.*.........................................1970-1990 Peixoto, Eduardo J.C. ............................................. 1974-2010
English World Languages
McFarland, Teri A. . ..................................................1975-2007 Pesacreta, George D.*.............................................1974-2003
Physical Education/Athletics Foreign Languages
McGilvray, Duncan D. . ............................................1970-1996 Petz, Dr. Irene A.*.....................................................1953-1980
Social Sciences Chemistry
McGuerty, Frank J....................................................1980-2000 Phelps, Roland*........................................................1954-1968
Cooperative Education Journalism
Mendez, Mario J. . ....................................................1976-2003 Phillips, Ronald E. ....................................................1979-2001
Physical Education Chemistry
Michaelson, Brian N. ...............................................1969-2003 Piché, Donald R........................................................1974-2010
Computer Science and Information Systems Behavioral Sciences
Miller, Robert T.........................................................1990-2009 Pine, Kathy F. ...........................................................1974-2003
Behavioral Sciences Physical Education
Miller, Steven W. ......................................................1985-2005 Poole, Cynthia J. ......................................................1967-2003
Art Counseling
Minnick, William H.*................................................1972-1990 Pratola, Dr. Daniel J.*...............................................1959-1982
Trade and Industry Foreign Languages
Monk, Burrill G.*......................................................1958-1970 Quintero, Jack C. . ...................................................1965-2003
Music English
Monell, Susan D. ......................................................1984-1999 Rangel, Jose C. .........................................................1974-2006
Counseling Multicultural Studies
Montiel, Dr. Brenda F. .............................................1974-1998 Reed, Barry C. .........................................................1977-2005
Performing Arts Art
301
Section 9 - Faculty Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Reiser, Donna M. .....................................................1955-1975 Toll, Dr. George B.*..................................................1947-1970
Physical Education Business
Rivera, Joel P. ...........................................................1977-2005 Tornillo, Louis M. .....................................................1977-1997
Foreign Languages Trade and Industry
Robertson, Everett T.*.............................................1956-1982 Toth, Dr. Beverly A. .................................................1974-1998
Industrial Technology Dental Assisting
Rogers, Ronna C. .....................................................1972-1997 Tucker, Carl K. .........................................................1981-2000
Child Development Center Trade and Industry
Ruzich, Margie L.* . .................................................1977-2006 Ulman, Timothy W. .................................................1969-2002
Child Development Foreign Languages
Sager, Gene C. .........................................................1971-2003 Waterman, Patricia B..............................................1977-2010
Behavioral Sciences Physical Education/Athletics
Salomone, William B. .............................................1971-2002 Webb, Betty Jean*....................................................1969-1990
English English
Sanders, Val G. .........................................................1968-1998 Weld, James H.*.......................................................1955-1983
Art Music
Saw, James T. ............................................................1973-2002 White, Dr. Rita A.*...................................................1965-1990
Art Art
Schaeffer, Joseph P. . ................................................1976-2007 Wiebe, Mack C. .......................................................1965-1993
Trade and Industry/Regional Occupational Program Cooperative Education
Schmidt, Dr. Patricia F. ...........................................1973-2003 Wiestling, Ronald M. ...............................................1969-1990
Nursing Education Mathematics
Schnelker, Barbara W. . ...........................................1974-2001 Wildenberg, Joseph W.* . ........................................1974-1995
Behavioral Sciences Vocational Programs
Senge, Carl H.*........................................................1961-1982 Wilhelm, Frederick L. .............................................1968-1988
Business Education Communications
Shallcross, Marcia K. ...............................................1969-1994 Williams, Barbara F. . ..............................................1978-2003
Business Education Behavioral Sciences
Shiwanov, Ernest......................................................1966-1994 Williams, Larry J. ....................................................1974-1998
Chemistry Business Education
Souchek, Marilyn M. ................................................1972-2003 Willis, Joseph P.*.......................................................1962-1990
Behavioral Sciences Earth Sciences
Stanford, Dr. Joe R. ..................................................1966-2003 Wood, Carolyn C.*...................................................1966-1997
Performing Arts Library/Media Center
Stevens, Eugene H.*.................................................1948-1977 Wood, James M. II....................................................1969-1999
Life Sciences Physics & Engineering
Stevens, Rena V. .......................................................1988-2008 Worret, Patricia A. ..................................................1980-2003
Business Education Nursing Education
Stiller, Irene M. ........................................................1979-2010 Wronski, Susan M. ...................................................1975-2007
Nursing Education Child Development Center
Sugar, Anita .............................................................1989-2010 Wunderley, Lois J. ...................................................1980-2000
R.O.P. Behavioral Sciences
Tagg, John R..............................................................1987-2009 Young, John Thomas.................................................1972-2002
English Communications
Tanner, John D. ........................................................1969-2004 Zarakov Opie, Dr. Selma D. ....................................1975-1995
Economics, History, and Political Science Counseling
Tatman, Sylvia C. ....................................................1977-1998
Nursing Education
Taupier, C. Andrea....................................................1976-2009
Life Sciences
302
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 10 - Glossary
Continuous Enrollment: For enrollment purposes, it is defined
Glossary of Terms as attendance at Palomar College beyond the drop period of each
regular term, where letter grades or W’s appear on the transcript.
Academic Renewal: A policy which allows a student to petition to
For graduation purposes, it is defined as attendance in one semester
exclude prior substandard course work from their transcript which
or two quarters (excluding Summer Session) within a calendar year
is not reflective of their current demonstrated ability. Obtain petition
(January through December) in the CSU, UC, or California CC Sys-
from the Counseling Center.
tems following initial enrollment at Palomar.
Academic Review Committee: A process by which students can
Directed Study: Individual study for advanced students which may
petition to deviate from the College’s policies and procedures. Ob-
include class work, research, or projects that do not fit into the con-
tain petition from the Counseling Center.
text of regularly scheduled classes. Department chairperson approval
required for enrollment.
Articulation Agreements: A list of courses offered at Palomar
College which are acceptable at transfer universities as equivalent in
Educational Plan: A document generated by a student and a Palo-
content (or as acceptable substitutes) to those courses offered by
mar College Counselor that allows the student and institution togeth-
the universities. These lists are available in the Counseling Center and
er to identify the student’s educational objectives, and to formulate a
online at http://www.assist.org.
method for reaching them.
ASSIST: The official internet site (www.assist.org) that contains all
Full-Time: A study load of 12 or more units per semester. The nor-
articulation agreements between California Community Colleges, the
mal full-time load in Summer is 6 units. Nursing students are consid-
California State University, and the University of California.
ered full-time with 9 units in nursing courses.
Associate in Arts (AA) Degree: Awarded upon completion of
General Education (GE) Requirements: Also known as
course work totaling not fewer than 60 degree applicable units in
breadth or core requirements, these patterns of courses are
areas of: a) General Education, b) Major, c) Electives. Must apply by
designed to expose students to broad areas of knowledge.
appropriate deadlines.
Grade Point Average (GPA): Determined by dividing total grade
Associate in Science (AS) Degree: Currently only offered in
points earned by total academic (A-FW) units attempted.
Nursing. Awarded upon completion of course work totaling not few-
er than 60 degree-applicable units in areas of: a) General Education, b)
Grade Points: Points given for academic (evaluative) grades.
Major, c) Electives. Must apply by appropriate deadlines.
A = 4 points D = 1 point
B = 3 points F = 0 points
Auditing: To take a course without being graded or receiving credit,
C = 2 points FW = 0 points per unit of credit
available to students by petition only.
Half-Time: A study load of 6 – 81/2 units per semester.
Catalog: A book published once a year that governs students’ prog-
ress toward degrees and certificates and contains course descriptions,
IGETC (Intersegmental General Education Transfer Cur-
programs, requirements, policies and procedures.
riculum): A general education program that California community
college transfer students can use to fulfill all lower-division G.E. re-
Certificate of Achievement (CA): Awarded upon completion of
quirements at most CSU or UC campuses (see a counselor for ex-
specified course work in a vocational/occupational program.
ceptions).
Certificate of Proficiency (CP): Designed to certify basic work- Lower Division/Upper Division: In colleges and universities, low-
place competencies and job readiness. Awarded upon completion of er division means freshman and sophomore years and upper division
specified course work. means junior and senior years. Community colleges provide lower divi-
sion course work for transfer to four-year colleges and universities.
Class Schedule: A booklet of class offerings, times, and locations
published each term. The class schedule also contains enrollment in- Major: A major is a group of courses related to a defined area of
formation, add and drop deadlines, testing dates and times, and other study. All colleges and universities require students to declare and
general information. pursue a major.
College-Prep Classes (non-degree appropriate): These cours- Noncredit Certificate of Completion (NC): Designed to lead
es, principally in the basic skills areas, prepare students to perform to improved employability or job opportunities. Awarded upon com-
satisfactorily in associate and baccalaureate appropriate classes. Stu- pletion of specified course work.
dents can take no more than 30 units of these courses; they do not
apply to the degree.
Noncredit Courses: A variety of courses offered with no unit
Continuing Student: One who has attended classes during the pre- credit.The courses are taught by credentialed instructors and provide
vious regular term beyond the drop deadline. remedial, developmental, occupational, and other general educational
opportunities to citizens of the community.
304
Section 10 - Glossary Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Pass/No Pass (P/NP) Grading: Pass/No Pass units are not count-
ed in the GPA. A Pass is earned for coursework equal to a “C” grade
or better. A No Pass is earned for coursework equal to a “D” or “F”
grade. Pass/No Pass units are used in calculating Progress Probation
and Dismissal.
Probation: A warning status that scholastic standards are not being
met.
Semester: A 17-week period of class work.
TAG (Transfer Admission Guarantee): Palomar College has TAG
programs with seven UC campuses. All of these agreements guaran-
tee admission into the University and some guarantee admission into
the major.
Tech Prep: A program in which high school students can earn col-
lege credit for certain occupational courses completed at their re-
spective high schools.
Three-Quarter Time: A study load of 9 – 111/2 units per semester.
Transcript (of Record): An official copy of the record of classes at-
tempted and/or completed by a student. The transcript is maintained
by the Palomar College Records Office and is considered confidential.
It may be viewed or released only with permission of the student.
Tuition (Enrollment Fees): A charge for instruction.
Tutor: A person, recommended by faculty as knowledgeable in speci-
fied subjects, who is available through Tutoring Services free of charge
to work with an enrolled individual in need of special assistance with
course work.
Unit of Credit: A credit or semester unit represents one hour of
class work per week for one semester. It is expected that most stu-
dents will spend two hours outside class in preparation for each hour
of lecture. Slightly less outside preparation time is expected in labo-
ratory. Three hours of laboratory per week are approximately the
equivalent of one unit.
Units Attempted: Credit units in which the student was enrolled
beyond the 30% point of any course whether or not a passing grade
was earned or the student withdrew from the course before its com-
pletion.
Work Experience: A program that combines classroom studies
with on-the-job experiences.
305
Section 10 - Index Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Application Deadlines – International Students..................................... 19
A Application for Admission (see Calendar for dates)............................. 18
Apprenticeship Training Courses, A.A. Degrees/Certificates.............. 84
A.A. Degree, General Studies................................................................... 191
Acoustical Installer.................................................................................. 84
A.A. Degree Major and Certificate Programs........................................ 66
Carpentry................................................................................................. 85
Absences......................................................................................................... 40
Drywall/Lather........................................................................................ 89
Academic Assignments............................................................................... 288
Electrician................................................................................................ 91
Academic Counseling................................................................................... 27
Inside Wireman....................................................................................... 92
Academic Dismissal...................................................................................... 45
Plasterer.................................................................................................... 94
Academic Freedom .................................................................................... 14
Residential Wireman.............................................................................. 96
Academic Integrity........................................................................................ 36
Sheet Metal.............................................................................................. 96
Academic Policies.......................................................................................... 40
Sound and Communications Systems Installer................................ 97
Academic Probation..................................................................................... 45
Sound Technician..................................................................................... 97
Academic Regulations and Standards....................................................... 40
Work Experience.................................................................................... 98
Academic Renewal Regulations.........................................................40, 304
Arabic courses............................................................................................... 99
Academic Review Committee, Definition of........................................ 304
Archaeological Excavator, Certificate....................................................... 82
Academic Warning........................................................................................ 45
Archaeological Surveyor and Laboratory Assistant, Certificate......... 82
Accelerated Students, Special Admission for.......................................... 18
Archaeology A.A. Degree............................................................................ 82
Accounting, A.A. Degree/Certificate......................................................... 70
Architectural Drafting, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................... 100
Accounting Courses..................................................................................... 70
Architecture Courses . ............................................................................ 100
Accreditation....................................................................................................3
Architecture, A.A. Degree ........................................................................ 99
Accuracy Statement........................................................................................3
Art Courses................................................................................................. 104
Adding Classes, Procedures for................................................................. 22
Art Design Courses................................................................................... 109
Administration of Justice Courses............................................................ 73
Art Illustration Courses............................................................................ 110
Administration of Justice – General, A.A. Degree................................. 72
Articulation Agreements, Definition of............................................26, 304
Administration of Justice – Homeland Security, A.A. Degree............. 72
Articulation Services.................................................................................... 26
Administration of Justice – Investigations, A.A. Degree ...................... 72
Assessment, Advisement and Orientation............................................... 19
Administration of Justice–Law Enforcement, A.A. Degree................... 72
ASSIST, Definition of................................................................................... 304
Administrative Assistant, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................... 232
Assistant Teacher, Certificate .................................................................. 133
Administrative Emeriti............................................................................... 298
Associate Degree, General Studies......................................................... 191
Administrative Medical Assisting, A.A. Degree/Certificate................. 221
Associate in Arts (A.A. Degree), Definition of..................................... 304
Administrative Withdrawal......................................................................... 22
Associate in Arts Degree Requirements................................................. 52
Admission and Registration........................................................................ 18
Associate in Arts Degree, Second............................................................. 56
Admission, Application for.......................................................................... 18
Associated Student Government.............................................................. 31
Admission to Advanced Standing.............................................................. 21
Astronomy, A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................... 110
Admission to Special Programs................................................................. 18
Astronomy Courses................................................................................... 110
Admissions and Records............................................................................. 26
Astronomy, Planetarium............................................................................. 110
Admissions Policy.......................................................................................... 18
Athletics/Intercollegiate Programs....................................................26, 111
Admissions Program for Accelerated Students...................................... 18
Athletics.......................................................................................................... 26
Adult Basic Education Courses................................................................ 284
Athletics and Competitive Sports Courses.......................................... 111
Adult Fitness/Health Management, Certificate..................................... 240
Attendance..................................................................................................... 40
Advanced Geographic Infomation Systems,
Auditing a Class.....................................................................................40, 304
A.A. Degree/Certificate ..................................................................... 192
Auditing Fee................................................................................................... 23
Advanced Placement Examinations (AP)................................................. 47
Auto Collision Repair, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................113, 277
Advertising, Marketing, and Merchandising,
Auto Chassis and Drive Lines, A.A. Degree/Certificate..................... 112
A.A. Degree/ Certificate...................................................................... 120
Automotive Technology Courses............................................................ 113
Africana Studies, Certificate....................................................................... 75
Automotive Technology (ROP) Courses............................................... 277
Africana Studies Courses............................................................................ 75
Aviation Operations and Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate..... 115
Aircraft Commercial Pilot, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................ 115
Aviation Sciences Courses........................................................................ 115
Alcohol and Drugs Policy............................................................................ 34
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies, A.A. Degree/Certificate.76, 247, 259
Alcohol and Other Drug Studies Courses............................................. 76 B
American Indian Studies, Certificate........................................................ 77
American Indian Studies Courses............................................................. 77 Basic Education Courses ......................................................................... 284
American Sign Language Courses............................................................. 79 Basic Police Academy, Certificate.............................................................. 73
American Sign Language/English Interpreter Training Program, Basic Skills Course Limitations.................................................................. 41
A.A. Degree/Certificate......................................................................... 79 Behavior Rules and Regulations, Student................................................. 36
American Studies Courses......................................................................... 81 Biology Courses.......................................................................................... 117
Anatomy.......................................................................................................... 82 Biology – General, A.A. Degree/Certificate.......................................... 116
Anthropology Courses................................................................................ 82 Biology – Preprofessional, A.A. Degree/Certificate............. 117Board of
306
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 10 - Index
Governors Waiver (BOGW)...................................................................... 27 Class Schedule.......................................................................................22, 304
Bookkeeping/Accounting Clerk, Certificate........................................... 71 Classification, Student.................................................................................. 21
Bookstore Services....................................................................................... 26 CLEP................................................................................................................ 47
Botany Courses........................................................................................... 119 Clery Act......................................................................................................... 35
Broadcast Journalism, Certificate of Proficiency..........................214, 251 Clinical Medical Assisting, A.A. Degree/Certificate.............................. 221
Business Administration, A.A. Degree..................................................... 120 College Centers...............................................................................................8
Business General A.A. Degree................................................................. 120 College Governing Board..................................................................... 11, 14
Business Courses........................................................................................ 121 College Level Examination Program (CLEP).......................................... 47
Business Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................... 124 College Organization................................................................................... 11
Business Management Courses............................................................... 124 College-Prep Classes (non-degree appropriate), Definition of........ 304
Commercial and Personal Insurance Services,
C A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 210
Commercial Photography, Certificate.................................................... 237
Cabinet and Furniture Technology Courses......................................... 126 Communications Courses........................................................................ 141
Cabinetmaking and Furniture Design, A.A. Degree/Certificate........ 125 Community Development Seminars......................................................... 21
Cabinetmaking and Millwork, A.A. Degree/Certificate....................... 125 Community Education Classes.................................................................. 21
Cal Grant........................................................................................................ 27 Competence Requirements........................................................................ 53
Calendar, College.......................................................................................... 10 Computer Assisted Drafting, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................ 166
California Residence Requirements.......................................................... 18 Computer Network Administration,with Emphasis in
California State University General Education Breadth, Cisco and Linux Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate................. 148
Certificate............................................................................................... 267 Computer Network Administration,with Emphasis in
California State University General Education (CSUGE) Cisco and Microsoft Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate.......... 141
Requirements........................................................................................... 58 Computer Network Administration,with Emphasis in
California State University (CSU) System............................................... 57 Microsoft and Linux Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate.......... 148
Camp Pendleton Site, Palomar College......................................................8 Computer Science, A.A. Degree/Certificate......................................... 141
Career and Technical Education Courses.............................................. 284 Computer Science and Information Systems -
Career Services............................................................................................. 26 Computer Science Courses................................................................. 142
Carpentry Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate............... 85 Computer Science and Information Systems -
Carpentry Apprenticeship Training Courses........................................... 86 Database Courses................................................................................... 144
Cashier Services............................................................................................ 26 Computer Science and Information Systems -
Catalog, Definition of................................................................................. 304 Information Technology Courses......................................................... 146
Certificate of Achievement.................................................................56, 304 Computer Science and Information Systems -
Certificate of Proficiency....................................................................56, 304 Networking Courses.............................................................................. 149
Challenging Prerequisites............................................................................ 21 Computer Science and Information Systems -
Chemistry, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................................................ 130 Web Technology Courses...................................................................... 151
Chemistry Courses.................................................................................... 130 Computer Science and Information Systems (ROP) Courses.......... 278
Chicano Studies Courses.......................................................................... 131 Computer Science with Emphasis in
Child Development Assistant Teacher, Certificate............................... 133 Video Gaming, A.A. Degree/Certificate . ........................................... 141
Child Development Courses.................................................................... 135 ConAp Program............................................................................................ 28
Child Development Early Childhood Administration, Conduct Code, Student............................................................................... 36
A.A, Degree/Certificate.......................................................................... 133 Conferring of Degrees and Certificates of Achievement.................... 56
Child Development Early Intervention Assistant, Construction Inspection, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................... 152
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 133 Construction Inspection Courses........................................................... 152
Child Development Early Intervention Teacher, Continuing Education for Nurses........................................................... 228
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 133 Continuing Student, Definition of........................................................... 304
Child Development Infant/Toddler Teacher, Continuous Enrollment, Definition of.................................................... 304
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 134 Cooperative Education Courses............................................................. 154
Child Development Preschool Teacher, A.A. Degree/Certificate..... 134 Corequisite..................................................................................................... 20
Child Development School Age Assistant, Certificate........................ 135 Correct Use of English................................................................................ 41
Child Development Working with Families, Counseling Services...................................................................................... 27
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 135 Counseling Courses................................................................................... 154
Children’s Center.......................................................................................... 26 Course Information...................................................................................... 71
Chinese Courses,........................................................................................ 138 Course Numbering System........................................................................ 70
Cinema, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................................................. 139 Course Repetition........................................................................................ 41
Cinema Courses.......................................................................................... 140 Credit by Examination................................................................................. 42
Cisco, Certificate......................................................................................... 148 Critical Thinking Statement........................................................................ 43
Citations, Parking.......................................................................................... 35 Culinary Arts, A.A. Degree/Certificate...........................................155, 279
Citizenship Courses................................................................................... 284 Culinary Arts Courses.......................................................................156, 279
Class Cancellations/Changes...................................................................... 23 Culinary Skills, Certificate.................................................................155, 279
307
Section 10 - Index Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Education Courses...................................................................................... 171
D Educational Philosophy................................................................................ 13
Educational Plan, Definition of................................................................. 304
Dance, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................................................ 157
Electrician Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate............... 91
Dance Courses............................................................................................ 158
Electrician Apprenticeship Training Courses........................................... 91
Data Entry, Certificate............................................................................... 283
Electrician Trainee, Certificate................................................................. 171
Dates and Penalties, Adding and Dropping Classes............................... 22
Electrician Trainee Courses...................................................................... 171
Dean’s List...................................................................................................... 45
Electro-Mechanical Drafting and Design, A.A. Degree/Certificate... 167
Deans, Division.............................................................................................. 11
Electronic Publisher, Certificate............................................................... 197
Debts Owed to the College....................................................................... 34
Electronic Publishing, A.A. Degree/Certificate...................................... 197
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support
Electronic Tune up and Computer Control Systems,
(DANTES)................................................................................................... 48
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 113
Degree Requirements, Palomar College.................................................. 52
Emergency Loans.......................................................................................... 28
Dental Assisting (Registered Dental Assistant),
Emergency Medical Education Courses................................................. 173
A.A. Degree/Certificate.......................................................................... 163
Emergency Medical Technician Basic....................................................... 173
Dental Assisting Courses.......................................................................... 163
Emeriti, Administrative and Faculty......................................................... 298
Desktop Support Specialist - MCSA, Certificate................................. 149
EMT-Basic, Certificate . ............................................................................. 173
Department/Division Organization.......................................................... 11
Engineering, A.A. Degree........................................................................... 176
Diesel Mechanics Technology Courses.................................................. 164
Engineering Courses.................................................................................. 176
Diesel Technology, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................................... 164
English, A.A. Degree.................................................................................... 177
Digital Animation, Compositing, and Music, Certificate.....101,201, 222
English as a Second Language Courses..........................................180, 285
Digital Arts, Certificate.............................................................................. 196
English, Correct Use of................................................................................ 41
Digital Imaging, A.A. Degree/Certificate.........................................196, 238
English Courses........................................................................................... 178
Digital Media, Certificate...................................................................201, 251
Enrollment Conditions................................................................................ 20
Digital Prepress Operator, Certificate................................................... 196
Enrollment Options...................................................................................... 21
Digital Publishing, Certificate.................................................................... 196
Enrollment Procedures................................................................................ 22
Digital Video, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................................201, 251
Enrollment Fee.............................................................................................. 23
Directed Study, Definition of.................................................................... 304
Entertainment Technology Courses........................................................ 181
Disability Education Courses................................................................... 285
Entertainment Technology, Certificate of Achievement....181, 251, 264
Disability Resource Center (DRC)........................................................... 27
Entrance Requirements............................................................................... 57
Disability Resource Courses.................................................................... 165
Entrepreneurship Certificate................................................................... 121
Discipline and Program Offerings............................................................. 66
Entry-Level Gas Metal Arc/Flux Cored Arc Welding, Certificate..... 273
Dismissal......................................................................................................... 45
Entry-Level Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Certificate............................. 273
Distinguished Faculty Award..................................................................... 287
Entry-Level Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Certificate.......................... 273
District Governing Board...................................................................... 11, 14
Equal Opportunity (Title IX)...................................................................... 15
District Map......................................................................................................9
Escondido Center, Palomar College............................................................8
District Policy................................................................................................ 14
Escrow, A.A. Degree/Certificate.............................................................. 254
Diversity Policy.............................................................................................. 14
Evaluative Grades.......................................................................................... 43
Division Deans............................................................................................... 11
Extended Opportunity Programs and Services (EOP&S)/CARE....... 27
Drafting Technology Courses................................................................... 168
Drafting Technology-Multimedia, A.A. Degree/Certificate................. 167
Drafting Technology Technical, A.A. Degree/Certificate..................... 167 F
Dropping Classes, Procedures for............................................................. 22
Dropping Classes, Dates and Penalties.................................................... 22 Faculty............................................................................................................ 288
Dropping Classes, Petition Appeal............................................................. 23 Faculty Emeriti............................................................................................. 298
Drugs and Alcohol Policy............................................................................ 34 Faculty Responsibilities................................................................................ 40
Drywall/Lather Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate...... 89 Fall Semester 2010....................................................................................... 10
Drywall/Lather Apprenticeship Training Courses.................................. 90 Fallbrook Site, Palomar College....................................................................8
Family and Consumer Sciences Courses............................................... 182
Family and Consumer Sciences – General,
E A.A. Degree/Certificate.......................................................................... 182
Fashion Courses.......................................................................................... 184
Early Childhood Administration, A.A. Degree/Certificate................. 133
Fashion Design/Technical, A.A. Degree................................................... 183
Early Intervention Assistant, A.A. Degree/Certificate ....................... 133
Fashion: Buying and Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate . ........... 183
Early Intervention Teacher, A.A. Degree/Certificate .......................... 133
Fashion Merchandising, A.A. Degree....................................................... 184
Earth Sciences Courses............................................................................. 170
Fast Track........................................................................................................ 21
E-Business, Certificate................................................................................ 120
Federal and State Grants............................................................................. 28
E-Commerce Design, Certificate............................................................ 202
Fees and Expenses........................................................................................ 23
Eco-Building Professional, Certificate .................................................. 100
Tagalog Courses.......................................................................................... 263
Economics, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................................................ 170
Financial Aid and Scholarship Services..................................................... 27
Economics Courses.................................................................................... 170
308
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 10 - Index
Financial Aid,Veterans and Scholarship Services.................................... 27
Financial Aid Application and Enrollment Fee Wavier........................... 21 H
Financial Aid Disqualification/Ineligibility.................................................. 46
Fine Art Photography, Certificate............................................................ 238 Half-time, Definition of.............................................................................. 304
Fire Technology - General, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................ 186 Health and Safety Education Courses.................................................... 285
Fire Technology – Emergency Management, Health Courses........................................................................................... 208
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 186 Health Fee, Student...................................................................................... 23
Fire Technology Courses........................................................................... 187 Health Services.............................................................................................. 29
Food Services................................................................................................. 29 History Courses.......................................................................................... 208
Foreign Languages Courses...................................................................... 189 History of the College................................................................................. 13
Foundation, Palomar College..................................................................... 14 Home Economics Education Courses.................................................... 285
French, A.A. Degree/Certificate ............................................................. 190 Honesty Guidelines, Academic................................................................... 34
French Courses........................................................................................... 190 Honor Society............................................................................................... 45
Freshman Classification............................................................................... 21 Humanities Courses................................................................................... 209
Full Term Classes........................................................................................... 22
Full time Student, Definition of................................................................ 304
Furniture Making, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................................ 126
I
IGETC......................................................................................................61, 304
G Illustration, A.A. Degree.....................................................................102, 109
Independent California Colleges and Universities................................. 64
GEAR UP Program....................................................................................... 29 Industrial Technology Courses ............................................................... 209
General Education Requirements.....................................................54, 304 Infant/Toddler Teacher, A.A. Degree/Certificate ................................. 134
A.A. Degree.............................................................................................. 54 Information Technology, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................. 145
CSU............................................................................................................ 58 Insurance Services,Certificate.................................................................. 210
UC.............................................................................................................. 61 Insurance Courses...................................................................................... 210
Palomar College...................................................................................... 54 Inter-Club Council........................................................................................ 31
General Information........................................................................................8 Interactive Media Design, A.A. Degree/Certificate.............102, 168, 202
General Studies, A.A. Degree.............................................................52, 191 Interactive Web Multimedia and Audio, A.A./Certificate.................... 202
Geographic Information Systems, Certificate....................................... 192 Intercollegiate Athletic Courses.............................................................. 111
Geography Courses.................................................................................... 192 Interior Design, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................................... 211
Geology, A.A. Degree................................................................................. 194 Interior Design Courses............................................................................ 211
Geology Courses........................................................................................ 194 International Administrative Assistant, A.A. Degree/Certificate....... 233
German Courses......................................................................................... 195 International Baccalaureate Examinations (IB)....................................... 42
Glossary of Terms....................................................................................... 304 International Business Courses............................................................... 213
Governing Board, District..................................................................... 11, 14 International Business, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................... 212
GPA Requirements....................................................................................... 57 International Education................................................................................ 30
Grade Changes.............................................................................................. 44 International Students.................................................................................. 19
Grade Disputes............................................................................................. 36 International Student Capital Outlay Fee................................................ 23
Grade Point Average (GPA), Definition of............................................ 304 International (Non-Resident) Student Tuition ..................................... 23
Grade Points, Definition of....................................................................... 304 Internet, A.A. Degree/Certificate ...................................................121, 203
Grading and Transcripts............................................................................... 43 Internet Publisher Certificate.................................................................. 203
Grading System............................................................................................. 43 Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum,
Grades............................................................................................................. 45 Certificate .......................................................................................61, 267
Graduation and Transfer Information....................................................... 52 Intersession Classes..................................................................................... 22
Grants, Federal and State............................................................................ 28 Italian Courses............................................................................................. 213
Graphic Communications Courses........................................................ 195
Graphic Communications Electronic Publishing
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 197
J
Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing Courses............... 198 Japanese Courses........................................................................................ 214
Graphic Communications - Imaging & Publishing (ROP) Courses.. 280 Java Software Development, Certificate .............................................. 142
Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web Courses.................. 204 Journalism, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................................................ 215
Graphic Communications - Multimedia & Web (ROP) Courses...... 281 Journalism Courses..................................................................................... 215
Graphic Communications Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate.... 197 Judaic Studies Courses............................................................................... 215
Graphic Communications Production, A.A. Degree/Certificate...... 198
Graphic Design, A.A. Degree............................................................101, 108
Grievance Policy............................................................................................ 36 K
309
Section 10 - Index Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
(ADN) Curriculum............................................................................... 228
L Advanced Standing for LVNs......................................................229, 230
Associate Degree Nursing Curriculum (LVN - RN)..................... 230
Late Start Classes......................................................................................... 22
Credit by Transfer................................................................................. 228
Law Enforcement (Administration of Justice), A.A. Degree................. 72
Associate Degree Nursing Diploma RN to ADN......................... 230
Learning Communities................................................................................. 22
Non-Degree Program LVN to RN (30 Unit Option)................... 230
Legal Secretary, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................................ 233
Nursing Education Courses...................................................................... 230
Legal Studies, A.A. Degree......................................................................... 216
Legal Studies Courses................................................................................ 216
Legal Support Assistant, Certificate........................................................ 216 O
Library Services............................................................................................. 30
Library Technology, A.A. Degree/Certificate......................................... 217 Oceanography Courses............................................................................. 231
Library Technology Courses..................................................................... 217 Office Assistant, Certificate...................................................................... 232
Linux ............................................................................................................. 142 Office Information Systems Courses..................................................... 234
Linux, Certificate......................................................................................... 142 Official Transcripts........................................................................................ 46
Loans, Grants (see EOP&S and Financial Aid & Scholarships)............ 27 Official Withdrawal....................................................................................... 22
Lower Division, Definition of................................................................... 304 Older Adult Education Courses.............................................................. 284
Online Classes............................................................................................... 22
Online Enrollment........................................................................................ 22
M Optical Technology (ROP) Courses........................................................ 281
Oracle Database, Certificate.................................................................... 144
Mac Programming, Certificate.................................................................. 142
Orientation, Assessment, and Advisement............................................... 19
Mail Processing Equipment Mechanic, Certificate............................... 172
Outdoor Leadership, A.A. Degree/Certificate...................................... 257
Maintenance Mechanic, Certificate......................................................... 172
Out-of-State and Private Universities...................................................... 64
Major, Definition of..................................................................................... 304
Out-of-State Deferment.............................................................................. 28
Map of District..................................................................................................9
Materials Fee.................................................................................................. 23
Mathematics, A.A. Degree......................................................................... 218 P
Mathematics Courses................................................................................ 218
Matriculation.................................................................................................. 19 Palomar College Locations............................................................................8
Mechanics General, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................................ 113 Palomar College Foundation...................................................................... 14
Medical Assisting Courses......................................................................... 221 Palomar College Police Department........................................................ 35
Medical Office Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................ 233 Palomar Identification Card (PIC)............................................................. 24
Medical Office Specialist, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................... 233 Paralegal Studies Courses......................................................................... 236
Microbiology Courses................................................................................ 221 Paramedic Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate......................................... 173
Microsoft Office User Specialist, Certificate........................................ 146 Paramedics, College Credit for Certified.............................................. 173
Microsoft SQL Database Administrator, Certificate........................... 144 Parenting Courses...................................................................................... 284
Military Service Schools.............................................................................. 49 Parking and Traffic Regulations................................................................... 34
Military Withdrawal...................................................................................... 44 Parking Fee..................................................................................................... 24
Mission, Palomar College............................................................................ 13 Parking Permits.............................................................................................. 34
Mt. Carmel Site, Palomar College.................................................................8 Pass/No Pass (Credit/No Credit) Grading............................................. 43
Multicultural Requirement.......................................................................... 54 Patisserie and Baking, Certificate....................................................147, 279
Multicultural Studies Courses.................................................................. 222 Pauma Valley Site, Palomar College..............................................................8
Music A.A. Degree....................................................................................... 223 Penalties and Dates, Adding and Dropping Classes............................... 22
Music Courses............................................................................................. 223 Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society................................................................ 45
Philosophy Courses.................................................................................... 236
Philosophy, Educational................................................................................ 13
N Photography, A.A. Degree/Certificate..................................................... 238
Photography Courses................................................................................ 238
Network Engineer - MCSE, Certificate................................................. 149
Physical Education, A.A. Degree............................................................... 240
New Media Compositing, Authoring, Distribution,
Physical Education Courses...................................................................... 241
A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................................................... 203
Physical Science Courses........................................................................... 245
Noncredit Certificate of Completion...................................................... 56
Physics Courses........................................................................................... 245
Noncredit Courses..................................................................................... 284
Pictorial Arts, A.A. Degree........................................................................ 102
Nondiscrimination, Policy of....................................................................... 18
Placement Tests, Assessment...................................................................... 20
Non-Evaluative Grades................................................................................ 43
Planetarium................................................................................................... 110
Non-Resident Tuition................................................................................... 23
Police Department........................................................................................ 35
Nonsufficient Funds Fee.............................................................................. 23
Policy of Nondiscrimination....................................................................... 18
Non-Traditional Credit................................................................................ 47
Political Science Courses.......................................................................... 246
Notice of Intent to Graduate..................................................................... 56
Prerequisite.................................................................................................... 20
Nursing Education: Associate Degree Nursing
Preschool Teacher, A.A. Degree/Certificate ......................................... 134
310
Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog Section 10 - Index
Privacy, Student Records............................................................................. 36 Self-Paced Classes (Open Entry)............................................................... 22
Private and Out-of-State Universities...................................................... 64 Semester, Definition of.............................................................................. 304
Probation, Definition of............................................................................. 305 Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges Consortium.......................... 28
Probation, Dismissal and Reinstatement.................................................. 45 Sexual Harassment Policy........................................................................... 35
Progress Dismissal........................................................................................ 46 Sheet Metal Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate............ 96
Progress Probation....................................................................................... 46 Sheet Metal Apprenticeship Training Courses........................................ 97
Progress Warning.......................................................................................... 45 Short Term Classes....................................................................................... 22
Psychological and Social Services, A.A. Degree/Certificate.......247, 259 Sign Language, American Courses............................................................. 79
Psychology Courses................................................................................... 247 Smoking Policy............................................................................................... 30
Public Administration, A.A. Degree/Certificate.................................... 249 Sociology Courses...................................................................................... 259
Public Relations, Certificate of Proficiency........................................... 140 SOCNAV/SOCMAR Programs.................................................................. 29
Public Works Management, A.A. Degree/Certificate........................... 249 Software Applications Specialist, Certificate......................................... 277
Public Works Management Courses....................................................... 250 Sophomore Classification........................................................................... 21
Sound and Communication Systems Installer
Q Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................ 97
Sound and Communication Systems Installer
Apprenticeship Training Courses........................................................ 98
R Sound Technician Apprenticeship Training, A.A. Degree/Certificate.. 97
Spanish Courses.......................................................................................... 261
Radio and Television, A.A. Degree/Certificate...................................... 252 Special Admission for Accelerated Students........................................... 18
Radio and Television Courses................................................................... 252 Special Programs, Admission to................................................................. 18
Ramona Site, Palomar College......................................................................8 Speech Communication, A.A. Degree..................................................... 262
Reading Courses......................................................................................... 254 Speech Courses........................................................................................... 262
Real Estate Appraisal License Preparation, Certificate....................... 255 Sports (see Physical Education)............................................................... 240
Real Estate Broker License Preparation, A.A. Degree/Certificate... 255 Spring Semester 2011.................................................................................. 10
Real Estate Salesperson License Preparation, Certificate.................. 256 State Universities, General Education Requirements........................... 58
Real Estate Courses................................................................................... 256 Student Activities Office.............................................................................. 31
Receptionist, Certificate............................................................................ 234 Student Affairs................................................................................................ 30
Recreation Agency Leader, A.A. Degree/Certificate............................ 257 Student Behavior Rules and Regulations................................................. 36
Recreation Courses.................................................................................... 258 Student Center Fee...................................................................................... 24
Refunds............................................................................................................ 24 Student Classification................................................................................... 21
Refunds, Appeal Procedure......................................................................... 24 Student Conduct Code............................................................................... 36
Regional Occupational Program (ROP) Courses..........................22, 277 Student Government................................................................................... 31
Registration/Enrollment Fee....................................................................... 23 Student Grade Disputes.............................................................................. 36
Registration Procedures.............................................................................. 22 Student Grievance Policy............................................................................ 36
Reinstatement................................................................................................ 45 Student Health Fee....................................................................................... 23
Religious Studies Courses......................................................................... 258 Student Records, Privacy of........................................................................ 36
Removal from Probation............................................................................. 45 Student Representation Fee....................................................................... 24
Repeating Courses........................................................................................ 41 Student Responsibilities............................................................................... 40
Requirements for the Associate in Arts Degree.................................... 52 Student Right To Know................................................................................ 37
Residency.................................................................................................. 18, 52 Student Rights and Privacy of Student Records..................................... 36
Responsibility, Student/Faculty................................................................... 40 Student Rights and Responsibilities.......................................................... 34
Retail Management, Certificate................................................................ 121 Student Services............................................................................................ 25
Returned Check Charge............................................................................. 23 Summer Session...................................................................................... 10, 22
Right To Know, Student................................................................................ 37
Rights and Privacy of Records, Student.................................................... 36
Rights and Responsibilities, Student.......................................................... 34 T
ROP................................................................................................................ 277
Tagalog Courses.......................................................................................... 263
Tech Prep................................................................................................49, 305
S Terms, Glossary of...................................................................................... 304
Theatre Arts, A.A. Degree......................................................................... 264
Salesperson–Retail, Certificate................................................................ 121 Theatre Arts Courses................................................................................ 265
Saturday Classes............................................................................................ 22 Theatre-Technical, Certificate.................................................................. 265
School Age Assistant, Certificate ........................................................... 135 Three-Dimensional Arts, A.A. Degree.................................................... 103
School Relations............................................................................................ 30 Three-Quarter Time, Definition of......................................................... 305
Scholarships (see Financial Aid and Scholarships).................................. 27 Title IX Coordinator.................................................................................... 15
Screen Printer Certificate......................................................................... 198 Total Units Requirement............................................................................. 42
Screen Printing, A.A. Degree/Certificate................................................ 198 Transcript (of Record), Definition of...................................................... 305
Second Associate in Arts Degree.............................................................. 56 Transcripts/Advanced Standing.................................................................. 21
311
Section 10 - Index Palomar College 2010-2011 Catalog
Transcript Fee................................................................................................ 24 Vision............................................................................................................... 13
Transfer Admission Guarantee (TAG) Programs................................... 61 Visual Basic, Certificate.............................................................................. 146
Transfer Center............................................................................................. 31
Transfer Credits............................................................................................ 46
Transfer Identification.................................................................................. 70 W
Transfer Planning........................................................................................... 57
Transfer Requirements – UC..................................................................... 60 Wastewater Technology Education, A.A. Degree/Certificate............ 271
Transfer Requirements – CSU................................................................... 57 Wastewater Technology Education Courses........................................ 271
TRIO Programs............................................................................................. 31 Water Technology Education, A.A. Degree/Certificate....................... 272
Tuition and Fees....................................................................................23, 305 Water Technology Education Courses................................................... 272
Tuition and Fees, Refunds............................................................................ 24 Web ......................................................................................................142, 192
Tuition, Non-Resident and International Students................................ 23 Web Data Base Design, Certificate........................................................ 204
Tutor, Definition of..................................................................................... 305 Web Developer with Emphasis in
Tutorial Services............................................................................................ 32 Java/Open Source, Certificate............................................................ 151
Web Developer with Emphasis in
Windows, Certificate........................................................................... 151
U Web Graphics, Certificate........................................................................ 204
Web Motion Graphics, Certificate.......................................................... 204
Unclassified Classification........................................................................... 21 Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in
University of California System................................................................. 60 Linux, Certificate................................................................................... 151
University Studies.................................................................................52, 267 Web Server Administrator with Emphasis in
California State University General Education Breadth, Windows, Certificate........................................................................... 151
Certificate............................................................................................... 267 Web 2.0, Certificate................................................................................... 146
Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum, Weekend College.......................................................................................... 22
Certificate ............................................................................................. 267 Welding Programs – Entry-Level Gas Metal Arc/
University Studies - Emphasis in Business, A.A. Degree ................... 268 Flux Cored Arc Welding, Certificate................................................. 273
University Studies - Emphasis in Culture and Society, Entry-Level Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Certificate............................. 273
A.A. Degree .......................................................................................... 268 Entry-Level Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Certificate.................... 273
University Studies - Emphasis in Education, A.A. Degree ................. 268 Welding Courses......................................................................................... 274
University Studies - Emphasis in Fine and Performing Arts, Welding Technology, A.A. Degree/Certificate....................................... 273
A.A. Degree .......................................................................................... 268 Western Association of Schools and Colleges..........................................3
University Studies - Emphasis in Health and Fitness, A.A. Degree .269 Withdrawal..................................................................................................... 22
University Studies - Emphasis in Humanities, A.A. Degree .............. 269 Withdrawal, Conditions for Petition........................................................ 44
University Studies - Emphasis in Mathematics and Science, Women’s Studies A.A. Degree................................................................. 275
A.A. Degree .......................................................................................... 269 Work Experience Apprenticeship Training Course............................... 98
University Studies - Emphasis in Media and Communication, Work Experience, Cooperative Ed......................................................... 153
A.A. Degree .......................................................................................... 269 Work Experience, Definition of............................................................... 305
University Studies - Emphasis in Social Sciences, A.A. Degree ........ 269 Working With Families, A.A. Degree/Certificate ................................ 135
University Studies - Emphasis in World Languages, A.A. Degree .... 270
Unofficial Withdrawal................................................................................... 22
Unit of Credit, Definition of..................................................................... 305 X,Y
Units Attempted, Definition of................................................................. 305
Upholstery, Certificate............................................................................... 270 Z
Upholstery Courses................................................................................... 270
Upper Division, Definition of................................................................... 304 Zoology Courses........................................................................................ 275
V
Values............................................................................................................... 13
Verification of Enrollment........................................................................... 46
Verification of Enrollment Fee................................................................... 24
Veteran Dependent Exemption................................................................. 28
Veteran Disqualification............................................................................... 46
Veterans’ Services Office............................................................................ 28
Video Classes................................................................................................. 22
Video Game Artist, Certificate........................................................142, 204
Video Game Developer, Certificate........................................................ 142
Video Gaming, Computer Science with Emphasis in,
A.A. Degree/Crtificate ....................................................................... 141
Virtual Assistant, Certificate..................................................................... 234
312
You might also like
- 2020 2021 Catalog and Student Handbook PDFNo ratings yet2020 2021 Catalog and Student Handbook PDF287 pages
- Physically Distanced But Academically EngagedNo ratings yetPhysically Distanced But Academically Engaged141 pages
- Using Assessment Data For Improving Teaching PracticeNo ratings yetUsing Assessment Data For Improving Teaching Practice5 pages
- Pratibha College of Commerce & Computer Studies: Prospectus 2020-21No ratings yetPratibha College of Commerce & Computer Studies: Prospectus 2020-2123 pages
- Final Calbright College Academic Catalog 2023 2024 Fall Addendum December 5 2023 v2No ratings yetFinal Calbright College Academic Catalog 2023 2024 Fall Addendum December 5 2023 v268 pages
- Miami Dade College2012 2014 Catalog Tcm6-81161No ratings yetMiami Dade College2012 2014 Catalog Tcm6-81161292 pages
- Woodlands Junior Homework Help Ancient Greece100% (1)Woodlands Junior Homework Help Ancient Greece6 pages
- The Author Implies That The 'Professional Schoolmaster' (Line 7) HasNo ratings yetThe Author Implies That The 'Professional Schoolmaster' (Line 7) Has44 pages
- Palo Alto High School (Palo Alto, CA) Self-Study/Review (2008-2009)No ratings yetPalo Alto High School (Palo Alto, CA) Self-Study/Review (2008-2009)190 pages
- Swami Parmanand Group of Colleges Jaulan Kalan, Distt:Mohali Punjab-140507 Admission Helpline: 09216799020 09815899696No ratings yetSwami Parmanand Group of Colleges Jaulan Kalan, Distt:Mohali Punjab-140507 Admission Helpline: 09216799020 0981589969631 pages
- Grade 1 Math Addition Within 20 Word ProblemsNo ratings yetGrade 1 Math Addition Within 20 Word Problems7 pages
- "Redevelopment of Binirayan Sports Complex: Developing Adaptive Recreational Facilities For Sustainable Architecture" San Jose de Buenavista, Antique100% (1)"Redevelopment of Binirayan Sports Complex: Developing Adaptive Recreational Facilities For Sustainable Architecture" San Jose de Buenavista, Antique12 pages
- Final Time Tabel F.Y.B.A. Sem-I (NEP-2020 Pattern) Exam Winter-2024No ratings yetFinal Time Tabel F.Y.B.A. Sem-I (NEP-2020 Pattern) Exam Winter-20242 pages
- (2023 Spring) Korean Language Program GuidelineNo ratings yet(2023 Spring) Korean Language Program Guideline5 pages
- Challenges and Prospects in Science and Technology Education in NigeriaNo ratings yetChallenges and Prospects in Science and Technology Education in Nigeria7 pages
- Stephanie A. Bertran Williams: The Iceman Cometh, The VeilNo ratings yetStephanie A. Bertran Williams: The Iceman Cometh, The Veil2 pages
- Out of An Old Toy Chest-Marina Warner-2009No ratings yetOut of An Old Toy Chest-Marina Warner-200917 pages
- AAUP flyer Call to Action on SB 1 - UA versionNo ratings yetAAUP flyer Call to Action on SB 1 - UA version1 page
- Earn SMC College Credit/ Certificate While Staying in Your Home CountryNo ratings yetEarn SMC College Credit/ Certificate While Staying in Your Home Country2 pages
- NCERT Solutions for Class 9 English Beehive Chapter 6 My Childhood and Poem No Men Are ForeignNo ratings yetNCERT Solutions for Class 9 English Beehive Chapter 6 My Childhood and Poem No Men Are Foreign2 pages
- Business Research Syllabus Chin Solon PDFNo ratings yetBusiness Research Syllabus Chin Solon PDF15 pages
- Escola Primária Teacher: (XXX) XXX-XXXX 142 Your Address BLVD, City Name, CA XXXXXNo ratings yetEscola Primária Teacher: (XXX) XXX-XXXX 142 Your Address BLVD, City Name, CA XXXXX2 pages
- Journeyman Electrician Exam Prep 2025-2026 Complete Study Guide with 400+ Practice Questions, Test-Taking Strategies, and Expert Insights to Help You Ace the ExamFrom EverandJourneyman Electrician Exam Prep 2025-2026 Complete Study Guide with 400+ Practice Questions, Test-Taking Strategies, and Expert Insights to Help You Ace the ExamNo ratings yet
- Water Treatment Plant Operator Exam Prep Complete Study Guide with Practice Tests, Certification Strategies, and Key Water Treatment FundamentalsFrom EverandWater Treatment Plant Operator Exam Prep Complete Study Guide with Practice Tests, Certification Strategies, and Key Water Treatment FundamentalsNo ratings yet
- ASVAB Study Guide 2025-2026 Practice Tests, Complete Review, and Proven Tips to Pass the ASVAB Exam on Your First TryFrom EverandASVAB Study Guide 2025-2026 Practice Tests, Complete Review, and Proven Tips to Pass the ASVAB Exam on Your First TryNo ratings yet
- Lagotto Romagnolo Training Guide Lagotto Romagnolo Training Includes: Lagotto Romagnolo Tricks, Socializing, Housetraining, Agility, Obedience, Behavioral Training, and MoreFrom EverandLagotto Romagnolo Training Guide Lagotto Romagnolo Training Includes: Lagotto Romagnolo Tricks, Socializing, Housetraining, Agility, Obedience, Behavioral Training, and MoreNo ratings yet
- Un doctor por favor!: Why We Need More Hispanic Physicians in the U.S., and Why You Should Be One of ThemFrom EverandUn doctor por favor!: Why We Need More Hispanic Physicians in the U.S., and Why You Should Be One of ThemNo ratings yet
- Middle-Class Lifeboat: Careers and Life Choices for Navigating a Changing EconomyFrom EverandMiddle-Class Lifeboat: Careers and Life Choices for Navigating a Changing Economy2.5/5 (2)
- Norman Hall's Postal Exam Preparation Book: Everything You Need to Know... All Major Exams Thoroughly Covered in One BookFrom EverandNorman Hall's Postal Exam Preparation Book: Everything You Need to Know... All Major Exams Thoroughly Covered in One Book3/5 (1)
- North Rocks Poaching College: Independent Review of Science and Mathematics TeachingFrom EverandNorth Rocks Poaching College: Independent Review of Science and Mathematics TeachingNo ratings yet
- California DMV Study Guide Your Ultimate Handbook for Mastering the California Department of Motor Test and Passing on Your First TryFrom EverandCalifornia DMV Study Guide Your Ultimate Handbook for Mastering the California Department of Motor Test and Passing on Your First TryNo ratings yet
- Dynamic Test Taking Techniques: Emergency Services TrainingFrom EverandDynamic Test Taking Techniques: Emergency Services TrainingNo ratings yet
- SENIOR CITIZEN LIVING: Discover How You Can Make Your Senior Years As Golden as Possible!From EverandSENIOR CITIZEN LIVING: Discover How You Can Make Your Senior Years As Golden as Possible!No ratings yet